Skip to main content

Full text of "Metabolism of organic and inorganic phosphorus: a feeding experiment using phythin and sodium phosphates"

See other formats


64 


FEEDING   VALUE    OF    CEREALS. 


ll 


K          O 

S    21 

<! 


5g. 

S5' 


So  ooo 


I 


4    1« 

' 


6       IS 


lllll 


lillllllliil 


Issued  January  25, 1901). 

U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE, 

BUREAU  OF  CHEMISTRY— BULLETIN  No.  121: 

H.  W.  WILEY,  Chief  of  Bureau. 


FOOD  LEGISLATION  DURING  THE  YEAR 
KNDED  JUNE  30, 1908. 


BY 

\V.   1).   BIGELOW. 

TH     THE     COLLABORATION     OF 

X.   A.   PARKINSON. 


WASHINGTON: 

GOVERNMENT    PRINTING    OFFICE. 
1909. 


ORGANIZATION  OF  BUREAU  OF  CHEMISTRY. 

II.  W.  WILEY,  Chemist  and  Chief  of  Bureau. 

|. •    i     j  i.<t.      W.  D.  BIGELOW,  Aftxixtant  Chief  of  Bureau. 

,  A-.  A.  L.  PIERCE,  Editorial  Clerk. 

M.  W.  TAYLOR,  Librarian. 

-ion  of  Foods,  W.  I ».  KH;ELO\V.  r/t/V/. 

ratory,  L.  M.  TOLMAX.  r /<*>/. 
I jiboiatory.   K.  M.  CH.ACE.  C/nef  O/K/  .-i«si»fanf  Cftte/  n 

aiul  Wax  Laboratory.      O'ot  appointed.  ] 
Division  of  Drugs,  L.  I-'.  Iiief. 

.iii  Laboratory.  (J.  W.  HOOVER.  C7<  it*/. 
'nets  I-ilx.raTory.  W.  O.  EMERY,  C/?ie/. 
oils  Lab.'iatnry.     [Not  appointed.] 
I'h.-r,  al  Laboratory.     [Not  appointed.] 

Chief  Food  and  Drug  Inspector,  W.  G.  CAMPBELL. 
Miscellaneous  Division.  J.  K.  HAYWOOD,  Chief. 
'.oratory.  \V.  W.  SKINNER.  Chief. 

•  ><1  :ind  drain  Laboratory.  J.  S.  CHAMBERLAIN.  Chief. 
•••tiridf  and  Fun^iride  Laboratory.  C.  C.  MCDONNELL,  Chief. 

Laboratory.  tuul<  r  CJiirf  of  Dirixion. 
Contracts  Laboratory.  I'.  II.  WALKER,  Chief. 
Dairy  Laboratory.  <;.  K.  PATRICK.  Chi- 
Food  Research  Laboratory,  M.  E.  PEXXINGTON.  Chief. 
Leather  and  Paper  Laboratory,  F.  P.  VEITCII.  Chief. 
Microchemical  Laboratory.  P..  J.  HOWARD.  Chief. 
Sugar  Laboratory,  A.  H.  BRYAN,  Acting. 
Nitrogen  Section,  T.  C.  TRESCOT.  ///  Charge. 
Special  Investigations: 

_ri«-:il  Clu-inistry   lAiiiinah.  F.  C.  WEBER,  in  Charge. 
_'iral  ('])«• inistry  t  \'c.t:rTable  t.  J.  A.  Lr:  PLEKr.  in  Charge. 

_'i.-ai  rin-niistry.  (J.  W.  STILES,  in  I'Jmrrjc. 
.\\  ClH-iiiistry.  \\".  P>.  ALWor>u.  in  Chnr<j< . 
Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratories: 
'    II.  SMITH.  Chirf. 
W.  L.  I»T-IMHS.  Acting. 
rhi. •:••_'...  A.   L.  WINTOX.  Chief. 
'..  K.  Il.vin.  A. -fin;/. 

H.  Chief. 
-     II-LTZ.  Act in</. 
.  I".   ]'\}'vy..\'-ti»fi. 

iiian  Islands.  II.  A.  I>rxcAX,  Acting. 
Mo..  A.  V.  II.  MORY.  Acting. 
•  ille.     [Not  appointed.] 

'  .  HARKISO.X.  chief. 

'••Ik.  ii.  r:.  DOOLITTLE.  r/j/vf. 

.Artinff. 

Phila.i  /,/,-/. 

BKECH,  Acting. 

'  (:--'i:..  A.  L.  KXISEI.V.  Acting. 
B.  BIBBED  Acting. 

'.  Chief. 

;ing. 
H.  M.  LOOM  is,  Act: 


Issued  January  25, 1900. 

U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE, 

BUREAU  OF  CHEMISTRY— BULLETIN  No.  121.      • 

H.  W.  WILEY,  Chief  of  Bureau. 


FOOD  LEGISLATION  DURING  THE  YEAR 
ENDED  JUNE  30, 1908. 


BY 

^Y.  D.  BIGELOW, 

Chief ;  Division  of  Foods, 

WITH    THE    COLLABORATION    OP 

\.   A.   r.XUKIXSON. 


WASHINGTON: 

KUNMKNT    PRINTING     OFFICE, 
1909. 


LETTER   OF   TRANSMITTAL. 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE, 

BUREAU  OF  CHEMISTRY, 
\\'<r*Jihi</t(w,  1>.  C.,  November  30, 1908. 

SIK  :  I  have  i he  honor  to  transmit  for  your  inspection  and  approval 
nipilat  inn  nf  the  food  legislation  during  the  year  ended  June  30, 
1908.  I  i « ( oiniiu'inl  it-  publication  as  Bulletin  121  of  the  Bureau  of 
('heniMrv.  supplementing  Bulletin  112,  Parts  I  and  II,  Food  Legis- 
lation during  the  Year  ended  June  30,  1907;  Bulletin  104,  covering 
the  year  ended  June  30,  1906,  and  Bulletin  69,  Revised,  Parts  I  to 
1  X.  covering  all  legislation  prior  to  July  1,  1905.  This  compilation 
i-  nf  -|M -rial  \  alue  at  thi-  t inie.  when  so  many  changes  are  being  made 
in  the  State  lawi  lending  toward  uniformity  with  the  National  food 
law,  and  in  view  nf  the  close  cooperation  between  State  and  Federal 
food  ollieiaU. 

Revert  fully,  II.  W.  WlLEY, 

Chief  of  Bureau. 
Hon.  .1  \MI  >  WILSON, 

/  i,'  "f  .  [(/riculttn >  . 

3 


CONTENTS. 


Page. 

Federal  laws 7 

Tea s 

Canada 9      i 

Meat  and  canned  goods , 9 

Connecticut 13 

:.  ky 14 

ruTul  fiwul  laws 14 

i  ry  products.    See  General  food  la\\ 
Liquors.     See  General  food  la\v<. 

19 

19 

37 

37 

M .                                                        38 

General  food  laws 38 

a.l 38 

M.-ut  ..                                               39 

Milk 40 

41 

Mississippi                                                   42 

43 

food  laws 43 

i-ral  food  laws. 

Milk 45 

47 

Dairy  product*                         47 

Fruit 47 

North  Carolina                                            48 

General  food  law - 48 

Ohi..                                              49 

General  food  laws 49 

Dairy  products 51 

Vinegar 52 

Oklahoma 54 

General  food  laws 54 

Bread 60 

Confectionery 61 ' 

Dairy  products 61 

Flavoring  extracts 65 

Flour : , 65 

Honey?    See  General  food  laws. 

1 66 

M«  at.     ve  General  food  laws. 

Preservatives 67 

Sea  food.    See  Preservatives. 

•<  and  condiments 67 

Vinegar.     Sett  General  food  laws. 

5  » 


6  FOOD  LEGISLATION,  YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

Page. 

Porto  Rico 68 

General  food  law 68 

Meat 68 

Rhode  Island 69 

General  food  laws .-  69 

Canned  goods.    See  General  food  laws.  , 

Confectionery.    See  General  food  laws. 

South  Carolina 73 

Rice  flour _' 73 

Virginia 74 

General  food  laws 74 

Confectionery.    See  General  food  laws. 

Dairy  products 82 

>  I  •  a  t.s.    See  General  food  laws. 

\\  'i-ronrin 85 


FOOD  LEGISLATION  DURING  THE  YEAR  ENDED 
JUNE  30, 1908. 


FEDERAL  LAWS. 

During  the  fisc-al  year  ended  June  30,  1908,  no  Federal  food  laws 

were  passed  with  the  exception  of  the  amendment  to  the  tea  law, 

\vhirh  is  printed  herewith.     The  following  orders,  regulations,  and 

>ions  issued  by  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry  and  the  Board 

<»f  I  Inspection  of  the  United  States  Department  of 

cult iin-  and  \>\  tin-  Bureau  of  Internal  Revenue  of  the  United 

State-  Trea-ury   Department  are  enumerated  as  a  matter  of  record, 

hut  are  not   reprinted : 

Bureau  «d'  Animal   Industry:  B.  A.  I.  Order  No.  1  IT,  Regulations 

^  irard  to  Renovated  Butter  in  Accordance  with  the 

Ad  MI  Congn       A;  ;  :      «3  May  9,  1902  (July  11,  1907).    B.  A.  I. 

Ord  150,  Regulations  Governing  the  Meat  Inspection  of  the 

•'8  Department  of  Agriculture  (effective  April  1,  1908). 

to  B.  A.  I.  Order  No.  150,  Amendment  to  Section  19  of 

Kxempting  Shipment-  of  Certain  Inedible  Grease, 

Talluv. .  or  Other  Fat  from  the  Provi.-ion  Requiring  the  Denaturing 

of   I'     iible  Products  (April  24,  1908).     B.  A.  I.  Meat  Inspection 

—2  A,  Colors  (September  2, 1907).    B.  A.  I.  Meat  Inspection 

Rulings — 3  A,  Xotice  Regarding  the  Enforcement  of  that  Portion  of 

Para- -a ph  5  of  Section  19  of  Regulation  25  of  B.  A.  I.  Order  150, 

Relating  to  the   Denaturing  of  Inedible  Grease,  Tallow,  and  Other 

i-il  «5,  1908). 

Board  of  Food  and  Drug  Inspection:  Food  Inspection  Decision 
71.    Cerl  for    Imported    Meats   and   Meat-Food   Products   of 

Cattle,  Sheep,  Swine,  and  Goats.    75,  The  Labeling  of  Mixtures  of 
Cane  and  Maple  Sirups.     76,  Dyes,  Chemicals,  and  Preservatives  in 
Is.     77.  Certificate  and  Control  of  Dyes  Permissible  for  Use  in 
Coloring  Foods  and  Foodstuffs.     78,  The  Use  of  Labels  after  Octo- 
1.   1907.     71),   Collection  of   Samples.     80,   Glazed   Coffee.     81, 
Labeling  of  Caramels.    82,  Labeling  of  Coffee  Produced  in  the  Dutch 
;   Indies.     83,  The  Issue  of  a  Guaranty  Based  upon  a  Former 
Guaranty.     84,  Amendments  to  Regulations  17  and  19.     85,  Label- 
ing of  Bitters.     86,  Original  Packages:  Interpretation  of  Regulation 
2  of  Rule-  and  Regulations  for  the  Enforcement  of  the  Food  and 

7 


8  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED   JUNE   30,   1908. 

Drugs  Act.  87,  Labeling  of  Corn  Sirup.  88,  Private  Importa- 
tions. 89,  Amendment  to  Food  Inspection  Decision  76,  Relating  to 
ih<»  Use  in  Foods  of  Benzoate  of  Soda  and  Sulphur  Dioxid.  90, 
The  Labeling  of  Foods  and  Medicinal  Mixtures  for  Stock  and  Poul- 
try. 91,  The  Labeling  of  Mocha  Coffee.  92,  The  Use  of  Copper 
Salts  in  the  Greening  of  Foods.  93,  Amendment  to  Regulation  34. 
94,  The  Labeling  of  Medicinal  and  Table  Waters.  95,  The  Use  of 
itral  Spirits  Distilled  from  Beet  Sugar  Molasses  in  the  Prepara- 
tion of  Whisky  Compounds  and  Imitation  Whiskies.  96,  Serial 
X umber  Guaranty. 

Bureau  of  Internal  Revenue:  Regulation  No.  9,  Revised  July, 
1907,  Revised  Regulations  Concerning  Oleomargarine,  also  Adul- 
terated Butter  and  Process  or  Renovated  Butter. 

TEA. 

SEC.  1.  Importation  of  inferior  tea  prohibited;  proviso.  From  and  after  May 
first,  eighteen  hundred  and  ninety-seven,  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person 
or  persons  or  corporation  to  import  or  bring  into  the  United  States  any  merchan- 
dise as  tea  which  is  inferior  in  purity,  quality,  and  fitness,  for  consumption  to 
the  standards  provided  in  section  three  °  of  this  act,  and  the  importation  of  all 
such  merchandise  is  hereby  prohibited.  Provided,  That  nothing  herein  shall 
affect  or  prevent  the  importation  into  the  United  States,  under  such  regulations 
as  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  may  prescribe,  of  any  merchandise  as  tea 
which  may  be  inferior  in  purity,  quality,  and  fitness  for  consumption  to  the 
st.-uulards  established  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  or  of  any  tea  waste, 
tea  sittings,  or  tea  sweepings,  for  the  sole  purpose  of  manufacturing  theine, 
caffeine,  or  other  chemical  products  whereby  the  identity  and  character  of  the 
original  material  is  entirely  destroyed  or  changed;  and  that  importers  and 
manufacturers  who  import  or  bring  into  the  United  States  such  tea,  tea  waste, 
siftings,  or  tea  sweepings  shall  give  suitable  bond,  to  be  approved  as  to 
ji mount  and  securities  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  conditioned  that  said 
imported  material  shall  be  only  used  for  the  purposes  herein  provided,  under 
such  regulations  as  may  be  prescribed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury. — As 
•intruded  May  16,  1908.  Statutes  of  the  United  States  of  America,  1907-1908, 
Part  1,  ch.  no,  p.  163. 

Approved  March  2.  1897.  United  States  Statutes  at  Large,  1895-1897,  vol.  29, 
ch.  358,  pp.  604-607. 


0  See  Bui.  69,  Revised,  Part  I,  p.  7. 


CANADA. 

The  statutes  of  Canada  were  not  available  and  only  those  laws  are 
included  of  which  copies  could  be  procured  from  the  enforcing  officer. 

MKAT  AM>  CANNED  GOODS. 

.  1.  Short  title.     This  Act  may  be  cited  as  The  Meat  and  Canned  Foods 
Act. 

_'.  ih-finiti"n*.     In  this  Act,  unless  the  context  otherwise  requires, 
(a)  "carcases"  means  the  carcases  of  cattle,  swine,  sheep,  goats  or  poultry; 
shment"  means  ;my  abattoir,  packing  house,  or  other  premises 
in  which  sis« -h  animals  are  slaughtered,  or  in  which  any  parts  thereof  or  prod- 
thereof,  or  fish,  or  fruit,  or  \  e-etables,  are  prepared  for  food  for  export  or 
are  stored  for  export  : 

(c)  "export  "  means  export  out  of  Canada,  or^out  of  the  province  In  which 
the  establishment  is  situated  to  another  province; 

(d)  "  food  "  includes  every  article  used  for  food  or  drink  by  man,  and  every 
ingredient  intended  for  mixing  with  the  food  or  drink  of  man  for  any  purpose; 

(e)  "inspector"  means  an  inspector  appointed  under  this  Act; 
(/)    '•  .M  :iieans  the  Minister  of  Agriculture; 

(g)  "regulations"  means  regulations  made  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 
•  •ction  of  •inininl.i.     All  animals  intended  for  slaughter  in  any 
establishment  shall  be  inspected  as  provided  by  the  regulations. 

L'.  N"  animal  shall  be  allowed  to  enter  the  parts  of  an  establishment  where 
slaughtering  is  carried  on.  unless  it  has  undergone  such  inspection  and  been 
found  to  tie  healthy  and  tit  for  food. 

3.  K\ery  animal  affected,  or  suspected  of  being  affected,  with  contagious  or 
other  disease,  shall  be  slaughtered  under  the  supervision  of  the  inspector  and 
I'-tl  by   the  regulations. 

'txi-H.    All  carcases  and  portions  thereof  of  all  ani- 
:   slaughter. -d.  intended  for  export,  shall  be  inspected  as  provided 

'ing  by  fanners  and  retail  butchers.     Unless  the  Minister 

otherwise  diiveis.  n|Nin  the  report  of  an  inspector,  animals  owned  by  farmers 

:-nd  >:aiiL'hieivd  by  them  on  their  own   premises,  and  animals  slaughtered  by 

:  butchers  on  their  own  premises,  shall  not  be  subject  to  inspection  under 

the    I  Let 

SEC.  t;.  //"/<•  >e«;  marks  on.    Every  carcass,  or  portion  thereof,  found 

to  be  healthy  and  fit  for  food,  shall  be  marked  by  the  inspector  in  such  manner 
as  is  provided  !>y  the  regulations;  and  the  carcass,  or  portion  thereof,  may  then 
l.e  dealt  with  as  the  owner  thereof  sees  fit,  subject  to  the  further*  supervision  of 
the  insjHvtor. 

SEC.  7.  ln*in-rtii,n  ami  marking  of  meat  products.  Every  carcass  or  portion 
or  product  thereof  prepared  for  food  in  any  establishment  and  packed  in  cans 
:nilar  receptacles,  or  in  any  package  whatever,  shall  be  subject  to  inspection 
during  the  whole  course  of  preparation  and  packing;  and  after  all  the  require- 
ments of  this  Act  regarding  inspection  have  been  complied  with,  and  not  until 
then,  all  such  packages  shall  be  marked  by  the  inspector  in  such  manner  as  is 
provided  by  the  regulations. 

SEC.  8.  n<in.     The  inspector  may  at  any  time  re-inspect  a  carcass, 

or  any  portion  or  product  thereof,  in  order  to  ascertain  whether,  subsequently 
to  the  first  inspection  thereof,  it  has  undergone  decomposition,  or  has  other- 
wise deteriorated,  or  has  been  tampered  with  or  adulterated  by  the  use  of 
preservatives  or  otherwise. 

9 


10  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

2.  Every  carcass,  or  portion  or  product  thereof,  sent  out  of  an  establishment, 
and  returned  thereto  for  any  purpose,  shall  not  be  again  sent  out  therefrom 
without  re-inspection. 

SEC.  9.  Unhealthy  meat,  disposal  of.  Every  carcass,  or  portion  or  product 
thereof,  found,  upon  inspection  or  re-inspection,  to  be  unhealthy  or  unfit  for 
food,  or  which  contains  such  ingredients  or  preservatives  as  may  render  it  unfit 
for  food,  shall  be  marked  by  the  inspector  in  such.^manner  as  is  provided  by  the 
regulations,  and  shall  thereupon  be  deemed  to  be  condemned  as  unfit  for  food 
and  shall  be  disposed  of  as  provided  by  the  regulations. 

SEC.  10.  Sale,  etc.,  of  unhealthy  meat.  Any  person  slaughtering,  or  per- 
mitting the  slaughtering  of,  animals  and  selling,  or  offering  for  sale  or  transpor- 
tation, for  export  a  carcass,  or  any  portion  or  product  thereof,  which  is 
Linhoalthy  or  unfit  for  food  is  guilty  of  an  indictable  offence  and  liable  to  one 
year's  imprisonment. 

j.  Kvery  one  who  is  convicted  of  this  offence  after  a  previous  conviction  for 
the  same  crime  shall  be  liable  to  two  years'  imprisonment. 

a  11.  Exemption  from  inspection.  The  Governor  in  Council  may,  upon 
application  of  the  owner  thereof,  exempt  any  establishment  from  the  operation 
of  the  provisions  of  sections  3  and  4,  and  of  sections  6  to  10,  both  inclusive,  of 
this  Act.— A*  amended  June  16, 1908.  7-8  Edward  VII,  eh.  47. 

SEC.  12.  Inspection  and  marking  of  packages.  All  articles  prepared  for  food 
in  any  establishment  and  packed  in  cans  or  similar  receptacles,  or  in  any  pack- 
age whatever,  shall  be  subject  to  inspection  during  the  whole  course  of  prepara- 
tion and  packing ;  and  all  such  packages  shall  be  marked  with— 

(a)  the  initials  of  the  Christian  names,  the  full  surname,  and  the  address,  or, 
in  the  case  of  a  firm  or  corporation,  the  firm  or  corporate  name  and  address,  of 
the  packer ;  or  of  the  first  dealer  obtaining  them  direct  from  the  packer  who  sells 
or  offers  the  said  articles  for  sale;  and  such  dealer  shall,  upon  the  request  of  an 
inspector  appointed  under  this  Act,  disclose  the  name  of  the  packer  of  such 
article.— A*  amended  June  16,  1908.  7-8  Edward  VII,  ch.  41. 

(ft)  a  true  and  correct  description  of  the  contents  of  the  package: 

Provided,  however,  that  if  it  be  established  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Governor 
in  Council  that  such  marking  would  hinder  the  sale  of  any  of  said  articles  in 
the  British  or  foreign  markets,  he  may  exempt  such  articles  from  the  provisions 
of  this  section. 

SEC.  13.  Fish,  fruit  and  vegetables.  All  fish,  fruit,  or  vegetables  used  in  any 
establishment  where  these  articles  are  prepared  for  export,  shall  be  sound, 
wholesome,  and  fit  for  food ;  and  any  such  articles  or  products  thereof  found  in 
the  said  establishment  unsound  or  unwholesome  shall  be  confiscated  and  de- 
stroyed as  provided  by  the  regulations. 

SEC.  14.  Sanitary  conditions.  An  inspection  and  close  supervision  of  the  sani- 
tary conditions  of  any  establishments  shall  be  maintained  as  provided  by  the 
regulations. 

2.  The  inspector  shall  refuse  to  inspect  or  mark  articles  in  any  establishment 
where  the  sanitary  conditions  are  not  in  accordance  with  the  regulations. 

SEC.  15.  Withdrawal  of  inspector  and  closing  of  establishment  for  violation 
of  Act,  etc.  In  the  event  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  or  any  regulations, 
or  the  lawful  instruction  of  an  inspector  not  being  complied  with  in  any 
establishment,  the  Minister  may  withdraw  the  inspector  therefrom,  and  may 
refuse  to  it  the  inspection,  marking,  and  certification  of  the  articles  prepared 
therein,  and  may  cause  the  establishment  to  be  closed. 

SEC.  15A.  Sale  in  violation  of  Act.  No  person  shall  offer  or  expose  or  have 
in  his  possession  for  sale  any  article  subject  to  inspection  under  this  Act  unless 
all  the  requirements  thereof  respecting  the  said  article  have  been  complied 
with.— Added  June  16,  1908.  8-7  Edward  VII,  ch.  47. 


CANADA.  11 

SEC.  l<;.  i:.ri,<>rt  of  uninspected  articles.    No  person  shall  offer  or  accept  for 
export,  or  shall  export,  any  articles  subject  to  inspection  under  this  Act,  unless 
its  requirements  regarding  inspection  and  marking  have  been  complied  with  in 
i    to  such  articles. 

L1.  No  clearance  shall  be  granted  to  any  vessel  carrying  any  carcases,  or  any 
portions  or  products  thereof,  unless  they  are  duly  marked  in  accordance  with 
the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

The  provisions  of  this  section  shall  not  apply  to  meats  intended  for  con- 
sumption on  board  the  vessels  by  which  they  are  shipped  from  a  Canadian  port. 

4.  At  the  request  of  the  owner  of  any  establishment,  the  inspector  in  charge 
thereof  shall  issue  certificates  of  inspection  for  any  carcases  or  portions  or 
products  then-of  intended  for  export.  Such  certificates  shall  be  in  such  form 
as  is  provided  by  the  regulations. 

:..  Notwithstanding  anything  in  this  section,  the  Governor  in  Council  may, 
whenever  it  is  deemed  necessary  or  advisable  to  do  so,  authorize  the  export  of 
any  such  articles  without  inspection. 

'irking  as  to  namr,  irdyht,  and  date.  No  article  subject  to 
inspection  under  this  Act  shall  l»e  offered  or  sold  for  export,  or  exported,  under 
any  name  intended  or  calculated  to  deceive  as  to  its  true  nature. 

_.  No  package  containing  any  article  subject  to  inspection  under  this  Act 
shall  !>«•  marked  with  .my  label,  brand  or  mark  which  falsely  represents  the 
quantity  or  wight  or  contents  of  such  pa-  ! 

.:dni:  any   article  subject  to  inspection  under" this  Act 

shall  be  marked  with  any  label,  brand  «>r  mark  which  falsely  represents  the  date 
when  the  articles  or  goods  contained  therein  were  packed.— A*  amended  June 
16,  1908.  7-8  Edward  \  II.  ,-h.  47. 

.  18.  Tampering  tcith  murk*.     Kvery  person  who,  not  being  an  inspector, 
wilfully  alters,  effaces,  or  obliterates,  or  causes  to  be  altered,  effaced  or  obliter- 
ated, wholly  or  partially,  any  mark  on  .my  article  which  has  undergone  inspec- 
-hall  incur  a  penalty  of  one  hundred  dollars. 

Sic.  19.  .\i,i>»intin<  nt  of  officers.    The  Minister  may  appoint  inspectors  and 
other  officers  for  the  carrying  out  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  but  such  appoint- 
s  shall  be  confirmed  by  the  Governor  In  Council  within  thirty  days  of  the 
date  thereof. 

«>rson  shall  be  appointed  as  a  veterinary  inspector  until  he  has  passed 
such  examination  as  Is  deemed  necessary  by  the  Governor  in  Council. 

Sic.  20.  Regulations.  The  Governor  in  Council  may  make  such  orders  and 
regulations,  not  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  as  to  him  seem 
necessary  for  the  carrying  out  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 

L'.  Such  orders  and  regulations  shall  have  the  same  force  and  effect  as  if  em- 
bodied in  this  An. 

3.  Every  such  order  or  regulation  shall  be  published  twice  in  The  Canada 
•/-. 

4.  Any  such  order  or  regulation  may  be  proved  by  the  production  of  a  copy 
thereof  certified  by  the  Minister;  and  such  order  or  regulation  shall,  until  the 
contrary  is  proved,  be  deemed  to  have  been  duly  made  and  issued  on  the  date 
thereof. 

vector's  certificate  as  evidence.  The  certificate  of  the  inspector 
or  other  officer  appointed  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  shall,  for  the  purpose 
of  this  Act,  be  prirna  facie  evidence  in  all  courts  of  justice  and  elsewhere  of 
the  matter  certified. 

:  Inspector's  power  of  entry.  Any  inspector  or  other  officer  appointed 
under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  may,  at  any  time,  for  the  purpose  of  carrying 
into  effect  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  enter  any  place  or  premises,  or 


12  FOOD  LEGISLATION,  YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

any  steamship,  vessel  or  boat,  or  any  carriage,  car,  truck,  horse-box  or  other 
vehicle  used  for  the  carriage  of  articles  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act, 
but  shall,  if  required,  state  in  writing  the  grounds  on  which  he  has  so  entered. 

SEC.  23.  Obstructing  inspector.  Every  person  who  refuses  to  admit,  or  who 
obstructs  or  impedes,  an  inspector  or  other  officer  acting  in  execution  of  this 
Act,  or  of  any  order  or  regulation  made  by  the  Governor  in  Council  or  the 
Minister  thereunder,  and  every  person  who  aids-.tind  assists  him  therein,  shall, 
for  every  such  offence,  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  five  hundred  dollars; 
and  the  inspector  or  other  officer  may  apprehend  the  offender  and  take  him 
forthwith  before  a  justice  of  the  peace  to  be  dealt  with  according  to  law; 
but  no  person  so  apprehended  shall  be  detained  in  custody,  without  the  order 
of  the  justice,  longer  than  twenty-four  hours. 

SEC.  24.  Unlawful  removal.  Every  person  who  moves,  or  causes  or  allows 
to  be  moved,  any  animal,  or  any  article  hi  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this 
Act,  shall,  for  every  such  offence,  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  five  hundred 
dollars. 

SEC.  25.  Bribery  of  inspector.  The  provisions  of  The  Criminal  Code  respect- 
ing the  bribery  and  corruption  of  officials  or  employees  of  the  Government 
extend  to  all  Inspectors  and  other  persons  appointed  to  carry  out  the  provisions 
of  this  Act. 

SEC.  !!<;.  Violations  of  Act.  Every  person  who  violates  any  provision  of  this 
Act,  or  of  any  regulation  made  by  the  Governor  in  Council  or  by  the  Minister 
under  the.  authority  of  this  Act,  in  respect  to  which  no  penalty  is  hereinbefore 
provided,  shall  for  every  such  offence,  incur  a  penalty  not  exceeding  five  hun- 
dred dollars. 

SEC.  27.  Apprehension  of  offenders.  Any  inspector  or  constable  may,  without 
warrant,  apprehend  any  person  found  committing  an  offense  against  the  provi- 
sions of  this  Act,  and  shall  take  any  person  so  apprehended  forthwith  before  a 
justice  of  the  peace  to  be  examined  and  dealt  with  according  to  law ;  but  a  per- 
son so  apprehended  shall  not  be  detained  in  custody,  without  the  order  of  a 
justice,  longer  than  twenty-four  hours ;  and  any  inspector  or  constable  may  re- 
quire that  any  animal  or  any  article  moved  hi  violation  of  the  provisions  of 
this  Act  be  forthwith  taken  back  within  the  limits  of  the  place  whence  it  was 
moved,  and  may  enforce  and  execute  such  requisition  at  the  expense  of  the 
owner  of  such  animal  or  article. 

SEC.  28.  Place  of  committing  of  offence.  Every  offence  against  this  Act,  or 
against  any  order  or  regulation  of  the  Governor  in  Council  or  of  the  Minister, 
shall  for  the  purpose  of  proceedings  under  this  Act,  or  of  any  such  order  or 
regulation,  be  deemed  to  have  been  committed,  and  every  cause  of  complaint 
under  this  Act,  or  any  such  order  or  regulation,  shall  be  deemed  to  have  arisen, 
either  in  the  place  in  which  it  actually  was  committed  or  arose,  or  in  any  place 
in  which  the  person  charged  or  complained  against  happens  to  be. 

SEC.  29.  Rcc-overj/  of  penalties.  Every  penalty  imposed  by  this  Act  shall  be 
recoverable,  with  costs,  before  any  two  justices  of  the  peace,  or  any  magistrate 
having  the  powers  of  two  justices  of  the  peace,  under  Part  XV.  of  The  Crim- 
inal Code.— A*  amended  June  16,  1908.  7-8  Edward  VII,  ch.  47. 

SEC.  30.  Administration  of  Act.  The  administration  of  any  part  of  this  Act 
may  be  assigned  by  the  Governor  in  Council  to  any  Minister  other  than  the 
Minister  of  Agriculture,  and  in  such  case  the  Minister  to  whom  such  assignment 
is  made  shall  have  the  same  powers  with  respect  to  the  part  of  this  Act  to  him 
assigned  as  the  Minister  of  Agriculture  now  has. 

>tsion  of  operation.    The  Governor  in  Council  may  suspend  the 
operation  of  any  of  the  sections  of  this  Act  until  the  first  day  of  January  next. 

Assented  to  April  27,  1907.    6-7  Edward  VII,  ch.  27. 


CONNECTICUT. 

See  Appendix,  Bulletin   112,  Part  I,  page  152,  for  general  food 
law-,  passed  July  :U.  1007,  and  included  in  that  publication  for  con- 
venience, though   the  compilation  covered  only  laws  passed  in  the 
I  year  ended  June  30,  1907. 

13 


KENTUCKY. 

-\ 

GENERAL  FOOD  LAWS. 

SEC.  1.  Adulterated  or  misbranded  food  unlawful;  penalty;  proviso.  That  it 
shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  persons,  firm  or  corporation  within  this 
State  to  manufacture  for  sale,  produce  for  sale,  expose  for  sale,  have  in  his 
or  their  possession  for  sale  or  to  sell  any  article  of  food  or  drug  which  is  adul- 
terated or  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this  act ;  and  any  person  or  per- 
sons, firm  or  corporation  who  shall  manufacture  for  sale,  expose  for  sale,  have 
in  his  or  their  possession  for  sale  or  sell  any  article  of  food  or  drug  which  is 
adulterated  or  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this  act  shall  be  fined  not  less 
than  ten  dollars  nor  more  than  one  hundred  dollars,  or  be  imprisoned  not  to 
exceed  fifty  days  or  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment.  Provided,  That  no 
article  of  food  or  drug  shall  be  deemed  misbranded  or  adulterated  within  the 
provisions  of  this  act  when  intended  for  shipment  to  any  other  State  or  coun- 
try, when  such  article  is  not  adulterated  or  misbranded  in  conflict  with  the 
laws  of  the  United  States;  but  if  said  article  shall  be  in  fact  sold  or  offered 
for  sale  for  domestic  use  or  consumption  within  this  State,  then  this  proviso 
shall  not  exempt  said  article  from  the  operations  of  any  of  the  other  pro- 
visions of  this  act. 

2.  Food  defined.  That  the  term  food,  as  used  in  this  act,  shall  include 
every  article  used  for  or  entering  into  the  composition  of  food  or  drink  for 
man  or  domestic  animals,  including  all  liquors. 

SEC.  3.  Uisbranding  defined.  For  the  purpose  of  this  act,  an  article  of  food 
shall  be  deemed  misbranded : 

First.  If  the  package  or  label  shall  bear  any  statement  purporting  to  name 
any  ingredient  or  substance  as  not  being  contained  in  such  article,  which  state- 
ment shall  not  be  true  in  any  part;  or  any  statement  purporting  to  name  the 
substances  of  which  such  article  is  made,  which  statement  shall  not  give  fully 
the  name  or  names  of  all  substances  contained  in  any  measurable  quantity. 

Second.  If  it  is  labeled  or  branded  in  imitation  of  or  sold  under  the  name 
of  another  article,  or  is  an  imitation  either  in  package  or  label  of  another  sub- 
stance of  a  previously  established  name;  or  if  it  be  labeled  or  branded  so  as 
to  deceive  or  mislead  the  purchaser  or  consumer  with  respect  to  where  the 
article  was  made  or  as  to  its  true  nature  and  substance,  or  as  to  any  identify- 
ing term  whatsoever  whereby  the  purchaser  or  consumer  might  suppose  the 
article  to  possess  any  property  or  degree  of  purity  or  quality  which  the  article 
does  not  possess. 

Third.  If  in  the  case  of  certified  milk,  it  be  sold  as  or  labeled  "certified 
milk,"  and  it  has  not  been  so  certified  under  rules  and  regulations  by  any 
county  medical  society,  or  if  when  so  certified  it  is  not  up  to  that  degree  of 
purity  and  quality  necessary  for  infant  feeding. 

Fourth.  If  it  be  misrepresented  as  to  weight  or  measure  or,  if  where  the 
length  of  time  the  product  has  been  ripened,  aged  or  stored,  or  if  where  the 
length  of  time  it  has  been  kept  in  tin  or  other  receptacle,  tends  to  render  the 
article  unwholesome,  the  facts  of  such  excessive  storage,  ripening,  aging  or 
packing  are  not  plainly  made  known  to  the  purchaser  and  to  the  consumer. 
14 


KENTUCKY.  15 

Fifth.  If  the  package  containing  it  or  its  label  shall  bear  any  statement,  de- 
sign, or  device  regarding  the  ingredients  or  the  substances  contained  therein, 
which  statement,  design  <>r  device  shall  be  false  or  misleading  in  any  particular. 
Provided,  That  articles  of  liquor  which  do  not  contain  any  added  poisonous  or 
deleterious  ingredients  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  adulterated  or  misbranded 
within  the  provisions  of  this  act,  in  the  case  of  articles  labeled,  branded  or 
tagged  so  as  to  plainly  indicate  that  they  are  compounds,  imitations,  or  blends, 
and  tlu-  word  "compound,"  "imitation,"  or  "blend,"  as  the  case  may  be,  is 
plainly  stated  on  the  package  in  which  it  is  offered  for  sale.  Provided,  That 
the  term  blend  as  used  herein  shall  be  construed  to  mean  a  mixture  of  like 
i  net's,  not  excluding  harmless  coloring  and  flavoring  ingredients  used  for 
the  purpose  of  coloring  and  flavoring  only. 

4.    1 '///«'/•  ration  defined.     For  the  purpose  of  this  act,  an  article  of  food 
shall  !>«•  .1. -fined  to  be  adulterated: 

?'  any  substance  or  substances  be  mixed  or  packed  with  it  so  as  to 
reduce,  lower  or  injuriously  affect  its  quality  or  strength. 

ond.  If  any  substance  be  substituted  in  whole  or  in  part  for  the  article. 
Third.  If  any  valuable  constituent  of  the  article  has  been  wholly  or  in  part 
ractod;  or  if  the  product  is  below  that  standard  of  quality  represented  to 
tin-  purchaser  or  consumer. 

:rth.  If  it  Is  mixed,  colored,  coated,  polished,  powdered,  or  stained 
whereby  damage  Is  concealed,  or  If  it  Is  made  to  appear  better  or  of  greater 
value  than  iMs,  or  if  it  is  colored  or  flavored  in  imitation  of  the  genuine  color 
or  t!avnr  of  another  substance  of  a  previously  established  name. 

th.  If  it  contains  added  poisonous  ingredient  which  may  render  such 
article  injurious  to  health,  or  if  it  contains  any  antiseptic  or  preservative  which 
may  render  rocb  article  injurious  to  health,  or  any  other  antiseptic  or  pre- 
servathe  001  evident  .•:•  n. .t  plainly  v.-n.-d  on  the  main  label  of  the  package. 

ih.  If  It  consists  of  or  is  manufactured  from  in  whole  or  in  part  of  a 
diseased,  contaminated,  filthy  or  decomposed  substainv.  either  animal  or  vege- 
unflt  for  food,  or  an  animal  or  vegetable  substance  produced,  stored, 
t  in  a  condition  that  would  render  the  article  diseased,  con- 
Kited  or  unwholesome.  ,,r  }f  jt  js  ;1MV  j,.,rt  the  product  of  a  diseased  animal, 
or  I !  t  of  an  animal  that  has  died  otherwise  than  by  slaughter,  or  that 

l  upon  the  offal  from  a  slaughterhouse,  or  if*lt  is  the  milk  from  an 
animal  fed  upon  a  substance  unfit  for  food  for  dairy  animals  or  from  an  animal 
i  a  filthy  or  a  contaminated  stable  or  in  surroundings  that 
:he  milk  contaminated.     Provided,  That  any  article  of  food  which 
may  be  adulterated  and  not  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this  act,  and 
•h  does  not  contain  any  added   poisonous  or  deleterious  ingredient  and 
which  Is  not  otherwise  adulterated  within  the  meaning  of  paragraphs  four, 
the  and  Bll  of  wvtion  four  of  this  act,  or  which  does  not  contain  any  filler  or 
Ingredient  which  debases  without  adding  food  value,  can  be  manufactured  or 
sold,  if  the  same  be  labeled,  branded  or  tagged  so  as  to  show  the  exact  charac- 
ter then*.. f.     And  all  such  labels  and  all  labeling  of  packages  provided  for  in 
any  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  on  the  main  label  of  each  package  and  in 
such  position  and  character  of  type  and  terms  as  will  be  plainly  seen,  read  and 
understood  by  the  purchaser  or  consumer.     Provided  further,  That  nothing  in 
this  act  shall  be  construed  as  requiring  or  compelling  the  proprietors,  manu- 
'irers  or  sellers  of  proprietary  foods  which  contain  no  unwholesome  sub- 
es  or  ingredients  to  disclose  their  trade  formulas  except  in  so  far  as  the 
provisions  of  this   (act)    require  to  secure  freedom  from  adulteration,  imita- 

°So  in  Statutes. 


16  FOOD  LEGISLATION,  YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

tlon  or  misbranding.  But  in  the  case  of  baking  powders,  every  can  or  other 
package  shall  be  labeled  so  as  to  show  clerely  *  the  name  of  the  acid  salt  which 
shall  be  plainly  stated  in  the  face  of  the  label  to  show  whether  such  salt  is 
cream  of  tartar,  phosphate  or  alum.  Provided  further,  That  nothing  in  this 
act  shall  be  construed  to  prohibit  the  manufacture  or  sale  of  oleomargarine, 
butterine  or  kindred  compounds  in  a  separate  and  distinct  form,  and  in  such 
manner  as^ill  advise  the  consumer  of  the  real  Character,  free  from  coloration 
or  ingredient  that  causes  it  to  look  like  butter. 

[Sections  5  to  7  relate  to  drugs.] 

SEC.  8.  Director  of  experiment  station  to  make  analysis,  fix  methods  and 
,//,/*;  board  for  establishing  r>  julations.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
>-tor  of  the  Kentucky  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  or  under  his 
direction,  the  head  of  the  division  of  food  inspection  of  the  said  station,  to 
make  or 'cause  to  be  made  examinations  of  samples  of  food  and  drugs  manu- 
factured or  on  sale  in  Kentucky  at  such  time  and  place  and  to  such  extent  as 
he  may  determine.  He  shall  also  make,  or  cause  to  be  made,  analysis  of  any 
sample  of  food  or  drug  which  the  State  Board  of  Health  or  the  State  Board 
of  Pharmacy  may  suspect  of.  being  adulterated  or  rnisbranded,  and  of  any 
sample  of  food  or  drug  furnished  by  any  Commonwealth's,  county  or  city 
attorney  of  this  State.  And  the  said  director  may  appoint  such  agent  or 
agents  as  he  may  deem  necessary,  who  shall  have  free  access  at  all  reasonable 
hours  for  the  purpose  of  examining  into  places  wherein  any  food  or  drug  prod- 
uct is  being  produced,  manufactured,  prepared,  kept  or  offered,  for  sale,  for 
the  purpose  of  determining  as  to  whether  or  not  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
act  are  being  violated,  and  such  agent  or  agents  upon  tendering  the  market 
price  of  any  article  may  take  from  any  person,  firm  or  other  corporation,  a 
sample  of  any  article  desired  for  examination. 

The  director  of  said  Experiment  Station  is  hereby  empowered  to  adopt  and 
fix  the  methods  by  which  the  samples  taken  under  the  provisions  of  this  act 
shall  be  analyzed  or  examined,  and  to  adopt  and  fix  standards  of  purity, 
quality  or  strength,  when  such  standards  are  necessary  or  are  not  specified  or 
fixed  herein  or  by  statute.  Provided,  That  such  standards  shall  be  published 
for  the  information  and  guidance  of  the  trade.  Provided  further,  That  for 
the  purpose  of  uniformity,  when  such  standards  so  fixed  differ  from  the 
legally  adopted  standards  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  the 
director  of  said  station  shall  arrange  for  a  conference  between  the  proper 
food  control  representatives  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture 
and  the  director  of  said  station  and  the  representatives  of  the  trade  to  be 
affected,  for  the  purpose  of  arriving,  if  possible,  at  a  uniform  state  and  national 
standard.  Provided  further,  That  in  the  case  of  final  dispute  the  validity  of 
such  standards  adopted  by  the  director  of  said  station  shall  be  determined  by 
the  Courts  under  the  rules  of  evidence.  And  Provided  further,  That  when  the 
standard  or  nomenclature  for  any  food  or  food  product  has  been  determined 
by  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  such  standard  or  nomenclature 
shall  govern  in  the  enforcement  of  the  provisions  of  this  act.  Provided  further, 
That  all  rulings  pertaining  to  sanitation  under  this  act  shall  be  collaborated  in 
connection  with  the  State  Board  of  Health.  And  provided  further,  That  at 
the  regular  annual  meetings  of  the  Kentucky  Pharmaceutical  association  and 
the  Kentucky  State  Medical  association  each  of  said  associations  shall  elect 
one  representative,  which  representatives,  together  with  the  director  of  said 
station  shall  make  and  establish  all  rules  and  regulations  for  the  governing 
and  carrying  out  of  the  provisions  of  this  act  relating  to  drugs. 

a  So  in  Statutes. 


KENTUCKY.  17 

SEC.  9.  Prosecution.  Whenever  any  article  shall  have  been  examined  and 
found  to  be  adulterated  or  misbranded  in  violation  of  this  act,  the  Director 
shall  certify  the  facts  to  the  Commonwealth's  attorney  of  the  district,  or  to 
the  county  attorney  of  the  county,  or  the  city  attorney  of  any  city  or  town, 
in  which  the  said  adult  era  ted  or  misbranded  food  or  drug  product  was  found, 
together  with  a  statement  of  the  results  of  the  examination  of  said  article  of 
fund  or  drug,  duly  authenticated  by  the  analyst  under  oath  and  taken  before 
some  officer  of  this  Commonwealth  authorized  to  administer  an  oath  having 
::1.  And  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  Commonwealth's  attorney,  county 
attorney  and  city  attorney  to  whom  the  Director  of  said  station  shall  report 
any  violation  of  this  act  or  to  whom  the  State  Board  of  .Health,  or  the  State 
P.oard  nf  Pharmacy.  ..r  to  whom  the  chief  health  officer  of  any  county,  city  or 
town  shall  report  any  such  violations,  to  cause  proceedings  to  be  commenced 
against  the  party  so  violating  the  act,  and  the  same  prosecuted  in  manner  as 
required  by  law.  Provided,  however,  That  in  case  of  the  first  charge  or  finding 
the  man  or  dealer  shall  be  notified  of  the  findings  and  be  given  a 

hearing  within   fifteen  days  before  a  report  is  made  to  the  Commonwealth's, 
j    as    herein    provided.     Provided  further,  That  where 

more  than  one  sample  of  the  same  brand  of  product  has  been  taken  and 
examined,  the  :irst  tindini:  or  charge  shall  be  construed  to  apply  to  all  samples 
so  taken,  and  notice  and  hearing  shall  apply  to  all  such  samples. 

rovisos.    Said  station  shall  make  an  annual  report 

to  the   Covernor  upon   adulterated    food   or  drug  products  in  addition  to  the 

rep"i!-  required  by  law  which  shall  not  exceed  one  hundred  and  fifty  pages, 

and   su.b  annual    reports  shall  be  submitted  to  the  General  Assembly  at  its 

•  1  said  station  may  issue  from  time  to  time  a  bulletin  giving 

the  i  :he  inspections  and  of  all  analyses  of  samples  taken  or  submitted 

ination    under  this  act,  together  with  the  names  of  the  parties  from 

i  the  samples  were  taken,  or  where  the  inspections  were  made,  and  as  far 

the  manufacturers,  the  number  of  samples  found  to  be 

,e  number  found  not   adulterated,  and  other  information  which 

may  !  nufact  urers  or  dealers  in  food  of  a  drug  products  or 

idnl,  however.  That  before  such  publication  is  made  the 

manufacturer  ->f  the  irttclc  and  the  dealer  shall  be  furnished  a  true  copy  of  the 
warding  the  article  at  least  thirty  days  before  the  publi- 
•i  and  hearini:  L'i\en   the  dealer  and  manufacturer,  and  any  statements  or 
explanations  made  by  such  manufacturer  shall  be  included  in  the  same  place  and 
I  with  the  publication  :  irding  the  article.     And  provided  further, 

That  if  at  the  bearing  of  the  manufacturer  or  dealer,  as  provided  by  section  9 
hereof,  said  manufacturer  shall  produce  the  affidavit  of  a  competent  analytical 
chemist  controverting  the  finding  of  said  station  or  its  director  or  chemist,  as 
tin*  case  may  be,  and  affirmatively  showing  that  there  is  neither  adulteration  or 
misbrandini:  of  such  article  under  the  provisions  of  this  act,  then  there  shall  be 
no  publication  of  either  the  name  of  the  manufacturer  or  dealer,  or  of  the  name 
of  the  brand  of  the  article  until  after  a  trial  and  a  verdict  of  guilty  as  herein 
pro\  ided.  And  provided  further,  That  where  prosecution  is  made  for  violation  of 
any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act,  no  official  publication  shall  be  made  of  the 
result  of  the  inspection  and  analysis  until  the  matter  has  been  finally  adjudi- 
cated, and  in  case  of  appeal,  by  the  court  of  last  resort. 

.  1 1.  Cost  of  analysis;  «;>/>/-r>/>nu/io/i;  expenditures.  Said  Experiment  Sta- 
tion shall  receive  seven  dollars  and  fifty  cents  ($7.50)  for  the  analysis  or  exam- 
ination of  any  sample  of  food  or  drug  taken  or  submitted  in  accordance  with 

a  So  in  Statutes. 
j>9— Bull.  121—09 2 


18  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAH  ENDED  JUNE   30,   1908. 

this  act,  ami  expenses  for  procuring  samples  of  food  and  drugs  and  in  making 
inspections  into  the  condition  of  and  wholesorneness  and  purity  of  the  food  pro- 
,l:i« -,..!.  manufactured  or  sold  in  food  factories,  grocery  stores,  bakeries,  slaugh- 
tering houses,  dairies,  milk  depots  or  creameries,  and  all  other  places  where 
foods  are  produced,  prepared,  stored,  kept  or  offered  for  sale ;  for  studying  the 
problems  connected  with  the  production,  preparation  and  sale  of  foods ;  for  ex- 
pt-rt  witnesses  attending  grand  juries  and  courts;  clerk  hire  and  all  other 
.-uses  necessary  for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  this  act.  Provided,  The 
total  ivMHHiFe  from  all  sources  shall  not  exceed  in  any  one  year  thirty  thousand 
dollars  ($30,000.00.) 

Tin-  Board  of  Control  of  said  Experiment  Station  shall  furnish  to  the  Auditor 
nf  Public  Accounts  an  itemized  statement  of  the  expenditures  of  money  under 
this  act.  The  expenditures  reported  to  the  Auditor  shall  be  paid  by  the  Com- 
monwealth to  the  treasurer  of  the  Experiment  Station  upon  the  written  request 
of  the  Board  of  Control  of  the  said  Experiment  Station,  and  the  Auditor  for 
the  payment  of  the  same  is  directed  to  draw  his  warrant  upon  the  Treasurer 
as  in  all  other  claims  against  the  Commonwealth. 

!±  riling  of  label,  brand,  etc.  When  any  manufacturer  shall  offer  any 
article  of  food  or  drug  for  sale  in  the  State  he  shall  file  with  the  director  of  the 
said  station,  when  requested  by  him,  the  name  of  the  brand,  the  name  of  the 
product,  the  place  of  its  manufacture  or  preparation,  and  a  true  copy  of  all 
labeling  used  thereupon.  Failure*  to  so  file  within  thirty  days  shall  be  punished 
as  provided  in  section  1  of  this  act. 

13.  Guaranty  as  evidence.    In  all  prosecutions  under  this  act,  the  courts 
.-hall  admit  as  evidence  a  guaranty  which  has  been  made  to  the  holder  of  the 
guaranty  by  any  manufacturer  or  wholesaler  residing  in  this  State,  to  the  effect 
that  the  product  complained  of  is  not  adulterated  or  misbranded  within  the 
provisions  of  this  act.    And  said  guaranty,  properly  signed  by  the  wholesaler, 
jobber  or  manufacturer  or  other  party  residing  within  this  State  from  whom 
the  holder  of  the  guaranty  may  have  purchased  the  article  or  articles  complained 
of,  and  containing  the  full  name  and  address  of  the  party  or  parties  making  the 
sale  of  such  article  to  the  holder  of  the  guaranty,  and  in  the  absence  of  any 
proof  that  the  article  or  articles  complained  of  were  adulterated  or  misbranded 
after  they  had  been  received  by  the  holder  of  the  guaranty,  shall  be  a  bar  to 
prosecution  of  the  holder  of  such  guaranty  under  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

14.  Repeal.    All  acts  or  parts  of  acts  inconsistent  herewith  are  hereby 
repealed,  but  this  said  act  shall  not  be  construed  to  repeal  Chapter  48  of  the 
Acts  of  the  General  Assembly  of  1906,  entitled,  "An  Act  to  regulate  the  sale  of 
concentrated  commercial  feeding  stuffs,  defining  same  and  fixing  penalties  for 
violations  thereof." 

So  much  of  this  act  as  relates  to  drugs  and  liquors  shall  not  take  effect  until 
on  and  after  January  1,  1909. 

Approved  March  13,  1908.    Acts  of  1908,  ch.  4,  pp.  10-22. 

DAIRY  PRODUCTS. 
See  General  Food  Laws. 

LIQUORS. 
See  General  Food  Laws. 


LOUISIANA. 

The  food  and  drug  regulations  of  the  Louisiana  board  of  health 
have  the  force  of  law  and  are  therefore  quoted  in  full  except  when 
they  are  the  same  a<  the  Federal  law,  regulation,  or  standard  on  a 
given  point,  in  which  case  the  appropriate  section  is  referred  to. 

KKGULATIONS. 

i:  >  and  Regulations.    The  Louisiana  State  Board  of 

.•mil   establishes  the  following  Rules  and  Regulations 
Mire,  sale,  and   insert iou  of  foods,  liquors,  waters,  and 
drills  within  tin-  State. 

Tin-  Rules  and  lieu-illations  of  the  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health  govern- 
ing tin-  manufacture,  sale  and  Inspection  of  foods,  drugs,  liquors  or  waters, 
shall  l»e  known  and  referred  to  as  "  The  Food  and  Drug  Regulations  of  the 
Loni  tOftld  at  Health." 

I'l-'Jiifnthiff  ailulti-rntiini  or  niixbramlinfl  of  food  and  drug*.     It  shall 

l»e  unlawful  f«»r  any  person  or  Arsons  to  manufacture  within  this  State  any 

article  of  food,  drugs,  liquors  or  waters  which  is  adulterated  or  misbranded 

within   the  meaning  of  these   Regulations;   and  any  person  who  shall  violate 

ions  of  these  Regulations  shall  be  punished  as  provided  for 

REG.  3.  rrnhitiitiii'j  importation  or  exportation  of  advltcr<tt<  d  or  misbranded 

f<»»l,   ilrnij.'i,   li'iimrs  or  waters.     That  the  introduction   into  this  State  from 

any  other  State  or  Territory,  or  from   the  District  of  Columbia,  or  from  any 

'imtry,  of  any   article  of  food,  drugs,   liquors  or  waters,  which  is 

adu:  -branded  within  the  meaning  of  these  Regulations  is  hereby 

prohibited.    H.it    any    person    who    shall    receive   from    any    State   or   Terri- 

;  Columbia  or  foreign  country,  and  having  so  received, 

shall  deliver  in  unbroken  or  broken  packages,  for  pay  or  otherwise,  or  offer  to 
delher  to  any  other  person  any  such  article  so  adulterated  or  misbranded  within 
the  meaning  of  these  Regulations,  or  any  person  who  shall  sell  or  offer  for 
in  his  possession  for  sale  in  this  State  any  such  adulterated  or 
misbranded  foods,  drugs,  liquors  or  waters,  shall  be  punished  as  provided  for 

•t9S  of  1 

Pro\ided:  That  no  article  shall  be  deemed  misbranded  or  adulterated  within 
the  provisions  of  these  Regulations,  when  intended  for  export  to  any  foreign 
country  and  prepared  and  packed  according  to  the  specifications  or  directions 
of  the  foreign  purchaser  when  no  substance  is  used  in  the  preparation  or  pack- 
ing thereof  in  conflict  with  the  laws  of  the  foreign  country  to  which  said  article 
o  be  shipped:  but  if  said  article  shall  be  in  fact  sold  or  offered 
for  >a  e  [(  r  .!•  IP.  s Tie  use  or  consumption,  then  this  provision  shall  not  exempt 
said  article  from  the  operation  of  any  of  the  other  provisions  of  these  Regula- 

19 


20  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

Broken  or  unbroken  packages  defined.  The  term  "Broken  or  unbroken 
package"  as  used  in  these  Regulations,  is  the  original  package  or  part  thereof, 
carton,  case,  box,  barrel,  bottle,  phial,  or  other  receptacle  put  up  by  the  manu- 
facturer to  which  the  label  is  attached,  or  which  may  be  suitable  for  the  at- 
tachment of  a  label,  making  one  complete  package  of  the  food,  drug,  liquor  or 

water  article. 
The  original  package  contemplated  includes  bpth  the  wholesale  and  the  retail 

packages. 

REG.  4.  State  Food  Commissioner,  Dairy  Commissioner,  Analyst.  The  Presi- 
dent of  the  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health  shall  be  ex  officio  State  Food 
Commissioner.  The  State  Food  Commissioner  may,  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health,  appoint  two  or  more  Assistant  Com- 
missioners, each  one  of  acknowledged  standing,  ability,  and  integrity,  one  of 
whom  shall  be  an  expert  in  the  matter  of  dairy  products,  and  one  of  them  shall 
be  a  practical  and  Analytical  Chemist,  who  shall  be  known  as  the  State  Analyst. 
The  salaries  of  each  assistant  shall  be  fixed  by  the  State  Food  Commissioner, 
by  and  with  the  consent  of  the  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health.  In  case  of  the 
absence  or  inability  of  the  State  Analyst  to  perform  all  the  duties  of  his  office 
or  for  the  purpose  of  expediting  the  work  of  the  Department,  the  State  Food 
Commissioner  may  appoint  some  competent  person  to  assist  in  the  same  tem- 
porarily. 

REG.  5.  Inspectors.  The  State  Food  Commissioner  shall  have  authority,  by 
and  with  the  consent  of  the  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health,  to  appoint  neces- 
sary inspectors,  to  assist  in  the  work  of  the  State  Food  Commissioner  at  such 
times  and  for  such  periods  of  time  as  may  be  required  in  the  enforcement  of 
the  dairy,  drug  and  food  laws  of  the  State.  Such  Inspectors  shall  have  the 
same  right  of  access  to  places  to  be  inspected  as  the  State  Food  Commissioner. 
The  compensation  of  such  Inspectors  shall  be  fixed  by  the  State  Food  Commis- 
sioner, by  and  with  the  consent  of  the  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health. 

REG.  6.  Duty  of  State  Food  Commissioner.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  State 
Food  Commissioner  to  enforce  all  the  rules  and  regulations  herein  provided 
for  or  that  may  hereafter  be  enacted  by  this  Board  regarding  the  production, 
manufacture  or  sale  of  dairy  products  or  the  adulteration  of  any  article  of 
food  or  drugs,  liquors  or  waters,  and  personally  or  through  his  assistants,  to 
inspect  any  article  of  food,  drugs,  liquors  or  waters,  made  or  offered  for  sale 
or  held  in  possession  for  sale,  which  he  may,  through  himself  or  his  assistants, 
expect  or  have  reason  to  believe  to  be  impure,  unhealthful,  adulterated  or  mis- 
branded,  and  to  prosecute  or  cause  to  be  prosecuted  any  person  or  persons,  firm 
or  firms,  corporation  or  corporations,  engaged  in  the  manufacture  or  sale  of  any 
adulterated  or  misbranded  article  or  articles  of  food,  drugs,  liquors  or  waters, 
contrary  to  these  Regulations. 

REG.  7.  Examination  of  foods,  drugs,  liquors  or  waters,  collection  of  samples. 
Methods  of  analysis.  The  examination  of  foods,  drugs,  liquors  or  waters  shall 
be  made  by  the  State  Analyst  or  his  Assistants  under  the  direction  of  the  State 
Food  Commissioner  for  the  purpose  of  determining  from  such  examinations 
whether  such  articles  are  adulterated  or  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of 
these  regulations,  and  if  it  shall  appear  from  any  such  examination  that  any 
of  such  specimens  are  adulterated  or  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  these 
Regulations,  the  State  Food  Commissioner  shall  cause  notice  thereof  to  be  given 
to  the  party  from  whom  such  sample  was  obtained ;  any  party  so  notified  shall 
be  given  an  opportunity  to  be  heard  under  such  other  rules  and  regulations  as 
may  be  prescribed  by  this  Board,  and  if  it  appears  that  any  of  their  rules  and 
regulations  have  been  violated  by  such  party,  then  the  State  Food  Commis- 
sioner shall  at  once  certify  the  facts  to  the  District  Attorney  of  the  District 


LOUISIANA.  21 

wherein  the  offense  was  committed  with  a  copy  of  the  results  of  the  analysis 
or  the  examination  of  such  article,  duly  authenticated  by  the  Analyst  or  officer 
making  such  examination  under  the  oath  of  such  officer:  after  judgment  of 
the  Court,  nut  ire  shall  be  given  by  publication  in  such  manner  as  may  be 
prescribed  by  this  Board. 

.  s.  Cttllvction  of  samples.  Samples  of  broken  or  unbroken  packages 
shall  be  collected  only  by  Inspectors  appointed  by  the  State  Food  Commis- 
sioner, or  by  tli"  Health.  Food,  or  Drug  Officer  of  the  cities  and  towns  of 
Louisiana.  Samples  may  be  purchased  in  the  open  market,  and  if  in  bulk,  the 
marks,  brands  or  tags  upon  the  package,  carton,  container,  wrapper  or  accom- 
panying printed  or  written  matter  shall  be  noted.  The  Inspector  shall  also  note 
the  nanios  of  the  vendor  and  agent  through  whom  the  sale  was  actually  made, 
ther  with  the  date  of  purchase.  The  Inspector  shall  purchase  representa- 
tivi-  samples.  A  sample  taken  from  bulk  goods  shall  be  divided  into  three  (3) 
parts  and  ••aeh  part  shall  be  labeled  with  the  identifying  marks-.  All  samples 
shall  be  sealed  by  the  Inspector  with  a  seal  provided  for  the  purpose.  If  the 
package  be  less  than  four  (4)  pounds,  or  in  volume  less  than  two  (2)  quarts, 
tlnvc  (3)  packaged  of  approximately  the  same  size  shall  be  purchased  when 
practicable,  and  the  marks  ;md  tags  upon  each  noted  as  above.  One  sample 
shall  be  delivered  to  the  party  from  whom  purchased,  one  sample  shall  be  sent 
to  Hi.-  Food  Laboratory  of  the  State  Analyst,  and  the  third  sample  shall  be 
held  under  seal  by  the  State  Food  Commissioner. 

Rio.  9.  Methods  0  I  nless  otherwise  directed  by  the  State  Board 

of  1!«  i  ih  the  methods  of  analysis  employed  shall  be  those  prescribed  by  the 
Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists  and  the  United  States  Pharma- 

cop.eia. 

REG.  1".  u.ni-iny*.  'Ai  Wlu-n  the  examination  or  analysis  shows  that  the 
provisions  of  the  '*  Food  and  1  >i  M_-  I  filiations  of  the  Louisiana  State  Board  of 

•h"  have  been  violated,  notice  of  the  fact  together  with  a  copy  of  the 

findings  shall  be  furnished  to  the  party  or  parties  from  whom  the  sample  was 

a  date  shall  be  fixed  at  which  such  party  or  parties  may  be  heard 

re  the  state  Food  Commissioner,  or  such  other  official  connected  with  the 
Food  and  Drug  Iusi>ection  service  as  may  be  commissioned  by  the  State  Food 
Commission, -r  for  that  punx>se;  the  hearings  shall  be  held  at  a  place  to  be 

. -iated   by   the  <>od  Commissioner  most  convenient  for  all  parties 

•rned.  These  hearings  shall  be  private  and  confined  to  questions  of  fact. 
The  parties  interested  therein  may  appear  in  person,  or  by  Attorney,  and  may 
propound  interrogatories,  and  submit  oral  or  written  evidence  to  show  any 
fault  or  error  In  the  findings  of  the  Analyst  or  Examiner.  The  State  Food 
Comnii»  order  a  re-exa initiation  of  the  samples  or  have  new  samples 

drawn  for  further  examination. 

When  an  article  examined  by  the  State  Analyst  is  found  to  come  in  conflict 
with  the  regulations  of  the  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health,  a  written  notice 
shall  be  served  at  once  on  the  person  or  persons,  or  dealer  or  dealers,  offering 

anie  for  sale,  warning  him  or  them  not  to  sell  or  expose  for  sale  such  con- 
demned article  or  arti' 

(B)  Whenever  it  would  appear  to  the  best  interest  of  the  public  health  and 
re.  the  Food  Commissioner  of  the  Louisiana  State  Board  of  Health  is  re- 
quired to  render  such  condemned  articles  of  food,  drugs,  liquors  or  waters, 
unlit  for  consumption  by  man  or  animals. 

(C)  In  the  event  that  such  person  or  persons,  shall  continue  to  violate  these 
Regulations  by  selling,  offering  for  sale,  or  hold  in  possession  for  sale  or  barter, 
such  condemned  article  or  articles,  the  State  Food   Commissioner  shall  lay 


22  FOOD  LEGISLATION,  YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

before  the  District  Attorney  of  the  District  in  which  the  violation  occurred,  the 
,nce  of  such  violation,  together  with  a. copy  of  the  analysis  of  the  State 

\nalvst. 

(D*)  In  the  event  the  District  Attorney  should  fail  to  promptly  institute  pro- 
ceedings in  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  the  State  Food  Commissioner 
shall  place  the  whole  matter  in  the  hands  of  the  Attorney  General  of  the  State. 
11.  Definition  of  the  words  foods' and  drugs  as  used  herein.  (A)  The 
term  dn«  as  used  In  these  Regulations  shall  include  all  substances,  compounds, 
and  preparations  recognized  in  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  or  National 
Formulary,  for  internal  or  external  use,  and  any  other  substance  or  mixture  of 
sul.stam-e's  intended  to  be  used  for  the  cure,  mitigation  or  prevention  of  disease 
of  either  man  or  other  animals. 

(B)  The  term  "food"  as  used  herein,  shall  include  all  articles  intended  for 
fo.,.l.  drink,  confectionery,  condiment,  or  used  in  the  preparation  thereof, 
whether  simple,  mixed,  or  compound. 

;•_'.  Food  adulterations  defined.  For  the  purposes  of  these  Regulations, 
an  article  shall  be  deemed  to  be  adulterated  in  case  of  foods:  See  Standards 
for  Foods,  Reg.  No.  45;  [also  the  Federal  Food  and  Drugs  Act,  "  Sec.  7.  In  the 
case  of  food,"  1  to  6,  inclusive,  with  the  addition  of  the  following  clause  after 
••  Fifth  "]  :  Not  excluded  under  this  provision  are  substances  properly  used  in 
the  preparation  of  food  products  for  clarification  or  refining,  and  elimination  in 
the  further  process  of  manufacture. 

Powdering,  eoating,  and  staining.     [See  Federal  Reg.  12.] 

13.  Misbranding.     [See  Federal  Food  and  Drugs  Act,  sec.  8,  also.] 

In  ease  of  drugs:     *     *     * 

Fourth — If  the  package  containing  it  or  its  label  shall  bear  jiny  statement, 
design  or  device  which  shall  be  false  or  misleading  in  any  particular. 

Provided :  That  an  article  of  food  which  does  not  contain  any  added  poison- 
ous or  deleterious  ingredients  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  adulterated  or  mis- 
br.-mded  in  the  following  cases: 

First — In  the  case  of  mixture  or  compounds  which  may  be  now  or  from  time 
to  time  hereafter  known  as  articles  of  food,  under  their  own  distinctive  names, 
and  not  an  imitation  of  or  offered  for  sale  under  the  distinctive  name  of  another 
jirticle,  if  the  name  be  accompanied  on  the  same  label  or  brand  with  a  statement 
of  the  place  where  said  article  has  been  manufactured  or  produced. 

ond — In  the  case  of  articles  labeled,  branded  or  tagged  so  as  to  plainly 
indicate  that  they  are  compounds,  imitations,  or  blends,  and  the  word  "  com- 
pound," "  imitation,"  or  "  blend  "  as  the  case  may  be,  is  plainly  stated  on  the 
package  in  which  it  is  offered  for  sale.  Provided:  That  the  term  blend,  as 
nsed  herein,  shall  be  construed  to  mean  a  mixture  of  like  substances. 

REG.  14.  Label,  (a)  The  term  "label"  applies  to  any  printed,  written,  pic- 
torial, or  other  matter  upon  or  attached  to  any  package  of  a  food  or  drug  prod- 
uct, or  any  container  thereof,  including  ink  written,  typewritten,  or  stencilled 
labels  of  druggists. 

(b)  The  principal  label  shall  consist,  first — the  name  of  the  substance  or 
product;  the  name  of  place  of  manufacture  in  the  case  of  food  compounds  or 
mixtures;  words  which  show  that  the  articles  are  compounds,  mixtures  or 
blends;  the  words  "compound,"  "mixture"  or  "blend,"  or  the  words  desig- 
nating the  substances  or  their  derivatives,  and  proportions  required  to  be  named 
in  the  case  of  drugs;  and  in  the  case  of  foods,  the  constituents  are  to  be  named 
in  the  order  of  their  relative  proportion. 

All  these  required  words  shall  appear  upon  the  principal  label  with  no  inter- 
vening description  or  explanatory  reading  matter. 


LOUISIANA.  28 

MM.!— if  the  name  of  the  manufacturer  and  place  of  manufacture  are  given, 
they  shall  a!>o  appear  upon  the  principal  label. 

Third— Klsewhere  upon  tin-  principal  label  other  matter  may  appear  in  the 
description  of  the  manufacturer. 

(c)  The  principal  label  on  food  or  drugs  for  domestic  commerce  shall  be 
printed  in  Knglish  (except  as  hereinafter  provided  for),  with  or  without  the 
foreign  label  iu  the  language  of  the  country  where  the  food  or  drug  product  is 
produced  or  manufactured. 

The  size  of  type  shall  not  IK»  smaller  than  8-point  (brevier)  caps:  Provided, 
that  in  case  the  size  of  the  package  will  not  permit  the  use  of  8-point  (brevier) 
cap  type,  the  si/.e  of  tin-  type  may  In-  reduced  proi>ortionately. 

id  i  The  form,  character  and  appearance  of  the  labels,  except  as  provided 
••.  ar»  left  to  the  judgment  of  the  manufacturer. 

it- 1  i  lescriptive  matter  upon  the  label  shall  he  free  from  any  statement, 
!  or  device  regarding  the  article  or  the  ingredients  or  substances  contained 
therein,  or  quality  thereof  or  place  of  origin,  which  is  false  or  misleading  in  any 
particular. 

(f)  An  article  containing  more  than  one  food  product  or  active  medicinal 
agent  inded  if  nam*  .stiturnt. 

(g)  The  term   "  design  "  or  ••  de\ ire"  applies  to  pictorial  matters  of  every 
description,  and  to  abbreviations.  rs.  or  signs  for  weights,  measures  or 
names  of  substance*. 

(  h  i  The  use  of  any  false  or  misleading  statement,  design  or  device  shall  not 
he  just  id.  .  -  the  opinion  of  an  expert  or  other  person, 

art  of  the  lalx»l.  nor  by  any  descriptive  matter  explaining  the 
.»•  false  or  misleading  stat-Mm-ni.  design  or  device. 

.     [See  Federal  Reg.  18-20  and  sees,  (b) 
and  -1.) 

.     [See  Federal  Reg.  20.] 

HII   A  color  or  flavor  cannot  be  employed  to  Imitate  any  natural  product  or 

ame  and  quality,  except  as  especially  provided 

for  in  Regulations  38  and  45 — sections  covering  Root  Beer,  Candy  and  Con- 
fectloi 

I  in  it nt  inn.     [See  Federal  Regs.  21-22.1 

Ki  ••*    or   compounds,    with    distinctive   names.     [See    Federal 

-T.| 
RK.  branding  not  a  complete  guarantee.    [See  Federal  Reg.  23.] 

s*  of  branding.     [See  Federal  Reg.  24.] 
•ntutinn.    [See  Federal  Reg.  25.] 
REG.  19.  MI/.    [See  Federal  Reg.  26.] 

20.  [Rein'  ngs.] 

"•n  <>f  rnir  tnatt-ri'ilt.     The  State  Food  Commissioner,  when 
he  devms  it  necessary,  shall  examine  or  cause  to  be  examined,  the  raw  mate- 
rials used  in  the  manufacture  of  food  and  drug  products,  and  determine  whether 
tilthy.  decomi>osed,  or  putrid  substance  is  used  in  their  preparation. 

_'.    Wnrkiny   fnnnuln    r«]inr«l.     The    State   Food   Commissioner   shall 
have  furnished  him  on  demand  a  certified  copy  of  the  working  formula  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  any  compound  of  drugs,  foods,  liquors  or  waters,  when 
in  his  judgment  the  safety  of  the  public  health  and  the  enforcement  of  these 
lations  demand  it.     It  being  well  understood  that  said  certified  copy  be 
and  remain  the  property  of  the  manufacturer  furnishing  the  same;  and  shall 
•  led  strictly  as  a  confident ial  communication. 
Rt-lnti-  to  <lru<j*.\ 


24  FOOD  LEGISLATION,  YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

REG.  26.  Substances  named  in  drugs  or  foods.     [See  Federal  Reg.  28,  a,  b,  c, 

and  f.] 

The  following  articles  shall  be  included  in  the  above  list  and  become  subject 
to  the  rules  and  regulations  governing  it  on  and  after  October  1,  1908 : 

Nux  vomica,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Gelsemlum,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Physostigma,  its  active  principles  and   preparations. 

Belladonna,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Scopola,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Hyoscyamus,  its  active  principles  ard  preparations. 

Stramonium,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Veratrum  viride,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Staphisagria,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Aconite,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Colchicum,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Pilocarpus,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Pelletierine,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Conium,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Scoparius,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Digitalis,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Convallaria,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Strophanthus,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Male  fern,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Santonin,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Ergot,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Gossypii  cortex,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Elaterium,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Croton  oil,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Cantharides,  its  active  principles  and  preparations. 

Antimony,  its  compounds  and  preparations. 

Mercury,  its  compounds  and  preparations,  except  calomel  and  mercury  in 
metallic  state. 

Arsenic,  its  compounds  and  preparations. 

Potassium  cyanide  and  hydrocyanic  acid. 

Carbolic  acid. 

Any  synthetical  compound  having  the  property  of  relieving  pain,  producing 
Bleep,  or  reducing  temperature. 

REG.  27.  [Relates  to  drugs.] 

REG.  28.  Statement  of  weight  or  measure.  [See  Federal  Reg.  29,  also  the  fol- 
lowing] : 

(c)  In  the  case  of  alcohol  the  expression  "quantity"  or  "proportion"  shall 
mean  the  average  percentage  by  volume  in  the  finished  product. 

(d)  In  the  case  of  the  other  ingredients  required  to  be  named  upon  the  label, 
the  expression  "  quantity  "  or  "  proportion  "  shall  mean  grains  or  minims  per 
ounce  or  fluid  ounce,  per  unit,  per  tablet,  pill,  etc.,  and  also,  if  desired,  the 
metric  equivalents  therefor,  or  milligrams  per  gram  or  per  cubic  centimeter,  or 
grams  or  cubic  centimeters  per  kilogram  or  per  litre. 

REG.  29.  Imported  food  and  drug  products.  Food  products  intended  for  ex- 
port containing  added  substances  not  permitted  in  foods  intended  for  consump- 
tion in  this  State,  but  in  accordance  with  the  directions  of  the  foreign  purchaser, 
must  be  kept  separate  and  labeled  to  indicate  that  they  are  for  export. 

If  these  products  are  not  exported,  they  shall  not  be  allowed  to  be  sold,  bar- 
tered or  given  away  for  consumption  in  this  State. 


LOUISIANA.  25 

Meat  and  meat  food  products  as  well  as  all  other  food  and  drug  products  of  a 
kind  forbidden  entry  into  or  forbidden  to  be  sold,  or  restricted  in  sale  in  the 
country  in  which  made  or  from  which  exported,  must  not  be  sold,  bartered  or 
given  away  in  this  State. 
REG.  30.  Denaturing.     [See  Federal  Reg.  34.] 

'ruction  t<>  //(x/.r,  tors.  In  sending  in  samples  for  analysis  to  this 
Department  of  any  manufactured  product,  the  following  information  must 
accompany  each  sample,  to-wit  : 

(a)   Name  and  location  of  manufacturer  or  dealer.    If  bought  of  jobbers,  the 
firm  name  and  location  plainly  written  in  ink. 
Brand  or  name  of  article,  any  representation  by  seller  as  to  quality  or  char- 

. 
To  enable  correct  analysis  to  be  made,  not  less  than  the  following  quantities 

•h  article  should  be  sent  : 
I'.read,  not  less  than  16  ounces. 
r.utter,  not  less  than  8  ounces. 
Baking  powder,  not  less  than  1  small  can. 
Beer,  not  less  than  1  pint. 
Buckwheat  Hour,  not  less  than  8  ounces. 
Cheese,  not  less  than  6  ounces. 
Candy,  not  less  than  8  ounces. 
Cocoa  and 

<  ho.  ..LI t*.  in  small  original  package. 
Cream  of  tartar,  not  less  than  1  ounce. 
Cream,  not  less  than  4  ounces. 
Extracts,  not  less  than  2  ounces. 

>.  not  less  than  8  ounces. 

Jellies,  not  less  than  »  Ik.  or  small  original  package, 
.lams,  not  less  tban  *  Ik.  or  small  original  package. 

in..!-,  not   less  than  1   pint. 
I. a  id.  not  less  than  4  ounces. 
Map!.-  suL-ar.  not  less  than  1  pound. 

syrups,  not  less  than  1  pint. 
Milk,  not  less  than  4  ounces. 
Olive  oil,  not  less  than  4  ounces. 

Pres.  •  less  than  J  lb.,  or  small  original  package, 

es,  not  less  than  4  ounces, 
ss  tban  8  ounces. 
Vinegar,  not  less  than  1  pint. 
Wine,  not    less  than  1   pint. 

Goods  should  be  procured  in  original  package  when  put  up  in  packages  con- 
taining not  more  than  two  pounds  solid  or  one-half  gallon  liquid  measure. 

«;.  32.  Baking  >  No  person  in  this  State  shall  make  or  manufacture 

baking  powder  or  any  other  mixture  or  compound  intended  for  use  as  baking 
ler,  or  sell,  exchange,  deliver,  or  offer  for  sale  or  exchange,  such  baking 
powder,  or  any  mixture  or  comi>ound  intended  for  use  as  baking  powder,  unless 
its  composition  be  distinctly  shown  by  a  label  on  the  outside  and  face  of  which 
is  print.d  with  black  ink  in  a  legible  tyne,  with  roman  letters  not  less  than 
:>t — brevier — cap  on  a  white  or  light  black  background,  the  manufacturer's 
name  and  the  place  of  manufacture  and  in  a  conspicuous  place  on  the  face 
of  the  label  of  such  package  of  baking  powder  and  with  letters  similar  in  size, 
the  name  of  the  acid  ingredient  together  with  a  list  of  all  the  ingredients  enter- 
ing into  its  composition. 


26  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

Provided,  the  use  of  any  substance  deemed  poisonous  or  injurious  is  hereby 
prohibited  and  the  use  thereof  in  the  manufacture  of  baking  powder  is  hereby 
declared  unlawful.  Baking  powders  must  yield  at  least  8  per  cent  available 
carbon  dioxide.  The  use  of  argolite,  terra  alba  and  all  other  mineral  fillers  is 

prohibited. 

linking  powders  must  have  specific  name  of  the  powder  on  the  label  and  no 
tagmltoQt  can  be  named  as  a  component  of  the  powder  not  found  in  the  article. 
.;.  33.  To  regulate  tlir  manufacture  and  sale  of  substitutes  of  butter. 
(a)  That  for  the  purpose  of  these  regulations  every  article,  substitute  or  com- 
pound of  any  other  than  that  which  is  produced  from  pure  milk  or  cream,  there- 
from made  in  a  semblance  of  butter -and  designated  to  be  used  as  a  substitute 
fur  butter  made  from  pure  milk  or  its  cream,  is  hereby  declared  to  be  imita- 
tion butter. 

Provided :  That  the  use  of  salt  and  harmless  coloring  matter  for  coloring  the 
product  of  pure  milk  or  cream  shall  not  be  construed  to  render  such  product 
an  imitation. 

(b)  No  person  shall  coat,  powder  or  color  with  annato  or  any  injurious  color- 
ing matter  whatever,  any  substance  designed  as  a  substitute  for  butter  whereby 
such  substitute  or  product  so  colored  or  compounded  shall  be  made  to  resemble 
butter,  the  product  of  the  dairy  and  sold  as  such.    No  person  shall  combine  any 
animal  fat  with  butter  and  sell  the  same  for  consumption. 

Provided:  nothing  in  these  regulations  shall  be  construed  to  prohibit  the 
use  of  salt,  rennet  and  harmless  coloring  matter  for  coloring  the  product  of 
pure  milk  or  cream  from  the  same. 

(c)  No  person  shall  produce  or  manufacture  any  substance  or  semblance  in 
imitation  of  natural  butter,  nor  sell  or  keep  for  sale,  barter  or  give  away,  nor 
offer  for  sale  any  imitation  butter  made,  manufactured,  compounded  or  pro- 
duced in  violation  of  this  Regulation  whether  such  imitation  butter  shall  be 
made  or  produced  in  this  State  or  elsewhere;  this  Regulation  shall  not  be  con- 
strued to  prohibit  the  manufacture  and  sale  under  the  Regulations  hereinafter 
provided  of  substances  designed  to  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  butter,  and  not 
manufactured  or  colored  as  herein  provided. 

(d)  Every  person  who  lawfully  manufactures  any  substance  designed  to  be 
used  as  a  substitute  for  butter,  shall  mark  by  branding,  stamping  or  stenciling 
upon  the  top  side  of  each  box,  tub,  firkin,  or  other  package  in  which  such 
article  shall  be  kept,  and  in  which  it  shall  be  removed  from  the  place  where  it 
is  produced,  in  a  clear  and  durable  manner  in  the  English  language  the  word 
"  Oleomargarine  "  or  the  word  "  Butterine  "  or  the  words  "  Substitute  for  But- 
ter "  or  the  words  "  Imitation  Butter  "  in  printed  letters,  in  plain  roman  type ; 
each  of  which  shall  not  be  less  than  three-fourths  of  an  inch  in  length. 

(e)  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  sell  or  offer  for  sale,  barter  or  give  away,  any 
imitation  butter  without  informing  the  purchaser  thereof,  or  the  person  or  per- 
sons to  whom  the  same  is  offered  for  sale,  that  the  substance  sold  or  offered 
for  sale  is  imitation  butter. 

<  f  i  No  person  by  himself  or  with  others  shall  ship,  consign  or  forward,  by 
any  common  carrier  whether  public  or  private,  any  substance  designed  to  be 
used  as  a  substitute  for  butter,  unless  it  shall  be  marked  or -branded  on  each 
tub,  box,  firkin,  jar  or  other  package  containing  the  same,  as  provided  in  this 
Regulation,  and  unless  it  be  consigned  by  the  carriers  and  receipted  for  by  its 
true  name. 

(g)  No  person  shall  have  in  his  possession  or  under  his  control,  any  substance 
designed  to  be  used  as  a  substitute  for  butter  unless  the  tub,  firkin,  jar,  box  or 
other  p;i<  mining  the  same  be  clearly  and  durably  marked  as  provided 

in  this  Regulation. 


LOUISIANA.  27 

Every  IM.TSOU  who  shall  have  possession  or  control  of  any  imitation  butter 
for  th*«  purpose  of  selling,  bartering,  or  giving  away  the  same,  which  is  not 
marked  ns  required  by  the  provisions  of  this  Regulation,  shall  be  presumed  to 
have  known  during  the  time  of  such  possession  or  control,  the  true  character 
and  name  as  fixed  by  this  Regulation  of  such  product. 

(h>    Whoever  shall    have  possession  or  control  of  any  imitation  butter  or 

-ubstance  designed  to  be  used  us  a   substitute  for  butter  contrary  to  the 

provisions  of  this  Regulation,   fur  the  puri>ose  of  selling  the  same  or  offering 

the  sam«-  i'or  sale,  barter  or  give  away,  shall  be  held  to  have  possession  of  such 

property  with  intent  to  use  it  in  violation  of  this  Regulation. 

(i)    Whoever  shall  d.  :  >e  or  remove  any  mark  provided  by  this  Regu- 

lation, with  intent  to  mislead,  deceive  or  violate  any  of  the  provisions  of  this 
lation,  shall  be  held  liable  to  the  penalties  herein  provided  for  a  violation 
of  any  of  these  Regulati.  ' 

(j)  That  no  person,  firm,  corporation,  agent,  or  employe  shall  manufacture, 
sell,  a  sal*'  in  this  state,  any  butter  that  is  produced  by  taking 

•••riu'inal   jui-kin::  it  r.  «r  other  butter,  or  both,  and  melting  the  same, 

go  that    the  butter   fat    OM    I-.-  drawn   off  or   extracted,   then  mixing  the  said 
butter  tat  with  skimmed  milk,  or  milk,  or  cream,  or  other  milk  product  and  re- 
rhurning  <T  p-woruini:  the  said  n- :\ture.  or  that  produced  by  any  process  that 
Minionly  known  as  boiled,  process,  or  reno\ated  butter  unless  the  same  is 

led  in  this  Regulation. 

ik  --n,  firm,  corporation,  agent  or  employe  shall  sell,  offer  or  expose 

liver  to  pun-baser  any  boiled,  process,  or 

renovated    butter    unless    the    words:    ••Renovated    Butter"    shall    be    plainly 
branded  with  troth  |  at    least  three-fourths  of  an  inch  in 

lemrih  on  i  he  •  •  li  tub.  or  box.  or  pail,  or  other  kind  of  a  case 

or  pack.,  ;.er  of  prints  or  rolls  in  which  it  is  put.     If  such 

but  i'  le  uncovered  or  not  in  a  case  or  package,  a  placard  con- 

taining' the  label  so  printed,  shall  be  attached  to  them  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
.1    l-y    the  purehasei.     The  branding  or  marking  of  all 
ages  shall  be  in  tl  e,  in  a  conspicuous  place  so 'as  to  be 

1  read  by  the  purchaser. 

(!i    Kvry    hotel,    restaurant   or    boanlinir    house,    using  any   imitation,    pro- 
cessed,  CM  d  butter,  must  state  the  true  nature  of  the  imitation  or 
•  ssed  butter  used  on  the  bill  of  fare  or  on  a  placard  conspicuously  placed, 
and  printed  in  bold  tyj>e  ami  in  the  English  language. 

inn   The  siate  Food  <  •.'tiunissioner  and  his  assistants, -experts,  chemists  or 

;s  shall  have  access  and  ingress  to  all  places  of  business,  factories,  stores, 

and  buildings  used  for  the  manufacture  or  sale  of  butter.     They  shall  have 

power  ami  authority  to  open  any  tub,  box,  pail  or  other  kind  of  case  or  pack- 

ontaining  any  butter  that  may  be  manufactured,  sold  or  exposed  for  sale. 

;.  <  'i ml ii.  confectionery,   cocoa,  chocolate,     (a)  In  the  case  of  con- 

fectio; 

It  shall  be  considered  adulterated  if  it  contains  terra  alba,  barytes  talc, 
chrome  yellow,  or  other  mineral  substance  or  poisonous  color  or  flavor  or 
othe:  at  deleterious  or  detrimental  to  health,  or  any  vinous,  malt  or 

spirit oiis  liquor  or  compound  or  narcotic  drug. 

.dy  must  not  be  wrapped  in  tin  foil  in  direct  contact  with  the  candy. 
REG.  35.  f'nnm-il  goods.     No  packer  or  dealer  in  preserved  or  canned  fruits 
and  vegetables  or  other  articles  of  food  shall  sell  or  offer  for  sale  such  canned 
rred    fruits  and  vegetables  or  other  articles  unless  they  shall  be  en- 
tirely  fr.  mces  or  ingredients  deleterious  to  health,  or  use  dyes 


28  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

or  coloring  matter  whereby  their  true  character  would  be  disguised  or  infe- 
riority concealed. 

The  addition  of  sugar  to  a  substance  not  naturally  sweet,  converting  it  into 
a  substance  which  might  seem  naturally  sweet  is  permitted,  if  the  label  plainly 
indicates  that  sweetening  material  has  been  added. 

All  soaked  or  bleached  goods  or  goods  put  up  from  products  dried  before 
canning  shall  be  plainly  marked,  branded,  stamped  or  labeled  as  such  with 
tin-  words  "Soaked"  or  "Bleached  goods"  in  letters  of  equal  size  to  that  of 
the  name  of  the  product  and  bearing  the  name  of  the  article  and  name  and 
ad.lress  of  the  packer  or  dealer  who  sells  same. 

36.  Cold  storage.    The  sale  of  milk  or  cream  that  has  been  kept  over  24 
hours  in  cold  storage,  the  sale  of  fish  that  has  been  kept  over  24  hours  in  cold 
storage,  the  sale  of  meat  that  has  been  kept  over  three  weeks  in  cold  storage  is 
prohibited  unless  the  facts  in  regard  to  the  same  are  certified  to  the  purchaser. 

37.  Coffee.    Coffee  must  be  true  to  name. 

It  must  not  be  coated,  colored  or  polished  when  such  coating,  coloring  or 
polishing  injures  the  coffee,  or  conceals  some  damage  or  inferiority.  . 

Imitations  containing  no  coffee  cannot  be  sold  as  coffee  compounds,  but  must 
be  sold  as  imitation  coffee,  with  the  statement  that  they  contain  no  coffee. 

Compounds  of  coffee  and  chicory,  or  of  coffee  and  any  other  harmless  sub- 
stitute allied  to  it,  either  in  flavor  or  strength  and  not  used  simply  as  an  adul- 
terant may  be  sold  when  labeled  Coffee  Compound  and  such  compound  must 
state  on  face  of  label  the  names  of  the  ingredients  used  in  making  the  com- 
pound in  the  order  of  their  relative  proportions,  in  type  of  equal  size  and  promi- 
nence. 

REG.  38.  Fruit  syrup,  soda  water  syrup,  pop,  soft  drinks,  etc.  Drinks  con- 
taining less  than  two  per  cent  of  alcohol,  fruit  syrups,  soda  water  syrups,  pops, 
soft  drinks,  etc.,  shall  not  contain  any  saccharin,  salicylic,  or  boric  acid,  their 
derivatives,  or  any  harmful  coloring  matter  or  preservative.  All  drinks  con- 
taining less  than  two  per  cent  of  alcohol,  fruit  syrups,  soda  water  syrups,  pops, 
soft  drinks,  etc.,  made  from  any  substance  except  the  natural  extract  of  fruit, 
or  flavored  or  colored  with  synthetical  products,  must  have  the  word  "  artifi- 
cial "  printed  on  the  label  of  the  package  in  the  same  size,  style  and  color  of 
letter  and  background  as  the  name  of  the  article,  and  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
show  that  they  have  no  relation  whatsoever  to  the  fruit  which  they  imitate. 
All  soda  fountains  or  places  where  the  above  mentioned  "artificial"'  articles 
are  sold  or  served,  shall  have  printed  on  a  placard  the  words,  "artificial 
drinks  "  and  hung  in  front  of  the  fountain  or  in  a  conspicuous  place. 

See  Reg.  45  for  list  of  permitted  "  Coal  Tar  Dyes." 

The  use  of  1-10  of  one  per  cent  of  benzoate  of  soda,  is  permitted  in  natural  or 
artificial  fruit  syrups. 

The  use  of  saccharin  in  any  food  product  is  prohibited. 

The  terms  "  Artificial "  and  "  Imitation  "  may  be  used  synonymously. 

REX;.  39.  Honey.  No  person,  firm  or  corporation  shall  offer  for  sale,  or  pos- 
sess with  intent  to  sell,  barter  or  give  away,  honey  manufactured  from  or  mixed 
with  glucose,  sugar,  or  syrup  of  any  kind,  or  any  substance  not  the  legitimate 
product  of  the  honey  bee,  unless  the  package  containing  same  is  so  marked 
and  represented  as  such  and  bearing  a  label  upon  the  package  printed  in  heavy 
Gothic  capitals,  18  point,  with  the  name  of  the  person  manufacturing  or  mixing 
the  same,  and  the  name  of  the  substance  or  material  from  which  it  is  •com- 
pounded. 

REG.  40.-  Ice.  No  person,  firm  or  corporation  shall  manufacture,  sell  or 
deliver  for  food  or  drink  purposes,  any  ice  natural  or  manufactured,  containing 
decomposed,  putrid,  infected,  tainted,  or  rotten  animal  or  vegetable  substances, 


LOUISIANA.  29 

or  any  Ingredient  injurious  to  health.  Nor  ice  made  from  water  of  a  lower 
standard  of  purity  than  that  required  for  potable  water  by  the  State  Board  of 
Health,  as  indicated  in  its  Standards  and  definitions  of  Food  Products. 

Ri;<;.  41.  LiinL  <a)  No  person,  firm  or  corporation  shall  manufacture  or 
sell  lard  to  which  has  been  added  beef  or  mutton  fat,  stearine,  cotton  seed  oil, 
or  other  substitute  for  swino  fat,  unless  the  container  is  plainly  marked  "adul- 
terated "  or  "  Lard  < '.impound"  in  bold  letters  and  the  quantity  and  name  of 
the  adulterant  is  made  part  of  the  label. 

(b)  Lard,  lard  compounds,  or  lard  substitutes,  containing  more  than  one  (1) 
per  rent  of  water,  shall  be  considered  adulterated. 

RK<;.  4L\  Ailulti-rati'ni  of  irhn  *.     (a)   All  wine  containing  alcohol,  except  such 

as  have  been  produced  by  natural  fermentation  of  pure  undried  fruit  juices,  or 

combined  with  distilled  spirits,  whether  denominated  wines  or  by  any  other 

name,  which  may  l>e  used  as  a  beverage  or  combined  with  other  liquors  intended 

for  use,  and  all  compounds  of  the  same  with  pure  wine,  and  all  preserved  fruit 

juices  compounded  with  substances  not  produced  from  undried  fruit  intended 

,se  as  a  beverage  or  for  use  in  the  fermentation  or  preparation  of  liquors 

intended   for  su.-h   006,  and  all  wines,   imitations  of  wines,  or  other  beverages 

produced  from  fruit  which  shall  contain  alum,  baryta,  lime,  carbonate  of  soda, 

ii«-  a.id.  or  any  other  antiseptic  or  coloring  matter  not  pro- 

ducrd  from  undri-'d  fruit,  or  which  contains  artificial  flavoring,  essence  of  ether 

or    any    other  'a nee    injurious    to    health,    shall    be   known    as,    or 

•d   to  be  adulterated  wine,  and  shall  not  be  sold,  offered  for  sale,  barter 

ive  away  or  manufactured  with  intent  to  sell,  barter  or  give  away,  within 

Mate. 

•  ;.  43.  Sugars,  syrups  and  molasses  muxt  mnfnnn   to  the  standards  laid 

\  »    It  >ha!l  l>e  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm  or  corporation 

or  ap>nt  ertlse,  or  offer  for  sale,  barter  or  d\e  away  within 

the  limits  of  this  -  J  compound  or  mixed  syrup,  unless  at  the  time  of 

the  names  of  th,.  ingredients  in   the  order  of  their  relative  proportion  of 

mixture  or  compound  are  rh-arly  stamped  or  labeled  on  the  bottle,  can, 

case,  barrel  or  ofh-  .'-le  containing:  such  syrup. 

Tin-  let  in  ••  \li\i  ;:i|x>und  "  as  used  in  this  Regulation  is  understood 

to  apply  to  all  mixtures  or  c«>mi>ounds  of  two  or  more  ingredients  differing  in 
their  nature  or  quality  such  as  sugar  cane  syrup,  sorghum  cane  syrup,  maple 
syrup,  molasses  or  glucose  (corn  syrup.) 

ilshed  syrups  or  molasses,  containing  zinc  or  tin  compounds,  will  be  con- 
uxl  as  food  products. 

All  packages  !  or  compound  syrups  in  barrels,  cans,  bottles  or  other 

;iners  shall  be  labeled  with  the  name  of  the  manufacturer  and  the  place  of 
manufacture. 

(B)  In  the  manufacture  of  syrups  and  molasses  the  use  of  sulphur  as  a 
clarifying  agent  is  permissible,  Provided:  the  residual  sulphur  does  not  exceed 
l-lo  of  one  per  cent. 

REG.  44.  /Viwri/j/-  «'/'  tlic  *tamlanl*  are  based.     [See  Cir.  19,  Office  of 

the  Secretary.  Federal  Standards.  These  were  adopted  in  toto  and  only  the 
standards  adopted  in  addition  to  those  promulgated  by  the  Secretary  of  Agri- 
culture i  Cir.  !'.»  are  here  given.  1 

.    Food  standards.     [See  also  Cir.  19,  Office  of  the  Secretary,  Federal 
idards.] 

c.  Mcnt  extracts,  mmt  peptones,  gelatine,  etc.    1.  Meat  extract  is  the  product 

ned  by  extracting  fresh  meat  with  boiling  water  and  concentrating  the 

liquid  portion  by  evaporation  after  the  removal  of  fat,  and  contains  not  less 

than  seventy-live  »7.r.)  per  cent  of  total  solids,  of  which  not  over  twenty-seven 


30  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAK  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

(27)  per  mit  is  ash,  and  not  over  twelve  (12)  per  cent  is  sodium  chlorid  (cal- 
culated from  the  total  chlorin  present),  not  over  six-tenths  (0.6)  per  cent  is  fat, 
and  not  less  than  eight  (8)  per  cent  is  nitrogen.  The  nitrogenous  compounds 
contain  not  less  than  forty  (40)  per  cent  of  meat  bases  and  not  less  than  ten 
(10)  per  cent  of  kreatin  and  kreatinin. 

2.  Fluid  meat  extract  is  identical  with  meat  extract  except  that  it  is  concen- 
trated to  a~lower  degree  and  contains  not  more  than  seventy-five  (75)  and  not 
less  than  (50)  per  cent  of  total  solids. 

3.  Bone  extract  is  the  product  obtained  by  extracting  fresh  trimmed  bones 
with  boiling  water  and  concentrating  the  liquid  portion  by  evaporation  after 
removal  of  fat,  and  contains  not  less  than  seventy-five  (75)   per  cent  of  total 

solids. 

I.  riuid  bone  extract  is  identical  with  bone  extract  except  that  it  is  concen- 
trated to  a  lower  degree  and  contains  not  more  than  seventy-five  (75)  and  not 
less  than  fifty  (50)  per  cent  of  total  solids. 

.".  Meat  juice  is  the  fluid  portion  of  muscle  fibre,  obtained  by  pressure  or 
otherwise,  and  may  be  concentrated  by  evaporation  at  a  temperature  below  the 
coagulating  point  of  the  soluble  proteids.  The  solids  contain  not  more  than 
fifteen  (15)  per  cent  of  ash  not  more  than  two  and  five-tenths  (2.5)  per  cent  of 
sodium  chlorid  (calculated  from  the  total  chlorin  present)  not  more  than  four 
(4)  nor  less  than  two  (2)  per  cent  of  phosphoric  acid  (P2O5),  and  not  less 
than  twelve  (12)  per  cent  of  nitrogen.  The  nitrogenous  bodies  contain  not  less 
than  thirty-five  (35)  per  cent  of  coagulable  proteids  and  not  more  than  forty 
(40)  per  cent  of  meat  bases. 

c,.  reptones  are  products  prepared  by  the  digestion  of  proteid  material  by 
means  of  enzymes  or  otherwise,  and  contain  not  less  than  ninety  (90)  per  cent 
of  proteoses  and  peptones. 

7.  Gelatin  (edible  gelatine}  is  the  purified,  dried,  inodorous  product  of  the 
hydrolysis,  by  treatment  with  boiling  water,  of  certain  tissues,  as  skin,  liga- 
ments, and  bones,  from  sound  animals,  and  contains  not  more  than  fifteen  (15) 
per  cent  and  not  less  than  two  (2)  per  cent  of  nitrogen. 

Sauces.  Must  be  made  from  sound  and  wholesome  materials.  The  use  of  a 
filler  is  prohibited.  Must  contain  no  sweetening  material  other  than  pure  sugar. 
Must  not  contain  added  salicylic  acid,  benzoic  acid,  saccharin,  boric  acid,  for- 
maldehyde, chemical  preservatives  or  their  derivatives  or  coloring  matter.  If 
distilled  vinegar  is  used,  it  shall  be  so  stated  on  the  label. 

I'icklcs.  Must  be  made  from  sound  and  wholesome  materials.  Must  contain 
no  sweetening  agent  other  than  pure  sugar.  Must  not  contain  added  salicylic 
acid,  benzoic  acid,  saccharin,  boric  acid,  formaldehyde,  chemical  preservative 
or  their  derivatives,  copper  salts,  alum,  iron  salts  or  coloring  matter.  If  dis- 
tilled vinegar  is  used  it  must  be  so  stated  on  the  label. 

Red  pepper  sauce.  Must  be  made  from  sound,  ripe,  wholesome  Red  pepper, 
and  must  contain  no  added  filling;  must  not  contain  added  salicylic  acid,  ben- 
zoic acid,  saccharin,  boric  acid,  formaldehyde,  chemical  preservatives  or  their 
derivatives  or  coloring  matter.  If  distilled  vinegar  is  used  it  must  be  so  stated 
on  the  label. 

Catsup.  Must  be  made  from  ripe,  wholesome  and  sound  vegetable  materials. 
The  use  of  a  filler  of  starch  or  other  matter  is  prohibited.  Must  not  contain 
added  salicylic  acid,  benzoic  acid,  saccharin,  boric  acid,  formaldehyde,  or  their 
derivatives,  nor  any  added  chemical  preservative  or  coloring  matter.  If  dis- 
tilled vinegar  is  used  it  shall  be  so  stated  on  the  label. 

F.  Beverages,  a.  Fruil  juice* — frexh,  xiccct,  and  fermented.  Fresh  fruit 
juices.  1.  Fresh  fruit  juices  are  the  clean,  unfermented  liquid  products  ob- 


LOUISIANA.  31 

tained  by  the  pressing  of  fresh,  ripe  fruits,  and  correspond  in  name  to  the  fruits 
from  which  they  are  obtained. 

±  .!/>/>/r  juirr,  ,//,,,/,  ,„,/*/.  street  cider,  is  the  fresh  fruit  juice  obtained  from 
apples,  the  fruit  of  PJ/HM  main*,  has  a  specific  gravity  (20°  C.)  not  less  than 
1  onr.  nor  greater  than  1.0090;  and  contains  in  one  hundred  (100)  cubic  centi- 
metres iL'o0  c.)  not  less  than  six  (0)  grains,  and  not  more  than  twenty  (20) 
grams  of  total  sugars,  in  terms  of  reducing  sugars,  not  less  than  twenty-four 
r_M  .  centigrams  nor  more  than  sixty  (60)  centigrams  of  apple  ash,  which  con- 
tains nut  loss  than  fifty  (."»())  per  cent  of  potassium  carbonate. 

<;ni  i><    must,   is  the  fresh  fruit  juice  obtained,  from  grapes 

i  r//i*  species),  has  a  specific  gravity   (20°   C.)   not  less  than  1.0400  and  not 

eding   U L'ln;    and  contains  In  one  hundred  (100)   cubic  centimetres  (20° 

•iot  less  than  seven   (7)  grains  n«>r  more  than  twenty-eight  (28)  grams  of 

suirars.  in  terms  of  reducing  sugars,  not  less  than  twenty  (20)  centigrams 

and  n<>t   more  than  fifty-live  (55)  centigrams  of  grape  ash.  and  not  less  than 

iitt.cn   M.V)   milliirrjims  nor  more  than  seventy  (70)  milligrams  of  phosphoric 

I.  /.-  mnn  jn  fresh  fruit  Juice  obtained  from  lemon,  the  fruit  of  Cit- 

rus Ihnnnum  Uisso,  has  a  specific  gravity  (20°  C.)  not  less  than  1.030  and  not 
i   than  1  .«>!'>:   and  contains  not  less  than  ten  (10)  per  cent  of  solids,  and 
nut  less  than  **  .-id. 

*wect  perry,  is  the  fresh  fruit  juice  obtained  from 
pears,  t lie  fruit  of  r>/m<  .-•.nnnunla  or  P.  sincnsis. 

1.  xti-rili:i  d  fruit  juices  are  the  products  obtained  by 

heat  in-   fresh  fruit  juices  sufficiently  to  kill  all  the  organisms  present,  and 
•  •spund  in  name  to  the  fruits  from  which  they  are  obtained. 

/  fruit  juices.  1.  Conwntrntrtl  fruit  juices  are  clean,  sound  fruit 
juices  from  which  a  considerable  portion  of  the  water  has  been  evaporated,  and 
correspond  in  name  to  the  fruits  from  which  they  are  obtained. 

8v-  iuicea,  sweetened  fruit  jni<-<  \.  fruit  sirup*.    1.  Sweet  fruit  juices, 

Meec/niff/  fruit  juiwM.  fruit  sirups,  are  the  products  obtained  by  adding  sugar 
(sucrose)  to  fresh  fruit  juices,  and  correspond  in  name  to  the  fruit  from  which 
they  an*  obtai: 

sterilized  fruit  simps  are  the  products  obtained  by  the  addition  of  sugar 
rose)  to  fresh  fruit  juices  and  heating  them  sufficiently  to  kill  all  organ- 
Isms   present,  and  correspond   in  name  to  the  fruits  from   which  they  are 
obtained. 

9.  Cider,  hard  cider,  is  the  product  made  by  the  normal  alcoholic  fermentation 
of  apple  juice,  and  the  usual  cellar  treatment,  and  contains  not  more  than 
seven  (7)  per  cent  by  volume  of  alcohol,  and,  in  one  hundred  (100)  cubic  centi- 
mes of  the  elder,  not  less  than  two  (2)  grams  nor  more  than  twelve  (12) 

grams  of  solids,  not  more  than  eight  (8)  grams  of  sugars,  in  terms  of  reducing 
sugars,  and  not  less  than  twenty  (20)  centigrams  nor  more  than  forty  (40) 
centigrams  of  cider  ash. 

10.  Sparkling  cider,  champagne  cider,  is  cider  in  which  the  after-part  of  the 
fermentation  is  completed  in  closed  containers,  with  or  without  the  addition  of 
elder  or  sugar  liquor,  and  contains  in  one  hundred  (100)  cubic  centimetres,  not 
less  than  twenty  (20)  centigrams  of  cider  ash. 

b.  Mead,  root  beer,  etc.     Mead.    The  materials  used  shall  be  pure  and  whole- 
some according  to  the  standards  set  forth  in  these  regulations.    The  water  used 
shall  be  potable;  shall  not  contain  added  salicylic  acid,  benzoic  acid,  saccharin, 
boric  acid,  formaldehyde,  or  their  derivatives,  nor  any  added  chemical  preserva- 
•r  coloring  matter. 


32  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED   JUNE   30,   1908. 

Root  -beer  shall  be  manufactured  from  roots,  bark,  leaves,  berries,  herbs,  or 
the  oils  extracted  therefrom,  caramel,  or  other  harmless  ingredients ;  shall  not 
contain  added  salicylic  acid,  saccharin,  boric  acid,  formaldehyde,  or  their  deriva- 
tives, or  added  chemical  preservatives  or  coloring  matter. 

c.  Malt  liquors.    1.  Malt  liquor  is  a  beverage  made  by  the  alcoholic  fermenta- 
tion of  an  infusion  in  potable  water,  of  barley-malt  and  hops,  with  or  without 

malted  cereals. 

Itecr  is  a  malt  liquor  produced  by  bottom  fermentation,  and  contains  in 
one  hundred  (100)  cubic  centimetres,  at  (20°  C.)  hot  less  than  five  (5)  grams  of 
extractive  matter,  and  sixteen  one-hundredths  (.16)  gram  of  ash,  chiefly 
potassium  phosphate,  and  not  less  tnan  two  and  twenty-five  one  hundredths 
(2.25)  grams  of  alcohol. 

3.  Lager  'beer,  stored  leer,  is  beer  which  has  been  stored  in  casks  for  a 
period  of  at  least  three  months,  and  contains  in  one  hundred  (100)  cubic  cen- 
timetres (at  20°  C.)  not  less  than  five  (5)  grams  of  extractive  matter,  and 
sixteen  one-hundredths  (.16)  gram  of  ash,  chiefly  potassium  phosphate,  and 
not  less  than  two  and  fifty  one-hundredths  (2.50)  grams  of  alcohol. 

Malt  beer  is  beer  made  of  an  infusion  in  potable  water,  of  barley  malt, 
ami  hops,  and  containing  in  one  hundred  (100)  cubic  centimetres  (at  20°  C.) 
not  less  than  five  (5)  grams  of  extractive  matter,  nor  less  than  two-tenths 
(.2)  gram  of  ash,  chiefly  potassium  phosphate,  nor  less  than  two  and  twenty- 
five  one-hundredths  (2.25)  grams  of  alcohol,  nor  less  than  four-tenths  (.4) 
gram  of  crude  protein  (nitrogen  X  6.25). 

5.  Ale  is  a  malt  liquor  produced  by  top  fermentation  and  contains  in  one 
hundred  (100)  cubic  centimetres  (at  20°  C.)  not  less  than  two  and  seventy- 
five  one  hundredths  (2.75)  grams  of  alcohol,  nor  less  than  five  (5)   grams  of 
extract. 

6.  Porter  and  stout  are  varieties  of  ale  colored  by  the  addition  of  highly 
roasted  malt  to  the  infusion. 

d.  Spirituous  liquors.    1.  Distilled  spirits  is  the  distillate  obtained  from  a 
fermented  mash  of  cereals,  molasses,  sugars,  fruits,  or  other  starch-  or  sugar 
bearing  substances,  and  contains  all,  the  condensed  products  of  the  fermenta- 
tion volatile  at  the  usual  temperature  of  distillation. 

2.  Rectified  spirits  is  distilled  spirit  which  at  the  time  of,  or  subsequent  to 
distillation  is  subjected  to  a  rectifying  process  by  means  of  which  a  part  of 
the  volatile  products  of  the  distillation  is  separated  from  the  ethyl  alcohol 
therein. 

3.  Alcohol,  cologne  spirit,  neutral  spirit,  velvet  spirit,  or  silent  spirit  is  dis- 
tilled spirit  from  which  all,  or  nearly  all,  its  constituents  are  separated,  except 
ethyl  alcohol  and  water,  and  contains  not  less  than  ninety-four  and  nine-tenths 
(94.9)  per  cent  (189.8  proof)  by  volume  of  ethyl  alcohol. 

}.  \  no  whiskey  is  the  distilled  sprits  from  the  properly  fermented  mash  of 
malt  cereals,  or  cereals  the  starch  of  which  has  been  hydrolized  by  inalt,  is  of 
an  alcoholic  strength  corresponding  to  the  excise  laws  of  the  various  countries 
in  which  it  is  made,  and  contains  not  less  than  one  hundred  and  twenty-five 
(125)  nor  more  than  three  hundred  and  fifty  (350)  grams  of  the  secondary 
products  of  distillation  congeneric  with  ethyl  alcohol,  not  less  than  ninety  (90) 
nor  more  than  two  hundred  and  twenty-five  (225)  grams  of  fusel  oil  (higher 
alcohols  as  amylic),  not  more  than  twenty  (20)  grams  of  aldehydes,  not  less 
than  fifteen  (15)  nor  more  than  one  hundred  (100)  grams  of  ethers  (as  acetic 
ether),  not  less  than  two  (2)  nor  more  than  twenty-five  (25)  grams  of  volatile 
acids  (as  acetic)  to  one  hundred  (100)  litres  of  proof  ethyl  alcohol  (50  per 
cent  ethyl  alcohol  by  volume). 


-     LOUISIANA.  ^T        33 


.".  H'//ixAv//  i  iHitablc  irhiski  // 1  is  now  whiskey  which  has  been  stored  in  wood 
for  not  less  than  four  (4)  yours  and  mixed  only  with  pure  water  at  the  time 
of  its  preparation  for  consumption,  and  contains  unless  otherwise  prescribed 
by  law,  not  less  than  forty-five  (45)  i>er  cent  of  ethyl  alcohol  by  volume,  and 
the  relative  quantities  of  secondary  products  to  ethyl  alcohol  corresponding  to 
the  varieties  of  whiskey  under  six  «i)  to  fifteen  (15),  inclusive. 

»;.  /,*//»•  ir/i/N/i-f //  is  whiskey  in  the  manufacture  of  which  rye  is  the  principal 
cereal  used,  and  contains  not  less  than  two  hundred  (200)  nor  more  than  five 
hundred  (  ~»oo )  grains  of  the  secondary  products  of  distillation  congeneric  with 
ethyl  alcohol,  n<»t  less  than  one  hundred  (100)  nor  more  than  two  hundred 
and  lifly  'ins  of  fusel  oil  (higher  alcohols  as  amylic),  not  more  than 

twenty-live  grams  of  aldehydes,  no't  less  than  forty  (40)  nor  more  than  one 
hundred  and  fifty  »  l.'ni  grams  of  ethers  (as  acetic  ether),  not  less  than  thirty 
(30)  nor  nmre  than  eighty-five  (85)  grams  of  volatile  acids  (as  acetic)  te  one 
hundred  (100)  litres  of  proof  ethyl  alcohol  (50  per  cent  ethyl  alcohol  by 
volm 

7.  //«'/ T//O/J  I/-///*/.-' .'/  is  whiskey  in  which  Indian  corn  (maize)  is  the  princi- 
pal cereal  used,  and  contai;  -  than  two  hundred   (200)   nor  more  than 
live  hundred   (500)  grams  of  the  secondary  products  of  distillation  congeneric 
with  ethyl  alcohol,  not    less  than  one  hundred   (100)   nor  more  than  two  hun- 
dred and  fifty   i  -•"<»   grams  of  fusel  oil   (higher  alcohols  and  amylic),  not  more 
than  twenty  five   (25)   grams  of  aldehydes,  not    less  than  forty   (40)   nor  more 
than  one  hundred  and  fifty    <  1  .".«•»   grams  of  ethers  (as  acetic  ether),  not  less 
than   thirty    i.'KM    nor  more  than  eighty  live    (S5)    grams  of  volatile  acids   (as 
ncet io   to  ..ne  hundred  litres  of  proof  ethyl  alcohol  (50  per  cent  ethyl  alcohol 

by    \olui: 

8.  Corn   jr/i».sAr//  is  whiskey  made  from  mai/e   (Indian  corn),  the  starch  of 
which  has  b.-vn  hydroli/ed  by  malting  or  by  the  action  of  barley  malt,  and  con- 
tains the  prop.  if  the  various  ingredients  si>ecified  for  bourbon  whiskey. 

distilled  spirit   made  from  rice. 

10.  HI'  n<li  <l  ll  a  mixture  of  two  or  more  whiskeys,  and  contains  the 
relative  quantities  of  secondary  products  to  ethyl  alcohol  of  the  varieties  of 
whiskey  forming  the  Mend. 

11.  is  new  whiskey  deprived  of  a  part  of  its  secondary 
volatile  i                           ..mains  not  less  than  sixty  (60)  grams  of  the  secondary 

:  distillation  congeneric  with  ethyl  alcohol,  not  less  than  forty 
i  in,  t   fusel  oil    (higher  alcohol  as  amylic)   not  more  than  eight   (8) 

.grams  of  aldehydes,  not  less  than  five  (5)  grams  of  ethers  (as  acetic  ether),  not 
less  than  one  i  1  »  gram  of  volatile  acids  (as  acetic)  to  one  hundred  (100)  litres 
of  proof  eth\  1  Alcohol  ttl  "*'  «'thyl  alcohol  by  volume). 

!•_•.  ir/M.s-A-'  //  is  rectified  new  whiskey  stored  in  wood  not  less  than 

three  (3)  yean,  -'\.vpt  where  otherwise  prescribed  by  law,  and  contains  not  less 

than  one  hundred    .  imi    grama  of  the  secondary  products  of  distillation  con- 

rlc  with  ethyl  alcohol,  not  less  than  fifty  (50)  grams  of  fusel  oil   (higher 

alcohols  as  a  my  lie),  not  more  than  ten  (10)  grams  of  aldehydes,  not  less  than 

twenty  (20)  grams  of  ethers  (as  acetic  ether),  not  less  than  fifteen  (15)  grams 

Is  (as  acetic)  to  one  hundred  (100)  litres  of  proof  ethyl  alcohol 

i,"(t  per  cent  ethyl  alcohol  by  volume). 

13.  Nco/c//  nrir  /r/,/.s /.-<//  is  whiskey  made  in  Scotland  solely  from  barley  malt 
in  the  drying  of  which  over  burning  peat  a  smoky  or  peaty  flavor  is  imparted  to 
the  product,  and  contains  not  less  than  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  (125) 
nor  m.. re  than  three  hundred  and  fifty  (350)  grams  of  the  secondary  product 
of  distillation  .-  with  ethyl  alcohol,  not  less  than  ninety  (90)  nor  more 
<;r_'M>—  Hull.  121—09 3 


34  FOOD  LEGISLATION,  YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

than  two  hundred  and  twenty-five  (225)  grams  of  fusel  oil  (higher  alcohols  as 
amylic)  not  more  than  twenty  (20)  grams  of  aldehydes,  not  less  than  fifteen 
(15)  nor  more  than  one  hundred  (100)  grams  of  ethers  (as  acetic  ether),  not 
less  than  two  (2)  nor  more  than  twenty-five  (25)  grams  of  volatile  acids  (as 
acetic)  to  one  hundred  (100)  litres  of  proof  ethyl  alcohol  (50  per  cent  ethyl 
alcohol  by  volume). 

1 1.  scotch  whiskey  is  Scotch  new  whiskey  which  has  been  stored  in  wood  for 
not  less  than  four  years  and  mixed  only  with  pure  water  at  the  time  of  its 
preparation  for  consumption,  and  contains  not  less  than  one  hundred  and  fifty 
(150)  nor  more  than  four  hundred  anr1  fifty  (450)  grams  of  the  secondary  prod- 
nets  of  distillation  congeneric  with  ethyl  alcohol,  not  less  than  one  hundred 
(100)  nor  more  than  two  hundred  and  fifty  (250)  grams  of  fusel  oil  (higher 
alcohols  as  amylic)  not  more  than  twenty-five  (25)  grams  of  aldehyde,  not  less 
than  twenty-five  (25)  nor  more  than  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  (125)  grams 
of  ethers  (as  acetic  ether),  not  less  than  ten  (10)  nor  more  than  forty  (40) 
grams  of  volatile  acids  (as  acetic)  to  one  hundred  (100)  litres  of  proof  ethyl 
alcohol  (50  per  cent  ethyl  alcohol  by  volume). 

15.  Irish  ncic  irhiskcy  is  whiskey  made  in  Ireland  either  from  barley  malt,  or 
malt  and  unmalted  barley,  or  other  cereals,  and  contains  not  less  than  one  hun- 
dred and  twenty-five  (125)  nor  more  than  three  hundred  and  fifty  (350)  grams 
of  the  secondary  products  of  distillation  congeneric  with  ethyl  alcohol,  not  less 
than  ninety  (90)  nor  more  than  two  hundred  and  twenty-five  (225)  grams  of 
fusel  oil  (higher  alcohols  as  amylic),  not  more  than  twenty  (20)  grams  of  alde- 
hydes, not  less  than  fifteen  nor  more  than  one  hundred  (100)  grams  of  ethers 
(as  acetic  ether),  not  less  than  two  (2)  nor  more  than  twenty-five  (25)  grams 
of  volatile  acids  (as  acetic)  to  one  hundred  (100)  litres  of  proof  ethyl  alcohol 
(50  per  cent  ethyl  alcohol  by  volume). 

16.  Irish  ichiakey  is  Irish  new  whiskey  which  has  been  stored  in  wood  for  not 
less  than  four  years  and  mixed  only  with  pure  water  at  the  time  of  its  prep- 
aration for  consumption,  and  contains  not  less  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  (150) 
nor  more  than  four  hundred  and  fifty  (450)  grams  of  the  secondary  products 
of  distillation  congeneric  with  ethyl  alcohol  not  less  than  one  hundred  (100)  nor 
more  than  two  hundred  and  fifty  (250)  grams  of  fusel  oil   (higher  alcohols  as 
amylic),  not  more  than  twenty-five  grams  of  aldehydes,  not  less  than  twenty- 
five  (25)  nor  more  than  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  (125)  grams  of  ethers  (as 
acetic  ether),  not  less  than  ten  (10)  nor  more  than  forty  (40)  grams  of  volatile 
acids  (as  acetic)  to  one  hundred  (100)  litres  of  proof  ethyl  alcohol  (50  per  cent 
ethyl  alcohol  by  volume.) 

IT.  \nc  rum  is  distilled  spirits  made  from  the  fermented  juice  of  the  sugar 
cane,  the  massecuite  made  therefrom,  molasses  from  the  massecuite  or  any  inter- 
mediate product  save  sugar,  and  contains  not  less  than  one  hundred  and  twenty- 
five  (125)  nor  more  than  three  hundred  and  fifty  (350)  grams  of  the  secondary 
products  of  distillation  congeneric  with  ethyl  alcohol,  not  less  than  sixty  (60) 
nor  more  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  (150)  grams  of  fusel  oil  (higher  alcohols 
as  amylic)  not  more  than  thirty  (30)  grams  of  aldehydes,  not  less  than  thirty 
(30)  nor  more  than  one  hundred  (100)  grams  of  ethers  (as  acetic  ether),  not 
less  than  twenty  (20)  nor  more  than  (50)  grams  of  volatile  acids  (as  acetic)  "to 
one  hundred  (100)  litres  of  proof  ethyl  alcohol  (50  per  cert  ethyl  alcohol  by 
volume). 

18.  Rum  is  new  rum  stored  not  less  than  four  (4)  years  in  wood,  and  con- 
tains not  less  than  one  hundred  and  seventy-five  (175)  nor  more  than  five  hun- 
dred (500)  grams  of  the  secondary  products  of  distillation  congeneric  with  ethyl 
alcohol,  not  less  than  eighty  (80)  nor  more  than  two  hundred  (200)  grams  of 


LOUISIANA.  35 

fusel  oil  (higher  alcohols  as  amylic),  not  more  than  forty  (40)  grains  of  alde- 
hydes, not  less  than  fifty  (50)  nor  more  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  (150) 
Drains  <>f  ethers  las  acetic  ether)  not  less  than  thirty-five  (35)  nor  more  than 
one  hundred  i  KM))  Drains  of  volatile  acids  (as  acetic)  to  one  hundred  (100) 
lit iv*  of  proof  ethyl  alcohol  (50  per  cent  ethyl  alcohol  by  volume). 

T.I.  \i-ir  brnndij  is  a  distilled  spirit  made  from  sound  potable  wine,  and  con- 
tains not  less  than  one  hundred  and  twenty-five  (125)  nor  more  than  three  hun- 
dred and  fifty  i  •"••~>0)  grams  of  the  secondary  products  of  distillation  congeneric 
with  ethyl  alrohol.  not  less  than  seventy  (70)  nor  more  than  one  hundred  and 
fifty  i  !•"<»  irrams  of  fusel  oil  (higher  alcohols  as  amylic),  nor  more  than  twenty 
i  I'n  i  Brants  of  aldehydes,  not  less  than  thirty  (30)  nor  more  than  one  hundred 
(100)  mams  of  ethers  (as  acetic  ether),  not  less  than  five  (5)  nor  more  than 
twenty  <L'<>)  irrams  of  volatile  acids  (as  acetic)  to  one  hundred  (100)  litres  of 
proof  ethyl  alcohol  (50  per  cent  ethyl  alcohol  by  volume). 

L'o.  linnulii  is  new  brandy  stored  in  wood  for  not  less  than  four  (4)  years, 

and  contains  not    less  than  one  hundred  and  fifty    (150)   nor  more  than  five 

hundred   I.',IH»I   -rains  of  the  secondary  products  of  distillation  congeneric  with 

ethyl  alcohol,  not  less  than  eighty  (80)  nor  more  than  two  hundred  (200)  grams 

<el  oil   (higher  alcohols  as  amylic),  not  more  than  thirty   (30)  grams  of 

aldehydes,  not  less  than  thirty-five  i  .*>5)  nor  more  than  one  hundred  and  fifty 

i  i.-.n  i  -rams  of  ethers  (as  acetic  ether),  not  less  than  thirty  (30)  nor  more  than 

•  100)  grams  of  volatile  acids  (as  acetic)  to  one  hundred  (100) 

f  proof  ethyl  alcohol  (50  per  cent  ethyl  alcohol  by  volume). 

L'l.  I'lujntH"  is  brandy  prepared  In  the  departments  of  the  Charente,  France, 
from  pure,  sound  wine  produced  In  those  departments. 

•  r»,tntili'  -Water  to  be  potable  must  be  suit- 
able to  all  forms  of  domestic  use;  must  possess  no  objectionable  smell  or  taste; 
must  l>e  five  from  animal,  especially  human  refuse  material;  must  be  free  from 
material  In  a  state  of  active  decompositon ;  must  be  free  from  path- 
i  ;  must  be  free  from  such  an  amount  of  suspended  material  of 
whatever  character  as  would  make  it  unsightly  in  appearance  and  unsuited  to 
the  ordinary  industrial  uses  of  a  community. 

CterftOM  rg  are  waters  charged  with  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  may  be 

naturally  carbonated  or  artificially  carbonated.  Label  must  state  how  car- 
bonated, and  if  the  source  of  the  water  Is  given  thereon,  the  water  must  be  true 
to  its  label.  All  carbonated  waters  must  be  wholesome  and  potable. 

Spring  and  ir>  II  imtrrs  are  waters  derived  from  springs  or  wells;  they  must 

be  potable  and  wholesome;  they  may  or  may  not  be  medicinal;  and  must  come 

from  the  well  or  spring  indicated  on  the  label  and  no  other.    The  standard 

_-  or  well  water  will  be  the  water  itself,  sample  being  taken  at  its 

source  by  a  representative  of  this  Board. 

//  mim-rnl  initcrs  must  be  so  labeled,  and  the  water  used  in  their  manu- 
facture must  be  wholesome  and  potable.  All  waters  must  be  true  to  label,  and 
if  an  analysis  is  published  as  an  advertisement,  or  is  placed  on  the  label,  the 
water  must  conform  thereto. 

G.  Vinegar.     *     *     * 

6.  N;m-if  vinegar,  distilled  vinegar,  grain  vinegar,  is  the  product  made  by  the 
acetous  fermentations  of  dilute  distilled  alcohol,  and  contains,  in  one  hundred 
flOO)  cubic  centimetres  (20°  C.),  not  less  than  four  (4)  grams  of  acetic  acid, 
and  shall  be  free  from  coloring  matter,  added  during  or  after  distillation,  and 
from  color  other  than  that  imparted  to  it  by  distillation. 

Bread  n ml  i/fn*t.  Bread  must  be  made  of  pure  and  wholesome  materials  as 
provided  for  in  these  regulations,  must  not  contain  adulterants,  alums,  or  cop- 


36  FOOD  LEGISLATION,  YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

per  salts,  should  not  contain  more  than  forty  (40)  per  cent  of  water- nor  have  an 
acidity  in  ten  (10)  grams  of  fresh  bread  requiring  more  than  10  c.  c.  of  1-10 
normal  sodium  hydroxide  solution  to  neutralize  it. 

Compressed  Yeast  should  be  used  when  fresh.  Such  yeast  should  have  a 
creamy  white  color,  uniform  throughout,  should  possess  a  fine  even  texture, 
should  be  moist  without  being  slimy,  should  not  have  a  "  cheesy  "  odor,  such 
odor  indicating  decomposition  as  does  a  dark  streaked  color. 

IV.  PRESERVATIVES  AND  COLORING  MATTERS. 

Standard  i>rc8crratii'es  are  salt,  sugar,  vinegar,  spices,  and  their  essential  oils, 
wood  smoke,  edible  oils  and  fats,  and  alcohol. 

The  use  in  food  products,  of  any  other  preservatives  or  antiseptics,  or  of  any 
substance  which  preserves  or  enhances  the  natural  color  of  a  food  product,  or  of 
a  coloring  matter  is  prohibited  except  as  provided  for  in  these  Regulations. 
*  *  * 

lie;:.  14,  Section  (u)  [and  F.  I.  D.  76  as  to  permitted  coal  tar  dyes.] 

RMB.  4(\.  Taking  orders  deemed  a  sale.  Taking  orders  for  same.  The  taking 
of  orders  or  the  making  of  agreements  or  contracts  by  any  person,  firm  or  cor- 
poration, or  by  any  agent  or  representative  thereof,  for  the  future  delivery  of 
any  of  the  articles,  products,  goods,  wares,  or  merchandise  embraced  within 
the  provisions  of  these  Regulations,  shall  be  deemed  a  sale  within  the  meaning 
of  these  Regulations. 

REG.  47.  Person  defined.  The  word  "  person,"  as  used  in  these  regulations 
shall  be  construed  to  import  both  the  plural  and  the  singular,  as  the  case  de- 
mands, and  shall  include  corporations,  companies,  societies,  and  associations, 
when  construing  and  enforcing  the  provisions  of  these  regulations  the  act,  oinis- 
sion  or  failure  of  any  officer,  agent  or  other  person  acting  for  or  employed  by 
any  corporation  within  the  scope  of  his  employment  or  office,  shall  in  every 
case  be  also  deemed  to  be  the  act,  omission,  or  failure  of  such  corporation,  com- 
pany, society,  or  association,  as  well  as  that  of  the  person. 

REG.  48.  Penalty.  Any  person  convicted  of  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of 
the  foregoing  Regulations  wherein  penalty  is  not  provided,  shall  be  punished 
pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  Section  3,  Act  98  of  1906. 

These  Regulations  shall  be  in  force  and  effect  from  and  after  their  adoption 
and  promulgation  by  the  State  Board  of  Health. 

The  State  Board  of  Health  reserves  the  right  conferred  on  it  by  Section  2, 
Act  98  of  1906,  "  to  further  revise  and  amend  "  whenever  the  interests  of  the 
public  health,  the  advancement  of  scientific  knowledge,  or  the  rulings  of  the 
National  Food  Department  make  it  advisable  so  to  do. 

All  laws  and  regulations  in  conflict  with  these  Regulations  are  hereby  re- 
pealed. 

Adopted  April  25,  1908. 


MARYLAND. 
i  -i :r ITS,  ETC. 

'•'<  nn>l  r<-i/i  tnt,l<  .v  /o  /«•  mnrk«l.  All  shippers  and  sellers  of  all 
fruits  Mini  vegetables  in  Wicomico  county  shall  be  compelled  to  stamp  or  mark 
all  baskets,  barrels,  boxes,  packages,  crates,  parcels  or  other  receptacles  used 
by  them  fur  the  shipment  or  sale  of  any  fruit,  fruits  or  vegetables  with  his, 
her  or  their  name  ..r  names,  initials,  or  with  some  distinguishing  device  or 
mark  which  may  !»••  readily  and  easily  read  and  seen  on  the  same  before  such 
fruit,  fruits  .  -hall  be  offered  for  shipment  or  sale;  and  if  any 

shipper  •  :'  any  fruit,  fruits  or  vegetables,  shall  neglect  or  fail  to  com- 

ply with  the  pn>\  his  section,  he  or  she,  or  they,  shall  pay  a  fine  of 

ti\.-  dollars;    said   tine   to   be  applied   to   the  public  school  fund  for  Wieomico 
county,   but   nothii:.  Act    shall  apply  to  hucksters  selling  in  quantities 

less  than  full  packages,  or  to  anything  delivered  to  canneries. 
.     This  Act  Shall  take  effect  from  May  1,  1908. 

Approved  April  <;,  1908.    Laws  of  1908,  art.  23,  ch.  712,  p.  1125. 

37 


MASSACHUSETTS. 

GENERAL  FOOD  LAWS.0 

SEC.  70.  General  inspection  authority.  Boards  of  health  of  cities  and  towns, 
by  themselves,  their  officers  or  agents,  may  inspect  the  carcasses  of  all  slaugh- 
tered animals  and  all  meat,  fish,  vegetables,  produce,  fruit  or  provisions  of  any 
kind  found  in  their  cities  or  towns,  and  for  such  purpose  may  enter  any  build- 
ing, enclosure  or  other  place  in  whicf  such  carcasses  or  articles  are  stored, 
kept  or  exposed  for  sale.  If,  on  such  inspection,  it  is  found  that  such  car- 
casses or  articles  are  tainted,  diseased,  corrupted,  decayed,  unwholesome  or, 
from  any  cause,  unfit  for  food,  the  board  of  health  shall  seize  the  same  and 
cause  it  or  them  to  be  destroyed  forthwith  or  disposed  of  otherwise  than  for 
food.  All  money  received  by  the  board  of  health  for  property  disposed  of  as 
aforesaid  shall,  after  deducting  the  expenses  of  said  seizure,  be  paid  to  the 
owner  of  such  property.  If  the  board  of  health  seizes  or  condemns  any  such 
carcass  or  meat  for  the  reason  that  it  is  infected  with  a  contagious  disease, 
it  shall  immediately  give  notice  to  the  board  of  cattle  commissioners  of  the 
name  of  the  owner  or  person  in  whose  possession  it  was  found,  the  nature  of 
the  disease  and  the  disposition  made  of  said  meat  or  carcass. — As  amended 
April  17,  1908,  Acts  and  Resolves  of  1908,  ch.  411,  p.  276.  See  Bui.  69,  Rev.,  pt. 
3,  p.  266. 

SKC.  72.  Penalty  for  hindering  inspectors.  Whoever  prevents,  obstructs  or 
interferes  with  the  board  of  health,  its  officers  or  agents,  in  the  performance 
of  its  duties  as  provided  herein,  or  hinders,  obstructs  or  interferes  with  any 
inspection  or  examination  by  it  or  them,  or  whoever  secretes  or  removes  any 
carcass,  meat,  fish,  vegetables,  fruit  or  provisions  of  any  kind,  for  the  purpose 
of  preventing  the  same  from  being  inspected  or  examined  under  the  provisions 
of  sections  seventy  to  seventy-six,  inclusive,  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not 
more  than  one  hundred  dollars  or  by  imprisonment  for  not  more  than  sixty 
days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. — As  amended  April  17,  1908; 
Acts  and  Resolves  of  1908,  ch.  411,  p.  276.  See  Bui.  69,  Rev.,  pt.  3,  .p.  266. 

Revised  Laws,  1902,  vol.  1,  ch.  56,  p.  555. 

SEC.  1.  Repeal.  Sections  twenty-five  and  twenty-six  of  chapter  seventy-five 
of  the  Revised  Laws  (Bui.  69,  Rev.,  pt.  3,  p.  248),  relating  to  the  sale  of  adul- 
terated food  and  drugs,  are  hereby  repealed. 

SEC.  2.  Effect.    This  act  shall  take  effect  upon  its  passage. 

Approved  March  18,  1908.    Acts  and  Resolves  of  1908,  ch.  238,  p.  153. 

BREAD. 

SEC.  6.  Penalty.  Whoever  violates  any  provision  of  the  preceding  three  sec- 
tions shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  more  than  ten  dollars  for  each  offence. 
The  sealer  of  weights  and  measures  in  the  respective  cities  and  towns,  or  the 
commissioner  of  weights  and  measures  of  the  commonwealth,  shall  cause  the 
provisions  of  the  said  three  sections  to  be  enforced.— As  amended  March  10, 
1908;  Acts  and  Resolves  of  1908,  ch.  197,  p.  114.  See  Bui.  69,  Rev.,  pt.  3,  p.  252. 

Revised  Laws  1902,  vol.  1,  ch.  57,  pp.  557-8. 

°See  also  Meat,  page  39. 


MASSACHUSETTS.  39 

MEAT.? 

SEC.  1.  Prohibition;  penalty.  The  sale,  offer  or  exposure  for  sale,  or  delivery 
for  use  as  food,  of  the  carcass,  or  any  part  or  product  thereof,  of  any  animal 
which  has  come  to  its  death  in  any  manner  or  by  any  means  otherwise  than  by 
slaughter  or  killing  while  in  a  healthy  condition,  or  which  at  the  time  of  its 
death  is  unfit  by  reason  of  disease,  exhaustion,  abuse,  neglect  or  otherwise  for 
use  as  food,  or  of  any  calf  weighing  less  than  forty  pounds  when  dressed,  with 
head,  feet,  hide  and  entrails  removed,  is  hereby  declared  to  be  unlawful  and 
prohibited.  Whoever  sells  or  offers  or  exposes  for  sale  or  delivers  or  causes  or 
autliorix.es  to  be  sold,  offered  or  exposed  for  sale  or  delivered  for  use  as  food 
any  such  can-ass  or  any  part  or  product  thereof,  shall  be  punished  by  fine  of  not 
more  than  two  hundred  dollars  or  by  imprisonment  for  not  more  than  six 
months. 

Sir.  L«.  Inspectors  of  state  and  municipal  boards  of  health;  seizure  and  de- 
tttnn-tion  »f  unlan-ful  products.  The  state  board  of  health  and  its  inspectors, 
and  the  state  inspectors  of  health  and  all  boards  of  health  of  cities  and  towns 
and  their  insi>ector8,  officers,  agents  and  assistants  in  their  respective  districts, 
shall  have  and  exercise  the  same  powers  and  duties  in  and  for  the  enforcement 
of  this  act  as  are  at  any  time  conferred  or  imposed  by  law  upon  any  board  of 
health,  inspector,  officer,  agent  or  assistant  in  respect  of  any  other  article  or 
substance  the  sale  or  use  of  which  for  food  is  unlawful  or  prohibited ;  and  it 
shall  l>e  their  duty  to  seize  any  such  carcass  or  part  or  product  thereof  as 
ribed  In  section  one  hereof,  and  cause  the  same  to  be  destroyed  forthwith 
or  disposed  of  otherwise  than  for  food  ;  and  all  moneys  received  by  any  board 
of  health  for  any  property  so  disposed  of  shall,  after  deducting  the  expenses 
:«-h  sei/.ure  and  disposal,  be  paid  to  the  owner  of  such  property  if  known. 

'  a  to  be  inspected.  Such  Inspectors,  officers,  agents  and  assistants 
shall  visit  and  keep  under  observation  all  places  within  their  respective  districts 
at  which  neat  cattle,  sheep,  swine  or  other  animals  intended  for  slaughter  or 
for  sale  or  use  as  food  are  delivered  from  transportation,  and  shall  have  at  all 
times  free  access  to  all  such  places  and  to  all  railroad  trains  or  cars  or  other 
vehicles  in  which  such  animals  may  be  transported,  for  the  purpose  of  pre- 
vent i:  >ns  of  this  act  and  of  detecting  and  punishing  the  same. 

•i.  Pouters  of  inspection.  The  state  Inspectors  of  health  in  their  re- 
spective districts,  and  the  inspectors  appointed  by  the  state  board  of  health  for 
duties  relative  to  the  sale  of  food  and  drugs,  shall  have  the  same  rights,  powers 
and  authority  for  and  in  respect  of  the  inspection,  seizure  and  disposition  of  all 
carcasses,  meats  and  provisions  which  are  tainted,  diseased,  corrupted,  decayed, 
unwholesome.  «.r  from  any  cause  unfit  for  food,  or  the  sale  of  which  for  food 
is  unlawful,  as  are  conferred  by  sections  seventy  and  seventy-one  of  chapter 
tifty  six  ami  by  section  one  hundred  and  two  of  chapter  seventy-five  of  the 
Revised  Laws,  or  by  other  laws,  upon  boards  of  health  of  cities  and  towns  or 
their  insi>ector8  in  respect  of  the  articles  therein  specified;  with  power  to  prose- 
cute all  offences  relating  thereto. 

« -effort  of  slaughter  houses.  In  addition  to  the  supervision  now 
provided  for  by  law,  all  slaughter  houses  shall  be  under  the  supervision  of  the 
state  board  of  health  and  subject  to  inspection  by  the  state  inspectors  of  health 
in  their  respective  districts. 

SEC.  6.  Amendment.  Section  one  hundred  and  five  of  chapter  seventy-five  of 
the  Revised  Laws,  as  amended  by  section  two  of  chapter  three  hundred  and 
twelve  of  the  acts  of  the  year  nineteen  hundred  and  two,  and  by  section  two  of 

0  See  also  General  Food  Law,  page  38. 


40  FOOD  LEGISLATION,  YEAK  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

chapter  two  hundred  and  twenty  of  the  acts  of  the  year  nineteen  hundred  and 
three,  is  hereby  further  amended  by  striking  out  all  after  the  word  "  old,"  in 
the  seventh  line,  so  as  to  read  as  follows:  Sec.  105.  Exemption.  The  provi- 
sions of  the  six  preceding  sections  shall  not  apply  to  a  person  not  engaged  in 
such  business,  who,  upon  his  own  premises  and  not  in  a  slaughter  house,  slaugh- 
ters his  own  neat  cattle,  sheep  or  swine,  but  the  carcass  of  any  such  animals 
shall  be  inspected  by  an  inspector  at  the  time  of  slaughter,  unless  said  animal 
is  less  than  six  months  old. 

7.  Authority  of  other  officers  unimpaired.  Nothing  in  this  act  shall 
affect  or  impair  the  rights,  powers  or  authority  of  any  board  or  officer  not 
herein  mentioned. 

Approved  March  31,  1908.    Acts  and  Resolves  of  1908,  ch.  329,  pp.  218-20. 

SEC.  71.  Inspection  of  veal.  The  board  of  health,  by  themselves,  their  officers 
or  agents,  may  inspect  all  veal  found,  offered  or  exposed  for  sale  or  kept  with 
the  intent  to  sell  in  its  city  or  town,  and  if,  in  its  opinion,  said  veal  is  that  of  a 
calf  less  than  four  weeks  old  when  killed,  the  board  shall  seize  and  destroy  or 
dispose  of  it  as  provided  in  the  preceding  section,  subject,  however,  to  the  pro- 
visions thereof  relative  to  the  disposal  of  money.— As  amended  April  17,  1908; 
Acts  and  Resolves  of  1908,  ch.  411,  p.  276.  See  Bui.  69,  Rev.,  pt.  3,  p.  266. 

Revised  Laws,  1902,  vol.  1,  ch.  56,  p.  555. 

MILK. 

SEC.  3.  Unclean  vessels  without  name  of  owner;  penalty.  Every  licensed 
milk  dealer  who  sells,  or  has  in  his  possession  with  intent  to  sell,  milk  not 
contained  in  clean  vessels  bearing  his  own  name,  or  the  name  under  which  his 
business  is  conducted,  and  bearing  no  other  name,  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine 
of  ten  dollars  for  each  offence;  but  the  provisions  of  this  section  shall  not 
apply  to  persons  using  clean  vessels  bearing  the  name  of  another  person  whose 
written  permission  for  such  use  shall  have  been  obtained  previously  and  regis- 
tered in  the  office  of  the  milk  inspector,  in  municipalities  having  such  officer,  and 
in  other  municipalities  registered  in  the  office  of  the  city  or  town  clerk. — As 
amended  April  22, 1908;  Acts  and  Resolves  of  1908,  ch.  435,  p.  292.  See  Bui.  104, 
p.  S3. 

Approved  March  1,  1906.    Acts  and  Resolves  1906,  ch.  116,  p.  62. 

SEC.  2.  Repeal.  Section  four  (Bui.  104,  p.  33)  of  said  chapter  one  hundred 
and  sixteen  is  hereby  repealed. 

Approved  April  22,  1908.    Acts  and  Resolves  of  1908,  ch.  435,  p.  292. 

SEC.  12.  Expenditures;  report.  The  bureau  may  expend  not  more  than  eight 
thousand  dollars  annually  in  its  work,  and  it  may  co-operate  with  the  state 
board  of  health  and  with  inspectors  of  milk,  but  it  shall  not  interfere  with  the 
duties  of  such  board  or  officers.  It  shall  annually,  before  the  fifteenth  day  of 
January,  report  to  the  general  court  in  detail  the  number  of  agents,  assist- 
ants, experts  and  chemists  employed  by  it,  with  their  expenses  and  disburse- 
ments, of  all  investigations  made  by  it,  of  all  cases  prosecuted  with  the  results 
thereof,  and  other  information  advantageous  to  the  dairy  industry.— As  amended 
April  17,  1908;  Acts  and  Resolves  of  1908,  ch.  416,  p.  278.  See  Bui.  69,  Rev., 
pt.  S,  p.  253. 

Revised  Laws  1902,  vol.  1,  ch.  89,  pp.  778-9. 


MASSACHUSETTS.  41 

SEC.  56.  Standard  for  mi/A:.  In  prosecutions  under  the  provisions  of  sections 
fifty-one  to  sixty-four,  inclusive,  milk  which,  upon  analysis,  is  shown  to  con- 
tain less  than  twelve  and  fifteen  huiulredths  per  cent  of  milk  solids  or  less  than 
three  and  thirty-five  hundredths  per  cent  of  fat,  shall  not  be  considered  of  good 
standard  quality.—  .-I*  umemlnl  -June  13,  1908;  Acts  and  Resolves  of  1908,  ch. 
6'M.  y.  •>'>•'•'.  's'"'  /*"'•  '>'•'•  /"''•'••.  l>t.  3,  p.  258. 

Revised  Laws  V.M>L>.  v.il.  1,  ch.  56,  pp.  547-54. 


.  1.  Ih-ntfil  milk;  fine  if  not  Inlteli-rt.  Whoever,  himself  or  by  his  servant 
or  agent,  or  as  the  servant  or  agent  of  any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  sells, 
e.\«  -hanges  or  delivers  «>r  has  in  his  custody  or  possession  with  intent  to  sell, 
exchange  or  deliver  any  milk  which  has  been  subjected  to  artificial  heat 
greater  than  one  hundred  and  sixty-seven  degrees  Fahrenheit,  not  having  the 
words  "heated  milk"  distinctly  marked  upon  a  light  ground  in  plain  black 
imcondensed  got  hie  letters  at  least  one  inch  in  length  in  a  conspicuous  place 
ujHtn  every  vessel.  can  or  package  from  or  in  which  such  milk  is,  or  is  intended 
to  1..-.  sold,  exchanged  or  delivered  shall  for  a  tirst  offence  be  punished  by  a  fine 
ot"  not  less  than  titty  nor  more  than  two  hundred  dollars,  for  a  second  offence 
by  a  tine  of  not  less  than  one  hundred  nor  more  than  three  hundred  dollars, 
and  for  a  subsequent  offence  by  a  fine  of  fifty  dollars  and  by  imprisonment  for 
not  less  than  sixty  nor  more  than  ninety  days.  If  such  vessel,  can  or  package 
is  of  the  capacity  "f  "«'t  more  than  two  quarts,  said  words  may  be  placed  upon 
a  detachable  label  or  tag  attached  thereto  and  said  letters  may  be  less  than  one 
inch  in  length,  but  not  smaller  than  brevier  gothic  capital  letters. 

SEI.  tiiitinn*.     Nothing  In  this  act  shall  be  construed  as  applying  to 

condensed  milk  or  to  milk  which  has  been  concentrated  to  one-half  its  volume 
or  less. 

Approved  June  1,  1008.  Acts  and  Resolves  of  Massachusetts,  1908,  ch.  570, 
P.  l"l. 

WATER. 

Sir.  1.  Defiling  water  supply.  Any  police  officer  or  constable  of  a  city  or 
town  in  which  any  jioiid.  stream  or  reservoir  used  for  the  purpose  of  domestic 
water  supply  is  wholly  or  partly  situated,  acting  within  the  limits  of  his  city 
or  town,  and  any  executive  officer  of  a  water  board,  board  of  water  commis- 
sioners. public  institution  or  water  company,  furnishing  water  for  domestic 
purposes,  or  agent  of  such  water  board,  board  of  water  commissioners,  public 
institution  or  water  company,  duly  authorized  in  writing  therefor  by  such 
hoards,  institution  or  company,  acting  upon  the  premises  of  such  board,  insti- 
tution or  company  and  not  more  than  five  rods  from  the  water,  for  such  supply 
may.  without  a  warrant,  arrest  any  person  found  in  the  act  of  bathing  in  a 
pond,  stream  or  reservoir,  the  water  of  which  is  used  for  the  purpose  aforesaid, 
and  detain  him  in  some  convenient  place  until  a  complaint  can  be  made  against 
him  therefor. 

_'.  l-.'ffect.    This  act  shall  take  effect  upon  its  passage. 

Approved  May  26,  1908.    Acts  and  Resolves  of  1908,  ch.  539,  pp.  377-78. 


MISSISSIPPI. 

SEC.  2.  Repeal.  That  sections  *  *  1766  *  *  *  of  the  Mississippi 
Code  of  1906  be,  and  the  same  are  hereby,  repealed. — Repealed  February  19, 
1908;  Laws  of  1908,  ch.  115,  p.  118.  See  Bui.  69,  Rev.,  pt.  4,  p.  326. 

Annotated  Code,  1892,  ch.  37,  p.  430,  or  Code  of  1906,  sec.  1766. 

4L' 


NEW  JERSEY. 

GENERAL  FOOD  LAWS. 

SEC.  3.  Adulteration  defined.  For  the  purposes  of  this  act  an  article  shall  be 
deemed  to  be  adulterated  *  *  * 

In  the  case  of  confectionery: 

It  it  contains  terra  alba,  barytes,  talc,  chrome  yellow  or  other  mineral  sub- 
stance, or  poisonous  color  or  flavor,  or  other  ingredient  deleterious  or  detri- 
mental ti»  health,  in-  any  vinous,  malt  or  spirituous  liquor  or  compound  or 
nan-otic  drug. 

In  the  case  of  food: 

First.  If  any  substance  has  been  mixed  or  packed  with  it  so  as  to  reduce  or 
lower  or  injuriously  afl'ect  its  quality  or  strength. 

•  •ml.  If  any  substance  has  been   substituted  wholly  or  in  part  for  the 
article. 

Third.  If  any  \aluable  eonstituent  of  the  article  has  been  wholly  or  in  part 
abstracted. 

Fourth.  If  it  be  mixed,  colored,  powdered,  coated  or  stained  in  a  manner 
whereby  damage  or  inferiority  is  concealed. 

Fifth.  If  it  contain  any  added  poisonous  or  other  added  deleterious  ingredient 
which  may  n-nder  such  article  injurious  to  health;  i>r<>ridcd,  that  when  in  the 
preparation  of  food  products  for  shipment  they  are  preserved  by  any  external 
application  applied  in  such  manner  that  t be  preservative  is  necessarily  removed 
HUM •hanically.  or  by  maceration  In  water,  or  otherwise,  and  directions  for  the 
ivnio\;il  of  said  preservative  shall  be  printed  on  the  covering  or  the  package, 
the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  construed  as  applying  only  when  said  products 
are  ready  for  consumption. 

Sixth.  If  it  consists  in  whole  or  in  part  of  a  filthy,  decomposed  or  putrid 

animal  or  vegetable  substance,  or  any  portion  of  an  animal  unfit  for  food, 

whether  manufactured  or  not,  or  if  it  is  the  product  of  a  diseased  animal,  or 

one  that  has  died  otherwise  than  by  slaughter. — As  amended  April  16,  1908, 

.  .fox.  i>i>.  ii.".> -630.     Kcc  Hul.  112,  pt.  2,  pp.  7-8. 

Sn  .  I.  Misbranding  d»fin»d.  The  term  "  misbranded,"  as  used  herein,  shall 
apply  to  all  drugs,  or  articles  of  food,  or  articles  which  enter  into  the  composi- 
tion of  food,  the  package  or  label  of  which  shall  bear  any  statement,  design  or 
de\  ice  regarding  such  article,  or  the  ingredients  or  substances  contained  therein, 
which  shall  be  false  or  misleading  in  any  particular,  and  to  any  food  or  drug 
product  which  is  falsely  branded  as  to  the  State,  Territory  or  country  in  which 
it  is  manufactured  or  produced. 

r  the  purposes  of  this  act  an  article  shall  also  be  deemed  to  be  mis- 
bra  ruled     *     *     * 

In  the  case  of  food : 

First.  If  it  be  an  imitation  of  or  offered  for  sale  under  the  distinctive  name 
of  another  article. 

Second.  If  it  be  labeled  or  branded  so  as  to  deceive  or  mislead  the  purchaser, 
or  purport  to  be  a  foreign  product  when  not  so,  or  if  the  contents  of  the  package 
as  originally  put  up  shall  have  been  removed,  in  whole  or  in  part,  and  other  con- 

43 


44  FOOD  LEGISLATION,  YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

tents  shall  have  been  placed  in  such  package,  or  if  it  fail  to  bear  a  statement  on 
the  label  of  the  quantity  or  proportion  of  any  morphine,  opium,  cocaine,  heroin, 
alpha  or  beta  eucaine,  chloroform,  cannabis  indica,  chloral,'  hydrate,  acetanilide, 
acetphenetidine,  or  phenacetin  or  antipyrin,  or  any  derivative  or  preparation  of 
any  such  substances  contained  therein. 

Third.  If  in  package  form,  and  the  contents  are  stated  in  terms  of  weight  or 
measure,  they  are  not  plainly  and  correctly  stated  on  the  outside  of  the  package. 

Fourth.  If  the  package  containing  it,  or  its  label  shall  bear  any  statement, 
design  or  device  regarding  the  ingredients  or  substances  contained  therein, 
which  statement,  design  or  device  shall  be  false  or  misleading  in  any  particu- 
lar.-As  amended  April  16,  1908;  Acts  of  1908,  ch.  308,  pp.  630-632.  See  Bui. 

112,  pt.  2,  p.  8. 

SEC.  46.  Guarantee  for  protection  of  dealer.  No  dealer  shall  be  prosecuted 
under  the  provisions  of  this  act  for  distributing  or  selling,  or  having  in  his  pos- 
session with  intent  to  distribute  or  sell,  any  article  of  food  or  drug  which  under 
any  of  said  provisions  shall  be  deemed  to  be  adulterated  or  misbranded ;  pro- 
vided, that  said  article  of  food  or  drug  is  distributed  or  sold  or  had  in  posses- 
sion with  intent  to  distribute  or  sell  in  the  original  unbroken  package  in  which 
it  was  received  by  said  dealer,  and  that,  in  case  said  article  was  purchased  by 
said  dealer  from  a  wholesaler,  jobber,  manufacturer,  or  other  person  residing 
in  this  State,  and  said  dealer  can  establish  a  guarantee  signed  by  such  whole- 
saler, jobber,  manufacturer  or  other  person  from  whom  he  purchased  such  arti- 
cle, to  the  effect  that  the  same  is  not  adulterated  or  misbranded  within  the 
meaning  of  this  act,  designating  it;  or  in  case  said  article  was  purchased  by 
said  dealer  from  a  wholesaler,  jobber,  manufacturer  or  other  person  residing  in 
the  United  States  of  America,  but  outside  of  this  State,  and  said  dealer  can 
establish  a  guarantee,  signed  by  such  wholesaler,  jobber,  manufacturer  or  other 
person  from  whom  he  purchased  such  article,  to  the  effect  that  the  same  is  not 
adulterated  or  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  an  act  of  the  Congress  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  entitled  "An  act  for  preventing  the  manufacture,  sale 
or  transportation  of  adulterated  or  misbranded,  or  poisonous  or  deleterious 
foods,  drugs,  medicines  and  liquors,  and  for  regulating  traffic  therein,  and  for 
other  purposes,"  approved  June  thirtieth,  one  thousand  nine  hundred  and  six, 
and  the  supplements  and  amendments  thereof.  Such  guaranty,  to  afford  pro- 
tection, shall  contain  the  name  and  address  of  the  person  making  the  sale  of 
such  article  to  such  dealer,  and  in  such  case  said  person,  if  he  is  a  resident  of 
this  State,  shall  be  amenable  to  the  prosecution,  fines  and  other  penalties  which 
would  attach  in  due  course  to  the  dealer  under  the  provisions  of  this  act.  If 
the  guaranty  is  signed  by  a  person  who  resides  outside  of  this  State,  then  the 
Board  of  Health  of  this  State  shall  report  the  facts  in  the  case  to  the  Secretary 
of  Agriculture  of  the  United  States,  or  the  proper  officer  appointed  for  the 
enforcement  of  the  above-mentioned  act  of  Congress ;  and  provided  further, 
that  no  guarantee  that  any  article  is  not  adulterated  or  misbranded  within  the 
meaning  of  the  above-mentioned  act  of  Congress,  shall  be  effective  to  exempt 
any  dealer  from  prosecution  under  this  act,  unless  the  provisions  of  the  above- 
mentioned  act  of  Congress  and  of  this  act  covering  the  adulteration  and  mis- 
branding  of  such  guaranteed  article  are  identical. 

The  provisions  of  this  act  relating  to  misbranding  shall  not  apply  to  the  dis- 
tribution or  sale  or  to  the  possession  with  intent  to  distribute  or  sell  by  any 
dealer  of  such  proprietary  foods  and  medicines  as  were  in  such  dealer's  stock 
in  this  State  on  October  first,  nineteen  hundred  and  eight;  provided,  that  the 
package  or  other  container  in  which  such  foods  or  medicines  shall  be  contained 

a  So  in  Statutes. 


NEW   JERSEY.  45 

shall  be  plainly  and  conspicuously  marked  with  the  words  and  figures  "On 
hand  Oct.  1st,  190S."— A*  amended  April  16,  1908;  Acts  of  1908,  ch.  308,  pp. 
If ul.  11!,  lit.  ~J.  i>i>.  l.!-13. 

Approved  May  20,  1907.    Acts  of  1907,  ch.  217,  pp.  485-502. 

mptions  for  exports;  preservatives.  No  article  shall  be  deemed 
to  be  adulterated  or  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this  act  when  specially 
prepared  for  export  to  any  foreign  country,  if  such  article  shall  be  prepared 
and  packed  according  to  the  directions  of  the  foreign  purchaser,  and  if  no  sub- 
stance is  used  in  the  preparation  or  packing  of  such  article  which  is  prohibited 
by  the  laws  of  the  foreign  country  for  export  to  which  said  article  was  pre- 
pared; i>n,ri<i>  'I,  that  if  such  article  shall  be  sold  or  offered  for  sale  for  use  or 
consumption  within  the  I'nited  States  of  America,  then  all  the  provisions  of  this 
net.  with  regard  to  adulteration  and  misbranding,  shall  apply  thereto;  and  pro- 
rith-il  furtln-r.  that  all  food  products  manufactured  in  this  State  during  the 
-  ..n»'  thousand  nine  hundred  and  seven  and  one  thousand  nine  hundred  and 
fight,  in  which  preservatives  are  used,  which  preservatives  are  not  now  spe- 
cifically prohibited  by  the  Department  of  Agriculture  of  the  United  States,  shall 
be  exempt  from  the  provisions  of  this  act;  provided,  the  use  of  such  preserva- 
tives is  stated  UJKHI  the  label  or  in  branding  such  products,  and  also  the  date 
of  their  mauuf.i. -ture .—  As  amended  April  13,  1908;  Acts  of  1908,  ch.  242,  pp. 
447-478.  tfrc  Hul.  112,  pt.  2,  sec.  6  (5),  p.  8. 

Appro\ed  May  20,  1907.    Laws  of  1907,  ch.  217,  p.  488. 

OONFBOTIONIIRY. 

See  General  Food  Laws,  page  : 

.MILK. 

Sic.  6.  Btamlnn! :  !  mill:.  No  person  shall  distribute  or  sell,  or  have 

in  bis  possession  with  intent  to  distribute  or  sell,  any  milk  which  contains  less 
than  twelve  JKT  centum  of  milk  solids,  or  more  than  eighty-eight  per  cent,  of 
watery  tin  ills,  or  less  than  three  per  centum  of  milk  fats;  provided,  however, 
that  it  shall  not  be  unlawful  for  any  i>erson  to  distribute  or  sell,  or  have  in  his 
possession  with  intent  to  distribute  or  sell,  in  a  container  having  a  capacity  of 
not  m«. re  than  twelve  fluid  ounces,  milk  especially  prepared  for  infant  or  in- 
valid feeding  by  adding  thereto  pure  water,  lime  water,  milk  sugar,  cereal 
stan-bes,  or  other  suhM.-mees  which  shall  not  differ  in  purity,  quality  or  strength 
from  the  standard  tixed  by  this  act,  or  by  removing  therefrom  the  sugar  or 
any  part  thereof,  if  e\  ery  su.-h  container  have  blown  or  moulded  in  it  the  words 
"modified  milk"  in  letters  which  shall  not  be  less  than  one-quarter  inch  in 
height  and  the  several  lines  of  which  shall  not  be  less  than  one-sixteenth  of  an 
inch  in  width:  nn*l,  /,/•', r///r,/  also,  that  the  milk  in  such  container,  before  modi- 
fication, shall  have  been  milk  of  the  standard  fixed  by  this  act. — As  amended 
Al.ril  I ',,  1908;  Laws  of  1908,  ch.  260,  p.  551.  See  Bui  112,  pt.  2,  p.  15. 

SEC.  s.  A'lultrmted  or  uncban  milk  prohibited.  No  person  shall  distribute  or 
sell  or  have  In  his  possession  with  intent  to  distribute  or  sell  any  milk  or  cream 
which  contains  any  water,  drug,  chemical,  preservative,  coloring  matter,  con- 
densed milk,  or  any  substance  of  any  kind  or  character  which  has  been  added 
thereto  or  mixed  therewith;  provided,  however,  it  shall  not  be  unlawful  for  any 
person  to  distribute  or  sell  or  have  in  his  possession  with  intent  to  distribute  or 
sell,  any  milk  or  cream  modified  especially  for  infant  or  invalid  feeding,  by  adding 
thereto  or  mixing  therewith  pure  water,  lime  water,  milk  sugar,  cereal  starches 


46  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED  JUNE   30,   1908. 

or  other  substances,  as  provided  for  in  section  six  of  this  act,  if  such  modified 
milk  shall  be  in  a  container  having  a  capacity  of  not  more  than  twelve  fluid 
ounces,  which  container  shall  be  marked  as  provided  for  in  section  six  of  this 
act  No  person  shall  distribute  or  sell,  or  have  in  his  possession  with  intent  to 
distribute  or  sell  any  milk  or  cream  which  is  the  product  in  whole  or  in  any 
part  of  any  animal  kept  in  a  crowded,  uncleanly  or  unhealthy  place  or  condition, 
or  which  is  the  product  in  whole  or  in  part  of*  any  animal  fed  on  swill,  or  any 
substance  in  a  state  of  rottenness  or  putrefaction,  or  on  any  substance  of  an 
unwholesome  nature,  or  on  any  food  or  substance  which  may  produce  diseased 
or  unwholesome  milk.  No  person  shall  distribute  or  sell,  or  have  in  his  posses- 
sion with  intent  to  distribute  or  sell,  any  milk  or  cream  which  is  produced  in 
whole  or  in  part  from  any  animal  within  fifteen  days  before  or  five  days  after 
parturition. — As  amended  April  14,  1908;  Laics  of  1908,  ch.  260,  p.  552.  See 
Bui.  112t  pt.  2,  p.  15. 

Approved  May  20,  1907.    Acts  of  1907,  ch.  217,  pp.  488-499. 


NEW  YORK. 
DAIRY  PRODUCTS. 

See  Appendix,  Bulletin  112,  Part  II,  page  148,  for  law  regulating 
dairy  product-,  approved  July  18,  1907,  and  included  in  the  compila- 
tion for  the  year  ending  June  30,  1907,  for  convenience. 

FRUIT. 

.185.  Other  thnn   standard  apples  prohibited.     No  person  shall  buy  for 
•  •,  sell,  or  expose  or  offer  for  sale  as  and  for  evaporated  apples  any  evapo- 
rated apples  intended  to  be  used  for  food,  or  for  consumption  by  any  person 
other  than  standard  evaporated  apples. — As  amended  May  23,  1908;  Laws  of 

.    }»;.  />.   miL      Nrr  Kul.   //J.  y,f.  J.  /,.  ._>/. 

.  is*',,  standard  evaporated  apples  defined.  Evaporated  apples  containing 
nut  more  than  twenty-seven  per  centum  of  water  or  fluids  as  determined  by 
dryinir  for  four  hours  at  the  temperature  of  boiling  water  shall  be  considered 
standard  evaporated  apples  for  the  purposes  of  this  act. — As  amended  May  23, 
1908;  Laws  of  .  2,  ch.  486,  p.  1704.  See  Bui.  69,  Rev.,  pt.  5,  p.  428. 

.  1^7.  nn  <,rk  fruit  to  be  so  labeled.    No  person  or  persons  shall 

sell,  offer  or  exjwse  for  sale  apples,  pears  or  peaches  as  and  for  New  York 
stat«-  :m«wn  apples,  pears  <>r  peaches  if  they  were  not  grown  or  produced  within 
the  state  "I  New  York;  nor  shall  they  brand  or  label  the  package  or  barrel 
(•MiitaiiiiiiL-  sueh  apples,  pears  or  peaches  as  New  York  state  apples,  pears  or 
pea • -I if*  if  they  were  not  grown  or  produced  within  the  state  of  New  York. 
Any  person  or  persons  packing  or  repacking  or  causing  apples  or  pears  to  be 
packed  ..r  repacked  to  be  sold  upon  the  markets,  shall  pack  or  repack  or 
cause  them  to  be  packed  or  repacked  in  such  a  manner  that  each  separate 

.!i;e   or   barrel   shall  be  packed   substantially   uniform   without  intent  to 

•.••the  purchaser.  Any  person,  persons  or  corporation  buying  from  a  grower 
apples  or  liich  are  packed  in  packages  or  barrels,  marked  or  labeled 

with  the  name  "f  the  grower  who  causes  such  apples  or  pears  to  be  repacked 
In  the  same  packages  or  barrels  or  who  uses  the  same  packages  or  barrels  for 
the  pa.  king  of  other  fruit  or  apples  or  pears  shall  erase  from  such  package  or 
barrel  the  name  of  the  grower  or  packer  first  or  originally  placed  thereon. 
P.  ut  the  facing  of  such  package  or  barrel  is  not  prohibited  by  this  act. — As 
am.  n,l.  /  !/'///  25,  1908;  Laws  of  1908,  vol.  2,  ch.  486,  pp.  1704-1705.  See  Bui. 
ll.'.  pt  .'.  p,  21. 

.188.  Karrel"  defined.  The  term  "barrel"  when  used  in  transactions 
of  purchase  or  sale  of  apples,  pears  or  quinces  shall  represent  a  quantity  equal 

ne  hundred  quarts  of  grain  or  dry  measure  and  shall  be  of  the  following 
dimensions:  head  ilia  meter,  seventeen  and  one-eighth  inches;  length  of  stave, 
twent\  -eiirht  and  one-half  inches;  bulge,  not  less  than  sixty-four  inches  outside 
measurement,  if  the  barrel  shall  be  made  straight,  or  without  a  bulge,  it  shall 
contain  the  same  number  of  cubic  inches  as  the  barrel  above  described.  Any 
sons  making,  manufacturing  or  causing  to  be  made  or  manufac- 
tured barrels  for  use  in  the  purchase  or  sale  of  apples,  pears  or  quinces,  or  any 
person  or  persons  packing  apples,  pears  or  quinces  in  barrels  for  sale  or  selling 
apples,  pears  or  quinces  in  barrels  containing  a  less  quantity  than  the  barrel 
herein  specified  shall  brand  said  barrels  upon  each  end  and  upon  the  outside, 
conspicuously,  in  letters  one  and  one-half  inches  in  length  with  the  words, 
"short  barrel."— As  added  May  23,  1908;  Laws  of  1908,  vol.  2,  ch.  486,  p.  1705. 

Uiil.  69.  /?€-r.,  pt.  5,  p.  -i 

Laws  of  1803,  ch.  338 ;  Gumming  and  Gilbert's  General  Laws  and  other  Gen- 
eral Statutes,  Supplement  1904,  vol.  4,  art.  13,  p.  45. 

47 


NORTH  CAROLINA. 
GENERAL  FOOD  LAW. 

SEC.  6.  Colors  and  preservatives  prohibited;  benzoic  a.id  sulphurous  acids 
excepted.  For  the  purpose  of  this  ac*  an  article  of  food  shall  be  deemed  adul- 
terated *  *  * 

Sixth.  *     *     * 

If  it  contain  any  of  the  following  substances,  which  are  hereby  declared 
deleterious  and  dangerous  to  health  when  added  to  human  food,  to-wit :  Colors 
which  contain  antimony,  arsenic,  barium,  lead,  cadmium,  chromium,  copper, 
mercury,  uranium  or  zinc;  or  the  following  colors:  gamboge,  corallin,  picric 
acid,  aniline,  or  any  of  the  coal-tar  dyes ;  dulcin,  glucin  or  any  other  artificially 
or  synthetically  prepared  substitute  for  sugar  except  saccharine;  paraffine, 
formaldehyde,  beta-napthol,  abrastol,  benzole  acid  or  benzoates,  salicylic  acid  or 
salicylates,  boric  acid  or  borates,  sulphurous  acid  or  sulphites,  hydrofluoric  or 
any  fluorine  compounds,  sulphuric  acid  or  potassium  sulphate  or  wood  alcohol ; 
Provided,  that  catsups  and  condimental  sauces  may,  when  the  fact  is  plainly 
and  legibly  stated  in  the  English  language  on  the  wrapper  and  label  of  the 
package  in  which  if;  is  retailed,  contain  not  to  exceed  two-tenths  of  one  per 
cent,  of  benzoic  acid  or  its  equivalent  in  sodium  benzoate.  Fermented  liquors 
may  contain  not  to  exceed  two-tenths  of  one  per  cent,  of  combined  sulphuric 
acid,  and  not  to  exceed  eight-thousandths  of  one  per  cent,  of  sulphurous 
acid.— A*  amended  February  1,  1908;  Public  Laws  Extra  Session  1908,  ch.  117, 
pp.  1SO-1S1.  See  Bui.  69,  Rev.,  pt.  5,  p.  487. 

Approved  April  13,  1899.    Public  Laws  1899,  ch.  86,  p.  216. 
48 


OHIO. 
<;KNERAL  FOOD  LAWS. 

SFC.  1.  Adulteration  and  misbranding  prohibited.  That  no  person  shall, 
within  this  state,  manufacture  for  sale,  offer  for  sale,  sell,  deliver  or  have  in 
his  possession  with  intent  to  sell  or  deliver  any  drug  or  article  of  food  which 
is  adulterated,  within  the  meaning  of  this  act;  that  no  person  shall,  within 
this  state,  offer  for  sale,  sell,  deliver  or  have  in  his  possession  with  intent  to 
sell  or  deliver  any  drug  or  article  of  food  which  is  misbranded,  within  the 
meaning  of  this  act. — As  amended  Hay  1,  1908;  Laws  of  1908  (Senate  Bill  No. 
414),  p.  .2.77.  svr  Itui.  tin.  AV,..  }>t.  r>.  it.  459. 

CUB.  .\dnlt<rntion  defined.    An  article  shall  be  deemed  to  be  adulterated 
within  th*»  meaning  of  this  act: 

(a)   In  the  case  of  drugs:     *     *     * 

rin  In  the  case  of  food,  drink,  flavoring  extract,  confectionery  or  condi- 
ment :  ill  if  any  substance  or  substances  have  been  mixed  with  it,  so  as  to 
lower  or  depn* -into  or  injuriously  affect  its  quality,  strength  or  purity;  (2)  if 
any  inferior  ,,r  cheaper  sub  stance  or  substances  have  been  substituted  wholly, 
or  in  part.  f»r  it  :  (8)  it'  any  valuable  or  necessary  constituent  or  ingredient  has 
been  wholly,  or  in  part.  abMracted  from  it;  (4)  if  it  is  an  imitation  of,  or  is 
sold  under  the  name  of  another  article;  (5)  if  it  consists  wholly,  or  in  part, 
of  a  diseased,  decomposed,  putrid,  infected,  tainted  or  rotten  animal  or  vege- 
table lubstance  or  article,  whether  manufactured  or  not  or,  in  the  case  of  milk, 
if  it  is  the  produce  of  a  diseased  animal;  (6)  if  it  is  colored,  coated,  polished 
•\vdered.  \\  hereby  damage  or  inferiority  is  concealed,  or  if  by  any  means  it 
is  made  to  apjiear  better  or  of  greater  value  than  it  really  is;  (7)  if  it  contains 
any  added  substance  or  Ingredient  which  is  poisonous  or  injurious  to  health; 
(8)  if.  when  sold  under  or  by  a  name  recognized  in  the  eight  decennial  revision 
of  the  lulled  States  pharmacopoeia,  or  the  third  edition  of  the  National 
Formulary,  ir  .litT.-r-  from  the  standard  of  strength,  quality  or  purity  laid  down 
therein;  ('.»  if.  when  sold  under  or  by  a  name  not  recognized  in  the  eighth 
-ion  nf  the  1'nited  States  pharmacopoeia,  or  the  third  edition 
of  the  National  Formulary,  but  is  found  in  some  other  pharmacopoeia,  or  other 
stan. lard  work  on  materia  medica,  it  differs  materially  from  the  standard  of 
strength,  quality  or  purity  laid  down  in  such  work:  (10)  if  the  strength,  quality 
or  purity  falls  below  the  professed  standard  under  which  it  is  sold;  (11)  if  it 
.•I  ins  any  methyl  or  wood  alcohol. — As  amended  Hay  1,  1908;  Laws  of  1908 
•fr  Hill  \».  41',).  pp.  257-8.  See  Bui.  69,  Rev.,  pt.  6,  pp.  459-60. 
.  3a.  J/iVt6r«M«/»X'/  d<  fund.  An  article  shall  be  deemed  to  be  misbranded 
within  the  meaning  of  this  act: 

(a)  In  the  case  of  drugs:     *     *     * 

(b)  In  the  case  of  food,  drink,   flavoring  extracts,  confectionery  or  condi- 
ment :  ( 1)   If  the  package  fails  to  bear  a  statement  on  the  label  of  the  quantity 
or  proportion  of  any  morphine,  opium,  cocaine,  heroine,  alpha  or  beta  eucaine, 
chloroform,  cannabis  indica,  chloral  hydrate  or  acetanilide,  or  any  derivative  or 
preparation  of  any  such  substances  contained  therein;   (2)  if  it  be  labeled  or 
branded  so  as  to  deceive  or  mislead  the  purchaser,  or  purport  to  be  a  foreign 
product  when  not  so;   (3)  if  in  package  form,  and  the  contents  are  stated  in 
terms  of  weight  or  measure,  they  are  not  plainly  and  correctly  stated  on  the 

js^— Bull.  121— 09 4  49 


50  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED   JUNE   30,   1908. 

ontside  of  the  package;  (4)  in  case  of  any  flavoring  extract,  for  which  no 
standard  exists,  if  the  same  is  not  labeled  "  artificial "  or  "  imitation  "  and  the 
formula  printed  in  the  same  manner  hereinafter  provided  for  the  labeling  of 
"compounds"  or  "mixtures"  and  their  formulae;  (5)  if  the  package  contain- 
ing it  or  any  label  thereon  shall  bear  any  statement,  design  or  device  regarding 
it  or  the  ingredients  or  substances  contained  therein,  which  shall  be  false  or 
misleading  in  any  particular ;  Provided,  that  the  provision  of  this  act  shall 
not  apply  to  mixtures  or  compounds  recognized  as  ordinary  articles  or  ingre- 
dients of  articles  of  food  or  drink,  if  each  and  every  package  sold  or  offered  for 
sale  be  distinctly  labeled  in  words  of  the  English  language  as  mixtures  or  com- 
pounds, with  the  name  and  percentage  in  terms  of  100  per  cent.,  of  each  in- 
gredient therein.  The  word  "  compound "  or  "  mixture "  shall  be  printed  in 
letters  and  figures  not  smaller  in  either  height  or  width  than  one-half  the 
largest  letter  upon  any  label  on  the  package  and  the  formula  shall  be  printed 
in  letters  and  not  smaller  in  either  height  or  width  than  one-fourth  the  largest 
upon  any  label  on  the  package  and  such  compound  or  mixture  must  not  con- 
tain any  ingredient  that  is  poisonous  or  injurious  to  health.— Added  Hay  1, 
1908;  Laws  of  1908  (Senate  Bill  No.  414),  PP-  258-9.  See  Bui.  69,  Rev.,  pt.  6, 
p.  460. 

SEC.  5.  Penalties.  Whoever  refuses  to  comply,  upon  demand,  with  the  re- 
quirements of  section  4,  and  whoever  violates  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act, 
shall  be  fined  not  exceeding  one  hundred  nor  less  than  twenty-five  dollars,  for 
the  first  offense,  and  for  each  subsequent  offense  shall  be  fined  not  exceeding 
two  hundred  dollars  nor  less  than  one  hundred  dollars,  or  imprisoned  in  the 
county  jail  not  exceeding  one  hundred,  nor  less  than  thirty  days,  or  both.  And 
any  person  found  guilty  of  manufacturing,  offering  for  sale  or  selling  an 
adulterated  article  of  food  or  drug  under  the  provisions  of  this  act,  shall  be 
adjudged  to  pay  in  addition  to  the  penalties  hereinbefore  provided  for,  all 
necessary  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in  inspecting  and  analyzing  such  adul- 
terated articles  of  which  said  person  may  have  been  found  guilty  of  manu- 
facturing, selling  or  offering  for  sale. — As  amended  May  1,  1908.  Laics  of 
1908  (Senate  BUI  No.  414),  p.  259.  See  Bui.  69,  Rev.,  pt.  6,  p.  460. 

Passed  March  20,  1884.  81  O.  L.,  67 ;  Laning's  Revised  Statutes  and  Recodi- 
fied  Laws,  1905,  title  5,  ch.  8,  pp.  1477-78. 

SEC.  3a.  Hindering  inspector;  penalty.  Any  person  or  persons  who  refuse  to. 
allow  said  commissioner,  or  any  assistant  commissioner  or  any  inspector,  or 
any  of  his  agents  entrance  to  any  creamery,  factory,  store,  salesroom,  drug  store, 
laboratory,  booth,  vehicle,  steam  or  electric  cars,  or  place  which  he  desires  to 
enter  in  the  discharge  of  his  oflicial  duty ;  or  in  any  manner  interfere  with  said 
commissioner,  or  any  assistant  commissioner,  or  any  inspector,  or  agent  in  the 
discharge  of  his  official  duty ;  or  refuse  to  deliver  to  him  a  sample  of  any  article 
of  food,  drug,  or  linseed  oil  made,  sold,  offered  or  exposed  for  sale  by  such 
person  or  persons,  when  the  same  is  requested  and  when  the  value  thereof  is 
tendered,  shall  be  fined  not  exceeding  two  hundred  nor  less  than  fifty  dollars, 
for  the  first  offense,  and  for  each  subsequent  offense  shall  be  fined  not  exceed- 
ing three  hundred  nor  less  than  one  hundred  dollars,  or  imprisoned  in  the  county 
Jail  not  exceeding  one  hundred,  nor  less  than  thirty  days,  or  both.— Added  May 
9,  1908;  Laics  of  1908  (Senate  Bill  Xo.  542),  p.  386.  See  Bui.  69,  Rev.,  pt.  6,  p. 
461.  _ 

Laning's  Revised  Statutes  and  Recodified  Laws,  1905,  vol.  1,  title  3,  ch.  22, 
pp.  193-94. 


OHIO.  51 

DAIRY  PRODUCTS. 

SEC.  1.  Renovated  buttrr  must  foe  so  marked.  No  person,  firm  or  corporation 
shall  niaiiufiu-tuiv  for  sale,  offer  or  expose  for  sale,  sell,  exchange  or  deliver,  or 
have  in  his  possession  with  the  intent  to  sell,  exchange  or  deliver,  any  butter 
that  is  produced  by  taking  original  packing  stock  butter  or  other  butter,  or 
both,  inciting  tin*  same  so  that  the  butter  fat  can  be  drawn  off  or  extracted, 
mixing  tin-  said  butter  fat  with  skimmed  milk,  or  milk  or  cream,  or  other  milk 
product,  and  ivehurning  or  reworking  the  said  mixture;  nor  shall  any  person, 
firm  or  rorporation  manufacture  for  sale,  offer  or  expose  for  sale,  sell,  exchange 
or  deliver,  or  have  in  his  possession  for  any  such  purpose  any  butter  which  has 
been  subjected  to  .-my  process  by  which  it  is  melted,  clarified  or  refined,  and 
made  to  resemble  butter,  and  is  commonly  known  as  boiled,  or  cold  extracted 
process  or  renovated  butter,  and  which  for  the  purpose  of  this  act  is  hereby 
designated  :,s  "renovated"  or  "  process  butter."  unless  the  same  shall  be 
branded  or  marked  as  provided  in  section  two  of  this  act. 

Whoever,  himself  or  by  his  agent,  or  as 

the  sen  ant  <>r  :iLrcnt  of  another  person  shall  sell,  expose  for  sale  or  have  in  his 

:   possession  with  intent  to  sell  any  "  renovated "  or  "process  butter," 

lined  in  •  ••  of  this  act,  shall  have  the  words  "renovated  butter" 

or  ••pp-cess  butter"  conspicuously  stamped,   labeled  or  marked  in  one  or  two 

lines  anil  in  plain  <Jothic  letters,  ;it  least  three-eidiths  of  an  inch  square,  so  that 

the  vrordfl  cannot  1 nitty  defaced,  upon  two  sides  of  each  and  every  tub,  firkin, 

ho\   or   ;  -renovated"  or  "process  butter."  or,   if  such 

bun-  uncovered  or  not    in  a  case  or  package,  a  placard 

containing  >ni  1  \\.>n!>  in  the  same  form  as  above  described  in  this  section  shall 

>'ich  a  manner  as  to  be  easily  seen  and  read  by  the 

purc|ia>er.     When  process  butter"  is  sold  from  such  package 

iieruise  at  retail,  in  print,  roll  or  other  form,  before  being  delivered  to  the 
purchaser,  11  Bhall  be  u:.ipped  in  wrappers  plainly  stamped  on  the  outside 
thereof  \\ith  the  words  ••  iviioxatttl  butter,"  or  "process  butter"  printed  or 
stan  'ii  in  one  or  two  lines,  ami  in  plain  Gothic  letters  at  least  three- 

eidnl;-  of  an   inci.  and  such  wrap|>er  shall  contain  no  other  words  or 

printinu'  tl;er,-..n  ami  said  words  ••  renovated  butter"  or  "process  butter"  so 
stamped  or  printed  on  the  said  wrapper  shall  not  be  in  any  manner  concealed, 
l>ut  shall  be  in  plai-.  : he  purchaser  at  the  time  of  the  purchase. 

Any  one  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  thn  act  shall  for 

a  tirst  offense  be  punished  by  a   tine  of  not  less  than  fifty  nor  more  than  two 
hundred  dollar-:   for  a   sevond  offense  by  a  tine  of  not  less  than  one  hundred 
nor  more  than  three  hundred  dollars  or  by  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  or 
workhouse  f..r  not  less  than  thirty  days  nor  more  than  sixty  days,  or  both. 
t    I'.ffvvt.    This  act  shall  take  effect  sixty  days  after  its  passage. 

Approved  April  :'.".  1'.»U8.    Laws  of  1908  [Senate  Bill  No.  478],  pp.  243-4. 

.  i.  \<lult<  rated  or  watered  milk;  i>rnaltic*.  That  whoever  by  himself  or 
by  his  servant  or  agent,  or  as  the  servant  or  agent  of  any  other  person,  sells, 
exchanges  or  delivers,  or  has  in  his  custody  or  possession  with  intent  to  sell  or 
exchange  or  exix>ses  or  offers  for  sale  or  exchange  adulterated  milk,  or  milk 
to  which  water  or  any  foreign  substance  has  been  added,  or  milk  from  cows 
fed  on  wet  distillery  waste,  or  starch  waste,  or  from  cows  kept  in  a  dairy  or 
place  which  has  been  declared  to  be  in  an  unclean  or  unsanitary  condition  by 
eertiticate  of  any  duly  constituted  board  of  health  or  duly  qualified  health  oflS- 
rer.  within  the  county  in  which  said  dairy  is  located,  or  from  diseased  or  sick 
cows,  shall  for  a  first  offense,  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  fifty  nor 


52  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAB  ENDED   JUNE   30,   1908. 

more  than  two  hundred  dollars;  for  a  second  offense,  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than 
one  hundred  dollars  nor  more  than  three  hundred  dollars,  or  by  imprisonment  in 
the  jail  or  workhouse  for  not  less  than  thirty  nor  more  than  sixty  days:  and 
for  a  subsequent  offense,  by  fine  of  fifty  dollars,  and  by  imprisonment  in  the 
jail  or  workhouse  for  not  less  than  sixty  nor  more  than  ninety  days.— As 
amended  April  SO,  1908;  Laws  of  1908  [Senate  Bill  No.  3o9~\,  pp.  239-40.  See 
Bui.  69,  Ren,  pt.  6,  p.  472. 

Passed  April  10, 1889,  86  O.  L.,  229;  Laning's  Revised  Statutes  and  Recodified 
Laws,  1905,  vol.  1,  title  5,  ch.  8,  p.  1482. 

SEC.  1.  Refilling  of  milk  containers.  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  fill  or  refill,  with 
milk,  cream  or  other  milk  product,  any  glass  jar  or  bottle  having  the  name  of 
any  i>ersoii,  firm  or  corporation  blown  therein,  with  intent  to  sell  or  vend  such 
milk,  cream  or  other  milk  product,  provided,  that  the  provisions  of  this  section 
shall  not  extend  to  the  person,  firm  or  corporation  whose  name  is  blown  in  such 
glass  jar  or  bottle,  or  a  duly  authorized  agent  or  employe  thereof. 

SEC.  2.  Sterilization  of  milk  containers.  It  shall  be  unlawful  to  fill  or  refill, 
with  milk,  cream  or  other  milk  product,  any  glass  jar  or  bottle  with  intent  to 
sell  or  vend  such  milk,  cream  or  other  milk  product,  unless  such  glass  jar  or 
bottle  be  first  thoroughly  cleansed  and  sterilized. 

SEC.  3.  Penalty.  Any  person  or  persons  guilty  of  violating  the  provisions  of 
the  preceding  section  of  this  act  shall  be  fined  not  more  than  one  hundred 
dollars. 

Approved  May  9,  1908.     Laws  of  1908  (House  Bill  Xo.  901),  p.  454. 

VINEGAR. 

.  1.  Cider  or  apple  vinegar  defined.  That  no  person  shall  manufacture  for 
sale,  offer,  or  expose  for  sale;  sell  or  deliver,  or  have  in  his  possession  with  in- 
tent to  sell  or  deliver,  any  vinegar  not  in  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  this 
act.  Any  vinegar  manufactured  for  sale,  offered  for  sale,  exposed  for  sale,  sold 
or  delivered,  or  in  the  possession  of  any  person  with  intent  to  sell  or  deliver, 
under  the  name  of  cider  vinegar,  or  apple  vinegar,  or  any  compounding  of  the 
word  "  cider  "  or  "  apple  "  as  the  name  or  part  of  the  name  of  any  vinegar,  shall 
be  the  product  made  by  the  alcoholic  and  subsequent  acetous  fermentations  of 
the  juice  of  apples,  shall  contain  no  foreign  substance,  drugs  or  acids,  is  Irevo- 
rotatory,  and  shall  contain  not  less  than  four  (4)  grams  of  acetic  acid,  not  less 
than  1.0  grams  of  apple  solids,  of  which  not  more  than  fifty  (50)  per  cent,  are 
reducing  sugars,  and  not  less  than  twenty-five  hundredths  (0.25)  grams  of  apple 
ash  in  one  hundred  cubic  centimeters  (at  a  temperature  of  twenty  [20]  degrees 
centigrade)  ;  and  the  water-soluble  ash  from  one  hundred  (100)  cubic  centi- 
meters (at  a  temperature  of  [20]  degrees  centigrade)  of  the  vinegar  shall  con- 
tain not  less  than  ten  (10)  milligrams  of  phosphoric  acid  (P-O5),  and  which 
shall  require  not  less  than  thirty  (30)  cubic  centimeters  of  decinormal  acid  to 
neutralize  its  alkalinity. 

(2)  Wine  or  grape  vinegar  defined.  Any  vinegar  manufactured  for  sale. 
offered  for  sale,  exposed  for  sale,  sold  or  delivered  or  in  the  possession  of  any 
person  with  intent  to  sell  or  deliver,  under  the  name  of  wine  vinegar,  or  grape 
vinegar,  shall  be  the  product  made  by  the  alcoholic  and  subsequent  acetous  fer- 
mentations of  the  juice  of  grapes,  and  shall  contain,  in  one  hundred  (100)  cubic 
centimeters  (at  a  temperature  of  twenty  [20]  degrees  centigrade),  not  less  than 
four  (4)  grams  of  acetic  acid,  not  less  than  one  (1.0)  gram  of  grape  solids,  and 
not  less  than  thirteen  hundredths  (0.13)  grams  of  grape  ash. 


OHIO.  53 

(3)  Mult  rincynr  defined.  Any  vinegar  manufactured  for  sale,  offered  for 
Siil<>.  exposed  for  sale,  sold  or  delivered  or  in  the  possession  of  any  person  with 
intent  to  sell  m-  deliver,  under  the  name  of  malt  vinegar  shall  be  the  product 
mud.'  by  tlu»  alcoholic  and  subsequent  acetous  fermentations,  without  distilla- 
tion, of  .-in  infusion  <«f  barley  malt  or  cereals  whose  starch  has  been  converted 
by  malt,  is  dextrorotatory,  and  shall  contain  In  one  hundred  (100)  cubic  centi- 
meters (at  a  temperature  of  twenty  [20]  degrees  centigrade),  not  less  than  four 
(4)  grams  of  acetic  acid,  not  less  than  two  (2)  grams  of  solids,  and  not  less 
rlian  two  tent:  .-rams  of  ash;  and  the  water-soluble  ash  from  one  hun- 

dred (KM))  eiibie  centimeters  (at  a  temperature  of  twenty  [20]  degrees  centi- 
grade i,  of  the  vim-gar  shall  contain  not  less  than  nine  (9)  milligrams  of  phos- 
phoric a. -id  t  I'.o, »  and  which  shall  require  not  less  than  four  (4)  cubic  centi- 
meters of  deeinormal  acid  to  neutralize  its  alkalinity. 

Dixtili'til   rini-i/nr  d<  final.     Any   vinegar  manufactured  for  sale,  offered 
for  sal--.  ,o.  sold  or  delivered  or  in  the  possession  of  any  person 

with  intent  to  sell  or  deliver,  under  the  name  of  distilled  vinegar,  shall  be  the 
product  made  wholly  or  in  part  by  the  acetous  fermentation  of  dilute  distilled 
alcohol,  and  shall  contain  in  one  hundred  (100)  cubic  centimeters  (at  a  tem- 
perature of  twenty  [ it) |  degrees  centigrade),  not  less  than  four  (4)  grams  of 
acetic  acid,  and  shall  be  free  from  coloring  matter,  added  during,  or  after 
distillation,  and  from  coloring  other  than  that  imparted  to  it  by  distillation. — 

mended  /  J8,  1908;  Laws  of  1908  [Amni<l«l  House  Bill  No.  931], 

/*/.  '-,  />.  488. 

>it>'t  niKf  ilixtillrii   rinriinrx:  other  fermented  rine- 
0Bl*      \  :      .••_;!•  made  by  fermentation  and  oxidation  without 
the  interventi'  'illation  shall  be  branded  "fermented  vinegar,"  with  the 

name  «.f  tin-  t:  i.-m  which  the  same  is  made.     And  all  vinegar 

made  wholly  or  in  VD  distilled  liquor  shall  be  branded  "distilled  vine- 

and  all  lied  vinegar  shall  be  free  from  coloring  matter  added 

duri:  ;  ion  and  from  color  other  than  that  imparted  to  it  by 

distillation.  And  all  fermented  vinegar  not  otherwise  provided  for  in  said 
section  1.  and  not  :!led  \inegar  as  defined  in  said  section  1,  shall  con- 

tain not  less  than  two  i  •_•  i  p.-r  cent,  by  weight,  upon  full  evaporation  (at  the 
temperature  of  boiling  water)  of  solids,  contained  in  the  fruit  or  grain  or  sub- 
stance from  which  said  \  ine-ar  i-  fermented,  and  said  vinegar  shall  contain  not 

than  two  and  a  half-tenths  of  one  per  cent,  ash  or  mineral  matter,  the  same 
beinir  the  product  of  ihe  material  from  which  said  vinegar  is  manufactured. 
And  all  rlnegar  shall  be  made  wholly  from  the  fruit  or  grain  from  which  it 
pur  i  ...us  to  1 •  is  represented  to  be  made,  and  shall  contain  no  foreign  sub- 
stance, and  shall  contain  not  less  than  four  per  cent.,  by  weight  of  absolute 

J,  1908;  Laws  of  1908  [Amended  House  Bill 
J9. 

Laninc'i    Kevised   Statutes  and   Kecodified  Laws,  1905,  vol.  1,  title  5,  ch.  8, 

P.  i  ; 


OKLAHOMA. 
GENERAL  FOOD  LAWS. 

SEC.  1.  Personnel  of  food  commission.  A  pure  food,  dairy  and  drug  commis- 
sion for  the  State  of  Oklahoma  is  hereby  created,  which  shall  be  composed  of 
the  president  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture,  the  secretary  of  the  State  Board 
of  Agriculture,  the  treasurer  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture,  the  State  Com- 
missioner of  Health  and  the  secretary  of  the  State  Board  of  Pharmacy. 

SEC.  2.  Officers  of  the  commission.  The  president  of  said  commission  shall 
be  the  president  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture ;  the  secretary  of  said  com- 
mission shall  be  the  State  Commissioner  of  Health,  and  the  treasurer  of  said 
commission  shall  be  the  treasurer  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 

SEC.  3.  Powers  and  duties  of  commission;  report.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of 
said  commission  to  carry  into  effect  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  and  all  other 
Acts  in  force  or  which  may  be  hereafter  enacted  relating  to  foods,  drugs  and 
dairy  products,  and  said  commission  is  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to 
promulgate  and  enforce  such  rules  and  regulations  as  they  may  deem  proper 
and  necessary  to  amend,  alter  and  abolish  the  same  from  time  to  time  not  incon- 
sistent with  the  provisions  of  this  Act.  They  shall  also  have  the  power  to 
appoint  one  dairy  inspector,  one  food  inspector,  and  one  drug  inspector,  to  pre- 
scribe their  duties  and  powers,  and  to  fix  their  compensation  as  hereinafter 
provided.  Said  commission  shall  make  an  annual  report  to  the  Governor  on  or 
about  the  first  day  of  November  of  each  year,  giving  in  a  concise  manner,  in 
said  report,  a  full  statement  of  the  work  of  said  commission,  and  accounting  for 
all  receipts  and  disbursements  of  the  commission.  Said  commission  shall  be 
authorized  and  empowered  to  print  their  rules,  regulations  and  announcements 
from  time  to  time  as  they  may  deem  necessary.  The  annual  report  of  said  com- 
mission shall  be  printed,  published  and  distributed  the  same  as  reports  of  other 
State  commissions.  Said  commission  shall  have  authority  to  lease,  rent  and 
contract  for  such  office  or  offices  as  they  may  deem  necessary  for  the  convenient 
transaction  of  the  business  of  said  commission  at  the  seat  of  the  State 
government. 

Six  .  4.  Dutirx  of  officers.  The  president  of  the  commission  shall  preside  at 
all  meetings  of  the  commission  and  perform  such  other  duties  as  the  commis- 
sion by  their  rules  may  prescribe. 

The  secretary  of  the  commission  shall  keep  a  record  of  all  proceedings  of  the 
commission  and  perform  such  other  duties  as  are  prescribed  in  this  Act,  or 
which  may  be  prescribed  by  said  commission.  He  shall  keep  an  accurate  ac- 
count of  the  expenses  of  said  commission  and  file  monthly  itemized  statements 
of  such  expenses  with  the  State  Auditor.  He  shall  receive  all  moneys  collected 
by  said  commission,  and  promptly  pay  the  same  to  the  treasurer  of  said  corn- 
in  ission,  taking  a  duplicate  receipt  therefor,  one  of  which  shall  be  filed  with 
the  State  Auditor,  and  the  other  retained  by  said  secretary.  He  shall  make, 
on  the  first  day  of  each  month,  a  report  to  the  Governor,  covering  the  entire 
work  of  said  commission  for  the  preceding  month  and  show,  among  other 
things,  the  number  of  manufactures  °  and  other  places  inspected,  and  by 
whom ;  the  number  of  specimens  of  food  articles  analyzed,  and  a  list  of  cases 

°So  in  Statutes. 


OKLAHOMA.  55 

in  which  adulteration  was  found,  the  number  of  complaints  entered  against 
persons  for  the  violation  of  the  law  relative  to  the  adulteration  of  articles 
named  in  this  Act  :  the  number  of  convictions  had  and  the  amount  of  fines 
imposed  and  collected  and  sentences  passed;  and  it  shall  be  his  duty  to  cause 
tn  l>e  made  against  parties  violating  the  provisions  of  this  Act. 
i he  adjournment  of  the  commission  the  secretary  shall  be  authorized 
and  empowered  to  carry  on  the  work  of  the  commission. 

It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  treasurer  to  receive,  receipt  for,  and  safely  keep 
all  funds  comim;  into  his  hands,  and  to  deposit  the  same  with  the  State  Treas- 
urer at  least  once  each  month,  taking  his  receipt  therefor,  and  make  to  the 
president  of  the  commission  on  the  first  day  of  each  month  a  full  statement  of 
the  receipts  and  disbursements  of  his  office  for  the  month  next  preceding. 

The  members  of  said  commission  shall  make  and  subscribe  to  the  same  oath 
of  oilier  as  that  prescribed  in  the  Constitution  of  the  State  of  Oklahoma  for 
other  olIieiMls.  and  the  secretary  and  treasurer  shall  each  give  bond  in  the  sum 
of  live  thousand  dollars  «-,n  h  for  the  faithful  performance  of  the  duties  of  their 
ectlve  "Hiccs,  which  bond  shall  be  approved  by  the  Governor  and  filed  with 
the  Secretary  of  State. 

•Hun.     The  said  hoard  of  commissioners  shall  receive  their 
actual  expense!  \\  :•  •••«!  in  the  performance  of  their  duties  in  connection 

with  this  A.M.  authorized  to  employ  a  stenographer  or  clerk 

at   a   salary  DOl  y-tivo  dollars  per  month,  also  to  fix  the  com- 

not  to  exceed  three  dollars  per  day  and  actual 
• 

fin-  iinn ///.s/x  n f  santiih'tt.    For  the  purpose  of  this 

there  is  1  ihlished  two  state  laboratories /or  the  analysis  of  food, 

which  shall  he  under  the  supervision  of 

said  commission.     One  of  said   laboratories  shall  be  established  and  located  at 
the  g  ;ul  the  director  of  said  laboratory  shall  be  the  professor 

of  the  department  '  niversity.    The  other  laboratory 

i  he  State  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College  at  Still- 
d  the  di,  'aboratory  shall  be  the  chemist  of  the  experi- 

ment   station    in   the  said    Airri.-iiltural    and   Mechanical   College.     To  the  said 
laboratory  at  :y  all  samples  of  drugs  and  medicines  shall  be 

filiation.     And   to   the  said   laboratory  at  the  said 

:i  It  lira  I  ;  vp'  shall  be  sent  for  analysis  and  examination 

nuples  of  foods  and  feeding  stufts.  and  all  samples  of  dairy  products.    The 

v  ami  the  sai.l  Agricultural  and  Mechanical  College  shall  employ 

such  additional  chemists  and  assistants  as  are  necessary  properly  and  expedi- 

aiine  and  analy/e  such  dniirs.  medicines,  food  and  dairy  products 

,.  sent  tl :•  said  commission  for  the  purpose  of  determining  whether 

such  art  •  --I,  misbranded  and  mislabeled  within  the  meaning 

,,f  thlfl  Act,  and  11  11   <h:il!  app.-ar  that  any  of  such  specimens  are  adulterated, 

mislabeled  or  mNbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act,  the  secretary  of  the 

commission  shall  at  once  certify  the  facts  to  the  county  attorney  of  the  county 

in  which  rod)  sample  was  taken,  with  a  copy  of  the  results  of  the  analysis  of 

the  examination  of  such  samples,  duly  authenticated  by  the  analyst  or  officer 

making  such  examination  or  analysis,  under  oath  of  such  analyst  or  such  officer; 

Provided,  that  said  commission  may  submit  to  the  department  of  chemistry  at 

the  I  University  or  at  the  said  experiment  station  of  Agricultural  and 

.lle-e,  any  sample  or  samples  of  any  article  of  food,  drugs,  medi- 

«   or  dairy   product   for  analysis,  and  the  directors  of  such  departments 

shall  make  and  furnish  the  commission  such  analysis  or  analyses. 


56  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YE\B  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

The  said  commission,  out  of  the  appropriation  hereinafter  provided,  may 
employ  and  fix  the  compensation  of  other  and  additional  clerical  and  profes- 
sional assistants. 

SEC.  7.  Inspection  and  prosecution.  Said  pure  food  commission  is  hereby 
given  full  jurisdiction  over  the  regulation  and  control  of  the  manufacture  and 
sale  of  all  foods,  drugs  and  medicines  and  dairy  products,  and  shall  be  author- 
ized and  empowered  to  make  inspections  concerning  the  purity  of  the  same  and 
to  bring  prosecutions  for  violations  as  provided  herein  in  the  case  of  foods, 
drugs  ami  dairy  products,  and  shall  exercise  the  necessary  police  authority  in 
the  enforcement  of  this  Act  for  the  preservation  of  the  public  health. 

SEC.  S.  .\<Ui11cration  and  misbrandr-ig  prohibited.  The  manufacture,  produc- 
tion, preparation,  compounding,  packing,  selling,  offering  or  keeping  for  sale 
within  the  State  of  Oklahoma,  or  the  introduction  into  the  State  from  any  other 
State  or  Territory,  or  the  District  of  Columbia,  or  from  any  foreign  country  of 
any  article  of  food  or  dairy  product  which  is  adulterated,  mislabeled  or  mis- 
branded  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act  is  hereby  prohibited. 

Any  person,  firm,  company  or  corporation  who  shall  import  or  receive  from 
any  other  State,  Territory,  or  the  District  of  Columbia,  or  from  any  foreign 
country,  or  who  having  so  received,  shall  deliver,  for  pay  or  otherwise,  or  offer 
to  deliver  to  any  other  person  any  article  of  food  or  dairy  product  mislabeled 
or  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act,  or  any  person,  firm  or  corporation 
who  shall  manufacture  or  produce,  prepare,  compound,  pack  or  sell  or  offer  or 
keep  for  sale  in  the  State  of  Oklahoma  any  such  adulterated,  mislabeled  or  mis- 
branded  food  or  dairy  product  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor :  Provided,  that 
no  article  of  food  or  dairy  product  shall  be  deemed  adulterated,  mislabeled  or 
misbrauded  within  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  where  prepared  for  export  beyond 
the  jurisdiction  of  the  United  States  and  prepared  or  packed  according  to  the 
specifications  or  directions  of  the  foreign  purchaser,  when  no  substance  is  used 
in  the  preparation  or  packing  thereof  in  conflict  with  the  laws  of  the  foreign 
country  to  which  said  article  is  intended  to  be  shipped. 

SEC.  9.  Term  "  person  "  defined.  The  word  person,  as  used  in  this  Act,  shall 
be  construed  to  impart  the  singular  and  the  plural,  as  the  case  may  demand, 
and  shall  include  corporations,  companies,  societies  and  associations.  When 
construing  and  enforcing  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  the  act,  omission  or  failure 
of  any  officer,  agent  or  other  person  acting  for  or  employed  by  any  corporation, 
company,  society  or  association,  within  the  scope  of  employment  of  his  office, 
shall  in  every  case  be  also  deemed  to  be  the  act,  omission  or  failure  of  such  cor- 
poration, company,  society  or  association,  as  well  as  that  of  the  person. 

SEC.  10.  "  Food  "  and  "  dairy  products  "  defined.  The  term  "  food,"  as  used 
in  this  Act,  shall  include  all  articles  of  food,  drink,  liquor,  beverage,  confec- 
tionery or  condiment  used  by  man  or  other  animal,  whether  simple,  mixed  or 
compound.  The  term  "  dairy  product,"  as  used  in  this  Act,  shall  include  milk, 
cream,  butter,  cheese,  skimmed  milk,  buttermilk  or  any  modification  of  the  fore- 
going materials  or  compounds  containing  one  or  more  of  same  and  all  products 
derived  from  milk. 

11.  Food  standards.  The  standard  of  purity  of  foods  shall  be  that 
proclaimed  by  the  Secretary  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  of  the  United 
States. 

28.  Food  adulteration  defined.  Food  shall  be  deemed  to  be  adulter- 
ated within  the  meaning  of  this  Act  in  any  of  the  following  cases : 

First:  If  any  substance  has  been  mixed  or  packed  with  the  food  so  as  to 
reduce  or  lower  or  injuriously  affect  its  quality,  purity,  strength  or  food  value. 

Second:  If  any  substance  has  been  substitued  wholly  or  in  part  for  the 
article  of  food. 


OKLAHOMA.  57 

Third:  If  any  essential  or  valuable  constituent  or  ingredient  of  the  article 
of  food  has  been  wholly  or  partly  abstracted. 

Fourth:  If  it  be  mixed,  colored,  powdered,  coated  or  stained  in  any  manner 
whereby  damage  or  inferiority  is  enneealed. 

Fifth:  If  it  contain  any  added  poisonous  or  other  added  deleterious  ingredi- 
ent in  the  food. 

Sixth:  If  it  consists  in  whole  or  in  part  of  a  filthy,  decomposed  or  putrid 
animal  or  vegetable  substance,  or  any  portion  of  an  animal  or  vegetable  unfit 
for  food,  whether  manufactured  or  not,  or  if  it  is  the  product  of  a  diseased 
animal,  or  one  that  has  died  otherwise  than  by  slaughter. 

Si<\  i".».  Mixhriimlhin  nf  f»<t>l  <l<  n»<'<l.  Food  shall  be  deemed  mislabeled  or 
misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act  in  any  of  the  following  cases: 

First  :   If  if  In-  in  imitation  of  or  offered  for  sale  under  the  distinctive  name 
other  article  of  food. 

•>nd  :  If  it  be  labeled,  or  branded,  or  colored  so  as  to  mislead  or  deceive 
the  purchaser,  or  if  it  be  falsely  labeled  in  any  respect,  or  if  it  purport  to  be 
a  foreign  product  when  not  so,  or  if  the  contents  of  the  package  as  originally 
put  up  shall  have  been  removed  in  whole  or  in  part  and  other  contents  shall 
have  been  plac.-d  in  such  package. 

Third:   If  in   \.  :<>rm  and   the  contents  stated  in  terms  of  weight  or 

measure,  they  .n-e  not  plainly  and  correctly  stated  on  the  outside  of  the  package. 
:rth:    If  tin-  ;  ••ntaining  it  or  its  label  shall  bear  any  statement, 

•  ganling  the  ingredients  or  the  substance  contained  therein, 
which  statement,  design  or  device  shall  be  false  or  misleading  in  any  par- 
ticular. 

Fifth:  When  the  package  bears  the  name  of  the  manufacturer,  jobber  or 
seller,  or  ili.-  grade  of  the  product,  it  must  bear  the  name  of  the  real  manu- 
facturer, jobber  or  •eller,  a:nl  the  true  grade  or  class  of  the  product,  the  same 
to  be  expressed  in  .  lish  words  in  legible  type;  Provided,  that 

an  article  be  deemed  misbranded  if  it  be  a  well  known  food 

product  of  a  nature,  qua  lily  and  a  pi  >ea  ranee,  and  so  exposed  to  public  inspec- 
tion as  not  to  "!•  deceive  or  tend  to  mislead  or  deceive  a  purchaser, 
and  not  misbranded  and  not  of  the  cljaracter  included  within  the  definitions  of 
one  to  four  of  this  s«-diou;  1'rovided,  that  all  packages  of  imitation  butter  and 
cheese  shall  be  so  labeled. 

8«c.  30.  <ig  proprietary  preparations.     *     *     *     Before  any 

manufacturer  or  propi  ny  food,  proprietary  or  secret  preparation,  or 

product  of  ;iny  food  or  article  used  in  the  preparation  of  food,  drug  or  liquor, 
or  medicine,  shall  sell,  expose  or  offer  for  sale  or  exchange  within  said  State, 
he  shall  first  pp. cure  from  the  said  commission  a  license  or  permit  to  sell  the 
same,  and  shall  pay  a  tiling  fee.  and  for  each  license  or  permit  so  filed  in  any 
sum  not  to  exeeed  $30.00,  as  required  by  said  commission,  said  filing  fee  to  be 
paid  annually. 

[Sees.  :;i   :\\  relate  to  drugs.] 

Mititrnmlinu  //»•//*/»»/.  That  the  term  "misbranded,"  as  used  herein, 
shall  apply  to  all  articles  which  enter  into  the  composition  of  foods  and  drugs, 
the  packa-e  ,.r  label  of  which  shall  bear  any  statement,  design  or  device  regard- 
ing such  article  or  the  ingredients  or  substances  contained  therein,  which  shall 
be  false  or  misleading  in  any  particular. 

••  riiricni/c  "  d<  fhn  <!.  The  term  "package,"  as  used  in  this  Act,  shall 
1 oust  rued  to  include  the  original  unbroken  package,  phial,  bottle,  jar,  demi- 
john, carton,  i  <-an,  box,  barrel,  or  any  receptacle,  vessel  or  container 
of  whatsoever  material  or  nature  which  may  be  used  by  a  manufacturer,  pro- 


58  FOOD  LEGISLATION,  YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

ducer,  jobber,  packer  or  dealer  for  enclosing  any  article  of  food  or  any  drug 
or  medicine  when  exposed  or  offered  for  sale. 

SEC.  37.  Possession  evidence  of  violation  of  act.  The  possession  of  any  adul- 
terated, mislabeled  or  misbranded  article  of  food,  dairy  product  or  drug,  or 
the  offering  for  sale  or  the  sale  of  any  adulterated,  mislabeled  or  misbranded 
food,  dairy  product  or  drug,  by  any  manufacturer,  producer,  jobber,  packer  or 
dealer  in  £ood  or  drugs,  or  broker  or  commission  merchant,  agent,  employee  or 
servant  of  any  such  manufacturer,  producer,  jobber,  packer  or  dealer,  shall  be 
prima  facie  evidence  of  the  violation  of  this  Act. 

SEC.  38.  Hotel  signs  for  imitation  butter  and  cheese,  adulterated  milk  and 
lard.  Whenever  any  hotel,  tavern,  restaurant,  or  boarding  house  shall  know- 
ingly serve  for  the  use  of  their  patrons  such  food  as  is  defined  in  this  Act  as 
compounds,  imitations,  blends,  renovated  butter,  imitation  cheese,  adulterated 
milk  or  adulterated  lard  [they]  shall  keep  conspicuously  posted  or  printed  in 
a  bill  of  fare  a  list  of  the  articles  of  food  so  served  in  plain  and  legible  words, 
the  brands  or  labels  upon  the  original  package  or  the  constituent  parts  of  such 
food  articles. 

SEC.  44.  Imitation  honey  must  be  so  labeled.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any 
person  to  sell,  offer,  or  expose  for  sale  or  exchange,  any  honey  which  has  not 
been  wholly  made  by  bees,  unless  the  same  is  labelled  "  imitation  "  and  con- 
tains nothing  that  is  injurious  to  health. 

SEC.  47.  Protection  of  meat  and  game.  Every  dealer  or  peddler  in  slaughtered 
fresh  meats,  fish,  fowl  or  game  for  human  food,  at  wholesale  or  retail  in  the 
transportation  of  such  food  from  place  to  place,  to  customers,  shall  protect  the 
same  from  dust,  flies  and  other  vermin,  or  substances  which  may  injuriously 
affect  it  by  securely  covering  it  while  being  so  transported. 

SEC.  48.  "Sale  "  defined.  The  taking  of  orders  or  the  making  of  agreements 
or  contracts  by  any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  or  by  an  agent  or  representa- 
tive thereof,  for  the  future  delivery  of  any  of  the  articles,  products,  goods, 
wares  or  merchandise  embraced  within  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  shall  be 
deemed  a  sale  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act. 

SEC.  49.  Penalty  for  misbranding  or  defacing  label.  Whoever  shall  falsely 
brand,  mark,  stencil  or  label  any  article  or  product  required  by  this  Act  to  be 
branded,  marked,  stenciled  or  labeled,  or  shall  remove,  alter  or  deface,  mutilate, 
obliterate,  imitate,  or  counterfeit  any  brand,  mark,  stencil,  or  label  so  required, 
shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be 
punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  fifty  dollars  nor  more  than  five  hundred 
dollars,  or  by  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  for  not  less  than  six  months  nor 
more  than  one  year,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment,  for  each  and  every 
offense. 

SEC.  51.  Penalty.  Whoever  shall  do  any  of  the  acts  or  things  prohibited  or 
willfully  neglect  or  refuse  to  do  any  of  the  acts  or  things  enjoined  by  this  Act, 
or  in  any  way  violate  any  of  its  provisions,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misde- 
meanor, and  where  no  specific  penalty  is  prescribed  by  this  Act,  shall  be  pun- 
ished by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  twenty-five  nor  more  than  five  hundred  dollars 
or  by  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  for  a  period  of  not  less  than  thirty  days 
nor  more  than  ninety  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  imprisonment. 

SEC.  55.  Colored  distilled  vinegar  illegal.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person, 
firm,  or  corporation  to  sell  or  offer  for  sale  in  this  State,  any  colored,  distilled 
vinegar. 

SEC.  58.  Possession  shows  intent  to  commit  offense.  If  any  person  shall  have 
in  his  possession  or  control  any  article  or  articles  of  adulterated  or  misbranded 
or  mislabeled  food,  drugs,  or  medicines,  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  he 
shall  be  held  to  have  possession  of  property  with  intent  to  use  it  as  a  means  of 


OKLAHOMA.  59 

committing  a  public  offense,  and  all  the  provisions  of  the  chapter  in  the  statutes 
of  the  State  of  Oklahoma  relating  to  search  warrants  and  proceedings  thereby 
shall  apply. 

SEC.  .7.).  Apprftprintiitn.  There  is  hereby  appropriated  out  of  the  funds  in  the 
state  treasury  not  otherwise  appropriated,  the  sum  of  five  thousand  dollars,  or 
so  much  thereof  as  may  be  necessary  for  the  purpose  of  paying  the  salaries  and 
expenses  of  the  officers  created  under  this  Act,  and  for  the  maintenance  of  the 
state  Laboratories  created  under  this  Act,  and  the  necessary  expenses  incurred 
in  the  enforcement  of  this  Act. 

.  60.  Dutit*  nml  powers  of  food  inspectors;  sheriffs  appointed  agents; 
snmpaiii/.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  pure  food  inspectors  to  make,  or  cause  to 
he  made,  by  one  of  the  directors  of  the  state  laboratories  examinations  and 
analyses  of  foods  or  drugs  on  sale  in  Oklahoma,  suspected  of  being  adulterated, 
mislaheled,  misbranded.  impure  or  unwholesome,  in  contravention  of  the  law. 
And  if  upon  examination  or  analysis,  it  is  found  that  said  food  or  drug  is  adul- 
terated, mislalteled.  misbranded.  impure  or  unwholesome,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of 
the  pur*-  food  inspector  to  make  complaint  against  the  manufacturer  or  vendor 
1  hen-ot'  in  tin-  proper  county  and  to  furnish  the  evidence  thereon,  and  thereof  to 
obtain  a  c.mvietion  of  the  offense  charged.  And  the  sheriffs  of  the  respective 
counties  of  tli--  -  hereby  appointed  and  constituted  agents  for  the  enforce- 

ment of  this  Aet,  and  the  pure  food  inspector  or  any  sheriff  shall  have  free  access 
at  all  reasonable  hours  for  (he  purpose  of  examining  any  place  where  it  is  sus- 
IH-cieii  i bat  any  article  of  adulterated,  mislaheled,  misbranded,  impure  or 
unwholesome  !'«••  d.  medicine  «>r  drui:  exists,  and  such  food  inspector  or  sheriff, 
upon  tendering  the  ma:  of  such  article,  if  a  sale  be  refused,  may  take 

from  any  person,  tinn  ,  tion,  samples  of  any  article  suspected  of  being 

adulterated,  t  ;ded,  impure  or  unwholesome,  for  the  purpose 

of  examination  or  anal\  si>.  and  divide  the  said  article  into  three  parts,  and  each 
part  shall  be  sealed  by  the  pure  food  inspector  or  sheriff  seizing  the  said  article, 
with  a  seal  pn>\  ided  for  that  purpose.  If  the  package  be  less  than  four  pounds 
or  in  volume  less  than  two  quarts,  tlmv  packages  of  approximately  the  same  size 
shall  be  pun  based  and  the  marks  and  tags  upon  each  package  noted  as  above. 
one  shall  he  delivered  to  the  party  from  whom  purchased,  or  the  party  guaran- 
teeing such  merchandise,  one  sample  shall  be  sent  or  delivered  to  one  of  the 
di ret  tors  of  the  ^tate  laboratories  for  examination  and  analysis,  and  the  third 
shall  lie  held  by  the  sheriff  of  the  county  in  which  said  article  was  seized,  under 
seal,  for  futui.  -•  should  the  case  come  to  trial. 

.   ''.I.  SI  *  and  es IK- matures.    For  his  services  hereunder,   the 

sheriff  shall  he  allowed  the  same  fee  for  travel  allowed  by  law  to  sheriffs  on 
servi.-e  ,,f  erimina!  process,  together  with  such  compensation  as  by  the  board 
of  county  commissioners  of  his  county,  may  be  deemed  reasonable,  and  all 
amounts  expended  by  him  in  procuring  and  transmitting  the  said  samples, 
which  f.vsand  amount  expended  shall  be  audited  and  allowed  by  said  board  of 
county  commissioners  and  paid  by  said  county  as  other  bills  of  said  sheriff. 

..'iow.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  all  prosecuting  officers  of  the 
State  to  prosecute  to  completion  all  suits  brought  under  the  provisions  of  this 
Act.  upon  the  complaint  of  any  member  of  the  pure  food,  dairy  and  drug  com- 
mission or  any  other  citixen  of  the  State  of  Oklahoma.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of 
all  city  and  county  health  officers  to  take  cognizance  of  and  to  report  all  prose- 
cutions or  violations  of  this  Act,  which  may  be  brought  to  their  notice  or  they 
have  cognizance  of  within  their  jurisdiction. 

IH*pt,xitii,n  <>f  tin**.    One  half  of  all  fines  collected  by  any  court  or 
judge  for  the  violation  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  shall  be  paid  to  the  state 


60  FOOD  LEGISLATION,  YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

treasurer,  one  half  shall  be  paid  into  the  treasury  of  the  county  where  such 
cases  are  prosecuted. 

SEC  64.  hindering  inspectors  a  misdemeanor;  penalty.  It  shall  be  a  misde- 
meanor for  any  person,  firm  or  corporation  to  refuse  to  sell  to  the  pure  food  in- 
spector, sheriff  or  agent  of  the  pure  food,  dairy  and  drug  commission  any  sample 
of  food'  or  drug  suspected  of  being  adulterated,  uiisbranded,  mislabeled,  impure 
<T  unwholesome,  UJMHI  the  tender  of  the  market  price  thereof,  or  to  conceal 
such  f«>i>d.  liquor,  dmi:  or  medicine  from  such  officer,  or  to  with-hold  from  him 
Information  where  such  food  or  drug  is  kept  or  stored.  Any  such  person  so 
refusing  to  sell,  or  concealing  such  food,  medicine,  or  drug  or  with-holding  such 
information  from  said  officer  upon  c<  aviction,  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not 
It-ss  than  twenty-five  dollars,  nor  more  than  one  hundred  dollars,  or  by  impris- 
onment in  the  county  jail  for  not  less  than  thirty  days  nor  more  than  ninety 
days. 

SKC.  »'..").  <!  iinruntrc  for  protection  of  dealer.  No  dealer  shall  be  prosecuted 
under  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  when  he  can  establish  a  guarantee  signed  by 
the  wholesaler,  jobber,  manufacturer,  or  other  party  residing  in  the  United 
States  from  whom  he  purchased  such  article  to  the  effect  that  the  same  is  not 
adulterated,  mislabeled,  or  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act.  Said 
guarantee  to  afford  protection  must  contain  the  name  and  addresses  of  the 
party  of0  parties  making  the  sales  of  such  articles  to  said  dealer,  and  an 
itemized  statement  showing  the  article  purchased,  or  a  general  guarantee  may 
be  filed  with  the  secretary  of  the  United  States  department  of  Agriculture, 
by  the  manufacturer,  wholesaler,  jobber,  or  other  party  in  the  United  States 
and  given  a  serial  number,  which  number  shall  appear  on  each  and  every 
package  of  goods,  sold  under  such  guarantee  with  the  words  "guaranteed  un- 
der the  food  and  drugs  Act,  June  thirtieth,  nineteen  hundred  six."  In  case  the 
wholesaler,  jobber,  manufacturer,  or  other  party  making  such  guarantee  to 
such  dealer  resides  without  this  State,  and  it  appears  from  the  certificate  of  the 
director  of  the  state  laboratory  that  such  article  or  articles  were  adulterated, 
mislabeled  or  misbranded,  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act  or  the  "  National 
Pure  Food  Act "  approved  June  thirtieth,  nineteen  hundred  six,  the  attorney 
general  of  this  State  must  forthwith  notify  the  attorney  general  of  the  United 
States  of  such  violation. 

SEC.  66.  Repeal.  All  acts  and  parts  of  acts  in  conflict  with  this  Act  are  hereby 
repealed. 

SEC.  67.  Goods  bought  prior  to  passage  of  law  exempt.  That  in  any  prose- 
cution for  any  violation  of  any  provisions  of  this  Act,  relative  to  the  manufac- 
ture, possession  or  sale  of  any  alleged  food  product  or  drug,  it  shall  be  a  valid 
defense  for  the  defendant  to  prove  that  the  articles  described  in  the  complaint 
were  in  his  possession  as  a  part  of  his  stock  in  trade  in  this  State  prior  to  the 
time  of  the  passage  and  approval  of  this  Act. 

SEC.  68.  Date  of  effect.  An  emergency  is  hereby  declared  by  reason  whereof 
it  is  necessary  for  the  immediate  preservation  of  the  public  health,  peace  and 
safety,  that  this  Act  take  effect  from  and  after  its  passage  and  approval. 

Approved  May  26th,  1908.    Session  Laws  1907-1908,  ch.  37,  pp.  403-426. 

BREAD. 

SEC.  55.  *  *  *  Labeling  of  bread  as  to  time  of  baking.  It  shall  be 
unlawful  for  any  person  in  this  State  to  sell,  or  offer  to  sell  any  loaf  bread, 
manufactured  outside  of  the  State  of  Oklahoma  without  having  pasted  on 

0  So  in  Statutes. 


OKLAHOMA.  gl 

each  loaf  of  such  bread,  a  label  having  written  or  printed  thereon  the  date 
and  hour  of  the  day  the  same  was  baked,  and  it  shall  be  unlawful  to  sell  any 
bread  over  >eventy-two  hours  after  the  same  was  baked,  without  informing 
each  person  purchasing  or  offering  to  purchase  the  same  that  it  is  "stale 
bread." 

Session  Laws  1907-1908,  ch.  37,  p.  422. 

CONFECTIONERY. 

SKC.  .TT.  Atlultcrati'ni  of  confectionery;  iirnalti/.  Any  person  manufacturing 
for  sale,  <>r  selling  or  offering  to  sell  or  exchange  any  candies,  or  confection- 
eries, adulterated  by  admixture  of  terra  alba,  barytes,  talc,  or  other  earthly0 
or  mineral  substances.  or  any  poisonous  colors,  flavors  or  extracts,  or  other 
deleterious  ingredients  detrimental  to  health,  shall  upon  conviction  thereof 
before  a  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than 
ten  nor  more  than  one  hundred  dollars  <>r  by  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail 
not  less  than  ten  days  nor  more  than  thirty  days,  or  by  both  such  fine  and 
Imprisonment 

Session  Laws  P.M.:   i:*>s.  ,-b.  :;:.  p.  423. 

I'AIKY    PRODUCTS.6 

stanil'iniM  ]<>,-  mill.*  an>l  <T«IIH.     The  following  minimum  standards 
;rit y  for  milk  and  civain  are  hereby  established:  Milk  shall  contain  not  less 
than  three  per  centum  of  butter  fat.  and  cream  contain  not  less  than  eighteen 
•  •lit inn  of  butter  fat.  and  it  is  hereby  made  unlawful  for  any  person  or  per- 
il or  offer  for  Bale  in  this  State,  except  under  test,  any  milk  or  cream 
falling  below  said  minimum  standard  therefor.    In  no  event  shall  milk  or  cream 
be  sold  or  offered  for  sale  when  produced  within  thirty  days  before  or  fifteen 
days  after  rah  in;:. 

In  testing  milk  or  en-am  for  commercial  purjioses  under  the  provisions  of  this 
the  same  shall  be  done  in  accordance  with  the  rules  and  regulations  there- 
for prescribed  by  said  commission. 

All  cream  sold  in  the  State  of  Oklahoma  shall  be  tested  for  butter  fat  by  the 
following  prescribed  method 

The    I'.abco.-i.  .ill    be  employed,  using  u   weighed  sample  of  eighteen 

gran.-  d  on  a  delicate  balance  and  tested  in  a  nine  inch  bottle,  gradu- 

ated t-.u  least  •:•-••••••  -  •  cut  of  the  column  of  fat  read  above  a  tempera- 
ture of  one  hundred  thirty  <:  hrenheit.  It  is  hereby  made  unlawful  for 
any  person  to  test  milk  or  cream  at  any  milk  or  cream  receiving  station  or  at 
any  place  where  mi!k  op  .ream  is  tested  for  commercial  purposes,  without  first 
securing  a  permit  issued  by  said  commission.  Said  commission  is  hereby 
authori/.ed  to  js>ue  to  any  IKTSOII  making  application  therefor,  a  permit  to  test 
milk  or  cream,  if.  on  examination  such  person  be  found  competent  to  test  milk 
or  cream  ;  said  examination  shall  be  given  under  the  direction  of  said  commis- 
sion at  convenient  places  therefor  throughout  the  State.  All  permits  so  issued 
shall  expire  on  the  thirtieth  day  of  June  next  succeeding  the  date  of  issuance. 
It  is  hereby  made  the  duty  of  said  commission  to  supply  to  each  inspector,  a 
r  under  this  Act,  at  the  time  of  issuing  to  him  a  license  or  permit  and  copy 
of  all  rules  and  regulations  formulated  by  said  commission  relating  to  the  dairy 
industry  then  in  force.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  owner  or  employe  of  any 

0  So  in  Statutes.  &  See  also  General  Food  Laws,  page  54. 


62  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAK  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

creamery  or  cheese  factory,  or  for  any  person,  to  improperly  manipulate  or 
under-read  the  Babcock  test. 

It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  agent  or  employe  of  any  creamery, 
cheese  factory  or  person  to  so  manipulate  the  sampling  that  the  sample  taken 
does  not  fairly  represent  the  uniform  mixture  of  the  cream  or  milk  from  which 
It  was  taken. 

If  milk  sold  or  offered  for  sale  under  the  provisions  of  this  Act  as  pure  milk, 
is  shown  upon  analysis  by  weight,  to  contain  more  than  eighty-seven  and  five 
one-hundredths  per  centum  of  watery  fluid,  or  to  contain  less  than  twelve  and 
fifty  one-hundredths  per  centum  of  milk  solids,  or  less  than  three  per  centum  of 
butter  fnt,  <>r  if  the  gravity  at  sixty  degrees  Fahrenheit  is  not  between  one  hun- 
ilivd  twenty-nine  one-thousandths  to  one  hundred  thirty-three  one-thousandths, 
it  shall  be  deemed  adulterated.  If  milks  sold  or  offered  for  sale  under  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act  as  skimmed  milk  has  a  gravity  at  sixty  degrees  Fahrenheit 
less  than  one  and  thirty-two  one-thousandths,  and  greater  than  one  and  thirty- 
seven  one-thousandths,  it  shall  be  deemed  to  be  adulterated. 

SEC.  IS.  Aimliixis  of  suspected  mill's.  Whenever  the  pure  food  inspector  has 
reason  to  believe  that  any  milk  found  by  him  is  adulterated,  he  shall  take  speci- 
mens thereof  and  test  the  same  with  such  instruments  as  are  used  for  such  pur- 
pose, and  he  shall  make  an  analysis  thereof,  showing  total  solids,  the  percent- 
age of  butter,  the  percentage  of  water  and  the  percentage  of  ash,  and  if  the 
result  of  such  test  and  analysis  indicated  that  the  milk  has  been  adulterated 
or  deprived  of  its  fat  below  the  requirements  of  section  twelve  ot  this  Act,  the 
same  shall  be  prima  facie  evidence  of  such  adulteration  in  a  prosecution  under 
this  Act. 

SEC.  14.  atti  milk  inspectors.  Authority  is  hereby  given  the  city  council  of 
any  city,  or  the  board  of  trustees  of  any  town  or  village,  to  appoint  an  inspector 
of  milk  in  any  such  city  or  town  and  to  fix  his  compensation,  and  when  ap- 
pointed the  said  inspector  of  milk  shall  have  all  the  powers  given  him  by  sec- 
tion twenty  of  this  Act,  and  shall  perform  all  the  duties  required  of  inspectors 
of  milk  as  provided  herein,  and  such  other  powers  and  duties  as  may  be  con- 
ferred or  imposed  by  the  ordinances  of  said  cities  or  towns. 

SEC.  15.  Adulteration  of  milk  prohibited ;  milk  defined.  No  person  shall  offer 
for  sale,  sell,  exchange  or  deliver  or  have  in  his  possession  with  the  intent  to 
sell,  exchange  or  deliver,  any  milk,  to  which  water,  chemicals  or  preservatives, 
or  any  other  foreign  substance  has  been  added.  The  term  "  milk,"  as  used  in 
this  Act,  shall  include  all  milk,  cream  or  milk,  in  its  natural  state  as  drawn 
from  the  cow. 

SEC.  16.  Adulteration  of  milk  a  misdemeanor.  Whoever  shall  adulterate,  by 
himself,  or  by  his  servant  or  agent,  or  sell,  exchange  or  deliver,  or  have  in  his 
custody  or  possession,  with  intent  to  sell  or  exchange  the  same,  or  expose  or 
offer  for  sale,  adulterated  milk,  or  milk  to  which  water  or  any  foreign  sub- 
stance or  substances  in  any  state  of  fermentation  or  purification  or  from  any 
sick  or  diseased  cows  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

SEC.  17.  Skimmed  milk  regulations.  Whoever  shall  adulterate,  or  cause  to  be 
adulterated,  sell,  exchange  or  deliver,  or  have  in  his  custody  or  possession,  with 
intent  to  sell  or  exchange  the  same  or  expose  or  offer  for  sale  or  deliver  as  pure 
milk,  any  skimmed  milk,  from  which  the  cream  or  any  part  thereof  has  been 
removed,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor. 

SEC.  18.  Labeling  of  skimmed  milk.  Any  dealer  in  milk  who  shall,  by  him- 
self, servant  or  agent,  sell,  exchange  or  deliver,  or  have  in  his  custody  or  pos- 
session, with  intent  to  sell,  exchange  or  deliver  the  same,  milk  from  which  the 
fat  has  been  removed,  so  as  to  reduce  the  same  below  the  requirements  of  sec- 


OKLAHOMA.  63 

tion  thirteen  of  this  Act,  unless  in  a  conspicuous  place  above  the  center  upon 
tin-  outside  of  every  vessel,  can  or  package  from  which  any  such  milk  is  sold, 
the  words  "  skimmed  milk  "  are  distinctly  painted  or  printed,  shall  be  guilty  of 
u  misdemeanor. 

.  r.».  Mn  mi  fnrt  ii  n-r  and  dealers  in  imitation  cheese  and  butter  defined; 
"  rrnimi  ru"  <in<l  "  cheese  factorji  "  defined.  Every  person  who  in  any  manner 
product's  imitation  butter  or  imitation  cheese  shall  be  considered  a  manufac- 
turer thereof. 

Any  person  who  sells  imitation  butter  or  imitation  cheese  in  packages  or 
quantities  containing  more  than  ten  pounds,  shall  be  deemed  a  wholesale  dealer 
thereof. 

Any  person  who  deals  in  imitation  butter  or  imitation  cheese  in  packages  con- 
taining less  than  ten  pounds  each,  shall  be  deemed  a  retail  dealer  thereof. 

The  word  "creamery,"  as  used  in  this  Act,  is  hereby  defined  as  a  factory 
where  cream  or  milk  from  two  or  more  dairy  herds,  with  or  without  the  addi- 
tion of  salt  and  coloring  matter,  is  churned  into  butter.  The  term  "cheese  fac- 
tor,}." as  used  in  this  Act.  is  hereby  defined  to  be  a  factory  where  milk  from 
two  i,r  more  dairy  herds,  with  or  without  the  addition  of  salt  and  coloring  mat- 
-  manufactured  into  cheese.  The  term  *'  to  test  milk  or  cream,"  as  used  in 
this  Act.  defined  as  the  process  or  method  by  which  the  percentage  of 

butter  fa  I   in  said  milk  or  en-am   is  determined. 

.  •_'".   /••  rmitt  ;'"/•  /*////•  /•.  ••//. ,  >. .  <///./  i,->  n-rum  factories,  etc.    It  is  hereby 
made  unlawful  for  any  manufacturer,  wholesale  dealer  or  retail  dealer  in  imi- 
tation butter  or  imitation  cheese,  or  both,  to  enter  upon  or  engage  in  the  busi- 
:iianufacturing.  handling  or  selling  imitation  butter  or  imita- 
tion ciieese  without    lirst    procuri'i::   fmni   said  commission  a   permit  describing 
the  o,  ,   i;  atiOD  and  place  of  business  of  the  person  cngaircd  in  the  same,  which 
it  shall  .  i  he  thirtieth  day  of  June  following  its  issuance  unless 

.    made  unlawful  to  operate  any  creamery  or  cheese 
•h.  without  firM  securim:  from  said  commission  }l  permit,  in  which 
jn'rniit  shall  he  described  the  place  of  business  of  tho  applicant  and  the  business 
to  in-  c,.:iducted  under  said  permit,     h  is  hereby  made  unlawful  for  any  person 
igagr  in  the  business  of  buying  cream  for  any  butter,  cheese  or  ice  cream 
ry  without  tirst  securing  from  said  commission  a  permit,  in  which  permit 
shall  be  .lex,  ribed  the  place  of  "business  of  the  applicant  and  the  business  to  be 
conducted    ut!'  permit.      It    is   hereby    made   unlawful   for   any   person 

i  the  business  of  buying  cream  in  this  State  for  the  purpose  of  manu- 
:   shipment  out  of  the  State  to  make  discriminations  in  the  price  paid 
'ich  cream  when  purchased  upon  the  same  day  at  different  places  in  said 

Cost  of  permits.     For  permit  issued   in  connection  with  this  Act, 
there  shall  be  charged  and  collected  annually  as  follows:    From  each  manu- 
facturer of  imitation  butter  or  imitation  cheese,  the  sum  of  fifty  dollars;  for 
wholesale  dealer  in  imitation  butter  or  imitation  cheese,  twenty-five  dol- 
:  from  each  retail  dealer  in  imitation  butter  or  imitation  cheese,  ten  dollars; 
from  each  creamery  or  cheese  factory,  five  dollars;  from  each  person  engaged  in 
esting  of  cream  or  milk  for  commercial  purposes,  one  dollar;  said  fees  shall 
aid  as  pro\  ided  by  law,  in  advance  of  the  issuance  of  any  permit.     All 
permits  so  issued  shall  expire  on  the  thirtieth  day  of  June  next  succeeding  the 
date  of  issuance.    When  a  permit  is  issued  to  such  manufacturer,  dealer,  cream- 
ery or  factory  after  the  beginning  of  any  license  year,  the  fee  charged  and  col- 
••d  therefor  shall  be  proportioned  to  the  unexpired  portions  of  such  year, 
counting  from  the  first  day  of  the  month  in  which  such  license  is  issued. 


64  FOOD  LEGISLATION,    YEAR  ENDED   JUNE   30,   1908. 

SEC.  22.  Unsanitary  implements  unlawful.  It  is  hereby  made  unlawful  to  use 
or  employ,  in  and  about  the  keeping  or  handling  of  any  milk,  cream  or  dairy 
products  to  be  used  as  food,  any  pail,  can,  vessel,  churn,  separator  or  other 
implement  which  is  in  an  unclean  or  unsanitary  condition,  or  to  operate  any 
creamery  or  factory  in  the  manufacture  of  any  dairy  products  which  is  in  an 
unclean  condition. 

SEC.  23.  Diseased  cows.  It  shall  be  unlawful  knowingly  to  sell  or  offer  for 
sale  any  milk  or  cream  from  diseased  or  unhealthy  cows,  or  from  cows  kept  in 
a  filthy  or  unsanitary  condition,  and  the  pure  food,  dairy  and  drug  commission 
is  hereby  empowered  to  adopt  and  promulgate  such  rules  and  regulations  gov- 
erning the  use  of  diseased  milch  cov  s,  and  products  derived  from  such  cows, 
and  to  employ  such  scientific  assistance  in  the  enforcement  of  said  rules  and 
regulations. 

SBC.  24.  Duties  of  chief  dairy  inspector.  The  said  chief  dairy  inspector  shall 
act  on  all  reports  and  complaints  he  may  receive  from  the  secretary  of  the  com- 
mission and  from  owners  or  managers  of  creameries,  cheese  factories,  farmers 
and  others  who  are  interested  in  dairy  products,  wherein  are  reported  to  him 
any  violations  of  this  Act,  or  conditions  which  result  in  making  or  rendering 
dairy  products  used  or  to  be  used  for  dairy,  food  or  commercial  purposes, 
unclean  or  unwholesome,  and  take  such  action  thereon  as  may  be  directed  by 
said  commission  or  the  secretary  thereof  and  as  may  be  permitted  by  this  Act, 
or  he  may  deem  necessary  and  proper  for  improving  and  advancing  the  best 
interests  of  the  dairy  industry  in  this  State  and  public  health.  He  shall  also, 
each  month  make  to  the  commission  a  concise  report  of  his  transactions  as  said 
chief  dairy  inspector,  and  make  such  recommendations  in  the  premises  as  he 
shall  deem  proper  and  for  the  better  perfection  and  encouragement  of  said 
industry.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  said  chief  dairy  inspector,  and  such  other 
dairy  inspectors  as  may  be  appointed  by  the  commission  from  time  to  time,  to 
inspect  farm  dairies,  milk  and  cream  receiving  stations,  creameries,  factories 
and  places  where  dairy  products  are  produced,  handled,  tested,  manufactured, 
sold  or  offered  for  sale  and  the  products  thereof,  and  all  utensils,  machinery, 
appliances,  implements  and  methods  used  or  employed  in  connection  therewith. 

SEC.  25.  Authority  of  inspector;  sampling.  The  said  dairy  inspector  shall 
have  full  access,  ingress  and  egress  to  and  from  all  places  where  dairy  products 
intended  for  sale  are  produced,  manufactured,  stored,  transported,  kept  or 
offered  for  sale.  They  shall  also  have  the  power  and  authority  to  open  any 
package,  can  or  vessel  containing  such  products,  and  may  inspect  the  same  and 
take  true  samples  therefrom  for  analysis  upon  paying  therefor  the  full  value 
thereof  to  the  party  entitled  thereto.  Each  sample  so  taken  shall  be  divided  into 
three  parts,  each  equal  to  the  other  in  amount  and  quality,  two  of  said  parts 
to  be  delivered  to  the  chemist  of  said  commission  at  the  Agricultural  and 
Mechanical  College  at  Stillwater,  the  other  sample  so  taken  to  be  preserved 
in  the  office  of  the  commission,  and  upon  application  delivered  to  the  person 
or  persons  from  whom  taken  when  applied  for  by  him,  his  agent  or  attorney, 
provided  that  said  samples  shall  each  be  carefully  sealed  and  labeled  when  and 
where  taken.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons  to  obstruct,  hinder 
or  delay  any  of  said  inspectors  in  the  discharge  of  their  official  duties. 

SEC.  26.  Prosecution.  If  it  shall  appear  from  the  report  of  the  chemist,  report 
of  said  dairy  inspectors,  or  any  of  them,  that  any  of  the  provisions  o*  this  Act 
have  been  violated,  the  secretary  shall  certify  the  facts  to  the  proper  county 
attorney  with  a  copy  of  the  result  of  the  analysis,  if  any  has  been  made,  duly 
authenticated  to  by  the  chemist  under  oath.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  county 
attorney  to  whom  the  secretary  shall  report  any  violation  of  this  Act,  or  any 


OKLAHOMA.  65 

other  Acts  relating  to  dairy  products,  to  cause  proceedings  to  be  commenced  in 
the  name  of  tin-  State  of  Oklahoma  and  prosecute  the  same  without  delay  for 
the  recovery  of  any  tines  and  penalties  in  such  cases  provided. 

.  I'T.  "('r'  <iin  dn'rk;"  {H-nnlty.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  person  engaged 
in  the  buying  of  cream  for  manufacture  into  butter,  cheese,  ice  cream  or  other 
products,  to  give  a  receipt  or  "cream  check"  therefor,  clearly  and  thoroughly 
stating  the  name  and  principal  place  of  business  of  the  person,  firm,  corpora- 
tion or  association  f»\-  whom  such  cream  is  purchased,  and  any  person,  firm, 
corporation  or  association  who  shall  violate  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Act 
shall  IM-  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  in  addition  thereto,  shall  forfeit 
his  license  or  permit  to  engage  in  such  business. 

BEC,  •  //    ///»»/«//   *«/••  "/   w'/A-   n   xrimratr  nffcnxc  ;  hindering  inspector. 

Kach  and  e\  cry  quantity  of  milk  sold  or  exposed  for  sale  or  exchange  con- 
trary to  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  shall  constitute  a  separate  offense. 

Any    person    who    shall    refuse   to   permit   the   pure   food   inspector,   or   his 

•ant,  to  perform  his  duty  under  this  Act,  either  by  refusing  him  entrance 

to  his  premises,  or  by  concealing  any  milk  or  refusing  to  permit  any  animal  or 

milk  on  premises  wherein  the  animals  are  kept   to  be  viewed  and  inspected  as 

herein  provided,  or  t.y  in0  any  manner  hindering  or  resisting  any  said  inspector 

:or  in  the  performance  of  his  duty,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  mis- 

demeanor. 

Session  Laws  1907-1908,  eh.  .TT,  pp.  4os  -i  •_•:;. 

FLAVORING    EXTRACTS, 


SEC  -I.".,  linit--  mu*t  bf  m  t  IntH'h'il.     It  shall  be  unlawful 

:iy  person  t<«  manufacture,  sell  or  offer  for  sale  or  exchange  as  extracts, 

••TOring    which    was   i  from    the   natural    fruit    unless   the  same  are 

that  the  word  "  Imitation"  must  immediately 

be  name  of  the  flavoring.  in  the  same  type  and  style.     Such  flavoring 
shall    I  ;•  deleterious  to  health. 

It    shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  manufac- 

ture. -\  tract  of  vanilla,  essence  of 

•  >t  wholly  made  from  the  extracted  matter  of 
vanil 

Session   Laws   P.M.;    p.  M.S.  ch.  .",7.   p.  420. 

FLOUR. 

/   nf  fl,,ur  ri,,,ti><,nml-:.     Within   this   State  no  person   shall 

i  MI-  sale.  keep  in  his  possession  with  intent  to  sell 

lour  made  from  wheat  containing  any  products  of  corn,  rice 

or   other    foreign    I  I,    unless   each   and   every   package  thereof  be  dis- 

tinctly  and    legibly   branded   or   labeled   "Hour  compound"   in  letters  not  less 

thai..  i,h  1,  j:i  length  and  be  followed  with  the  name  of  the  maker  and 

mill  ami  t:  such  tlouring  mill. 

-  fli.ur  rtiminiiimlx  rridence  of  intent  to  sell.     The  hav- 

ing possession  of  any  "tlour  compound"  or  "meal  compound"  which  is  not 
branded  .,,-  labelled  as  hereinbefore  required  and  directed  upon  the  part  of  any 
on  en-aged  in  the  public  or  private  sale  of  such  article  shall,  for  the  pur- 
\ct.  be  deemed  prima  facie  evidence  of  intent  to  sell  the  same. 

°So  in  Statutes. 
64289—  Bull,  ll'l—  O9  -  5 


66  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED   JUNE   30,   1908. 

SEC.  54.  "  Sale  "  defined.  The  taking  of  orders  or  the  making  of  agreements 
or  contracts  by  any  person,  firm  or  corporation,  or  by  an  agent  or  representa- 
tive thereof,  for  the  future  delivery  of  any  "  flour  compound  "  or  "  meal  com- 
pound "  shall  deemed  a  a  sale  within  the  meaning  of  this  Act. 

Session  Laws  1907-1908,  ch.  37,  p.  422. 

HONEY. 
«• 
See  General  Food  Laws,  sec.  44,  page  58. 

LARD. 

SEC.  39.  Exemptions;  lard  compoun  <  and  substitute  defined.  The  provisions 
of  this  Act  shall  not  apply  to  substances  for  sale  in  this  state,  made  in  the 
semblance  of  lard,  if  the  ingredients  or  component  parts  shall  consist  of  pure 
lard,  beef  fat  or  pure  steariue  and  cottonseed  oil  that  is  one  per  cent  of  the 
legitimate  and  exclusive  fat  of  the  hog,  .or  pure  lard,  pure  stearine  or  beef  fat, 
and  ninety-nine  per  cent  of  cottonseed  oil,  and  the  tierce,  tub,  pail  or  package  con- 
taining the  same  is  distinctly  and  legibly  branded,  marked  or  labeled,  "  lard  com- 
pound "  or  "  compound  lard "  or  "  lard  substitute "  in  letters  proportional  to 
the  size  of  the  package,  and  if  such  mixture  contain  any  other  substance  than 
pure  lard,  pure  stearine  or  beef  fat,  or  pure  cottonseed  oil,  then  the  person  or 
corporation  so  manufacturing  shall  cause  the  tierce,  barrel,  tub,  pail  or  package 
containing  the  same  to  be  distinctly  and  legibly  branded,  marked  or  labeled 
"  adulterated  lard "  °  the  term  "  lard  compound "  or  "  compound  lard,"  as 
used  herein,  shall  include  all  articles  of  food  used  as  lard,  or  made  in  the 
semblance  of  lard,  which  shall  be  composed  of  two  or  more  ingredients  or  com- 
ponent parts,  consisting  of  either  cottonseed  oil,  pure  lard  or  hog  lard,  beef  fat 
or  pure  stearine,  the  percentage  of  either  of  the  two  or  more  ingredients  used 
to  be  in  the  discretion  of  the  manufacturer.  The  term  "  lard  substitute,"  as 
used  herein,  shall  apply  to  any  compound  which  may  consist  of  two  or  more 
of  the  aforesaid  ingredients  or  of  cottonseed  oil  alone.  Neither  shall  the  pro- 
visions of  this  Act  apply  to  mixtures  or  compounds  consisting  of  mixtures 
of  beef  suet,  beef  fat  or  pure  stearine,  and  cottonseed  oil,  or  of  cottonseed  oil 
alone,  when  said  mixtures  or  compounds  used  as  ordinary  articles  of  food,  or 
cooking  "compounds"  are  manufactured  and  sold  under  their  proper  trade- 
mark, and  when  the  tierce,  barrel,  tub,  pail  or  package  containing  the  same 
shall  be  distinctly  and  legibly  branded  or  labeled  with  the  name  of  the  mixture 
or  compound,  in  letters  proportioned  to  the  size  of  the  package,  and  the  name 
and  location  of  the  person,  firm  or  corporation  manufacturing  the  same. 

SEC.  40.  Labeling  of  lard  compounds,  etc.  Every  manufacturer,  trader  or 
dealer  who,  by  himself  or  agent,  or  as  the  servant  or  agent  of  another  person, 
offers  or  exposes  for  sale,  or  sells  or  exchanges  any  form  of  lard  substitute 
or  adulterated  lard  as  hereinbefore  defined,  shall  securely  fix  or  cause  to  be 
affixed  to  the  package  wherein  the  name0  is  contained,  offered  for  sale  or 
sold,  a  label  upon  the  outside  and  face  of  which  is  distinctly  and  legibly  printed 
in  letters  not  less  than  one-half  inch  in  length,  the  words  "  lard  substitute," 
"  adulterated  lard "  or  "  lard  compound "  or  other  appropriate  words  which 
shall  correctly  express  its  nature  and  use. 

SEC.  41.  Possession  of  lard  substitute  cridcnce  of  intent  to  sell.  The  having 
hi  possession  of  any  lard  substitute  or  adulterated  lard  compound,  as  herein- 
before defined,  which  is  not  branded  or  labeled  as  hereinbefore  required  or 

0  So  in  Statutes. 


OKLAHOMA.  67 

directed  upon  the  part  of  any  manufacturer,  trader  or  dealer,  or  any  person 
eu-a-'cil    in    the   sal.-  of  such  articles,   shall,  for  the  purpose  of  this  Act,  be 
:«•<!  prima  t'acic  evidence  of  intent  to  sell  or  exchange  the  same. 
;on  Laws  1!  107-1908,  ch.  37,  pp.  418-419. 

MEAT. 

See  General  Food  Laws,  sec-.  47.  paw  58. 

PRESERVATIVES. 

•  !-'•  '"'••  H  '""'      ;•-•  -hibited;  exemptions.     It  snail  be  unlawful  for  any 
:i  to  manufacture,  sell  or  expose  for  sale  or  exchange  any  article  of  food 

t<»  which  has  been  added  forma  Idc-hyde,  borax,  boracic  acid,  benzole  acid,  sul- 
phurous arid,  salicilic"  arid.  al.rastol0  beta-napthal,°  flourine  compounds0  sac- 
charine, alcohol  :  provided  that  in  the  case  of  molasses  and  syrups  and  bleached 
dri«-d  fruits,  tlwit  in  thr  tiuishrd  products  sulphurous  acid,  flourine  compound0 
and  chi<>riiir  are  entirely  removed  subject  to  the  rulings  of  the  National  Pure 

:  Commission.     pp.vidrd.  that  the  spreading  of  dry  borax  over  the  surface 
of  iur.it  cannot  be  construed  to  be  a  violation  of  this  Act. 

•v  added  to  oyst<  /  •*,  etc.    Any  corporation,  firm  or  person, 
rithrr  in  prrson  or  hy  an  a^rmt  who  shall  sell  or  e.\iK>se  for  sale  within  the  state 

vlahoina  ..r  other  sea  food  products,  to  which  salicilic  ° 

arid.  I'--:  •iiiaMelmle  or  any  drug,  or  othrr  preservative  has  been  added  or  hi 
pr.  si-r\  inu'  \vhirh  any  iMrfsonous  or  deleterious  substance  has  been  used,  shall  be 

•  I  iruilty  of  a 


Session  Laws  1907-1908,  ch.  .TT,  pp. 

SEA  FOOD. 
See  Preservatives,  sec.  50,  abo\ 

SPICES  AND  CONDIMENTS. 

SBC.  46.  Compound  apkr*  mu*t  be  so  labeled;  terms  defined*    It  shall  be 

unlawful  for  any  person  to  manufacture,  sell,  offer  or  expose  for  sale  or  ex- 

c-liaii^r  to  tln»  residents  of  this  state,  any  spices  and  condiments,0  either  ground 

or  uuurouiid.  which  are  adulterated  with  any  foreign  substance  or  substances 

within  thr  niraninu'  of  this  article,  which  are  Injurious  to  health  and  provided 

th;ir   wlu-n  foreign  substances  are  used,  the  package  containing  said  article 

>r  sale  shall  contain  the  word  "compound."    The  term  spices  and 

nu-iits  as  used  herein  chall  °  embrace  all  substances  known  and  recognized 

in  r.iininerce  as  spices,  and  used  as  condiments,  whether  the  same  be  in  natural 

"t-  in  the  form  which  would  result  from  grinding,  milling  or  mixing,  or 

the  compounding  of  the  natural  product. 

Session  Laws  1907-1908,  ch.  37,  p.  420. 

VINEGAR. 
See  General  Food  Laws,  sec.  55,  page  58. 

0  So  in  Statutes. 


PORTO  RICO. 

GENERAL  FOOD  LAW. 

SEC.  1.  Repeal.  Section  336  of  the  Penal  Code  is  hereby  repealed.  [See 
U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Bui.  69,  Rev.,  pt.  7,  p.  549.) 

Approved  March  12,  1908.     Laws  of  1908,  p.  93. 

474.  False  statements  of  agents,  etc.;  false  weight  or  measurement;  penalties. 
Every  commission  merchant,  broker,  agent,  factor  or  consignee,  who  shall  wil- 
fully and  fraudulently  make,  or  cause  to  be  made,  to  the  principal  or  consignor 
of  such  commission  merchant,  agent,  broker,  factor  or  consignee,  a  false  state- 
ment concerning  the  price  obtained  for  or  the  quality  or  quantity  of  any  prop- 
erty consigned  or  intrusted  to  such  commission  merchant,  agent,  broker,  factor 
or  consignee,  for  sale,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and  on  con- 
viction thereof  shall  be  punished  by  fine  not  exceeding  five  hundred  dollars,  or 
imprisonment  in  jail  not  exceeding  six  months,  or  by  both  such  fine  and  im- 
prisonment. Every  person  who  is  putting  up  in  any  bale,  bag,  box,  barrel  or 
other  package  any  sugar,  tobacco,  coffee,  rice  or  other  goods  usually  sold  in 
bales,  bags,  boxes,  barrels  or  other  packages,  by  weight  or  otherwise,  puts  in  or 
conceals  therein  any  extraneous  substance  whatever  for  the  purposes  of  fraudu- 
lently increasing  the  weight  or  measurement  of  such  bale,  bag,  box,  barrel  or 
other  package  with  intent  thereby  to  sell  the  goods  therein,  or  to  enable  another 
to  sell  the  same,  for  more  than  the  actual  weight  or  measurement  of  such  goods, 
is  punishable  by  fine  not  less  than  twenty-five  dollars  for  such  offense,  or  con- 
fined in  jail  for  not  less  than  thirty  days,  or  by  both  fine  and  imprisonment  in 
the  discretion  of  the  court. — As  amended  March  12,  1908;  Laws  of  1908,  p.  93. 

Revised  Statutes  and  Codes  of  1902,  Penal  Code,  ch.  8,  p.  588. 

MEAT. 

SEC.  7.  Use  of  refrigerated  meat  in  public  institutions.  The  Director  of 
Health,  Charities  and  Correction,  is  hereby  authorized  to  determine  whether 
refrigerated  meat  may  or  may  not  be  supplied  to  institutions  under  his  direction. 

Approved  March  12,  1908.     Laws  of  1908,  p.  74. 


RHODE  ISLAND. 

GENHKAL  FOOD  LAWS. 

rrnnJtji  for  ntluUrrntinfj  or  mi*l>ran<Ung ;  exemption  of  articles  for 
'  t.  It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person,  firm,  or  corporation  to  manufac- 
ture, sell,  or  offer  for  sale  within  this  state,  any  drug  or  article  of  food  which 
iuli.-rated  . T  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this  act,  and  any  person, 
linn,  ni-  corporation  violating  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  guilty 
of  a  misdemeanor,  and  shall,  upon  conviction,  he  punished  for  the  first  offense 
by  a  line  ii"t  exceeding  fifty  dollars,  for  the  second  offense  by  a  fine  not  exceed- 
in-  on,-  hundred  dollars,  and  for  the  third  and  each  subsequent  offense  by  a 
lin«-  of  two  hundred  dollars  .,r  imprisonment  for  one  year:  l>rori<Ic<l,  that  no 
article  shall  he  deemed  misl.randed  or  adulterated  within  the  provisions  of 
this  act  when  intend. -d  for  export  to  any  foreign  country  and  prepared  or 

•  ••iiica tions  or  directions  of  the  foreign  purchaser, 

when  no  suhstance  IB  us4«d  in  the  preparation  or  packing  thereof  in  conflict  with 
:-eign  country  to  which  said  article  is  intended  to  be  shipped; 
hut  if  >.i  l»e  in  fa «-t  sold  or  offered  for  sale  for  domestic  use  or 

mption.  then  this  proviso  shall  not  exempt  said  article  from  the  operation 
of  au\    of  tin-  other   pn.\  Moiis  of  this  act. 
[Sees.  2  and  D  to  drugs.] 

SEC.  4.  A<lult>  i-ntinn  iii  fiif  <i.     Food  shall  be  deemed  to  be  adulterated: 
l-'ii>'.     if  ;,•  ice  has  heen  mixed  and  packed  with  it  so  as  to  reduce 

or  lower  ot-  injuriously  affect  its  quality,  strength,  or  purity.  Second. — If  any 
substance  hai  i.een  si il ist i t ii ted  wholly  or  in  part  for  the  article.  Third. — If  any 
valuable  constituent  of  the  article  has  been  wholly  or  in  part  abstracted. 
Fourth.  If  it  is  mixed,  colored,  jM.wdered.  coated,  stained,  or  put  up  in  a  man- 
ner whereby  damage  or  inferiority  is  concealed.  Fifth.— If  it  contains  any 
add'-d  poisonous  or  i.th.-r  added  ingredient  which  may  render  such  article  in- 
jurious to  health:  Provided,  that  when  in  the  preparation  of  food  products  for 
shipment  the\  --rved  by  any  external  application  applied  in  such  man- 

ner that  the  preservati  -Airily  removed  mechanically  or  by  maceration, 

in  water,  or  otherwise,  and  directions  for  the  removal  of  said  preservative  shall 
be  printed  on  the  eoverini:  of  the  package,  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  con- 
strue! as  applying  only  when  said  products  are  ready  for  consumption.  Sixth. — 
If  it  consists  in  whole  nr  in  part  of  a  filthy,  decomposed,  or  putrid  animal  or 
able  substance,  or  any  portion  of  an  animal  unfit  for  food,  whether  manu- 
factured or  not,  or  if  it  is  the  product  of  a  diseased  animal,  or  one  that  has  died 
otherwise  than  by  slaughter. 

\<litlt<niti<,n  «j  <•<,„!>  <-tlnn<'nj  ilr/inrfl.     Confectionery  shall  be  deemed 

to  be  adulterated  if  it  contains  terra  alba,  barytes,  talc,  chrome  yellow,  or  other 

mineral  substances  <»r  poisonous  colors  or  flavors,  or  other  ingredients  deleteri- 

r  detrimental  to  health,  or  any  vinous,  malt,  or  spirituous  liquor  or  com- 

l>ound  or  narcotic  drug. 


70  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED  JUNE   30,   1908. 

SEC.  6.  Misbrandinff  defined.  A  drug  or  an  article  of  food,  or  an  article  which 
enters  into  the  composition  of  food,  shall  be  deemed  to  be  misbranded : 

First.— If  the  package  containing  it,  or  the  label  on  such  package,  shall  bear 
any  statement,  design,  or  device  regarding  such  article,  or  the  ingredients  or 
substances  contained  therein,  which  shall  be  false  or  misleading  in  any  particu- 
lar, or  if  the  same  is  falsely  branded  as  to  the  state,  territory,  or  country  in 
which  it  isTnanufactured  or  produced.  Second.*-If  it  be  offered  for  sale  as  an 
Imitation  of,  or  under  the  name  of,  another  article.  Third. — If  it  is  in  the  pack- 
age form,  and  the  contents  are  stated  in  the  terms  of  weight  or  measure,  the 
same  is  not  plainly  and  correctly  stated  on  the  outside  of  the  package. 
Fourth. — If  the  package  contains  a  proprietary  or  patent  medicine,  or  a  proprie- 
tary or  patent  food,  and  the  label  fails  to  bear  a  statement  of  the  quantity  or 
the  proportion  of  any  alcohol,  morphine,  opium,  cocaine,  heroin,  alpha  or  beta 
eucaine,  chloroform,  cannabis  indica,  chloral  hydrate,  or  acetanilid  or  any  deriv- 
ative or  preparation  of  any  such  substances  contained  therein:  Provided,  that 
the  provisions  of  this  section  shall  not  apply  to  the  sale  and  distribution  of  such 
proprietary  or  patent  medicines  or  proprietary  or  patent  foods  as  were  in  the 
possession  of  any  dealer  within  this  state  at  the  time  of  the  taking  effect  of 
this  law. 

SEC.  7.  Guaranty  for  protection  of  dealer.  No  dealer  shall  be  convicted  tinder 
the  provisions  of  this  act,  when  he  can  establish  a  guaranty,  signed  by  the 
wholesaler,  jobber,  manufacturer,  or  other  party  residing  in  the  United  States, 
from  whom  he  purchases  such  articles,  to  the  effect  that  the  same  is  not  adul- 
terated or  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  the  food  and  drugs  act  of  the 
United  States,  approved  June  30,  1906,  or  of  this  act.  Said  guaranty,  to  afford 
protection,  shall  contain  the  name  and  address  of  the  party  or  parties  making 
the  sale  of  such  articles  to  such  dealer,  and  in  such  case  said  party  or  parties 
shall  be  amenable  to  the  prosecutions,  fines,  and  other  penalties  which  would 
attach,  in  due  course,  to  the  dealer  under  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

SEC.  8.  Sampling;  penalty  for  hindering  execution  of  law.  Every  person 
offering  for  or  exposing  for  sale  or  delivering  to  a  purchaser  any  drug  or  article 
of  food  included  in  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  furnish  to  any  commissioner, 
or  other  officer  or  agent  appointed  hereunder,  who  shall  apply  to  him  for  the 
purpose  and  shall  tender  to  him  the  value  of  the  same,  a  sample  or  samples, 
of  any  drug  or  article  of  food  which  is  in  his  possession,  sufficient,  after  divi- 
sion into  two  equal  or  nearly  equal  parts,  for  the  purpose  of  analysis.  The 
official  or  agent  thus  taking  said  sample  or  samples  shall  then  and  there,  in  the 
presence  of  the  person  from  whom  he  obtained  it,  unless  said  person  refuse  to 
witness  the  operation,  divide  said  sample  or  samples  into  two  equal  or  nearly 
equal  parts  or  specimens,  and  seal  and  label  the  same,  said  label  to  state  the 
kind  of  food  or  drugs,  the  date  of  such  taking,  and,  if  obtainable,  the  name  of 
the  person  from  whom  they  were  taken ;  also,  if  obtainable,  the  name  or  names 
of  the  parties,  if  there  be  any,  whom  said  person  represents.  Said  official  or 
agent  shall  then  and  there  deliver  one  of  said  specimens  to  the  person  from  whom 
the  same  were  taken.  If  any  such  sample  or  samples  so  taken  shall  appear  to 
be  adulterated  within  the  meaning  of  this  act,  notice  in  writing  of  the  fact  of 
such  adulteration,  containing  a  description  of  such  sample  or  samples,  shall 
forthwith  be  given  by  mail  or  otherwise,  directed  to  the  person  from  whom  the 
same  were  obtained,  to  the  address  given  by  him  at  the  time  such  sample  or 
samples  were  taken,  before  any  prosecution  shall  be  instituted  thereon:  Pro- 
•I,  however,  that  if  the  person  from  whom  such  sample  or  samples  are  taken 
shall  omit  or  refuse  to  give  his  name  or  address,  such  notice  shall  not  be  re- 
quired. Whoever  hinders,  obstructs,  or  in  any  way  interferes  with  any  com- 
missioner or  other  officer  or  agent  appointed  hereunder,  in  the  performance  of 


I    UNIVERSITY    j 

V  OF  / 

KHODE    ISLAND.  71 

his  duty,  shall,  upon  conviction,  be  fined  a  sum  not  exceeding  one  hundred 
dollars. 

SEC.  9.  6  Any  article  of  food  or  any  drug  that  is  adulterated  or  mis- 

branded  within  the  meaning  of  this  act  shall  be  liable  to  be  proceeded  against  in 
the  courts  of  this  state  within  the  county  where  found,  and  seized  for  forfeiture 
by  tln>  same  process  of  law  under  which  liquors  illegally  sold  or  for  sale  may  be 
i  I'm-  forfeiture;  and  if  such  article  or  drug  is  condemned  as  being  adulter- 
ated «.r  misbranded  or  of  a  poisonous  or  deleterious  character  within  the  mean- 
ing of  this  act,  it  shall  be  disposed  of  by  destruction  or  sale,  as  the  court  may 
din* -i.  anil  the  proceeds  thereof,  if  sold,  less  the  legal  costs  and  charges,  shall 
be  paid  into  the  treasury  of  the  state:  Provided,  however,  that  upon  the  pay- 
ment of  the  costs  of  such  proceedings  and  the  execution  and  delivery  of  a  good 
and  siiflirient  bond  t«>  the  effect  that  such  articles  or  drugs  shall  not  be  sold  or 
otherwise  disused  of  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  this  act,  the  court  may,  by 
order,  direct  that  such  articles  or  drugs  be  delivered  to  the  owner  thereof. 
Either  party  may  demand  trial  by  jury  of  any  issue  of  fact  in  any  such  case, 
and  all  such  proceedings  shall  be  at  the  suit  of  and  in  the  name  of  the  state. 

.10,  Soaked  •  ••imn-d  goods.  All  canned  articles  of  food  which  have  been 
prepared  from  dried  pn>du< -t>  and  have  been  soaked  before  canning  shall  be 
plainly  marked  by  a  brand  or  label  having  on  its  face  the  word  "Soaked,"  in 

:>e  not  smaller  than  eight-point  (Brevier)  caps. 

SE«  .  11.  /•*.     There  shall  be  a  board  of  food  and  drug 

commissioners,  consist inu'  of  three  members,  who  shall  hold  office  for  the  term 
of  their  appointment,  and  until  their  successors,  respectively,  shall  be  elected 
ami  qnaliii 

At  the  January  session  of  the  general  assembly  in  the  year  A.  D.  1908,  the 
nor.  with  the  ad\  ice  and  consent  of  the  senate,  shall  appoint  three  persons 
members  of  >aid  board,  one  for  a  term  ending  January  31,  1»10,  one  for  a 

r.M'J.  and  one  for  a  term  ending  January  31,  1914. 

At  the  .Fa nuary  session  of  the  general  assembly  in  the  year  A.  D.  1910,  and 
in  every  second  year  thereafter,  the  governor,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of 
tin-  >ei!.it«»,  shall  appoint  a  person  to  be  a  member  of0  said  board,  and  the  per- 
son so  upimlntetl  shall  hold  hi*  othVo  until  the  first  day  of  February  in  the  fifth 
of  his  appointment.     Any  vacancy  which  may  occur  in  said  board  when 
i  session  shall  be  tilled  by  the  governor  until  the  next  session 
thereof,  when  he  shall,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  senate,  appoint  some 

r  the  remainder  of  the  term. 

a  ml  xtniulnnlx;  organization.     It  shall  be  the 

duty  of  said  b..ard  to  enforce  the  provisions  of  this  act.  They  shall  adopt  such 
nt  with  the  provisions  of  this  act,  as  may  be  necessary  for  its 
<Miforeem'-nt,  ;lnd  shall  adopt  rules  regulating  minimum  standards  of  strength, 
purity,  and  quality  for  food  and  drugs,  defining  specific  adulterations  when 
su.h  itied  or  tixed  under  this  act  or  by  the  laws  of  this 

to  the  provisions  of  this  act,  declaring  the  proper  methods  of 
•Minim:  dniu's  and  articles  of  food;  but  such  rules  and  stand- 
more  stringent  than,  nor  conflict  with,  the  rules  and  stand- 
adopt  MI.  or  which  may  hereafter  be  adopted,  for  the  enforcement  of  the 
and  dm-  act  of  the  Tinted  States,  approved  June  30,  1906,  or  of  any  food 
and  drug  ad  of  the  I'nited  States  hereafter  in  force,  regulating  the  misbrand- 
ini:  «»r  adulteration  of  food  and  drug  products  for  interstate  commerce:  Pro- 
/-.  that  in  prosecutions  under  this  act  when  the  strength,  quality, 
irity  of  a  drug  or  an  article  of  food  is  in  issue  and  the  standard  of  strength, 

o  So  in  Statutes. 


72  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAK  ENDED   JUNE   30,  1908. 

quality,  or  purity  of  such  drug  or  article  of  food  is  fixed  by  said  board,  proof 
that  such  drug  or  article  of  food  is  below  the  standard  of  strength,  quality,  or 
purity  fixed  by  said  board  shall  be  evidence  that  such  drug  or  article  of  food 
is  adulterated  within  the  meaning  of  this  act. 

The  said  commissioners  shall  have  an  office  in  the  state  house.  They  shall 
be  allowed  such  office,  traveling,  and  personal  expenses  as  may  be  approved  by 
the  governor,  to  be  paid,  upon  the  order  of  the  state  auditor,  out  of  any  money 
in  the  treasury  not  otherwise  appropriated. 

They  shall  meet  at  least  once  in  three  months  and  as  much  oftener  as  may 
be  necessary.  They  shall  proceed  to  organize  by  the  election  of  a  chairman 
and  an  executive  secretary,  who  shall  oe  a  practical  chemist.  Said  board  shall 
have  authority  to  appoint  such  other  agents  as  may  be  necessary  to  assist  in 
the  enforcement  of  this  act.  Said  executive  secretary  and  agents  shall  work 
under  the  direction  of  the  said  board  of  commissioners  and  shall  perform  such 
duties  as  the  said  board  shall  prescribe  for  them  .to  perform. 

.  13.  Appropriation.  The  sum  of  thirty-five  hundred  dollars  is  hereby  ap- 
propriated annually,  commencing  January  1,  1909,  from  the  treasury  of  the 
state,  to  be  expended  by  the  board  of  food  and  drugs  commissioners,  for  the 
imriHjse  of  meeting  the  expenses  incurred  in  the  enforcement  of  this  act,  in- 
cluding fifteen  hundred  dollars  the  salary  of  an  executive  secretary,  the  cost 
of  collection  of  samples,  purchase  of  laboratory  supplies,  and  aid  in  prosecuting 
offenders  against  this  act. 

SEC.  14.  The  sum  of  fifteen  hundred  dollars  or  as  much  thereof  as  may  be 
necessary,  including  seven  hundred  and  fifty  dollars  as  recompense  for  the 
services  of  an  executive  secretary,  is  hereby  appropriated  out  of  the  treasury  of 
the  state  for  the  purpose  of  meeting  the  necessary  expense  of  preparation  and 
notification ;  and  the  state  auditor  is  hereby  directed  to  draw  his  order  upon  the 
general  treasurer  for  the  payment  of  the  same  upon  the  receipt  of  vouchers  ap- 
proved by  the  chairman  and  secretary  of  said  board. 

-  '  .  l.j.  Milk,  meat,  feeding  stuffs,  and  contagious  disease  laics  not  repeal  (.-<!. 
This  act  shall  not  be  construed  to  repeal  Chapter  147  of  the  General  Laws,  enti- 
tled "Of  milk,"  or  any  acts  in  amendment  thereof  or  in  addition  thereto,  or 
Chapter  131  of  the  General  Laws,  entitled  "  Of  the  inspection  of  beef  and  pork," 
or  any  acts  in  amendment  thereof  or  in  addition  thereto,  or  an  act  entitled  "An 
act  authorizing  the  city  of  Providence  to  elect  an  inspector  of  beef  and  pork  for 
ity."  passed  June  29,  1833,  or  sections  1  and  2  of  Chapter  281  of  the  Public 
Laws,  entitled  "An  act  in  amendment  of  and  in  addition  to  Title  XIV,  Chapter 
74,  of  the  Revised  Statutes,  '  Of  regulations  for  the  prevention  of  infectious  and 
contagious  diseases,' "  passed  March  5,  1858,  or  Chapter  631  of  the  Public  Laws, 
entitled  "  An  act  regulating  the  sale  of  concentrated  commercial  feeding  stuffs," 
passed  at  the  January  session,  1899. 

SEC.  16.  Effect.  Sections  11,  12,  and  14  of  this  act  shall  take  effect  immedi- 
ately, and  all  other  parts  of  this  act  shall  take  effect  January  1,  1909. 

Approved  May  20,  1908.  Public  Laws  passed  at  the  January  Session,  1908, 
ch.  1597,  pp.  295-303. 

<  AXXED  GOODS. 
See  General  Food  Laws,  page  71. 

CONFECTIONERY. 

See  General  Food  I.aws,  page  69. 


SOUTH  CAROLINA. 
RICE  FLOUR. 

.  1.  /v>  N  in ••  of  chaff,  etc.,  must  be  stated  on  label.  From  and  after  the 
approval  of  this  Act  it  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  to  sell,  or  expose  for 
salt'.  ri« •••  il«»ur  which  contains  chaff  or  any  other  adulteration,  without  giving 
notice  l»y  label  or  otherwise  the  nature  and  extent  of  such  adulteration. 

.  2.  A'lidtt  rntcd  rice  flour  liable  to  seizure.  Any  rice  flour  so  adulterated, 
which  is  sold  or  exposed  to  sale  without  being  labeled  or  advertised  as  such, 
shall  !>e  liable  to  seizure  and  sale  by  any  Magistrate  having  jurisdiction,  on  the 
pn.set -in ion  i,f  any  person,  tin-  proceeds  of  such  sale  to  be  paid  into  the  Treas- 
ur\  of  Hi-  Oountj  in  which  such  rice  flour  may  be  seized. 

Appi  :-uary  17,  1008.    Acts  of  1908,  No.  476,  p.  1053. 

73 


VIRGINIA, 

GENERAL  FOOD  LAWS. 

SEC.  1.  Appointment  of  dairy  and  food  commissioner.  Within  thirty  days 
after  this  act  shall  take  effect,  the  governor,  by  and  with  the  consent  of  the 
general  assembly  in  joint  session,  shall  appoint  a  suitable  person  to  be  dairy 
and  food  commissioner,  which  office  is  hereby  created  within  the  department  of 
agriculture  and  immigration,  and  which  commissioner  so  appointed  shall  hold 
his  office  until  January  thirty-one,  nineteen  hundred  and  twelve,  and  until  his 
successor  is  appointed  and  qualified.  At  the  regular  session  of  the  legislature 
in  nineteen  hundred  and  twelve,  and  every  four  years  thereafter,  the  governor, 
by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  general  assembly  in  joint  session, 
shall  appoint  a  dairy  and  food  commissioner,  who  shall  hold  his  office  for  the 
term  of  four  years  from  the  thirty-first  day  of  January,  in  the  year  of  his 
appointment,  and  until  his  successor  is  appointed  and  qualified. 

SEC.  2.  Governor  may  remove  commissioner.  The  governor  shall  have  the 
power  to  remove  such  commissioner  any  time,  in  his  discretion,  but  the  reasons 
for  such  removal  shall  be  laid  before  the  general  assembly  in  joint  session  at 
the  next  regular  or  special  session  of  the  legislature  thereafter ;  and  in  case  of 
a  vacancy  in  the  office  of  commissioner  from  any  cause,  the  governor  shall 
appoint  his  successor  to  fill  the  unexpired  term. 

SEC.  3.  Oath  and  bond  of  commissioner.  Before  entering  upon  the  duties  of 
his  office,  the  person  so  appointed  shall  make,  subscribe  and  file  in  the  office  of 
the  secretary  of  the  Commonwealth,  the  usual  oath  of  office  as  provided  for  in 
the  Constitution  of  this  State,  and  shall  enter  into  bond,  payable  to  the  Com- 
monwealth, in  the  sum  of  five  thousand  dollars,  with  securities  approved  by  the 
governor,  conditioned  for  the  faithful  performance  of  his  duties. 

SEC.  4.  Salaries  and  assistants.  Said  dairy  and  food  commissioner  shall  re- 
ceive an  annual  salary  of  two  thousand  five  hundred  dollars.  There  shall  be 
a  deputy  dairy  and  food  commissioner,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  commis- 
sioner of  agriculture  and  immigration  and  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner, 
acting  jointly,  subject  to  the  confirmation  of  the  State  board  of  agriculture 
and  immigration.  The  salary  of  the  deputy  commissioner  shall  be  fifteen  hun- 
dred dollars  per  annum.  The  said  commissioners  may  also  appoint  by  and 
with  the  advice  of  the  board  of  agriculture  and  immigration  such  other  special 
assistants  as  the  proper  performance  of  the  duties  of  the  office  may  require, 
which  special  assistants  shall  be  paid  for  the  time  actually  employed,  as  said 
commissioners  and  board  may  direct.  The  persons  so  appointed  shall  have 
power  to  administer  oaths  in  all  matters  relative  to  the  dairy  and  food  laws, 
and  shall  take  and  subscribe  to  the  constitutional  oath  of  office,  and  file  the 
same  in  the  office  of  the  secretary  of  the  Commonwealth ;  and  they  shall  hold 
office  during  the  pleasure  of  the  commissioners.  The  assistants  shall  have  the 
same  right  of  access  to  the  places  to  be  inspected  as  the  said  commissioner. 
The  salaries  and  expenses  authorized  by  this  section  shall  be  for  the  unex- 
pired part  of  the  fiscal  year  ending  nineteen  hundred  and  eight,  and  each  fiscal 
year  thereafter.  Said  salaries  are  to  be  paid  monthly.  The  salaries  and  actual 
and  necessary  expenses  of  the  said  commissioner,  deputy  commissioner  and 
74 


FOOD   LEGISLATION,   YEAR   ENDED   JUNE   30,   1908.  75 

iants,  in  the  performance  of  their  official  duties,  shall  be  audited  by  the 
State  hoard  of  agriculture  and  immigration,  and  paid  upon  warrants  issued  by 
the  daily  and  food  commissioner  upon  the  State  auditor.  The  board  of  agri- 
culture and  immigration  shall  provide  office  room  and  the  necessary  furniture 
and  tix tu ITS.  and  the  necessary  stationery,  supplies  and  printing  for  the  con- 
duct  of  the  business  of  said  dairy  and  food  commissioner,  on  his  application 
I"  Bald  hoard  therefor.  Said  office  shall  be,  and  remain  in  the  city  of  Rich- 

.  .".  f  'limi it-ill  fro/7,-.  The  chemical  work  incident  to  the  execution  of  the 
dairy  and  pure  food  laws  shall  be  done  in  the  chemical  laboratory  of  the  de- 
partment <>f  agriculture  and  immigration. 

lntii<  x  of  roj/im/xx //,//( /-,-  <tn<ili/xcs;  inspection;  penalty.  It  shall  be  the 
duly  of  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  to  carefully  inquire  into  the  dairy 
ami  food  and  drink  products,  and  the  several  articles  which  are  food  or  drinks, 
or  the  necessary  constituents  of  the  food  or  drinks,  which  are  manufactured  or 
sold,  or  c-x  posed  or  offered  for  sale  in  this  State,  and  he  may,  in  a  lawful  man- 
ner, procure  samples  of  the  same,  which  shall  be  duly  and  carefully  examined 
or  analy/ed  by  the  State  chemist,  who  shall  report  to  the  said  commissioner  the 
result--  of  such  examination  or  analyses:  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  saidcom- 

oiier  to  make  a  complaint  against  the  manufacturer  or  vendor  of  any  such 

or  drink  TO  dairy  products  M>  are  adulterated,  impure  or  unwholesome,  in 
contravention  of  the  laws  of  this  Slate,  and  furnish  all  evidence  thereof  to  ob- 
tain a  conviction  of  the  oft.  _ed.  The  dairy  and  food  commissioner  or 
his  deputy,  or  ;my  person  ap{x.inted  by  him  for  that  purpose,  may  make  com- 
plaint and  cause  proceedings  to  be  commenced  against  any  i>erson  for  enforce- 
ment of  the  laws  re';  .  1  ii  1 1 era t  ion.  impure  or  unwholesome  food  or 
drink,  and  in  such  cases  he  shall  not  be  obliged  to  furnish  security  for  costs, 
ami  shall  ha \  in  the  performance  of  his  duties,  to  enter  into  any 
cre.i  torn,  dm'.'  si  ore-,  or  laboratory,  or  place  where 
lie  has  reason  to  believe  food  and  drinl:  is  made,  stored,  sold,  or  offered  for  sale, 
ami  open  ai  y  c:i>k.  tub.  jar.  Lottie  or  package  containing,  or  supposed  to  con- 
tain, any  art:  ••!  or  drink,  and  examine  or  cause  to  be  examined  the 
•  f.  and  take  therefrom  samples  for  analysis.  The  person  making 
su.-h  Lnq  ill  take  such  samples  of  such  article  or  product  in  the  pres- 
;uess,  and  he  shall,  in  the  presence  of  said  witness,  mark 
1  shall  tender  at  the  time  of  taking  to  the  manufacturer 

or  \<  «iich  product.  ..r  to  j  he  person  having  the  custody  of  the  same,  the 

value  thereof,  and   the  statement    in   writing  for  the  taking  of  such  sample. 
YVhene',  er  ii    li  determined  by  the  dairy  ami  food  commissioner,  his  deputy  or 

•ants,  that  tilthy  or  unsanitary  conditions  exist  or  are  permited  to  exist 
in  the  o(HM-ation  of  any  bakery,  confectionery,  or  ice  cream  plant,  or  at  any 
place  where  anv  food  or  drink  products  are  manufactured,  stored  or  deposited, 

d  for  at:.  whatever,  the  proprietor  or  proprietors,  owner  or  owners 

onfectionery  or  ice  cream  plant,  or  any  person  or  persons 
owning  or  operating  any  plant  where  any  food  or  drink  products  are  manu- 
factured. st<  -ited  or  sold,  shall  be  first  notified  and  warned  by  the 
said  commissioner,  his  deputy  or  assistants,  to  place  such  bakery,  confection- 
ery, or  :  -  ,-ivam  plant,  or  any  place  where  any  food  or  drink  products  are 
manufactured,  stored,  deposited  or  sold,  in  a  sanitary  condition  within  a  reason- 
;!i  of  time:  and  any  person  or  persons  owning  or  operating  any  bakery, 
confectionery  ,.r  ice  cream  plant,  or  any  place  where  any  food  or  drink  products 
arc  manufactured,  stored,  deposited  or  sold,  failing  to  obey  such  notice  and 
warning,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and,  upon  conviction  thereof,  shall 
line  of  not  less  than  twenty-five  dollars  nor  more  than  three 


76  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

hundred  dollars  and  costs  of  prosecution,  or  imprisonment  in  the  county  or 
city  jail  not  to  exceed  ninety  days,  or  until  such  fine  or  costs  are  paid,  or  both 
fine  and  imprisonment,  at  the  discretion  of  the  court. 

SEC.  7.  Seizures,  sampling,  and  analysis;  prosecution.  The  dairy  and  food 
commissioner,  his  deputy,  or  any  person  by  said  commissioner  duly  appointed 
for  that  purpose,  is  authorized  at  all  times  to  seize  and  take  possession  of  any 
and  all  food  and  dairy  products,  substitutes  therefor,  or  imitation  thereof  kept 
for  sale,  exposed  for  sale,  or  held  in  possession  or  under  the  control  of  any 
person  which  in  the  opinion  of  said  commissioner,  or  his  deputy,  or  such  per- 
son by  him  duly  appointed,  shall  be  contrary  to  the  provisions  of  this  act  or 
other  laws  which  now  exist  or  which  may  be  hereafter  enacted. 

First.  The  person  so  making  such  seizure,  as  aforesaid,  shall  take  from  such" 
goods  as  seized  a  sample  for  the  purpose  of  analysis  and  shall  cause  the  re- 
mainder to  be  boxed  and  sealed  and  shall  leave  the  same  in  the  possession  of 
the  person  from  whom  they  were  seized,  subject  to  such  disposition  as  shall 
hereafter  be  made  thereof  according  to  the  provisions  of  this  act. 

Second.  The  person  so  making  such  seizure  shall  forward  the  sample  so  taken 
to  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  who  shall  turn  over  the  same  to  the  State 
chemist  and  the  said  chemist  shall  certify  the  results  of  such  analysis,  which 
certificate  shall  be  prinia  facie  evidence  of  the  fact  or  facts  therein  certified 
to,  in  any  court  where  the  same  may  be  offered  in  evidence. 

Third.  If  upon  such  analysis  it  shall  appear  rhat  said  food  or  dairy  products 
are  adulterated,  substituted,  mis-branded,  or  imitated  within  the  meaning  of 
this  act,  said  commissioner,  or  his  deputy,  or  any  person  by  him  duly  author- 
ized may  make  complaint  before  any  justice  of  the  peace  or  police  justice  having 
jurisdiction  in  the  city,  village  or  magisterial  district,  where  such  goods  were 
seized,  and  thereupon  said  justice  of  the  peace  shall  issue  his  summons  to  the 
person  from  whom  said  goods  were  seized,  directing  him  to  appear  not  less 
than  six  or  more  than  twelve  days  from  the  date  of  issuing  of  said  summons 
and  show  cause  why  said  goods  should  not  be  condemned  and  disposed  of. 
If  the  said  person  from  whom  said  goods  were  seized  cannot  be  found,  the 
said  summons  shall  be  served  upon  the  person  then  in  possession  of  the  goods. 
The  said  summons  shall  be  served  at  least  six  days  before  the  time  of  appear- 
ance mentioned  therein.  If  the  person  from  whom  said  goods  were  seized  can- 
not be  found,  and  no  one  can  be  found  in  possession  of  said  goods,  and  the 
defendants  shall  not  appear  on  the  return  day,  then  said  justice  of  the  peace  shall 
proceed  in  said  cause  in  the  same  manner  provided  by  law  where  a  writ  of 
attachment  is  returned  not  personally  served  upon  any  of  the  defendants  and 
none  of  the  defendants  shall  appear  upon  the  return  day. 

Fourth.  Unless  cause  to  the  contrary  thereof  is  shown,  or  if  said  goods  shall 
be  found  upon  trial  to  be  in  violation  of  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act  or 
other  laws  which  now  exist  or  which  may  be  hereafter  enacted,  it  shall  be  the 
duty  of  said  justice  of  the  peace  or  police  justice  to  render  judgment  that  said 
seized  property  be  forfeited  to  the  State  of  Virginia,  and  that  the  said  goods 
be  destroyed  or  sold  by  the  said  commissioner  for  any  purpose  other  than  to  be 
used  for  food.  The  mode  of  procedure  before  said  justice  shall  be  the  same 
as  near  as  may  be  hi  civil  proceedings  before  justices  of  the  peace.  Either  party 
may  appeal  to  the  circuit  or  corporation  courts  as  appeals  are  taken  from  the 
justices'  courts,  but  it  shall  not  be  necessary  for  the  Commonwealth  to  give 
any  appeal  bond. 

Fifth.  The  proceeds  arising  from  any  such  sale  shall  be  paid  into  the  State 
treasury  and  credited  to  the  general  fund;  provided,  that  if  the  owner  or 
party  claiming  the  property  or  goods  so  declared  forfeited  can  produce  and 


VIRGINIA.  77 

prove  a  written  guaranty  of  purity,  signed  by  the  wholesaler,  jobber,  manu- 
facturer, or  other  party  residing  within  this  State  from  whom  said  articles 
were  purchased,  tluMi  tin*  proceeds  of  the  sale  of  such  articles,  over  and  above 
the  rusts  .if  seizure,  forfeit mv  and  sale,  shall  be  paid  over  to  such  owner  or 
claimant  t<>  reimburse  him.  to  the  extent  of  such  surplus,  for  his  actual  loss 
resulting  from  such  seizure  and  forfeiture  as  shown  by  the  invoice. 

Sixth.   1 1  shall  he  the  duty  of  the  prosecuting  attorney  when  called  upon  by 

•  .mmissioner,  or  by  any  person  by  him  authorized  as  aforesaid,  to  render 

any   legal  assistance  in  his  power  in  proceeding  under  the  provisions  of  this 

r  any  subsequent  act  relative  to  the  adulteration  of  food,  for  the  sale  of 

impure  or  unwholesome  food  or  food  products. 

.  Bn  Annual  n  i><>rt ;  <i u n rt <  rly  bulletin.    The  dairy  and  food  commissioner 
make  an  annual  report  to  the  commissioner  of  agriculture  and  immigra- 
tion  to  be.  by   -a ill  cOBBtfaplMMV  of  agriculture  and  immigration  transmitted 
to  the  governor  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  January  in  each  year,  and  which 
shall  be  printed   and   published  on  or  before  the  first  day  of  January  next 
thereafter,  which  report  shall  cover  the  doings  of  his  office  for  the  preceding 
r.   which   shall   show,  among  other  things,  the  number  of  manufac- 
1   other  places  inserted  and  by   whom,  the  number  of  speciments0 
•od  articles  analyzed  and  the  State  chemist's  report  upon  each  one;  the 
number  of  compl.i  •  rsons  for  the  violating  of  the  laws 

iltcrati« 'ii  <>f  I'.M.,I.  the  number  of  convictions  had,  and  the 
amount  -of  fines  imposed  therefor,  together  with  such  recommendations  rela- 
:»•  statutes  In  force  as  his  experience  may  justify.     The  dairy  and 
-hall  prepare,  print  and  distribute  to  all  papers  of  the  State, 
h  persons  as  may  be  Interested  or  may  apply  therefor,  a  quarterly 
bulletin  in  suit ab'.  taininu'  results  of  inspections,  the  results 

with  the  popular  explanation  of  the 

!ier  information  as  may  come  to  him  in  his  official  capacity 

relaiin::  to  the  adulteration  of  food  and  drink  products  and  of  dairy  products, 

t  he  same  of,  benefit  and  advantage  to  the  public ;  also  a 

summary  "f  .ill  th.-  work  d^ne  during  the  quarter  by  the  commissioner  and. 

in  the  enforcement  of  the  laws  of  the  State,  but  not  more  than 

ten  copies  of  such  quarterly  bulletin  shall  be  printed. 

••'///  for  fiiml'iini/  uncr.     Any  person  who  shall  wilfully 

hinder  or  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner,  or  his  deputy  or  other  per- 

or  assistants  by  him  duly  authori/ed,  in  the  exercise  of  the  powers  con- 

d  upon  him  by  this  act,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor  and  on 

:i  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less  than  ten  dollars  nor  more 

than  one  hundred  dollars,  or  by  imprisonment  in  the  county  or  city  jail  for  not 

ihan  ten  da\s  n..r  more  than  ninety  days,  or  both  such  fine  and  imprison- 

:.  in  the  discretion  of  the  court. 

iiitinn.     For  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  provisions  of 

this  ,-iet  the  sum  of  seven  thousand  five  hundred  dollars  isjiereby  appropriated 

he  tiscal  year  endin-  February  twenty-eighth,  nineteen  hundred  and  nine, 

la  like  manner  for  each  fiscal  year  thereafter,  there  is  hereby  appropriated 

;m  of  seven  thousand  live  hundred  dollars. 

Approved  March  11,  1908.    Acts  of  1908,  ch.  188,  p.  266. 

An  act  entitled  an  act  to  prevent  the  sale  of  adulterated  and  mis- 
branded    foods    in   the   State  of  Virginia,   approved  February  twenty-seventh, 

°So  in  Statutes. 


78  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAH  ENDED   JTJXE   30,  1908. 

nineteen  hundred  [Bui.  69  Rev.,  pt.  8,  pp.  639-642],  be  and  the  same  is,  hereby 
repealed  and  be  it  further  enacted  by  the  general  assembly  of  Virginia  : 

1.  Sampling  and  analyses;  appointments.  For  the  purpose  of  protecting 
the  people  of  the  State  from  imposition  by  the  adultering  °  and  misbranding  of 
food,  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  shall  cause  to  be  procured  from  time  to 
time,  and  under  the  rules  and  regulations  to  be  prescribed  by  him,  with  the 
approval  of  the  board  of  agriculture  and  immigration  in  accordance  with  the 
provisions  'of  this  act,  samples  of  food  offered  for  sale  in  this  State,  and  shall 
cause  the  same  to  be  analyzed  and  examined  microscopically  or  otherwise  by 
the  chemists  or  other  experts  of  the  department  of  agriculture  and  immigration ; 
and  he  is  hereby  authorized  to  make  such  publication  of  the  results  of  the 
examination,  analyses,  and  so  forth,  as  he  may  deem  proper ;  and  for  the  proper 
execution  of  the  provisions  of  this  act,  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  shall 
with  the  approval  of  the  board  make  such  appointments  as  may  be  necessary 
and  the  board  shall  fix  the  compensation  of  such  appointees. 

SEC.  2.  Adulteration  a  misdemeanor;  penalty.  No  person,  firm  or  corporation, 
either  directly  or  through  any  agent,  shall  manufacture,  sell,  expose  for  sale  or 
have  in  his  possession  with  intent  to  sell,  any  article  of  food,  which  is  adul- 
terated or  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this  act,  and  any  person  who  shall 
violate  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and 
for  such  offense,  shall  be  fined  not  exceeding  two  hundred  dollars  for  the  first 
offense,  and  for  each  subsequent  offense  not  exceeding  three  hundred  dollars, 
or  be  imprisoned  not  exceeding  one  year,  or  both,  in  the  discretion  of  the  court ; 
and  such  fines  less  legal  costs  and  charges,  shall  be  paid  into  the  treasury  of 
the  State. 

SEC.  3.  Results  of  analysis  as  evidence;  hearings.  The  chemists  or  other 
experts  of  the  department  of  agriculture  and  immigration  shall  make,  by  the 
methods  hi  use  at  the  time  by  the  association  of  official  agricultural  chemists 
of  the  United  States,  examinations  of  specimens  of  food  offered  for  sale  in 
Virginia,  which  may  be  collected  from  time  to  time  as  prescribed  by  this  act 
in  various  parts  of  the  State ;  and  if  it  shall  appear  from  any  such  examinations 
that  any  such  specimen  is  adulterated  or  misbranded  within  the  meaning  of  this 
act,  that  notice  thereof  shall  be  given  to  the  manufacturer,  guarantor,  or  person 
from  whom  the  sample  was  obtained.  Any  person  so  notified  shall  be  given 
an  opportunity  to  be  heard  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  may  be  pre- 
scribed by  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  and  the  commissioner  and  board  of 
agriculture  and  immigration,  and  if  it  appears  that  any  of  the  provisions  of 
this  act  have  been  violated,  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  shall  certify  the 
facts  to  the  Commonwealth's  attorney  of  the  city  or  county  in  which  the  sample 
was  obtained,  and  furnish  the  officer  with  a  copy  of  the  results  of  the  analysis  or 
other  examinations  of  such  article,  duly  authenticated  by  the  analyst  or  other 
officer  making  such  examination  under  the  oath  of  such  officer.  In  all  prose- 
cutions arising  under  this  act  the  certificates  of  the  analyst  or  other  officer 
making  the  analysis  or  examination,  when  duly  sworn  to  by  such  officer,  shall 
be  prima  facie  evidence  of  the  fact  or  facts  therein  certified. 

SEC.  4.  Prosecution.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  Commonwealth's  attorney 
to  whom  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  shall  report  any  violation  of  this  act 
to  cause  the  proceedings  to  be  commenced  and  prosecuted  without  delay  for  the 
fines  and  penalties  in  such  cases  prescribed. 

SEC.  5.  "  Food  "  defined.  The  term  "  food  "  as  used  in  this  act  shall  include 
all  articles  used  for  food,  drink,  confectionery,  or  condiment  by  man  or  other 
animals,  whether  simple,  mixed,  or  compound. 

°So  in  Statutes. 


VIRGINIA.  79 

.   0.  AiluUrratinn   tli-fincij  ,•  mnfivtiimrnj ;  food.     For  the  purpose  of  this 
net  .-in  article  shall  be  deemed  to  he  adulterated: 
In   the  case  of  confectionery  : 

I-'irst.  If  it  contains  terra  alba,  barytes,  talc,  chrome  yellow,  or  other  mineral 
substance  or  poisonous  color  or  flavor,  or  other  ingredient  deleterious  or  detri- 
mental to  health,  or  any  vinous,  malt,  or  spirituous  liquor  or  compound  or 
nan-otic  drug. 

In  case  of  other  food: 

First.  If  any  substance  has  been  mixed  or  packed  with  it,  so  as  to  reduce  or 
lower  or  injuriously  atTect  its  quality  or  strength. 

Second.  If  any   substance  has  been  substituted  wholly  or  in  part  for  the 

•le. 

Third.  If  nny  valuable  constituent  of  the  article  has  been  wholly  or  in  part 
abstracted. 

Fourth.  If  it  be  mixed,  colored,  powdered,  coated,  polished  or  stained  in  a 
manner  whereby  damage  or  inferiority  is  concealed. 

Fifth.  If  it  contains  any  added  poisonous  or  other  added  deleterious  ingre- 
dient which  may  render  such  article  injurious  to  health.  Provided,  that  when  in 
the  preparation  of  food  products  for  shipments  they  are  preserved  by  any  ex- 
ternal application  in  such  manner  that  the  preservative  is  necessarily  removed 
me< •hanicjiiiy.  or  by  maceration  in  water,  or  otherwise,  and  directions  for  the 
removal  of  said  preservative  shall  be  printed  on  the  covering  of  the  package 
:  mi  shed  with  the  article,  the  provisions  of  this  act  shall  be  construed  as 
applying  "iily  when  said  products  are  ready  for  consumption. 

Sixth.  If  it  consists  in  whole  o/  in  part  of  diseased,  filthy,  decomposed,  or 
putrid  animal  or  \e-»-table  matter,  or  any  portion  of  an  animal  unfit  for  food 
whether  manufactured  or  not,  or  If  it  is  the  product  of  a  diseased  animal,  or 
one  that  had  died  otherwise  than  by  slaughter. 

Seventh.  If  the  containing  vessel  or  any  part  of  it  be  of  such  composition  as 
will  be  acted  ui»on,  in  the  ordinary  course  of  use,  by  the  contents  thereof  in 
wieh  a  way  as  to  produce  an  injurious,  deleterious,  or  poisonous  compound. 

.  7.  Mixhrnn-i  The  term  "misbranded"  as  used  herein  shall 

apply  to  all  articles  of  food,  or  articles  which  enter  into  the  composition  of 
the  package  or  label  of  which  shall  bear  any  statement,  design  or  device 
regarding  such  article,  or  the  Ingredients  or  substance  contained  therein,  which 
shall  be  false  or  misleading  in  any  particular,  and  to  any  food  product  which 
is  f.iS.  \  branded  as  to  the  State,  territory,  or  country  in  which  it  is  manufac- 
tured or  produ 

the  pun>ose  of  this  act  an  article  shall  also  be  deemed  misbranded: 

i  f  it  be  an  imitation  of,  or  offered  for  sale  under  the  distinctive  name 
•  ther  an 

••lid.  If  it  be  labeled  or  banded0  so  as  to  deceive  or  mislead  the  purchaser, 
or  purport  to  be  a  foreign  product  when  not  so,  or  if  the  contents  of  the  pack- 
age as  originally  put  up  shall  have  been  removed  in  whole  or  part,  and  other 
contents  shall  have  been  placed  in  such  package,  or  if  it  fail  to  bear  a  statement 
;l>el  of  the  quantity  or  proportion  of  any  morphine,  opium,  cocaine, 
In,  alpha  or  beta  eucaine,  chloroform,  canna"bis  indica,  chloral  hydrate,  or 
acetanilide  or  any  deriviative  or  preparation  of  any  such  substance  contained 
therein. 

Third.  If  in  package  form,  and  the  contents  are  stated  in  terms  of  weight  or 

measure,  they  are  not  plainly  and  correctly  stated  on  the  outside  of  the  package. 

Fourth.  If  the  package  or  its  label  shall  bear  any  statement,  design,  or  device 

ding  the  ingredients  or   substance  contained   therein,   which   statement, 

0  So  in  Statutes. 


80  FOOD   LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED   JUNE   30,   1908. 

design,  or  device  shall  be  false  or  misleading  in  any  particular:  Provided, 
that  an  article  of  food  which  does  not  contain  any  added  poisonous  or  dele- 
terious ingredients  shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  adulterated  or  misbranded  in  the 
following  cases : 

First.  In  the  case  of  mixtures  or  compounds  which  may  be  now  or  from 
time  to  time  hereafter  known  as  articles  of  food  under  their  own  distinctive 
names,  and  not  an  imitation  of,  or  offered  for  sale  under  the  distinctive  name 
of,  another  article  of  food,  if  the  name  be  accompanied  on  the  same  label  or 
brand  with  a  statement  of  the  place  where  said  article  has  been  manufactured 
or  produced. 

Second.  In  the  case  of  articles  labeled,  branded,  or  tagged  so  as  to  plainly 
indicate  that  they  are  compounds,  imitations  or  blends,  and  having  the  word 
"compound,"  "imitation,"  or  "blend"  as  the  case  mny  be,  plainly  stated  on 
the  package  in  which  such  article  is  offered  for  sale:  provided,  the  labeling 
is  according  to  the  rules  prescribed  by  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  with 
the  approval  of  the  commissioner  and  board  of  agriculture  and  immigration : 

Provided,  that  the  term  "  blend  "  as  used  herein  shall  be  construed  to  mean 
a  mixture  of  like  substances,  not  excluding  harmless  coloring  or  flavoring  in- 
gredients used  for  the  purpose  of  coloring  and  flavoring  only :  and  provided 
further  that  nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  as  requiring  or  compelling 
proprietors  or  manufacturers  of  proprietary  foods  which  contain  no  unwhole- 
some added  ingredient  to  disclose  their  trade  formulas,  except  in  so  far  as 
the  provisions  of  this  act  may  require  to  secure  freedom  from  adulteration 
and  misbranding. 

SEC.  8.  Sanitary  conditions  for  handling  of  human  food,  especially  meats. 
It  shall  be  unlawful  for  any  person  or  persons,  firm  or  corporation,  to  sell,  or 
to  have  in  his  possession  with  intent  to  sell  for  human  food,  meat  or  meat 
food  products  which  has  been  slaughtered,  prepared,  or  kept  where  the  sani- 
tary conditions,  are  such  that  the  meat  or  meat  food  products  are  rendered 
unhealthy,  unwholesome,  or  otherwise  unfit  for  human  food. 

All  peace  and  health  officers  shall  have  the  power  and  are  required  to  seize 
any  animal  carcass  or  parts  of  carcasses  which  are  intended  for  sale  or  offered 
for  sale  for  human  food,  which  have  been  slaughtered  and  prepared,  handled 
or  kept  under  unsanitary  conditions,  and  shall  deliver  the  same  forthwith  to 
and  before  the  nearest  police  judge  or  justice  of  the  peace,  together  with  all 
information  obtained,  and  said  police  judge  or  said  justice  of  the  peace  shall, 
upon  sworn  complaint  being  filed,  issue  warrant  for  the  arrest  of  all  persons 
who  have  violated  the  provisions  of  this  section,  and  proceed  to  try  the  case. 
Any  person,  persons,  firm  or  corporation  found  guilty  of  violating  the  provisions 
of  this  Section  shall  be  fined  not  less  than  ten  nor  more  than  one  hundred 
dollars,  and  the  meat  in  question  shall  be  destroyed. 

SEC.  9.  Guaranty.  No  dealer  shall  be  prosecuted  under  the  provisions  of  this 
act  when  he  can  establish  a  guaranty  signed  by  a  wholesale  dealer,  manufac- 
turer or  other  party,  residing  in  Virginia,  from  whom  he  purchased  such  articles, 
to  the  effect  that  the  same  is  not  adulterated  or  misbranded  within  the  mean- 
ing of  this  act,  designating  it.  Provided,  however,  that  if  the  article  in  ques- 
tion is  in  a  broken  or  open  package,  said  guaranty  shall  not  afford  immunity 
from  prosecution,  unless  such  dealer  shall  furnish  satisfactory  proof  that  the 
article  has  not  been  changed  in  quality.  The  affidavit  of  such  person  shall  be 
accepted  as  such  proof,  and  the  person  making  such  affidavit  falsely  shall  be 
guilty  of  perjury,  and  punished  accordingly :  Said  guaranty,  to  afford  pro- 
tection, shall  contain  the  name  and  address  of  the  party  or  parties  making  the 


VIRGINIA.  81 

sale  of  such  articles  to  such  dealer,  and  in  such  cases  said  party  or  parties 
shall  he  amenable  to  to0  the  prosecutions,  fines,  and  other  penalties  which 
would  attach  in  due  course,  to  the  dealer  under  the  provisions  of  this  act: 
provided,  that  the  above  guaranty  shall  not  afford  protection  to  any  dealer  after 
the  first  offense  in  connection  with  a  product  from  a  particular  wholesale 
dealer  or  manufacturer. 

.  10.  Simula  nix.  The  dairy  and  food  commissioner  with  the  approval  of 
the  commissioner  and  board  of  agriculture  and  immigration  shall  from  time  to 
time,  tix  and  publish  standards  or  limits  of  variability  permissible  in  any  article 
of  food  and  these  standards  when  so  published  shall  be  the  standards  before 
all  courts:  provided,  that  when  standards  have  been  or  may  be  fixed  by  the 
secretary  of  agriculture  of  the  United  States,  they  shall  be  accepted  by  the 
department  of  agriculture  and  immigration  and  published  as  standards  for 
Virginia,  but  said  standards  shall  not  go  into  effect  until  a  reasonable  time 
after  publication.  The  dairy  and  food  commissioner,  with  the  approval  of  the 
commissioner  and  board  of  agriculture  and  immigration  shall  have  authority 
to  make  uniform  rules  and  regulations  for  carrying  out  the  provisions  of 
this  act. 

SEC.  11.  Sampling.     1  son  who  exposes  or  offers  for  sale  or  delivers 

to  a  purchaser  any  food,  shall  furnish  within  business  hours  and  upon  tender 
and  full  p.iyiuoni  of  the  selling  price,  a  sample  of  such  food,  to  any  person  duly 
authorixrd  to  secure  the  same,  and  who  shall  apply  to  such  manufacturer  or 
vendor  or  person  delivering  such  food  to  a  purchaser  for  such  sample  in  suffi- 
cient quantity  f..r  the  analysis  of  such  article  or  articles  in  his  possession. 
Samples  may  he  purchased  on  the  open  market  and  shall  be  representative 
samples;  the  collector  shall  also  note  the  name  of  the  vendor  and  agent  through 
whom  the  sale  was  actually  made,  together  with  date  of  purchase,  and  all 
samples  not  taken  in  unbroken  and  sealed  original  packages  shall  be  sealed  by 
the  u  the  presence  of  the  vendor  with  a  seal  provided  for  the  purpose, 

iien  possible,  samples  shall  be  unbroken  and  sealed  original  packages,  or 
taken  ..ut  ,,f  unto  -ealed  original  packages.     Three  like  samples  shall 

Alined  when-  ••  is  in  the  original  package,  or,  if  not  in  the  original 

package,  the  sample  obtained  shall  he  divided  into  three  equal  parts  and  each 
^hall  be  labeled  with  the  marks,  brands  or  tags  upon  the  package,  carton, 
mpanying  printed  or  written  matter.     One  sample 

shall  i»e  delivered  to  the  party  from  whom  purchased,  or  to  the  party  guarantee- 
Ing  V  !»les  shall  be  sent  to  the  dairy  and  food  com- 

0  l»e  analyzed,  as  provided  in  this  act  and  the  other 
shall  l»e  held  under  seal  by  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner. 

for  Inndirinij  mf  »/•<•<  nnnt.  Any  manufacturer,  dealer  or 
person  who  refuses  to  comply  UJMHI  demand  with  the  requirements  of  this  act  or 
who  shall  iiui>ede,  obstruct,  hinder  or  otherwise  prevent  or  attempt  to  prevent 
any  .-heinisi  inspector  or  other  person  in  the  performance  of  his  duty  in  con- 
nection with  this  act,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  upon  conviction  be 
lined  not  less  than  ten  dollars  nor  more  than  one  hundred  dollars,  or  be  im- 
;ied  not  more  than  one  hundred  days,  or  both,  in  the  discretion  of  the  court; 
and  said  fines,  less  the  legal  costs,  shall  be  paid  into  the  treasury  of  the  State. 

SK  '.    The  word  "  person  "  as  used  in  this  act  shall  be 

construed  to  import  both  the  plural  and  the  singular,  as  the  case  demands,  and 
shall  include  partnership,  corporations,  companies,  societies  and  associations. 
When  construing  and  enforcing  the  provisions  of  this  act,  the  act,  omission  or 

a  So  in  Statutes. 
64289—  Bull.  121—09 6 


82  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

failure  of  any  officer,  agent  or  other  individual  acting  for  or  employed  by  any 
partnership,  corporation,  company,  society,  or  association  within  the  scope  ot 
his  employment  or  office,  shall  in  every  case  be,  also  deemed  the  act,  omission, 
or  failure  of  such  partnership,  corporation,  company,  society,  or  association,  as 
well  as  that  of  the  individual. 

SEC.  14.  Seizure  and  condemnation.  Any  person,  firm,  or  corporation  who 
shall  manufacture,  sell  or  offer  for  sale  any  article  of  food  that  is  adulterated 
within  the  meaning  of  this  act,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and  in  addi- 
tion to  being  subject  to  the  penalties  already  provided  in  this  act,  the  article  of 
food  shall  be  subject  to  seizure  and  condemnation,  followed  by  sale  or  de- 
struction. 

Approved  March  14,  1908.    Acts  of  1908,  ch.  372,  pp.  654-659. 

CONFECTIONERY. 
See  General  Food  Laws,  sec.  6,  page  79. 

DAIRY  PRODUCTS. 

SEC.  11.  Investigation  of  creameries,  cheese  and  milk  factories,  etc.;  assist- 
ants. It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  to  foster  and 
encourage  the  dairy  industry  of  the  State,  and,  for  that  purpose  he  shall  investi- 
gate the  general  conditions  of  the  creameries,  cheese  factories,  condensed  milk 
factories,  skimming  stations,  milk  stations  and  farm  dairies  in  this  State,  with 
full  power  to  enter  upon  any  premises  for  such  investigation,  with  the  object  in 
view  of  improving  the  quality  and  creating  and  maintaining  uniformity  of  the 
dairy  products  of  the  State;  and  should  it  become  necessary  in  the  judgment  of 
the  dairy  and  food  commissioner,  he  may  cause  instruction  to  be  given  in  any 
creamery,  cheese  factory,  condensed  milk  factory,  skimming  station,  milk  sta- 
tion or  farm  dairy,  or  in  any  locality  of  this  State,  and  in  order  to  secure  the 
proper  feeding  and  care  of  cows,  or  the  practical  operation  of  any  plant  pro- 
ducing dairy  products,  and  in  order  to  procure  such  a  uniform  and  standard 
quality  of  dairy  products  in  this  State,  he  shall  furnish  a  sufficient  number  of 
competent  assistants,  the  appointment  of  whom  is  provided  for  in  section  four 
of  this  act,  and  they  shall  be  duly  qualified  to  act  as  such  assistants. 

SEC.  12.  Penalty  for  furnishing  unclean  milk  to  factories.  Whenever  it  is 
determined  by  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner,  his  deputy  or  assistants,  that 
any  person  is  using,  selling  or  furnishing  to  any  skimming  station,  creamery, 
cheese  factory,  condensed  milk  factory,  milk  depot,  farm  dairy,  milk  dealer, 
the  retail  trade  or  to  any  consumer  of  milk,  any  impure  or  unwholesome  milk 
or  cream,  which  impurity  or  unwholesomeness  is  caused  by  the  unsanitary  or 
filthy  conditions  of  the  premises  where  cows  are  kept  or  by  the  unsanitary  or 
filthy  care  or  handling  of  the  cows,  or  from  the  use  of  unclean  utensils  or  from 
unwholesome  food,  or  from  any  other  cause,  the  person  so  using,  selling  or 
furnishing  to  any  skimming  station,  creamery,  cheese  factory,  condensed  milk 
factory,  milk  depot,  farm  dairy,  milk  dealer,  the  retail  trade  or  to  any  con- 
sumer of  milk,  any  such  milk  or  cream,  shall  first  be  notified  and  warned  by  the 
said  commissioner,  his  deputy  or  assistants  not  to  use,  sell  or  furnish  such  milk 
or  cream  to  such  skimming  station,  creamery,  cheese  factory,  condensed  milk 
factory,  milk  depot,  farm  dairy,  milk  dealers,  the  retail  trade  or  to  any  con- 
sumer of  milk,  and  any  person  failing  to  obey  such  notice  and  warning  and 
continuing  to  use,  sell  or  furnish  to  any  skimming  station,  creamery,  cheese 


VIRGINIA.  83 

factory.  condensed  milk  factory,  farnrdairy.  milk  dealer  or  to  the  retail  trade 
such  impure  or  unwholesome  milk  or  cream,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor, 
anl,  upon  conviction  thereof  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  not  less  than  ten  dol- 
lars nor  more  than  til'ty  dollars  and  costs  of  prosecution  or  imprisonment  in 
tlu-  county  or  city  jail  not  to  exceed  ninety  days  or  until  such  fine  and  costs  are 
paid  nr  1'oth  tine  and  imprisonment  at  the  discretion  of  the  court. 

•iltij  fur  unxnnitaru  conditions  of  creameries,  etc.  Whenever  it 
is  determined  by  tin-  dairy  and  food  commissioner,  his  deputy  or  assistants,  that 
unsanitary  conditions  exist,  or  are  i>ermitted  to  exist,  in  the  operation  of  any 
skimming  station,  creamery,  cheese  factory,  condensed  milk  factory,  milk  depot, 
or  farm  dairy,  tin-  proprietor  or  proprietors  or  manager  of  said  skimming  station, 
creamery,  cheese  factory,  condensed  milk  factorj\milk  depot,  or  farm  dairy,  shall 
be  first  notified  and  warned  by  the  said  commissioner,  his  deputy  or  assistants, 
to  place  such  skimming  station  in  a  sanitary  condition  within  a  reasonable 
length  of  time:  and  any  person  or  persons  owning  or  operating  such  skimming 
station,  creamery,  cheese  factory,  condensed  milk  factory,  milk  depot,  or  farm 
dairy,  failing  to  obey  such  notices  and  warnings,  shall  be  guilty  of  a  misde- 
meanor, and  upon  conviction  thereof,  shall  be  punished  by  a  fine  of  not  less 
than  twenty  ti\e  dollars  nor  more  than  three  hundred  dollars,  and  cost  of  prose- 
cution, or  imprisonment  in  the  county  jail  not  to  exceed  ninety  days,  or  until 
such  fine  and  costs  are  paid,  or  both  fine  and  imprisonment,  at  the  discretion  of 
the  court. 

SEC.  14.  Rcyixtrntinn  of  creaitu  xe  factories,  etc.    It  shall  be  the  duty 

of  tin-  proprietor  or  proprietors  of  every  skimming  station,  creamery,  cheese 
factory,  condensed  milk  station,  or  milk  depot,  in  the  State  where  milk  or  cream 

•  •i\rd.  b\    piM-clia*..'  ..r  otherwise,  from  three  or  more  persons,  to  register 
with  tin-  dair\    anil  food  commissioner,  on  or  before  April  first  of  each  year, 
upon  blanks  furnished  by  said  oilieinl.  the  location  of  such  skimming  station, 

tnerj,  cheese  factory,  condensed  milk  factory,  or  milk  depot,  and  the  name 
-  owner  or  0WHen  and  manager.     And  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  proprietor 
••••prletors  of  every  skimming  station,  creamery,  cheese  factory,  condensed 
milk  fa.-ii.n   ..r  milk  depot,  in  this  State,  where  milk  or  cream  is  received,  by 
pu  re  base  or  othenv  ise.  from  three  or  more  j  arsons,  to  file  a  report  with  the  dairy 
and  food  commissioner,  said  rei>ort  to  be  made  on  or  before  April  first  of  each 
tijM.ii  blanks  furnished  by  said  official,  and  to  show  the  amount  of  milk  or 
I  by  said  skimming  station,  creamery,  cheese  factory,  condensed 
milk  factory,  or  milk  dei>ot  during  the  year  ending  December  thirty-first  pre- 
ceding; and  said  report  shall  show  the  amount  of  butter,  cheese,  or  condensed 
milk,   manufactured   during   tin-  year.    t.. -ether   with   a   list  of  the  names  and 

•  tlice  addresses  of  the  patrons  of  said  skimming  station,  creamery,  cheese 
ry.    condensed    milk    factory,    or   milk   depot.      Every    skimming   station, 

creamery,  cheese  factory,  condensed  milk  factory,  or  milk  depot,  so  registering 
and  so  reporting,  shall  pay  to  the  office  of  the  State  dairy  and  food  commis- 
sioner an  annual  registration  fee  of  five  dollars,  to  be  paid  at  the  time  of  such 
registration.  The  money  so  collected  by  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  shall 
u  paid  into  the  State  treasury,  and  be"  used  to  help  defray  the  expenses  of  the 
•  •ffi.-«.  of  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner  in  addition  to  the  annual  appropria- 
tion therefor.  _ 

1.",.   [Relates  to  commercial  feeding  stuffs.] 

SEC.  Hi.  An  mini  report  of  commissioner.  The  published  annual  report  of  the 
dairy  and  food  commissioner,  which  shall  be  made  to  the  commissioner  of  agri- 
culture and  immigration,  shall  include  a  complete  accounting  of  all  moneys 
received  and  expended  by  the  said  commissioner  for  the  period  covered  by 
said  rei>ort. 


84  FOOD  LEGISLATION,   YEAR  ENDED  JUNE  30,  1908. 

SEC.  17.  Enforcement  of  food  laws  by  dairy  and  food  commissioner.  The 
enforcement  of  all  existing  laws  to  prevent  the  manufacture  and  sale  of  adulter- 
ated and  misbranded  articles  of  food  heretofore  placed  under  the  direction  of 
the  commissioner  and  the  board  of  agriculture  and  immigration,  shall  hereafter 
be  placed  under  the  dairy  and  food  commissioner,  and  shall  be  enforced  by  him 
and  under  his  direction;  and  all  books,  papers,  and  matters  referring  to  the 
enforcement  of  such  laws  shall  be  transferred  to  the  office  of  the  dairy  and  food 
commissioner. 

SEC.  18.  Effect.  An  emergency  existing,  because  of  the  large  and  unlawful 
sale  of  adulterated  and  misbranded  food  products,  this  act  shall  take  effect 
from  its  passage. 

Approved  March  11,  1908;    Acts  of  1908,  ch.  188,  pp.  266-274. 

MEATS. 
See  General  Food  Laws,  sec.  8,  page  80. 


WISCONSIN. 

food  ami  dairy  la\v>  and  laws  regulating  the  sale  of  bread, 
incut,  and  Mrup.  a-  ainendt-d  July  0,  1907,  are  given  in  Bulletin  112, 
Part  II.  pair*'  I-"'-,  having  boon  included  for  convenience  in  tha,t  com- 
pilation, win. -li  mvnvd  only  laws  for  the  year  ending  June  30,  1907. 


Issued  June  7,  1900. 

U.  S.  DFPARTMFXT   OF  AGRICULTURE. 
BUREAU  OF  CHEMISTRY— BULLETIN  No.  122. 

II.  W.  \\ILKV,  Chi,-t  «.t  Bureau. 


PROCEEDINGS 


r\v  i:\Ty-riFTii  ANNTAL  CONVENTION 

OF   TllK 

ASSOCIATION  OF  HFFICIAL  AIIRICULTURAL  CHEMISTS, 


WASHINGTON,  h.  ('.,  NnVKMlil-K  1^-16,1908. 


IDIIKI)    HY 

1IAKVKY   W.  \VILKY, 
.I.IAKV  OF  TIIK  ASSOCIATION. 


GOVEKNMK  NT    PRINTING    OFFICE 

1909. 


Issued  June  7,  1001*. 

U.  S.  DEPARTMENT   OF  AGRICULTURE. 

BUREAU  OF  CHEMISTRY— BULLETIN  No.  122. 

H.  W.  WILEY,  Chief  of  Bureau. 


PROCEEDINGS 

OF   THE 

TWKXTY-FIFTH 

OF    THK 


.\Nsnri.\TiiiN  OF  OFFICIAL  AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTS, 


WASHINGTON.  H.  I  .,  XOVKMKKR  I'M 6, 1908. 


I  MITKU   BY 

1IAKVKV  W.  WILEY, 

>1  (  KETAKY  OF   THE   ASSOCIATION. 


WASHINGTON: 

GOVERNMENT     PRINTING     OFFICE 

1909. 


LETTER  OF  TRANSMITTAL 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE, 

BUREAU  OF  CHEMISTRY, 
Washington,  D.  C.,  January  15,  1909. 

SIR  :  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  for  your  approval  the  Proceedings 
of  the  Twenty-fifth  Annual  Convention  of  the  Association  of  Official 
Agricultural  Chemists.  The  reports  have  been  prepared  in  the  most 
concise  form  practicable  in  consideration  of  the  detailed  and  tech- 
nical character  of  the  work,  all  general  discussion  being  practically 
eliminated.  I  recommend  that  these  proceedings  be  published  as 
Bulletin  122  of  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry. 

Respectfully,  H.  W.  WILEY, 

Chief  of  Bureau. 
Hon.  JAMES  WILSON, 

Secretary  of  Agriculture. 

(2) 


CONTENTS. 


THURSDAY — MORNING  SESSION. 

Page. 

Mi  -Fill  "•!•-  ami  visitors  pi. -nit 7 

KepMrt  on  f 1  adulteratiMn.      My  II    K.  Barnard 11 

RepMrt  on  wine.      My  Julius  Hurt  vet 12 

! u- port  mi  Keer       I>  •    II     1-     Marnard 25 

Rrp<>rt  MM  di-til Ifil  liquors,      My  I..  M.  Tolman 25 

t  ..ii  vim-jar.      My  Charles  H.  Hickey 27 

rt  on  flavoring  extracts.     My  K    M    rhace 29 

•r  MII  spices.     By  A.  I..  \Vint MH 35 

rs.     By  H.  M.  Loom  is 38 

Tin  KSDAY — AFTERNOON  SESSION. 

;-t  MM  meat  and  fi.-h.      M\    I     <      \\et.er 42 

Report  on  the  adulteration  of  dairy  products.    By  Hermann  ('.  Lythgoe 51 

M  "ii  cereal  product-.      My  K    !•'.  I.add 53 

Report  mi  ve.jetaUe-  .canned  peas).     By  W.  L.  Dubois 58 

•  •paraii"ii  "i"  meat  proteids.     By  P.  F.  Truwlirid^1 61 

rt  on  preservatives.     M\  \\ .  1>.  Mi^-low 64 

<  offee,  and  cocoa.     By  A.  G.  Woodman 78 

i:>i iiii.ii  i-n  ..i  rai'fj-iaiiiiir  arid  and  caffein  in  coffee.     By  A.  G.  Woodman  and 

\V.  (  .  Ta\  1, .r 82 

FRIDAY     MORNING  SESSION. 

•t  «.n  th»-  determination  <>i  nitrogen.     By  Charles  L.  Penny 85 

•  i  <>n  iii'irirani"    plant  cnn.-t  it  uents.     By  H.  D.  11  ask  ins 92 

•i  MII  nu-.lirinal  plant-  and  dru--.      My  I..  I''.  Kebler 94 

A    preliminary    study    of    th»-    micriK-hemical   analysis   and    identification  of 

alkal..id-.     My  M..F.  Howard  and  C.H.  Stephenson 97 

( 'oMprrat iv<>  work  on  headache  mixtun-s.     My  \\'.  ().  Emery 100 

The   Decant}    iW  animal   experimentation    in  determining  the    purity  and 

.-trenu'tli  «i  medicinal  preparations.     M\  William  Salant 103 

;t  MII  instH-ticides.     My  ('.  C.  McDonnell 105 

dent  Snyder'*  address:  The  training  of  the  agricultural  chemist 110 

FRIDAY — AFTERNOON  SESSION. 

Uepm-t  MII  soils.     My  S.  D.  Averitt 114 

rt  on  the  determination  of  calcium  carbonate  in  soils.     By  Jacob  G.  Lip- 
man 120 

potash.     By  B.  B.  Ross 121 

rMinniittee  <    ,  food  adulteration).     By  L.  M.  Tolman 126 

Report  of  committee  on  the  testing  of  chemical  reagents.     By  L.  F.  Kebler 127 

Report  i  if  committee  on  food  standards 128 

Report  of  committee  on  nominations • 128 

The  assaying  of  alkaloidal  drugs.     By  C.  E.  Parker ... 

The  macroscopy  and  microscopy  of  drugs.     By  H.  H.  Rusby 136 

(3) 


SATURDAY — MORNING  SESSION. 

Page. 

Report  on  phosphoric  acid.     By  J.  M.  McCandless 140 

Thomas  slag.     By  J.  B.  Lindsey 148 

Valuation  of  phosphoric  acid  in  basic  slag.     By  H.  D.  Haskins 151 

Report  on  dairy  products.     By  J.  M.  Bartlett 152 

Report  on  foods  and  feeding  stuffs.     By  Fred  W.  Morse 159 

The  determiftation  of  acidity  in  cattle  feeds.     By  John  Phillips  Street 160 

The  manufacture  of  gluten  feed.     By  T.  B.  Wagner 164 

Report  on  the  separation  of  nitrogenous  bodies:  Milk  and  cheese  proteids.     By 

L.  L.  Van  Slyke 167 

Report  on  sugar.     By  A.  H.  Bryan  and  Fritz  Zerban 168 

Detection  of  small  percentages  of  commercial  glucose  in  sirups  and  honey.     By 

A.  II.  Bryan 180 

Report  of  Committee  A  on  recommendations  of  referees.     By  R.  J.  Davidson..  183 

Conversion  tables 184 

Report  of  committee  on  fertilizer  legislation 185 

Report  of  committee  on  the  revision  of  methods.  ^y  J.  K.  Haywood 187 

Report  of  Committee  B  on  recommendations  of  referees.     By  B.  B.  Ross 187 

Report  of  committee  on  resolutions.     By  L.  L.  Van  Slyke 189 

Appointment  of  committee  on  the  revision  of  methods  and  recommendations 

of  referees 190 

MONDAY — MORNING  SESSION. 

Methods  relating  to  the  rate  of  decomposition  of  organic  matter  in  the  soil.     By 

Jacob  G.  Lipman 191 

The  possibilities  of  muscovado  sugar  as  an  adulterant  for  maple  products.  By 

R.  E.  Doolittle  and  A.  F.  Seeker 196 

Notes  on  the  Winton  lead  number  of  mixtures  of  cane  and  maple  sirup.  By 

R.  E.  Doolittle  and  A.  F.  Seeker 198 

The  determination  of  fusel  oil  by  alkaline  permanganate.  By  A.  S.  Mitchell 

and  C.  R.  Smith 199 

M  ft  hods  of  analysis  of  distilled  spirits.  By  L.  M.  Tolman  and  W.  E.  Hillyer..  206 
Determination  of  the  iodin  number  of  the  nonvolatile  ether  extract  of  paprika. 

By  W.Denis 213 

Determination  of  starch  in  cocoa  products.  By  W.  L.  Dubois 214 

MONDAY — AFTERNOON  SESSION. 

Examination  of  oysters.  By  W.  D.  Bigelow 215 

Simple  tests  for  detecting  bleaching  in  flour.  By  A.  L.  Winton  and  E.  J. 

Shanley 216 

A  modification  of  the  Bamihl  test  for  detecting  wheat  flour  in  rye  flour.  By 

A.  L.  Winton 217 

Moisture  determinations  without  the  aid  qf  heat.  By  P.  F.  Trowbridge 219 

The  unification  of  saccharimetric  observations.  By  C.  A.  Browne 221 

< 'itral  and  its  analysis  in  terpeneless  extract  of  lemon.  By  Samuel  H.  Baer. . .  229 
An  outline  to  assist  in  the  identification  of  certain  water-soluble  coal-tar  colors 

By  C.  B.  Cochran 230 

Officers,  referees,  and  committees  for  the  year  1908-9 234 

<  ^institution 237 

Index ---"-  239 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Page. 

Apparatus  f.»r  <!••!. Tnunin.:  volatile  and  fixed  acids  in  \viiii' 21 

aphic  of  colhn  :.-ult-  »n  amyl  alcohol  by  the  Allen-Mar- 

<piardt  method  and  ih»-  propo-rd  modification 26 

•  lal  nitro^'ii  and  ammonia  and  changes   in 
th<-  r  «  ..ri-iitucni-  -.nluhlr  in  i,-.  \van-r.  ni  t'n-sh,  cold-stored, 

and  prctHTvi-d  rhirkrn  int-ai,  during  srvcn  days 4G 

hangos  takiiiL:  pla. •••  during'  M-VI-II  days  in  'he  nitrogenous  constituents 
•in  t.-mp«-ratiir«"  «.f  fn-h,  cold-stored,  and   pre- 

.  d  chii-ki-n  in* -at 47 

mi'iluMls  f.ir  th«-  drtcrmination  of  amyl  alcohol 212 

Kamihl  -'hit.-n  i.-i..  218 


I'lioi  KKDIXGS  OF  THE  TWENTY-FIFTH  ANNUAL  CONVENTION 
OF  THE  ASSOCIATION  OF  OFFICIAL  AGRI- 
CULTURAL CHEMISTS. 


DAY. 

THURSDAY—  MORNING  SESSION. 

Tin-  t  went  y-tiftli  annual  convention  of  the  Association  of  Official 
Agricultural  CheniM-  was  called  to  order  by  the  president,  Mr. 
Harry  Snyd.  i.  .»('  St.  Anthony  Park,  Minnesota,  on  the  morning  of 
N-.  vemher  I'J.  in  the  Annex  Hall  of  the  Normandie  Hotel,  Washing- 
tun.  I).  C. 

T\vn  hundred  and  sixteen  members  and  visitors  registered  during 
the  rnnvrntinn,  <-.  .n-t  it  1  1  1  iiiLr  the  largest  attendance  ever  recorded. 
The  li-t  i-  afl  f"ll"\\- 

MEMBERS  AND  VISITORS  PRESENT. 

A.  lain-.  Arthur  I'.  .  I'.un-an  of  Internal  Revenue.  Washington,  D.  C. 

Albreeh.  Maximilian  C.,  I     8.  Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  Pittsburg,  Pa. 

Allen.  Rolx-rt  M  uliural  Experiment  Station,  Lexington,  Ky. 

Alwood,  William  Bradford,  '  '  Stonehenge  "  Laboratories,  Charlottesville,  Va. 

Am«..-<.  Harold  I...  Bureau  <>f  Chemistry,  Washington,  I).  C. 

Averiti    s    l>      \-n«  ultural  Experiment  Station,  Lexington,  Ky. 


Hail«-v,  H.-rl..-n  S  ,  I'.un-uu  ,if  (  hemistry.  U'ashington,  D.  C. 
Mak.-r.  I!    I       .....  ..  in     N     Y. 

I  Jab  •••in.  R.  Wilfred,  Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
I'arber,  Kat.-  (,  ,  Uun-au  <>f  I'hemisiry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Hainan  I.  Harry  E.,  State  Food  and  Dairy  Commission,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 
Kanleti.  James  M..  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Orono,  Me. 

.  •!•>!(.  n.  Hun-ail  m"  <  'ht-misiry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
P.eal.  W.  H..  office  of  Experiment  Stations,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Bell,  James  Munsie,  Bureau  of  Soils,  Washington,  I).  C. 
Bithvell,  (i.oru'e  I...  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
l>k'i-ln\v,  Willard  D.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Billing.  <ieor->-  A  .  Department  of  Agriculture,  \Vashington,  D.  C. 
Rmvker,  W.  II.,  Bowker  Fertilizer  Company,  Boston,  Mass. 
Boyle,  Martin,  Bureau  <>f  Ch«-iuistry.  Washington,  D.  C. 
Boyle.--.  Frank  M..  Bureau  of  Chemistry.  Washington,  D.  C. 
Brea/.eale.  James  Frank,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.'  C. 
Brt-ckenridge,  John  E.,  American  Agricultural  Chemical  Company,  New  York,  N.  Y, 

(7) 


8 

Bridges,  Benjamin  H.,  Food  and  Drug  Analyst  to  State  of  Florida,  Tallahassee,  Fla. 
Brinton,  Clement  S.,  U.  S.  Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Broughton,  Levin  B.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  College  Park,  Md. 
Browne,  Charles  A.,  New  York  Sugar  Trade  Laboratory,  New  York,  X.  Y. 
Bryan,  A.  Hugh,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Bryan,  Thomas  J.,  State  Analyst,  Chicago,  111. 

Burnet,  Wallace  C.,  U.  S.  Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  Savannah,  Ga. 
Burnett,  Lyle  B.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Campbell,  Walter  Gilbert,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Carpenter,  Frank  B.,  Virginia-Carolina  Chemical  Company,  Richmond,  Va. 

Carroll,  John  S.,  German  Kali  Works,  Atlanta,  Ga. 

(  usileman,  Philip,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Cathcart,  Charles  S.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  New  Brunswick,  X.  J. 

Cavauaugh,  George  W.,  State  College  of  Agriculture,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  X.  Y. 

Chace,  E.  M.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Chapin,  Robert  M.,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Chesnut,  Victor  King,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Church,  C.  G.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Cochran,  C.  B.,  Department  of  Agriculture,  West  Chester,  Pa. 

Cole,  Frank,  College  Park,  Md. 

Collins,  Arthur  T.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Collins,  Paul,  Agricultural  College,  College  Park,  Md. 

Collins,  William  Dennis,  Bureau  of  Chemistry.  Washington,  D.  C. 

Cook,  Frank  C.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry.  Washington,  D.  C. 

Davidson,  Robert  James,  Polytechnic  Institute,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Deemer,  Ralph  B.,  College  Park,  Md. 

Denis,  Willey,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Dietrich,  Harry  W.,  Xoblesville,  Ind. 

Dodge,  C.  O.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Donk,  M.  G.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Doolittle,  Roscoe  E.,  U.  S.  Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  Xew  York,  X.  Y. 

Doran,  James  M.,  Bureau  of  Internal  Revenue,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Dorset,  Marion,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  Washington,  D.  (  . 

Doyle,  Aida  M.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Dubois,  Wilbur  Latimer,  U.  S.  Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  Buffalo,  X.  Y. 

Dunbar,  Paul  B.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  P. 

Dunlap,  F.  L.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry.  Washington,  D.  C. 

Eat«»n,  Edgar  O.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Edmond,  Herman  D.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Storrs,  Conn. 
Ellett,  Walter  B.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Blacksburg,  Va. 
Emery,  James  Armitage,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Emslie,  Benjamin  Leslie,  Toronto,  Canada. 

Feldstein,  Leonard,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Fetzer,  Lewis  William,  College  Park,  Md. 

Fi><-her,  Louis  A.,  Bureau  of  Standards,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Forst,  Leo  B.,  Bureau  of  Internal  Revenue,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Fox,  Paul  J.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Frear,  Julia  Reno,  State  College,  Pa. 

Frear,  William,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  State  College,  Pa. 

Fuller,  Aubrey  V.,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Fuller.  F.  D.,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 

Fuller,  Henry  C.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry.  Washington!  D.  C. 


(iei-ler,  Joseph  F.,  State  Department  of  Agriculture,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
Given,  Arthur.  Bureau  of  Chemistry ,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Good  now,  Kdw.  II.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

irirh.  Charlr.-  K.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
(Ion-.  II.  C.,  Bureau  <>f  <  'hemi-try,  Washington,  D.  C. 
C.udeman,  Edward,  Chicago,  111. 

urt,  Robert,  Ontario  Agricultural  College,  Guelph,  Canada. 
Hart,  U.  II..  I".  S.  Food.and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 
Harthran,  Will  II.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Hart  man,  .Jo-eph  Vance,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Hart  \\cll.  Hurt  L.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Kingston,  R.  I. 
Hay  wood,  John  K.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Hayw'MMl.  W.  (irimes,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Raleigh,  N.  C. 
Hillyer,  William  Kldridure,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Holland.  Kdu .  B.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Amherst,  Mass. 
Hiif.  U'Tt  Holmes,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Morgantown,  W.  Va. 

r,  George  W.,  Bureau  of  Chemi-trv,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Ho|.kin  .  <  'yril  G.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Urbana,  111. 

,  i  i.  .Julia -.  State  Dairy  and  Food  Department,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
II     ;,'hton,  Harry  W  ,  Uun-aii  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Howard.  U.  J.,  Bureau  of  Chemi-trv,  Washington,  D.  C. 
llud-on.  <  laude  S.,  Hureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  I).  C. 
Humphn-y.  11 .  '    .  <  orn  Products  Refining  Company,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Ingereoll,  Edwin  Henry,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  W'ashington,  D.  C. 

Jiu-"h-.  r.enjamin  Richard,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  \\  a>hington,  D.  C. 
Jaffa.  Myer  Kdward,  State  Food  and  Drug  Laboratory,  Berkeley,  Cal. 
Ji-nkin-.  l.awn-in •••  J..  Hureati  of  ( 'hemi>tr\ ,  \\"a.-hington,  D.  C. 

>r\<--  II.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Burlington,  Vt. 

Kel,l,-r.  l.vman  F..  I'.ureau  ..f  <  'hemi-try,  Washington,  D.  C. 

ter,  JohnT.,  Uur. -an  -i '«  liemistry.  Washington,  D.  C. 

K.  llo--.  Jam.--  W..  Tenn-ylvanitt  Department  of  Agriculture,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 
Kerr.  K  l.ert  II.,  Uureau  of  Animal  Industry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Kniu'lit.  (ieorge  W.,  Hureau  of  Ch«-mi.-try,  Washington,  D.  C. 

it.  Henry  G.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Laramie,  Wyo. 
Kniirht.  Howard  L.,  OflSce  of  Experiment  Stations,  Washington,  D.  C. 

I.aUa.  h,  .!  Vgricultural  Experiment  Station,  Lexington,  Ky. 

I.add.  K.lwin  1  ..  Agricultural  College,  Fargo,  N.  D. 

l.ane,  (  larence  I',.,  Dairy  Division,  Department  of  Agriculture,  WTashington,  D.  C. 

Cieorge  D.,  Agricultural  Experts'  Association,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
ft,  Sherman,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
LeClerc,  .1.  A  .  Uureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Liep-ner,  F.  \\  ..  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
hinder,  \\  illiam  Vanarsdale,  Bureau  of  Internal  Revenue,  Washington,  D.  C. 
I.ipman,  Jacob  G.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  New  Brunswick,  N.  J. 
Loomis,  Henry  M.,  U.  S.  Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  Seattle,  Wash. 
Loweu.^ein.  Arthur,  Morris  &  Company,  Chicago,  111. 
LyiK-h,  William  D.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Lythijoe,  Hermann  C.,  State  Board  of  Health,  Boston,  Mass. 


10 

McCaughey,  William  John,  Bureau  of  Soils,  Washington,  D.  C. 

McCormick,  R.  A.,  McCormick  &  Co.,  Baltimore,  Md. 

McCormick,  W.  M.,  McCormick  &  Co.,  Baltimore,  Md. 

McDonnell,  Henry  B.,  State  Chemist,  College  Park,  Md. 

McGill,  A.,  Inland  Revenue,  Ottawa,  Canada. 

McKeefe,  Edward  P.,  State  Department  of  Agriculture,  Albany,  N.  Y. 

M<  Neil,  H.  C.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Magruder,  Egbert  Walton,  Department  of  Agriculture*  Richmond,  Va. 

Martin,  Charles  W.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Mason,  G.  F.,  H.  J.  Heinz  Company,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Michael,  Louis  G.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Ames,  Iowa. 

Miller,  Charles  C.,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Mitchell,  Andrew  S.,  U.  S.  Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  St.  Paul,  Minn 

Moore,  C.  C.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Moore,  C.  S.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Morgan,  Francis  Patterson,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Morgan,  Will  John,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Morse,  Fred  W.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Durham,  N.  H. 

Morton,  Grant  J.,  Agricultural  College,  N.  D. 

Osborne,  N.  S.,  Bureau  of  Standards,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Palmore,  Julian  I.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Paradis,  El  wood  M.,  Maryland  Agricultural  College,  College  Park,  Md. 

Parker,  Charles  E.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Parkinson,  N.  A.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Patten,  Andrew  J.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  East  Lansing,  Mich. 

Payne,  Robert  L.,  Baugh  &  Sons  Company,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Pennington,  Mary  E.,  Food  Research  Laboratory,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Pierce,  Anne  L.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Pinkerton,  Thomas  C.,  Baugh  &  Sons  Company,  Baltimore,  Md. 

Price,  Thomas  Malcolm,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Proctor,  M.  Fergus,  Bureau  of-Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Read,  Erne  Alberta,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Reed,  Edward  O.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  O.  C. 

Richardson,  William  D.,  Chicago,  111. 

Rieger,  John  B.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Roark,  Ruric  Creegan,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Robertson,  B.  F.,  Clemson  College,  S.  C. 

Robb,  John  Bernard,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Richmond,  Va. 

Ross,  B.  B.,  State  Chemist,  Auburn,  Ala. 

Rudnick,  Paul,  Armour  &  Co.,  Chicago,  111. 

Rupp,  Dr.  Philip,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Rusby,  Henry  H.,  Newark,  N.  J. 

Salant,  William,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Schorger,  Arlie  William,  Bureau  of  Internal  Revenue,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Schulz,  Henry  L.,  U.  S.  Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  Detroit,  Mich. 

Scovell,  Melvill  A.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Lexington,  Ky. 

Seidell,  Atherton,  Hygienic  Laboratory,  WTashington,  D.  C. 

Seil,  Harvey  A.,  U.  S.  Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Sheib,  S.  H.,  Tennessee  Chemical  Company,  Nashville,  Tenn. 

Shepard,  James  K.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Brookings,  S.  Dak. 

Shurly,  R.  Rex,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 


11 

Sindall,  Harry  E.,  Weikel  &  Smith  Spice  Company,  Philadelphia,  Pa. 

Skinner,  \Y.  \V.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Spencer,  George  Carl,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Spra^ue,  L.  P.,  Board  of  Health  Laboratory,  Burlington,  Vt. 

Smith,  Bernard  H.,  Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  Boston,  Mass. 

Smith,  F.  G.,  Department  of  Agriculture,  New  Orleans,  La. 

Smither,  F.  II.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Snyder,  Harry,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  St.  Anthony  Park,  Minn. 

Speare,  Howell  Davis,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Lexington,  Ky. 

Stephenson,  C.  H.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Stewart,  Guy  Robertson,  U.  S.  Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  New  York,  N.  Y. 

Stiles,  George  W.,  jr.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Stone,  I.  Victor,  Maryland  Agricultural  College,  College  Park,  Md. 

Straughn,  M.  N.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C.  , 

Stn-.-t,  John  Phillips,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  New  Haven,  Conn. 

Sullivan,  Arthur  L.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  I).  C. 

Tul>er,  Walter  0.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Taylor,  .him.-  Norman,  Bureau  of  Animal  Industry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Taylor,  S.  F.,  108  Hudson  Street,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
That*  her,  Arthur  S.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Thatcher,  R.  W.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Pullman,  Washington. 
Tolman,  L.  M.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Trescot,  Thomas  Cuthbert,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
bridge,  P.  F.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Columbia,  Mo. 

Valaer,  Peter,  jr.,  Bureau  of  Internal  lie  venue,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Van  Slyke,  Lucius  Lincoln,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Geneva,  N.  Y. 

V.-iti-h,  I  .  P.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Wadr.  Harold  Rollins,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington.  D.  C. 
Waggaman,  William  11.,  Bureau  of  Soils,  Washington,  D.  C. 

I:     »  hicago,  111. 
Walker.  Perry  11  ,  Bureau  of  <  h.-mi.Mry.  Washington,  I>.  C. 

M.  I  ewifl  K..  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  I).  C. 
Wat  kins,  Howard  II.,  Army  Medical  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C. 

C.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  I).  <  . 
Wheeler,  H.  J.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Kingston,  R.  I. 
\\hittield,  James  M.,  City  Board  of  Health,  Richmond,  Va. 
Wiley.  11.  \\    .  Bur.-aii  of  t  'In'inistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Wiley.  S,  W..  Wiley  A  Hoffman.  Baltimore,  Md. 

Wilhird,  Julius  T.,  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Manhattan,  Kans. 
Wilson.  C.  P.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  I).  C. 
Winton,  A    1...  Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  Chicago,  111. 
Wither*.  \\  .  A  .  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  Raleigh,  N.  C. 

Ynunir,  William  J..  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

REPORT    ON    FOOD    ADULTERATION. 
By  H.  F.  BARNARD,  Referee. 

The  demand  for  analytical  data  bearing  on  the  composition  of  normal  and  abnormal 
food  products  that  has  arisen  in  the  past  three  years  because  of  the  enactment  of  food 
le-islation  has  shown  most  clearly  the  absolute  necessity  for  accurate,  precise,  and 
at  the  same  time  rapid  methods  for  food  analysis.  It  did  not  at  first  appear  that  the 


12 

problems  of  the  food  analyst  were  greatly  different  from  those  of  the  analytical  chem- 
ist, but  as  the  work  has  developed,  a  new  literature  and  a  new  chemistry  have  by 
rapid  evolution  been  added  to  the  broad  field  of  chemical  science.  The  boast  of  the 
manufacturing  chemist  that  he  is  always  a  year  in  advance  of  the  official  chemist  who 
is  hunting  down  iniquities  is  a  constant  stimulus  and  makes  necessary  the  continual 
development  of  new  methods  of  analysis  and  the  refinement  of  old  practices. 

No  radical  departure  from  established  methods  is  advocated  by  those  who  have 
studied  the  different  phases  of  food  adulteration  this  past  year,  but  the  reports  of  the 
associate  referees  show  the  necessity  for  continued  research. 

On  fruit  products,  baking  powder  and  baking  chemicals,  fats  and  oils,  condiments 
other  than  spices,  and  the  determination  o*  water  in  foods  no  reports  were  made. 
These  subjects  are  all  worthy  of  careful  study,  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  this  coming 
year  they  may  be  taken  up. 

I  take  occasion  to  call  the  attention  of  all  food  chemists  to  the  imperative  ner-es.-it  y 
for  the  adoption  of  uniform  methods  of  analysis  which  have  been  proved  accurate  and 
reliable.  The  work  of  this  association  is  most  valuable  in  providing  official  methods, 
but  no  association  can  compel  chemists  to  employ  standard  methods  or  insist  upon 
more  careful  analytical  work.  The  food  analyst  is  to-day  working  constantly  in  the 
limelight  and  his  results  very  frequently  are  carried  to  the  courts  and  are  subject  to 
the  scrutiny  of  expert  chemists  and  the  counsel  for  the  defendant.  In  too  many  cases 
it  has  appeared  that  the  results  of  analyses  have  been  published  and  even  used  in  court 
which  later  were  found  to  be  inaccurate,  thus  compelling  those  responsible  for 
the  publication  and  use  of  such  reports  to  make  public  retraction.  The  value  of  our 
work  is  greatly  impaired  by  the  constant  recurrence  of  such  mistakes.  The  necessity 
for  more  careful  work  is  well  shown  by  data  published  in  the  Proceedings  for  last  year, 
where  chemists  analyzing  similar  condensed  milks  report  an  ash  content  varying 
from  1.34  to  2.17  per  cent  and  a  fat  content  varying  from  7.50  to  9.24  per  cent.  If 
the  fat  in  the  original  milk  is  determined  in  these  samples  on  the  ash  basis,  in  one  case 
the  original  milk  content  is  4.2  per  cent  fat,  in  the  other  case  2.56  per  cent,  figures 
which  indicate  that  the  same  sample  of  evaporated  milk  was  in  one  instance  made 
from  whole  milk  and  in  the  other  from  skimmed  milk. 

Attention  is  again  called  to  the  fact  that  we  have  no  satisfactory  alcohol  table  which 
i>  accepted  by  all  chemists  as  a  standard.  The  several  alcohol  tables  now  in  use, 
namely,  those  published  in  the  Official  and  Provisional  Methods  of  Analysis,  the 
tables  given  in  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia,  and  those  in  use  by  the  Internal 
Revenue  Bureau,  are  not  alike.  More  than  that,  they  are  all  calculated  at  60°  F., 
instead  of  at  the  generally  accepted  standard  temperature  of  20°  C.  Can  not  this 
association  be  of  assistance  to  the  puzzled  chemist  who  is  constantly  compelled  to 
recalculate  and  correct  his  results  and  who  is  confronted  in  court  by  alcohol  per- 
centages so  different  from  his  as  to  discredit  his  testimony,  but  which  when  calculated 
to  the  same  basis  on  the  same  table  are  found  to  be  identical? 

The  Bureau  of  Standards  may  well  cooperate  with  the  committee  from  this  associa- 
tion for  the  purpose  of  revising  the  alcoholometric  tables,  and  it  is  recommended  that 
a  committee  be  appointed  for  this  pin-pose. 

REPORT  ON  WINE. 

By  JULIUS  HORTVET,  Associate  Referee. 

OUTLINE  OF  THE  WORK. 

On  February  28,  after  some  preliminary  correspondence,  the  referee  on  wine  sent 
out  the  following  letter,  accompanied  by  methods  of  analysis  for  alcohol,  extract, 
glycerol,  ash,  fluorids,  and  total  sulphurous  acid,  substantially  as  given  in  Bulletin 
107  and  in  Windisch's  Untersuchung  des  Weines.  On  June  11  these  instructions 


13 

were  supplemented  hy  a  further  letter  submitting  a  modified  method  for  the  deter- 
mination <>f  volatile  and  fixed  acids.  The  subjects  reported  upon  included  the  deter- 
mination of  u'lycerol  in  wines,  the  examination  of  natural  coloring  matter  in  wines, 
and  the  determination  of  total,  fixed,  and  volatile  acids;  besides  which  there  was 
submitted  a  special  report  on  the  determination  of  reducing  sugars,  by  R.  M.  West. 
Th.-.-  pa pi-rs,  together  with  the  letter  of  instructions  and  a  statement  of  the  modified 
methods  which  were  studied,  constitute  the  report  of  referee. 

INSTRUCTIONS. 

FEBRUARY  28,  1908. 
Di.\i:Sii;:   I  wnd  you  herewith  an  outline  of  methods  for  analysis  of  wine.     It  is  my 

desire  that  you  subject  these  methods  t  •  careful  investigation,  using  for  the  purpose 
samples  of  your  o\vn  mlliTtion.  In  general  the  plan  of  work  for  this  year  will  be  to 
allow  each  collaborator  Considerable  latitude  as  to  how  he  is  to  conduct  his  work.  '  In 
..flier  word.-,  you  are  requested  to  make  an  independent  investigation  of  all  or  as  many 
of  ihe-e  methods  as  possible  and  prepare  a  paper  giving  your  results  and  criticisms. 

i.il  attention  i,  directed  to  the  following  points: 

(\)  The  change  to  20°  C.  as  the  standard  temperature  for  specific  gravity  and  alco- 
hol  determinations. 

(2)  t'niformity  of  terms  in  which  to  express  results,  considering  especially  (a)  the 

i  e\pn->.-in-.'  all  results  when  possible  in  grams  per  100  cc  of  sample,  (6)*the  idea 

Lpremng  total,  volatile,  and  li\«-d  acids  as  cubic  centimeters  of  normal  acid  in 

>le. 

1  tnpr»\  emeu?.-  iii  the  method  for  detenniniiig  glycerol. 

A    thorough   trial  <-f  the  new  method  of  determining  volatile  and  fixed  acids 
(see  below).     A  drawing  and  a  description  of  the  apparatus  used  are  given  in  this 

conne 

:n  of  the  uranium  method  for  determining  phosphoric  acid  *     *. 

:h'-  -cheme  f, -r  ••\amination  of  the  natural  coloring  matter 
of  \\in.-s,  n-ini:  i'..r  the  purpose  samples  of  the  red-wine  class. 

(7)  A  .Tiiici.-m  ..f  the  method  for  detecting  lluorids  ami  the  method  for  determin- 

.Iphun.us  . 
-     An  inxe.-iiuMiion  and  .  -niicism  ..f  any  of  the  other  provisional  methods  for  wines. 

perially  the  \olumetric  metho<l  for  determining  reducing  sugars. 
It   is  desired  that   the  i  .ur  in\  est  i-jat  ions  be  reported  in  full,  showing  all 

important  numerical  data.  ConcluriODB,  and  reo.mmendat  ions.     *     *     * 

PKOI'OSKI>  MKTIK    i    -    fOB    MM     W    I  I   I:  M  1  \  A  I  H  >  \    ol    TOTAL,   VOLATILE,  AND  FIXED  ACIDS. 

Total  acids." 

.inure  10  cc  of  the  sample  into  a  300  cc  flask,  add  100  to  200  cc  of  recently  boiled 
distilled  water,  according  t<>  the  color  of  the  wine,  and  boil  three  minutes  under  a 
retlnv  condenser.  Alter  «-.... liny  add  '1  «>r  :i  drops  of  phenolphthalein  and  titrate  with 
tenth-normal  sodium  hydmxid.  Kx press  the  result  for  total  acids  as  cubic  centi- 
mei.-r-  '.i  n.irmal  K*ld  in  l"(l  CC  of  the  wine. 

\'<>la'ii>  amlji.rfil  acids. 

The  apparan:  1  con<i-i<  of  a  cvlindrical  flat  bottomed  flask  of  about  300  cc 

capa«it\.  provided  with  an  elongated  wide  neck.  Into  the  neck  of  this  flask  is  fitted 
by  mean-  of  a  -hort  .-«•« -tion  of  thick  rubber  tubing  a  cylindrical  shaped  flask  in  the 
but  torn  of  which  is  a  small  opening  leading  inward  through  a  siphon-shaped  tube 
bent  back  upon  it-elf  ami  terminating  at  a  point  close  to  the  bottom.  The  inner  flask 
IB  O  mnected  to  a  condenser  by  means  of  a  bent  tube  and  safety  bulb.  In  the  stopper 
i-  al-o  tilted  a  small  funnel  provided  with  a  glass  stop-cock.  The  distillate  from  the 
condenser  i-  received  in  a  cylindrical  graduate. 

Pour  100  cc  of  recently  boiled  distilled  water  into  the  larger  flask,  tightly  fit  the 

smaller  tlask  into  the  wide  neck,  run  in  10  cc  of  wine  through  the  funnel,  rinse  out  the 

funnel  with  a  little  water,  close  the  stop-cock  and  heat  the  water  to  boiling.     The  steam 

nir  through  the  siphon  tube  and  through  the  wine  carries  out  the  volatile  acids. 

When  50  cc  of  distillate  have  passed  over,  empty  the  graduate  and  continue  the 

Pierre   Breteau,  Guide  pratique  des  falsifications  et  alterations  des  substances 
alimentaires,  p.  318. 


14 

distillation  Titrate  the  50  cc  distillate  with  one-tenth  normal  sodium  hydroxid, 
u.-ing  phenolphthalein  as  an  indicator 

Stop  the  distillation  when  an  additional  10  cc  of  distillate  requires  only  one  drop 
of  the  standard  alkali  solution  to  neutralize.  Usually  80  cc  of  distillate  will  include 
practically  all  of  the  volatile  acids.  .  . 

On  cooling  the  apparatus  the  liquid  remaining  in  the  inner  flask  is  siphoned  into 
the  outer  flask  Rinse  out  the  remaining  small  amount  of  sample  by  running  several 
portions  of  hot -water  through  the  funnel  tube  and  Disconnect  the  two  flasks.  In 
case  of  a  light  colored  wine  or  a  white  wine,  add  100  to  200  cc  of  recently  boiled  dis- 
tilled water  and  titrate  with  one-tenth  normal  sodium  hydroxid,  using  phenol- 
phthalein as  an  indicator.  In  the  case  of  a  highly  colored  wine,  after  cooling  the  liquid 
make  up  to  100  cc,  measure  out  25  cc,  dilute  with  recently  boiled  distilled  water  and 
titrate  as  before.  Express  the  results  for  ,-olatile  and  fixed  acids  as  cubic  centi- 
meters of  normal  acid  in  100  cc  of  the  wine. 

THE  DETERMINATION  OF  GLYCEROL  IN  WINES. 

The  method  submitted  to  collaborators  has  been  subjected  to  trial  on  a  dozen 
samples  of  genuine  California  wines.  After  the  residues  obtained  by  the  method 
had  been  weighed,  they  were  analyzed  for  glycerol  by  the  acid-dichromate  oxidation 
method,  as  follows: 

The  residue  was  dissolved  in  a  little  distilled  water,  filtered  and  washed  through 
a  previously  dried  and  weighed  small  filter,  and  the  solution  made  up  with  water 
to  50  or  100  cc,  the  volume  depending  on  the  amount  of  the  dissolved  residue.  An 
aliquot  portion  of  the  solution  (equivalent  to  from  0.3  to  0.5  gram  of  residue)  was 
run  into  a  200  cc  beaker,  20  cc  of  sulphuric  acid  (1:1)  and  50  cc  of  standard  potassium 
dichromate  solution  (1  cc  equivalent  to  0.01  gram  of  glycerol)  run  in  and  the  beaker 
placed  in  boiling  water.  During  the  heating  the  strength  of  a  prepared  solution  of 
ferrous-ammonium  sulphate  (240  grams  in  1,000  cc)  was  determined  by  titration  with 
the  dichromate.  At  trie  end  of  two  hours  the  beaker  was  removed  from  the  boiling 
water,  100  cc  of  water  added,  and  the  excess  of  dichromate  titrated  with  the  ferrous- 
ammonium  sulphate.  From  the  result  of  the  titration  the  weight  of  the  oxidized 
glycerol  was  calculated. 

A  sample  of  chemically  pure  glycerol,  which  by  specific  gravity  determination  and 
refractometer  reading  was  shown  to  be  99.3  per  cent  pure,  gave  by  this  method  97.7 
per  cent  pure  glycerol  by  weight.  The  filter  containing  the  residue  insoluble  in 
water  was  again  dried  at  100°  C.,  cooled  in  a  desiccator  and  weighed.  Tannin  was 
determined  in  another  aliquot  portion  of  the  solution  by  the  official  provisional 
method  given  for  tannin  in  wine.  The  results  of  these  determinations  are  shown  in 
the  accompanying  table.  In  three  instances,  owing  to  insufficient  material,  no  results 
for  tannin  were  obtained. 

There  seem  to  be  no  means  of  estimating  the  loss  of  glycerol  which  takes  place 
during  the  determination.  It  appears,  however,  that  the  material  which  is  extracted 
and  weighed  as  glycerol  is  never  pure  glycerol,  as  is  generally  assumed.  The  pro- 
portion of  glycerol  obtained  by  the  method  of  oxidation  ranges  from  84.7  to  88.5  per 
cent  of  the  weighed  residues.  Also  it  appears  that  in  some  cases  a  considerable 
amount  of  the  residue  consists  of  matter  insoluble  in  water,  and  also  tannin. 

Mr.  C.  S.  Ash,  chemist  of  the  California  Wine  Association,  recognizes  the  need  of 
an  improved  method  for  the  determination  of  glycerol,  and  describes  the  following, 
which  has  been  employed  in  his  laboratory: 

Measure  put  100  cc  of  wine  in  a  porcelain  dish,  evaporate  to  a  thick  sirup,  then 
make  alkaline  with  milk  of  lime  and  evaporate  almost  to  dryness.  Dissolve  out  the 

flycerol  with  successive  portions  of  boiling  hot  alcohol,  evaporate  the  alcohol  to  about 
cc,  transfer  to  a  stoppered  flask  or  cylinder  of  100  cc  capacity,  make  up  to  100  cc  with 
acetic  ether,  and  allow  to  stand  over  night.     Filter  the  liquid  from  the  precipitate, 
evaporate  off,  and  dry  the  glycerol  to  constant  weight  at  a  temperature  not  above  55° 
or  60   C. 

The  method  is  said  to  give  fairly  uniform  results,  and  the  most  unsatisfactory  part 
of  the  procedure  is  the  evaporation  of  the  solvent.  A  small  percentage  of  glycerol  is 
undoubtedly  lost,  especially  toward  the  end  of  the  process,  but  this  and  other  diffi- 
culties, it  is  hoped,  may  be  overcome  in  great  measure. 


15 


niparison  of  two  methods  for  the  determination  of  glycerol. 


<;i\i.'rol(lnlOOec). 

Water- 
insoluble 

Tannin 
in 

Percentage  composition  of  extract 
weighed  as  glycerol  m  provisional  method. 

Kind  of  win*-. 

in  •  x- 

extract 

By  pro- 
visiuii.il 
method. 

Hv  oxi- 
dation 
method. 

tr;u-t 
from  100 
ccof  wine. 

from  100 
ccof 
wine. 

Glycerol 
by  oxi- 
dation. 

Insoluble 
residue. 

Tannin. 

Unde- 
termined 
residue. 

Zinf.uid.-l  

Grams. 
0.  t.974 

Grams. 

• 

Grams. 
0.0066 

Grams. 
0  0115 

Per  cent. 

87  86 

Percent. 
0  95 

Per  cent. 
1  65 

Per  cent. 
9  54 

;  •  1  v 

.2226 

.0016 

0083 

85  88 

62 

3  20 

*  10  ''O 

Bharry    ' 

MM 

.  8-194 

0059 

88  48 

61 

Port  •  "  ' 

1  ,*.  i 

.0046 

0440 

86  79 

<0 

3  79 

9  02 

MllM-  I? 

1.0424 

BQQQ 

.0019 

0325 

85  38 

18 

3  12 

11  32 

Hock 

'.'•;: 

.6014 

0037 

0010 

86  57 

53 

14 

J9    yg 

.vine 

.64<0 

.5458 

.0010 

84  75 

16 

15  09 

Whit.-  wine  

,|    IIS 

.5498 

.0000 

85.79 

.00 

14.21 

Port  

.OH 

.cm 

.0012 

.0135 

88.01 

.18 

2.02 

9.79 



8QQO 

.0015 

.0210 

89.  (3 

.19 

2.70 

7.48 

.0033 

.0053 

85.00 

.-:5 

.72 

13.83 

.aio6 

.0014 

.0273 

85.24 

.20 

3.97 

10.59 

THE  DETERMINATION  OF  REDUCING  SUOAXS  is   WINE. 

The  foil. .win-.;  criticism,!  the  provisional  volumetric  method  of  the  association  was 
.n-.l  l,\  11  M  Paul,  Minn.: 

Tin-  chin'  ..l.jection  to  the  present  pn»\  i.-i..ual  methods  for  the  determination  of 
reducing  sugar*  in  win*-  .  liul.  107,  p.  87)  is  the  length  of  time  necessary  for  the  opera- 
ti"ii  tempi-  have  been  made  to  remedy  this  defect  by  the  introduction  of 

Volumetric  method-,  \\hich  as  a  rule  have  been  unsatisfactory  either  through  the 
necessity  i.f  preliminar\  mm  I.>H-  or  through  the  excessive  errors  caused  by  the 
•>l«- 1-.  >n<lit  i"!i->  under  \\  hich  the  copper  i.-  precipitated.  It  was  decided  after  care- 
ful (  on -i.it -ration  that  th*-  actual  precipitation  of  the  copper  by  the  provisional  method 
o>uld  not  l.e  modified  to  a.l\ antaire.  1'iit  that  the  ordinary  methods  of  preparing  the 
sample,  in  addition  to  bi-ini;  Imii:  ami  tedious  in  operation,  are  the  sources  of  several 
•  rore.  A  strong  solution  of  alcohol  fails  to  reduce  Fehling  solution,  and, 
such  being  the  case,  it  is  apparent  that  the  addition  of  25  cc  of  a  15  per  cent  solution 
of  ah  c.hnl  to  l_'<)  <•«•  .  .f  boiling  diluted  Kehlini:  solution,  from  which  it  would  be  almost 
immediately  boiled  off,  could  have  little  or  no  influence  on  the  precipitation  of  the 
copper.  Since  ihe  pro\iM..nal  nielli."!  calls  for  the  dealcoholization  of  the  wine 
previous  to  clarification,  its  omission  would  save  at  least  a  half  hour  without  decreasing 
the  accuracy  of  the  result.  Furthermore,  it  has  long  been  realized  that  the  use  of 
lead  subacetate  as  a  clarifying  ai^-nt  has  been  attended  with  several  errors.  In  the 
tir.-t  place,  the  precipitated  soli.L-  carry  with  them  small  amounts  of  sugar,  and,  in  the 
i  taking  an  aliquot  portion  of  the  filtrate  the  volume  of  the  precipitate 
is  not  considered.  This  second  error  is  repeated  when  the  excess  of  lead  is  removed 
with  sodium  sulphate,  and  all  these  errors  together,  when  multiplied  by  the  number 
of  times  that  the  sample  has  been  diluted  during  the  preparation  of  the  solution  in 
which  the  sugar  is  determined,  may  amount  to  a  considerable  proportion  of  the  total 
reducing  sugar  content  of  the  wine. 

It  is  proposed,  then,  that  the  preliminary  treatment  of  the  wine  consist  of  only  the 
dilution  necessary  to  obtain  a  solution  containing  not  more  than  1  per  cent  of  reducing 
su-ar,  that  the  copper  be  precipitated  in  the  usual  way,  filtered  as  quickly  as  possible, 
n -dissolved,  and  determined  volumetrically  or  by  electrolytic  deposition.  Analyses 
were  made  on  fourteen  samples  of  wine  by  both  the  provisional  and  the  proposed  new 
methods,  with  the  results  shown  in  the  accompanying  table.  To  make  these  results 
more  easily  comparable,  the  sample  was  diluted  with  the  same  amount  of  water 
for  both  determinations. 


16 


Comparison  of  methods  for  the  determination  of  reducing  sugars  in  wines. 


Kind  of  wine. 

Total 
solids  in 
100  cc. 

Reducing  sugar  in  25 
cc  of  diluted  solution 
(containing  not  more 
than  1  per  cent  of  re- 
ducing sugar). 

Times 
diluted. 

Reducing  sugar  in 
100  cc  of  wine. 

By  pro- 
visional 
method. 

By  pro- 
posed 
method. 

By  pro- 
visional 
method. 

By  pro- 
posed 
method. 

Red  wine                           

Grams. 
2.40 
2.17 
2.18 
4.37 
4.77 
12.00 
16.22 
1.72 
1.79 
1.61 
13.08 
5.47 
2.34 
12.83 

Mg. 
32.6 
27.0 
66.9 
145.9 
164.6 
201.9 
169.5 
25.8 
21.0 
22.5 
132.2 
87.2 
51.8 
126.5 

Mg. 
31.6 
28.1 
62.1 
146.5 
162.5 
201.5 
169.7 
26.4 
19.4 
18.9 
130.3 
85.7 
59.1 
127.9 

4  ' 
4 
4 
16 
16 
40 
80 
4 
4 
4 
80 
40 
4 
80 

Grams. 
0.1304 
.1080 
.2736 
2.3344 
2.6336 

8.o:eo 

13.5600 
.1032 
.0840 
.0900 
10.  57CO 
3.4880 
.2072 
10.  1200 

Grams. 
0.1264 
.1124 
.2484 
2.3440 
2.COOO 
8.0600 
13.  57CO 
.1056 
.0776 
.0756 
10.  4240 
3.4280 
-  .2364 
10.  2320 

Red  wine                                

Red  wine                                            -   - 

Sherry                          

Sherry                                

Port 

Muscat 

White  wine                         

White  wine                                       -  

White  wine 

Port                             

Sherry 

Claret 

Angelica                       

EXAMINATION   OF  THE  NATURAL  COLORING  MATTER  IN  WINE. 

The  following  statement  was  contributed  by  Genevieve  Imus,  St.  Paul.  Minn.  A 
complete  tabulation  of  results  of  tests  made  on  wine  colors  is  given  in  the  Twelfth 
Biennial  Report  of  the  Minnesota  State  Dairy  and  Food  Department,  pages  250  to  253. 

During  the  past  two  years  a  considerable  amount  of  time  has  been  given  to  the 
examination  of  the  natural  coloring  matter  of  wine.  The  work  has  not  included  the 
detection  of  coal-tar  dyes  or  other  added  colors  but  was  intended  primarily  for  the 
purpose  of  obtaining  on  samples  of  known  purity  data  that  would  be  of  value  as  criteria 
in  future  routine  analyses.  The  plan  of  making  all  color  comparisons  and  descriptions 
with  reference  to  reliable  standards  has  been  adopted,  and  to  this  purpose  the  color 
standards  employed  by  Mulliken  in  his  book  entitled  "A  Method  for  the  Identifica- 
tion of  Pure  Organic  Compounds,"  have  been  found  to  be  admirably  suited.  These 
standards  consist  of  18  pure  colors,  and  of  derived  tones,  36  tints,  36  shades,  and  12 
medium  broken  colors.  They  are  mounted  on  cardboard  in  compact  form  to  facilitate 
their  use  in  the  laboratory.  A  description  of  the  standards  and  a  discussion  of  the 
application  of  color  reactions  to  the  examination  of  unknown  substances  are  given  by 
Mulliken  on  pages  230  to  234.  In  matching  colors  the  best  results  are  obtained  if 
the  operator  stands  with  his  back  to  a  window  and  not  in  direct  sunlight:  The  mate- 
rial to  be  examined  should  be  held  about  an  inch  away  from  the  white  cardboard 
accompanying  the  color  charts  and  alongside  the  square  opening.  The  cardboard  is 
moved  about  until  the  exposed  color  matches  as  nearly  as  possible  the  color  of  the 
material.  A  clear  day  is  necessary  for  satisfactory  results. 

The  tests  which  are  described  below  were  made  upon  the  undiluted  wine  unless 
otherwise  stated.  In  tests  with  the  various  reagents  the  resulting  colors  of  the  solu- 
tion have  been  noted  as  well  as  the  color  of  any  precipitate  which  may  have  been 
formed.  In  the  solubility  tests  with  amyl  alcohol  the  colors  of  both  the  alcohol  and 
resulting  wine  have  been  matched  on  the  color  chart. and  recorded. 

(a)  About  5  ccof  the  sample  are  poured  into  each  of  six  test  tubes  and  the  folio  wing 
solubility  tests  are  applied:  To  each  of  two  portions,  one  acidified  with  a  few  drops 
of  hydrochloric  acid  and  one  made  alkaline  with  ammonia,  5  cc  of  ether  are  added. 
To  each  of  two  portions,  made,  respectively,  acid  and  alkaline  in  the  same  manner, 


17 

.",  cc  "i  am\l  alcohol  are  added.  The  tubes  are  thoroughly  shaken  and  the  liquids 
allowed  tn  ,-eparate.  If  in  any  case  an  emulsion  is  formed,  afew  drops  of  ethyl  alcohol 
UK-  added.  Similar  tests  are  made  on  the  remaining  portions  of  the  sample  without 
tin-  addition  of  acid  or  alkali. 

(6)  Ten  cubic  centimeters  of  the  sample  are  made  alkaline  with  baryta  water, 
shaken  with  an  equal  volume  of  amyl  alcohol  and,  after  observing  the  colors  of  the 
two  layers  as  directed,  acetic  acid  is  added  to  a  filtered  portion  of  the  amyl  alcohol 

(c)  To  50  cc  of  the  wine  in  a  beaker  an  equal  amount  of  water  and  a  few  cubic  centi- 
meters of  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  are  added.     In  this  is  placed  a  piece  of  white, 
fat-free  WIM.I  (loth,  about  10  cm  square,  and  the  solution  is  boiled  from  five  to  ten 
minutes.     The  <  loth  is  removed,  washed  in  a  stream  of  water,  and  after  noting  the 
color  the  wo<>l  is  tr«-at i-d  with  a  2  per  cent  ammonia  solution. 

(d)  l"\\  e  nibic  cent  i  meters  of  concentrated  nitric  acid  are  added  to  an  equal  amount 

of  the  wine  in  a  test   tube. 

(e)  To  10  cc  of  the  Cample  in  a  test  tube  5  cc  of  a  neutral  or  slightly  alkaline  mix- 
>f  a  10  per  cent    potas.-ium  alum  solution  and  a  10  per  cent  sodium  carbonate 

.-olution  are  added,  the  mixture  is  shaken  and  the  precipitate  formed  is  separated 
by  filteriii'.;.  In  like  manner  the  -uine  is  te-ted  witli  5  cc  of  a  mixture  of  lOpercent 
aluminum  acetate  solution  made  alkaline  with  10  per  cent  sodium  carbonate  solution. 
A  port  ion  of  the  .-ample  i-  al-o  treated  \\ithalOperceiitsoliitionofmercuricchlorid. 

•  f  the  sample  in  a  te-t  tube  are  added  3  cc  of  a  10  per  cent  solution  of 

I-  i  i  hakeii  and  filtered.     It  has  been  found  difficult  at 

time-  to  match  the  color  of  the  precipitate  closely  with  the  color  chart  and  in  such 

cases  the  coli.r  ha.-  1  ,ate.l  in  general  terms  such  as  blue-gray  or  brown-gray. 

About  <)(>">  u'ram  of  pulverized  yellow  oxid  of  mercury  is  added  to  20  cc  of 

the  -ample  and  the  mixture  heated  to  boiling  and  poured  through -a  double  filter. 

After  lir-i  noting  the  color  of  the  filtrate  a  few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid  are  added. 

(h)  To  each  of  two  10  re  portions  of  the  sample  in  test  tubes  a  few  drops  of  10  per 

t  ferric  chlorid  and  of  ferrous  sulphate  are  added,  respectively. 

Application  of  the  solubility  tests  described  above  has  shown  the  natural  color  in 
\\ine-  t,,  be  insoluble  in  ether  under  all  conditions  and  in  amyl  alcohol  when  the  wine 
i-  previously  made  alkaline  with  ammonia.  A  second  dye  was  obtained  with  one 
wine,  but  its  dull  appearance  and  its  reaction  with  ammonia  afforded  a  ready  means 
of  di-tin-uishinu'  the  dye  from  those  of  coal-tar  origin  and  from  vegetable  dyes  of  the 
lichen  group.  Hydrochloric,  .sulphuric,  and  acetic  acids  brighten  or  intensify  the 
color  of  the  original  wine,  ammonium  and  sodium  hydroxids  darken  the  solution,  and 
ammonia  alum  produces  no  change.  Tests  with  chalk  steeped  in  albumen  a  gave 
u n. -a ti.- factory  results. 

In  general  the  follo\\in_'  com lusions  may  be  drawn  from  the  results  obtained  by 

the.-e  te-t.-: 

1.  Nitric  acid  darken-  the  original  solution  of  red  wines,  but  produces  practically 
no  change  in  white  u 

The  lead  precipitates  vary  from  a  pale  yellow  in  white  wines  to  a 

deep  blue-gray  in  red  wines,  but  a  violet  or  red  color  is  never  found  in  the  precipitate 
from  a  genuine  wine. 

3.  Some  highly  colored  red  wines  give  a  slight  coloration  upon  the  addition  of 
hydrochloric  acid  to  the  filtrate  from  the  yellow  oxid  of  mercury. 

1     Ferric  salts  give  a  precipitate,  ferrous  salts  do  not. 

The  following  results  were  obtained  by  II.  V.  Frost  on  a  sample  of  red  wine  labeled 
"Vino  \  ecchio  del  (  hianti,  Toscano,  Italia."  No  evidence  as  to  the  authenticity  of 
the  \\ine  was  secured,  although  it  was  known  that  the  sample  was  imported  from 
Italy.  The  designations  as  to  color  correspond  to  those  in  Mulliken's  chart. 

"I".  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Cir.  25,  p.  17. 
73t>73—  r.ull.  11'2— 01) 2 


18 


Color  reactions  using  different  solvents  under  varying  conditions  (Frost). 
GROUP  A. 


See  wine  shaken  with  — 

5  cc  solvent. 

Hydrochloric  acid  + 
5  cc  solvent. 

Ammonium  hydroxid 
+  5  cc  solvent. 

Upper 
layer. 

Lower 
layer. 

Upper 
layef. 

Lower 
layer. 

Upper 
layer. 

Lower 
layer. 

Ether                            

Colorless.. 
NR-T2.... 

R-NT  
R-NT  

Colorless  .  . 
R-T1... 

R-T1...   . 
R-NT...  . 

Colorless.. 
Colorless  .  . 
Black  
Colorless.. 
Blackish.. 

Black. 
Black. 
Colorless. 
Blackish. 
Colorless. 

Amyl  alcohol 

R-S1  

Colorless..    R-NT  
R-S1  !  Colorless.. 
Colorless..    R-NT  

Colorless   . 
R-NT...  . 
Colorless   . 

Petroleum  ether  "  

Colorless  .  . 
R-S1.. 

GROUP  B. 


10  cc  wine  shaken 

Determination. 

15  cc  wine  shaken 
with  3  cc  of  10 
percent  solution 
of  lead  acetate. 

with  5  cc  slightly 
alkaline  mixture 
of  10  per  cent 
potassium  alum 
solution  and  10 

20  cc  wine 
boiled  with  0.5 
gram  pulverized 
yellow  ox  id  of 

per  cent  sodium 

mercury. 

carbonate. 

Color  of  wet  precipitate.  .  . 

B-BTM... 

BG-S2... 

Color  of  filtrate... 


GROUP  C. 

A  piece  of  fat-free  white  wool  cloth,  10  cm  square,  was  boiled  five  to  ten  minutes 
in  50  cc  of  wine  to  which  were  added  50  cc  water  and  a  few  cubic  centimeters  of 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid.  The  cloth  was  removed  and  washed  in  a  stream  of  water. 
The  dyed  cloth  matched  OR-T2;  treated  with  strong  ammonium  hydroxid,  it  became 
yellow-green,  matching  Y-BTM. 

• 

THE  DETERMINATION  OF  TOTAL,  FIXED,  AND  VOLATILE  ACIDS  IN  WINES. 

The  first  methods  of  determining  the  volatile  acids  in  wines  consisted  in  distilling 
a  measured  quantity  of  the  sample  to  about  one-third  of  its  original  volume  and 
titrating  the  distillate;  the  results  must  obviously  have  been  too  low.  The  next  step 
appears  to  have  been  in  favor  of  an  indirect  course  of  procedure  whereby  the  total 
acids  were  first  titrated,  then  another  portion  of  the  wine  evaporated  off  and  the  fixed 
acids  titrated  in  the  residue.  From  the  difference  between  these  titrations  was 
calculated  the  amount  of  volatile  acids.  Various  modifications  of  this  method  came 
into  use,«  in  all  of  which  the  aim  appears,  to  have  been  to  liberate  the  total  volatile 
acids  by  a  prolonged  heating  of  the  extract.  That  an  appreciable  change  might 
occur  in  the  extract  constituents  as  a  result  of  such  treatment  was  not  at  first  conceived. 
At  a  later  date,  however,  there  developed  grounds  for  the  belief  that  certain  of  the 
fixed  acids  disappeared,  in  consequence  of  which  on  titrating  the  residue  there  was 
obtained  too  small  a  result;  hence  the  result  for  volatile  acids  would  be  too  high. 
These  considerations  finally  resulted  in  the  abandonment  of  the  so-called  indirect 
methods,  and  it  was  again  proposed  to  separate  the  volatile  from  the  fixed  acids  by 
means  of  distillation  and  to  titrate  the  volatile  acids  in  the  distillate.^  But  because 
the  volatile  acids  pass  over  only  slowly  and  with  difficulty,  a  simple  distillation,  as  in 
the  determination  of  alcohol,  could  obviously  not  be  employed.  Following  a  number 
of  attempts  which  had  been  made  to  devise  a  successful  method,  Lindemann,&  in 

a  Methods  proposed  by  Kissel,  Weigert,  Nessler  and  Barth,  and  Wolff:  Zts.  anal. 
Chem.,  1869,  8:  416;  1879,  18:  208;  1883,  22:  166;  Repert.  anal.  Chem.,  1883,  1:  213. 
b  Zts.  anal.  Chem.,  1883,  22:  516. 


19 

1883,  1  -  ribed  u  method  of  driving  out  the  volatile  acids  with  steam,  and  this  forms 
tin-  ba.-i.-  "i  the  utlicial  methods  which  for  some  years  have  been  prescribed  in  Europe 
and  in  Anu-rica.  In  essential  details  the  present  official  methods0  appear  to  comply 
with  the  following  procedure: 

Fifty  cubic  centimeters  of  wine  are  distilled  in  a  current  of  steam,  in  the  meantime 
heating  the  flask  containing  the  sample  until  the  liquid  boils,  and  regulating  the 
flame  so  that  the  volume  remains  constant.  Two  hundred  cubic  centimeters  of 
distillate  UP-  collected  and  titrated  with  tenth-normal  sodium  hydroxid,  using  phenol- 
phthalcin  as  indicator. 

<  'heini.-i  s  who  have  had  considerable  experience  with  this  method  must  have  noticed 
that  it  often  happens  that  distillates  collected  beyond  200  cc  show  a  more  or  less 
acid  reaction.  This  is  the  case  especially  with  certain  red  wines,  notably 
buivundys.  p«»rts,  and  clarets,  and  wines  of  the  sauterne  type.  In  fact,  as  the  accom- 
panying table  .-how-,  it  .-eld "in  if  ever  occurs  that  the  first  200  cc  distillate  contains 
even  a  fair  approximation  of  the  total  volatile  acids.  In  some  instances  it  is  seen  that 
by  canying  the  distillation  beyond  L'OO  cc  the  error  is  very  considerable.  Forexam- 
ple.  Pillowing  closely  the  pp.vi.-ional  method  and  carrying  the  distillation  to  400  cc, 
there  are  .-hown  the  following  rates  of  increase  in  total  volatile  acids:  In  a  burgundy, 
approximately  1  1  per  cent;  in  two  samples  of  port,  respectively,  13  and  14  per  cent; 
in  a  •  laret,  1:5  percent;  and  in  a  white  wine,  <)  percent.  There  occur,  indeed,  wines 
in  which  the  volatil  ;»ear  never  to  become  completely  exhausted,  in  which, 

in  fact,  i  he  di.-tillalr  fails  to  appear  permanently  neutral  even  after  very  prolonged 
di.-tillinu'.  This  phenomenon  may  be  attributed  not  so  much  to  acids  of  difficult 
volatility  as  to  a  possible  ,  i  ::  ion  of  the  extract  constituents  under  the  influence 

longed  heating  by  the  direct  action  "f  the  flame  which  the  official  directions 
."iilil    be    maintained    below    the    flask   containing   the   sample.     It   would 
t  at  ni"-t    KM)  cc,  of  distillate  should  contain  practically 

all  "f  the  volatile  acid-,  and  that  it  may  not  be  necessary  or  practical  to  prolong  the 
dUill.uion  until  the  la.-t  portion-  of  the  distillate  are  neutral. 

IV  ;.//  th, 


1 
1 

6 
10 

<«11 
b\-2 

It 
i:, 
Id 

'  --lit  i  meters  tenth-noniiul  sodium  hydroxid  required  to 
neutralize). 

Acid 
in  first 
300  cc. 

;<•>  .. 

BjOM  : 

Third 

Fourth 

Fifth 
100  cc. 

First 
200  cc. 

First 
300  cc. 

First 
400  cc. 

Total 
500  cc. 

.-,    Ml 

10.70 
5.45 

i  r, 

in 

2.  15 
5.90 

4.10 

2.10 

1.70 

2.00 
1.00 
.90 

.80 
1.65 

Oklfl 
.50 

.50 

1.10 

.70 
.40 
.50 
..80 
.50 
.35 
.85 
.95 
.60 
.75 

a  10 

.25 
.55 

.70 

.35 
.25 
.25 
.45 
.35 
.90 
.  r. 
.40 
.30 
.35 

a  15 

.15 
.20 
.10 
.30 
.25 
.15 
.10 
.10 
.15 
.20 
.00 
.15 
.15 
.10 
.15 

8.40 
7.50 
12.90 
»,.  •_'<> 
7.80 
14.15 
7.  4f> 
3.75 

a  75 

5.90 
9.15 
2.95 
8.  JO 

10.30 

6.05 

9.00 
8.00 
14.15 
0.70 
8.90 
15.40 
8.15 
4.15 
4.25 
6.70 
9.  65 
3.30 
9.15 
11.25 
6.95 
6.80 

9.30 
8.25 
14.70 
6.95 
9.60 
16.  05 
8.50 
4.40 
4.50 
7.15 
10.00 
3.50 
9.60 
11.65 
7.25 
7.15 

9.45 
8.40 
14.90 
7.05 
9.90 
16.30 
8.65 
4.50 
4.60 
7.30 
10.20 
3.50 
9.75 
11.80 
7.35 
7.30 

Per  ct. 
95.2 
95.2 
95.0 
93.6 
90.0 
94.7 
94.2 
92.2 
92.4 
91.7 
94.6 
94.3 
93.8 
95.7 
94.5 
93.1 

/mfun 
HurpiMdv  



.MM,-.... 

Bbwri 

i 

a  First  11  samples  furnished  by  California  Wine  Association,  1906. 
b  Last  5  samples  from  miscellaneous  sources. 

The  results  obtained  on  these  16  samples  of  wine  show  that  in  only  four  cases  did 
the  fifth  100  cc  distillate  require  as  much  as  0.2  cc  of  tenth-normal  alkali  to  neutralize; 
hence,  f  -r  practical  purposes,  it  may  be  assumed  that  the  vanishing  point  of  the 

«  U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Bui.  107,  p.  86. 


20 

volatile  acids  ex-cure  when  500  cc  of  distillate  have  passed  over.  On  this  basis  the 
results  show  that  the  proportion  of  volatile  acids  collected  in  the  first  300  cc  of  distil- 
late ranges  from  90  to  95.7  per  cent,  only  four  samples  showing  a  proportion  slightly 
greater  than  95  per  cent.  Thus,  even  in  the  present  provisional  method  of  the  asso- 
ciation, if  the  entire  apparatus  be  of  fixed  dimensions  and  relations  in  addition  to 
the  other  conditions  stipulated,  a  large  part  of  the  fundamental  error  is  still  retained 
even  by  carrying  the  distillation  to  300  cc.  If  the  distillation  be  conducted  slowly 
and  the.volume  of  the  wine  permitted  to  become  too  large,  an  insufiicient  amount  of 
volatile  acids  will  pass  over;  if  the  distillation  be  too  rapid  and  the  volume  of  wine 
be  permitted  to  diminish  too  much,  there  may  occur  an  overheating  and  the  amount 
of  volatile  acids  will  be  too  great.  Finally ,  in  order  to  obtain  the  greatest  possible 
concordance  in  results,  the  distillation  must  be  watched  from  beginning  to  end  with 
the  greatest  care. 

It  has  also  been  recognized  that  the  agreement  in  results  obtained  by  several  dis- 
t illations  on  a  given  sample  fails  to  reach  as  high  a  degree  as  ought  to  be  expected, 
even  in  approximately  exact  determinations.  When  the  distillations  are  carried 
to  400  cc,  or  even  until  the  vanishing  point  of  acidity  is  fairly  reached,  the  results 
often  fail  to  agree  within  reasonable  limits.  A  difference  in  the  results  of  the  titra- 
ti'-n<  amounting  to  from  0.3  to  0.5  cc  of  tenth-normal  alkali  has  often  been  noted; 
.UK!  the  differences  are  commonly  far  greater  at  the  close  of  the  200  cc  period,  amount- 
ing to  from  0.6  to  0.8  cc  in  several  instances. 

Briefly,  then,  the  objections  to  the  present  provisional  method  are: 

(1)  The  method  is  complicated,  requiring  rather  elaborate  apparatus  and  tiresome 
supervision. 

(2)  The  prolonged  heating  of  the  wine  by  the  direct  action  of  the  flame  doubtless 
affects  in  some  manner  the  constitution  of  the  acid  ingredients. 

(3)  The  results  do  not  to  a  sufficient  extent  represent  the  total  volatile  acids. 

(4)  The  results  are  not  reasonably  concordant  in  the  hands  of  different  persons  or 
even  in  the  hands  of  a  single  individual. 

Owing  to  these  considerations,  various  chemists  have  proposed  the  abandonment 
of  the  direct  method  of  determining  volatile  acids  in  favor  of  an  indirect  course  of 
procedure.  After  a  prolonged  examination  of  the  relative  merits  of  these  two  general 
methods,  Windisch"  proposes  the  following: 

Twenty-five  cubic  centimeters  of  wine  are  titrated  in  the  usual  manner  for  total 
acids,  using  litmus  or  litmus  paper  as  indicator.  Another  25  cc  portion  is  then  evap- 
orated on  a  water-bath  in  a  porcelain  dish  to  3  to  5  cc,  the  residue  dissolved  in  about 
25  cc  of  hot  water,  the  liquor  again  evaporated  to  3  to  5  cc,  the  residue  again  dissolved 
in  about  25  cc  of  hot  water,  and  the  liquor  evaporated  a  third  time  to  3  to  5  cc.  Finally, 
the  residue  is  dissolved  in  hot  water  and  the  fixed  acids  titrated,  using  litmus  as  an 
indicator.  From  the  difference  between  these  titrations  the  volatile  acids  are  calcu- 
lated: 

The  advantages  of  this  over  the  present  provisional  direct  method  are  obvious, 
and  have  been  adequately  demonstrated  by  Windisch  and  others.  The  wine  is 
never  heated  above  the  temperature  of  the  wrater-bath  and  the  volatile  acids  are 
undoubtedly  all  driven  out,  leaving  the  fixed  acids  probably  unchanged.  Further- 
more, the  results  appear  to  be  reasonably  concordant  and  satisfactory.  Various 
modifications  of  the  indirect  method  of  obtaining  the  volatile  acids  have  appeared. & 

Sellier  c  has  described  a  simple  apparatus  which  consists  of  a  small  wide-neck  flask 
into  which  is  fitted  a  cylindrical-shaped  flask.  In  the  bottom  of  the  latter  flask  is  a 

«  Zts.  Xahr.  Genussm.,  1905,  9:  70. 

f>  Methods  proposed  by  Roos  and  Mestrezat,  Guerin,  Curtel,  and  Robin:  Bui.  assoc. 
chim.  sucr.,  1907,25:  41-49;  J.  pharm.  chim.,  1907,  25:  491^92;  Ann.  chim.  anal., 
1901,  6:  361;  J.  pharm.  chim.,  1904,  19:  531-533. 

'Ann.  chim.  anal.,  1901,  6:  414. 


21 


small  openiru;  leading  inward  through  a  siphon-shaped  tube  bent  back  upon  itself 
an.  I  teniiinatini:  at  a  point  close  fo  the  bottom.  In  making  the  determination,  50  to 
60  cc  of  distilled  water  an-  placed  in  the  larger  flask,  the  smaller  flask  fitted  into  the 
wide  neck  by  means  i.f  a  section  «»f  rubber  tubing,  10  cc  of  wine  run  in  and  the  water 
heated  in  boiling.  The  steam  passing  through  the  siphon-tube  and  through  the 
wine  carries  out  the  volatile  acids.  No  appreciable  change  in  the  volume  of  the 
wine  takes  place.  When  the  water  is  reduced  to  about  5  cc,  the  flame  is  removed. 
On  cooling  the  apparatus  the  remaining  wine  liquor  is  drawn  down  into  the  larger 
llask.  The  small  flask  is  rinsed  .tin  with  a  little  hot  water  and  the  two  flasks  discon- 
nected. The  liquor  is  cooled  and  the  fixed  acids  are  titrated. 

This  method  has  been  employed  in  the  laboratory  of  the  Minnesota  Dairy  and  Food 
Department  in  the  analysis  of  a  number  of  samples  of  wine  and  in  the  investigation  of 
.11  or  more  of  the  common  varieties  of  fruit  juices,  and  has  proven  satisfactory  not 
only  from  the  standpoint  of  conventem  •»•  in  manipulation  but  on  account  of  the  fact 
that  results  appear  to  !>••  relia- 
ble and  concordant.  It  has 
hem  noted,  however,  that  in 
I  hi.-  method  as  in  others  the 
volatile  acid.-  an-  n<>t  roll- 

hut    are   allowed  to  dissipate 

into  the  air,  and  it  lia-^  seem*  -d 

desirable  to  .  ..nden-e  th- 

pore  and    titrate  the  volatile 

in    the    distillate.       l',\ 

joining    a    condenser    to     the 

flank    containing    tho    Rumple 

there  i-  pn.\  ided  an  apparatus 

\\lnTfb\     may    be 

det.-rniined    in  on.-  operation 

l)oth    tin-    \ohitile    and     fixed 

itiM-   portion   of 

wine. 

The-tatement  ,,f  tin-method 
proposed  for  total,  volatile,  and 
fixed  acid-  i-  '_'i\.-n  «m  page 

13, 

In  the  laboratory  of  the  <  ali- 
fornia  Wine.  \ssociat  ion  tl 
lowin-  method   ,,f  titnition  i- 
empl. 

i  wine  are  measured  into  a  500  cc  beaker  without  the  addition 

of  water.  The  nine  i-  well  -haken  to  remove  carbon  dioxid  and  titrated  directly 
with  tilth  normal  sodium  hydroxid.  In  the  case  of  heavy-colored  wines,  no  indicator 
I;  the  coloring  matter  of  the  wine  indicates  the  end  point  of  the  titration.  In 
the  case  ni  white  wine-,  the  same  method  of  procedure  is  followed  excepting  that 
a  little  neutral  litmus  is  added.  In  titrating  light-colored  red  wines,  it  may  be  advis- 
able to  add  litmus,  but  the  indicator  is  never  used  unless  absolutely  required. 

A  comparison  of  the  results  obtained  by  the  various  methods  of  determining  total, 
fixed,  and  volatile  acids  is  shown  in  the  accompanying  table.  Total  acids  were  deter- 
mined by  the  California  Wine  Association  method,  by  the  method  of  Windisch  and 
by  the  proposed  new  method  based  on  that  given  by  Breteau.  Removal  of  carbonic 
acid  was  assured  before  any  of  the  methods  were  attempted.  Fixed  acids  were  deter- 
mined by  the  method  of  Windisch,  by  the  method  of  Sellier,  and  by  the  proposed  new 


Fio.  1.— Apparatus  for  determining  volatile  and  fixed  acids  in 
wine. 


According  to  letter  received  from  C.  S.  Ash,  chemist,  California  Wine  Association. 


22 

method  of  titration  after  driving  off  the  volatile  acids  by  steam  distillation.  Volatile 
acids  were  determined  by  the  indirect  method  of  Windisch  and  by  the  proposed  new 
direct  method  of  distilling  by  steam.  In  the  Windisch  methods  the  titrations  were 
made  using  litmus  paper  as  an  indicator  and  in  the  method  of  Sellier,  as  in  the  pro- 
posed new  methods,  phenol phthalein  was  used. 

Comparison  ofjrtiethodsfor  the  determination  of  total,  fixed,  and  volatile  acids  in  wines. 
[Results  expressed  as  cc  tenth-normal  acid  in  100  cc  of  sample.] 


Kind  of  wine. 


Total  acids. 


Method 
of  Cali- 
fornia 
Wine 
Associa- 
tion. 


Meth- 
od of 
Win- 
disch. 


Pro- 
posed 
new 
meth- 
od. 


Calcu- 
lated 
from 
fixed 
and  vola- 
tile acids. 


Fixed  acids. 


Meth- 
od of 

Win- 
disch. 


Meth- 
od of 
Sellier. 


Proposed  new 
method. 


Using 
litmus. 


j    Using 
phenol- 
phthal- 
ein. 


Calcu- 
lated from 
total  and 
volatile 
acids. 


Angelica. 
Claret.... 

Port 

Riesling.. 
Sherry... 
Zinfandel 
Sauterne. 
Bordeaux 
Sauterne. 

Port 

Sherrv... 
Claret.... 

Port 

Sherry... 
Claret..^ 


4.30 
7.70 
5.20 
6.00 
4.00 

a  70 

C.70 
7.10 
7.70 
8.90 
5.50 
5.60 
6.80 
5.90 
8.50 


4.16 
7.52 
5.60 
6.36 
4.50 
7.92 
7.58 
8.16 
8.20 
8.44 
5.80 
10.60 
6.30 
6.40 
8.40 


5.80 
9.60 
7.20 
7.45 
5.35 
9.70 
8.55 
9.15 
8.90 
9.55 
6.60 
11.90 
7.10 
7.20 
9.50 


5.80 
9.55 
7.15 
7.50 
5.35 
9.75 
8.60 
9.20 


11.90 
7.10 
7.25 
9.60 


3.32 
6.80 
4.36 
4.80 
2.96 
5.64 
5.48 
6.00 
6.00 
3.60 
7.40 
4.40 
3.60 
6.20 
0.14 


4.90 
8.00 
5.90 
6.15 
3.95 
6.75 
6.40 
7.30 
7.75 
4.80 
9.60 
5.50 
5.70 
7.90 
8.20 


3.40 
7.00 
5.00 
5.20 
3.00 
5.50 
5.00 
6.00 
6.50 
3.70 
8.20 
4.50 
4.00 
6.40 
6.55 


5.00 
8.00 
6.00 
6.10 
3.90 
6.75 
6.50 
6.95 
7.30 
4.40 
9.20 
5.20 
4.80 
7.70 
8.10 


5.00 
8.05 
6.05 
6.05 
3.90 
6.70 
6.45 
6.90 
7.25 
4.40 
9.20 
5.20 
4.75 
7.60 
8.05 


No. 


Kind  of  wine. 


Volatile  acids. 


Ratio  of  volatile  to 
fixed  acids. 


Method  of 
Windisch. 


Proposed  new  method. 


Using 
litmus. 


Using 

phenol- 

phthalein. 


Calculated 

from  total 

and  fixed 

acids. 


According  According 

to  method  to  proposed 

of  new 

Windisch.  method. 


1  Angelica.. 

2  Claret 

3  Port 

4  Riesling. . 

5  Sherry.... 
a  6  Zinfandel. 

67  Sauterne.. 

68  Bordeaux. 
9  Sauterne.. 

10  Port 

11  Sherry.... 
«12  Claret... 
<*13  Port 

14  Sherrv 

15  Claret... 


0.84 

.72 

.24 

.56 

.54 

.94 

2.68 

2.20 

2.44 

2.20 

3.20 

1.90 

2.80 

2.20 

1.78 


0.70 
1.40 
.95 
1.15 
1.20 
1.30 
2.10 
1.70 
2.00 
1.90 
2.40 
1.60 
2.00 
1.60 
1.40 


0.85 

.55 

.15 

.40 

.45 

.85 

2.70 

2.00 

2.30 

2.20 

2.70 

1.90 

2.45 

1.90 

1.65 


0.80 
1.60 
1.20 
1.35 
1.45 
1.80 
2.65 
1.95 
2.25 
2.20 
2.70 
1.90 
2.40 
1.80 
1.60 


:3.95 
:3.95 
:  3. 51 
:3.07 
:1.92 
:  2.90 
:2.04 
:2.73 
:2.46 
:1.64 
:2.31 
:2.32 
:  1.28 
:2.82 
3.44 


6.25 
5.16 
5.21 
4.35 
•2.  CM 
3.69 
2.40 
3.  47 
3.17 
2.00 
3.41 
2.74 
1.96 
4.05 
5.06 


o  First  six  wines  furnished  by  the  California  Wine  Association,  1908. 
6  7  and  8  obtained  from  local  dealers,  1908,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 
c  9  to  12,  inclusive,  from  a  Rochester,  X.  V.,  wine  company,  1908. 
<*  13  to  15,  inclusive,  from  a  Norfolk,  Va.,  wine  company,  1908. 

The  results  obtained  by  the  California  Wine  Association  method  were  not  satis- 
factory, the  end-point  of  the  titrations  being,  in  most  instances,  very  uncertain. 
In  the  angelicas,  ports,  and  sherrys  especially,  much  difficulty  was  experienced 


23 

in  carrying  "ut  the  titrations,  and  the  results  were  scarcely  better  when  litmus  tine- 
tun-  was  ued.  In  titrating  according  to  the  Windisch  methods  the  point  of  neu- 
trality was  judired  to  be  attained  when  a  small  drop  of  the  liquor  placed  on  delicate 
bin.-  litmus  paper  just  ceased  to  produce  a  perceptible  red.  There  appeared  to 
In-  decided  disadvantages  in  using  litmus  paper,  and  the  use  of  litmus  tincture  even 
in  a  dear  distillate  t~  open  to  serious  objections,  which  will  be  stated  presently. 
In  colored  wines  e-pe< -ially  the  difficulties  were  very  great,  and  it  was  found  well- 
ni«;h  impossible  at  times  to  devise  a  means  whereby  to  judge  with  reasonable  cer- 
tainty the  true  end-point  of  the  titration.  It  was  found,  however,  after  considerable 
practice,  that  fairly  « -onconlant  results  were  obtainable  by  this  method  in  the  ma- 
jority Hi  instances  Phenolphthalein,  on  the  other  hand,  while  not  entirely  unob- 
jectionable, was  found  to  give  far  greater  satisfaction.  While  it  was  not  always 
convenient  to  titrate  on  the  undiluted  sample,  especially  in  the  case  of  wines  con- 
taining more  ,,r  Ian  natural  coloring  matter,  it  was  found  to  be  entirely  permissible, 
'he  titration  .,f  rider  \  in.  -ar-.  to  dilute  with  boiled  distilled  water  in  order  to 
carry  out  a  .-ucce-.-fiil  titration  with  phcnolphthalein.  It  has  been  shown  that  the 
•  Mid-point  of  a  titration  can  he  very  accurately  judged,  even  in  a  deeply-colored 
win.-,  ami  that  the  addition  of  water  to  the  extent  of  100  or  200  cc  does  not  introduce 
tana  error  in  the  result.  A-  in  a  cider  vinegar,  the  change  in  the  color  of  a  wine 
occurs  at  a  much  earlier  stage  than  the  change  in  the  indicator  and  there  is  never  a 
H  difficulty  in  -af.-ly  judging  the  end  point. 

As  already  pointed  out.  the  results  shown  in  the  first  column  of  figures  are  at  best 
only  rough  approximation-.  In  the  majority  of  instances  it  was  observed  that  when 
litmus  paper  wa-  u-.-d  the  til  rat  ions  were  carried  somewhat  beyond  the  point  of 
neutrality  which  -cemed  to  he  indicated  by  the  change  in  the  natural  coloring  matter 
of  the  wine.  It  i^  al-o  noted  that  the  results  obtained  by  the  titmtions  employing 
litmus  were  uniformly  much  lower  than  the  result*  obtained  with  phenolphthalein. 
Thi-  is  inii-  n-.i  only  in  the  titration-  of  total  and  fixed  acids,  but  also  in  the  direct 
titration-  of  the  volatile  acid-.  **n  the  basis  of  the  results  obtained  with  phenolph- 
thal.-in.  litinii-  indicates  approximately  fn.m  77  to  92  per  cent  of  the  total  acids  and 
from  58  to  85  per  cent  of  the  fixed  acid-.  Doubtless  there  are  theoretical  reasons 
underlyinu'  the-e  ,!•  and  the  question  may  well  be  raised  as  to  whether 

cheii::  -iviMi  due  attention  to  these  considerations  in  choosing  indicators  for 

titrating  the  arid-  in  wines. 

In  the  tir-t  place,  there  appears  to  be  little  justification  for  the  practice  adopted 
by  some  chemi-t-  of  employing  the  natural  coloring  matter  as  a  correct  indicator  in 
titratinu'  either  the  total  or  fixed  acid-.  Little  of  value  is  known  regarding  the  action 
of  the  oenocyanin  or  other  coloring  -ub-tances  in  the  presence  of  acids  or  alkalies, 
and  it  is  certain  that  -u< -h  .-ub.-tam -e-  have  not  been  recommended  in  the  titration 
of  any  of  the  common  acids.  In  the  rase  of  litmus  also  there  are  some  important 
considerations  which  should  bar  it  as  an  indicator  for  wines  as  well  as  fruit  products 
in  general.  Litmus  i-  not  recommended  for  titrating  such  acids  as  tartaric,  acetic, 
tannic,  succinic,  or  malic.  In  titrating  tartaric  acid  with  this  indicator,  the  change 
is  gradual  and  the  end-point  indistinct,  while  in  titrating  acetic  acid,  the  acetate 
of  sodium  formed  i-  alkaline  to  litmus  and  tends  strongly  to  hasten  the  end-point. 
On  titrating  solutions  of  tannic  acid,  a  change  takes  place  almost  immediately  on 
beginning  the  titration,  and  only  a  small  proportion  of  the  actual  acid  is  indicated. 
Phenolphthalein,  on  the  other  hand,  is  a  very  satisfactory  indicator  with  all  these 
acids,  and,  with  the  exception  of  tannic  acid,  the  theoretical  amount  of  acid  is  obtained. 
About  80  per  cent  of  tannic  acid  is  indicated,  but  the  total  acid  is  obtained  after 
boiling  with  a  measured  small  amount  of  tenth-normal  hydrochloric  acid. 


24 


As  a  means  of  shedding  some  light  on  the  differences  occurring  in  titrating  winss 
with  the  two  indicators,  the  determinations  shown  in  the  following  table  have  been 
carried  out: 

Comparison  of  litmus  and  phenol phthalein  as  indicators  in  titrating  some  of  the  organic 

acids  existing  in  ivines. 


„ 

Normal  acid  in  100  cc. 

Per  cent  acid  in- 
dicated. 

Grams 

Acid. 

Description. 

in  100 

cc. 

Calcu- 
lated. 

Using 
phenol- 
phthalein. 

Using 
litmus. 

Using 
phenol- 
phthalein. 

Using 
litmus. 

cc 

cc 

cc 

Tartaric                           P.lmnpr  and  Amend  

0.4000 

5.33 

5.35 

5.10 

100.3 

95.6 

Acetic 

Mallinckrodt's  99  per  cent.  .  . 

.4040 

6.67 

6.70 

6.35 

100.4 

95.2 

Fimer  and  \mend 

.4000 

2.12 

2.10 

1.90 

99.0 

89.6 

trate. 

Twnif 

J.  T.  Baker  Chemical  Co  

.5000 

2.79 

2.20 

.40 

78.8 

14.3 

Tannic 

After  boiling  with  dilute 

2.80 

.40 

100.3 

14.3 

hydrochloric  acid. 

94.4 

73.6 

ting  last  item). 

The  results  shown  for  volatile  acids  by  the  Windisch  method  (p.  22)  are  somewhat 
higher  than  those  obtained  by  the  proposed  new  method,  using  phenolphthalein. 
Such  discrepancies,  however,  lose  their  significance  when  it  is  considered  that  in 
the  determination  of  volatile  acids  by  the  indirect  method  not  only  are  the  results 
of  the  titrations  employing  litmus  as  indicator  incorrect,  but  the  titrations  of  total 
and  fixed  acids  are  not  made  under  comparable  conditions.  While  it  is  unques- 
tionably true  that  the  volatile  acids  may  be  completely  driven  off  by  repeated  evapo- 
ration in  an  open  dish,  it  does  not  follow  that  the  results  obtained  by  means  of  the 
two  titrations  are  correct.  It  is  conceivable  that  important  changes  may  occur  during 
the  prolonged  heating  of  the  wine  in  order  to  reduce  the  material  a  third  time  to  a 
pasty  consistency.  At  any  rate,  we  have  no  positive  knowledge  that  the  so-called 
fixed  acids  occurring  in  the  final  residue  represent  the  actual  fixed  acids  in  the  original 
wine.  A  titration  of  the  residue  may  suffice  as  an  indication  of  the  acids  remaining 
after  driving  off  the  volatile  constituents  by  prolonged  heating,  but  to  employ  the 
result  of  such  a  titration  as  a  factor  in  the  calculation  of  the  actual  volatile  acids 
appears  to  be  an  unwarranted  proceeding. 

In  expressing  results  of  analysis  the  orthodox  custom  appears  to  be  to  calculate 
the  fixed  and  total  acids  as  tartaric  and  the  volatile  acids  as  acetic.  It  is  impossible 
to  concede  any  advantages  in  favor  of  this  custom.  It  may  be  safe  to  assume  that  in 
wines  the  fixed  acids  are  in  the  main  tartaric  and  the  volatile  acids  acetic;  but,  even 
on  such  assumptions,  the  results  are  strictly  erroneous  and  not  readily  comprehended. 
Such  a  method  applied  to  the  various  fruit  juices  and  ciders  would  fail  to  give  sig- 
nificant results  in  practically  all  cases,  and  the  case  is  still  worse  when  one  adopts 
the  method  of  calculating  the  acids  as  sulphuric.  Instead  of  these  conventional 
methods  it  has  been  found  better  to  adopt  the  plan  of  expressing  all  results  for  total, 
volatile,  and  fixed  acids  in  terms  of  the  number  of  cubic  centimeters  of  normal  acid 
in  a  definite  measure,  say  100  cc,  of  wine.  There  will  then  be  afforded  results  which 
can  be  readily  compared  and  comprehended.  Furthermore,  in  case  it  be  required 
to  calculate  results  in  terms  of  any  particular  acid,  such  an  operation  can  easily  be 
carried  out. 

RECOMMENDATIONS  . 

(1)  The  standard  temperature  for  the  determination  of  specific  gravity  should  be 
changed  to  20°  C.  A  statement  of  reasons  for  this  change  seems  to  be  unnecessary,  as 
the  matter  has  been  fully  discussed  by  others,  and  many  chemists  have  for  some  time 


25 

adopted  tin-  custom  of  making  determinations  at  a  temperature  not  far  from  that  of  the 
average  lal  >oratory.  I  f  t  he  alcohol  tables  can  be  revised  in  accordance  with  a  standard 
temperature  ..f  jo  (  '.  for  specific  gravity  determinations,  a  very  useful  service  will  be 
performed,  especially  in  the  interest  of  industrial  and  food  chemists. 

Tin-  method  f..r  glycerol  should  be  made  a  subject  for  special  study.  Expe- 
rience has  shown  that  it  is  possible  not  only  to  increase  the  accuracy  of  the  method  but 
to  -horten  the  time  of  the  operation.  As  the  provisional  method  now  stands,  it  appears 
to  !)»•  rather  tedious,  and  there  are  too  many  opportunities  for  error.  A  large  error 
undoubtedly  occur-  during  the  evaporations  as  well  as  during  the  repeated  extractions. 
AJeo,  i'  appear-  that  the  residue  weighed  as  glycerol  is  far  from  being  pure. 

(3)  The  present  methods  for  determining  total,  fixed,  and  volatile  acids  are  exceed- 
ingly faulty.     The  method  for  volatile  acids,  especially,  fails  to  give  results  anywhere 
near  the  truth.     The  difficult  y  lies  not  only  in  the  collection  of  200  cc  distillate  but 
in  tin*  operation,  which  is  cumbersome  and  unreliable.     The  use  of  litmus  in  the  titra- 
tions  of  total  and  fixed  acids  is  open  to  criticism,  as  that  indicator  fails  to  show  all  of 
the  arid-.     A  -tudy  of  the  proposed  new  methods  is  recommended. 

(4)  A  more  comprehensive  scheme  for  the  examination  of  the  natural  coloring  mat- 
ter of  wines  is  required.     Attention  is  railed  to  the  use  of  standard  color  charts  as  a 
mean-  »\  obtaining  comparable  results  in  the  hands  of  different    persons.     It  is  rec- 
ommended that  the  a--ocjaiioM  make  a  special  .-t  inly  of  the  character  and  properties 
of  the  coloring  matter-  e\i  -i  MIL:  in  genuine  wine<. 

REPORT  ON  BEER. 

!  I     !      l>  \  u  \  \it  i  »  ,  „•!  mtociate  Referee. 

Mr.   Barnard.  tvlVree  mi  l>r<>r.  reported  that  no  cooperative  work 
on  the  suhjrrt   had  hrrn  duiu-.  and  made  the  following  statement  in 
to  the  condition  of  the  methods: 


Two  yean  ago  I  presented  beer  methods  which  have  since  been  adopted  as  provi- 
sional. I  ha\e  been  working  with  those  methods  since  that  time  and  find  no  special 
necessity  for  rhamrim:  them.  For  that  reason  I  have  not  made  a  special  report  on 
Murli  work,  ho\\e\  cr,  seems  to  be  ne<  e-sary  if  we  must  determine  the  different 
kinds  of  beer,  and  1  would  only  suw>t  t«.  you  the  necessity  for  a  careful  study  of 
method-  oi  l.,-,-r  an.iK  -i-  \\  n  h  -pi-cjal  reference  to  the  adoption  of  some  method  which 
will  enable  IH  to  tell  more  accurately  than  is  at  pn-ent  po-sible  whether  or  not  beer 
is  brewed  from  all  malt,  or  part  mall,  or  from  malt  substitutes. 

REPORT  ON    DISTILLED    LIQUORS:    COOPERATIVE   TEST   OF 
METHODS   FOR  THE  DETERMINATION  OF  FUSEL  OIL. 

I'.y  L.  M.  TOLMAN,  Associate  Referee. 

The  cooperative  work  undertaken  this  year  was  a  comparison  of  the  present  Allen- 
Marquardt  method,  aa  given  in  Bulletin  107,  revised,  page  98,  and  a  proposed  modi- 
fication worked  out  by  the  associate  referee  and  his  assistants.  The  modification  was 
based  on  the  determination  of  the  amount  of  bichromate  reduced  in  the  oxidation  of 
the  higher  alcohol-.  This  method  eliminates  the  distillation  of  the  acids,  which  the 
experiments  made  have  shown  are  not  completely  distilled  off.  In  order  to  test  this 
modified  method  (for  details  see  paper,  p.  206)  a  series  of  samples  was  prepared  con- 
taining varying  amounts  of  pure  amyl  alcohol  (boiling  point  131°  C.)  in  approximately 
50  per  cent  by  volume  ethyl  alcohol,  and  the  samples  sent  to  eighteen  different  labo- 
ratories, asking  for  a  comparison  of  the  modified  method  with  the  present  method  as 
given  in  Bulletin  107.  Eleven  reports  were  received,  and  the  following  table  gives 


26 


the  results,  the  percentage  yields  being  calculated  from  the  grams  of  amyl  alcohol  per 
100,000  of  100-proof  alcohol,  as  determined  by  each  method. 

Comparison  of  the  Allen- Marquardt  meihodand  the  proposed  modification  for  the  determina- 
tion of  fusel  oil,  using  varying  amounts  of  amyl  alcohol. 


1                           1 

0.050  gram. 

0.100  gram. 

0.150  gram. 

0.200  gram.    0.250  gram. 

0.350  gram. 

Collaborator. 

1 

| 

f  . 

1 

Marquardt 
ethod. 

'  o 

Marquardt 
ethod. 

| 

Marquardt 
ethod. 

cation. 

Marquardt 
ethod. 

^3 

B 

•  c 

<£S 

S        ~  = 

— 

C. 

,1  ~ 

J_ 

[P 

& 

"o 

1 

_5> 

0 

i 

£ 

•g 

•o 

< 

% 

< 

a 

< 

< 

< 

* 

< 

X 

P.ct. 

P.ct. 

P.ct. 

P.ct. 

P.ct. 

P.ct. 

P.ct. 

P.ct. 

P.ct. 

P.ct. 

P.ct. 

P  ct 

99.8 
100.0 

102.0 
122.0 

78.03 
74.1 

111.9 
78.34 

77.74 
62.7 

97.69 
85.69 

100.0 
62  3 

85.14 
88  3 

\c\v  York  laboratory 

78.7 

105.0 

110.0 

130.4 

Philadelphia  laboratory.  .. 
Portland  laboratory  

82.0 
56.0 

113.0 
106.4 

72.11 
99.70 

86.0 
105.1 

73.8 
80.4 

85.4 
96.6 

78.5 
83.4 

88.06 
95.02 

74.5 
79.4 

87.7 
104.0 

79.7 
76.7 

87.24 
87.7 

Sunnybrook  Distilling  Co..  ,120.0 

125.9 

108.8 

104.5 

100.0 

114.9 

87.06 

108.6 

87.86 

85.64 

80.6 

81.68 

St    Paul  laboratory                 IftVO 

82.64 

78.0 

83  22 

69  06 

Washington  laboratory..  .. 

67.3 

134.2 

72.1 

97.1 

62.2 

91.5 

65.2 

86.2 

68.3 

88.5 

68.8 

84.6 

<  lah  eston  laboratory*.  .  .  . 

87.20 

87.24 

79.28 

82.14 

80.0 

79.90 

81.36 

78.60 

72.06 

75.52 

San  Francisco  laboratory  a 

42.8 

63.1 

50  44 

74  2 

53  74 

80  0 

50  9 

73  2° 

Scar  tic  laboratory  o  

75.6 

70.4 

61.62 

66.60 

70.16 

62  14 

61  86 

68  19 

Boston  laboratory  a. 

84.40 

145.7 

119.1 

76.04 

124.5 

76.36 

131  4 

I*7!  0 

110  3 

89.7 

117.2 

85.7 

99.5 

85.3 

103.7 

77.7 

94.7 

76.2 

91.5 

76.7 

85.8 

AMYL  ALCOHOL  (PARTS  PER  IOQ.,000) 

ZOO  ISO  JOC 


\ 


a  Excluded  from  average. 

Some  of  the  results  obtained  at  laboratories  which  had  not  had  experience  in  operat- 
ing the  method  varied  markedly  from  the  other  figures  and  are  omitted  from  the  aver- 
age. The  averaged  results  on  the  various  amounts  by  both  methods  are  plotted,  using 
as  the  abscissa  of  the  curves  the  amount  of  amyl  alcohol  used  in  grams  per  100,000  of 

proof  spirit  and  as  ordi- 
nates  the  average  percentage 
yield. 

This  curve  (fig.  2)  shows 
that  the  new  modification 
gives  uniformly  higher  re- 
sults, indicating  a  regular 
loss  in  the  old  method.  This 
loss  is  undoubtedly  largely 
due,  as  is  shown  by  the  ex- 
periments, to  the  failure  to 
drive  over  all  of  the  volatile 
acids  in  the  distilling  method 
unless  a  much  larger  amount 
of  water  is  distilled  than  that 
prescribed  in  the  present  pro- 
visional method.  A  very 
much  higher  yield  of  acids 


IETHOD 


FIG.  2.— Graphic  of  collaborators'  results  on  amyl  alcohol  by  the 
Allen-Marquardt  method  and  the  proposed  modification. 


is  obtained  by  carrying  the  distillation  much  further,  as  is  pointed  out  in  the  sup- 
plementary paper  submitted  on  this  subject  (p.  206) .  There  is  also  shown  a  uniformly 
increasing  loss  by  both  methods  as  the  per  cents  of  amyl  alcohol  increase.  This  is 
doubtless  due  to  the  method  of  extraction,  as  a  100  per  cent  yield  can  be  obtained  in 
the  oxidation  part  of  the  method,  as  was  demonstrated  in  the  experimental  work  on  the 
'termination  of  the  factor  0.001773  (see  p.  2 10) .  From  these  results  it  is  evident  that  a 
higher  yield  is  due  to  the  more  correct  estimation  of  the  higher  alcohols  present  in  the 


27 

carl... n  tetrarhlorid  extract.  Tlu-  curve  also  shows  that  the  collaborators  obtained 
Hint.-  uniform  results  from  the  new  modification  than  from  the  method  as  originally 
state.  1.  It  may  be  concluded,  therefore,  that— 

(1)  The  modified  method  gives  higher  and  more  uniform  results. 

(2)  It  eliminates  a  tedious  and  inaccurate  distillation. 

(3)  It  is  quicker  and  «:i\es  an  opportunity  to  make  check  titrations  on  the  same 
sample. 

RECOMMENDATIONS. 

As  a  result  of  this  year's  work,  including  that  reported  on  page  206,  it  is  recom- 
ntended 

(1)  That   this  modification  of  the  Allen-Marquardt  method  be  adopted  as  a   pro- 

vi.-ional  method  i  see  j>.  L'lu  . 

(2)  That  in  the  present  method  a  second  washing  with  sodium  sulphate  be  pre- 
scribed. 

(3)  That    the   method   for  determining  the   water-insoluble  color  be  adopted  as  a 
provisional  method    -.,•••  p.  20 

(4)  That  the  method  for  the  determination  of  amyl  insoluble  color  be  adopted  as 
provisional    quant itat ive  Mar-h  r«-i  method,  p.  L'" 

That  the  Koese  method  '.riven  in  Bulletin  107,  page  97,  be  dropped  as  a  pro- 
visinnal  method  on  account  of  tlie  entirely  unsatisfactory  results  obtained  with  it  in 
the  jmst  two  or  thn  • 

Mr.  Tolman  e.-illed  mi  Mr.  Ki>eher,  of  the  Bureau  of  Standards,  who 
spokr  iii  re'_ranl  t«»  the  neees>ity  of  unifyiiii:  the  alcohol  tables.  He 
called  attention  t.i  tin'  fact  that  two  tables  are  now  in  use  by  the 
Treasui]  Department  and  a  third  by  the  Association  of  Official 
Airricnlttiral  ChemM-.  Th<>  disadvantages  to  chemists  and  practical 
\\orkers  frnin  such  a  condition  of  affairs  bciny;  obvious,  it  was  strongly 
1 1  mended  tliat  the  association  take  some  action  in  the  matter. 
A  table  based  mi  t  he  calculations  of  Mendeleeff  was  recommended  by 
Mr.  KiM-lier.  The  (jue^timi  <>f  temporatiiro  was  also  discussed,  and 
the  whole  matter  \\  u  temporarily  referre<l  to  Committee  C  on  recom- 
mendati..nv  «,f  referees,  the  chairman  naminjj:  the  following  members 
t..  >ervr  on  ibis  committee:  Me--r-.  Tolmaji,  Winton,  Hortvet,  Bart- 
let  t.  and  .lall'a. 

REPORT  ON  VINEGAR. 
By  CHAKI  M  II.  HICKKY,  Asxnn'tite  Referee. 

The  work  which  has  been  don.  by  or  reported  to  the  referee  deals  largely  with  the 

lead  number  i'«-r  pure  rider  vinegar  and  other  pure  vinegars.     The  cider  vinegars  used 

by  the  referee  wen-  made  by  the  old-fashioned,  slow  process.     The  method  employed 

lilar  to  the  one  by  which  Winton  and  Kreider«  analyzed  maple  products,  with 

modifications  to  make  it  applicable  to  vinegar.     The  number  of  grams  of  lead 

pre<  f  pi  t  at  e«  i  I  >y  100  cc  of  vinegar  is  taken  as  the  lead  number.     Other  data  are  included 

to  make  the  results  more  complete.    The  method  as  modified  by  the  referee  is  as 

follows: 

Pipette  25  cc  of  vinegar  into  a  100  cc  flask;  add  5  cc  of  a  standard  lead  subacetate 

solution  and  dilute  to  KX)  cc.     Let  stand  at  least  one  hour,  then  filter  and  pipette  out 

a-  filtrate.     To  this  add  10  cc  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  and  100  cc  of  95 

percent  alcohol;  let  stand  over  night;  filter  through  a  porcelain  gooch  crucible;  wash 

aj.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  1906,  28  :  1204. 


28 

with  95  per  cent  alcohol;  dry  at  a  moderate  heat  for  a  few  minutes,  cool  and  weigh. 
Calculate  the  amount  of  lead  in  the  precipitate  (factor  0.6829)  and  subtract  this  from 
the  amount  in  2.5  cc  of  the  standard  solution  as  determined  on  a  blank  test,  and  divide 
the  remainder  by  0.125,  thus  obtaining  the  lead  number. 

The  standard  lead  eubacetate  used  in  this  work  is  prepared  as  follows:  Dilute  a 
U  S.  P.  lead  subacetate  solution  until  the  specific  gravity  is  1.25;  to  one  part  of  this 
add  four  parts  of  water  and  filter.  If  the  solution  becomes  cloudy,  filter  before  using, 
and  determine  its  strength  frequently.  The  referee  found  that  the  strength  changed 
but  little. 

Mr.  E.  M.  Bailey  of  the  agricultural  experiment  station  at  New  Haven,  Conn.,  has 
reported  work  which  he  did  independently  on  different  kinds  of  samples  of  vinegar 
of  known  purity.  He  includes  other  data  in  his  results,  especially  those  on  testing  a 
recent  method  for  the  determination  of  malic  acid  which  was  formerly  applied  to  maple 
products."  He  found  that  by  using  this  method  more  malic  acid  can  be  recovered 
than  by  the  old  calcium  chlorid  method.  The  method  for  determining  the  load 
number  is  as  follows: 

Measure  50  cc  of  vinegar  into  a  100  cc  flask,  add  25  cc  of  lead  subacetate  (dilute 
solution  used  by  Winton  and  Kreider)  make  up  to  the  mark  and  filter.  To  10  cc  of 
the  filtrate  add  1  cc  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  40  cc  of  water  and  100  cc  of  95  per 
cent  alcohol.  Filter  after  12  hours,  ignite,  and  weigh. 

The  amount  of  lead  in  the  blank  test  is  determined  by  diluting  25  cc  of  the  lead  sub- 
acetate  solution  to  100  cc;  10  cc  are  taken  out  and  the  lead  number  determined  as  in  the 
method  just  given. 

The  modified  method  for  malic  acid  as  applied  to  vinegar  is  as  follows: 

To  10  cc  of  vinegar  add  an  equal  volume  of  water,  3  cc  of  a  10  per  cent  solution  of 
calcium  acetate,  and  180  cc  of  95  per  cent  alcohol.  Heat  on  the  steam  bath  for  from 
20  to  30  minutes,  stirring  vigorously  at  intervals  to  insure  a  clear  supernatant  liquid. 
Filter  on  589  S  and  S  paper,  wash  with  85  per  cent  alcohol,  and  ignite.  Dissolve  in 
excess  of  tenth-normal  hydrochloric  acid  (10  cc)  by  gentle  boiling,  and  continue  to 
boil  for  about  10  minutes.  Cool  and  titrate  with  tenth-normal  sodium  hydroxid, 
using  methyl  orange  as  indicator. 

The  results  of  the  work  of  the  referee  and  those  of  Mr.  Bailey  appear  in  the  accom- 
panying table.  This  shows  the  variation  in  the  amount  of  lead  precipitated  by  the 
different  vinegars.  In  the  case  of  malt  vinegar,  the  results  tend  to  run  high;  while 
those  of  the  sirup  and  distilled  vinegar  are  very  low. 

It  should  be  noted  that  in  the  case  of  malic  acid  determinations,  which  are,  of 
course,  not  properly  such  on  malt  and  sirup  vinegar,  misleading  results  may  be  ob- 
tained and,  in  the  case  of  a  suspected  sample,  the  malic  acid  determination  would 
have  to  be  confirmed  by  the  procedure  recommended  by  Leach  and  Lythgoe.& 

In  comparing  the  figures  for  malic  acid,  phosphates,  and  the  lead  number  as  worked 
out  by  Mr.  Bailey,  it  is  his  opinion  that  a  closer  relation  exists  between  the  phosphate 
content  and  the  lead  number  than  between  the  malic  acid  value  and  the  lead  number. 
The  three  highest  lead  numbers  are  associated  with  the  three  highest  total  phosphate 
values;  the  same  is  true  of  the  three  lowest  figures  in  each  case.  That  this  does  not 
follow,  however,  in  the  case  of  lead  numbers  and  malic  acid  values  would  seem  to 
indicate  that  the  precipitate  produced  on  adding  lead  acetate  to  vinegar  is  due  rather 
to  the  phosphates  than  to  the  malates.  This  is  in  accordance  with  the  statement  of 
Leach  and  Lythgoe  c  that  the  precipitate  produced  by  lead  acetate  is  not  entirely  due 
to  malic  acid.  Tolman  and  Le  Clerc  d  are  also  of  this  opinion. 

The  other  data  for  pure  cider  vinegar,  included  in  the  table,  are  fairly  typical,  and 
in  addition  to  the  old  figures  the  new  ones  for  the  lead  number  are  of  interest. 

<*  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  1908,  30  : 1285. 

b  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  1904,  26  :  379. 

<•  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  1904,  26  :  380. 

<*U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Bui.  99,  p.  89. 


29 


of  sample*  of  vinegar  of 'known  purity. 
C.  H.  HICKEY. 


NIIIII- 
HB 

1 

I 

9 

10 
I! 

U 

15 
16 

20 

l'hanu-t«T. 
(  iil«  r  vm>  _Mr  

Sol- 
ids. 

Acid. 

Ash. 

Reducing 
sugars 
(dextrose). 

Re- 
due- 
ing 
sug- 
ars 
in 
sol- 
ids. 

Polar- 
ization 
(200 
mm 
Vent- 
zke 
tube). 

Ma- 
lic 
acid. 

Phosphoric 
acid 
(per  100  cc). 

Lead 
num- 
ber 
for 
100 
cc. 

Di- 
rect. 

In- 
vert. 

To- 
tal. 

Sol- 
uble. 

P.  a. 

P.ct. 

P.  tt. 

P.ct. 

P  ct 

P.ct. 

°V 

P.ct. 

mg. 

mg. 

0.166 
.134 
.087 
.145 
.106 
.106 
.112 
.095 
.114 
.103 
.114 
.103 
.109 
a.  098 
.129 
.106 
.087 
.163 
.076 
.109 



i  it 

.50 

.70 

.98 
.04 

.86 

.50 

.94 

8.70 
5.06 

i  .  :,: 

:,  > 
..  M 
7.84 
6.24 

3.00 

1  x, 

4.60 
4.72 

! 

"    |  



0.  1'J 
.38 
.35 
.38 

.37 
.48 
.40 

.34 
.46 



do 

0.13 
.24 
.12 
.21 
.22 
.11 
.11 
.14 
.09 
.14 
.16 
.10 
.19 
.13 

0.13 
.24 
.10 
.19 
.91 
.11 
.12 
.13 
.09 
.18 
.Hi 
.10 
.11 
.11 

7.6 
11.4 
6.3 
10.1 
10.  '2 
5.2 
6.5 
7.7 
6.0 
8.3 
9.3 

7.2 
8.7 

-  .10 
-  .87 
-  .54 
-0.88 
-  .43 
-  .21 
-0.88 
-1.10 
-0.77 
-0.88 
-0.88 
-.1  vs 
-1.10 
-1.08 

So  ....'.... 















K.  M.   IIAII.KY. 


M 

1.50 

0.073 

0.075 

1.04 

40.0 

.129 

is  i 

10  2 

116 

'I 

l|(l 
ll'l 

2.34 

.95 
.50 

.99 
.53 

41.4 
21.3 

.121 
.411 

15.9 
16.6 

9.0 
6.7 

.088 
.148 

•'-, 

.86 

.93 

32.5 

.296 

26.9 

13  8 

174 

•t, 

87 

89 

198 

46  1 

39  9 

290 

n 

.64 

.221 

18.4 

10.8 

.122 

X 

1  12 

1  1  1 

32  3 

.399 

30.0 

16  9 

220 

'  1 

' 

.434 

2.79 

.90 

.97 

33.3 

.230 

106.2 

17.8 

.548 

1  60 

08 

09 

5  3 

120 

31.5 

14.6 

158 

.01 

.02 

8.0 

.016 

5.9 

3.3 

.018 

1  m 

44* 

.19 

.20 

17.0 

.069 

12.8 

1.8 

.021 
015 

Incompl.-t 


*  Not  analyzed  by  E.  M.  Bailey. 


REPORT  ON  FLAVORING  EXTRACTS. 

M.  »  HA.  i.  Associate  Referee. 

••••port  on  flavoring  extract  was  submitted  by  the  referee  last  year,  owing  to  the 
tuct  i  hat  onl\  a  \ery  limited  amount  of  work  was  done,  and  the  report  this  year  includes 
also  the  work  submitted  by  collaborators  in  1907. 

WORK  OF  1907. 

In  1!M)7  the  follow  in-.;. -um  pies  were  sent  to  collaborators,  with  the  usual  instructions.  <* 
I.   Blank  containing  no  lemon  oil  or  citral. 
Alcohol  1,900  prams,  lemon  oil  100  grams. 

mon  oil  used  in  preparing  No.  2. 

No.  4.  Alcohol  2,000  grams,  vanillin  2  grams,  coumarin  2  grams,  acetanilid  1  gram. 
No.  5.  Extract  prepared  from  Mexican  vanilla  beans  by  the  U.  S.  P.  method. 


"The  methods  f.-r  citral  were  the  same  as  those  reported  for  1908,  see  page  32;  for 
vanilla  methods  see  Bui.  107,  p.  156. 


30 


Reports  were  received  in  all  from  seven  collaborators,  and  the  results  are  tabulated 
Citral  determinations  in  lemon  extracts  and  oil,  1901 . 


Collaborator. 

Sample  1. 

Sample  2. 

Sample  3. 

AP   «?v   Washington   D   C 

Per  cent. 
v  None 

Percent. 
0.16 

Per  cent. 
5.23 

Trace 

.300 

6.12 

£°g  Brintoii   Philadelphia              

Not  reported 

.322 

Not  reported 

j^  Y  S<M'krr  *NYw  York                            

0.01 

.226 

4.61 

.209- 

4.50 

k  j^  grown  North  Dakota                                       

.00 

.229 

5.41 

.027 

.126 

3.50 

a  Using  ice  water  bath. 


COMMENTS    OF   THE    ANALYSTS. 


Shook 


.1.  7'.  Sy:  Sample  No.  2 — oil  globules  had  separated  in  original  sample, 
well  before  making  determination. 

B.  H.  Smith:  These  were  the  first  samples  personally  examined  by  this  method  and 
I  have  not  found  time  to  repeat  the  work  as  was  intended  before  reporting  results. 

C.  S.  Brinton,  and  T.  F.  Pappe:  We  desire  to  state  several  points  which  will  probably 
have  a  bearing  on  the  value  of  these  results:  First,  the  metaphenylene  diamin  hydro- 
chlorid  at  our  disposal  showed  signs  of  being  somewhat  decomposed  and  the  aldehyde-free 
alcohol,  as  a  result,  gave  a  quite  marked  coloration  with  the  reagent.     Second,  although 
we  allowed  several  days  to  elapse  before  making  up  to  volume  our  fuchsin  sulphur 
dioxid  reagent,  it  did  not  become  colorless  but  showed  a  deep  lemon  yellow  tint. 

.1.  F.  Seeker:  In  laboratories  where  constant  temperature  baths  are  not  at  hand 
and  when  only  occasional  citral  determinations  are  required,  it  will  be  found  much 
more  convenient  to  use  ice  water  for  immersion  of  reagents  and  colorimeter  tubes. 
Provided  the  standard  and  the  unknown  solutions  were  subjected  to  the  same  condi- 
tions it  was  thought  that  the  results  might  be  as  accurate.  To  test  this,  the  constant 
temperature  bath  was  used  in  one  set  of  determinations  and  in  the  other  an  ordinary 
ether  can  filled  with  water  in  which  a  piece  of  ice  was  constantly  kept.  The  latter 
requires  no  watching  and  the  color  develops  less  rapidly,  making  it  possible  to  read  a 
solution  containing  three  milligrams  of  citral  without  difficulty .  At  15°  the  color  devel- 
oped by  three  milligrams  is  a  little  too  intense.  Results  at  15°  are  slightly  higher. 

In  preparation  of  aldehyde-free  alcohol,  it  was  found  that  three  grams  of  meta- 
phenylene diamin  hydrochlorate  per  liter  *  *  was  sufficient  provided  the  alcohol 
was  boiled  for  eight  hours  and  allowed  to  stand  over  night.  *  *  * 

To  ascertain  to  what  extent  the  aldehyde  in  commercial  spirits  used  for  making  up 
extracts  might  affect  the  citral  determinations,  a  sample  of  ordinary  95  per  cent 
alcohol  was  run  in  the  same  manner  as  an  extract.  It  showed  aldehyde  equivalent  to 
0.031  gram  citral.  Results  obtained  with  extracts  may  thus  be  a  little  higher  than 
the  truth  for  this  reason. 

LinwoodA.  Brown:  In  the  determination  of  citral  by  the  fuchsin  method,  the  greatest 
objection  to  it  is  in  obtaining  alcohol  perfectly  free  from  aldehydes.  The  Dunlap 
method  failed  to  give  a  perfectly  aldehyde-free  alcohol  even  after  three  times  on  the 
same  samples  of  alcohol,  i.  e.,  the  alcohol  was  subjected  to  the  method  three  successive 
times.  % 

The  metaphenylene  diamin  hydrochlorid  method  gives  the  best  results  for  this 
determination. 

W.  A.  Syme:  Commenting  on  the  method  for  lemon  extracts,  I  would  say  that  the 
method  for  purifying  the  alcohol  (with  metaphenylene  diamin)  did  not  yield  an 
alcohol  that  would  not  produce  a  color  with  fuchsin  solution  on  two  trials.  This 
lessens  the  accuracy  of  the  work.  I  would  suggest  that  other  methods  of  preparing 
alcohol  be  studied  and  that  other  solvents  be  tried. 

A  glance  at  the  table  is  sufficient  to  show  that  the  results  obtained  in  1907  were  prac- 
tically of  no  value.  The  discordant  figures  on  sample  No.  2  are  in  part  explained  by 
the  fact  that  this  extract  was  made  up  in  85  per  cent  alcohol  and  it  was  found  later 
that  globules  of  oil  had  separated  and  were  floating  on  the  surface.  This  fact  is  noted 
in  the  comments  of  Mr.  Sy,  who  analyzed  the  sample  some  time  after  it  had  been 
made  up. 

The  only  other  explanation  offered,  is  that  the  analysts  were  not  familiar  with  the 
method.  So  far  as  is  known  Mr.  Seeker  is  the  only  collaborator  who  had  had  any  such 


31 


experience  and  his  results  on  samples  New.  2  and  3  are  very  close  to  the  theoretical 
The  following  re.-ults  were  obtained  on  samples  Nos.  4  and  5: 

Analyses  of  vanilla  extract,  1907. 


Collaborator. 

Sample  No.  4. 

Sample 
No.  5. 

Vanillin. 

Coumarin. 

Acetani- 
lid. 

Vanillin. 

J.  M   Bartlctt.  Maine  

Per  cent. 
0.  122 
6  244 

oa 
on 

112 
106 
0007 

104 

on 

Per  cent. 
0.079 
.075 
.076 
.080 
.066 
.082 
.0997 
.076 

Per  cent. 
0.056 
.045 
.022 
.031 
.016 
.021 
.0498 
.032 
006 

Per  cent. 
oQ.133 
.130 

A.  L.  Nchls,  Illinois  
tiiiiK'ton.  I>.  (  

1       !        I'.lplw      I'hiU'lrlph;   . 

.103 
.145 
.112 

J   (  '    (  )Urn    NV\v  York 



Greatest  dlffereiicr                                        

.125 

l.rlmv  :mioutif  |.rvM-iit  
.  Mium  ari'  I  iniriiiiiuiii 

014 
.039 

.034 
.014 

.004 
.040 

.022 

&  Omitted  from  averages. 


e 

that 


•  Also  reported  0.0 14  iH-rn-nt  rnum:irin  in  this  samph-. 

•  "MM!    \  H     "I     TMK    ANALYSTS. 

.1   /..  A. /'/.,-.-  it  \v<>uid  in- much  more  accurate  to  detennine  the  specific  gravity  of  th 

-olution.  and  pipette  oif  a  known  volume  for  ana!y.-i-.      Ii  \va-  found  in  this  work  tha 
solun  -landing  in  the  lM-aki-n.ii  the  balance  pan  for  five  minutes  lost  10  mg. 

Thi-  mean-  th.it  under  ordinary  condition-^  the  third  decimal  place  in  the  result  is 
meaningleM. 

In  thi-  lal»"!--  use  a  new  te-t  for  coumarin  which  was  originated  by  Doctor 

Q.      It  depend-  mi  the  fact  that  a  drop  of  alcoholic  potash  solution  containing 

mi-  of  poia--iiini  h)dr".\id  to  a  liter  will,  when  placed  on  crystals  of  coumarin, 

.i    lemon    yellou    color.     Thi-  color   i<    very  intense,    but  disappears  rapidly. 

Neither    vanillin    nor   acetanilid    i-   ai'feeted    by   the  rea-jent.     The   test   is  applied 

direi  il\  on  thecry-tal-  by  ii-in^  a  glass  rod  for  a  dropper,  and  the  results  have  always 

much  more  -ati-i'a<tory  than  those  obtained  by  any  other  test,  because  of  its 

•h  vanilUo  and  coumarin  give  a  yellow  solution  on  standing  for 

time,  but  the  cry-tul-  of  \aiiillin  remain  uncofored  until  dissolved,  while  the 

coumarin  •  •  •    inten.-elv  colored. 

The  color  te-1  iiiilhl  are  n  i  a-  -at i-factory  as  they  might  be.     In  this  work 

un. I  the  polari/inu'  inuro-rope  of  the  greatest  use.  There  is  little  danger  of 
niiifu.-ini:  cither  of  the  thr.  e  cry-tal-  which  are  likely  to  occur  in  a  vanilla  extract. 
The  di-«Tepancie-  in  th  •  i.--ults  for  vanillin  are  mute  usual  where  the  crystals  are 
\\eLrhed  directly  fi"in  an  ether  .-olutioii.  They  seldom  come  out  well,  usually  being 
colored,  often  Dearly  black.  This  can  he  remedied  by  another  extraction,  not  with 
ether. 

.!.  /'.  NV.  On  te-tiiiij  this  residue  for  acetanilid,  (RHsert's  tests)  no  reaction  for  same 
could  be  obtained      A-  only  25  grams  extract  are  taken,  the  residues  actually  obtained 
in  and  0.0026  irrain  for  the  duplicates.     Using  4  mg  of  pure  acetanilid, 
no  r-  ,!d  be  obtained  by  llitsi-rt's  tests  as  given  in  Bui.  107.     Using  chlorin 

\\ater  d'.S.  I'  i  in  -lead  of  a  solution  of  chlorinated  lime  (I  :  200)  a  good  reaction  was 
obtained  with  I  mu'  acetanilid;  2  mg  gave  fair  test.  The  chlorin  water  is  mixed  with  the 
a«  etanilid;  a  pink  color  form-  in  a  few  ,-econds,  changing  gradually  to  a  purple  and 
finally  (•»  a  blue. 

./.  r.  oiwn:  Vanillin:  The  residue  of  the  ether  extraction  for  vanillin  almost  inva- 
riably contain-  a  lar_re  amount  of  resin  and  other  impurities.  It  has  always  been 
our  cu-tom  to  extract  the  vanillin  with  petroleum  ether  and  deduct  the  residue  from 
the  weight  of  impure  vanillin,  it  will  be  noted  that  the  difference  in  results  is  consid- 
erable. In  18  determinations  the  impurity  with  the  vanillin  has  varied  from  2  to  30 
mg.  the  average  beinir  In. 4  mg. 

We  have  al-o  found  that  an  easier  drying  residue  of  vanillin  has  been  obtained  by 
extraction  from  the  "2  per  cent  ammonia  solution  with  chloroform. 

/e  For  the  separation  of  coumarin  and  acetanilid  we  have  been  unable  to 
obtain  petroleum  ether  with  a  boiling  point  30^40°  0.  We  have  used  gasoline,  86°  B. 
On  fractionating  this  naphtha,  fractions  boiling  at  35-40,  40-45,  45-50,  50-60,  etc., 


32 

have  been  obtained.     It  has  been  our  experience  that  the  higher  boiling  fractions 
extract  coumarin  as  well  as  vanillin  fully  as  well  as  the  lower  boiling  fractions. 

Acetanilid:  According  to  the  official  method  this  substance  is  to  be  looked  for  with 
the  vanillin  only  when  it  has  been  found  with  the  coumarin.  In  one  of  these  three 
analyses  of  No.  4  reported  all  of  the  acetanilid  was  found  with  the  vanillin. 

The  figures  given  by  Mr.  Olsen  on  vanillin  by  extraction  with  petroleum  were  as 
follows:  No.  4,  0.080;  No.  5,  0.054,  from  which  it  would  appear  that  the  extraction 
wa<  not  prolonged  sufficiently. 

Linwood  A.  Brown:  Sample  No.  5:  The  vanillin  in  this  sample  was  somewhat 
impure  owing  to  coloring  matter  from  which  I  was  unable  to  purify  it.  . 

The  results  would  seem  to  show  that  as  far  as  vanillin  is  concerned  the  method  is 
>uti.< factory.  The  average  on  both  vanillin  and  coumarin,  however,  indicates  that 
some  of  the  latter  is  weighed  as  vanillin.  The  coumarin  figures  are  uniformly  low,  as 
are  those  for  acetanilid,  with  one  exception.  One  collaborator  reports  entire  failure 
of  the  Ritsert's  test  for  acetanilid  as  given  in  the  provisional  methods,  and  suggests  a 
modification. 

WORK  OP  1908. 

The  work  for  1908  was  confined  to  the  colorimetric  method  for  the  determination  of 
citral  in  lemon  extracts.  Fifteen  sets  of  samples  were  sent  out  to  collaborators  who  had 
previously  worked  with  the  method,  and  reports  have  been  received  from  twelve. 
A<  the  method  had  been  rather  severely  criticised  by  some  of  the  members  of  the 
American  Extract  Manufacturers'  Association,  they  were  invited  to  name  two  col- 
laborators, and  selected  Mr.  Edward  Kremers,  of  the  Wisconsin  State  College,  and 
Mr.  Baer,  of  St.  Louis.  Samples  were  sent  to  both,  and  Mr.  Kremero  forwarded 
his  set  to  I.  W.  Brandel,  of  the  University  of  Washington.  The  following  description 
of  the  method  to  be  used  was  sent  to  each  collaborator: 

DETERMINATION    OF   CITRAL   IN   LEMON    EXTRACT. 

Reagents. 

Aldehyde-free  alcohol. — Allow  alcohol  (95  per  cent  by  volume)  containing  5  grams  of 
metaphenylene  diamin  hydrochlorid  per  liter  to  stand  for  twenty-four  hours  with 
frequent  shaking.  (Note,  nothing  is  gained  by  previous  treatment  with  potassium 
hydroxid.)  Heat  under  a  reflux  cooler  for  at  least  eight  hours,  longer  if  possible 
(often  twenty-four  hours  are  necessary),  allow  to  stand  over  night  and  distil,  rejecting 
the  first  10  and  last  5  per  cent  which  come  over.  Store  in  a  dark,  cool  place  in  well- 
filled  bottles. 

Fucbsin  solution. — Dissolve  one-half  gram  of  fuchsin  in  250  cc  of  water,  add  an 
aqueous  solution  of  SO2  containing  16  grams  of  the  gas  and  allow  to  stand  until  colorless, 
make  up  to  one  liter  with  distilled  water.  This  solution  should  stand  twelve  hours 
before  using  and  should  be  discarded  after  three  days. 

Standard  citral  solution. — One  milligram  of  c.  p.  citral  per  cubic  centimeter  in  50  per 
cent  by  volume  aldehyde-free  alcohol. 

Apparatus. 

A  cooling  bath.— To  be  kept  at  from  14°  C.  to  16°  C.  The  aldehyde-free  alcohol, 
fuchsin  solutioiij  and  comparison  tubes  are  to  be  kept  in  this  bath. 

*  '"lorimeter. — Any  form  of  colorimeter  using  a  large  volume  of  solution  and  adapted 
to  rapid  manipulation  may  be  used. 

The  comparison  may  also  be  made  in  Nessler  or  Hehner  tubes. 

Manipulation. 

Preliminary  determination.— Weigh  in  a  stoppered  weighing  flask  approximately  25 
grams  of  extract,  transfer  to  a  50  cc  flask  and  make  up  to  the  mark  at  room  temperature 
with  aldehyde-free  alcohol.  Measure  at  room  temperature  and  transfer  to  a  compari- 
son tube  2  cc  of  this  solution,  add  25  cc  of  the  aldehyde-free  alcohol  (previously  cooled 

the  bath)  then  20  ccof  the  fuchsin  solution  (also  cooled)  and  finally  make  up  to  the 

50  cc  mark  with  more  aldehyde-free  alcohol.     Mix  thoroughly,  stopper,  and  place  in 

'ling  bath  for  fifteen  minutes.     Prepare  a  standard  for  comparison  at  the  same 

:ime  and  in  the  same  manner  using  2  cc  of  the  standard  citral  solution.     Remove  and 

compare  the  colors  developed.     Calculate  the  amount  of  citral  present  and  repeat 


33 


the  deiermiiiuiion  u>ini;  a  quantity  sullicient  to  give  the  sample  approximately  the 
sin-iiu'ili  "i  the  standard,  From  this  result  calculate  the  amount  of  citral  in  the  sample. 
If  tin-  comparisons  are  made  in  .\  osier  tubes,  standards  containing  1,  1.5,  2,  2.5,  3,  3.5, 
and  t  mi;  should  be  prepared  and  the  trial  comparison  made  against  these,  the  final 
. •ompari-on  brim;  made  with  standards  between  1.5  and  2.5  mg  varying  but  one-fourth 
iif  a  milligram. 

The  I'nlin \viii-_'  point-  are  to  be  especially  noted : 

Tin-  aldehyde-free  alcohol  (26 cc)  on  standing  for  20  minutes  in  the  cooling  bath  with 
the  fuchsin  solution  Mild  develop  only  a  faint  pink  coloration.  If  a  stronger 

color  i<  developed,  treat  a-jain  with  metaphenylene-diaihin  hydrochlorid. 

Jt  i-  absolutely  essential  \<>  keep  the  reagents  and  comparison  tubes  at  the  required 

temperaiiir.-.  » 'omparisons  should  l»c  made  within  one  minute  after  removing  the 
lulu-*  from  the  hath.  \Vh«-n-  the  comparisons  are  made  in  the  bath  (this  is  possible 
only  when-  the  bath  i>  '_da—  )th«-  standards  should  be  discarded  within  twenty-five 
mimi  .Hiding  tin-  fuchsin  solution.  Give  samples  and  standards  identical 

treatment. 

Not.-  on  samples  colored  with  turmeric  whether  or  not  the  color  interferes  with  the 

come  '  Mi  samples  '_'  and  .">,  after  making  determinations  on  the  samples  sent, 

•  them,  removing  the  colors  as  follows:  After  weighing  the  sample  to  be  used  for 

anal;-  .ppen-d  wei^hint;  bottle,  add  a  drop  of  concentrated  hydrochloric 

acid  and  a  -mall  piece  of  fat-free  \\oolen  doth,  stopper  and  allow  to  stand  over  night. 

ve  the  (loth  wii>hinir  wilh  aldehyde-free  alcohol  and  determine  the  citral  in  the 

colorle>s   solution   as    u-ual.     Repeat    the  above   comparison  heating    the  acidified 

I  woolen  doth  under  a  reflux  cooler  for  a  lew  minutes,  cool,  remove  the 

cloth  and  d'-TeMuine  the  ciiral  a-  usual. 

-ample*  sent  were  as  foil. 

1.   A  1«  ii,  •  oniainii  .uns  of  !)f>  per  cent  alcohol  and  192  grams 

lemon  oil,  the  whole  colored  with  turmeric. 

,  terpen.'li-.-  exiM-  i  of  lemon  <t reiiu't lictied  withcitral;  300  grams  lemon  oil 

dcohol;  L',070  grams  of  water  were-added  and 

iiL'ht   the  precipitated  oil  was  removed  and  3.76  grams  of  citral 
1.     The  \\hole  colored  with  Niiphihol  Yellow  S. 

:al  in  dilute  alcohol  ("iO  per  cent  volume)  containing  3,000 
.  p.  ciiral  making  the  actual  percentage  of. citral  0.12  per 
cent       The  whole  .  ,,|.,red  with  Naphthol  Yellow  S. 

•  ion  of  citral  in  dilute  alcohol  (~>i)  per  cent  \>y  volume)  containing  3,500 
hoi  and  .'  c.  |>.  ciiral  making  the  actual  percentage  of  the  latter 

The  whole  colored  with  turmeric. 

Th.  ;  in  the  following  table: 

H-itrk  <>n  A  t,  nniii  I ny  ntrnl  in  lemon  extracts,  1908. 


Orifetaatar. 

Without  removal  of  color. 

After  removal  of  color. 

15  y  heating. 

At  ordinary 
temperature. 

No.  1. 

No.  2. 

No.  3. 

No.  4. 

No.  2. 

No.  3. 

No.  2. 

No.  3. 

lilts    I'hil  I'lrlptii  i    I'-i 

Per  ct. 

0.&W 

.328 

.286 

.288 
.354 
.  3LTi 
.308 
0.380 
.360 
o.  143 

.038 
.040 

Perct. 
0.330 
a.407 
.329 
.317 
.315 

o.370 
.324 
.316 
.312 
a.387 
.340 
o.385 
.323 
.017 
.011 

Per  ct. 
0.125 
.136 
.107 
.116 
.118 

a.190 
.133 
.137 
.133 
a.  165 
.125 
.109 
.124 
.013 
.017 
.12 

Perct. 
0.060 
.067 
.056 
.056 
.054 

o.lOO 
.064 
.084 
.060 
0.140 
.070 
.050 
.062 
.022 
.017 
.061 

Per  ct. 

Perct. 

Per  ct. 
0.28 
.386 
.233 
.278 
.188 

Per  ct. 
0.108 
.136 
.100 
.102 
.079 

Vork 

0.110 
.089 
.090 
.085 

0.140 
.110 
.228 

r.mclsco,  Cal  

I..    \.   Bron    .   IgrkmH  a  .1  t',,ii(^c. 

!i,-h  

.202 
.215 

.031 
.137 

.333 

.311 
.294 

.080 
.138 
.116 

U.  S    Hiliii.-r    Pniv.T   Colo 

•    Savannah    (Ja 

.290 

.110 

.290 

.110 

I.  W.  i                     .MI,..  Wash  


mi  alxiv*'  -.ivcracf  

Thwrctical  amount  



o  Excluded  from  averages. 


.   -Bull.  I'.' 


34 

COMMENTS    OF   ANALYSTS. 

R.  W.  Hilts:  The  methods  submitted  for  this  work  were  adhered  to  with  the  excep- 
tion that  in  the  removal  of  color  from  samples  2  and  3  the  portions  were  weighed  out 
into  the  50  cc  graduated,  glass-stoppered  flask,  acidified  as  directed,  and  the  piece  of 
fat-free  woolen  cloth  added  (about  1.5  inches  square).  After  standing  over  night  the 
volume  was  completed  with  aldehyde-free  alcohol,  without  removing  the  cloth. 

Preliminary  tests  of  the  samples  were  made  against  a  series  of  standards,  but  all 
final  determinations  were  made  by  matching  in  tne  colorimeter.  Final  comparisons 
were  always  arranged  so  that  the  depths  of  tints  compared  were  within  10  per  cent, 
generally  less,  of  equal  strength. 

Results  reported  are  calculated  from  averages  of  four  to  five  readings  made  in  rapid 
succession  with  columns  of  40  mm  and  30  mm,  i.  e.,  8  to  10  readings.  Comparisons  on 
the  different  depths  of  liquid  gave  concordant  results. 

Color  in  samples  1  (turmeric)  and  2  (Naphthol  Yellow  S)  gave  no  trouble  whatever  in 
comparisons.  The  samples  are  so  highly  diluted  in  the  final  determination  that  the 
color  does  not  interfere.  On  sample  3  (Naphthol  Yellow  S)  considerably  more  of  the 
original  liquid  is  present  in  the  comparison  tube,  due  to  its  lower  citral  content,  and  a 
very  slight  modification  of  tint  in  depths  of  40  mm  was  noticed.  With  depths  of  30 
mm  there  was  no  apparent  difference  and  tints  were  matched  with  ease.  Sample  4 
(turmeric)  behaved  similarly  to  No.  3.  In  depths  of  40  mm  there  was  a  slight  differ- 
ence of  tint,  because  nearly  3.5  cc  of  the  original  liquid  was  present  in  the  tube.  This 
slight  difficulty  disappeared  in  depths  of  30  mm.  Samples  2  and  3  were  very  satisfac- 
torily decolorized  by  the  treatment  with  the  cloth.  However,  in  so  far  as  ease  of 
comparison  is  concerned  this  treatment  seems  superfluous  if  comparisons  are  made 
with  comparatively  short  columns  of  liquid,  as  above  noted. 

A.  W.  Hansen:  The  operator  could  not  see  that  the  color  interfered  with  the  com- 
parisons. 

W.  L.  Dubois:  The  comparisons  were  made  in  wide  Nessler  tubes  graduated  to  100 
cc  which  were  cooled  to  15°  in  a  large  bath  and  for  comparison  placed  in  a  tall  beaker 
containing  water  at  15°  and  around  which  was  wrapped  a  piece  of  white  paper,  the 
beaker  being  set  on  a  white  surface  and  lifted  therefrom  a  few  inches  at  the  time  of 
reading.  The  color  in  samples  2  and  4  did  not  seem  to  interfere  with  the  determina- 
tions. The  fuchsin  sulphite  solution  when  made  as  directed  retained  a  slightly  brown- 
ish tint.  The  fuchsin,  however,  which  we  had  available  for  the  preparation  of  this 
solution  was  not  labeled  c.  p.  and  this  possibly  may  have  accounted  for  our  failure  to 
get  a  perfectly  colorless  solution. 

C.  L.  Cook:  None  of  the  readings  of  any  of  the  samples  was  interfered  with  by  the 
presence  of  the  coloring  matter  used.  It  was  found  necessary  to  allow  the  fuchsin 
solution  to  stand  at  least  forty  hours  before  a  blank  could  be  obtained  with  the  aldehyde- 
free  alcohol  we  were  able  to  distil. 

F.  D.  Merrill:  Samples  1  and  4  colored  with  turmeric  gave  a  color  differing  some- 
what from  the  standard  used  in  the  determination  of  citral.  In  Nos.  2  and  3  colored 
with  Naphthol  Yellow  S  less  difficulty  was  experienced  in  matching  colors  with  the 
standards  in  the  determination  of  citral  when  the  original  extract  was  used,  but  when 
the  sample  was  decolorized  by  either^method  suggested  it  had  a  very  different  color 
as  compared  with  the  standard  used  in  citral  determination,  and  great  difficulty  was 
experienced  in  matching  colors. 

R.  S.  Hiltner:  The  small  amount  of  turmeric  in  samples  No.  1  and  No.  4  did  not 
interfere  perceptibly  with  the  color  comparisons. 

Sample  No.  2,  when  heated  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  woolen  cloth  under  reflux 
condenser  as  directed,  turned  brown,  apparently  due  to  decomposition  of  citral.  A 
somewhat  similar  change  took  place  with  No.  3,  but  to  a  less  degree. 

The  same  result  was  obtained  on  these  two  samples  by  simply  acidifying  with 
hydrochloric  acid  and  treating  at  once  with  fuchsin  reagent  as  by  allowing  the  acidified 
solution  to  stand  over  night  in  contact  with  wool. 

I  was  unable  to  secure  alcohol  that  would  not  respond  to  the  fuchsin  test  for  alde- 
hyde, even  after  prolonged  standing  and  heating  with  m-phenylene  diamin 
hydrochlorid. 

Besides  the  figures  obtained  by  the  trial  method,  Mr.  Hiltner,  of  the  Denver  Food 
Inspection  Laboratory,  submitted  a  set  obtained  by  a  method  devised  by  himself 
using  metaphenylene  diamin  as  a  substitute  for  the  fuchsin  sulphite  reagent.  The 
writer  makes  the  following  claims  for  the  method: 

First.  Since  there  is  no  color  reaction  with  acetaldehyde,  more  correct  results  may 
be  secured  in  the  analysis  of  commercial  extracts. 


35 

In  the  preparation  of  these  extract.-,  ordinary  rectified  alcohol  is,  of  course,  used. 
Such  alcohol  always  contains  more  or  less  acetaldehyde.  Any  general  reagent  for 
aldehyde-,  like  furh.-in,  therefore  tends  to  give  too  high  results  for  citral  because  of 
ill.-  reaction  on  the  acetaldehyde  present. 

Second.  1'  is  unnecessary,  as  stated,  to  use  especially  purified  alcohol  free  from 
aldehydes. 

Third.   All  the  operations  may  be  carried  on  at  room  temperature. 

Tin-  following  fk''  ubmitted  on  the  official  samples:  No.  1,  0.251;  No.  2, 

-  117:  No.  1.  o.o.il. 

1  and  '2  an-  somewhat  below  the  average  figures  submitted  by  the  collaborators. 
Nos.  3  and  \  an-  much  do.-er  to  the  actual  amount  present  than  those  obtained  by  Mr. 
ililtncr  with  the  method  under  trial.  As  the  method  was  called  to  the  referee's 
aiirntii.n  "nly  a  few  day.-  l>cf.>re  the  meet  inn.  no  opportunity  was  offered  to  test  it 
this  year. 

GENKKAI.   Disrrssiox  OK  RESULTS. 

The  rr-nli-  obtained  <m  the  official  -a  in  pies  as  a  whole  exceed  greatly  the  expecta- 
tion- of  the 

When  twelve  dnteivni  aiialv-i-  an-  working  even  with  a  well-established  method 
under  vary  in::  condition-,  experience  has  shown  that  some  discordant  results  are  apt 

to  1 b tained.     When  like  di -en- pane ie-  have  been  obtained  with  the  official  methods 

for  nitrogen  and  pota-h.  it  \\ould.-een-.  that  the  results,  in  the  present  case,  are  highly 
.-at  i  Mac  lory. 

It  appears  to  be  of  no  advantage  to  remove  the  color  before  making  the  determina- 
tions in  fact,  .-everal  of  the  collaborator-  are  of  the  opinion  that  it  renders  the  solutions 
harder  to  n-ad.     The  \\oik  done  ai    \Va.-hinurt«»n  also  indicated  that   there  was  little 
advantage  to  be  obtained,  certainly  not  .-nilicimt  to  offset  the  loss  of  citral.    The  results 
-IL'hily  l.eiii-i  on  the  alcoholic  -..Intions  of  citral  than  upon  the  extracts.     They 
brttrr  on   the  terpenel.-s    extract    than    on   the  extract   containing  lemon  oil. 
Thi-  i-.  in  all  probability,  due  to  the  effect  o!  the  non-aldehydic  constituents  upon  the 
of  the  inch-in  .-olntion.     Where  the  colors  are  not  of   like  tint,  considerable 

i'lirrd  in  order  to  correctly  match  them. 

On  the  tmal  comparison-  the  standard  ami  sample  must  contain  approximately  equal 
amoun  r  lo  percent  i-  not  allowable. 

The  method  i-  not  dilhrnlt  of  manipulation,  but  does  require  pure  reagents,  espe- 
cially in  the  case  of  aldehyde-free  alcohol.  It  is  highly  probable  that  the  greater  part 
of  the  discordant  result.- are  due  to  the  latter,  (liven  a  cologne  spirit  of  good  quality, 
there  Been  er,  to  be  m>  reason  why  good  results  should  not  be  obtained.  It  is 

miended  that  the  method  as  submitted  for  the  determination  of  citral  in  lemon 
•  ••adopted  provi-ionally  by  the  association. 


REPORT  ON  SPICES. 

I'.y  A.  I..  WIVION.  A.x.xiH-liitt'  Referee. 

The  atlention  of  the  associate  referee  was  directed  to  the  adulteration  of  paprika 
with  olive  oil,  and  the  methods  «>f  detecting  this  form  of  adulteration,  by  papers  pre- 
d  by  Doolittle  and  Ogden  and  by  Loewenstein  at  the  New  Haven  meeting  of  the 
American  Chemical  Society.  Although  the  time  was  short  for  giving  this  matter  suit- 
able attention,  a  circular  letter  was  sent  out  on  September  5  to  such  chemists  as  had 
previously  expressed  a  willingness  to  cooperate,  and  later,  samples  of  two  kinds  of 
paprika  were  distributed,  one  purporting  to  be  pure,  the  other  adulterated  with  olive 

oil. 


36 


The  methods  submitted  for  study  are  as  follows: 

METHODS. 

NON-VOLATILE    ETHER    EXTRACT. 

-Dry  in  a  desiccator  over  night  or  until  the  moisture  is  largely  removed  a  sufficient 
amount  of  the  material  to  yield  an  extract  of  from  0.2  to  0.25  grams.  Extract  according 
to  the  officiaF method  for  the  determination  of  crud*  fat  (Bui.  107,  Rev.,  p.  39,  5  (b) 
(1)),  collecting  the  ether  solution  in  a  tared  flask.  Dry  the  extract  at  100°  C.  for 
l.Viniiiute  periods  until  constant  weight  is  secured. 

IODIN    NUMBER. 

hetcrmine  by  the  Hanus  method  (Bui.  107,  Rev.,  pp.  136-7),  using  the  extract 
obtained  as  described  in  the  preceding  section. 

Great  care  should  be  exercised  in  weighing  the  flask,  both  before  and  after  extraction,' 
as  an  error  of  1  milligram  is  equivalent  to  an  error  of  over  0.5  in  the  iodin  number.  A 
-stoppered  200  cc  Erlenmeyer  flask  may  be  used  for  the  extraction  and  also,  with- 
out transfer,  for  the  determination  of  the  iodin  number,  although  in  our  experience 
more  accurate  results  may  be  secured  by  using  a  vial-mouth  unstoppered  flask  of  about 
rapacity,  thus  reducing  the  exposed  surface  to  a  minimum.  In  the  latter  case 
the  flask,  after  dissolving  the  extract  in  chloroform  and  adding  the  Hanus  solution,  is 
introduced  into  a  saltmouth,  glass-stoppered  bottle,  broken  with  a  glass  rod  and  the 
titration  carried  out  in  this  bottle  in  the  usual  manner. 

1 1  was  suggested  that  in  extracting  the  fat  3  grams  of  the  pure  paprika  and  2  grams  of 
the  paprika  adulterated  with  oil  be  used,  thus  securing  amounts  of  extract  suitable 
for  determination  of  iodin  number. 

ALCOHOL   EXTRACT. 

Follow  the  official  method  (Bui.  107,  Rev.,  p.  163). 
DISCUSSION  OF  RESULTS. 

The  results  obtained  by  the  five  analysts  who  took  part  in  the  cooperative  work  are 
given  in  the  following  table: 

Analysis  of  pure  paprika  and  samples  mixed  with  olirc  oil. 


Collaborator. 

Pure  paprika. 

Paprika  with  olive  oil. 

Alcoholic 
extract. 

Non- 
volatile 
ether 
extract. 

Iodin 
num- 
ber. 

Alcoholic 
extract. 

Non- 
volatile 
ether 
extract. 

Iodin 
num- 
ber. 

(;«'ii<'vi<'v«>  Imus,  Minnesota 

Per  cent. 
13.36 
13.33 

10.44 
12.8 
12.7 
A  10.62 

B  10.50 
C  10.  75 

Percent. 

76.5 
76.2 
82.0 
77.4 
105.9 
105.8 
105.2 
114.6 
112.3 
116.7 
117.2 
112.9 
117.7 
115.2 
113.1 
115.1 

Per  cent. 
14.96 
14.97 

Per  cent. 

97.4 
96.7 
76.1 
80.7 
106.4 

0115.05 
115.2 
108.0 
112.0 
116.1 
107.2 
115.6 
111.4 
105.1 
105.8 
116.1 
117.6 

C.  D.  Woods,  Maine 

5.43 
5.81 
6.10 
5.27 
5.36 
5.52 
5.54 
5.37 
5.45 
5.47 
5.32 
5.47 
5.46 
5.40 

15.30 
13.18 
13.76 
12.01 
12.10 
12.58 
12.64 
12.  72 
12.71 
12.52 
12.42 
12.51 
12.80 
12.75 
11'.  70 
12.60 

C.  I'.  Wilson,  Washington,  D.  ('.... 

13.43 
13.4 
13.35 
12.92 

12.76 
12.96 

C.  S.  Brinton,  Philadelphia  

C.I.  Lott,  Chicago.... 

o  Average. 


37 

w:  This  collaborator  states  that  through  a  misunderstanding  the  po-- 
tiona  taken  f,,r  analysis  were  weighed  out  after  drying  the  materials  in  a  desiccator 
For  this  reason  the  pen-entases  of  alcohol  extract  and  nonvolatile  ether  extract  are  not 
comparable  with  thus.-  -riven  l»y  the  other  analysts  and  are  not  given  in  the  table 

/>.   Wood*  The    ether   extract   in    the    determinations   made    by   the   method 
ribed  not  being  complete,  <>tlu>r  trials  were  made,  using  different  quantities  of  the 
material  and  extracting  for  longer  periods.     The  results  are  given  in  the  following 
table: 


fjnare 


tammies  adulterated  with  olive  oil,  varying  weight  of  sample 
and  time  of  extraction 


PURE  PAPRIKA. 


Weight 

Time  of 

tion. 

Non- 
vohitiln 
ethor 
extract. 

Todin 
miinlxr 
of  non- 
volatile 
ether 
extract. 

',>:•• 

3 
3 
3 

1 

Hours. 
24 
100 

Per  cent. 

:..  i  1 
Lfl 

.Y    lx 

5.74 
5,91 

1:5.  i:» 

82.0 

77.4 
87.3 
79.3 
77.9 

1 

100 

42.  »i 

PAPKIK  \    ADULTERATED   WITH   ol.lVKOIL 


2 

16 

15.30 

76.1 

2 

16 

U18 

80.7 

24 

12.23 

••;.:, 

UL«8 

84.0. 

i  ;  U 

84.1 

100 

u  » 

100 

Ix.  71, 

•unn-nis  on  the  above  result.-  as  full, 

I  ii  '  >«>little  au<l  <  >_rden  rej><>rt  a  much  higher  iodin  number  than  any  of  my 

re.-ult.-  would  Indicate  and  alaothaJ  toeirreaulta  are  very  concordant.    \\ithdirections 

'•u  1  tail  to  see  how  one  could  place  any  reliance  on  the  results  of  this  determi- 

Q.    ltma\  •  that  by  niMninu'theetherextractinuforanexactdefinite  time 

re>ul;  'dtained  agreeing  reasonably  close  with  each  other,  but  I  doubt  this 

A  hat,  t->r  it  ha-  been  OUT  experience  that  some  detenu  hint  ions  extract  much  faster 

than  oth.-r-.  .l.-|M'iuli»tr  on  the  rate  of  flow  of  the  ether  and  the  type  of  extractor  used, 

and  that  until  the  extraction  is  complete  there  is  no  surety  that  two  determinations 

will  a-jree  at  any  -jiveii  time  durini;  the  process. 

The-e  i'e\\  « Jet  (-rn  i  i  nat  ions  -eein  to  indicate  that  if  the  iodin  number  is  made  on  the 
complete  ethei  'her  material  besides  fat  ^resins,  etc.)  will  so  increase  the 

wei-lit  that  the  value  of  the  iodin  number  will  be  reduced,  while,  if  the  determination 
i>  made  before  the  extra  tion  is  complete,  the  result  scan  not  be  depended  on  to  agree. 

r»rinton  comments  on  hi.-  results  as  follows: 

The  iodin  number- 0:1  (tie  nonvolatile  ether  of  the  samples  prepared  with  oil  did  not 
and  lam  reporting  only  the  average  of  results  obtained.  I  was  very  much  sur- 

i  to  lind  the  iodin  number  of  the  nonvolatile  ether  extract  in  the  pure  sample  so 
much  lower  by  the  m.-thod  you  suggest  than  that  obtained  by  the  method  used  by 
l»oolittle,  but  i lii-  i-  easily  accounted  for,  because  a  long  extraction  with  ether  carries 
other  material  which  i-  not  readily  soluble  in  ether  and  would  not  be  found  in  the 
ether  extract  when  u  shorter  extraction  time  is  used.  From  theresults  obtained  bythis 
method  1  do  not  think  that  it  would  be  advisable  to  use  an  official  ether  extract  for  the 

.iiination  of  the  iodin  number,  as  by  so  doing  we  are  liable  to  overlook  samples 
prepared  with  olive  oil,  the  presence  of  which  would  be  revealed  by  using  Doolittle's 
method. 


38 

C.  P.  Wilson  stated  that  he  was  not  entirely  satisfied  with  the  results  because  with 
the  apparatus  he  used  he  found  it  necessary  to  dissolve  the  fat  before  removing  it  from 
the  flask  in  which  it  was  recovered  by  the  extraction. 

C.  I.  Lott:  In  order  to  secure  evidence  with  regard  to  the  accuracy  of  the  sampling, 
analyses  were  made  of  three  bottles  (A,  B,  and  C)  of  each  paprika.  The  discrepancies 
in  the  determination  of  the  iodin  number  were  attributed  partly  to  differences  in  the 
amount  of  extract  obtained  occasioned  by  the  removal  of  different  amounts  of  the 
difficultly  soluble  resins  and  partly  to  errors  in  the  process  of  determining  the  iodin 
number.  It  was  suggested  that  possibly  in  the  earlier  determinations  the  extract  was 
not  completely  dissolved  in  the  chloroform  preliminary  to  the  Hanus  solution.  In 
the  later  determinations  special  effort  was  made  to  secure  a  complete  solution.  With 
this  precaution  the  following  results  were  obtained:  Pure  paprika,  116.7,  117.7,  115.1; 
paprika  with  olive  oil,  116.1,  116.1,  117.6.  Further  experiments  are  needed  to  ascer- 
tain whether  or  not  a  better  agreement  of  results  can  be  secured  by  observing  special 
precautions  in  dissolving  the  extract. 

CONCLUSIONS. 

The  radical  difference  in  the  results  reported  by  the  different  analysts  in  the  deter- 
mination of  nonvolatile  ether  extract  and  the  iodin  number  of  the  extract  may  be  in 
part  explained  by  differences  in  the  extraction  apparatus  employed  and  in  the  rate 
of  extraction,  some  of  the  analysts  securing  an  extract  which  contained  a  much  greater 
amount  of  resins  than  that  obtained  by  the  others,  which  resins  have  a  much  lower 
iodin  number  than  the  fatty  oil.  This  explanation,  however,  does  not  account  for 
many  of  the  differences.  For  example,  Messrs.  Woods  and  Lott  obtained  practically 
the  same  percentages  of  nonvolatile  ether  extract  in  the  pure  paprika,  but  one  reports 
an  average  iodin  number  of  about  80  and  the  other  of  about  115.  On  the  other  hand, 
Mr.  Wilson  obtained  the  highest  percentage  of  nonvolatile  ether  extract,  and  Mr. 
Brinton  the  lowest,  yet  both  secured  practically  the  same  results  on  the  iodin  number. 

The  results  reported  indicate  either  that  the  method  of  securing  the  nonvolatile 
ether  extract  for  the  determination  of  iodin  number  is  seriously  at  fault,  or  else  spe- 
cial precautions,  yet  to  be  determined,  are  necessary  to  the  success  of  the  process. 
The  results  are  not  only  widely  discrepant,  but  they  fail  to  throw  any  light  whatever 
on  the  question  of  adulteration. 

RECOMMENDATIONS. 

It  is  suggested  that  during  the  ensuing  year  the  following  methods  be  studied: 
First,  extraction  on  filter  paper,  with  ether,  as  followed  by  Doolittle  and  Ogden,a 
and,  second,  shaking  for  a  definite  time  with  a  definite  volume  of  ether  and  evapora- 
tion of  a  portion  of  the  filtered  extract.  It  is  believed  that  satisfactory  results  can  be 
obtained  only  by  a  purely  conventional  method,  using  the  same  weight  of  material, 
the  same  volume  of  ether,  and  the  same  time  of  extraction.  It  may  be  found  impor- 
tant, however,  to  use  such  portions  of  the  ether  solutions  as  will  yield  in  all  cases 
approximately  the  same  amount  of  nonvolatile  ether  extract.  The  results  obtained 
in  the  determination  of  alcohol  extract  throw  no  light  on  the  question  of  added  oil. 


REPORT  ON   COLORS. 
By  H.  M.  LOOMIS,  Associate  Referee. 

The  work  of  the  past  year  has  been  chiefly  on  the  identification  of  colors.  For  this 
purpose  twelve  samples  of  colored  food  products  were  prepared  in  the  laboratory, 
using  the  purest  colors  available,  and  samples  of  each  were  sent  to  six  cooperating 
chemists.  It  is  only  just  to  state  that  many  of  the  colors  used  were  not  furnished  as 
food  colors -by  the  manufacturers.  In  this  work  the  endeavor  has  been  to  prove  that 
the  colors  used  were  simple  commercial  colors,  and  not  mixtures,  without  special 
regard  to  the  presence  of  mineral  salts,  etc. 


^  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.  1908.  30:  1481. 


39 

Since  i  he  promulgation  of  F.  I.  D.  7G  of  the  Board  of  Food  and  Drug  Inspection, 
allowing  the  u-e  ..f  . •••rtain  coal-tar  colors  in  food  products  and  prohibiting  all  others, 
it  ha.<  become  quite  necessary  for  food  chemists  to  make  a  study  of  the  methods  of 
identifying  color-  \<>  find  out  with  what  degree  of  accuracy  these  methods  serve  their 
purpose.  In  making  this  study  it  is  of  course  very  essential  to  work  with  pure  colors, 
and  a.-  the  time  available  for  this  work  would  not  allow  of  preparing  these  colors  in 
the  laboratory,  there  were  used  colors  furnished  by  manufacturers,  who  in  most  cases 
gave  both  the  commercial  and  the  scientific  name  of  these  samples,  and  upon  them 
such  tests  were  made  as  seemed  necessary  to  establish  fully  the  fact  that  they  corre- 
sponded \\-ith  the  names  giv»Mi  and  were' simple  unmixed  colors. 

\o  originality  in  the  methods  of  testing  is  claimed,  the  standard  works  of  reference 
on  the  subject  having  been  freely  consulted.  In  every  case  the  well-known  tests  by 
color  reactions  in  aqueous  solution,  on  the  dyed  fiber,  and  with  concentrated  sulphuric 
acid  on  the  dry  color  were  u.-ed.  This  includes  a  test  for  mixed  colors  made  by 
sprinkling  dry  color  on  a  surface  wet  with  water  or  concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  In 
addition  the  following  tests  were  made  on  the  separate  colors: 

I'ri-fifiitaiinn   by  alcohol:  Concentrated  aqueous  solution  +  95  per  cent  alcohol= 

Iline  yellow  precipitate. 

o.i    i»  r  f  nt   <i<{ii'  <>n -\-stannou8  c/»Zor»W=  yellow   precipitate,   soluble  in 

oxalic  acid  .-olutiou  (10  per  cent  . 

O.I  pt-r  cent  aqueous  solution  +  harimn  chl<>ri<l  .so/<//MM=yellow  precipitate. 
a.  i  JMT  cent  aqueous  solut  <  >n  chlnrid  solution  -;no  precipitate. 

3,  c<c  .1.  !M. 

ICON: 

for  coal-tar  color- ;   n  :ni nation. 

1  ;re  c..l,,r. 

NAPHTHOJ 

r  reaction  with  -Minions  chlorid  and  ammonia.     Test  for  organic  sulphur. 
>//•////••//  '  I  on  platinum  foil.    Takes  fire  explosively. 

lv  iiiMilublc  in  neutral  or  acid  solution. 

i- barium  chlorid  solution  (10  per  mi<)=orange  precipi- 
Insoluble 

" ./  j»r  cent  aqueous  solution^-  calcium  cktorid  solution  (to  j><r  rr/t/)=no  precipitate. 

n.i  mimon*  solution  +  It-ad  «r<7<i/<'  =  onini:r  pre<-ipitate,  soluble  in  acetic  acid. 
'/./  /neon*  sola '  ••'/  <•/  lonil  11  ml  caustic  soda= olive-green  precipitate. 

ll.iourl:*:  (»\»r  nearly  pure.  Contains  small  amount  of  unsulphonated  naphthol 
yellow. 

TKMI-U  .)UN  O  O: 

Kediirtion  of  c..lor  by  stannous  chlorid  in  acid  solution;  separation  of  para  amino- 
diphenylamin  fr-m  alkalin.-  - -lution  by  ether.  Melting  point,  61°  to  62°  C. 

/'/••  hij  salt:  0.1  j>er  cent  solution  of  color -f  few  drops  10  per  cent  sodium 

chlorid  -olmion  -precipitate  ..f  color. 

0.1    i>tr  'on + barium  chlorid  (10  per  eett<)= colored  precipitate, 

like     F-      "11 

0.1  per  cent  aqueous  solution  +  calcium  chlorid (10  j>crcent)=co\ored  precipitate,  like 

'!! 

Com  '  ire  color,  S.  &  J.  88. 

KKYTHKOSIX:  (Color  used  in  sample  :J  ('.) 

Aq  ueous  s.  >lu  t  ion ,  |  )ink  tlm  )rescent  (shows  presence  of  other  colors  besides  erythrosin.) 
<'olor  .-xtracte.l  ir,,m  acidified  aqueous  solution  by  ether.     Ether  solution  washed 
several  times,  evaporated  and  color  dried. 

//.//.«/, //.s:  <  hlorin,  bromin,  and  iodin  found  in  color  qualitatively.  (Mulliken 
"  Identification  of  ( )nranir  <  ompounds,"  p.  13).  Determination  of  bromin  and  iodin 

uasch  and  Aschotf  meth«Kl  gave  17  per  cent  bromin  and  9.7  per  cent  iodin. 
Volor  a  mixture  of  eoein  colors  containing  chlorin,  bromin,  and  iodin. 

RHODAMIV: 

Contains  no  bromin  or  iodin;  0.4  per  cent  ash;  insoluble,  even  on  boiling  in  caustic 
potash  solution;  -p.  gr.  1.3. 

Aqueous  solution  pink;  yellow  fluorescence,  which  disappears  on  warming  and 
reappear.-  uii  cooling. 


40 

0.01  per  cent  aqueous  solution  +  stannous  chlorid  solution=l)right  crimson  precipitate, 
purplish  by  transmitted  light. 

0.01  per  cent  aqueous  solution  +  tannin  reagent;  test  for  basic  color=  precipitate. 

Benedikt's  test  with  zinc  and  ammonia:  (Allen,  "Commercial  Organic  Analysis," 
vol.  3,  part  1,  page  322.) 

Conclusion:  Pure  color,  S.  &  J.  504. 

ROSE  BENGAL: 

Qualitative  analysis  shows  halogens,  iodin,  and  chlorin  —  no  bromin. 

Benedict's  test  with  zinc  dust  and  ammonia.     (See^  Allen,  loc.  cit.) 

Benedikt's  test:  Boiling  with  caustic  potash  solution.     (Sp.  gr.  1.3.)     (See  Allen.) 

Color  separated  from  acidified  aqueous  solution  as  in  the  case  of  erythrosin. 

Quantitative  determination  of  iodin  and  chlorin. 

Chlorin  determined  by  silver  nitrate  after  removal  of  iodin  by  nitrous  acid  and 
carbon  bisulphid. 

Iodin  determined  from  total  halogens  by  difference. 

Chlorin,  8.89  per  cent;  iodin,  49.5  per  cent;  ratio=l  to  5.56. 

Ratio  of  halogens  in  tetraiodo-dichlor-fluorescein=l  to  7.2. 

Ratio  of  halogens  in  tetraiodo-tetrachlor-fluorescein=l  to  3.6. 
iion:  Color  a  mixture  of  the  two  Rose  Bengals,  S.  &  J. 


520  and  523. 

PHLOXIN: 

Qualitative  analysis  shows  presence  of  halogens,  bromin,  and  chlorin;  no  iodin. 

Determination  of  bromin  by  Mohr's  method  gave  39.8  per  cent  in  color,  purified  by 
extraction  with  ether. 

Chlorin,  from  total  halogens  by  difference  =11.  9  per  cent. 

Ratio  —  chlorin:  bromin=l:3.34. 

Benedikt's  test  with  zinc  dust  and  ammonia.     (See  Allen.) 

Benedikt's  test  with  boiling  potassium  hydroxid  solution.     (See  Allen.) 

Conclusion:  This  color  is  a  mixture  of  the  two  phloxins,  S.  &  J.  518  and  521. 
COCHINEAL  RED  A,  S.  &  J.  106: 

Tested  for  mixed  color  by  precipitating  part  of  color  from  solution  with  salt,  filtering 
and  dyeing  wool  to  same  depth  with  filtrate  and  solution  of  precipitated  color.  Both 
dyeings  were  nearly  the  same  shade,  indicating  fairly  pure  color. 

Dry  color  sprinkled  on  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  shows  small  amount  of  foreign 
color. 

Reduction  with  stannous  chlorid  and  hydrochloric  acid,  making  alkaline  with 
sodium  hydroxid  and  extracting,  gave  very  little  ether-soluble  matter.  This  shows 
absence  of  colors  yielding  ether-soluble  bases  on  reduction. 

Conclusion:  Color  is  fairly  pure,  but  contains  a  small  amount  of  foreign  color. 
FAST  RED  C,  S.  &  J.  103: 

Tested  for  mixed  color,  as  in  the  case  of  cochineal  red  A,  by  fractional  precipitation 
with  salt  and  by  sprinkling  on  concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  Small  amount  of  foreign 
color  shown. 

Color  is  fairly  pure,  but  contains  a  small  amount  of  foreign  color. 
PONCEAU  2R  or  3R: 

0.1  per  cent  aqueous  solution  +  barium  chlorid  solution  (10  per  mi£)=crimson  precipi- 
tate, insoluble  in  acetic  acid. 

0.1  per  cent  aqueous  solution  +  calcium  chlorid  solution  (10  per  cent)  =no  precipitate. 

0.1  per  cent  aqueous  solution  +  lead  acetate  solution  (10  per  cen£)=  crimson  precipitate. 

Color  reduced  with  stannous  chlorid  and  hydrochloric  acid.  Solution  made  alkaline 
with  caustic  soda  and  distilled  with  steam.  Liquid  amido  compound  distils  over, 
which  could  not  be  solidified  in  ice  water.  Boiling  point  about  215°  C.  This  shows 
the  amido  compound  to  be  xylidin. 

Conclusion:  Color  is  ponceau  2R  or  xylidin  red,  S.  &  J.  55. 
ACID  GREEN: 

Solubility  in  absolute  and  95  per  cent  alcohol;  no  sign  of  mixed  color  by  sprinkling 
on  wet  filter;  no  chlorin  in  the  ash. 

Conclusion:  Pure  color,  S.  &.  J.  435. 
PERSIAN  BERRY  EXTRACT: 

Reactions  correspond  very  closely  to  those  of  a  buckthorn  berry  extract  prepared  in 
the  laboratory. 

The  accompanying  table  shows  the  results  obtained  in  the  identification  of  the 
colors.  Considering  the  fact  that  three  of  the  collaborators  had  never  undertaken 
work  on  the  identification  of  colors  before,  the  results  appear  to  be  quite  satisfactory 
with  regard  to  ih<j  mal-iar  colors. 


41 


I 


i:-i 


42 

NOTES  AND  COMMENTS  BY  THE  COLLABORATORS. 

C.  S.  Brinton  used  the  tables  of  Rota  and  others  given  by  Allen,  a  Schultz  and  Julius, 
"Organic  coloring  matters,"  and  Circulars  25  and  35,  Bureau  of  Chemistry.  Consid- 
erable difficulty  was  encountered  in  some  cases  in  isolating  color  from  fruit  pulp  and 
sirup.  Double-dyeing  method  was  used  for  extracting  color  from  material,  and  color 
was  obtained  in  aqueous  solution  by  extracting  wool  with  ammonia.  Sample  VI 
gave  considerable  trouble,  and  definite  report  was  not  made. 

F.  O.  Woodruff  used  chiefly  tables  of  Green,  Y«eman,  and  Jones,  b  also  tables  in 
Allen  and  in  Schultz  and  Julius,  and  Circular  35,  Bureau  of  Chemistry.  He  says: 
"Three  difficulties  attending  identification  are:  (1)  A  commercial  dye  from  different 
manufacturers  varies  in  purity  and  therefore  in  properties,  though  bearing  the  same 
or  a  synonymous  trade  name;  (2)  amount  of  color  on  dyed  fiber  or  in  color  solutions 
affects  the  nature  of  the  reactions  therewith;  (3)  ordinary  description  of  color  reac- 
tions varies  with  the  observer  and  does  not  allow  of  fine  distinctions." 

Hare,  Mitchell,  and  Pringle  used  Rota's  table  and  those  in  Circular  35,  Bureau  of 
Chemistry.  They  comment  as  follows:  "We  find  Rota's  scheme  quite  valuable 
in  assisting  us  in  the  general  classification  of  the  dye.  An  accurate  and  complete 
color  chart  would  be  a  great  aid,  especially  to  those  not  used  to  making  sharp  color 
distinctions." 

E.  J.  Shanley  used  the  tables  in  Allen  and  Circular  35,  Bureau  of  Chemistry. 

RECOMMENDATIONS. 
It  is  recommended — 

(1)  That  an  effort  be  made  to  obtain  authentic  samples  of  vegetable  or  natural 
coloring  matters,  such  as  are  used  in  food  products.     This  work  should  be  assigned 
to  such  men  as  are  in  a  position  to  obtain  authentic  samples,  for  it  is  well-nigh  impos- 
sible for  one  person  to  obtain  any  considerable  number  of  such  samples  and  to  ascer- 
tain their  source  and  method  of  preparation; 

(2)  That  characteristics  of  vegetable  coloring  matters  and  methods  for  identification 
be  studied ; 

(3)  That  synthetic  preparations  of  pure  colors  for  standards  be  made; 

(4)  That  the  separation  and  identification  of  mixed  colors  be  studied. 

The  president  announced  the  following  appointments  as  members 
of  Committee  A  on  recommendations  of  referees:  R.  J.  Davidson, 
J.  P.  Street,  J.  G.  Lipman,  B.  L.  Hartwell,  and  W.  A.  Withers. 

The  association  adjourned  until  2  o'clock. 


THURSDAY— AFTERNOON  SESSION. 

REPORT  ON  MEAT  AND  FISH. 
By  F.  C.  WEBER,  Associate  Referee. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  no  work  has  ever  been  reported  to  the  association  on  this  sub- 
ject ,  it  seemed  to  the  referee  that  some  results  showing  the  degree  of  accuracy  of  some 
of  the  chemical  methods  ordinarily  employed  in  separating  protein  nitrogen,  and  at 
what  point  they  show  deterioration  of  meats,  might  be  of  interest .  Owing  to  the  nature 
of  the  work  and  the  difficulty  of  keeping  samples  uniform,  no  attempt  was  made  to 
secure  collaborative  work. 

SAMPLES. 

The  determinations  here  reported  were  made  on  three  samples  of  chicken  meat. 
Six  young  market  chickens  were  obtained,  killed,  dressed,  and  allowed  to  stand  in 
the  ice  box  over  night.  The  next  morning  the  flesh  was  separated  from  the  bones 

"Commercial  Organic  Analysis,  vol.  3,  part  1. 
*>Soc.  Dyers  and  Colorists,  1905,  21:  236. 


43 

and  skin  and  thoroughly  ground  ami  mixed  by  passing  six  times  through  a  meat 
chopper.  It  was  i hen  divided  into  two  equal  portions,  one  marked  "fresh"  and  the 
other,  after  the  addition  of  0.1  per  cent  of  boric  acid,  was  marked  ''preserved." 

Tin-  third  .-ample  represents  the  meat  from  three  cold-storage  drawn  chickens,  in 
:e  twenty-.-ix  immihs,  treaied  in  the  same  manner  as  above,  but  without  the  ad- 
dition of  boric  acid,  and  marked  "stored."     Each  sample  was  placed  in  a  screw-cap 
i  jar  and  allowed  to  stand  for  one  week,  at  laboratory  temperature  during  the  day, 
and  in  an  ice  box  at  nielli.     During  this  time  samples  were  taken  for  analysis  on  the 
tirsi,  .-econd,  third,  sixth,  and  seventh  days  of  standing.     Every  precaution  was  ob- 
1  toward  against   loss  of  moisture  during  the  removal  of  the  sample,  as  a  result 
of  whieh  the  moisture  content  remained  very  constant. 

M  KTHODS. 

The  following  deierminat ions  were  made  at  each  of  the  periods  cited:  Moisture, 
loud  niiro-en,  ammonia  nitrogen,  ami.  in  the  aqueous  extract  afroorn  temperature 
and  with  i«-«-  water,  nitn  :•  termined  as  total,  coagulable,  amido,  and  ammo- 

nia.    The  difference  between  the  <nm  of  the  coagulable  and  amido  nitrogen  and  the 
toi.il  soluble  niiro-rn  i- .  -..n  id-  n  d  as  proteoeesand  peptones.    The  fat  was  determined 
:  of  the  experiment. 

.I/.I/A/// /•-  w.i-  determined  on  a  2-gram  sample,  dried  in  a  water  oven  for  ten  hours. 
Tin-  !•  \e  <  alculated  as  moisture. 

The  dried  <amulr  from  the  moisture  determination  was  ground  with  dry  sand 
and  •  •xtr.ici.-d  wiih  anhydrous  ether  in  a  Knorr  extractor  for  twenty-four  hours  for 
'ermination  oJ 

'ininaiion-  w.  re  made  in  the  Nitrogen  Section  of  the  Bureau  of  Chem- 
by  Mr.  11    \\  .  llon-hton,  u<iii'4  the  (InnniiiL,' modification  of  the  Kjeldahl  method. 
The  nim  >gcn  was  determined  on  from  5  to  10  grams  of  sample  distilled 

from  i  he  addition  of  iT><)-300  cc  water  and  10  grams  magnesium 

dlate  was  colic,  ted  in  standard  acid  and  the  ammonia  nitrogen  de- 
termined afi.-r  .1  on, --half  hour  distilling.  r><>  cr  being  distilled  off.     The  distillation 
"titinned  for  thn-,-  half-hour  period-,  i">0  cc  of  water  being  returned  to  the  flesh 
M  h  distillation.     The  results  reported  represent  the  sum  of  the  three  half- 
hour  pen 

l  ti-mfHriitur?  (^>°-^5°  C.)  and  with  ice  water  (8°  C.)]: 

imple  of  meat  were  weighed  into  a  450  cc  Erlen- 

ided,  and  shaken  for  three  hours  in  a  shaking  machine. 

Iniheca-.  chopped  ice  was  added  from  time  to  time,  the  volume 

in  the  ila-k  l>eni'_r  k.  ,  nf  by  decanting  the  excess  of  water  into  a  second  flask. 

ken  ihe  n-quired  length  of  time,  the  Ilasks  were  placed  in  the  refrigera- 
toi  -over  niu'lu.  a  -mall  ijuaniiiy  of  thymol  and  phenol  having  been  added  as  a  preserva- 
tive. The  IM-\I  day  they  were  poured  through  linen  bags  and  extracted  with  room 
temperan;  ;ively,  by  vigorous  manipulation  with  the  hands 

and  BUCCenive  porti  ter,  till  th««  final  extract  gave  a  negative  biuret  reaction. 

The  extraction  u-dioiis  and  re(jiiired,  at  first,  an  entire  day  for  completion, 

usiiiu'iron.  -of  r«M)m-temj)eratnro  water,  and  from  1,800  to  2, 000 cc  of  ice 

m-temperatnre  exuact  was  made  up  to  avolumeof  2,500  cc,  while  the 
Ice- water <  made  upt«)L'.o<H)cc  throughout  theexperiment,  though  the  latter 

iticularly  on  the  last  two  dayn,  were  completed  with  from  1,400  to  1,800 
After  making  to  volume  and  thoroughly  mixing,  the  solutions  were  filtered 
through  Ji-im-h  funnels  containing  a  38.5  cm  S.  &  S.  588  folded  filter  paper.     The  first 
which  ran  through  was  discarded  (in  the  case  of  the  room-temperature  extract 
this  was  used  fnr  the  ammonia  determination);  the  second  quantity,  600  cc  to  800  cc, 

•  d  for  the  water-soluble  nitrogen  determinations. 

The  nitration  of  the  .-..Intions  of  the  first  three  extractions  was  very  simple,  the 
solutions  running  through  the  paper  readily,  though  the  second  portion  was  still 
somewhat  cloudy.  As  the  samples  spoiled,  the  extraction  became  more  easy  and 
the  nitration  more  difficult,  until  on  the  last  two  days  it  was  quite  difficult  to 
obtain  sntiicient  s  .lution  to  make  the  determinations.  This  filtered  extract  was 
entirely  clear.  The  total  nitrogen  in  the  aqueous  extract  was  made  on  100  cc  of 
-"lution 

nonia  nltrn,,,,,  was  determined  on  500  cc  of  the  room  temperature  extract,  by 
distillation  with  magnesium  oxid. 


44 

The  coaqulable  protein  nitrogen  was  determined  in  a  sample  of  200  cc  of  the  water 
extract  This  was  placed  in  a  300  cc  evaporating  dish  and  evaporated  on  the  steam 
bath  to  a  volume  of  40  cc.  The  solution  was  neutralized  with  tenth-normal  sodium 
hydroxid,  using  phenol phthalein  as  indicator,  then  replaced  on  the  steam  bath  and 
allowed  to  evaporate  for  ten  minutes,  filtered  on  a  plain  filter,  and  washed  with  hot 
wat  or.  The  filter  and  precipitate  were  transferred  to  a  Kjeldahl  flask  and  the  nitrogen 
determined. 

\nrido  nitrogen:  The  coagulable  protein  filtrate  was  made  up  to  100  cc  volume  and 
5<f  cc  employed  for  the  amido  nitrogen  determination.  The  50  cc  were  placed  in  a 
cc  graduated  flask,  15  grams  of  sodium  chlorid  added,  and  the  flask  well  shaken 
•laced  in  an  ice  box.  A  24  per  cent  solution  of  tannin  was  prepared,  filtered,  and 
placed  in  the  ice  box.  After  one  hour  30  cc  of  the  24  per  cent  tannin  solution  were 
added  to  each  flask  and  the  two  flasks  filled  to  the  mark  with  ice  cold  water.  The 
flasks  were  thoroughly  shaken  and  stood  in  the  ice  box  over  night.  A  blank  must  be 
carried  out  simultaneously,  as  the  best  tannin  contains  some  nitrogen.  The  solutions 
an-  filtered  into  50  cc  flasks  and  the  nitrogen  determined  in  the  50  cc.  The  nitrogen 
liirure  thus  obtained  multiplied  by  two,  minus  the  nitrogen  of  the  blank,  gives  the 
amido  nitrogen  in  50  cc  of  the  coagulable  filtrate. 

The  sum  of  the  amido  and  coagulable  nitrogen  subtracted  from  the  total  soluble 
nitrogen  is  considered  as  proteoses  and  peptones.  No  effort  was  made  to  separate  the 
albumoses,  proteoses,  and  peptones.  All  the  results  are  calculated  to  a  moisture  and 
fat-free  basis  and  are  also  expressed  in  per  cent  of  the  total  nitrogen  of  each  day's 
analysis. 

The  ice  water  extractions  were  made  by  Mr.  H.  L.  Amoss  and  the  coagulable  and 
amido  nitrogen  separations  by  Mr.  F.  C.  Cook,  both  of  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry. 

The  methods  as  selected,  while  not  representing  all  that  might  have  been  employed, 
were  those  that  have  been  generally  used  in  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  and  it  is  hoped 
that  the  work  may  be  used  as  a  starting  point  in  this  subject  and  serve  to  show  the 
accuracy  of  the  methods  when.applied  to  meats  in  a  progressive  state  of  deterioration. 

DISCUSSION  OF  RESULTS. 

The  moisture  results  show  very  little  change  throughout  the  period,  the  average 
in  the  case  of  the  fresh  and  preserved  samples  being  73.00  and  71.70  per  cent  for 
the  storage  sample.  There  was  4.12  per  cent  of  fat  in  the  fresh  chicken  and  4.09  per 
cent  in  the  storage.  The  results  on  total  nitrogen  (see  table,  page  48)  are  as  uniform 
throughout  as  the  nature  of  the  material  and  the  accuracy  of  sampling  would  permit, 
and  serve  to  show  that  there  is  no  gaseous  loss  of  nitrogen,  while  the  ammonia  nitrogen 
(that  determined  directly  on  the  sample,  as  well  as  that  determined  in  the  extract) 
is  markedly  increased  throughout  and  very  uniform,  particularly  in  the  case  of  the 
stored  and  preserved  samples.  The  amount  is  quite  small  at  the  time  of  the  first 
analysis  and  remains  so  till  the  third  analysis  (made  after  standing  two  days),  when  the 
storage  sample  contains  a  little  more  than  the  other  samples.  From  this  point  the 
increase  is  rapid.  The  variations  in  percentage  amounts  are  from  practically  1  per 
cent  in  all  cases  on  the  first  analysis,  to  11,  15,  and  13  per  cent  for  the  fresh  stored  and 
preserved  samples,  respectively,  on  the  last  analysis,  after  seven  days  standing.  The 
ammonia  results  on  the  water  extract  were  unfortunately  not  made  on  the  first 
day.  They  show  practically  the  same  results  as  those  determined  directly,  but  are 
not  quite  so  uniform  and  not  so  high  in  amount.  In  the  case  of  the  formation  of 
ammonia,  the  increased  amount  seems  to  begin  to  be  formed  after  two  days  standing. 

In  connection  with  these  changes  it  may  be  well  to  state  here  the  changes  in  the 
samples  which  could  be  observed  macroscopically.  At  the  time  of  first  analysis  the 
samples  were  fresh,  the  storage  sample  showing  a  characteristic  dried  appearance. 
After  standing  one  day  they  were  practically  the  same,  though  what  may  be  termed  a 
slight  fermenting  action  seemed  to  be  taking  place.  On  standing  two  days  the  samples 
had  begun  to  deteriorate,  especially  the  fresh  and  stored  sample,  while  the  preserved 
sample  appeared  fairly  fresh.  After  three  days  standing,  the  deterioration  was  more 


45 

marked.  A  slight  od«>r  <>f  spoiled  meat  was  noticeable,  more  markedly  in  the  fresh 
ainl  -tored  meat  than  in  thr  preserved.  After  standing  si\  days  the  odor  was  quite 
|>ad;  thr  samples  had  lost  their  texture  and  there  was  no  doubt  that  they  had  spoiled. 
NO  .Inference  in  their  physical  condition  could  be  detected  after  standing  seven  days 
thai  ua.-  M"t  noticeable  after  six  days  standing. 

The  nitrogen  determined  in  the  water-soluble  material  at  room  temperature  shows 
the  total  nitrogen  extra-ted  to  be  largely  increased  during  the  experiment,  the  first 
decided  :ncrea.-e  shouin-  in  the  <amples  after  standing  two  days.  The  coagulable 
nitrogen  sho\\s  l>ut  a  slight  tendency  to  increase,  the  most  marked  and  uniform  change 
•  red  -ample.  The  amido  nitrogen  is  not  very  uniform  and  shows  a 
tendency  to  d-  •••'•ially  where  the  samples  are  in  an  advanced  stage  of  putre- 

M.  The  nitrogen  liere  termed  proteoses  and  peptones  is  markedly  increased 
during  the  final  days  of  the  experiment,  the  storage  sample  again  showing  a  more  uni- 
form chaiiL'e.  Tin-  increase  of  ammonia  nitrogen  in  the  water  extract  conforms  to  that 
determined  directly,  but  is  not  quite  .-<>  lar-e  in  amount. 

The  nitrogen  in  the  ice  \\at«T  extract  in  the  various  forms  separated  shows  the  same 
.il   trend   as  does   that    of  the   room   temperat'ure  extract,   though  the  amounts 

.-ually  not  so  large. 

The  graphic    char'  nd  -t,  -how  these  changes  more  plainly.     It  is  quite 

noticeable  throughout  that   the  re-ults  on  the   storage  sample  are  very  uniform  and 

i.  in  all  but   two  instance.-,  in  all  the  determinations,  the 

results  on  the  fin(  anal\-i-  -ho\\  the  .-lora-'1  .-ample  to  be  lower  in  the  various  con- 
iii.-  than  I  he  fresh  sample-.     The  same  -oneral  tendency  seems  to  run  through- 
nut  tli"  experiment   though  one  would  expect  the  storage  meat  to  deteriorate  more 
rapidly. 

Taking  into  «  ,.>n  the  variations  in  the  determinations  and  the  limitations 

of  tin-  ineiliud-  ih.'in-.  1\«  .-.  there  does  not  appear  to  he  a  very  clearly  denned  point 

M  h  deterioration  .an  be  -aid  to  be-in,  unless  it  is  shown  by  the  ammonia  and 

ible  total  nitrogen  determinations.     The  increase  in  these  constituents  coin- 

witli  thei,  ..itionand  physical  appearance  of  the  sample.     The 

•  in  the  extraction  is  unnecessiry,  as  the  methods  employed  are  not  of 

:ent  accuracy  !••  detect  the  -n-ater  rhanges  from  day  to  day  in  the  early  stages, 

much  lees  any  change  which  may  be  due  to  enzymic  action  during  the  process  of 

Lion. 

It  seems  probable  from  the  results  that  the  determination  of  ammonia  may  be  a 
i-.-et    in  shouii.  t    indication*  of  changes,  as  these  results  are  the 

uniform  and  progressive.     A  large  amount  of  work  has  recently  been  done  on 
the  methods  for  the  determination  of  ammonia  in  animal  and  vegetable  materials, 
irdson  «  a:  perimenting  on  the  ammonia  nitrogen  determina- 

tion, and  in  which  he  extracted  the  meat  with  GO  per  cent  alcohol  and  distilled  with 
,-piratinu'  air  through  the  flask,  and  distilling  under  reduced  pres- 
sure, finally  adopted  the  method  as  outlined  above  as  best  suited  to  the  purpose. 

Hi-  re-ult-  on  pure  ammonium  chlorid  distilled  in  a  vacuum  with  magnesium  oxid 
and  »io  per  .cut  alcohol  are  nearly  theoretical.     This  is  in  substance  the  method  as 
:  in  the  determination  of  ammonia  in  urine  and  might  be  adapted  to 
thi.-  u..rk 


J.  Amer.  Them.  Soc.,  1908,  30:  1515. 


46 


-/fcs«7 TFf?) 


ok; 


FIG.  3.— Direct  determinations  of  total  nitrogen  and  ammonia  and  changes  in  the  nitrogenous  consti- 
uents  (soluble  in  ice  water)  of  fresh,  cold-stored,  and  preserved  chicken  meat,  during  seven  days. 


nif?*s  taking  j»h«t>  durin.  ::i  th«>  nitro^onous  constituents  (water-soluble  at  room 

•  frvsh,  (ol«l-stnn-l,  and  pr.-s-TVr.l  chicken  incut. 


fe£ 


48 


t<  «  co  »M  ^  r^  •n  ci  — 


C:  '•"'  ^ 

w     ea 


SI 


ei   '    •-*    '^    -«^ 


"^      .= 


&    2    2 


5   g   ^ 

jg      ic      jo 


£  e«      «D      O      5D    .  <0      *Q 

jo      oo      26      5      »      ^i 

*2    2    2    2    S    2 


S  *  '•«  4    a 

-§   *  g 

•O      22      S  •S'SS 

I  f  1 1H 


<5       CQ 


it  tit 


49 


'        '-         '       7       f    •  = 
t  =  .c  —  i-  —  x  —  st'i^^-ji 


:  i  i 


i 

fc-»- 


-   - 

i-  —  i«  —  I-  —  X  —  X 


- 

- 


: 


-  -  -    •   --'5 

i    r    ii   i   iir'2 


P.253?8 

=     £     - 


r       7        / 


s 

o 


«    tf    tf    € 

o    o    o    o 


73673  -Bull.  1±2— 09 4 


50 


e 

1 
t 


1 


51 


REPORT  ON   THE  ADULTERATION   OF  DAIRY  PRODUCTS. 
By  HERMANN  (\  LYTHOOE,  Associate  Referee. 

The  referee,  with  the  help  of  Messrs.  Nurenberg  and  Marsh,  assistant  analysts  of 
tin-  Ma.-.-a< •hu.-eii.-  State  board  of  health,  has  made  a  study  of  the  different  methods  for 
tin-  preparation  <>f  milk  serum  and  for  the  detection  of  calcium  sucrate  in  cream.  As 
u  result  of  thi>  work  it  is  apparent  that  the  provisional  method  for  the  preparation  of 
milk  serum  need.-  n<>  modification,  but  the  method  of  Baier  and  Neumann  for  the 
detection  of  sucrone  in  milk  or  cream  should  be  made  provisional.  The  work  done  is 
embodied  in  the  two  following  articles. 

A  COMPARISON  OF  METHODS  FOR  THE  PREPARATION  OP  MILK  SERUM. 

The  samples  of  milk  used  in  this  investigation  were  all  milked  in  the  presence  of  an 
inspector  <>r  an  analy.-t  «»i  the  Massachusetts  State  board  of  health  and  represented 
nearly  all  breeds  of  dairy  cattle,  particularly  the  Holstein,  Ayrshire,  Dutch  Belted, 
and  -rade  Holstein  cows.  The  methods  employed  were  the  provisional  (acetic  acid) 
method,  natural  souring,"  calcium  chlorid  method, &  and  asaprol  methods  The 
detail.-  «•!'  th«-  nit  i  h<>d-  "t  h»-r  than  the  provisional  methods  are  as  follows: 

Natural  souring  method.—  Allow  the  samples  to  sour  spontaneously  and  filter  off  the 

serum. 

( 'nlrni in  chloral  nn  (fun/.  —Place  90  cc  of  milk  in  a  flask,  add  0.75  cc  of  calcium  chlorid 

solution     -|>    -r    I   I  '..  >    when  diluted  1:10  this  solution  reads  26  on  the  immersion 

reirartnmeter  at    I,  '  ike  thoroughly,  close  the  flask  with  a  cork  carrying  a 

as  a  retlux  condenser,  place  i'n  a  boiling  water  bath  for  twenty  minutes, 

o>.. I  t<>  _'()J,  mix  tin-  o.nden-ed  water  and  serum  without  shaking,  and  filter. 

Aw\>rnl  tntthod. — The  precipitating  solution  is  made  by  dissolving  30  grams  of 
illi/.t  d  •  itric  acid  in  1  liter  of  water.  If  the  refraction 

of  this  .-.lution  i-  i  i  the  scale  of  the  immersion  refractometer  at  20°,  add 

water  or  <  itri<  a.id  to  make  it  so.  Mix  equal  volumes  of  the  above  solution  and  the 
milk,  .-hake  \\cll.  ami  til1- 

In  the  accompan\  in-  table  are  the  results  of  the  refraction  of  the  milk  serum  pre- 
1  from  milk  samples  of  known  purity  when  two  or  more  methods  were  applied 
to  the  Mime  sample  of  milk.  The  asaprol  method  is  by  far  the  easiest  of  manipulation. 
It  -ives  the  clearest  serum  in  the  least  time  and  shows  the  lowest  refraction  with  the 
least  variation.  I  nfortunately  pure  asaprol  is  very  difficult  to  obtain,  and,  owing  to 
the  fa«t  that  it  decomposes  readily,  it  is  not  an  easy  matter  to  prepare  different  solu- 
tions that  will  give  identical  sera  with  the  same  sample  of  milk.  The  calcium  chlorid 
method  is  the  most  difficult  of  manipulation  and  is  liable  to  give  a  cloudy  serum  rather 
troublesome  to  read,  but  the  results  are  lower  than  those  obtained  by  the  acetic  acid 
method  and  not  so  variable.  The  natural  souring  method  is  too  slow  for  ordinary  use, 
but  is  valuable  in  the  hot  weather  if  the  milk  is  nearly  sour  when  it  reaches  the  analyst. 
Four  years'  experience  with  the  provisional  method  has  shown  it  to  be  reliable,  easy 
of  manipulation,  and  to  give  concordant  results. 

«  Matthew  and  Muller,  Zts.  offentl.  Chem.,  1903,  10:  173. 

kerman.  Zt-    I'nii-rsurh.  Xahr.  Genussm.,  1907,  13:  180. 
I'.aier  and  Neumann.  Zts.  Untersuch.  Nahr.  Genussm.,  1907,  18:  369. 


52 

Refraction  of  milk  sera  from  known  purity  milk  of  individual  cows. 


Mixed  milk  of  known  purity. 


Method. 

Method. 

Acetic 
acid. 

Natural 
souring. 

Calcium 
chlorid. 

Asaprol. 

Acetic 
acid. 

Natural 
souring. 

Calcium 
chlorid. 

Asaprol. 

46.2 
45.9 
45.8 
45.7 
45.6 
45.5 
45.1 
44.9 
44.8 
44.8 
44.7 
44.6 
44.5 
44.8 
44.4 
44.3 
44.3 
44.3 
44.2 
44.2 
44.1 
44.1 
44.0 
43.9 
43.9 
43  8 
43.8 
43.8 
43.8 
43.7 
43.7 
43.7 
43.7 
43.6 
43.6 
43.6 
43.5 
43.5 
43.5 
43.4 
43.2 
43.2 
43.2 
43.2 
43.0 

47.7 
44.6 
44.0 
43.4 
43.5 
41.5 
41.5 
41.5 
43.8 
43.7 
43.5 

43.  6V 
43.0 
43.0 
43.0 
43.0 
43.0 
43.0 
43.0 
43.0 
42.9 
42.9 
42.9 
42.8 
42.7 
42.7 
42.6 
42.5 
42.5 
42.5 
42.4 
42.3 
42.3 
42.3 
42.3 
42.2 
42.2 
42.1 
42.1 
42.0 
42.0 
42.0 
41.8 
41.7 
41.7 
41.7 
41.6 
41.5 
41.4 
41.3 
41.2 
40.6 
40.5 
40.4 
40.0 

43.2 
42.8 
42.3 
42.0 
41.7 
41.5 
41.4 
41.1 
40.9 
43.6 
43.0 
41.4 

38.4 

40.1 

37.0 



38.7 
39.0 
39.8 

37.1 
36.8 
36.1 

39.1 
38.4 

36.4 
36.6 

39.2 

36.0 
36.6 
36.6 

36.5 

38.5 

39.0 

36.7 
37.4 

45.0 
42.8 
43.8 
43.0 
42.8 
42.3 
41.2 
41.0 
43.0 
40.7 
42.2 
44.5 
42.6 
44.0 
44.0 
43.0 
41.6 
44.2 
42.6 
42.4 
41.5 
43.0 
43.0 
42.0 
43.5 
42.8 
41.0 
43.1 
43.3 
42.2 
41.8 
40.9 
43.7 

35.7 
36.7 

38.8 
38.0 

41.3 
42.2 
41.5 

38.1 
39.3 

36.1 
36.3 

39.0 
38.6 

37.0 
37.0 

38.2 
~39.'6' 

36.6 
36.4 
37.0 
36.8 
36.6 
36.7 
37.0 

43.3 
43.7 
41.9 
41.6 
40.8 
42.0 
41.0 
44.0 
43.7 
41.0 
40.3 
40.2 
40.5 
40.9 

39.1 
38.2 
38.9 

36.7 
36.8 

39.8 
38.8 

36.8 
36.6 

36.7 
37.5 
37.5 

37.1 
36.8 

36.2 
35.8 

36.9 

38.2 
38.0 
36.8 

36.1 

40.0 
38.6 

36.3 
36.3 

40.0 
43.9 
40.4 
40.3 
40.3 
40.0 
40.7 
39.3 
38.3 
40.1 

36.2 
36.0 
35.7 
35.6 

36.4 
38.4 

38.4 

36.3 

36.6 

35.8 

38.9 

36.6 
37.4 

43.6 
43  5 

42.9 
42  0 

39.0 
38  7 

37.5 

42.5 
42.1 

41.0 
39.3 

39.4 

36.3 

43.4 

40.8 

38.2 

36.7 

THE  DETECTION  OF  CALCIUM  SUCRATE  IN  MILK  OR  CREAM. 

The  calcium  sucrate  used  in  this  investigation  was  prepared  by  adding  2.5  parts,  by 
weight,  of  sugar  to  1  part  of  quick  lime  slaked  in  8  parts  of  water,  allowing  to  settle, 
and  decanting  the  supernatant  liquid.  The  sample  polarized  at  17.3°  V.  in  the  200  mm 
tube  and  its  alkalinity  was  1.86  normal. 

Leffmann's  method0  for  the  detection  of  calcium  sucrate  in  cream,  using  sesame  oil 
and  hydrochloric  acid  as  the  reagents,  was  found  to  be  satisfactory  only  in  the  presence 
of  larger  quantities  than  are  necessary  to  thicken  cream,  therefore  it  was  abandoned. 

The  method  of  Baier  and  Neumann^  was  found  to  be  entirely  satisfactory  for  the 
detection  of  sugar,  and  is  as  follows: 


«  Chem.  Ztg.,  1906,  30:  638. 

6  Zte.  Nahr.  Gemissm.,  1908,  16:  51. 


53 


To  25  cc  of  milk  or  cream  add  10  cc  of  a  5  per  cent  solution  of  uranium  acetate, 
shake,  allow  to  stand  for  five  minutes  and  filter.  If  the  filtrate  is  not  clear  pour  it 
through  the  filter  aurain.  To  10  cc  of  the  clear  filtrate  (in  the  case  of  cream  use  the 
total  tilt  rate  it  le.-s  than  10  cc)  add  2  cc  of  a  cold  saturated  solution  of  ammonium 
molyl'date  ami  s  cc  of  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  (1  part  of  25  per  cent  hydrochloric  acid 
and  7  parts  of  water  >  .-hake  well  and  place  in  a  water  bath  at  80°  C.  for  five  minutes. 
If  tin-  .-ample  is  pure  the  solution  will  resemble  a  nickel  sulphate  solution,  but  if  sugar 
is  pre.-ent  it  will  l.o  of  a  Prussian  blue  color.  These  different  colors  can  be  readily 
distinguished  but  it  is  advisable  to  compare  with  a  standard  blue  solution  made  by 
adding  a  few  dr-'p.-  <>f  p«>ta.-.-ium  ferrocyanid  and  5  drops  of  10  per  cent  hydrochloric 
ae id  to  a  solution  of  1  cc  of  0.1  per  cent  ferric  chlorid  in  20  cc  of  water. 

.\ I kul i n i in  i if  ash.— Evaporate  25  cc  of  cream  to  dryness,  and  burn  to  an  ash  in  a 
inutile  lM.-.-olv«'  the  a.-h  in  an  excess  of  tenth-normal  sulphuric  acid,  boil  to  expel 
the  carhnii  dioxid  and  titrate  back  with  tenth-normal  sodium  hydroxid,  using  phe- 
nolphthalein  as  the  indicator.  Express  results  as  cubic  centimeters  of  tenth-normal 
aeid  required  to  neutralize  the  ash  of  100  grams  of  cream. 

Determination  of  nifdnm. — Add  acetic  acid  to  the  final  solution  from  the  above 
determination,  heat  to  l.<>ilin<_r.  add  1  gram  of  sodium  acetate  and  an  excess  of  ammo- 
nium oxalate.  Filter  and  wash  the  piwipitated  calcium  oxalate  with  water,  dissolve 
in  In>t  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  titrate  hot  with  tenth-normal  potassium  perman- 
Ihe  number  of  cubic  centimeters  of  tenth-normal  potassium  permanganate 
multiplied  l.y  o.ol  12  (4  X  0.0028)  gives  the  percentage  of  calcium  oxid  in  the  sample. 

The  table  appended  shows  the  composition  and  reactions  of  pure  and  adulterated 
cream,  usimMhe  liaierand  Neumann  methcxl  for  calcium  sucrate.  It  is  recommended 

that  this  metliM.l  l,e  di-tributed  for  rritiei-m 

Results  on  pure  and  adulterated  creams  using  th>  />«//•  /•  and  Neumann  -method  for  calcium 

sucrate. 


1  Viff  iTf.i:!!. 

Cream  containing  calcium  sucrate. 

Calci- 

T..I  ll 

•M  , 

Fat. 

Ash. 

Alka- 
of 

Cald- 

iiiu 

odd. 

In  n  i 

um  su- 
crate 
added 

&. 

Fat. 

Ash. 

Alka- 
linity 
of" 
ash. 

Culri- 
iiiii 
oxid. 

Sucrose. 

Per*. 

Pact. 
I.'.  I 

cc. 

7  | 

Per  a. 

i.  on 

None. 

cc. 
5 

Perct. 

K  g 

Perct. 

i  ).:,u 

cc. 
19.2 

Perct. 
0.147 

Present. 

i,  n 

.35 

None. 

2 

37.9 

.4(1 

13.2 

.130 

Do. 

47  -. 

4j  ^ 

• 

ft.  4 

5 

41.4 

.  M 

11.6 

.095 

Do. 

.37 

.009 

None.                4 

42.  n 

.4:{ 

10.0 

.101 

Do. 

40.4 

.43 

.  i  r  * 

"••_ 

None. 
None, 

MARKET  SAMPLES. 

,i'i    • 

Kit            (CM       Noun. 

30.4 

.  I'.t         16.  0           .  123 

Do. 

;•• 

36 

065     None. 

39.8 

l«i.()         .143 

Do. 

.;••  .. 

'41 

.083     None  

_'X     N 

14.  0        .  135 

Do. 

\\   n^ 

•u,  x 

33 

7  0 

094      Vnn«. 

H  s 

10.  8         .  130 

Do. 

4  '    xji 

37  2 

'41 

7  2 

BBI 

12.0 

.141 

Do. 

4j  n 

:u,  s 

\m 

7.6 

.MVi 

None.      | 

REPORT  ON  CEREAL  PRODUCTS. 
By  E.  F.  LADD,  Associate  Referee. 

During  the  past  year  considerable  work  was  undertaken  in  our  own  laboratory  upon 

1  products,  very  little  of   which  has  as  yet  been  completed.     Therefore  only  a 

report  <>f  progress  can  be  made.     As  the  result  of  examinations  made  by  A.  S.  Mitchell, 

< -hi.-f  ..f  the  Si    Paul  Finn!  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  the  following  methods  are 

suggest  ed: 

METHODS  FOR  ANALYSIS  OF  CEREAL  PRODUCTS. 

MOISTURE. 

I  >ry  a  convenient  quantity  of  the  flour  (approximately  5  grams)  at  the  temperature 
of  1,.,'ilin.r  \\at.-r  iii  a  current'..!  dry  hydrogen  or  in  vacuo  until  it  ceases  to  lose  weight. 


54 

ASH. 

Char  a  convenient  weight  of  the  original  sample  (from  2  to  5  grams)  in  a  platinum 
dish,  in  a  muffle,  at  the  lowest  possible  temperature  until  free  from  carbon.  If  carbon 
free  aish  can  not  be  obtained  owing  to  its  fusibility,  exhaust  charred  mass  with  water 
and  proceed  as  under  ash,  Bulletin  107,  page  38. 

CRUDE   FAT   (ETHER   EXTRACT). 

Extract  a  convenient  quantity  of  the  product  (from  4  to  5  grams)  as  dried  in  the 
determination  of  moisture  with  anhydrous,  alcohol-free  ether,  for  24  hours  (with  fine 
flour  the  addition  of  an  equal  weight  of  clean  dry  sand  is  frequently  necessary).  Dry 
the  extract  at  the  temperature  of  boiling  water  until  it  ceases  to  lose  weight. 

NOTE. — lodin  numbers  should  only  be  obtained  upon  the  ether  extract  after  purifi- 
cation by  solution  in  petrolic  ether,  but  are  best  made  upon  the  petroleum  ether 
extract. 

SOLUBLE    CARBOHYDRATES    (AS    DEXTROSE). 

Weigh  16  grams  of  flour  into  a  500  cc  flask.  Add  200  cc  of  water.  Shake  occasion- 
ally during  one-half  hour.  Filter  through  a  dry  folded  filter.  To  50  cc  of  the  filtrate 
ado!  5  cc  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid.  Place  the  flask  in  water  and  invert  at 
70°  C.  for  ten  minutes.  Cool,  neutralize,  and  bring  to  100  cc.  Filter.  Determine  the 
reducing  sugars  with  Fehling  solution,  by  the  official  method,  as  described  in  Bulletin 
107,  calculating  the  reducing  sugars  as  dextrose. 

CRUDE   FIBER. 

Determine  the  crude  fiber  in  2  grams  of  flour  by  the  official  method  (Bui.  107), 
filtering  through  linen  in  a  Biichner  funnel. 

DETERMINATION    OF   MOIST   GLUTEN. 

Dough  lip  30  grams  of  flour  with  18  cc  of  water  conveniently  in  an  8-ounce  mortar. 
Weigh  off  16  grams  of  dough  equivalent  to  10  grams  of  flour.  Place  in  water  at  room 
temperature  for  one  hour  and  carefully  wash  out  the  starch  over  bolting  cloth  or  a  fine 
horsehair  sieve.  After  expressing  all  globules  of  water,  weigh  the  moist  gluten  upon 
a  watch  glass.  Dry  in  a  desiccator  for  24  hours  and  complete  drying  in  water  oven. 

ACIDITY  IN   FLOUR. 

Weigh  18  grams  of  flour  into  a  500  cc  Erlenmeyer  flask  and  add  200  cc  of  distilled 
water,  previously  freed  from  carbon  dioxid  by  boiling  in  tin.  Place  the  loosely  stop- 
pered flask  in  a  water  bath  kept  at  40°  C.  for  10  minutes,  shaking  repeatedly.  Remove 
the  flask  and  allow  it  to  stand,  with  occasional  shaking,  at  room  temperature  for  one 
hour.  Filter  upon  a  dry  folded  filter,  rejecting  the  first  10  cc  and  receiving  the  suc- 
ceeding 100  cc  in  a  graduated  flask.  Titrate  the  filtrate  with  twentieth-normal  sodium 
hydroxid,  using  carefully  neutralized  phenolphthalein  in  alcohol  as  an  indicator. 
Each  cubic  centimeter  of  twentieth-normal  sodium  hydroxid  represents  0.05  per  cent 
of  acidity  as  lactic  acid. 

NOTE.— Results  obtained  with  flour  at  temperatures  of  15°,  20°,  and  25°,  respectively, 
indicate  that  the  acidity  in  the  solution  increases  with  the  temperature.  The  method 
outlined  seems  to  give  the  maximum  acidity. 

TOTAL   NITROGEN   IN   FLOUR. 

Determine  the  total  nitrogen  in  2  grams  of  flour  according  to  the  official  method, 
preferably  the  Gunning  method,  Bulletin  107,  page  7.  The  nitrogen  times  6.25  gives 
total  proteids. 

GLOBULIN  AND  ALBUMEN    (EDESTIN   AND  LEUCOSIN)   AND   AMID   NITROGEN. 

Weigh  5  grams  of  flour  into  a  500  cc  Erlenmeyer  flask.  Add  250  cc  of  sodium  chlorid 
solution  1  per  cent.  Stopper  and  shake  thoroughly.  Let  stand,  with  occasional  shak- 
ing, for  three  hours.  Filter  on  dry  paper.  Evaporate  100  cc  of  the  filtrate  to  small  vol- 
ume in  a  Kjeldahl  digestion  flask  with  5  cc  of  sulphuric  acid.  Add  remainder  of  the 


55 

sulphuric  acid  and  determine  the  nitrogen  by  the  Gunning  method.  To  a  second  100 
cc  of  the  filtrate  add  f>  ce  of  phosphotungstic  acid,  20  per  cent  solution;  shake  thor- 
oughly, allow  to  settle,  and  filter  by  decantation.  Wash  slightly  with  water.  Con- 
centrate the  filtrate  with  5  cc  of  sulphuric  acid  in  Kjeldahl  flask  and  determine  the 
nitrogen  as  amid. 

1  ).Miurt  the  amid  nitrogen  from  the  nitrogen  found  in  the  first  fraction  to  obtain  the 
nitrogen  as  globulin  and  albumen.  This  figure  times  6. 25  gives  globulin  anrl  albumen. 

ALCOHOL  SOLUBLE  PROTEINS  (GLIADIN). 

\Veigh  4  grams  of  flour  into  a  500  cc  Erlenmeyer  flask,  add  200  cc  of  alcohol  0.90  sp.  gr. 

Shak •ra.-ionally  during  three  hours.     Let  stand  12  hours.     Filter  through  a  dried 

filter.  Kvaporate  th»>  alcohol  from  100  cc  of  the  filtrate. after  the  addition  of  5  cc  of 
sulphuri'-  arid  and  determine  the  nitrogen  as  alcohol  soluble  nitrogen.  This  figure, 
!»•.-.-  tin*  amid  nitrogen,  gives  the  alcohol  soluble  proteid  nitrogen  or  gliadin. 

'.11  TIMS       DETERMINATION    BY    DIFFERENCE). 

heduct  from  the  total  nitrogen  the  salt  soluble  nitrogen  plus  the  gliadin.  This 
time-  i ;_'.">  gives  theglutenin. 

i.l.IAUIN     H\     roLAKIZATION    (METHOD   OF   SNYDER). 

Weigh  r>.!»7  irrams  of  flour  into  a  300  cc  flask.  Add  100  cc  of  0.90  sp.  gr.  alcohol. 
Shak'-  at  interval-  during  three  hours  and  let  stand  overnight.  Filter  through  a  dry 
folded  filter.  I'olan/e  in  a  220  mm  tube.  Precipitate  the  proteids  in  50  cc  of  the 
filtrate  with  .">  cc  of  Millon's  reagent.  Shake,  tilter,and  polarize  the  filtrate  in  a  220  mm 
ml).  Ail«l  •"><>  per  , •. 'lit  to  i  he  reading  and  deduct  the  sum  from  the  first  reading.  This 
dii't'eivner  times.  0.2  gives  the  percent  of  nitrogen  as  gliadin. 

FAT    DETERMINATION    (BASSETT). 

An  H'fort  was  made  to  discover  a  method  whereby  the  time  for  determining  fat 
and  mi  «i-t  iin-  in  cereal  samples,  especially  flour,  could  be  much  shortened  and  without 
a  sacrifice  of  accura<\  IIP.  Bassett,  of  the  North  Dakota  laboratory,  was  assigned 
some  work  along  thi<  line,  the  results  of  which  are  embodied  in  the  following: 

Fat  in  flour  has  be«-n  determined  usually  by  the  method  given  by  Leach,  which  is 

outlined  so  as  to  be  applicable  to  all  food  and  feeding  stuffs.    However,  in  making  fat 

on  tlour  l'\   l.e.i.  h'-  method  considerable  time  is  required,  and  unless 

are  taken  the  analyst  could  never  check  himself.    This,  in  any 

method,   in. li< -at.-  inaccuracy.     In  examining  the  difficulties  which  might  arise  to 

i  hi.-  ni. -i  hod,  it  was  especially  noted  that  oxidation  might  take  place  in  drying 

th»-  tlour  in  a  hot  -water  o\en,  as  is  generally  practiced,  since  the  fat  in  the  flour  is  in  a 

tine  state-  of  di\  i-ion,  \\  liich  gives  the  most  favorable  conditions  for  oxidation.    Again, 

tin-  .-pi-«-ial  j>r.  <  aution  <,f  removing  the  last  trace  of  moisture  from  the  flour  seemed 

-sary  point  \vh.-n  the  ether,  as  generally  employed,  contained  probably 

ten  times  more  water  than  was  found  in  the  dried  flour. 

The  extra-  t  ion  l>y  the  I.eaeh  extractor  is  also  slow,  requiring  sixteen  hours,  and  in 
apparatus  arranged  in  su«  h  a  manner  that  it  cannot  always  be  run  with  safety  over- 
night. This  mean*,  then,  three  full  workingdays  before  a  determination  can  be  made— 
on,-  for  the  inoi-ture  determination  and  two  for  the  fat  determination. 

In  order  to  avoid  these  difficulties,  the  following  method  was  developed: 

Ten  grams  of  flour  were  weighed  into  a  tared  gooch  crucible,  then  placed  in  the 
ordinary  u'ooeh  funnel,  which  was  inserted  into  a  rubber  stopper  in  the  top  of  a  low 
bell  jar!  whieh  rested  upon  a  ground -glass  plate.  Under  the  bell-jar  and  directly  under 
the  gooch  funnel  was  placed  a  second  glass  plate  to  avoid  the  possibility  of  getting 
vaseline  on  the  bulb,  which  was  to  catch  the  filtrate,  vaseline  being  used  to  make  an 
air-tight  joint  between  the  bell-jar  and  ground-glass  plate.  The  gooch  was  now  filled 
with  ether  six  times,  each  time  drawing  off  with  the  filter  pump.  The  ether  extract 
was  collected  in  a  bulb  similar  to  those  with  a  Soxhlet  apparatus.  This  bulb  was  then 
removed  and  connected  with  a  Liebig's  condenser,  and  the  ether  distilled  off  with  a 
mdle-power  incandescent  bulb,  this  being  used  as  it  avoided  the  possibility  of  the 
vapors  of  ether  catching  fire,  and  also  has  the  additional  advantage  of  not  being  so  hot 


56 


as  to  easily  burn  the  fat.    The  residue  in  the  gooch  crucible  is  now  dried  in  an  air 
oven  and  weighed,  the  loss  in  weight  being  equal  to  the  fat  and  moisture.    The  fat 
having  been  determined,  the  moisture  is  easily  obtained  by  difference. 
The  results  by  this  method,  however,  are  considerably  higher  than  by  the  Leach 

method often  twice  as  much— but  there  is  no  difficulty  in  the  analyst  duplicating 

his  results.    Following  are  some  of  the  figures  obtained  by  this  method: 

Comparison  of  methods  for  fat  determinations. 


Number 

New  method.            Leach  method. 

of 

experi- 

ment. 

1. 

2. 

1. 

2. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

Pir  cent. 

1 

1.26 

1.24 

0.  47           0.  45 

2.'.     '.'.           1.70            1.71 

1.21           1.23 

O 

2.29 

2.30 

1.83           1.87 

4!! 

1.16 

1.22 

.68            .70 

0.. 

1.08 

1.12 

.65             .53 

7.. 

2.66 

2.66 

1.17 

1.27 

8.. 

1.07 

1.07 

.60 

.62 

9.. 

1.32 

1.36 

1.30 

1.28 

10.. 

2.14 

2.18 

2.37 

2.28 

11.. 

.97 

.99 

.70 

.65 

12.. 

1.05 

1.02 

.65 

.65 

13  

3.05 

3.00 

2.43 

2.52 

DISCUSSION  OF  RESULTS. 

Comparing  the  results  by  the  two  methods,  it  is  noticed  at  once  that  none  of  those 
by  the  new  method  checks  those  made  by  the  old  method,  and  it  was  thought  at  first,  that 
there  might  possibly  be  an  error  on  account  of  the  moisture  present  in  the  flour  while 
extracting,  the  tests  by  the  old  method  being  carried  out  on  dry  flour.  A  large  amount 
of  moisture  would  probably  cause  some  of  the  sugar-like  substances  to  be  extracted .  In 
order  to  test  this  point,  the  following  experiments  were  performed :  Ten  grams  of  flour 
were  weighed  out  in  a  gooch  crucible  as  before  and  placed  in  a  large-mouthed  bottle, 
which  was  closed  with  a  two-hole  rubber  stopper.  Carbon  dioxid  which  had  been 
dried  over  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  was  conducted  through  the  bottle,  the  same 
being  arranged  in  a  water  bath  and  heated  for  four  days  under  these  conditions.  This 
was  then  extracted  with  ether,  according  to  the  new  method.  The  results  obtained 
checked  exactly  those  extracted  without  drying. 

Results  obtained  by  new  method  on  dried  and  fresh  flours. 


No. 

Fat  in            Fat  in 
dried  flour,    fresh  flour. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

1 

1.21 

1.24 

2 

1.22 

1.26 

3 

1.24 

1.23 

4 

1.24 

1.22 

The  next  point  considered  was  to  determine  if  flour  dried  in  carbon  dioxid,  under 
these  conditions,  would  give  the  same  per  cent  of  fat  as  by  the  new  method  or  would 
check  the  old  method.  Therefore,  2  grams  of  flour  were  weighed  out  in  a  small  test 
tube  with  a  hole  in  the  bottom,  which  was  closed  by  an  asbestos  plug.  This  was  then 
placed  in  the  bottle  described  and  dried  for  four  days,  after  which  it  was  extracted  by 
the  Leach  method,  the  following  results  being  obtained: 


57 


Fnt  (It  ttrntinationx,  drying  with  carbon  dioxid. 


New 
method. 

COrdried 
(lour  by  old 
method. 

1.26 
1.24 
1.23 
1.22 

1.21 
1.  22 
1.21 
1.19 

It  is  evident  that  when  dried  in  carbon  dioxid  the  flour  does  not  undergo  any 
oxidation,  while  t>..m  these  results  the  point  seems  almost,  if  not  completely,  proven 
that  it  does  undergo  oxidation  when  dried  in  the  open  air,  and  for  this  reason  it  is 
hard  to  obtain  results  that  check. 

Numerous  determinations  have  been  made  by  this  method  and  it  has  given  perfect 
sati-t'action  as  well  as  being  extremely  rapid.  Time  may  be  saved,  as  the  gooch 
crueihle  d<M«  not  need  a  new  pad  every  time,  the  same  one  being  used  for  at  least 
liti.  -n  determination-  by  .-imply  knocking  out  the  extracted  flour  when  through. 
Further,  the  lla.-k  r.mtainiui;  the  fat  may  he  used  six  or  eight  times  without  cleaning, 
where  a  number  of  determinati"ti-  are  b.-in^  made. 

This  work  was  carried  out  with  ether  as  the  solvent,  but  chloroform,  acetone,  or 
ben/m  may  a  ho  be  u-ed,  .-imilar  r.-uh-  heinu;  obtained.  The  following  results  were 
obtained: 

'imt  by  the  new  method,  using  different  solvents. 


No, 

Ether. 

Chloro- 
form. 

Acetone. 

Benzin. 

1 

1.21 

1.26 

1.29 

1.20 

2 

1    • 

1.27 

1.2i. 

1.21 

3 

i  H 

1.25 

1.27 

1.23 

4 

i  B 

1.29 

1.28 

1.22 

These  results  become  of  value  on  aeeount  of  the  cost,  chloroform  and  ben/in  being 
much  cheaper  than  ether  or  aeet.-n.- 

In  some  cases  feed  and  foodstuffs  are  not  well  ground,  nor  capable  of  being  ground 
as  fine  as  flour.  These  of  course  would  not  extract  by  the  above  method  readily,  but 
may  be  extracted  by  means  of  the  Soxhlet  apparatus  instead  of  the  gooch  crucible. 
Th«-  So\hlei  apparatus  was  used  on  flours  and  the  results  check  those  made  with  the 

Ur h  enicible  very  closely. 

I'.ither  one  ,,f  th,-  -oU.-nte  named  may  be  used  instead  of  ether,  as  a  larger  amount 
•  nt  i-  required  under  such  conditions,  and  unless  special  precautions  are  taken 
I.KSS  may  take  place. 

(  omparison  of  results  on  fat,  using  a  gooch  and  the  Soxhlet  apparatus. 


Gooch  cru- 

Soxhlet 

cible. 

apparatus. 

1.24 

1.24 

1.2»i                 1-2(1 

1.23                1-27 

1.22 

1.28 

58 


MOISTURE    DETERMINATION. 

The  moisture,  as  stated  in  the  preceding  method,  may  also  be  determined  by 
drying  the  residue  in  a  hot-water  oven  and  then  weighing  the  crucible  and  residue, 
the  loss  being  equal  to  the  weight  of  the  fat  and  moisture  from  which  the  moisture 
may  be  determined.  The  following  results  were  obtained  and  will  be  compared  with 
the  old  method  by  Leach: 

Comparison  of  moisture  determinations  by  two  methods. 


New 
method. 

Old  method. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

8.60 

8.76 

8.66 

8.80 

&  76 

8.66 

8.88 

8.76 

8.66 

8.92 

8.76 

8.66 

The  results  here,  however,  are  not  so  close  as  in  the  fat  determinations,  but  out  of 
the  numerous  determinations  that  have  been  carried  out  in  this  laboratory  the  results 
have  checked  to  within  0.2  to  0.3  per  cent,  and,  in  the  majority  of  cases,  within  a 
hundredth  of  a  per  cent.  The  following  table  shows  a  few  results  which  will  give  an 
idea  of  the  accuracy  of  the  method: 

Duplicate  moisture  determinations  by  new  method  showing  degree  of  accuracy. 


Sample. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

1 

12.64 

12.76 

2 

12.36 

12.56 

3 

11.08 

11.06 

4 

11.40 

11.84 

5 

12.80 

12.06 

6 

11.40 

11.30 

7 

11.72 

11.80 

This  method  has  been  a  means  of  saving  much  time,  since  a  large  number  of  such 
determinations  were  made  during  the  flour  investigation  of  the  past  year. 

Considerable  work  was  also  undertaken  in  the  study  of  the  gluten  and  protein 
content  of  the  flour,  and  a  large  number  of  methods  were  tested.  Some  results  of 
special  interest  were  secured,  but  owing  to  the  illness  of  the  assistant  having  this 
work  in  charge  only  progress  in  this  direction  can  be  reported. 

RECOMMENDATION. 

It  is  recommended  that  for  the  coming  year  special  attention  be  given  to  testing 
methods  for  the  separation  of  the  gluten  constituents  of  flour,  tests  being  made  upon 
the  several  grades,  as  patent,  first  and  second  clears,  and  upon  flours  produced  from 
different  varieties  and  types  of  wheat. 


REPORT  ON  VEGETABLES  (CANNED  PEAS). 
By  W.  L.  DUBOIS,  Associate  Referee. 

The  work  on  this  subject  during  the  last  year  has  been  confined  to  the  examination 
of  canned  peas  for  the  purpose  of  distinguishing  soaked  peas  from  those  canned  when 
fresh.  Such  a  distinction  of  course  is  made  with  quite  a  degree  of  certainty  by  a 


59 

simple  fxuiuiiuttii.il  of  the  physical  appearance  of  the  goods,  noting  especially  the 
maturity  and  firmness  of  the  peas  and  the  consistency  of  the  liquor.  Soaked  peas 
usually  appear  more  or  less  broken  and  mashed  and  the  most  matured  show  well 
de\( -loped  cotyledons  and  are  packed  in  a  liquor  which  is  cloudy  and  starchy  in 
appc'arai; 

The  maturity  of  the  peas,  however,  can  not  be  taken  as  conclusive  evidence  that 
t  hr  -aim1  hu\  e  been  soaked,  because  many  well  developed  peas,  very  similar  in  appear- 
an< •••  to  those  soaked  before  canning,  are  packed  as  numbers  4  and  5,  Early  June  and 
Telephone  peas,  and  are  not  soaked.  Neither  can  the  appearance  of  the  liquor  be 
iiuully  relied  upon.  .-ince  the  most  mature,  fresh  peas  are  sometimes  found  in  a  liquor 
which  i-  not  dear  and  is  more  or  less  starchy;  hence  it  is  desirable  to  obtain  data 
which  would  Mibstaiitiate  conclusions  drawn  from  the  physical  appearance  of  the 
goods.  To  this  end  7:i  miscellaneous  samples  of  peas  have  been  examined  by  the 
referee  and  on  all  these  the  weight  of  the  liquor  and  drained  substance,  and  the  per- 
centage of  water  in  the  drained  substance  were  determined.  These  determinations 
alone  are  sufficient  to  di-t  iii'jui-h  the  fresh  peas  and  some  of  the  more  succulent  grades 
from  the  soaked  goods,  the  chief  difficulty  arising  in  differentiating  between  the  soaked 
uooil.-  and  the  more  matured  peas  put  up  in  the  fresh  state.  In  the  water  content  the 
latter  did  not  differ  very  widely  from  the  soaked  peas.  As  will  be  seen  from  the  table, 
the  a  tent  of  water  in  24  samples  of  soaked  peas  is  71.98  per  cent,  and  the 

average  of  18  samples  of  Early  June  and  similar  grades  is  77.52  per  cent.  The  highest 
moisture  content  of  the  soaked  peas,  however,  exceeds  that  of  the  driest  of  the  Early 
June  | »ea.-,  .-<>  that  there  is  an  overlapping  of  the  results  which  makes  it  impossible  to 
pronounce  a  conclusive  opinion  from  these  determinations  alone. 

More  definite  eondu-ion-,  however,  may  be  drawn  by  also  determining  the  crude 
starch.  For  thi-  determination  1">  grams  of  the  ground  drained  material  were  hydro- 
ly/.ed  l»y  hydrochloric  acid  according  to  the  official  method  and  all  copper-reducing 
.nice  calculated  as  starch.  The  average  of  16  results  on  soaked  peas  gave  14.45 
per  cent,  the  hi-hest  figure  being  18.19  per  cent  and  the  lowest  value  11.08  per  cent, 
while  tin-  average  starch  content  of  1 1  samples  of  matured  peas  canned  in  the  fresh  state 
was  10.87  per  cent  11.  re  airain  is  an  overlapping,  the  lowest  results  on  the  soaked 
peas,  11. 0>  low  the  highest  value  obtained  on  the  fresh  grade,  14.38 

ni  This  last  sample,  however,  was  probably  misbranded,  as  will  appear  later. 
The  average  starch  content  on  soaked  peas,  as  far  as  determined,  is  approximately  4 
•  •nt  hi-rher  than  that  of  Karly  Junes  and  those  of  similar  quality.  There  is  some 
difference,  furthermore,  in  the  specific  gravity  of  the  two  grades,  that  of  Early  Junes 
runnin-  from  1 . 10  to  l.l  I,  whereas  the  values  obtained  for  soaked  peas  vary  from  1.12 
to  1  .!•;.  Takinirall  these  figures  into  consideration,  it  seems  possible  by  the  determi- 
nation of  the  water,  starch,  and  specific  gravity  of  the  drained  substance  to  obtain 
values  which  will  supplement  the  conclusions  drawn  from  the  physical  appearance 
of  the  good- 

The  table  iriv.-s  in  detail  the  results  obtained.  Samples  numbered  81  and  82  are 
interest  in-  in  furnishing  a  test  of  the  method  suggested.  These  samples  were  labeled 
Karly  June  peas,  but  both  had  the  appearance  of  having  been  soaked.  These  were 
run  at  the  same  time  as  numbers  To  to  80,  inclusive,  and  it  will  be  seen  how  the  starch 
content  compares  with  the  other  samples  labeled  in  the  same  way.  By  these  values 
alone  ami  the  appearance  of  the  goods  it  would  be  quite  safe  to  conclude  that  they 
had  been  soaked.  Then-  is  also  a  difference  in  the  specific  gravity,  which  is  some- 
what higher  than  in  the  other  samples.  This  conclusion  is  further  strengthened  by 
the  amount  of  water  which  is  less  than  in  the  other  samples. 

The  work  Mem  to  justify  further  investigation  along  the  same  line  by  the  succeed- 
ing referee. 


60 


Examination  of  canned  peas  to  distinguish  soaked  goods. 


FRESH  PEAS. 


Number.l 

Grade  and  appearance. 

Liquor. 

Drained 
sub- 
stance. 

Specific 
gravity. 

Crude 
starch. 

Pro- 
tein. 

Water. 

Grams. 
194 

Grams. 
3981 

Perct. 

Perct. 

Per  ct. 

78  61 

201 

389 

82.68 

193 

400 

81.87 

208 

387 

82.61 

196 

396 

82  94 

223 

360 

78  35 

*  $7 

378 

, 

86  84 

8 

do  

197 

390 

78.53 

9 
in 

do  

205 

365 
360 



78.87 
87.04 

190 

380 

86.87 

190 

380 

86  95 

10 

Surprise  peas: 
No  1  small 

190 

395 

87  20 

14 

No  2 

220 

383 

86.57 

1C 

No  3 

238 

362 

86.57 

ifi 

No  4 

202 

400 

82  52 

17 

No  5 

216 

382 

81.91 

18 

Alaska  peas: 
No  1 

255 

332 

86.72 

19 

No  2 

245 

344 

82  37 

on 

No  3 

245 

357 

78  23 

21 

No  4 

220 

387 

76.34 

22 

No  5 

240 

357 

74  28 

23 

Admiral  peas: 
Me.  1 

215 

375 

86.80 

24 

No  2 

203 

387 

84.59 

25 

No  3 

227 

369 

84.30 

26 

No  4 

220 

369 

80  83 

27 

No  5 

219 

373 

78.50 

28 

First  quality  a  few  old 

224 

364 

83  63 

29 

Good  quality"  a  few  old 

209 

381 

79.29 

30 

205 

380 

79.59 

11 

Large  firm  about  same  as  No.  30 

197 

356 

86.73 

32 

Tom  Thumb  very  small  excellent 

210 

359 

85.99 

33 

Petit  Pois  small 

238 

334 

85  99 

34 

Sifted  Little  Gem  small 

233 

353 

85.91 

65 

Early  June  pood  quality 

215 

383 

1  12-1.16 

13.88 

70  79 

66 

Early  June  Extra  No  7  fair 

265 

305 

.  10-1.  14 

12.13 

74.55 

67 

Telephone  some  broken  and  soft 

218 

374 

.  10-1.  14 

12.15 

74.62 

68 

Early  June,  a  little  mushy 

232 

372 

.  10-1.  16 

75.10 

60 

Early  June  appear  soaked 

.10-1.14 

70 

Early  June  cloudy  and  starchy  firm 

10-1  14 

71 

Early  June  cloudy  and  starchy,  old 

.  10-1.  16 

72 

Early    June,    poor    quality,    appear 
soaked 

.  12-1.  16 

7? 

Early  June  good  quality 

.08-1.16 

74 

Early    June,    cloudy,    poor,    many 
broken 

.10-1.16 

75 

Early  June  firm  large  many  hard 

239 

351 

08-1  14 

10  55 

Lost. 

76 

77 

Early  June,  medium  size,  good  quality. 
Early  June  medium  size  fair  quality 

229 
250 

366 
335 

Below  1.  10 
08-1  16 

7.37 
12.00 

82.30 
75.45 

78 

do. 

Lost 

Lost. 

Below  1.10 

6.63 

84.04 

79 
80 

Early  June,  large,  mealy,  many  hard  .  . 
do 

200 
189 

378 
386 

.08-1.12 
08-1  14 

9.34 

7  20 



78.88 
77.89 

81 

Early    June,    large,    mealy,    appear 
soaked 

299 

277 

1  08-1  14 

14  38 

74.84 

8? 

Early  June,  appear  soaked 

252 

294 

1.10-1.14 

13.95 

73.  21 

61 


Sftanination  of  canned  peas  to  distinguish  soaked  goods— Continued. 
SOAKED  PEAS. 


Number. 

Grade  and  appearance. 

Liquor. 

Drained 
sub- 
stance. 

Specific 
gravity. 

Crude 
starch. 

Pro- 
tein. 

Water. 

Soaked,  some  mushy  

Grams. 
235 

Grams. 
359 

1  12-1  18 

Perct. 

Perct. 

Perct. 

70  71 

.1.. 

255 

335 

12  i  ig 



243 

394 

1  12  1  16 

38 



294 

274 

74  ^fi 

231 

344 

10-1  16 

10   7Q 

40 

do  

215 

353 

.10-1  16 

74  qo 

41 

...do.... 

187 

405 

12-1  16 

70  co 

42 

.    .do  

ni 

380 

u 

Liquor  V»TV  rloii'lv.  sii.iki-1  

274 

306 

U  os 

6  87 

71   84 

52 

So;ikril,   VtTV   |KK)r,   IllllsllV.             

.    222 

280 

18  19 

6  69 

70  OA 

53 

Soaked,  li(iuor  vcrv  clomlv  

177 

401 

14  23 

6  56 

79  4g 

M 

Soaked,  sample  poor  

l.vj 

418 

12  83 

6  13 

74  fifi 

55 

Soaked,  clouilv,  IHMS  f;ur 

211 

368 

13  54 

6  69 

fiQ  fi7 

56 

Soaked!  cloudy,  broken,  and  soft  

175 

Ms 

14  47 

6  44 

71  97 

:.7 

187 

HI 

1  12-1  16 

13  96 

6  06 

74  10 

• 

Soaked,  rnanv  brok- 

07 

300 

1  12  1  16 

14  79 

7  31 

n!  ^ 

7» 

245 

;  ;n 

1  12  1  16 

14  31 

6    CO 

• 

Soaked,  fairly  firm 

ft 

341 

1   12  1  16 

14  77 

6  19 

70  nc 

| 

197 

385 

1.12-1  16 

15  25 

71  oo 

H' 

Soaked,  many  poor 

M 

1  12-1  16 

16  04 

71  70 

• 

Soaked,  good,  some  black 

214 

323 

1.12-1.16 

15.77 

71  06 

64 

Soaked,  somewhat  in  usii  \ 

;ni 

t.lLM.16 

14.34 

73  62 

REPORT  ON  THE  SEPARATION  OF  MEAT  PROTEIDS. 

w  i :  i ;  1 1  M  i : ,  Associate  Referee. 

lMirin-4  the  past  year  no  ON. jMT.it iv«-  work  has  been  asked  for  on  the  separation  of 
but  considerable  work  has  been  dune  at  the  Missouri  experiment  sta- 
tion, in  conni'ctioii  with  tin-  u'eneral  meat  investigations,  in  the  examination  of  cold 
\vaN-r  i-\traei>  of  meat  from  composite  samples  of  various  wholesale  cuts  of  steers  of 
different  ages  and  of  different  d-^rees  of  fatness. 

In  tin-  preparation  ••!  cold  water  extracts  the  general  plan  as  proposed  by  Grindley 
and  Kmmett  "  was  followed  with  slight  modifications. 

With  lean  samples  exactly  100  grams  and  with  fat  samples  150  grams  were  taken; 
in  each  case  being  distributed  through  eighteen  beakers  in  about  equal  portions. 
Thi-.-anijili-  in  <M'  h  h.-.ik.T  was  thoroughly  mixed  with  3  to  5  cc  of  cold  neutral  nitrogen- 
ii-iilltil  \\.iifi  and  thru  with  50  cc  of  the  flame  water.  The  mixture  was  allowed 
nd  about  thirty  ininut'-s,  with  fn-qiu-nt  agitation, and  then  poured  through  pre- 
viously \\.-it.-d  tiltrrs.  Each  time  the  residue  which  was  poured  on  the  filter  was 
returned  to  the  beaker.  TO  th.-  n-~idue  in  the  beaker  25  cc  of  water  were  added  and 
the  i  te  thoroughly  stirred  and  again  filtered.  This  washing  was  continued 

till  •_'_'  iter  were  u-rd;  then  the  whole  residue  was  transferred  to  the  filter  and 

washed  tui<  e  \\ith  10  to  15  cc  of  water  each  time. 

The  filtrates  were  eombined,  the  lla.-ks  ringed,  and  the  total  volume  made  up  to 

5,000  cc.     This  cold  water  extract  was  carefully  mixed  without  undue  agitation  and 

filtered  through  a  dry  tiller  just  before  the  aliquot  portions  were  taken  for  analysis. 

1  n  all  tiltrations  the"  funnel  was  made  to  touch  the  sides  of  the  flask  or  beaker,  so  as  to 

limit  the  amount  of  spontaneous  coagulation.) 

Triplicate  samples  were  taken  for  analysis  as  follows: 

a,  6,  c. — 100  cc  for  total  soluble  nitrogen  representing  2  grams  of  lean  and  3  grams 
of  fat  sample. 

rf,  e,  /.— 100  cc  for  total  solids  and  ash  representing  2  grams  of  lean  and  3  grams  of 
fat  sample.  *  *  * 

m,  n,  o. — 200  cc  for  coagulable  nitrogen  representing  4  grams  of  lean  and  6  grams  of 
fat  sample. 


«  J.  Amer.  ('hem.  Soc.,  1905,  27:  661. 


62 

p>  ?>  r.— 200  cc  for  total  albumoee  nitrogen;  filtrate  from  TO,  n,  o,  representing  4 
grams 'lean  and  6  grams  of  fat  sample. 

s,  t,  u.— 200  cc  for  total  amido  acid  nitrogen  representing  4  grams  of  lean  and  6  grams 

Samples  a,  6,  c  were  transferred  to  500  cc  nitrogen  flasks  for  the  direct  determination 
of  nitrogen  by  the  Kjeldahl-Gunning  method. 

Samples  d,  e,fwere  evaporated  to  dryness  on  the  water  bath,  then  dned  to  constant 
weight  in  air  bath  at  103°,  and  finally  ashed  at  a  dull  red  heat. 

Samples  TKL,  n,  o  were  treated  with  a  slight  exces^  of  moist  magnesium  carbonate, a 
evaporated  to  about  30  cc,  filtered  and  washed  with  hot  water  to  which  a  little  moist 
magnesium  carbonate  had  been  added.  The  precipitate  and  filter  were  transferred 
to  600  cc  nitrogen  flasks  and  the  coagulum  adhering  to  the  sides  of  the  beakers  was 
removed  with  hot  sulphuric  acid  and  transferred  to  the  corresponding  flask.  The 
nitrogen  was  determined  in  the  usual  manner. 

The  filtrates  from  TO,  n,  o,  (p,  q,  r)  were  concentrated  to  about  10  cc  in  small  beakers 
and  acidified  with  1  cc  of  50  per  cent  sulphuric  acid,  diluted  to  30  cc  and  to  each  50 
grams  of  pure  crystallized  zinc  sulphate  were  added.  The  mixture  was  then  heated 
upon  the  water  bath  until  the  complete  solution  of  the  zinc  sulphate  took  place.  If  too 
much  zinc  sulphate  crystallized  out  upon  cooling  a  little  water  was  added,  care  being 
taken  to  have  only  a  slight  excess  above  saturation.  The  contents  of  the  beakers  were 
filtered  through  filters  previously  wet  with  a  saturated  solution  of  zinc  sulphate 
slightly  acidified  with  sulphuric  acid.  After  the  filtrate  had  completely  drained 
through,  the  beaker  and  filter  were  washed  three  times  with  the  saturated  zinc  sulphate 
solution,  allowing  the  washing  to  drain  completely  before  adding  the  next  washing. 
The  filter  and  precipitate  were  transferred  to  nitrogen  flasks  and  each  beaker  washed 
with  water  and  sulphuric  acid,  the  washings  being  rinsed  into  the  corresponding  flask. 
If  care  has  been  used  in  avoiding  an  excess  of  zinc  sulphate  crystals  there  will  be  no 
trouble  with  bumping  during  the  digestion  for  the  determination  of  the  albumose 
nitrogen. 

Samples  «,  t,  u  were  treated  as  for  coagulable  nitrogen.  The  filtrates  from  the  coag- 
ulum, not  to  exceed  30  cc,  were  rinsed  into  100  cc  graduated  flasks,  15  grams  of  sodium 
chlorid  were  added  and  dissolved  by  warming  gently.  The  flasks  were  placed  in  the 
ice  box  until  cooled  to  15°  C.  A,  24  per  cent  solution  of  tannic  acid  was  made  up,  fil- 
tered, and  cooled  in  the  ice  box.  When  both  solutions  were  cooled,  30  cc  of  the  tannic 
acid  solution  were  added  to  each  100  cc  flask,  which  was  then  filled  to  the  mark  with 
cold  water;  the  contents  of  the  flask  were  thoroughly  mixed  and  allowed  to  remain 
in  the  ice  box  over  night.  The  following  morning  they  were  filtered  rapidly  and  50  cc 
of  the  filtrate  transferred  to  nitrogen  flasks  for  the  determination  of  the  amido  acid 
nitrogen.  With  all  of  the  determinations  blanks  were  made  to  correct  for  the  nitrogen 
in  the  reagents.  From  these  data  the  nitrogen  present  as  peptone  nitrogen  was  cal- 
culated. 

The  main  purpose  in  the  examination  of  the  water  extracts  of  the  fresh  meats  has 
been  to  see  if  age  of  animal  or  condition  of  fatness  has  any  influence  upon  the  amount 
of  water-soluble  material,  or  upon  its  composition,  also  to  what  extent  there  is  a  varia- 
tion in  different  parts  of  the  animal.  To  this  end  the  samples  have  been  handled  as 
nearly  as  possible  in  the  same  manner  and  with  the  same  treatment  after  slaughtering. 
So  far  eight  animals  have  been  slaughtered  and  analyzed,  but  the  data  are  still  insuffi- 
cient to  admit  of  any  general  conclusions,  and  the  present  paper  is  to  be  regarded  only 
as  a  report  of  progress.  A  tabulation  of  a  few  of  the  results  is  appended,  selecting  those 
for  the  round  and  rump,  the  rib  and  loin  cuts  of  the  first  four  animals  slaughtered. 

a  Prepared  by  precipitating  magnesium  chlorid  with  sodium  carbonate,  heating, 
filtering,  and  washing  until  no  chlorids  remained  in  the  filtrate. 


63 


//  nf  nitnujt  n  In  cold-water  extracts  of  wholesale  cuts,  free  from  bone,  from  four 
different  steers. 


Simple. 

Total 
solids. 

Total 
nitrogen. 

Coagu- 
lable 
nitrogen. 

Albu- 
mose 
nitrogen. 

Peptone 
nitrogen. 

Amido- 
acid 
nitrogen. 

Steer  No.  lv 
Round  and  rump 

Percent. 
4.979 

Per  cent. 
0.574 

Per  cent. 
0  287 

Per  cent. 
0  037 

Per  cent. 
0  040 

Per  cent. 

4.627 

540 

271 

039 

053 

177 

Loin 

4.778 

.550 

.263 

052 

064 

171 

121:* 
Round  and  rump 

4.583 

528 

253 

e   142 

202 

3.490 

.413 

.192 

010 

053 

158 

Loin 

3.631 

.409 

195 

042 

010 

162 

505:« 

Kuiiii'i  and  rump          .            

5.116 

.587 

.273 

035 

007 

272 

Kit- 

4.117 

.470 

199 

0°9 

021 

221 

4.593 

534 

235 

041 

029 

229 

Steer  No.  503:<* 
Round  and  rump 

5.389 

.627 

294 

071 

036 

226 

Rib. 
Loin.                                            

4..,JM 

4.348 

.530 
.501 

.254 
.234 

.033 
.071 

.034 
.015 

.209 
.181 

Shorthorn  steer,  3  years  old  and  extremely  thin. 

shorthorn  steer,  3  years  old  and  moderately  fat. 
'-Cni.lf  llrrrfonl  M.-.-r.  1  y«-.ir  «.M   un!  IMO.|. -r.it. -ly  fit. 
<*  <  }rade  Hereford  steer.  1  year  old  and  in  fair  condition  as  a  stocker,  much  better  condition  than  No.  18. 

•  pnvipitatr  w.i^  w.i>h.-! 


The  albumose 


only  once;  results  too  high. 


'•1-n-nter  extracts  of  tht-  lean  of  wholesale  cuts  (bone  and  fat 
hnnd  separated)  from  three  steers.^ 


,              1                                                               I  I  tt  .ll 

Httdto, 

Total 
nitrogen. 

Cnairu- 
lablo 
nitrogen. 

Albu- 
mose 
nitrogen. 

Peptone 
nitrogen. 

Amido- 
acid 
nitrogen. 

Per  cent. 
Koiind  and  rump                                             5.736 

Percent. 
a  671 

Percent. 
0.320 

Per  cent. 
b  0.  173 

Per  cent. 
None. 

Per  cent. 
0.258 

»  :^ 

.550 

.251 

.013 

0.073 

.213 

:,  M 

.647 

.306 

.040 

.041 

.260 

Bt*er  No.  505: 
Konii'l  and  rump.                                            6.  153 
4.999 
0,109 

St«-«-r  No.  :*u 
Round  ;ind  mini'.  ...                                           •>  '••«' 
4.930 

.710 
.565 
.719 

.01 

.567 

.332 
.240 
.315 

.330 
.276 

.039 
.032 
.054 

.074 
.028 

.009 
.025 
.038 

.040 
.037 

.330 
.268 
.312 

.255 
.226 

5.510 

.643 

.301 

.083 

.023 

.236 

a  Steer  No.  18  excluded  as  it  was  the  first  one  slaughtered,  and  the  hand-separated  fat  was  weighed 
separately  but  was  ground  with  the  lean  for  analysis. 
'•  Albumose  precipitate  washed  but  once. 

Distn  n  itrogen  in  cold-water  extracts  of  wholesale  cuts,  free  from  bone  and  fat,  a  of 

four  different  steers. 


Sample. 

Total 
solids. 

Total 
nitrogen. 

Qstffr 

labie 
nitrogen. 

Albu- 
mose 
nitrogen  . 

Peptone 
nitrogen. 

Amido- 
acid 
nitrogen. 

Steer  No.  18: 

Round  and  rump 

Percent. 
5.740 

Percent. 

0.662 

Percent. 
0.331 

Per  cent. 
0.043 

Per  cent. 
0.046 

Per  cent. 
0.242 

Rfb 

5.645 

.659 

.331 

.048 

.064 

.216 

Loin  

6.103 

.703 

.336 

.066 

.083 

.218 

Steer  No.  ui: 
Round  and  rump  

6.072 

.700 

.335 

b.188 

None. 

.268 

5.612 

.664 

.309 

.016 

.085 

.254 

Loin 

5.913 

.685 

.327 

.070 

.017 

.271 

Steer  No.  505: 
Round  and  rump 

6.631 

.761 

.354 

.045 

.009 

.353 

Rib 

6.030 

.688 

.291 

.042 

.032 

.323 

Loin.. 

6.705 

.779 

.343 

.059 

.043 

.334 

Steer  No.  503: 
Round  and  rump 

6.167 

.717 

.336 

.081 

.041 

.259 

KU> 

5.453 

.624 

.299 

.039 

.040 

.246 

Loin  

5.903 

.680 

.318 

.096 

.020 

.246 

a  The  weight  of  the  actual  amount  of  fat  (ether-soluble)  is  deducted  from  the  weight  of  the  cut. 
reduces  all  cuts  to  a  fat-free  basis. 
&  Albumose  precipitate  washed  but  once. 


This 


64 

In  the  first  table  it  will  be  noticed  that  if  the  data  concerning  the  albumoses  and 
peptones  are  omitted,  the  round  and  rump  cuts  in  every  case  give  higher  figures  than 
the  other  two  cuts.  When  the  hand-separated  fat  is  eliminated  we  find  less  variation; 
the  round  and  rump  cut  gives  higher  results  than  the  rib  but  is  equaled  or  slightly 
surpassed  in  a  few  cases  by  the  loin.  When  the  fat  is  entirely  eliminated,  as  shown 
in  the  third  table,  the  difference  is  still  less.  However,  in  only  one  case  does  the  rib 
cut  (steer  18,  coagulable  nitrogen)  give  as  high  results  as  the  round  and  rump  cut; 
and  in  anotKer  case  (steer  503,  amido-acid  nitrogen.)  as  high  as  the  loin.  In  six  cases 
the  loin  cut  gives  higher  results  than  the  round  and  rump  cut.  In  general,  steer 
No.  505  gives  the  highest  results,  especially  in  the  case  of  the  amido-acid  nitrogen, 
there  being  only  one  exception,  namely,  the  coagulable  nitrogen  in  the  rib  cut  on  the 
fat-free  basis.  A  further  discussion  of  these  results  will  not  be  attempted  at  this 
time. 

For  the  purpose  of  making  an  extended  study  of  the  composition  of  beef  extract 
there  was  prepared  at  the  Missouri  station  (at  the  time  of  slaughtering)  a  cold-water 
extract  «*  from  a  5-kilo  sample  of  the  round  of  each  animal.  The  filtered  extract  was 
coagulated  upon  the  water  bath,  filtered,  and  concentrated  with  one  or  two  filtrations 
as  the  concentration  proceeded.  The  extracts -have  been  finally  concentrated  to  a 
semisolid  mass,  in  which  condition  they  appear  to  remain  in  a  state  of  perfect  preser- 
vation. The  life  history  of  the  animals  from  which  these  extracts  have  been  pre- 
pared is  known  and  during  the  next  year  cooperation  in  the  examination  of  these 
extracts  will  be  requested,  to  determine  the  composition  of  pure  beef  extract  and  to 
learn  to  what  extent  variation  may  be  expected. 

The  president  announced  the  following  membership  for  Committee 
B  on  recommendation  of  referees:  Messrs.  B.  B.  Koss,  R.  W.  Thatcher, 
A.  S.  Mitchell,  Paul  Collins,  and  W.  D.  Bigelow. 

The  following  committee  was  appointed  to  wait  upon  the  Secretary 
of  Agriculture  and  the  Assistant  Secretary  and  invite  them  to  address 
the  convention :  Messrs.  M.  E.  Jaffa,  J.  M.  Bartlett,  and  W.  A.  Withers. 

On  motion  by  Doctor  Wiley,  the  vote  on  the  amendments  to  the 
constitution  was  made  special  order  for  12  o'clock,  or  following  the 
presidential  address,  on  Friday. 

REPORT  ON   PRESERVATIVES. 
By  W.  D.  BIGELOW,  Referee, 

SALICYLIC  ACID. 
RAPID  DETERMINATION  OP  SALICYLIC  ACID. 

The  methods  of  the  association  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  salicylic  acid 
are  long  and  tedious  because  of  repeated  extraction  with  immiscible  solvents.  An 
attempt  was  made  to  simplify  these  methods  by  extracting  a  certain  volume  of  the 
food,  or  an  aqueous  extract  thereof,  by  means  of  a  definite  volume  of  solvent,  evapo- 
rating to  dryness  an  aliquot  portion  of  the  solvent  used,  and  determining  the  salicylic 
acid  in  the  residue.  The  total  amount  can  then  be  calculated  by  a  factor  to  be  deter- 
mined by  experimental  work. 

It  is,  of  course,  necessary  that  the  solvent,  under  certain  conditions  to  be  adopted, 
should  extract  a  uniform  amount  of  salicylic  acid  uncontaminated  by  substances  that 

«  Trowbridge  and  Grindley,  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  1906,  28:  472. 


65 


would  interfere  with  the  reaction  by  which  the  salicylic  acid  should  finally  be  esti- 
mated in  the  iv.-idiir.  Owing  to  its  rapidity  and  convenience,  the  ferric  chlorid 
reaction  has  usually  been  employed  for  determining  the  amount  of  salicylic  acid 
:it.  It  is,  therefore,  important .  that  the  solvent  employed  should  not  extract 
tannin  from  the  food. 

lu  order  to  determine  what  solvents  should  be  most  advantageously  employed  as 
far  a-  delicacy  "f  reaction  and  freedom  from  tannin  or  other  interfering  bodies  is  con- 
cerned, Mr.  i  'harle-  S.  A-h  extracted  50  cc  portions  of  claret  containing  salicylic  acid 
in  amount.-  varying  from  0. <)•_>:>  mg  to  0.5  mg  and  treated  the  residue  obtained  by 
evaporation  of  tin-  solvent  with  ferric  chlorid  in  the  usual  manner.  The  results  are 
given  in  the  following  table: 

Comparative  efficiency  of  solvents  on  salicylic  acid  dissolved  in  50  cc  of  claret  (Ash}. 


Ether,  residue 

Milli- 

extracted  with— 

|,r,.  . 

Chlo- 

Ktn.-r. 
form. 

Kth.-r        Di- 
aii'l  IH-    i-hlor- 
trolruni 

l-tlltT.          It-Mr. 

Tri- 
i-hlor- 

leiie. 

Kther 

:ili'l 

hydro- 

"o'ur 

Petro- 
leum 
ether. 

Car- 
bon 
bisul- 
phid. 

Carbon 
tetra- 
chlorid. 

Tolu- 
ene. 

bat 

ti-tni- 

Petro- 
leum 

cut. 

chlo- 

ether. 

rid. 

F:iiMt 

Good.. 

Ooad 

Good.. 

Good. 

Good.... 

Faint 

Good. 

Good.. 

Good. 

trace. 

.250 

Fair.  .  . 

Faint  .   Good. 

Faint.... 

None.. 

Good. 

Good.. 

Good. 

.100 

ma 

mm 

Trace.    Fair 

Nothing. 

Trace 

Good.. 

Good. 

O.TO 

i 

None.  . 

. 

None. 

(?) 

Good.. 

Good. 

Trace  ? 

Good 

trace. 

Mr.  A-h  found  that  the  tir-t  live  .-olvrnts  u'iven  in  the  table  extract  tannin  in  the 

in  which  they  are  im>nti'»ne<l  -that  i-,  ether  extracts  the  greatest  amount  and 

tn. hl..r  acetylene  the   least.    The   last   three  solvents— carbon   bisulphid,   carbon 

•hloriil.  and  toluene— do  not  extract  tannin,  and  the  ferric  chlorid  reaction  in  the 

re-iduo  obtained  by  them  from  wine  is  clear  and  characteristic  of  ferric  salicylatc. 

It  will  be  Q0ted  that  the  residue  from  the  ether  extraction  gave  no  reaction  whatever 

witli  ferric  chlorid.     This  was  due  to  the  presence  of  tannin,  which  entirely  obscured 

the  reaction.     With  chloroform  much  better  results  were  obtained,  but  even  here  the 

reaction  was  partially  ol>scured  by  tannin,  which  was  also  true  of  the  residue  from 

dichlor-acetylene. 

The  data  given  in  the  column  headed  "  Kther  and  hydrogen  peroxid"  were  deter- 
mined by  oxidi/.in-  with  ammoniaand  hydrogen  peroxid  the  residue  obtained  by  evap- 
orating the  eth-  troys  the  tannin  and  also  partially  converts  ben/o- 
nd  -accharin  when  present  into  salic\  lie  acid.     The  salicylic  acid  was  then  again 
te«l  with  ether,  the  ether  extra-  t  evaporated,  and  the  residue  tested  with  ferric 
id.     As   previoii.-ly   -tated,    the   greatest   freedom  from   interfering  substances 
attended  the  use  of  carbon  tetruchlorid  and  toluene,  the  latter  appearing  to  extract 
slightly  !n«re  -alicylic  acid  than  the  former,  and  thus  affording  a  better  test  in  the 
l-r.-ence  of  a  small  amount  of  that  substance.     Chloroform  was  also  very  satisfactory, 
being  inferior  to  carbon  tetrachlorid  and  toluene  in  respect  of  dissolving  interfering 
•Ubfltancee,   though   apparently  slightly  superior  in  the  amount  of  salicylic  acid 
extracted. 

T::»;T:J— r.uii.  I-JL- 


66 


Extraction  of  salicylic  acid  from  different  viine?. 

[Salicylic  acid  found.] 
BY  MEANS  OF  CARBON  TETRACHLORID. 


Salicylic 
acid 
added. 

Angelica.                   Sherry. 

Port. 

Claret. 

Dry  white  wine. 

Colorimet- 
rlcally. 

B 

fi 

Colorlmet- 
rlcally. 

PQ 

4. 

Colorimet- 
rlcally. 

B 

^1 
B 

ji 

B 

h  _ 

B 

'Colorfmet- 
rically. 

f 

B 

E   . 

t*33 

B 

Mgs. 
100 
50 
25 
10 
5 
2.5 
0 

63.2 
30.6 
14.6 
6.0 
3.0 
1.6 

Mgs. 
63.4 
30.6 
14.6 

Mgs. 
60.8 
30.6 
15.2 
6.2 

Mgs. 
60.6 
30.6 
14.8 
6.2 
3.2 
1  6 

Mgs. 
61.6 
31.6 
15.2 

Mgs. 
60.2 
32.4 
15.8 
6.0 

J//7S. 

60.0 
29.8 
14.8 
6.0 
3.0 
1.6 

60.2 
30.4 
14.6 

Mgs. 
60.0 
30.8 

14.8 
6.0 

49.4' 
24.4 
13.4 
5.2 
2.6 

49.6 
24.8 
11.8 

Mgs. 
50.4 
24.2 
12.0 

5.G 

Mgs. 
51.0 
24.6 
13.6 
5.2 
2.4 

Mgs. 
49.6 
25.4 
12.4 

49.2 
24.6 
12.4 
5.6 









4.4 

1.4 

4.8 

1.4 

5.0 

1.4 

3.8 

0.8 

3.8 

1.2 

BY  MEANS  OF  TOLUENE. 


100 

80.0 

80.4 

79.4 

78.0 

83.0 

80.4 

82.0 

79.8 

79.0 

69.4 

68.0 

71.2 

70.0 

69.4 

70.2 

50 

40.0 

37.6 

39.2 

39.2 

41.0 

41.8 

40.2 

40.4 

39.0 

34.0 

35.8 

35.4 

35.4 

35.4 

35.0 

25 

19.6 

19.4 

19.4 

20.0 

20.0 

19.8 

19.6 

18.6 

18.4 

18.4 

16.8 

18.0 

18.2 

18.8 

19.2 

10 

7  8 

7.8 

8.0 

7.8 

8.0 

8.0 

7.4 

7.6 

7.5 

7.4 

5 

4  0 

3  8 

4.0 

3.6 

3.6 

2  5 

2  0 

2  0 

2.0 

O 

6  0 

1  4 

7  8 

2  4 

6  4 

1.4 

5.6 

0.8 

4.8 

1.4 

SHORT  METHOD   FOR  THE   QUANTITATIVE   DETERMINATION    OF   SALICYLIC  ACID. 

From  the  results  of  the  qualitative  test  made  by  Mr.  Ash  it  appeared  that  it  would 
be  advantageous  to  confine  the  work  with  the  quantitative  method  to  carbon  tetra- 
chlorid  and  toluene.  Accordingly,  Mr.  Ash  applied  the  method  to  various  types  of 
wine  containing  known  amounts  of  salicylic  acid  varying  from  2.5  to  100  mg  per 
100  cc.  One  hundred  cubic  centimeters  of  the  wine  were  acidified  with  5  cc  of  sul- 
phuric acid  (1  to  3)  and  50  cc  of  the  solvent  were  added,  gently  but  thoroughly  mixed, 
and  the  solvent  separated  after  centrifuging;  25  cc  of  the  solvent  were  transferred 
to  a  weighed  watch  glass  by  means  of  a  pipette.  With  toluene  the  best  results  were 
obtained  using  a  watch  glass  4.5  inches  in  diameter  and  with  carbon  tetrachlorid 
one  4  inches  in  diameter. 

The  solvent  was  allowed  to  evaporate  spontaneously  and  the  amount  of  residue 
determined  by  weighing.  The  residue  was  then  dissolved  in  5  cc  of  neutral  alcohol 
and  transferred  into  a  small  casserole,  the  watch  glass  being  washed  thoroughly  with 
neutral  boiling  water  and  the  salicylic  acid  titrated  with  one-hundredth  normal  barium 
hydroxid,  1  cc  of  the  reagent  being  equal  to  1.38  mg  of  salicylic  acid. 

An  aliquot  part  of  the  solvent  was  allowed  to  evaporate  spontaneously,  the  residue 
dissolved  in  2  or  3  cc  of  alcohol  and  diluted  with  water  sufficiently  for  the  colorimetric 
determination  with  ferric  chlorid.  When  the  amount  of  salicylic  acid  present  in  the 
original  sample  was  not  less  than  25  mg  per  100  cc,  the  results  obtained  by  weighing  and 
titration  were  far  superior  to  those  obtained  by  the  colorimetric  method,  but  with 
smaller  amounts  the  last  method  was  the  only  one  applicable.  No  tannin  was  found 
in  any  of  the  residues  and  the  ferric  chlorid  reactions  were  clear  and  entirely  charac- 
teristic of  pure  salicylic  acid. 

In  the  gravimetric  and  volumetric  determination  small  amounts  of  soluble  sub- 
stances were  extracted  by  the  solvent.  The  weight  of  the  residue  from  25  cc  of  the 
solvent  used  in  extracting  normal  wine  varied  from  2  to  3  mg  and  its  acidity  was  equal 
to  about  0.5  cc  of  one-hundredth  normal  barium  hydroxid.  The  results  obtained 
by  Mr.  Ash  on  different  types  of  wine  are  given  in  the  table.  In  each  case  these 
results  are  the  average  of  three  closely  agreeing  determinations. 


67 


It  will  he  noted  that  the  results  obtained  by  Mr.  Ash  with  each  solvent  and  with 
each  t  \  pe  of  wine  are  entirely  consistent,  and  the  results  obtained  by  weighing  and 
by  titrating  the  residue  agree  closely  with  each  other.  For  instance,  by  means  of 
.-ail). .11  tetrachlorid  approximately  50  per  cent  of  the  salicylic  acid  present  is  extracted 
fnuii  dry,  red,  and  white  wines.  The  same  reagent,  however,  extracted  slightly 
more  than  »;<>  }>er  cent  of  the  salicylic  acid  present  in  the  sherry,  port,  and  angelica. 
Toluene,  mi  the  other  hand,  was  found  to  extract  about  70  per  cent  of  the  salicylic 
arid  pn-eiit  in  dry,  white,  and  red  wine  and  about  80  per  cent  of  that  present  in  sherry, 
p.»it,  and  angelica.  It  would  appear  that  this  method  might  be  used  advantageously 
at  lea.-t  f..r  a  preliminary  determination  of  the  amount  of  salicylic  acid  present. 

The  method  was  further  examined  by  the  referee  and  by  P.  B.  Dunbar  with  a 
view  to  determining  the  reason  for  the  varying  results  obtained  with  the  different 
type-  of  wine  and  s«>  modifying  the  method  that  uniform  results  with  all  substances 
mi'-rht  he  obtained.  This  investigation  was  confined  entirely  to  carbon  tetrachlorid 
berau.-e  of  the  iiniiintlammability  of  that  substance.  Known  amounts  of  salicylic 
arid  were  dissolved  in  dilute  alcohol,  varying  in  concentration  from  5  to  50  per  cent 
1  >ne  hundred  rubir  centimeters  of  these  dilute  solutions  of  alcohol, 
rnntainini:  1  m«;  of  salirylir  acid  i>er  cubic  centimeter,  were  shaken  in  a  separatory 
funnel  with  50  cc  of  carbon  tetrachlorid  and  the  amount  of  salicylic  acid  determined 
in  L'">  cc  "i  the  >ol  \ein.  The  figure  so  obtained  was  multiplied  by  two  for  the  purpose 
nl  determining  the  j>en  ent.i-e  «\  the  salicylic  acid  extracted  in  the  total  amount 
of  solvent  em|>lo\ed.  The  following  results  were  obtained: 


\  .        : 

taUrylir 

Alcohol 

Salicylic 

I  H 

by 

•old 

volume. 

r.-t  1  1\  .  ;>•  ; 

volume. 

recovered. 

I'treent. 

/'•rcrtf. 

Pcrctnt. 

r,rctnt. 

44.0 

2.r). 

«,i  it 

-,,i  M 

30 

MI  o 

40 

61  8 

50 

ii.  ii 

It  will  he  nuted  that  the  percentage  of  8alicylic  acid  recovered  under  these  condi- 
tion- increases  with  the  alcoholic  content  of  the  solution  up  to  25  per  cent  and  then 
MNB,  ihe  maximum  re.-ult.-  bring  obtained  with  from  25  to  30  per  cent  of  alcohol. 
California  wd  \\ine-.  dry  and  sweet,  were  then  treated  in  the  same  manner.  Their 
alcoholic  content  wa.-  increased  to  25  per  cent  and  salicylic  acid  was  dissolved  in 
them  to  ii  i  1  in-  per  cubic  centimeter.  Several  determinations  of  salicylic 

acid  \\ejv  then  made  by  the  method  described  and  in  each  instance  61.2  per  cent 
of  the  amount  of  salicylic  arid  added  was  recovered.  The  method  was  also  applied 
to  100  cc  of  a  solution  containing  10  grams  of  sugar  and  25  per  cent  of  alcohol  by  vol- 
ume. The  amount  of  >alicylic  acid  recovered  from  this  solution  was  practically 
identical  with  that  reco\,.red  from  a  25  per  cent  solution  of  alcohol.  Blanks  were 
al-o  run  l.\  . •xtninini;  with  carbon  tetrachlorid  20,  30,  40,  and  50  per  cent  alcohol 
acidiiied  \\ith  5  cc  «i  -ulphuric  acid  (1  to  3).  It  was  found  that  no  sulphuric  acid 
led  and  it  iru  therefore  unnecessary  to  wash  the  carbon  tetrachlorid  solu- 
tion with  water  after  extraction. 

N      OF     SALICYLIC      ACID      IX      DARK      BEER     AND      OTHER     CARAMELIZED 
SUBSTANCES. 

Attention  has  frequently  been  called  to  the  possibility  of  error  in  the  determina- 
tion of  -alicylic  acid  in  malt  extract  and  beer  prepared  from  highly  colored  malt  and 
in  highly  < -arameli/.ed  substances,  such  as  certain  varieties  of  breakfast  food.a  This 

a  J.  Brand.  V.\<.  u'csam.  Brauw.,  1893,  16:  303;  H.  Kiliani  and  M.  Bazlen,  Berichte, 
1894,  >7  (3  '.  Amer.  Brewer's  Rev.,  1907,  21  (5):  222;  Western  Brewer  1907, 


68 

matter  was  independently  studied  by  A.  M.  Doyle  and  P.  B.  Dimbar,  of  the  Bureau 
of  Chemistry.  Both  reported  that  the  color  given  by  ferric  chlorid  with  the  material 
extracted  from  highly  colored  malt  by  ether  was  quite  different  from  the  salicylic 
acid  and  one  should  not  be  mistaken  for  the  other,  although  the  presence  of  a  small 
amount  of  salicylic  acid  may  readily  be  masked  by  the  material  extracted  from  highly 
colored  malt  and  similar  material. 

Experiments  on  malt-nutrine  alone  and  on  malifc-nutrine  containing  salicylic  acid 
(100  mg  per  liter)  indicate  that  there  is  some  possibility  of  being  deceived  by  the 
color  when  ferric  chlorid  is  added  directly  to  the  dish  containing  the  dried  residue 
obtained  by  evaporating  the  ether  solution.  In  this  case  a  color  is  sometimes  devel- 
oped which  slightly  resembles  the  salicylic  acid  reaction.  If  this  color  is  examined 
in  a  good  light  and  compared  with  the  color  developed  by  salicylic  acid  and  ferric 
chlorid  there  is  little  danger  of  being  deceived.  It  is  better,  however,  to  carry  the 
evaporation  of  the  extract  to  about  5  cc  on  the  steam  bath  and  then  to  complete  the 
evaporation  by  means  of  a  blast  of  air,  since  heating  to  dryness  may  darken  the  residue. 
The  dry  residue  should  be  dissolved  in  a  little  hot  water  and  ferric  chlorid  added  to 
this  solution.  Under  these  conditions  it  seems  impossible  to  mistake  the  salicylic 
acid  reaction.  Millon's  reagent,  freshly  prepared,  which  has  been  suggested  for  the 
detection  of  salicylic  acid  in  such  substances,  was  not  found  by  either  Miss  Doyle 
or  Mr.  Dunbar  to  be  as  satisfactory  as  ferric  chlorid.  In  the  absence  of  salicylic  acid 
this  reagent  gives  a  light  pink  color,  whereas  in  its  presence  a  deep  red  is  given.  The 
intensity  of  the  color  seems  to  vary  so  much  with  the  time  of  boiling,  however,  as  to 
render  the  reaction  uncertain  and  unsatisfactory.  Both  methods  were  also  applied  to 
highly  caramelized  breakfast  foods,  to  which  these  observations  also  apply. 

DETERMINATION  OF  BENZOIC  ACID. 

Several  methods  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  benzoic  acid  have  been  sug- 
gested recently.  Among  these  the  following  have  been  studied  by  the  referee  and  his 
collaborators:  (1)  La  Wall's  method;  (2)  La  Wall's  method  modified  by  mixing  a 
definite  weight  of  tomato  ketchup  with  sufficient  saturated  sodium  chlorid  solution  to 
make  a  definite  volume,  filtering,  and  extracting  an  aliquot  portion  of  the  filtrate  with 
chloroform;  (3)  precipitation  as  copper  benzoate;  (4)  precipitation  as  silver  benzoate; 
(5)  distillation  with  steam  after  decomposing  organic  matter  with  sulphuric  acid  and 
extracting  with  ether.  It  will  be  noted  that  the  first  four  methods  depend  on  extract- 
ing the  benzoic  acid  from  the  food  or  an  aliquot  extract  of  the  food  by  means  of  an  im- 
miscible solvent,  whereas  the  fifth  depends  on  separating  the  preservative  from  the 
food  by  distilling  with  steam. 

Before  applying  the  first  four  methods  a  preliminary  study  was  made  of  the  relative 
advantages  of  several  solvents.  This  question  has  been  greatly  altered  by  the  intro- 
duction of  the  principle  of  "salting  out"  the  benzoic  acid  by  means  of  a  saturated 
solution  of  sodium  chlorid .  The  benzoic  acid  is  thus  rendered  much  less  soluble  in  the 
solution  from  which  it  is  extracted  and  consequently  much  more  readily  extracted  by 
the  immiscible  solvent.  The  relation  of  the  immiscible  solvent  to  the  preservative 
thus  more  nearly  coincides  with  the  direct  solubility  of  the  former  in  the  latter.  An 
approximate  determination  was  therefore  made  of  benzoic  acid  in  several  solvents. 
It  was  found  that  the  solvents  more  commonly  employed  dissolved  benzoic  acid  as 
follows,  100  cc  of  the  solvent  being  used  in  each  case:  Ether,  25.70  grams;  chloroform, 
17.34  grams;  carbon  tetrachlorid,  7.65  grams;  toluene,  7.58  grams;  benzol,  6.40  grams. 

The  chief  desiderata  in  the  extraction  of  a  substance  of  this  kind  are,  first,  com- 
pleteness of  extraction;  second,  freedom  of  the  extract  from  interfering  substances; 
and  third,  noninnammability.  Of  the  four  solvents  mentioned,  it  would  appear  from 
the  solubility  that  by  far  the  most  complete  extraction  can  be  obtained  by  means  of 
ether,  and  this  is  known  to  be  true.  Ether  is  objectionable,  however,  because  of  its 
property  of  dissolving  water  and  its  consequent  tendency  to  extract  tannin,  salts,  min- 


69 

mil  acids,  and  other  interfering  substances.  The  use  of  ether  is  also  a  source  of  danger 
because  of  its  great  inflammability. 

Chloroform  has  always  been  found  inapplicable  to  the  extraction  of  benzoic  acid 
becuii-e  of  tin-  incompleteness  of  the  extraction  so  effected.  Of  the  solvents  studied, 
however,  it  ,-tand-  -econd  to  ether  in  its  power  of  dissolving  benzoic  acid.  A  study 
wa-  therefore  made  of  the  efficiency  of  chloroform  in  extracting  benzoic  acid  in  a  sat- 
urated sodium  chlorid  .-nlution,  and  the  extraction  was  found  to  be  practically  com- 
plete. 

In  onlrr  to  determine  the  efficiency  of  chloroform  with  respact  to  the  extraction  of 
interfering  -instances,  500  cc  of  saturated  sodium  chlorid  solution  were  acidified  with 
5  cc  of  sulphuric  acid  (1  to  5),  and  extracted  with  four  portions  of  chloroform  con- 
taining 100,  50,  50,  and  25  cc,  respectively.  Each  portion  of  chloroform  was  removed 
as  completely  as  possible  from  the  solution,  the  four  portions  mixed  and  distilled  on  a 
h»t  plate  toa  low  volume,  the  last  being  removed  at  ordinary  temperature  inacurrent 
of  dry  air.  The  residue  left  by  evaporating  the  chloroform  was  not  weighable.  It 
wa-  di.— olved  in  water  and  titrated  with  tenth-normal  alkali.  Duplicate  determina- 
tion- re<|iiire<l  0.03  and  0.04  cc  of  tenth-normal  alkali  for  neutralization,  thus  indi- 
cating that  the  error,  owing  to  the  extraction  of  mineral  acids  under  the  conditions 
noted,  is  not  greater  than  iu;  mi:  "f  -odium  ben/oate. 

One-half  gram  of  tannin  \va-  then  dissolved  in  500  cc  of  saturated  salt  solution  and 
ted  with  chloroform  as  just  described.  The  residue  left  by  evaporating  the 
chloroform  was  not  wei-hable,  but  required  in  the  duplicate  determinations  0.02  and 
0.04  cc  of  tenth-normal  alkali  for  neutrali/.ation,  which  is  equivalent  to  0.5  mg  of 
so«lium  ben/oate.  <  Hie-half  gram  of  tannin  and  5  cc  of  sulphuric  acid  (1  to  5)  were 
then  added  to  500  cc  of  saturated  -odium  chlorid  solution  and  extracted  with  chloro- 
form as  described.  The  re-idue  obtained  'by  extracting  with  chloroform  was  not 
weighable.  duplicate  determinations  requiring  0.05  and  0.07  cc  of  alkali,  respectively, 
for  their  neutrali/ation,  equivalent  to  0.9  mg  of  sodium  benzoate. 

Tin-  presence  of  acetic  arid  in  the  ketchups  did  not  appear  to  cause  any  inaccuracy. 
In  order  to  determine  whether  a  large  amount  of  acetic  acid  would  lead  to  erroneous 
re-uli-.  I  cc  of  99.5  per  cent  acetic  acid  was  dissolved  in  200  cc  of  chloroform  and 
variou-  portion-dried,  as  in  the  case  of  the  chloroform  extract  from  the  samples  of  ketch- 
up, and  the  re-idu.  1.  Ten  cubic  centimeters  of  the  chloroform  solution 
without  evaporation  require  9  cc  of  tenth-normal  alkali  to  neutralize  it,  equiva- 
lent in  <>  <>",_>  -ram  <>t  acetic  acid,  or  to  o.l  11  gram  of  sodium  benzoate.  Ten  cubic 
rentim.-t.-r  portion-  of  the  -olution  were  evaporated  before  an  air  blast  until  no  liquid 
was  vi-ible.  and  HI  CC  oi  \\at.-r  were  added  to  the  dish  and  titrated.  An  alkaline 
reaction  was  secured  on  the  addition  of  O.'J  cc  of  one-hundredth-normal  alkali. 
When  Mice  jM.rtion-  were  evaporate*  I  in  the  same  way  and  10  cc  of  neutral  water  added 
to  the  di-h  i) .-_'  cc  of  one-hundredth-normal  alkali  were  required  to  give  an  alkaline 
reaction  to  phenolphthalein.  When  10  cc  portions  were  evaporated  until  the  chloro- 
form had  apparently  di-appear  -d  but  a  few  drops  of  liquid  remained.  The  odor  of 
ic  acid  was  very  apparent  and  the  residue  required  0.2  cc  of  tenth-normal  alkali 
for  neutrali/ation.  Ten  cubic  centimeter  portions  were  evaporated  until  the  chloro- 
form had  apparently  disappeared,  but  still  contained  a  slight  amount  of  liquid  with  a 
strong  odor  of  acetic  acid.  The  residue  was  placed  overnight  in  a  sulphuric  acid 
desiccator,  10  cc  of  water  were  added  to  the  dish  and  titrated  as  above,  requiring  0.1 
cc  of  one-hundredth-normal  alkali  to  give  an  alkaline  reaction.  It  is  apparent  that 
while  acetic  acid  will  be  extracted  by  the  chloroform,  no  error  is  occasioned  if  care 
be  taken  to  dry  the  residue  either  in  a  current  of  air  or  in  a  desiccator.  It  was  also 
found  that  no  appreciable  error  was  caused  by  the  presence  of  tartaric  or  citric  acid. 
Lactic  acid,  when  present,  was  extracted  to  a  considerable  extent  by  chloroform,  but 
after  bein-  evaporated  to  dry  ness  before  an  air-blast  the  error  amounted  to  only  0.02 
per  cent. 


70 

If  the  volume  of  salt  solution  taken  in  this  work  is  equivalent  to  100  grams  of  food 
extracted  as  in  the  case  of  the  subsequent  studies,  the  error  caused  by  the  extraction 
of  interfering  bodies  by  means  of  chloroform  is  less  than  0.001  per  cent,  and  is  negligi- 
ble. It  would  appear,  therefore,  that  chloroform  possesses  the  following  advantages: 
First,  after  saturating  a  solution  with  sodium  chlorid  a  practically  complete  extraction 
of  benzoic  acid  may  be  made;  second,  the  benzoic  acid  extracted  is  not  accompanied 
by  other  bodies  that  interfere  with  its  determination  by  means  of  titration;  third, 
the  solvent  i§  not  combustible;  fourth,  it  is  inexpensive.  In  connection  with  subse- 
quent work  on  the  determination  of  benzoic  acid,  therefore,  no  study  was  made  of 
any  other  solvent  than  chloroform  except  as  described  under  Method  IV.  The  detail 
of  the  methods  studied  is  as  follows: 

LA  WALL  AND  BRADSHAW  METHOD  (METHOD  l). 

This  method  was  described  in  full  by  the  authors  in  the  American  Journal  of  Phar- 
macy (volume  80,  pages  171-172).  The  principle  depends  upon  the  method  outlined 
by  F.  X.  Moerk  in  an  article  published  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Pennsylvania  Phar- 
maceutical Association  for  1905,  page  181.  The  details  of  the  method  are  as  follows: 

To  20  grams  of  the  substance  under  examination  add  2  grams  of  sodium  chlorid,  5  cc 
of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  25  cc  of  a  saturated  solution  of  sodium  chlorid.  Shake 
thoroughly  for  five  minutes,  transfer  to  a  moistened  filter,  and  wash  with  a  saturated  solu- 
tion of  sodium  chlorid  until  100  cc  of  the  filtrate  are  collected.  Transfer  the  filtrate 
to  a  separatory  funnel  and  shake  with  three  portions  of  chloroform,  using  25,  15,  and 
10  cc  respectively.  Evaporate  the  chloroform  at  room  temperature.  If  the  residue 
is  white  and  crystalline,  dry  over  sulphuric  acid  in  a  desiccator  and  weigh.  If  yel- 
lowish and  oily,  dissolve  in  10  or  15  cc  of  weak  ammonia  acidified  with  dilute  sul- 
phuric acid  and  again  extract  with  chloroform.  The  residue  is  dissolved  in  3  to  5  cc 
of  neutral  alkali  and  titrated  with  twentieth-normal  alkali  solution,  using  phenol- 
phthaleiii  as  indicator.  The  titration  should  agree  closely  with  the  gravimetric  deter- 
mination, the  difference  being  rarely  more  than  1  or  2  mg. 

As  will  be  seen  by  a  comparison  of  the  figures  obtained  by  various  methods  given 
in  the  table  on  page  71,  the  results  by  weighing  the  benzoic  acid,  given  under  Method  I, 
are  much  higher  than  those  obtained  by  titration.  All  collaborators  report  difficulty 
in  securing  an  adequate  filtration.  F.  W.  Heyl  obtains  very  satisfactory  results  by 
titration,  whereas  the  figures  of  all  other  analysts  were  low.  In  the  Division  of  Foods 
the  method  was  applied  to  the  examination  of  a  considerable  number  of  commercial 
ketchups.  With  the  low-grade  product,  made  from  skin  and  core  pulp,  filtration  was 
possible  though  somewhat  slow.  With  many  of  the  high-grade  ketchups  the  material 
was  so  finely  divided  that  filtration  was  almost  impossible.  In  this  connection  should 
be  considered  the  limited  solubility  of  benzoic  acid  in  a  saturated  solution  of  sodium 
chlorid  to  be  mentioned  subsequently. 

MODIFICATION    OF   LA    WALL   AND    BRADSHAW   METHOD    (METHOD   II). 

This  method  is  identical  with  the  one  just  described,  except  that  no  attempt  is 
made  to  obtain  a  complete  filtration. 

To  200  grams  of  ketchup  are  added  20  grams  of  finely  powdered  sodium  chlorid  in 
a  liter  flask,  and  enough  of  a  saturated  solution  of  sodium  chlorid  is  added  to  make  a 
liter.  The  contents  of  the  flask  are  thoroughly  mixed  and  allowed  to  stand  overnight, 
when  they  are  filtered,  and  500  cc  of  the  filtrate  are  transferred  to  a  separatory  funnel, 
treated  with  5  cc  of  sulphuric  acid  (1  to  5)  and  extracted  repeatedly  with  chloroform, 
using  100,  50,  50,  and  25  cc  of  chloroform,  respectively. 

In  this  extraction  a  troublesome  emulsion  was  formed  which  it  was  found  could  be 
broken  up  to  a  considerable  extent  by  centrifuging  and  by  stirring  with  a  glass  rod. 
Where  a  centrifuge  is  not  available  much  may  be  accomplished  by  swinging  the  sep- 
aratory funnel  with  the  hand.  It  is  important  that  after  each  extraction  the  chloro- 
form be  removed  as  completely  as  possible,  and  at  the  same  time  the  utmost  care 
must  be  exercised  to  prevent  any  emulsion  passing  through  with  the  chloroform. 


71 


()winur  t"  the  mineral  acid  present  in  the  aqueous  liquid,  the  presence  of  a  slight 
amount  of  thi>  emulsion  in  the  chloroform  layer  causes  serious  error  in  a  titration  of 

llli-  IVMillle. 

Th.-  refills  obtained  by  this  method,  both  by  weighing  and  by  titrating  the  chloro- 
form n-idue,  are  given  in  the  table  below,  under  Method  II.  It  will  be  observed 
i luii  in  all  caaea  the  results  obtained  by  weighing  are  obviously  too  high,  while  the 
results  obtained  by  titration  with  this  method  are  on  the  whole  very  satisfactory.  It 
would  appear  therefore  that  the  method  is  fairly  satisfactory  for  the  determination 
of  ben/.oii-  a«id  in  tomato  ketchup,  which  presumably  offers  as  great  difficulties  for 
thi<  determination  a.-  any  food  to  which  this  preservative  is  commonly  added. 

Detenu  ii'.itin,,  o/.sW/,/m  benzoate  in  ketchup  by  three  methods. 


Analyst. 

Sodium 

i«-M/.>.lU- 

•dded. 

Sodium  benzoate  found. 

Method  I. 

Method  II. 

Precipi- 
tation 
by 
silver 
nitrate.o 

By 

weight. 

Titrated. 

By 

weight. 

Titrated. 

\v  .  i  .   D 

Percent. 

H.JI7 
.146 
.168 

.  1US 

.  |..s 

.!« 

.168 

.L.s 

Percent. 
0.171 
.130 
.185 

.IV. 
.190 
.183 
.169 
.178 

Percent. 
0.166 
.261 
.170 
.170 
.170 
.162 
.154 
.162 

Per  cent. 
0.232 
.223 
.109 
.163 

Per  cent. 
0.179 
.172 
.157 
.155 

Per  cent. 
0.166 
.143 

.029 
.056 
.056 
.056 
.059 
.238 
.241 
.242 
.250 
.204 
.168 
.172 
.180 

.060 

MO 

Do 

.000 

Do    . 

,(MO 

1'   K   \> 

.247 

.270 
.258 

.1'1,'J 

.277 
.171 
.183 
.196 
.195 

.244 
.245 
.245 
.250 
.170 
.170 
.169 
.171 

.247 

.247 

.247 

.  I-* 

HW 

i 

I'.S 

.  H.N 

M    (       Ml.nih 

.033 
.033 
164 

.035 
.036 

.024 
.030 

Di 

.183 

.199 
.177 
.162 
.062 

.133 
.149 
b.150 
ft.  150 

.164 

164 

164 
.060 

.060 

.062 
.063 
.063 

.055 
.055 
.056 

Do 

060 

Do 

.060 

-  iiul/ 

.168 
.168 
.247 
.247 
.168 
.168 

.137 
.147 
.257 
.253 
.176 
.206 

.142 
.140 
.230 

.142 

.236 
.222 
.139 



.148 

&  100  grains  ketchup  diluted  with  water  to  200 cc,  mixed,  and  filtered,  50  cc  portions  of  filtrate,  diluted  to 
100  cc,  saturated  with  sodium  chlorid.  acidified,  and  extracted  with  four  portions  of  100  cc  each  of  ether. 

e  Same  as  f  oxrept  extraction  is  made  with  chloroform  instead  of  ether,  three  portions  being 

used  of  100,  50,  and  50 cc,  respectively 

In  some  cases  where  the  mixture  of  tomato  ketchup  and  a  saturated  salt  solution 
was  tillered  soon  after  it  was  prepared,  the  amount  of  benzoic  acid  determined  by 
t  h  is  met  IKK!  was  too  low.  This  suggests  the  possibility  that  the  solution  of  the  benzoic 
arid  in  the  saturated  salt  solution  may  not  have  been  complete.  More  satisfactory 
results  were  obtained  in  all  cases  where  the  mixture  was  allowed  to  stand  overnight 
before  filtering. 


72 


An  approximate  determination  of  the  solubility  of  benzoic  acid  in  a  saturated  solu- 
tion of  sodium  chlorid  was  made  by  P.  B.  Dunbar.  In  duplicate  tests  0.260  and 
0.259  gram  of  benzoic  acid  were  dissolved  in  500  cc  of  saturated  solution  of  sodium 
chlorid.  In  another  duplicate  determination  0.274  and  0.277  gram  of  benzoic  acid 
were  found  to  be  soluble  in  500  grams  of  saturated  solution  of  sodium  chlorid  to  which 
5  grams  of  sulphuric  acid  (1  to  5)  had  been  added.  No  special  precautions  were  taken 
with  respect  to  the  temperature  of  solutions  or  the  purity  of  the  sodium  chlorid 
employed. 

It  is  apparent  therefore  that  a  larger  amount  of  benzoate  of  soda  than  0.27  gram 
can  probably  not  be  determined  by  this  method.  The  fact  that  a  slightly  higher 
amount  is  reported  in  some  determinations  may  probably  be  explained  by  slightly 
higher  temperature,  or  slightly  lower  concentration  of  the  sodium  chlorid  solution 
employed. 

It  is  obviously  important  that  the  method  be  so  modified  as  to  permit  the  deter- 
mination of  a  larger  amount  of  benzoate  of  soda.  Attempts  were  made  to  extract 
the  benzoic  acid  from  the  ketchup  by  means  of  water,  filtering,  and  saturating  an 
aliquot  part  of  the  filtrate  with  sodium  chlorid.  The  results  obtained  were  not  alto- 
gether satisfactory,  although  the  amount  of  work  done  was  not  sufficient  to  permit  of 
definite  conclusions.  It  is  probable  that  by  extracting  in  this  manner  or  with  a  satu- 
rated sodium  chlorid  solution,  previously  made  slightly  alkaline  with  sodium  hy- 
droxid,  the  method  can  be  so  modified  as  to  permit  of  its  application  to  samples 
carrying  a  much  higher  percentage  of  benzoate  of  soda,  and  at  the  same  time  it  will 
be  possible  to  extract  a  smaller  volume  of  the  salt  solution. 

PRECIPITATION    WITH   COPPER   BENZOATE    (METHOD   III). 

Mr.  C.  S.  Ash,  of  the  California  Wine  Association,  and  Mr.  F.  W.  Liepsner,  of  the 
Division  of  Foods  of  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  studied  the  determination  of  benzoic 
acid  by  means  of  precipitation  as  copper  benzoate  from  the  residue  left  by  the  evapo- 
ration of  the  solvent.  It  was  hoped  that  this  method  might  afford  a  means  for  deter- 
mining benzoic  acid  either  alone  or  in  the  presence  of  salicylic  acid,  but  preliminary 
work  showed  that  while  copper  acetate  is  a  satisfactory  precipitant  for  benzoic  acid 
when  present  alone,  no  precipitate  is  formed  in  the  presence  of  salicylic  acid  in  con- 
siderable quantity,  owing  probably  to  the  formation  of  a  soluble  double  salt. 

A  series  of  precipitations  of  benzoic  acid  were  made  in  alcoholic  solutions  of  various 
strengths  from  0  to  100  per  cent  and  the  curve  established,  giving  the  per  cent  of 
benzoic  acid  present  that  may  be  precipitated  as  copper  benzoate  in  various  strengths 
of  alcohol.  The  results  are  as  follows: 

Precipitation  of  benzoic  acid  with  varying  strengths  of  alcohol. 


Per  cent 

Per  cent 

Per  cent 

of  benzoic 

Per  cent 

of  benzoic 

of  alcohol. 

acid  pre- 
cipitated. 

of  alcohol. 

acid  pre- 
cipitated. 

0 

83 

50 

70 

10 

84 

60 

65 

20 

88 

70 

58 

30 

86 

80 

48 

40 

75 

100 

(i 

It  appears  that  the  amount  of  benzoic  acid  precipitated  is  somewhat  increased  by 
the  presence  of  alcohol  up  to  20  per  cent  of  the  latter.  The  increase  in  strength  of 
the  alcohol  beyond  this  point  decreases  the  amount  of  benzoic  acid  precipitated,  at 
first  slowly  and  then  rapidly,  the  copper  benzoate  being  completely  soluble  in  strong 
alcohol.  All  precipitations  were  therefore  made  in  a  solution  containing  20  per  cent 
of  alcohol  by  volume. 


73 


To  further  guard  against  error  due  to  the  solubility  of  the  precipitate,  the  alcoholic 
solution  from  which  the  precipitation  was  made  was  saturated  with  freshly  precipi- 
tated ki.-ir  copper  I.en/oate.  A  stock  solution  of  the  alcohol  so  saturated  was  made 
up  and  u>ed  throughout  the  work.  It  was  found  that  the  results  obtained  by  precipi- 
tatioii  in  neutral  solution  were  too  high  and  that  a  slight  acidity  in  the  solution  was 
necenarj  .  Thi-  was  accomplished  by  adding  a  little  acetic  acid  to  the  copper  reagent. 
Tin-  .-oluiion-  employed  and  the  method  of  determination  were  as  follows: 

•l»r  acetate  reagent. — A  mixture  of  250  cc  of  95  per  cent  alcohol  and  750  cc  of 
water  is  .-at urated  with  copper  benzoate  and  2  cc  of  glacial  acetic  acid  added,  fol- 
lowed \>y  a  concentrated  solution  of  sodium  benzoate  in  20  per  cent  alcohol  to  form  a 
.-mall  amount  of  permanent  precipitate.  This  solution  is  filtered  just  before  using. 

Alcohol  anfiiti'iiii.—  \  mixture  of  1  part  of  95  per  cent  alcohol  and  3  parts  of  water  is 
saturated  with  basic  copper  benzoate,  prepared  by  precipitating  copper  acetate  solu- 
tion with  sodium  I.en/oate.  filtering,  and  washing.  An  excess  of  the  basic  copper 
l>en/.oat  e  is  added  to  the  alcohol  in  order  that  additional  alcohol  may  be  added  from 
time  to  time. 

/>>  tn-ii> 'million. — The  residue  obtained  by  the  evaporation  of  the  chloroform  extract 
is  dissolved  in  a  small  amount  of  the  alcohol  saturated  with  copper  acetate  mentioned 
above  and  ua-hed  into  a  .-mall  beaker  with  the  same  solution,  25  cc  of  the  copper 
acetate  solution  is  added,  the  mixture  stirred,  allowed  to  stand  for  one  hour,  filtered 
on  a  g(xx-h,  and  the  precipitate  wa.-hed  with  the  alcohol  solution  saturated  with  basic 
copper  l.en/.'iaie  The  .-«liiti<,n  i.-  then  dried  and  weighed  as  usual.  If  preferred, 
the  re.-idiie  ma\  l»e  washed  into  a  100  cc  flask  with  the  alcohol  solution  described, 
the  copper  a<  ei.iie  reagent  added,  and  the  mixture  brought  up  to  mark  with  the 
alcohol  -at  united  ropt.er  benzoate.  The  whole  is  then  mixed  and,  after  standing  one 
hour,  tilier.d,  and  the  copper  determined  volumetrically  by  any  of  the  standard 
methods. 

The  following  table  shows  the  result*  obtained,  working  on  a  known  amount  of  ben- 
/oic  arid  in  aqueous  solution.     As  before  stated  above,  this  precipitate  consists  of 
copper  !••  .  pre-ented  l.y  the  formula  <\}lI-< '<)()  —  < 'u— Oil. 

Benzoic  acid  w»r«r»-»//n*//i  an  aqueous  solution  by  Method  III. 


Henzoic    a 
ered 

cUl     rocov- 
I'.v- 

.  pro- 
mt. 

Gravimet- 
ric I..rlll()<l 
<:iSC-<>pp.T 

benzoate). 

Titrating 

xS  Of 

copper. 

Qnm*.  . 
0.04 
.04 

.'•'. 
.05 

MX 

Percrnt. 
83.5 
84.5 
97.9 
100.0 
101  5 

Per  cent. 

M.  1 
7:..  4 
97.9 
97.9 

01 

100.5 

.10 
.10 
.14 
.14 
.20 
.20 

101.0 

M&a 

102.0 
102.5 
101.5 
101.8 

99.1 
104.2 
100.5 
100.5 
103.6 
105.1 

An  attempt  was  made  to  apply  this  method  to  the  determination  of  benzoic  acid 
in  ketchup.  A  number  of  samples  were  treated  as  follows: 

Three  hundred  grams  were  made  up  to  1,500  cc  with  saturated  salt  solution,  allowed 
to  stand  overnight,  and  filtered;  500  cc  of  the  filtrate  were  acidified  with  sulphuric 
arid  and  extracted  with  3  portions  of  chloroform  of  100,  50,  and  50  cc.  The  extract 
.  \aporated  in  a  current  of  air,  dried  over  sulphuric  acid,  the  residue  weighed, 
taken  up  in  neutral  alcohol,  and  titrated  with  tenth-normal  sodium  hydrate.  Ihe 
solution  was  then  evaporated  to  dryness  and  benzoic  acid  determined  gravimetnc- 
ally.  as  desrril>ed  above,  by  use  of  the  copper  precipitation  method. 


74 

The  results  obtained  by  this  method  are  as  follows: 

Determination  of  known  amounts  of  benzoic  acid  in  ketchups  by  Method  III. 


Sodium 
benzoate 
present. 

Sodium 
benzoate 
found  by 
titration. 

Sodium  benzoate 
found  by  copper 
precipitation. 

•  •* 

Gram. 

Gram. 

Gram. 

0.258 

0.229 

0.116 

.359 

.322 

.167 

.127 

.101 

No  precipitate. 

.431 

.392 

.183 

.198 

.  14-.< 

No  precipitate. 

.387 

.328 

.174 

.107 

.079 

No  precipitate. 

.352 

.314 

.222 

.332 

.288 

.167 

.251 

.230 

.138 

.210 

.193 

.126 

.103 

.082 

No  precipitate. 

.355 

.303 

.150 

.307 

.286 

.152 

.324 

.277 

.142 

.146 

.119 

No  precipitate. 

An  examination  of  this  table  shows  that  when  there  was  present  less  than  0.15 
gram  of  sodium  benzoate  no  precipitate  was  formed,  and  in  such  cases  as  did  give 
a  precipitate  all  results  were  from  0.1  to  0.15  gram  low.  This  seemed  to  indicate 
that  there  was  something  in  the  ketchup  extract  which  held  back  the  precipitation 
and  showed  conclusively  that  the  method  could  not  be  used  for  such  materials  in 
combination  with  present  extraction  methods. 

It  appeared  probable  that  since  the  completeness  of  precipitation  varied  with 
the  alcoholic  strength  it  might  be  interfered  with  by  sugars,  higher  alcohols,  oils 
from  spices,  etc.,  and  the  following  experiments  were  performed.  The  alcoholic 
extract  from  1  gram  of  spice  was  added  to  solutions  containing  0.1  gram  of  sodium 
benzoate  and  to  blanks.  Also  0.1  gram  of  sugar,  glycerin,  and  dextrin  were  added 
to  similar  solutions  with  the  following  results: 

Determination  of  sodium  benzoate  in  the  presence  of  spices,  sugars,  etc.,  by  Method  III. 


Substance  added. 

Sodium 
benzoate 
present. 

Sodium 
benzoate 
found. 

Substance  added. 

Sodium 
benzoate 
present. 

Sodium 
benzoate 
found. 

Allspice 

Gram. 
1             0.1 

Gram. 
0.0741 

Sugar 

Gram. 
0.1 

Gram. 
0.0941 

Cinnamon  .  . 

:! 

.0576 
.055 

Glycerin 

.0 
.1 

None. 
.0955 

Cloves  

:? 

.0511 
.1621 

Dextrin  

.0 
.1 

None. 
.0854 

t            .u 
1            .1 

.0634 

Check  

.1 

.(!'.)77 

Red  pepper  

I                .0 

1         .1 

.0477 
.1293 

(          .0 

.1478 

These  figures  show  that  it  is  the  presence  of  the  spices  which  causes  the  failure 
of  this  method  for  the  determination  of  benzoic  acid  in  such  products.  It  is  pos- 
sible that  it  may  be  applicable  to  other  materials. 

PRECIPITATION    AS    SILVER   BENZOATE    (METHOD   IV). 

This  method  was  suggested  and  elaborated  by  Mr.  W.  E.  Hillyer. 

The  sample  is  extracted  by  means  of  ether  as  directed  in  Bulletin  107,  page  179, 
or  by  the  method  given  by  Dubois  for  the  extraction  of  ketchups."  The  amount 


J.  Amer.  Them.  Soc.,  1906,  28: 1616. 


of  -ubstance  u-ed  should  be  such  that  the  portion  subsequently  extracted  with  ether 
will  contain  approximately  0.1  gram  of  sodium  benzoate.  The  ether  extract,  after 
washing  \vith  water,  is  allowed  to  evaporate  to  dryness  spontaneously,  or  the  first 
portion  of  the  ether  may  be  distilled  and  recovered.  After  drying  completely  the 
re.-idue  is  taken  up  with  a  small  amount  of  absolute  alcohol,  for  the  purpose  of  sep- 
arating interfering  substances  as  far  as  possible,  and  filtered  into  a  small  beaker. 
The  alcohol  is  neutralized  with  sodium  hydroxid,  evaporated  to  dryness,  and  redis- 
solved  in  a  few  cubic  centimeters  of  alcohol  saturated  with  silver  benzoate.  The 
solution  i-  tillered  if  not  clear,  washed  with  a  few  drops  of  aldehyde-free  alcohol, 
saturated  with  silver  ben/.oate,  and  treated  with  from  10  to  15  cc  of  a  saturated  solu- 
tion of  -ilver  nitrate  in  aldehyde-free  alcohol.  The  precipitate  is  collected  in  a 
gooch,  care  beiiiLT  taken  that  the  asbestos  filter  be  so  constructed  as  to  afford  as  rapid 
filtration  a-  p<—ible.  The  precipitate  is  then  heated  in  a  water-jacketed  oven  until 
the  ether  is  driven  off,  cooled,  ami  weighed. 

t  are  must  be  taken  to  perform  all  operations  as  quickly  as  possible  in  order  to 
prevent  the  separation  of  silver  oxid.  The  aldehyde-free  alcohol  mentioned  above 
i-  about  95  P-T  <-cnt  by  volume,  and  is  prepared  according  to  the  directions  given 
in  Bulletin  107,  page  '.Mi,  with  the  additional  precaution  of  distilling  over  soda  after 
treatment  with  meta-phenylene-diamin  hydrochlorid.  This  method  involves  the 
u.-e  of  a  «  on.-iderablr  quantity  of  ether,  which  is  objectionable  because  of  its  inflam- 
mability and  the  tendency  to  di-.-olve  sodium  chlorid  and  other  interfering  substances. 
Notwithstanding  il>  "iry  results  are  rej>orted  by  Messrs.  Hillyer  and 

Flander-  in  the  following  table.  No  other  results  obtained  by  this  method,  using 
ether  as  solvent,  w.  •  1,  though  the  precipitation  of  benzoic  acid  as  silver  ace- 

•i>inu'  chloroform  as  a  pnlvrnt.  was  included  in   the  work  of  several  other  eol- 


d  tu  silver  benzntitt  in  tnnnttn  kttctni i>  (Hillyer  and  Flanders). 


Sodium 

So.lilUll 

Sodium 

bm 

ban 

U'll/ 

fullMil. 

i.MfHl. 

found. 

PITCH*. 

PITCH*. 

r<rcrnt. 

Per  cent. 

n  <M) 

0.  Oo»i 

.004 

.050 

.001 

.()-« 

n.,<i 

0 

.  14«i 

.101 

.003 

.  t-k; 

.127 

.003 

.  1UO 

.100 

.01)1 

a.  -_M7 

m 

".  '_M7 

a.  222 

.(WO 

o.  US 

«.  l.Y.t 

o I>ast  three  results  »•>•  K.  T.  FLmd.-r,;  ..ttu-rs  l,y  \V.  K.  Hillyer. 

Tln->.'  n  -ulis  were  obtained  by  extra*  tin-  and  pn-cipitating  as  silver  benzoate  in 
the  ether  residue  f..llowm-  Method  II  as  -iv.-n  ..n  page  70.  The  figures  seem  to  be 
in  every  way  comparable  with  tho>e  obtained  by  Method  II  (see  p.  71).  Extraction 
withetherappear-  to  b«-  much  less  satisfactory  than  <-xtraction  with  chloroform,  owing 
to  the  removal  of  interfenn-  .-ubstances  by  the  solvent.  These  bodies  are  partially 
removed  by  means  of  absolute  alcohol,  but  this  introduces  an  additional  operation 
ami  the  n-.-uli.-  obtained  are  not  as  satisfactory  as  by  extracting  with  chloroform  from 
a  >olution  saturated  with  sodium  chlorid.  In  the  table  comparing  Methods  I  and  II 
(p.  71  .  i.-  given  the  percentage  of  sodium  benzoate  precipitated  as  silver  benzoate 
from  i  he  ,a  Method  II;  that  is,  the  liquid  titrated  under  Method  II  was 

evaporated  to  dryness  and  us«-«l  as  a  starting  point  for  the  silver  benzoate  method. 

In  the  following  table  are  iim-n  t  he  results  obtained  by  the  examination  of  a  number 

of  samples  of  commercial  ken-hups  using  this  method.     In  all  cases  the  benzoic  acid 

xtra. -ted  by  chloroform  from  a  saturated  sodium  chlorid  solution.     Here,  again, 

it  will  be  aeen  that  the  r.-sults  obtained  by  weighing  the  residue  are  in  all  cases  slightly 


76 

higher  than  those  given  by  titration,  whereas  the  amounts  determined  by  precipita- 
tion as  silver  benzoate  are  almost  identical  with  the  amount  obtained  by  titrating 
the  chloroform  residue.  This  method  is  evidently  worthy  of  further  study.  It  is 
much  more  tedious  than  Method  II,  but  is  of  value  for  the  purpose  of  checking  the 
results  obtained  by  that  method  when  a  further  confirmation  seems  desirable. 

Determination  of  betizoic  acid  in  commercial  samples  of  tomato  hichup  by  precipitation 
as  silver  salt  from  chloroform  extract. 


Analyst. 

Chloro- 
form 
residue 
weighed. 

Chloro- 
form 
residue 
titrated. 

Silver 
precipi- 
tate. 

Analyst 

Chloro- 
form 
residue 
weighed. 

Chloro- 
form 
residue 
titrated. 

Silver 
precipi- 
tate. 

C  P  Wilson 

Percent. 
0.30 

Per  cent. 
0.28 

Per  cent. 
0.28 

P.  B.  Dunbar  

Per  cent. 
0.20 

Per  cent. 
0  17 

Per  cent. 
0.18 

Do 

11 

10 

.09 

Do 

.28 

26 

.26 

Do 

.19 

.16 

.15 

Do  

.09 

.08 

.07 

Do 

16 

.14 

.14 

Do  

.21 

.19 

.18 

Do 

20 

17 

16 

Do 

20 

17 

18 

Do 

.33 

.32 

.31 

Do  

.17 

.15 

.15 

These  samples  were  treated  according  to  Method  II,  given  on  page  70.  The  residue 
obtained  by  the  evaporation  of  the  chloroform  extract  was  first  weighed,  then  dissolved 
in  about  5  cc  of  neutral  alcohol,  the  solution  so  obtained  diluted  with  water  and 
titrated  with  saturated  alkali  solution.  This  solution  when  exactly  neutralized  is 
evaporated  to  dryness,  after  which  the  benzoic  acid  was  determined  by  precipitation 
as  silver  benzoate. 

THE  DISTILLATION  OF  BENZOIC  ACID  FROM  SULPHURIC  ACID  SOLUTION  (METHOD  V). 

This  method  was  suggested  and  elaborated  by  Mr.  R.  M.  West,"  and  depends  on 
the  distillation  of  benzoic  acid  with  steam  after  the  addition  of  sufficient  concentrated 
sulphuric  acid  to  insure  the  complete  charring  of  vegetable  tissue  and  prevent  vola- 
tilization of  coloring  matter  and  oil.  The  distillation  is  conducted  by  means  of  a  flask 
shown  on  page  21,  the  procedure  being  as  follows: 

About  10  grams  of  the  sample  are  weighed  into  the  inner  flask  of  the  apparatus, 
1.5  to  2  grams  of  paraffin  added,  and  the  flask  connected  with  the  condenser.  Ten 
cubic  centimeters  of  strong  sulphuric  acid  are  added  through  a  drop  funnel  at  a  rate 
sufficient  to  complete  the  addition  at  from  two  to  three  minutes,  the  flask  is  gently 
agitated,  to  mix  the  contents  thoroughly,  and  allowed  to  stand  from  five  to  ten  minutes 
after  all  apparent  action  of  the  sulphuric  acid  has  ceased.  About  150  cc  of  distilled 
water  are  placed  in  the  outer  flask  of  the  apparatus  and  the  water  slowly  brought  to  a 
boil  and  the  boiling  continued  until  100  cc  of  the  distillate  have  been  collected. 
The  stopcock  in  the  outer  flask  is  left  open  until  the  water  has  heated  sufficiently  to 
prevent  the  contents  of  the  inner  flask  being  drawn  into  the  outer  flask. 

The  distillate  is  filtered  into  a  separatory  funnel  and  the  original  receiver  and  filter 
are  washed  with  two  portions  of  water  of  about  10  cc  each.  The  distillate  is  then 
extracted  with  three  portions  of  ether  of  50,  30,  and  20  cc,  respectively.  The  com- 
bined ether  extracts  are  washed  repeatedly  with  water  until  a  25  cc  portion  requires 
not  more  than  0.10  cc  of  decinormal  alkali  for  neutralization.  The  ether  extract  is 
then  distilled  to  small  volume,  after  which  it  is  evaporated  before  a  blast  of  air,  dried 
in  a  desiccator  to  constant  weight  and  weighed.  The  residue  is  also  dissolved  in 
neutral  alkali,  using  phenolphthalein  as  indicator. 

The  results  obtained  by  titration  agree  closely  with  those  obtained  by  weighing. 
Excessive  foaming  is  likely  to  occur  when  the  steam  begins  to  pass  into  the  inner 
flask.  This  may  be  caused  by  distilling  too  soon  after  the  addition  of  the  acid,  by  an 
insufficient  amount  of  paraffin,  or  by  an  unusual  amount  of  sugar  in  the  ketchup. 
Care  must  be  exercised  to  prevent  the  foam  passing  into  the  condenser. 


J.  Ind.  and  Eng.  Chem.,  1909,  1:  190. 


I  i 


The  distillation  should  be  conducted  at  such  a  rate  that  100  cc  of  the  distillate  may 
be  obtained  in  from  twenty-five  to  thirty-five  minutes.  Occasionally  some  paraffin 
is  carried  over  mechanically,  and  this  may  usually  be  removed  from  the  surface  of 
the  distillate  by  means  of  a  wire  or  glass  rod. 

The  following  results  were  obtained  on  ketchups  containing  a  known  amount  of 
sodium  benzoate: 

Determination  of  sodium  benzoate  in  ketchup  by  Method  V  (West). 


Sodium 
benzoate 
added. 

Sodium  benzoate 
found. 

weight. 

titration. 

Mr  CM* 

0.00 
.10 
.25 
.50 

Per  cent. 
0.01 
.09 
.25 
.47 

Per  cent. 
0.01 
.10 
.24 
.47 

THE  DETECTION  OF  TINNAMIC  ACID. 

The  statement  ha.-  ir«  (|ucntly  Keen  made  that  cinnamic  acid  is  being  used  for  the 
•  \ai  i»n  "f  foods,  es|>ecially  in  the  case  of  tomato  ketchup.  The  claim  has  often 
been  made  by  those  interested  in  the  preservation  of  ketchup  with  benzole  acid  that 
tin-  i'ft-i-in-e  of  cinnamic  acid  could  not  be  detected  and  that  firms  claiming  to  use 
no  preservative  were  preserving  with  that  substance.  Two  qualitative  methods  for 
the  deteeii..n  of  eiiuiamic  acid,  differing  slightly  from  each  other,  were  elaborated  by 
P.  1'..  iMmbar.  I  loth  of  these  methods  depend  u|x>n  the  well-known  fact  that  cin- 
namic acid  is  oxidized  to  benzaldehyde  by  dilute  chromic  acid  mixture. 

Method  !.—( >ne  hundred  grams  of  ketchup  were  treated  with  100  cc  of  water  and  5  cc 
of  -iilplniii'  a'  i'!  I  to  >  and  the  mixture  extracted  directly  with  three  portions  of 
chloroform,  u-inu'  "><>.  25,  an<i  :>eetively.  The  chloroform  extract  was  made 

alkaline  \\ith  ammonia  ami  evaporated  to  dryness  on  the  water  bath.  The  residue 
\\a.-  di--ol\ed  in  a  -mall  amount  of  hot  water,  filtered,  again  evaporated  to  dryness, 
and  heated  to  boiling  uiih  :>  cc  "f  dilute  chromic  acid  mixture  (1  part  of  dilute  sul- 
phuric acid  -aturat.d  with  potassium  bichromate  and  7  parts  water).  The  odor  of 
ddehyle  i>  -tron<_:e-t  when  the  mixture  is  cooled  until  the  fumes  of  sulphuric 
acid  arc  n.",  longer  apparent . 

Method  2.—  Two  hundred  grams  of  the  ketchup  are  diluted  to  500  cc  with  water, 
allou  !,-,  and  filtered.  An  aliquot  portion  of  the  filtrate,  250  cc  or  more,  is 

acidified  with  •">  cc  of  -ulphuric  acid  (1  to  5),  extracted  with  chlorofprm,  and  the 
remainder  of  the  operation  conducted  as  under  Method  1. 

The  second  method  appears  to  be  slightly  more  delicate  than  the  first,  although 
\vii  !i  either  it  was  possible  to  detect  cinnamic  acid  in  tomato  ketchup  when  present  to 
an  extent  of  25  ing  per  kilogram. 

This  reaction  is  also  «;iven  by  cinnamic  aldehyde.  The  method,  therefore,  does 
not  distinguish  of  itself  between  cinnamic  aldehyde,  resulting  from  the  use  of  cinna- 
mon as  a  flavor  and  cinnamic  acid  used  as  a  preservative,  except  that  the  amount  of 
cinnamic  aldehyde  present  in  the  commercial  ketchups  examined  was  not  sufficient 
to  give  a  reaction.  If  cinnamic  acid  were  present  in  the  ketchup,  it  would  be  de- 
tected by  the  methods  used  for  the  detection  of  benzoic  acid.  Cinnamic  aldehyde, 
on  the  other  hand,  would  not  be  detected  by  the  methods  suggested  for  benzoic  acid. 
The  benzoic-acid  residue  obtained  by  the  evaporation  of  the  chloroform  extract  may 
be  examined  by  the  cinnamic-acid  methods  described. 

The  iM-rmicidal  and  antiseptic  properties  of  cinnamic  acid  were  investigated  by 
( i .  \V .  St iles,  who  found  them  to  be  very  much  lower  than  those  of  benzoic  acid.  The 
preservation  of  a  food,  therefore,  would  require  a  much  larger  percentage  of  cinnamic 


78 

acid  than  benzole  acid.  In  fact,  the  antiseptic  properties  of  a  saturated  solution  of 
cinnamic  acid  are  so  slight  that  this  substance  would  probably  not  serve  as  a  preserv- 
ative for  foods. 

A  method  for  the  separation  of  benzoic  acid  and  cinnamic  acid  by  precipitation  of 
the  latter  with  manganous  salts  a  was  tried  unsuccessfully  by  Mr.  Dunbar,  who  was 
unable  to  secure  a  precipitation  of  either  benzoate  or  cinnamate  of  manganese  in 
dilute  solution.  As  is  to  be  expected,  Mohler's  and  Peter's  reaction  also  give  the 
same  end  reaction  in  the  presence  of  cinnamic  acid." 


REPORT  ON  TEA,  COFFEE,  AND  COCOA. 
By  A.  G.  WOODMAN,  Associate  Referee. 

The  work  of  the  referee  for  the  past  year  has  been  limited  to  a  study  of  methods  for 
the  determination  of  caffein  and  caffetannic  acid  in  coffee,  extract  in  tea,  crude  fiber 
and  starch  in  chocolate,  and  sugars  in  milk  chocolate.  Twenty-two  samples  were 
prepared  and  sent  out  to  those  who  had  expressed  a  willingness  to  collaborate,  ten  on 
tea  and  coffee  and  twelve  on  cocoa  products.  These  were  accompanied  by  the 
following  directions  and  a  letter  of  transmittal : 

CAFFETANNIC   ACID. 

(a)  Krug's  method. — Proceed  as  directed  in  Bui.  107,-  p.  155.  (Note  that  the  formula 
for  lead  caffetannate  should  be  Pb3(Ci5H15O8)2  as  in  Bui.  107,  Rev.)  Save  the  filtrate 
for  the  determination  of  caffein.  After  weighing  the  lead  caffetannate  determine  its 
lead  content  as  follows:  Digest  with  aqua  regia,  add  sulphuric  acid,  heat  to  fumes, 
cool,  dilute,  add  alcohol,  settle,  filter,  ignite,  and  weigh  as  lead  sulphate.  Calculate 
as  per  cent  of  lead . 

(6)  Method  of  Trillich  and  Gockel.b— Boil  3  grams  of  coffee  one-half  hour  with  water, 
filter,  and  repeat  this  treatment  on  the  residue  three  times.  The  united  filtrates  are 
made  up  to  1,000  cc.  To  400  cc  add  1  cc  of  basic  lead  acetate  solution  and  allow  to 
stand  overnight.  Filter,  wash,  decompose  the  precipitate  with  sulphuretted  hydro- 
gen, filter  from  lead  sulphid,  evaporate  to  dryness,  and  weigh. 

CAFFEIN. 

In  the  filtrate  from  the  lead  caffetannate  precipitate  the  lead  with  hydrogen  sulphid, 
filter,  and  remove  the  excess  of  hydrogen  sulphid  by  boiling,  concentrating  the  solu- 
tion, if  necessary,  to  about  100  to  150  cc.  Add  tenth-normal  potassium  iodid  solution 
of  iodin  in  excess,  filter  through  a  little  glass  wool  and  determine  the  excess  of  iodin 
with  tenth-normal  sodium  thiosulphate. 

1  cc  tenth-normal  iodin  equals  0.00485  gram  caffein.  c 

EXTRACT   IN   TEA. 

(a)  Follow  the  provisional  method  as  described  in  Bui.  107,  p.  149. 

(6)  Follow  the  method  proposed  by  Doolittle  and  Woodruff  (Bui.  105,  p.  48). 

CRUDE    FIBER  (SAMPLE   A). 

Proceed  as  directed  in  Bui.  107  under  "VI.  General  Methods,"  11,  page  56,  except 
that  the  fiber  is  filtered  and  weighed  on  a  paper.  The  sample  should  be  pulverized  by 
grinding  with  ether  as  described  in  the  succeeding  paragraph. 

CRUDE   STARCH  (COPPER-REDUCING  MATTERS  BY  DIRECT  ACID  HYDROLYSIS),  SAMPLE  A. 

Weigh  4  grams  of  the  material  if  unsweetened,  or  10  grams  if  sweetened,  into  a  small 
wedgewood  mortar,  add  25  cc  of  ether  and  grind  with  a  pestle.  After  the  coarser 
material  has  settled  decant  off  the  ether  together  with  the  fine  suspended  matter  on 

«Scoville,  Amer.  J.  Pharm.,  1907,  79  [12]:  549-551. 

&Zts.  Nahr.  Genussm.,  1898,  101. 

cGomberg:  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  1896,  18:  331. 


79 


a  I L  cm,  blue  ribbon,  S.  and  S.  paper.  Repeat  this  treatment  until  no  more  coarse 
material  remains.  After  the  ether  has  evaporated  from  the  filter,  transfer  the  fat-free 
iv- id  in-  t<>  th»>  mortar  by  means  of  a  jet  of  cold  water  and  rub  to  an  even  paste,  filtering 
on  the  paper  previously  employed.  Repeat  this  process  until  all  sugar  is  removed. 
1  ii  i  lie  case  « >f  sweetened  products  the  filtrate  should  measure  at  least  500  cc.  Conduct 
tin-  hydn>ly-is  of  the  residue  as  directed  for  "Starch"  under  "VI.  General  Methods," 
8  (a),  page  53,  Bui.  107,  Rev.,  except  that  after  neutralizing  with  sodium  hydroxid, 
add  •">  cc  of  basic  lead  acetate  solution  (prepared  as  directed  under  "VI.  General 
Methods,  "  6  (6),  (1),  page  40)  before  completing  the  volume  to  250  cc.  To  100  cc  of 
the  filtrate  add  1  cc  of  60  per  cent  sulphuric  acid,  filter  off  the  lead  sulphate  and  deter- 
in iii'-  n -d iic •  in<4  matters  in  25  cc  of  the  filtrate  as  directed  under  "VI.  General  Methods,  " 
i  •  !•  Reducing  Sugars,  7,  (6),  (2),  page  49.  Determine  copper  by  the  direct  weighing  of 
cuprous  oxid,  7,  (c),  (6),  page  53. 

SUGARS  (SAMPLE  B). 

cmine  tlie  lactose  and  sucrose  as  described 'by  Dubois.o 

Tin-  amount  of  work  requested  was  purposely  made  small  in  order  that  it  should 
not  prove  burdensome,  but  in  spite  of  this  results  were  received  from  only  four  chem- 
i  - 1  .  two  on  cocoa  products  and  two  on  tea  and  coffee. 

TEA  AND  COFFEE. 

The  results  on  tea  and  coffee  are  shown  in  the  following  table: 
Cooperative  work  on  coffee  and  tea. 


Analyst 

*  'atlr  tan  tiir  acid. 

Caflein. 

Extract  in  tea. 

KniK 
method. 

Trillion 
and 
Ofekel 
method. 

Krauch 
method. 

Doolittle 
and 
Woodruff 
method. 

I    0.  Woodruff,  New  York                   
\  i;    \V(xxlman,  Boston...                                 

Percent. 

12.41 
11.05 
12.17 
11.25 
11.49 
12.27 
12.23 
12.27 
12.28 
11.19 

i  .v_»i 

Percent. 
14.42 

17.  Id 
15.20 
16.26 

1  4.  L'S 
16.09 

Per  cent. 
0.38 
.33 
.29 
.53 
.38 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 
52.95 
51.50 
51.69 
50.92 
51.42 
45.90 

45.64 
(Whole) 
40.74 
(Ground) 

vn:< 
7.80 
v.v, 
8.22 

.68 
.75 
.88 
.74 
.78 

39.60 
42.15 
40.82 

49.72 
50.16 
50.28 
50.99 

Mark  Millikin   Hamilton   Ohio 

.81 

11  09 

11.86 
10.11 

9.33 

8.8 

.67 
1.06 

44.8 
42.7 

COMMENT   BY   MR.  WOODRUFF. 

nirthfxtfor  caffetannic  acid.— (I)  The  water  must  be  kept  to  constant  volume 
durin-  thirty-*! \  houn'  di-e-tion. 

I'nlrss  u'n-ai  can  is  used,  the  addition  of  lead  acetate  to  the  hot  alcohol  solution 
will  cause  violent  ebullition  and  partial  loss  of  contents.  A  safety  tube  helps  to 
oven-., me  this  difficulty. 

(3)  In  deiennining  the  lead  content  of  the  caffetannate  it  is  advisable  to  filter  the 

•annaf ••  through  a  tared  gooch.     This  will  allow  of  digestion  of  contents  in  nitric 

acid  and  precipitation  of  th.-  lead  with  sulphuric  acid  without  using  a  filter  paper  the 

•  •arbon  of  which  does  not  completely  oxidize  and  produces  a  blackening  of  the  lead 

sulphate.     The  final  w.-iirhini:  of  the  sulphate  should  also  be  made  in  a  gooch. 

a  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  1907,  29:  560. 


80 


Caffein  method.— It  is  suggested  that  the  caffein  iodin  precipitate  does  not  form 
immediately  and  that  the  low  results  are  due  to  filtering  and  titrating  the  solution  too 
quickly.  Other  work  indicates  that  after  the  iodin  is  added  the  flask  should  be 
allowed  to  stand  in  an  ice  chest  overnight  before  titrating. 

Much  better  results  can  be  secured  by  Gomberg's  original  method  for  caffein, 
iven  in  the  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society  (1896, 18:  331),  and  modified 


Extract  2  grams  some  time  with  four  portions  of  water,  cool,  and  make  to  1,000  cc. 
Treat  500  cc  "with  15  cc  of  saturated  lead  acetate  solution,  let  settle,  filter,  remove 
lead  with  hydrogen  sulphid,  boil  off  excess  of  hydrogen  sulphid,  divide  filtrate  into 
two  parts,  concentrate  each  to  50  cc,  add  0.2  cc  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  to 
one  and  6.5  cc  of  acetic  acid  to  the  other,  cool  to  15°  C.,  add  20  cc  of  tenth-normal 
iodid  solution,  stopper  flask,  and  let  stand  in  ice  two  hours,  filter  on  a  gooch.  Caffein 
does  not  precipitate  unless  mineral  acid  is  present,  so  the  acetic  acid  portion  shows 
if  any  other  materials  are  present  which  would  precipitate  with  the  iodin  solution. 
If  any  absorption  of  iodin  is  found  in  the  acetic  portion,  it  must  be  deducted  from 
the  titration  containing  mineral  acid.  The  difference  represents  the  iodin  used  up 
in  the  formation  of  the  periodid  of  caffein:  1  cc  of  tenth-normal  iodin  equals  0.00485 
gram  of  caffein.  Using  this  method,  0.78  per  cent  of  caffein  was  obtained  from  the 
coffee  reported. 

Krauch  method  for  extract  in  tea. — The  bulk  of  sample  (20  grams)  makes  complete 
removal  of  water-soluble  substances  almost  impossible.  The  absorption  of  water  by 
large  filter  paper  and  on  surface  of  flask  during  weighing  is  also  a  serious  objection  to 
the  method.  If  sample  is  ground,  filter  paper  is  clogged  and  filtration  prevented. 

Doolittle  and  Woodruff  method. — Care  should  be  used  to  keep  the  entire  sample  in 
the  boiling  liquid  during  extraction  or  low  results  will  be  obtained.  Any  loss  of  water 
by  evaporation  should  be  replaced. 

NOTES    BY   REFEREE. 

The  discrepancy  in  the  results  obtained  by  the  two  analysts  with  the  Trillich  and 
Gockel  method  is  due  principally  to  the  fact  that  Mr.  Woodruff  used  5  cc  of  basic  lead 
acetate  in  the  precipitation  instead  of  1  cc,  as  prescribed  in  the  method.  Determina- 
tions made  by  the  referee  on  the  same  sample  gave  10.08  per  cent  where  2  cc  of  basic 
lead  acetate  was  used  and  12.04  per  cent  when  4  cc  was  used.  The  lower  results 
obtained  by  Mr.  Woodruff  in  the  caffein  estimation  may  have  been  due  to  the  greater 
volume  of  solution  in  which  the  caffein  periodid  was  precipitated,  he  using  a  volume 
of  100  to  150  cc,  while  the  referee  employed  a  volume  of  20  cc.  Experiments  made 
by  Mr.  W.  C.  Taylor  in  the  writer's  laboratory  have  shown  the  necessity  for  concen- 
trating the  caffein  solution  to  small  bulk. 

The  determinations  made  of  extract  in  tea  by  the  referee  convinced  him  of  the 
great  superiority  of  the  Doolittle  and  Woodruff  modification  over  the  Krauch  method 
as  regards  convenience,  time,  and  liability  to  error. 

COCOA  PRODUCTS. 

The  following  results  were  obtained  from  the  collaborating  chemists  on  cocoa 
products: 

Cooperative  work  on  cocoa  products. 


Analyst 

Plain  chocolate 
(Sample  A). 

Milk  chocolate 
(Sample  B). 

Crude 
fiber. 

Crude 
starch. 

Lactose. 

Sucrose. 

G.  M.  Bartlett,  Boston.  .  . 

Per  cent. 
2.25 
2.50 
2.65 
2.84 
2.69 

Per  cent. 
11.61 
9.69 
9.97 
10.37 
10.03 

Per  cent. 
5.05 
4.83 
5.25 
5.13 

Per  cent. 
25.72 
27.83 
27.32 
27.02 

R.  W.  Hilts,  Philadelphia 

A.  G.  Woodman,  Boston  

81 

COMMENTS    BY   ANALYSTS. 

G.  ^f.  Bnrtlrtt:  The  <•«  inversion  of  the  starch  was  carried  out  as  outlined,  no  difficulty 
occurring  in  tin-  procedure.  The  aliquot  for  precipitation  was  obtained  as  follows: 
After  converting,  neutralizing,  and  adding  basic  lead  acetate  the  sample  was  made 
u p  to  volume  at  about  35°  C.  To  100  cc  at  this  temperature  was  added  the  60  per  cent 
<>f  sulphuric  acid,  cooled  so  that  the  volume  of  liquid  contracted  to  100  cc.  It  was 
necessary  to  n.ol  only  to  about  18°  C.  The  sample  for  precipitation  was  taken  when 
the  liquid  hud  contracted  to  the  mark.  Two  determinations  were  made — one  by  pre- 
cipitating by  the  \\alker-Munson  method  (J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  June,  1906,)  and  the 
other  following  the  method  in  Bulletin  107.  The  latter  gave  11.83  per  cent  of  starch. 

In  determinm-  crude  liber  the  electric  stove  was  used  for  boiling  the  1.25  per  cent 


crude  liber,  even  though  it  is  not  to  be  ignited,  and  would  prefer  filtering  on  a  weighed 
platinum  <_roorh  filter. 

In  calculating  the  suirar  in  chocolate  by  Dubois's  method"  it  seems  illogical  to 

multiply  (0—6)   by  l.Oor  (x  equaling  the  volume  obtained   by  dissolving  sugar  in 

HH>  cc  "i  her  than  by  105  plus  the  increase  in  volume  due  to  the  solution  of 

the  mgar.     Tin-  a-  tually  makes  but  little  difference  in  the  result,  but  the  following 

ment  of  tin-  formula  -e.-ms  preferable: 

(a-6)(l05+ ff) 

'•  =  per  cent  sucrose. 

111-., 

Where  , '     increase  of  volume  ..\\in^  loth,-  solution  of  t ho  sugar  in  water.     In  calcu- 
•  the  l.ido-.-  ihe  compleie  formula  read.-:     Per  cent.  lactose=CX4Xl.llX1.05£ 
volun f  solution  when  the  sugar  is  dissolved  in  100  cc. 

A'.  I!  //•''  The  sampli-4  on  arrival  were  immediately  placed  in  glass-stoppered 
bottl. •-  I1..  :  '••  removing  portions  for  analysis  they  were  rubbed  down  to  a  coarse 
powder  in  a  lur_'e  porcelain  mortar  and  mixed  as  well  as  possible.  This  was  done 
quite  ruptdl),  both  toa\oid  (xtteible  changes  in  moisture  content  and  to  avoid  forma- 
tion of  a  p.c-ty  maw. 

Crude  liber  First  filtration  was  made  on  closely  woven  linen  in  a  4-inch  Biichner 
funnel  \\iih  liL-lit  sueti..n.  Second  filtration  was  on  a  llcm  U  &  A  ashless  filter  paper 
without  .-net  ion.  lloth  tiltratimis  were  rapid  and  satisfactory. 

lite  are  multiplied  by  the  far  tor  1.01  to  correct  for  the  dilution  of  100  cc 
of  the  M.lution  by  th-  lllphuric  arid. 

The  method  of  Duboiswas  followed  exactly.  It  was  necessary  in  extract- 
ing \\ith  uuterto  break  up  \\  ith  a  u'la.-s  rod  the  compact  cake  left  after  centrifuging  the 
la.-t  time  with  'ju.-olme.  In \.-r-i--ns  were  made  in  the  cold  (50  cc-f-5  cc  of  hydro- 
chloric acid,  being  allow. -.|  to  stand  over  night.  All  volumes  were  adjusted  at  20°  and 
all  poluri/.ution-  \\ere  made  in  jacketed  tube  at  exact  temperatures.  The  actual 
pohiri-cop.-  rea  ragc»s  of  four  t<>  five  close  readings)  illustrate  the  very  great 

influence  that  small  ditTen-in  .-  in  readinu's  have  upon  the  results,  in  these  dilute 
solution*,  in  .pit,-  ,,f  this  fart,  the  method  seems  to  be  satisfactory  and  convenient 
for  judging  milk  chocolates.  The  methods  are,  in  my  opinion,  in  as  simple  a  form  as 
possible,  and  can  not  well  be  improved. 

KM  M\I\1KM>ATI()NS. 

In  view  of  the  Muall  number  of  collaborators  it  is  hardly  possible  for  the  referee 
to  make  any  formal  recommendations  based  on  collaborative  work.  It  is  evident, 
however,  that  the  Mudy  of  certain  of  these  methods  should  be  continued  by  the 
aaaociatio:  lly  the  cai'foin  estimation  and  the  determination  of  sugars  in 

chocolate.  There  would  appear  to  be  no  reason  why  the  determination  of  extract  in 
tea  as  outlined  by  Doolittle  and  Woodruff  should  not  be  substituted  for  the  cumber- 
some Kraurh  method.  The  experience  of  the  referee  on  numerous  samples  of  cocoa 
products  suggests  that  the  requirement  for  filtering  and  weighing  the  crude  fiber  on  a 

aj.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  1907,  29:  556;  see  also  Bui.  107,  Rev.,  p.  256. 
T.-.r,::;     Hull.  l£i— 0!) 0 


82 

paper  should  be  omitted,  as  the  determination  can  be  made  more  conveniently  on  a 
gooch  crucible  as  ordinarily  used. 

Attention  is  also  called  to  the  accompanying  paper  involving  some  of  Mr.  \V.  C. 
Taylor's  work  on  caffetannic  acid  and  caffein. 


ESTIMATION  OF  CAFFETANNIC  ACID  AND  CAFFEIN  IN  COFFEE. 
By  A.  G.  WOODMAN  and  W.  C.  TAYLOR. 

In  connection  with  an  examination  of  the  methods  for  coffee  analysis  the  writers 
have  made  a  study,  in  the  limited  time  available,  of  the  provisional  methods  for 
determining  caffetannic  acid  and  caffein,  especially  the  former. 

CAFFETANNIC  ACID. 

Experience  has  shown  that  with  the  directions  as  given  at  present  it  is  practically 
impossible  to  obtain  concordant  results  or  a  lead  caffetannate  of  constant  composition- 

It  has  been  the  general  experience  of  those  who  have  worked  with  the  Krug  method 
that  it  is  tedious  in  the  extreme,  and,  furthermore,  that  the  composition  of  the  so-called 
lead  caffetannate  obtained  varies  with  the  conditions  of  precipitation.  It  was  our 
purpose  to  ascertain  if  possible  the  source  of  some  of  these  difficulties. 

It  was  seen  early  in  the  work  that  variations  in  the  amount  of  lead  acetate  used 
for  precipitation  gave  variations  in  the  proportion  of  lead  caffetannate  obtained,  as 
well  as  in  its  content  of  lead.  This  is  shown  in  the  following  table,  in  which  the 
determinations  were  made  on  aliquot  portions  of  a  coffee  infusion  and  varying  amounts 
of  saturated  lead  acetate  were  used,  all  other  conditions  being  kept  constant. 

Determination  of  caffetannic  acid,  using  varying  amounts  of  lead  acetate. 


Caffetan- 

Lead 

nic  acid  bv 

Lead  in 

acetate. 

Krug's 
factor. 

precipitate. 

cc. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

1 

7.66 

50.04 

2 

9.73 

50.35 

4 

11.14 

6 

11.70 

48.31 

8 

12.28 

55.16 

10 

14.28 

55.93 

The  averages  of  several  results  are  stated  in  each  case,  although  the  results  showed 
very  considerable  variation.  While  too  much  reliance  can  not  be  placed  on  these 
figures,  owing  to  variations  among  themselves,  they  show  the  necessity  of  using  a 
definite  amount  of  lead  acetate  for  the  precipitation. 

Another  source  of  error  is  the  difficulty  of  washing  the  lead  caffetannate  free  from 
lead  acetate.  Those  who  have  attempted  it  know  the  tediousness  and  the  difficulty 
of  washing  the  precipitate  on  the  filter.  It  is  of  course  necessary  to  use  alcohol  of  90 
per  cent  strength  in  washing,  on  account  of  the  solubility  of  the  precipitate  in  water 
or  dilute  alcohol.  On  the  other  hand,  the  lead  acetate  which  is  to  be  removed  is  only 
slightly  soluble  in  90  per  cent  alcohol.  Hence  it  will  be  readily  seen  that  it  is  practi- 
cally impossible  to  wash  the  bulky  precipitate  on  the  filter.  It  is  true,  also,  that  when 
the  wash  water  no  longer  reacts  for  lead  the  precipitate  is  not  necessarily  free  from  it, 
since  owing  to  its  character  the  wash  water  easily  forms  channels  and  does  not  wash  it 
thoroughly. 

After  numerous  experiments,  washing  by  the  centrifugal  machine  was  tried,  giving 
several  treatments  with  90  per  cent  alcohol  in  the  tubes  of  the  centrifugal  before  trans- 


83 

ferring  to  filter  paper.     This  method  gave  results  which  were  in  much  closer  agree- 
ment, a-  .-hown  by  the  following  results  on  the  same  sample: 

Per  cent  cat'fetannic  acid 9.69          9.69          9.57          9.40 

Per  cent  lead 48.28        48.35        48.01        48.71 

Teefa  made  "ii  a  considerable  quantity  of  the  lead  caffetannate  washed  in  this 
way  .-howed  it  to  be  free  from  fat  and  nitrogen. 

It  would  seem  as  if  the  long  pnx-ess  of  digestion  with  water  and  with  alcohol  pre- 
scribed by  Krug  could  be  materially  shortened.  In  much  of  our  work  extracts  of  the 
(MII...-  \>. . •;•  prepared  by  the  use  of  a  shaking  machine,  shaking  the  sample  for  an 
hour  with  water  and  half  an  hour  with  alcohol.  Results  obtained  in  this  way  agree 
very  well  with  those  obtained  by  the  official  method  of  digestion,  although  there  is 
e\ idem -c  to  -how  that  neither  method  extracts  all  of  the  caffetannic  acid. 

Regarding  the  vexed  question  of  the  composition  of  caffetannic  acid,  we  seem  not 
miieh  nearer  a  -< -tt lenient .  The  views  previously  held,  which  seem  to  lead  to  the 
formula  for  a  di-glucosid,  have  been  clearly  set  forth  in  Bulletin  105  by  Mr.  Howard. 
Lack  of  time  prevented  any  extended  investigation  of  this  problem,  but  an  endeavor 
was  made  to  confirm  the  work  of  Cazeneuve  and  lladdon  in  regard  to  the  di-glucosid 
formula  f.-r  <  arietannic  arid.  \\  e  were  unsuccessful,  however,  in  preparing  more 
than  traces  of  the  osazone  prepared  by  them,  although  carrying  out  the  experiments 
1  v  in  the  manner  prescribed.  In  this  connection  the  paper  recently  published 
by  (i<  t,  in  which  the  correctness  of  the  Tazeneuve  and  Haddon 

formula  i-  que-t  i»u<-«l  <  M>M.  i  -tales  that  he  was  unable  to  form  more  than  a  few  small 
cry-tal-  ..f  the  o-a/.me,  which  he  was  unable  to  isolate  and  considered  that  it  was 
due  t"  -•me  impurity  in  the  •  -aiTetannic  acid.  The  caffetannic  acid  is  considered 
to  be  a  mixture  of  chlorogenic  and  coffalic  acids.  Numerous  derivatives 
ami  -all-  of  the-e  arid-  have  been  prepared  and  are  described  by  the  author  to  sup- 
p..n  hi-  content 

Tin-  methyl  f..r  carrying  out  the  Krug  test  which  we  found  to  work  most  satisfac- 
torily may  be  summed  up  as  follows: 

me  finely  ground  coffee  (passing  0.  5  mm  sieve),  add  10  cc  of  water  and  shake 

i  h»ur  in  a  mechanical  -halting  device.     Add  25  cc  of  90  per  cent  alcohol  and 

.-hake  again  f"r  half  an  hour.     Filter  and  wash  with  90  per  cent  alcohol.     Bring  the 

united  lili rat.-  and  about  50  cc,  to  boiling  and  add  G  cc  of  saturated  lead 

-   parate  tin-  precipitated  lead  caffetannate  by  means  of  a  centri- 

intini:  the  -upernatant  liquid  through  a  tared  filter.     Repeat  the  centrifu- 

•carineiit  tui- •«•  with  !M>  per  cent  alcohol,  decanting  each  time  through  the  filter. 

the   preen  he  filter  and  wash  free  from  lead.     Wash  with  ether, 

dry  at    iwj.and  wciirh.     The  weight  of  precipitate  multiplied  by  0.  51597  gives  the 

lit  ..f  cai'fetannic  acid. 

CAFFEIN. 

In  the  work  on  caffein  a  comparison  was  made  of  three  methods:  The  official 
meth.nl  (Bui.  H>7,  p.  IMi;  the  titmtion  of  caffein  with  iodin,  according  to  Gom- 
in  the  tiltrate  from  tin-  lead  caffetannate;  and  the  method  proposed  by  Gorter 
in  tin-  paper  previously  mentioned. 

Our  attention  ha.-  been  directed  by  Mr.  C.  D.  Howard  to  a  source  of  error  in  the 
pp.vi-ional  methyl,  ari-ing  from  the  fact  that  the  extraction  with  dry  chloroform 
of  the  -aiid-ma-ne-ia  mixture  does  not  yield  the  whole  of  the  caffein.  Mr.  Howard 
says  in  his  letter: 

My  practice  ha-  been  to  add  to  the  concentrated  filtrate,  contained  in  a  tin-foil  dish, 


about  "10  Drains  of  sand  and  1  gram  of  magnesium  oxid,  evaporate  and  dry  in  the  water 
The  brittle  ma-,  easily  stripped  from  the  dish,  I  grind  finely, 
in  a  paper  ext 


oven  for  a  short  time.      l  lie  hrime  mass,  easny  sinppeu  uum  tue  ui<-n,  ±  &uim  m±mj, 
place  in  a  paper  extraction  cartridge,  and  extract  for  ten  to  twelve  hours  in  the  usual 


aAnnalen,  1908, 359:  217. 


84 

Now  my  recent  experience  has  been  that  if  the  extracted  residue  be  shaken  with 
water  and  the  latter  further  extracted,  an  additional  quantity  of  caffein,  sometimes 
equivalent  to  10  per  cent  of  the  whole,  is  thus  obtained. 

Our  experience  has  been  a  similar  one.  To  illustrate  by  a  specific  instance,  the 
residue  from  twenty  hours'  extraction  with  chloroform  was  shaken  with  water,  filtered, 
and  the  aqueous  solution  extracted  four  times  with  chloroform,  One-half  the  chloro- 
form extract  was  tested  for  caffein,  and  gave  positive  tests  with  Wagner's  reagent  and  by 
the  "murexid"  test.  The  other  portion  showed  by  a  Kjeldahl  determination  0.0035 
gram  of  caffein,  corresponding  on  the  whole  sample  to  about  10  per  cent  of  the  amount 
present. 

Gorter  finds  that  a  considerable  proportion  of  the  caffein  in  coffee  is  present  as  a 
double  salt,  the  potassium  caffein  chlorogenate,  from  which  the  caffein  is  extracted 
by  dry  chloroform  only  with  great  difficulty.  Whether  or  not  this  be  the  cause  of  the 
incomplete  extraction,  it  is  evident  that  the  official  method  needs  revision. 

Preliminary  experiments  with  the  Gomberg  method  showed  it  to  be  practicable  for 
the  small  amount  of  caffein  (approximately  20  mg)  that  would  be  present  in  the 
filtrate  from  the  lead  caffetannate,  providing  the  volume  of  solution  were  not  over  25 
cc.  On  account  of  the  slight  solubility  of  the  caffein  periodid  in  the  wash  water  it 
was  found  best  in  working  with  this  small  amount  to  suck  the  precipitate  as  dry  as 
possible  on  the  gooch  filter  and  not  to  wash  it.  Determinations  made  on  20  mg  of 
caffein  in  25  cc  of  water  in  this  way  gave  from  98  to  99  per  cent  of  the  caffein  present 
Numerous  experiments  made  on  the  filtrate  from  the  lead  caffetannate  precipitate  by 
precipitating  the  lead  with  hydrogen  sulphid  and  evaporating  the  filtrate  gave  fairly 
concordant  results,  which  were  uniformly  lower  than  those  given  on  the  same  coffee 
by  the  other  methods  for  caffein.  It  was  observed  that  the  variations  in  amount  of 
caffein  as  determined  in  this  way  corresponded  roughly  with  the  variations  in  amount 
of  caffetannic  acid  as  found  by  the  Krug  method.  Whether  these  variations  and  low 
results  are  due  to  incomplete  extraction  of  caffein  by  the  process  of  digestion  employed 
in  the  Krug  method  is  a  matter  which  we  expect  to  investigate  further. 

Gb'rter's  method  was  not  given  a  thorough  trial.  As  far  as  the  work  goes  it  has  been 
-uti-factory,  and  the  method  is  worthy  of  further  trial  by  the  association.  It  reads 
briefly  as  follows: 

Eleven  grams  of  the  finely  powdered  coffee  are  moistened  with  3  cc  of  water  and 
after  standing  a  half  hour  extracted  for  three  hours  in  a  Soxhlet  extractor  with  chloro- 
form. The  extract  is  evaporated,  the  residue  of  fat  and  caffein  treated  with  hot  water, 
filtered  through  a  cotton  plug,  and  washed  with  hot  water.  The  filtrate  and  washings 
are  made  up  to  55  cc,  50  cc  pipetted  off  and  extracted  four  times  with  chloroform. 
This  chloroform  extract  is  evaporated  in  a  tared  flask  and  the  caffein  dried  at  100° 
and  weighed. 

In  the  determinations  made  it  has  never  been  possible  to  weigh  the  caffein  directly 
on  account  of  impurities,  the  caffein  having  been  calculated  from  a  determination  of 
nitrogen  in  each  case.  From  the  work  done  there  seems  to  be  a  strong  probability  that 
a  combination  of  the  Gomberg  and  Gorter  methods  will  prove  to  be  the  best  and  most 
convenient  process  for  determining  caffein  in  coffee . 


FRIDAY— MORNING  SESSION. 

REPORT  ON   THE  DETERMINATION  OF  NITROGEN. 
I'.y  I'IIAKI.KS  L.  PENNY,  Referee. 

An  a  poll  .-y  i*  due  the  association  for  failure  to  carry  out  the  instructions  of  1906  con- 

<•(  -n i  i  i  ig  t  he  permanganate  im  -t  In  >«  Is .    A  in >ther  phase  of  the  nitrogen  question  considered 

Li-i  year  ami  di-cu<sed  in  correspondence  with  the  National  Fertilizer  Association 

•  ••1  to  i>uiwci-h  in  importance  and  urgency  all  others,  namely,  the  determination 

of  total  nitrogen  in  mixed  fertilizers  to  which  nitrate  of  soda  is  added.     With  a  view 

to  making  a  thorough  investigation  of  this  subject,  the  following  instructions  were  sent 

h  members  of  thU  association  as  W«TC  supposed  to  be  interested  in  the  work  and 

to  in. .re  than  I  maly-i-  nuiifd  by  the  secretary  of  the  National  Fertilizer 

Association : 

INSTRUCTIONS. 

<'h<'tiii-i-  <•  -  >peratin'_:  in  this  work  are  requested  to  ^ive  t  hoir  attention  exclusively 

to  ni.-tli.-.l-  applicable  in  the  presence  of  nitrates.  Mulletin  107,  page  7  (c),  page  8  (d), 

I  (h).      I  here  seema  to  be  urgent  need  of  this  investigation,  especially 

ih.-   pn  — -iii    iif-hods  used  to  determine  nitrate  nitrogen  have  been  formally 
call.-d  in  question  by  the  repreeentatiyee  of  great  commercial  interests. 

samples  are  sent  h. -.-  it  is  thought  that  each  analyst,  by  calculating  the 

nitrate  u-ed  from  a  volution  of  nitric  acid  carefully  compared  with  his  own  standard 
alkali  and  acid,  may  _;••'  more  reliable  results,  through  the  balancing  of  possible  errors, 
than  in -in  u-inu'  a  common  Mil.-ta-- 

t  the  .-i.urce  ..f  nitrate  u-ed  b«>  a  solution  of  pure  nitric  acid,  about  fifth  normal, 
nio-t  ie  iirately  tilrat.-d  airain-i  the  -tandard  alkali  used  in  the  Kjeldahl  work.  In 
ea«  li  case  measure  accurately  into  the  digestion  flask  enough  of  this  nitric  acid  to  con- 
tain :'.D  to  "><>  niilligninis  of  nitr 

Follow   in  linu'   the   water  in  the  nitric  acid  and  without 

neiiirali/.ini;. 

l-'.-lloW    likewise   inetho.1   (d). 

(3)  Follow  met  h<  K!  (g),  adjust  in-:  the  proper  amount  of  water,  distilling  first  with 

i.i.  then  with  caustic  >oda  and  water  added  to  the  residue  in  the  distillation 
Ma-k.  collect ini:  KffMinih-  di.-i illaie<  and  titrating  each  separately. 

(4)  Similarly  follow  method  ih  ,  beginning  in  second  line  "in  a  distillation  flask," 

If  the  yield  ,,f  nitrogen  is  less  than  the  calculated  in  (1),  (2),  (3),  or  (4),  test  the  resi- 
due in  distillation  Mask  for  nitr. 

-  in  (I),  (2),  (3),  (-».)  with  the  preliminary  addition  of  2  grams  of  cane 
r  to  the  digestion  lla-k. 

U  in  U'.  <-'.  (:i),  (4)  with  the  preliminary  addition  of  1  gram,  accu- 
rutely  u.-i-hed,  ,,f  -r-anic  nitn^en  substance,  such  as  dried  blood,  fish  scrap,  or 
tanka-e.  to  the  di-.-ticn  flask.  In  a  separate  operation  treat  1  gram,  accurately 
weighed,  Mt  i  hi-  added  .-ubstuiice  similarly  except  that  no  nitrate  be  present;  that  is, 
analy/e  the  added  -ubsumce  alone  according  to  (c),  (d),  (g),  and  (h).  Any  nitrate- 
free  "mixed  fertili/.er  may  be  used  for  the  added  substance. 

While  the  above  plan  "entail-  much  work,  it  is  hoped  that  a  large  number  of  chemists 
will  ted  1 1  1,-ast  some  of  the  several  official  methods  in  question,  if  not  all.  Ihe  figures 
for  each  separate  determination  should  be  reported  and  the  precise  method  pursued 
should  be  fully  explained.  The  results  of  any  other  plan  of  studying  the  nitrate  ques- 
tion, rarried  «mt  by  chemists  at  their  own  suggestion,  will  be  welcomed. 

(85) 


Answers  were  received  from  five  chemists  engaged  in  official  work  and  three  engaged 
in  commercial  work,  viz,  Messrs.  E.  M.  Bailey,  New  Haven,  Conn.;  F.  B.  Carpenter, 
Richmond,  Va.,  reporting  work  of  Mr.  W.  D.  Cooke;  H.  S.  Lansdale,  Buffalo,  N.  Y.; 
C.  B.  Morrison,  New  Haven,  Conn.;  J.  Bernard  Robb,  Richmond,  Va.;  B.  F.  Robert- 
son, Clemson  College,  S.  C.;  Paul  Rudnick,  Chicago,  111.,  and  T.  C.  Trescot,  Wash- 
ington, D.  C. 

It  is  regretted  that  cooperation  has  not  been  more  general,  but  the  work  required 
seemed  burdensome,  and  doubtless  few  could  find  the  time  to  engage  in  it.  Several 
of  the  cooperating  chemists,  however,  have  shown  extraordinary  industry,  reporting 
an  amount  of  work  seldom  equaled  in  voluntary  investigation  of  this  sort.  The  ques- 
tions involved  in  the  plan  of  work  are  not  less  than  14;  hence  analytical  results 
are  too  complicated  to  admit  of  convenient  tabulation.  It  seems  better,  therefore,  to 
deduce  from  the  analytical  figures  the  answers  to  the  several  questions. 

Before  judging  the  results  it  is  well  to  bear  in  mind  the  reasonable  expectation  of 
agreement  or  accuracy  from  a  number  of  chemists  working  on  the  same  subject.  I  ,ast 
year  on  the  simpler  problem  of  determining  nitrate-free  nitrogen,  the  work  of  over 
50  chemists,  possibly  the  largest  number  of  the  association  ever  engaged  on  a  single 
question  at  one  time,  seems  to  indicate  that  about  98  per  cent  of  the  truth  is  the  average 
with  present  methods  and  present  personnel.  Then  in  the  more  difficult  question  of 
nitrates  and  the  separation  of  several  forms  of  nitrogen,  this  expectation  would  seem 
to  be  at  least  high  enough.  Thus  methods  for  nitrates  that  give  as  much  as  98  per  cent 
of  theory  are  at  least  as  accurate  as  the  average  results  on  nitrate-free  substance.  While 
this  limit  may  easily  be  exceeded  by  experienced  and  skillful  individual  analysts,  it 
is  useless  to  deny  that  it  is  not  exceeded  by  the  average  results. 

The  analysts  used  chiefly  as  their  source  of  nitrate  nitrogen  amounts  of  their  own 
standardized  nitric  acid  containing  from  28  to  160  rugs  of  nitrogen.  The  results  obtained 
are  reported  as  percentages,  the  basis  of  which  is  the  amount  of  nitrogen  that  should 
have  been  obtained. 

The  questions  involved  follow,  with  the  answers  deduced  from  the  figures  of  the 
several  analysts. 

Percentages  of  nitrogen  recorded  based  on  amount  present,  using  different  methods. 
[Is  nitric  acid,  in  the  absence  of  organic  matter,  reduced  to  ammonia  without  loss?] 
(1)  BY  METHOD  (C). 


Analyst. 

Number 
of  deter- 
mina- 
tions. 

Range  of 
determina- 
tions. 

Average. 

Bailey... 

2 

Per  cent. 
74.5-82  9 

Per  cent. 

78  7 

Cooke  

5 

94  o_96  0 

95  0 

Lansdale 

2 

97  4_98  6 

98  0 

Morrison  .  .  . 

2 

86  6-86  7 

86  7 

Robb  

8 

87  0-96  0 

91  4 

Robertson... 

4 

99.2 

Rudnick  o(Thio.).. 

4 

61  1  76  9 

67  4 

(Zn) 

4 

80  8-86  8 

83  2 

(Zn+Thio.)  

4 

76  4-82  5 

79.8 

(2)  BY  METHOD  (D). 


Bailey... 

2 

74  8-  75  7 

75  3 

Cooke  

3 

96.0-  96.0 

96.0 

Lansdale  

2 

95  7-  97  4 

96.6 

Morrison  

1 

76  4 

Robb  

3 

93  0-  95.0 

94.0 

Robertson  

4 

98.5 

Rudnick  

3 

55  0-100  0 

76  0 

o  Analytical  work  reported  by  F.  W.  Rudnick  throughout  the  report  was  done  by  F.  Fenger,  K.  J.  Mon- 
rad,  and  A.  C.  Johnson. 


87 

M/I  .s  <>/  n  itroi/fit  worded  based  on  amount  present,  using  different  methods — Cont'd. 

(3)  BY  METHOD  (G). 
[Distilled  of!  imiRni'sui  followed  by  soda,  the  sum  of  both  distillates  being  used.} 


Analyst. 

Number 
of  de- 
termina- 
tions. 

Range  of 
determina- 
tions. 

Average. 

0 

Per  cent. 
99  8-100  0 

Per  cent. 



1 

2 



2 

98  1    98  9 

QO     C 

KoM. 

g 

89  0    98  0 

Kll.lmr;-.                                                                     

3 

54  q    95  o 

76  8 

(4)  BY  METHOD  (II). 


2 
2 
12 

95.  6-99.  3 
95.4-97.2 
91.6-99.9 

97.5 
96.3 
95.8 



|  /.<••  /•  '                          /  1"  niniiionin  irittmut  loss  in  the  presence  of  1.4  to  2  grams  of  sugar?] 
(5)  BY  METHOD  (C). 

H  uI.". 

2 
2 
3 
4 
8 
4 

35.  6-49.  5 
39.6-63.9 
61.0-63.0 

42.6 
51.8 
61.7 
100.0 
79.4 
98.0 



71.7-89.9 

(«;)  BY  METHOD  (D). 


2 

40  0-42  1 

41  1 

2 

24.8-44  2 

34  5 

3 

61.  0-63.  0 

61  7 

99  5 

8 

70.  0-86.  2 

76  7 

4 

99  0 

(7)  BY  METHOD  (<!). 
•:-.l  off  maffnraia  followed  by  soda,  the  sum  of  both  distillates  being  used.] 


| 

2 

95.  4-  98.  9 

97.2 

M..II                                                                                               

2 

98.  0-  99.  3 

98.7 

liudnirk 

3 

103.6-111.2 

6106.6 

V  METHOD  (II). 


Bailey 

2 

97.  0-110.  0 

103.5 

Morrison 

2 

95.  8-  98.  1 

97.0 

[h  the  sum  of  nitnujcn  in  nitric  arid  and  nitrogenous  organic  matter  fully  recovered  as 

ammonia?} 

(9)  BY  METHOD  (C). 


Bailey 

2 

79.  2-86.  5 

82.9 

Morrison                                                                           

2 

84.  0-87.  1 

85.6 

Rudnick  (  Thio  )                                                                    

3 

77.  4-82.  4 

80.7 

(Zn-f-Thio  ) 

4 

66.  6-74.  7 

70.6 

o  In  the  presence  of  1  pram  of  a  nitrate-free  mixed  fertilizer  instead  of  sugar. 

fc  In  thiw  d,.t,.nnin;U  ions  I  ,y  i  h.-  I  'Isch  method,  the  small  quantity  of  water  undoubtedly  caused  spurting 
Of  alkali  suflk-ient  to  drive  it  over  into  the  condenser.    The  bumping  was  terrific.    Rudnick. 


88 


Percentages  of  nitrogen  recorded  based  on  amount  present ,  using  different  methods — font'  d . 

(10)  BY  METHOD  (D). 


Analyst. 

Numl)er 
of  de- 
termina- 
tions. 

Range  of 
determina- 
tions. 

Average. 

2 

Per  cent. 
77.  5-81.  0 

Per  cent. 

79.  3 

2 

77.  3-86.  5 

81.9 

Riidnick                                                            

8 

42.  G-T3.  7 

So.  0 

[Is  any  of  the  nitrogen  in  nitrate-free  and  ammonia-free  nitrogenous  bodies  obtained?] 

(11)  BY  METHOD  (G).« 


Bailey                           2 

1.9-2.4 

Morrison                                   

2.  4-3.  5 

3.0 

o  These  figures  were  obtained  distilling  with  magnesia  only.  Soda  being  added  and  distillation  con- 
tinued, the  following  additional  percentages  were  obtained:  Bailey,  8.3  to  9.3,  average  8.8;  Morrison,  8.3 
to  11,  average  9.7.  These  four  determinations  were  made  on  cotton-seed  meal  containing  0.0739  gram  of 
nitrogen,  on  which  nitrogen  the  percentages  are  based. 

(12)  BY  METHOD  (F). 

Bailey  and  Morrison,  who  alone  worked  on  this  question,  report  that  distillation  was 
rendered  impossible  by  excessive  frothing. 

[How  complete  is  the  liberation  of  ammonia  when  distilled  with  magnesia?} 

(13)  BY  METHOD  (D).« 


Analyst. 

Number 
of  de- 
termina- 
tions. 

Range  of 
determina- 
tions. 

Average. 

Bailey 

4 

Per  cent. 
92  2-97  9 

Per  cent. 
94.3 

Cooke  

2 

19.  0-22.  3 

20.7 

Morrison  .  . 

4 

93.  0-97.  9 

95.8 

Robb 

G 

15  5-31.6 

22.4 

Rudnick 

g 

42  4-73  7 

63  8 

a  These  figures  represent  the  fraction  of  total  ammonia  liberated  by  magnesia,  the  complement  lacking 
to  make  100  per  cent  having  been  liberated  by  soda.  Thus,  Cooke's  lowest  result  was  19  per  cent  distilled 
from  magnesia  and  the  remaining  18  per  cent  was  obtained  by  adding  soda  solution  and  continuing  the 
distillation.  Trescot,  reported  below,  recovered  practically  all  of  the  ammonia  by  magnesia  alone. 

(14)  Is  the  loss  of  nitrogen  by  methods  (c)  and  (d)  caused  by  heat  generated  in  mixing  the 

acid  and  water  f 

Rudnick,  using  potassium  nitrate  instead  of  a  solution  of  nitric  acid,  obtained  the 
following  figures,  and  as  compared  with  these  results  those  found  with  the  solution  of 
nitric  acid  by  the  same  methods  averaged  79.8  to  66.1  per  cent.  Trescot  obtained 
80  per  cent  when  using  nitric  acid,  as  compared  with  100  per  cent  with  potassium 
nitrate. 

Rudnick' 's  results,  using  potassium  nitrate. 


Method. 

Number  of 
determina- 
tions. 

Range  of 
determina- 
tions. 

Average. 

(e)  (Zn-f-Thio.).. 
(d)  

4 
4 

Per  cent. 
93.  5-97.  4 
88  3  94  0 

Per  cent. 
95.4 
92  i 

89 


Tli«-  work  of  'Present  <.n  potassium  nitrate  is  reported  separately,  as  follows: 

(15)  BY  METHOD  (D). 


Material. 

Number 
of  deter- 
mina- 
tions. 

Range  of 
determina- 
tions. 

Average. 

.  .;i  n.  trail-  

5 
3 
3 

Percent. 
99.8-100.1 
97.  7-  99.  2 
98.0-  98.8 
100.  6-101.  6 

Per  cent. 
100.0 
98.8 
98.5 
101.1 

1.  luMitmlizi'd 
u  nit  rate  and  d 

ind  evaporated  

ri*-d  l>lood  

round  bom-  

(Hi)  BY  METHOD  (C,).     (ULSCII-STHEET.) 


j  mlraN'  3 

irnl  .Innl  l»l<x><l  

QQ    0     QQ    0 

Potassium  nitrate  and  tfruun<i  IM>IH*  ;              2 

Impurities  in  n  •,  konc.l  «>n  the  nitrogen  as  the  basis  of  percentage,  were 

^ported  as  follows  l»y  two  analysts  only: 

fjiuriti,*  in  rmgents  based  on  nitrogen  present. 


Method. 


(c) 

(d) 

(g) 

(h) 

0.9 

0.7 

0  4 

A  4 

.8 

7 

4 

4  4 

<  (.M  MK.vr  18  Y   ANALYSTS. 


Carpenter,  reporting  the  work  of  <'<»<>ke,  says: 

Th«>  Kji-ldahl  im-ihod,  or  in  fan  any  of  the  methods  described  in  the  "Official 
Methods  of  Analysis,"  are  very  unsatisfactory  for  the  determination  of  nitrates.  In 
our  own  work  for  tin-  analysis  of  nitrate  of  soda,  nitrate  of  potash,  etc.,  we  use  an 
method. 


Robb  says: 

[•lil.l.-  !..<>  of  nitric  oxid  when  I  added  the  salicylic-acid 

mixture  both    in  li  the  nitric-acid  solutions  containing  a  nitrate-free  fer- 

tili/.iT  ami  ih-.-e  containing  cane  sugar. 

Rudnirk  says: 

InasmiK  li  as  all  of  the  work  could  not  be  carried  out  in  full,  such  features  as  seemed 
to  me  of  less  interot  from  the  stand  |>oint  of  a  fertilizer  manufacturer's  laboratory 
omittcil.  These  had  to  do  chiefly  with  the  determination  of  nitrate  nitrogen 
I"  i  -'  W*  are  not  «o  much  interented'in  this  feature,  inasmuch  as  there  are  several 
good  methods  now  in  u>«-  for  this  purpose.  Of  these  we  prefer  the  Schloesing-  Wagner 
method,  as  described  in  Bulletin  107  of  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  page  111. 

It  is  not  the  determination  of  nitrate  nitrogen  that  we  are  so  vitally  interested  in 
but  tin-  determination  of  total  nitrogen  where  nitrates  are  present. 

The  results  with  the  tilth-normal  nitric  acid  were  very  unsatisfactory  indeed. 
This  was  probably  due  to  the  great  dilution  with  water,  which  we  never  meet  with 
in  our  work.  Every  precaution  was  taken  to  prevent  undue  heating  on  adding  the 
strong  saiiryl-sulphonic  acid. 

A  great  many  more  determinations  than  appear  in  the  preceding  report  were  made 
in  this  laboratory,  but  none  of  them  was  any  more  satisfactory  than  those  reported 
on,  and  there  seemed  to  be  no  special  significance  in  the  results  obtained.  The  Ulsch 
met  hi  M  I  as  -iven  in  Bulletin  107  with  a  number  of  variations  has  been  tried  in  this 
laboratory  at  various  times  during  the  past  years,  but  has  never  given  satisfactory 


90 

results.  The  zinc-iron  method  works  very  smoothly,  and  some  of  the  results  are 
quite  as  satisfactory  as  those  obtained  by  the  Schloesing- Wagner  method. 

But,  as  stated  above,  we  are  mostly  interested  in  the  Gunning  and  Kjeldahl  methods 
for  total  nitrogen  in  the  presence  of  nitrates.  These  methods  have  not  given  satis- 
factory results  in  the  past.  There  are  some  details  in  the  manipulation  of  these 
methods  not  described  in  Bulletin  107  which  seem  to  tend  materially  to  a  closer 
approximation  of  the  true  amount  of  nitrate  nitrogen,  such  as  quick  covering  of  the 
sample  with  enough  salicyl-sulphonic  acid  to  absorb  all  of  the  evolved  nitrogen  pxids, 
sufficient  time  for  thorough  nitration  of  the  acid,  thorough  cooling  of  the  mixture 
before  adding  the  thiosulphate,  and  heating  to  a  free  boil  before  adding  the  mercuric 
oxid  or  the  potassium  sulphate,  respectively.  We"  find  also  that  the  tendency  to 
foam  is  very  largely  obviated  by  heating  the  flask  containing  the  mixture  in  a  boiling 
water  bath  for  an  hour,  or  possibly  less,  prior  to  adding  the  thiosulphate. 

In  view  of  the  poor  results  obtained  with  nitric  acid  it  seemed  that  the  use  of  a 

Eure  nitrate  weighed  directly  into  the  digestion  flask  might  prove  much  more  satis- 
ictory  for  determining  the  accuracy  of  the  various  methods.     Our  work  following 
this  plan  has  given  much  better  results  than  by  using  nitric  acid  as  the  source  of  the 
nitrate. 

In  the  large  majority  of  cases  we  have  to  do  with  mixed  fertilizers  containing  a 
nitrate.  Any  inaccuracies  due  to  the  water  present  in  nitric  acid  or  in  the  solution 
of  a  nitrate  could  easily  be  obviated  by  evaporating  to  dryness  in  the  digestion  flask, 
preferably  in  vacuo,  after  neutralizing  when  necessary  to  prevent  the  loss  of  nitric 
acid. 

But  even  in  the  determination  of  an  added  nitrate  the  results  leave  much  to  be 
desired.  This  is  not  only  the  case  in  this  particular  work,  but  has  been  a  generally 
recognized  fact  among  fertilizer  chemists  for  a  long  time.  If  the  secret  of  success 
lies  in  certain  details  of  manipulation  not  commonly  known,  which  make  the  method 
reliable,  these  details  should  certainly  be  mentioned  in  the  description  of  the  method. 

Trescot  says: 

I  inclose  results  on  neutralizing  with  soda  and  evaporating  down,  also  on  mixtures 
of  potassium  nitrate  and  blood,  and  potassium  nitrate  and  bone  by  the  Gunning 
modified  method  for  nitrates  and  the  Ulsch-Street  method.  These  results  only  con- 
firm my  previous  work  on  such  materials  with  these  methods.  The  zinc-iron  method 
is  a  failure  in  my  hands.  I  never  could  get  concordant  results.  If  there  is  anything 
more  I  can  do,  let  me  know  and  I  will  be  glad  to  do  it;  only  I  do  not  wish  to  repeat 
my  work  on  the  Ulsch-Street  and  Gunning  modified  methods,  for  after  the  most  care- 
ful checking  for  many  years  I  am  convinced  that  if  handled  properly,  and  on  dry 
materials,  both  methods  will  give  all  the  nitrate  present, 

DISCUSSION  OP  RESULTS. 

The  opinions  quoted  and  results  reported  show  wide  variations.  By  methods  (c) 
or  (d)  with  and  without  organic  matter,  Robertson  and  Trescot  alone  get  satisfactory 
results;  those  of  the  other  chemists  are  low,  mostly  impossible,  in  fact.  This  may 
be  due  to  heat  generated  by  the  acid  and  water,  as  many  chemists  think  and  as  Rud- 
nick's  and  Trescot's  work  on  potassium  nitrate  seems  to  show.  On  the  other  hand, 
Robertson's  work  shows  no  appreciable  loss.  An  important  question  is,  Must  not 
this  possible  loss  from  heat  be  reckoned  with  even  with  a  comparatively  dry  sub- 
stance? Even  with  potassium  nitrate  Rudnick  falls  far  short  of  acceptable  accuracy. 
In  view  of  these  facts  may  not  a  too  speedy  application  of  heat  in  methods  (c)  and  (d) 
cause  loss  of  nitrate  vapors?  It  is  a  practice  of  some  careful  analysts  to  allow  nitrate 
samples  to  stand  several  hours  after  the  thiosulphate  or  zinc  dust  is  added.  Hence, 
recommendations  are  offered  fixing  a  minimum  time  limit  in  methods  (c)  and  (d). 

Method  (g)  as  carried  out  by  Bailey,  Morrison,  and  Trescot  gives  good  results;  as 
carried  out  by  the  other  analysts  uncertain  and  varying  results,  mostly  far  too  low. 
It  must  be  noted,  however,  that  to  test  the  completeness  of  the  reduction  of  nitric 
acid  to  ammonia  the  distillation  is  made  at  first  off  magnesia  and  completed  off  soda, 
except  in  Trescot's  work,  the  amount  of  ammonia  from  each  distillation  being  esti- 
mated separately  and  the  sum  taken.  It  appears  further  from  this  process  that  the 
distillation  from  magnesia  is  usually  far  from  complete,  giving  in  several  instances 
less  than  one-fifth  of  the  total  amount  of  ammonia;  that  is,  less  than  one-fifth  of  what 


91 

should  have  been  obtained.  As  method  (g)  permits  the  use  of  magnesia  only,  no 
soda,  in  distilling,  it  is  evident  how  very  inaccurately  this  method  is  practiced  by 
-nun-  chemi.-is.  It  would  seem  that  the  magnesia  distillation  process  is  conducted 
by  many  ehemi.-t.-  !»•>.-  .- uccessfully  than  any  other  analytical  process. 

Furthermore,  the  work  of  Bailey  and  Morrison  shows  that  by  method  (g)  some 
ammonia  is  obtained  from  cotton-seed  meal,  about  2  or  3  per  cent  of  the  total  nitrogen 
in  the  Mib.-tance  coming  off  as  ammonia,  when  the  distillation  is  off  magnesia,  and 
about  three  time.-  as  much  in  addition,  when  soda  is  used  in  the  distillation.  This  is 
fortunately  a  compensating  error  and  contributes  something  toward  making  up  the 
deficit  ju>t  described  due  to  distilling  ammonia  off  magnesia. 

Afl  practiced  by  some  chemists  the  process  of  distilling  off  magnesia  is  worse  than 
u.-elc.— .  A.-  method  (g)  does  not  affect  the  amount  of  total  nitrogen,  errors  are  not 
MB,  however,  as  in  methods  (c)  and  (d). 

Method  .  hi  show.-  better  agreement  among  different  chemists  and  also  gives  figures 
somewhat  approximating  theory. 

The  only  report  on  method  (f)  is  to  the  effect  that  excessive  frothing  prevented 
distillation. 

Of  the  54  answers  to  the  14  questions  stated  above,  39,  or  nearly  three-fourths,  must 
•  iiMdered  unfavorable,  either  as  failing  to  reach  the  98  per  cent  standard  of 
accuracy  or  us  showing  reactions  contrary  to  the  plan  and  purpose  of  the  method. 

It  iiiu.-i  be  admitted,  whatever  may  be  the  inherent  accuracy  of  the  several  methods 
heir  di.-cussed,  that  m<»i  of  them  in  the  hands  of  some  experienced  chemists  fail  to 
i:ive  reasonably  reliable  and  accurate  results.  It  must  also  be  admitted  that  these 
method-  \\ith  D  a  variation  in  detail  are  commonly  accepted  by  chemists  as 

reliable,  and,  a.-  tin-  report  -how-,  may  be  made  to  give  exceptionally  accurate  results. 
<)b\iou-l\  method-  >o  firmly  established,  and  by  some  analysts  so  successfully  em- 
ployed, .ire  hardly  to  be  condemned,  or  even  seriously  questioned,  without  a  study 
of  them  by  a  large  number  of  chemists.  The  data  obtainable  for  this  report  are  too 
meager  to  justify  any  criticism  or  proposed  radical  change. 

Th-  -t ill  of  the  opinion  that  the  methods  here  discussed  are  fairly  accurate 

when  properly  followed,   le-.-  a«  <  urate  perhaps  in  the  hands  of  some  analysts  than 

method-  applied  to  -impler  determinations,  nuch  as  of  nitrate-free  nitrogen,  but  yet 

urate  as  the  difficulty  of  the  case  permits;  and  furthermore,  that  unquestionably 

the.-.-  methods  are  not  always  successfully  followed,  as  evidenced  by  the  criticisms 

of  chemists  as  well  as  by  the  reported  results,  and  that  probably  some  analyses  made 

:ding  to  these  methods  arc  erroneous,  giving  too  low  results;  that  the  complaint 

of  the  officers  of  the  National  1-Vrtili/er  Association  may  possibly  be  based  on  fact  in 

n  cases,  probably  due  in  part  to  erroneous  analyses  and  in  part  to  actual  loss 

of  nitric  acid,  but  that  it  is  not  within  the  power  of  this  association  at  present  to  remedy 

the  e\  il  complained  of,  if  it  exists. 

KM  OMMENDATIOX8. 

Two  recommendations  of  1!M)7,  referred  to  the  referee  for  1908,  are  recommended 
ioption  as  ollicial.  Nor-.  _'  and  4,  Circular  38,  page  1,  or  Bulletin  116,  page  129.) 
Th.-se  changes  relate  to  the  use  of  copper  sulphate  in  the  Kjeldahl  and  Gunning 
methods.  For  detailed  statement  of  changes  see  page  183. 

Recommendation  3:  Bulletin  107  Rev.,  page  8,  fourth  line  from  top,  after  the  word 
''time  "  insert :  "Allow  the  flask  to  stand  without  heat  for  not  less  than  six  hours." 

K>  commendation  4:  Same  reference,  page  8,  under  (d)  (3)  "determination," 
fifth  line  of  paragraph,  after  word  "and"  insert:  "Allow  the  flask  to  stand  without  heat 
for  not  !«•>.-  than  six  hours;  then".  So  changed  the  sentence  beginning  with  "Add 
i ins"  would  read:  "Add  5  grams  of  sodium  thiosulphate  and  allow  the  flask  to 
*und  without  heat  for  not  less  than  six  hours;  then  heat  the  solution  for  five  minutes; 
cool;  add  10  grams,"  etc. 


92 

At  the  close  of  the  reading  of  the  nitrogen  report,  the  president 
announced  the  following  committees: 

Committee  on  amendments  to  the  constitution:  J.  P.  Street,  J.  T. 
Willard,  P.  F.  Trowbridge. 

Committee  on  nominations:  R-.  J.  Davidson,  C.  H.  Jones,  B.  B. 
Ross. 

Committee  on  resolutions:  L.  L.  Van^Slyke,  A.  J.  Patten,  V.  K. 
Chestnut. 


REPORT  ON  INORGANIC  PLANT  CONSTITUENTS. 
By  H.  D.  HASKINS,  Referee. 

The  work  on  inorganic  plant  constituents  has  been  along  lines  recommended  by 
the  referee  of  the  preceding  year,  particularly  with  reference  to  the  development 
of  a  method  for  the  determination  of  iron  and  aluminum  in  ash.  The  sample  which 
has  served  for  the  work  was  prepared  by  thoroughly  mixing  the  ash  of  a  species  of 
Lycopodium,  known  to  contain  a  large  proportion  of  aluminum,  with  a  finely  ground 
and  incinerated  sample  of  wood  ashes,  the  latter  being  known  to  contain  considerable 
quantities  of  iron. 

PROPOSED  METHODS. 

The  method  proposed  for  study  contains  some  of  the  features  incorporated  in  the 
official  method  of  determining  ferric  and  aluminic  oxids  and  phosphates  in  .soils 
(Bui.  107,  p.  15).  See  also  Bui.  56,  Proceedings  of  the  Fifteenth  Annual  Convention 
of  the  association  in  which  recommendations  are  made  by  Ilartwell  in  regard  to  a 
method  described  in  Crooke's  Select  Methods  of  Chemical  Analysis.  The  method 
as  outlined  for  the  work  this  year  was  in  detail  as  follows,  a  hydrochloric  acid  solution 
of  the  ash  being  used: 

SEPARATION    OF   FERRIC   AND   ALUMINIC    OXIDS   IN    ASH   ANALYSIS. 

Use  a  solution  corresponding  to  0.2  gram  of  ash.  After  removing  the  phosphoric 
acid  the  filtrate  from  the  precipitate  of  ammonium  phosphomolybdate,  consisting  of 
a  nitric  acid  solution  of  molybdic  acid,  ferric  oxid,  alumina,  lime,  and  magnesia,  is 
placed  in  a  beaker  and  cautiously  neutralized  with  ammonia,  care  being  taken  that 
the  temperature  does  not  rise  above  40°  C.  and  that  the  alkali  is  added  only  in  slight 
excess;  allow  to  stand  in  a  warm  place  until  the  precipitate  completely  settles,  filter 
the  clear  supernatant  fluid,  wash  the  precipitate  with  hot  water  by  decantation, 
then  transfer  it  to  the  filter,  and  finish  the  washing.  Next,  redissolve  the  precipitate 
through  the  filter  in  weak,  hot  nitric  acid  (1  to  5),  reprecipitate  with  ammonia,  filter,- 
and  wash  in  the  same  careful  manner.  The  precipitate  is  dried,  ignited,  and  weighed 
as  ferric  oxid  and  alumina. 

METHOD  (b). — The  weighed  precipitate  of  ferric  oxid  and  alumina  is  dissolved, 
on  the  hot  water  bath,  in  a  covered  flask  by  the  addition  of  about  20  cc  of  dilute  sul- 
phuric acid  (1  part  sulphuric  acid  to  4  parts  water).  The  iron  is  reduced  to  the  ferrous 
state  by  adding  iron-free  metallic  zinc  (about  5  decigrams  at  each  addition)  until 
the  solution  is  completely  decolorized  and  the  iron  is  all  reduced;  cool  by  immersing 
in  cold  water,  dilute  with  cold  distilled  water  which  has  been  recently  boiled,  pour 
off  and  wash  into  beaker,  leaving  behind  any  residue  of  zinc.  Titrate  with  standard 
permanganate  solution. 

METHOD  (c). — An  aliquot  part  of  the  original  solution  A,  corresponding  to  0.2  gram 
of  ash,  is  evaporated  on  hot  water  bath  with  the  addition  of  10  cc  of  sulphuric  acid 
until  all  hydrochloric  acid  is  expelled;  dilute  with  water,  reduce  with  zinc,  and 
estimate  iron  by  standard  solution  of  potassium  permanganate.  The  per  cent  of 
ferric  oxid  obtained  is  deducted  from  the  per  cent  of  ferric  oxid  and  alumina,  cor- 
rections being  made  for  filter  ash,  to  obtain  the  per  cent  of  alumina. 


93 


MAKING    AND    STANDARDIZING    PERMANGANATE    SOLUTION. 

l)i.-olve  2.82  grains  of  pure  crystallized  potassium  permanganate  in  distilled  water 
by  MM-  aid  of  lu-at;  cool  and  dilute  to  1  liter  and  preserve  in  stoppered  flask.  Stand- 
ardize  this  solution  l>y  titration  with  metallic  iron  solution  as  directed  in  the  second 
American  edition  "f  Kresenius's  Quantitative  Chemical  Analysis,  pages  268-269. 

A  copy  "f  the  method  as  outlined  above,  together  with  the  ash  sample,  was  sent  to 
eiuhi  cliemi-is  \vh..  had  signified  their  intention  of  cooperating  in  this  work.  The 
result-  received  from  five  analysts  are  given  in  the  tabulated  statement  which  follows: 

n-nrk  on  ash  sample. 


Analyst. 

Method  B. 

Method  C. 

Alumina 
(Alj03). 

Ferric 
oxid 
(FesOs). 

Alumina 
(A1203). 

Ferric 
oxid 
(Fe203). 

I     \    1..-  '  lei 

6.56 
7.12 
o7.45 
6.74 
6.64 

2.54 
2.73 
o3.35 
2.66 
2.63 

6.43 
7.17 
o7.45 
6.74 
6.69 

2.67 
2.68 
o3.35 
2.66 

2.58 

I           I'll!!" 

•B  r>in*n'"" 

11.  1).  1! 

Average 

6.77 

2.64 

6.76 

2.65 

•t  im-lii(l«'<l  in  average. 
COMMBMTI    il    ANALYSTS. 

J.  A.  I.e  I'lcrc  found  thai  ii  u.i-  necessary  to  redigest  tin-  asli  residue  with  hydro- 
chlorie  .«  id  in  order  to  remove  all  of  the  iron  present.  In  Method  C  some  organic 
mailer  M-« nied  to  interfere  with  the  end  point  of  permanganate  titration. 

Andrew  .1  Patten  used  an  approximately  hundredth-normal  solution  of  perman- 
te  -"lut ion,  thi.-  heiirj  preferred  mi  account  of  the  small  amount  of  iron  present. 

0  M.  >hedd  found  objection  to  the  determination  of  iron  by  Method  B  in  that  it 
a  1'iii'j  time  to  di--ol\  e  the  oxids  in  the  sulphuric  acid  solution,  and  at  this  point 
intended  tin-  fusion  of  the  oxids  with  potassium  hydrogen  sulphate. 

The  referee  i-  of  the  opinion  that  a  weaker  solution  of  permanganate  is  preferable 
t-i  the  on,-  recommended. 

Th-  -Mined  by  the  two  method-  airree  very  closely  and  indicate 

b'lt  little  ehoi.-e  in  method  of  procedure. 

The  variation-*  obtained  between  the  various  chemists  in  the  results  reported  may 
be  due  1,1  the  method  of  standardixiiig  the  permanganate  solution.  The  referee  has 
u-ed  for  t hi-  purpose  a  solution  made  from  iron  of  a  known  composition  furnished 
by  the  I'.un-a'i  of  ^tandard-,  \Va-hington,  I>.  <'.  The  personal  equation  must  also 
enter  int.,  cooperative  .'"rk  of  thi*  nature  to  a  greater  or  less  extent. 

>MMI:\I>ATI<)\S. 

In  view  of  the  f.iet  that  the  two  methods  gave  results  agreeing  within  0.01  of  a  per 
cent,  the  referee  feels  justified  in  rccommciH  1  i ng  the  one  which  involves  the  least 
manipulation.  The  following  is  therefore  recommended  as  an  official  method  for  the 
separation  of  iron  and  aluminum  in  inorganic  plant  constituents: 

an  aliquot  part  of  solution  A  corresponding  to  0.2  to  0.5  gram  of  ash  for  the  deter- 
mination. After  removing  the  phosphoric  acid,  place  the  filtrate  from  the  precipitate 
of  phoBphomolybdate,  consisting  of  the  nitric  acid  solution  of  molybdic  acid,  ferric  oxid, 
alumina,  lime.'  and  magnesia,  in  a  beaker  and  cautiously  neutralize  with  ammonia, 
care  being  taken  that  the  temperature  does  not  rise  above  40°  C.,  and  that  the  alkali 
is  added  only  in  slight  excess;  allow  to  stand  in  a  warm  place  until  the  precipitate 
completely  settles.  Filter  the  clear  supernatant  fluid,  wash  the  precipitate  a  couple 


94 

of  times  with  hot  water  by  decantation  before  transferring  it  to  the  filter,  wash  four  or 
five  times  on  the  filter  with  hot  water.  Dissolve  the  precipitate  through  filter  with 
weak,  hot  nitric  acid  (1  to  5),  reprecipitate  with  ammonia,  filter  and  wash  in  the 
same 'careful  manner.  Dry,  ignite,  and  weigh  the  precipitate  as  ferric  and  aluminic 

Transfer  an  aliquot  part  of  the  original  solution  A,  corresponding  to  0.2  to  0.5  gram 
of  ash,  to  an  Erlenmeyer  flask  and  evaporate  with  10  cc  of  sulphuric  acid  on  a  hot  water 
or  steam  bath  until  all  of  the  hydrochloric  acid  is  expelled;  dilute  with  distilled 
water  to  original  volume  and  reduce  the  iron  to  the  ferrous  state  by  adding  iron-free 
metallic  zirfc  (about  5  decigrams  at  each  additiotf)  until  the  solution  is  completely 
decolorized  and  the  iron  is  all  reduced.  Cool  and  estimate  the  iron  by  standard  solu- 
tion of  potassium  permanganate.  Deduct  the  per  cent  of  ferric  oxid  obtained  from 
the  per  cent  of  ferric  and  aluminic  oxids  to  obtain  the  per  cent  of  alumina.  Use  a 
fiftieth-normal  solution  of  potassium  permanganate  standardized  by  a  solution  of  me- 
tallic iron  of  known  composition. 

It  is  also  recommended  that  further  work  be  done  with  the  peroxid  method  for 
the  determination  of  total  sulphur  in  plants  and  plant  products,  as  suggested  by  the 
committee  at  the  last  association  meeting.  Lack  of  time  has  prevented  the  referee 
from  taking  up  this  important  subject  during  the  past  year. 

REPORT  ON  MEDICINAL  PLANTS  AND  DRUGS. 
By  L.  F.  KEBLER,  Referee. 

Much  activity  has  been  shown  during  the  past  year  by  both  federal  and  state  offi- 
cials charged  with  the  enforcement  of  the  various  laws  governing  medicinal  agents. 
The  drugs  studied  were  both  imported  and  domestic.  Many  interesting  results  have 
been  observed,  a  few  of  which  will  be  noted  in  the  referee's  report.  The  feature 
standing  out  most  prominently  is  the  lack  of  standards  and  recognized  methods  for 
detecting  the  presence  and  determining  the  amounts  of  many  active  medicinal 
agents,  and  from  the  nature  of  some  of  these  agents  no  satisfactory  methods  will  prob- 
ably be  provided  in  the  near  future.  Even  some  of  the  methods  available  and  the 
standards  set  are  found  wanting.  In  this  connection  it  is  desirable  to  call  atten- 
tion to  certain  features  of  the  Pharmacopoeia.  A  plant  product  is  described,  and 
in  some  cases  a  standard  relative  to  alkaloidal  content  is  prescribed,  but  in  many 
instances  no  provisions  are  made  for  excluding  or  permitting  the  presence  of  any 
foreign  materials,  such  as  stems,  sticks,  etc.  It  is  a  very  common  experience  to  meet 
with  importations  of  leaves  containing  large  quantities  of  these  impurities.  The  same 
holds  true  with  other  commodities,  such  as  cubeb  berries,  in  which  frequently  a  large 
percentage  of  stems  and  twigs  is  found,  together  with  unmatured  or  overripe  berries, 
and  the  question  arises,  To  what  extent  is  it  permissible  for  these  materials  to  be 
present?  It  is  contended  by  producers  and  importers  that  a  standard  precluding  the 
presence  of  these  foreign  agents  would  be  purely  theoretical,  academic,  if  you  please, 
and  has  no  standing  in  the  business  world.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  well  known  that 
the  medicinal  value  of  a  preparation  is  enhanced  or  depreciated  in  value  in  proportion 
to  the  quantity  of  these  foreign  agents  present.  For  example,  the  per  cent  of  alkaloid 
material  present  in  belladonna  root  will  be  lowered  in  proportion,  other  things  being 
equal,  to  the  amount  of  adulterant  present.  In  other  words,  it  is  depreciated  at  least 
in  medicinal  value  proportionately  to  the  foreign  material  present,  and  to  what  extent 
these  foreign  bodies  unfavorably  influence  the  medicinal  action  of  a  drug  in  which 
they  are  found  is  unknown. 

Another  feature  is  the  amount  of  sand  or  incidental  earthy  matter  present.  For 
example,  normal  senna  leaves  do  not  contain  to  exceed  10  per  cent  of  sand  and  other 
inorganic  material,  but  it  is  not  uncommon  to  meet  with  sif tings,  sweepings,  etc.,  of 
senna  containing  from  20  to  35  per  cent  of  such  impurities.  There  is  no  provision  in 
the  Pharmacopoeia  setting  an  ash  limit  to  a  product  of  this  character,  but  it  is  reason- 
able to  expect  that  sand  does  not  constitute  a  material  part  of  a  normal  product  used 


95 

fur  medicinal  purposes.  How  many  would  be  willing  to  administer  to  children 
compound  licorice  jniwder  prepared  with  senna  leaves  containing  25  per  cent  of  sand? 
Probably  n«.  other  drug  has  caused  so  much  annoyance  and  dissatisfaction  during 
the  past  year  as  a>af«etida.  When  the  drug  sections  of  the  federal  law  were  put  into 
eiYect  ai  the  various  ports  it  was  found  that  this  commodity  was  brought  in  containing 
various  amouii's  <>i'  alcohol-soluble  material.  No  important  quantity  of  exceedingly 
inferior  matt-rial  was  offered,  and  for  the  time  being  no  detentions  were  made,  even 
though  this  druuf  was  somewhat  below  the  strength  prescribed  by  the  U.S. P.  for 
alcohol-eoluble  matt-rial.  It  soon  developed,  however,  that  importers  were  bringing 
in  Micce.-sivi'  lower  irrades  of  this  product,  for  example,  the  alcohol-soluble  material 
dimini.-hed  gradually  from  40  to  30  to  25  and  to  20  per  cent,  and  one  consignment  was 
offered  «  oiitainin-.  according  to  the  declaration  on  the  containers,  as  low  as  15  per 
cent  of  this  material,  while  one  case  of  this  consignment  was  found  to  possess  only  a 
tritle  over  »;  per  cent  of  sin-h  alcohol-soluble  material.  The  Pharmacopoeia  also 
ribea  an  ash  limit. of  1">  per  cent.  The  virtue  of  asafoetida  resides  largely,  if  not 
exdu-ively,  in  the  al« •ohol-oluhle  material,  and  it  would  therefore  seem  that  the 
a.-h  limit  should  be  liberal.  If  an  importation  were  offered  containing  on  the  average 
ii'o-iiila  al< -ohol-soluble  material,  but  the  ash  was  materially 

ali«.\e  the  limit  pn-<  ribed  by  the  Pharmacopoeia,  such  an  importation  should  not  be 
considered  illegal. 

Attention  i-  al.-o  dm-< -ted  to  another  drui:.  namely,  copaiba.     During  the  past  year 

<|iianiiiies  of  this  produ< -t  \\ere  imported  and  correspondingly  large  examinations 

wen-  made  ai  the  porti    parn<  ularly  New  York.     It  will  be  recalled  that  the  test  as 

originally  pre.-cribed  by  the  commit! f  revision  of  the  I ".S. P.  was  modified  at  the 

liciiaiion  of  man\   dealers  in  this  commodity.     The  result  is  that  the  new 

meih  -.reliable  ami  unsatisfactory  as  to  permit  the  entry  of  copaiba  containing 

at  le.i-i  25  per  ci-nt  "Hiurjun  bal-am,  the  common  agent  used  for  its  adulteration.     A 

:on  ari-in-  it-  •  •oinie.  t  h ,11  with  this  commodity  is,  Shall  the  definition  given 

relati\e  to  ei.paiba  as  contained  in   the  I'. S.I',  be  strictly  adhered  to,  or  shall  we 

inder  the  name  copaiba.  qualified  or  otherwise,  any  other  commodity  which 

•  i\e,|  from  other  -nin-m  than  tho>e  definitely  prescribed  by  the  above  authority? 

;.le,  then-  i-  c  on-tantly  oiirn-.l  for  importation  a  product  known  as  African 

Copaiba,  which   i-  derived   from  an  entirely  different  geographical  source  than  the 

comm..,|!  ,-d   by   the   Pharmacopu-ia.     It  is  well  known  that  the  African 

oleoresin  duiers  materially  in  coin|M.siii«ni  and  therapeutic  action  from  the  copaiba 

;  by  the  IS.  P.     African  copaiba  certainly  is  not  copaiba  within  the  mean- 

ihe  pharmacopu-ial  detinition  for  this  commodity. 

Another  problem  requiring  attention  is  the  dilution  of  certain  drugs  with  inert 
iie  1'harmacopo'ia  prescribes  a  lower  limitof  alkaloidal  content  forcer- 
tain  INIII-IH  druu'-  :m.i  ii   ha.-  developed  that  millers  are  adding  to  alkaloidal  drugs 
assaying  above  the  1.. \\i-r  limii  pn •>•  ribed  by  the  Pharmacopoeia  such  inert  material  as 
;. Te.l  oli\e  .-lone-  -o  a.-  !••  reduce  th,>  alkaloidal  content  to  the  lowest  limit  pre- 
d  by  the  abo\e  auihorii\  .     There  is  nothing  in  the  Pharmacopoeia  that  would 
indicate    that    such   a    practice    wa>   contemplated   or  recognized.     The  committee 
undoubtedly  WM  familiar  with  the  fact  that  alkaloidal  drugs  frequently  contain  a 
amount  of  alkaloidal  material  than  the  lower  limit  prescribed,  but  only  in  one 
and  that  i>  opium,  is  there  a  specilic  provision  made  for  the  addition  of  a  foreign 
inert  matt-rial  so  as  to  reduce  the  product  to  a  strength  conforming  to  both  a  lower  and 
an  upper  limit.     This  is  an  imjx>rtani  question  and  requires  adjustment  in  the  near 
future. 

Attention  has  al>o  been  directed  to  the  fact  that  there  are  many  commodities  on  the 
market  which  probably  owe  their  virtues  to  their  alcoholic  content;  for  example, 
then-  an-  a  number  of  so-called  (for  want  of  better  names)  medicinal  wines,  bitters, 
etc.,  which  contain  only  a  dash  of  some  medicinal  substance  such  as  extract  of  cm- 


96 

chona,  gentiana,  etc.,  or  very  small  amounts  of  one  or  more  of  the  cinchona  alkaloids. 
Mixtures  of  quinin  and  whisky  are  cases  in  hand.  One  of  the  products  examined  was 
found  to  contain  not  more  than  one-fortieth  of  a  grain  of  total  alkaloidal  matter  to  an 
ounce  of  the  product,  and  even  then  the  alkaloidal  matter  consisted  only  in  part  of 
quinin.  Without  informing  a  prospective  consumer  or  partaker,  he,  as  a  rule,  would 
not  detect  any  abnormal  odor  or  taste,  excepting  the  one  imparted  by  the  so-called 
whisky  itself.  One  of  the  arguments  frequently  used  to  justify  the  existence  of 
products  of  this  character  is  that  the  National  Formulary,  a  standard  quoted  by  the 
food  and  drugs  act,  recognizes  preparations  of  a  similar  type.  The  preparation 
referred  to  most  frequently  is  beef,  wine,  and  iron.  The  point  raised  is  an  exceedingly 
important  one  and  requires  adjustment.  If  it  is  permissible  to  add  simply  enough  of 
an  agent  to  merely  suggest  a  certain  physiological  action,  be  it  ever  so  remote,  pri- 
marily for  the  purpose  of  using  the  name  of  a  substance  possessing  recognized  medici- 
nal properties,  in  conjunction  with  the  trade  name  of  a  commodity,  one  helpful  feature 
of  the  law  will  be  largely  negatived  and  an  increased  number  of  so-called  medicinal 
products  of  the  most  absurd  character  can  be  placed  upon  the  market. 

As  before  stated,  there  are  many  drugs  for  which  we  have  no  satisfactory  chemical 
methods  for  determining  whether  or  not  given  samples  are  active  or  inert.  In  some 
few  cases  it  has  been  possible  to  employ  animal  experimentation.  The  drugs  amen- 
able to  this  form  of  study  are  digitalis,  cannabis  indica,  strophanthus,  etc.  The 
methods  at  present  available  appear  to  give  fairly  satisfactory  results  in  the  hands 
of  experienced  operators,  but  there  is  much  to  be  done  before  it  can  be  definitely 
stated  whether  or  not  a  given  consignment  possesses  sufficient  medicinal  properties. 
One  specific  case  in  this  connection  should  be  noted,  namely,  digitalis  leaves.  This 
product  is  of  such  great  importance  to  the  medical  practitioner  for  the  treatment  of 
certain  heart  affections  that  nothing  relative  to  this  drug  and  its  preparation  should 
be  left  to  chance.  No  less  an  authority  than  Doctor  Dixon,  of  England,  says:  "For 
my  part  I  unhesitatingly  express  the  belief  that  many  hundreds  of  patients  die 
annually  from  digitalis  and  allies  not  possessing  the  virtues  which  are  required  of 
them." 

At  the  meeting  of  the  association  last  year  the  referee  urged  the  appointment  of  a 
number  of  associate  referees  for  the  purpose  of  studying  certain  features  which  need 
careful  investigation;  for  example,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  have  an  intimate 
acquaintance  with  the  macroscopical  and  microscopical  features  of  crude  plant 
products.  Satisfactory  methods  are  also  wanting  for  analyzing  the  many  mixtures 
containing  modern  synthetic  chemicals,  used  for  the  treatment  of  headache  and  numer- 
ous other  affections.  We  are  in  possession  of  fairly  reliable  methods  for  determining 
and  estimating  morphin  in  certain  combinations  or  if  present  in  considerable  amounts, 
but  it  is  quite  another  matter  to  detect  and  estimate  this  agent  when  present  in  very 
minute  quantities  in  mixtures  containing  various  solvents,  and  much  study  will 
be  required  before  this  single  item  is  placed  upon  a  footing  which  will  be  absolutely 
reliable.  During  the  past  year  some  work  has  been  attempted  along  this  line  with 
cocain.  It  may  at  first  appear  to  be  a  very  simple  matter  to  detect  the  presence  and 
estimate  the  amount  of  cocain  in  mixtures,  but  when  it  is  remembered  that  there  are 
quite  a  number  of  products  which  respond  to  one  or  more  of  the  tests  laid  down  for 
detecting  cocain  the  difficulties  can  readily  be  appreciated.  Careful,  thoroughgoing 
investigations  on  all  these  points  are  greatly  needed,  and  until  more  work  is  done 
it  will  be  difficult  to  satisfactorily  enforce  some  features  of  the  federal  and  state  laws 
dealing  with  these  products. 

State  officials  are  making  frequent  requests  for  information  as  to  methods  of  analysis 
and  standards  for  certain  products.  The  referee  has  been  actively  engaged  on  both 
of  these  lines  of  work  and  has  now  in  preparation  standards  for  certain  products  for 
which  no  standards  of  a  satisfactory  character  exist,  and  in  cases  where  the  existing 
standard  is  somewhat  deficient  it  is  the  intention  to  add  certain  features  which  will 


97 

enable  all  u.,rk«-rs  throughout  the  United  States  engaged  in  the  investigation  of  these 
products  t..  arrive  at  just  conclusions  relative  to  their  quality.  For  example,  it  is 
intended  to  lix  an  upper  limit  of  the  amount  of  foreign  material  that  may  be  present 
in  a  loaf  described  by  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  and  to  provide  an  ash  limit 
i.  >r  .  ertain  drills.  <  onsiderable  progress  has  also  been  made  relative  to  testing  exist- 
ing anah  tical  methods  and  formulating  new  methods  for  examining  certain  com- 


In  order  to  facilitate  the  investigation,  and  in  harmony  with  the  instructions  of  the 
association,  the  referee  appointed  several  associates  to  take  up  specific  features  of  the 
work.  whose  results  will  be  given  in  separate  papers. 


A  PRELIMINARY  STUDY  OF  THE  MICROCHEMICAL  ANALYSIS  AND 
IDENTIFICATION  OF  ALKALOIDS. 

By  15.  J.  HOWARD  and  C.  H.  STEPHENSON. 

The  large  number  of  alkaloids  used  at  present  in  drugs  as  well  as  the  increasing 
number  of  .-\  nthetir  product.-*  being  placed  on  the  market  has  made  felt  the  want  of 
additional  means  for  their  identification.  Microchemical  methods  have  been  sug- 
gested and  used  to  a  limited  extent  by  such  workers  as  Wormley,  Earth,  and  Behrens, 
hut  the  principal  application  of  the  method  has  been  rather  for  the  purpose  of  localiz- 
ing the  alkaloid  in  the-  tissues,  by  such  investigators  as  Errera,  Maistriau,  Clautriau, 
Hollinu'.  and  others. 

the  suggestion  of  the  Chief  of  the  Division  of  Drugs  this  investigation  was  taken 
up  by  the  Mien*  heinical  Laboratory  and  a  study  of  several  alkaloids  begun.  Only  a 
preliminary  report  of  program  can  as  yet  he  made,  and  the  field  has  extended  itself  in 
many  directions  a*  the  work  progressed.  The  investigation  as  originally  outlined 
anticipated  -e\eral  lines  of  work,  among  which  the  following  might  be  mentioned: 

The  normal  reaction  of  each  alkaloid  with  each  of  the  various  reagents  which 
are  known  to  he  of  -er\  x  e  w  ith  one  or  more  of  them.  This  involves  a  study  of  dilu- 

the  dilution  ni  the  alkaloid  which  will  respond  to  the  test  and  also  the  weight 
limit  of  alkal'. ill  \\hidi  \\ill  u'ive  po-iti\e  i,.sts  with  the  reagent.  It  also  involves  a 
.-tudy  of  the  form-  of  crystals  produced  at  the  various  dilutions,  the  conditions  for 
producing  the  reaction,  or  the  manipulation,  the  determination  of  melting  points, 
photographing  the  crystals  as  a  ma;  -rd,  and  in  some  cases  the  measurement 

udy  ni'  the  inlluence  u|H>n  the  reaction  of  another  alkaloid  present  than  the 
one  sought. 

(3)  A  study  of  the  influence  upon  these  reactions  of  such  substances  as  glycerin, 

rch,  oilfl,  and  t'.ir  -.  -_":m-.  u  .>  v -,  and  other  compounds  likely  to  be  found  in 
drui:-.  and  from  trace-  of  uhich  it  i-  often  difficult  to  remove,  for  testing,  small  traces 
of  alkaloid-  in  .-••me  medicinal  preparations. 

(4)  The  adaptation  of  alkaloidal  purification  methods  for  use  microchemically  so 
as  to  |H-rmit  minute  quant  it  ies  of  the  alkaloids  to  be  separated  and  prepared  for  testing. 

The  developing  of  an  analytical  scheme  for  systematically  identifying  micro- 
chemically the  various  alkaloids  "present  in  unknown  mixtures.  This  last  can  only 
be  accomplished  after  a  considerable  number  have  been  studied  and  compared. 

During  the  la.-t  year  the  work  has  been  practically  confined  to  the  first  two  lines, 
which  naturally  constitute  the  foundation  of  the  whole  investigation.  The  alkaloids 
studied  comprise  a  list  of  about  forty,  besides  two  or  three  salts  of  two  of  them,  most 
of  which  were  obtained  through  the  Division  of  Drugs.  They  were  commercial  speci- 
mens and  apparently  of  average  purity.  The  list  also  embraces  several  synthetic 
compounds  as  well  as  the  more  common  natural  alkaloids.  Among  the  natural  alka- 
l.id-.-r  their -alts -tudiod  might  be  mentioned  the  following:  Cocain,  codein,  atropin, 
(inchonin,  morphin,  papaverin,  narcein,  caffein,  strychnin,  tropacocain,  hydrastin, 
coniin,  berberin,  solanin,  etc.,  while  among  the  synthetic  bodies  studied  are  anaes- 
73C73— Bull.  122—09 7 


98 


thesin,  beta-eucain,  holocain,  gujasanol,  and  acoin.  The  dilution  of  the  alkaloid 
in  the  solvent  in  many  cases  has  a  most  marked  effect  upon  the  form  assumed  by  the 
precipitate.  There  is  always  a  limit  beyond  which  the  dilution  of  the  product  is 
too  great  for  crystallization  to  take  place,  while  on  the  other  hand  the  concentration 
may  be  so  great  as  to  cause  too  sudden  precipitation  and  an  unsatisfactory  product 
results.  In  this  work  dilutions  of  1 : 100  or  1 : 200  were  most  frequently  tested.  Other 
dilutions  would  possibly  have  given  crystalline  products  where  only  noncrystalline 
products  have,  thus  far  been  obtained  or  where  no  reaction  at  all  has  been  noted. 

The  reagents  used  embraced  a  list  of  more  than  ninety  compounds  or  mixtures 
and  included  the  standard  reagents  and  as  far  as  known,  the  special  alkaloidal  reagents 
with  the  exception  of  two  or  three  which  have  recently  been  brought  to  the  authors' 
attention.  Thus  far  crystalline  precipitates  have  been  obtained  in  about  400  combina- 
tions. Noncrystalline  deposits  resulted  in  nearly  600  other  combinations,  but  their 
usefulness  in  identification  is  very  limited  and  they  can  usually  only  be  employed 
as  corroborative  tests. 

Unfortunately  some  of  the  well  known  alkaloidal  reagents,  though  giving  reactions 
with  most  of  the  alkaloids,  produce  only  noncrystalline  precipitates.  As  ordinary 
analytical  tests  they  may  be  satisfactory,  but  as  microchemical  reagents  they  leave 
much  to  be  desired.  To  the  analytical  chemist  they  serve  a  good  purpose  as  indicating 
alkaloidal  presence,  but  rarely  its  identity.  This  is  shown  in  the  following  examples: 
Mayer's  reagent,  11  crystalline,  23  noncrystalline;  Kraut's  reagent  10  and  33  and 
Marine's  reagent  11  and  25,  respectively. 

Picralonic  acid  gave  21  crystalline  precipitates  out  of  37  positive  reactions,  but 
the  forms  unfortunately  are  in  most  cases  too  much  alike  to  be  of  much  sevice  for 
identification.  The  alkaloids  studied  showed  a  great  diversity  in  the  character  of 
the  precipitate  formed,  as  is  seen  from  the  following  examples,  which  serve  to  illus- 
trate the  extremes,  the  first  four  giving  a  high  number  of  crystalline  forms,  the  last 
five  giving  a  high  number  of  noncrystalline. 

Character  of  precipitate  obtained  with  different  alkaloids. 


Alkaloid. 

Crystal- 
line. 

Noncrys- 
talline. 

Alkaloid. 

Crystal- 

Noncrys- 
talline. 

Strychnin 

36 

3 

Apomorphin 

6 

35 

Berberin         

25 

.6 

Papaverin  

9 

32 

Tropacocain 

22 

2 

Hydrastin 

1 

32 

Anaesthesin 

20 

7 

Solan  in 

1 

29 

Acoin  powder  

2 

40 

With  piperin,  sanguinarin,  emetin,  and  apocodein  noncrystalline  precipitates  only 
have  been  obtained  thus  far,  though  it  may  be  that  by  some  change  of  manipulation 
crystals  may  yet  be  produced. 

The  melting  point  of  the  products  is  likely  to  be  of  service  at  times  in  establishing 
the  identity  of  certain  compounds  though  some  of  the  precipitates  apparently  are 
too  unstable  for  this  test.  For  this  purpose,  however,  an  apparatus  which  had  been 
devised  in  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry  for  use  on  the  stage  of  the  microscope  has  been 
tested  with  promising  results.  It  allows  of  the  microscopic  examination  and  deter- 
mination of  the  melting  point  of  an  individual  crystal  in  a  mixture  of  various  kinds 
either  with  plain  or  polarized  light.  In  some  crystals,  especially  some  of  the  compact 
spherical  forms,  this  last  point  is  an  important  means  of  telling  where  melting  begins, 
since  as  soon  as  a  crystal  melts  it  loses  its  polariscopic  activity,  and  as  all  systems, 
except  those  belonging  to  the  regular  system,  are  active  this  feature  can  be  used  to 
advantage  in  determining  the  point  where  melting  begins  and  where  it  ends  even  on 
small  crystals. 


99 

The  alkaloid  thus  far  most  thoroughly  examined  is  cocain.  Crystalline  deposits 
have  been  obtained  with  each  of  the  following  eleven  reagents,  viz,  palladous  chlorid, 
platinum  chlorid,  gold  chlorid,  picric  acid,  chromic  acid  and  hydrochloric  acid' 
potassium  dichroiiiate  and  hydrochloric  acid,  potassium  permanganate,  potassium 
chromate,  sodium  carbonate,  ferric  chlorid,  and  potassium  hydrate  or  sodium  hydrate; 
noncr\>tallim-  deposits  were  obtained  with  chlorzinc  iodid,  picralonic  acid,  Mayer's 
reagent,  phosphomolybdic  acid,  phosphotungstic  acid,  Kraut's  reagent,  Wagner's 
it,  barium  mercuric  iodid,  and  potassium  cyanid. 

The  following  observations  were  noted  concerning  the  various  reactions  with  cocain 
iii  which  crystals  were  produced: 

full  minus  chlorid.  —  This  ia  one  of  the  most  characteristic  tests  for  cocain  though 
in.t  quite  M  -ensitive  as  u'old  chlorid.  The  crystals  vary  in  form  greatly,  according 
to  tin-  conditions  of  precipitation.  There  is  at  first  formed,  except  in  very  dilute 
solutions  (  1  :3<M)  and  up),  an  orange-colored  amorphous-like  or  oily  precipitate  from 
which,  on  standing,  crystalline  forms  of  golden  brown  color  are  produced.  One  of 
the  most  (  '0111111011  forms  i>  that  obtained  with  a  1:100  dilution,  when  feathery  crystals 
are  formed  which  have  a  mdencyto  twin.  With  a  solution  of  1:20  a  dense 

precipitate  i-  thrown  down,  out  of  which  hexagonal  plates  are  at  first  formed  and  fre- 
(juently  followed  later  by  sheaf-like  clusters  of  fine-pointed  acicular  crystals.  A 
dilution  greater  than  1:500  gives  crystals  only  with  difficulty,  crystallization  being 
induced  by  rubbini:  the  >lide  with  the  glass  stirring  rod.  The  limit  of  the  test  is 
0.2  ' 

/'/'"  '"rid.  —  With  a  1:20  solution  a  dense  white  precipitate  is  formed  and 

quickly  followed  by  the  production  of  very  narrow  feathery  crystals  —  many  times 

twinned  so  as  to  resemble  a  bird  with  outspread  wings.     Clusters  of  more  than  two 

umlaut.     If  the  reagents  are  mixed  slowly  the  crystals  are  more  like  those 

dilution.     With  a  1:100  dilution  the  feather  type  is  much  more  prominent, 

the  secondary  i  l.ein-  well  developed  into  frost-like  forms.     With  1:1,000 

Dilutions  either  .-h-.rt  thick  crystals  are  formed  or  else  plate  crystals  twinning  in  a 

manner  are  produced.     The  dilution  limit  is  about  1:4,000,  and 

the  limit  in  1  :  1  ,000  is  0.2  ^gr. 

/  i-lilnr'nl.     This  is  the  most  sensitive  reagent  for  cocain  so  far  found.     At  1:100 


feail  •  ke  crystals  are  produced,  together  with  some  nearly  smooth  star-like 

aggregates.    At  1:1,000  the  form  is  much  the  same,  but  the  branches  usually  bear  a 

i   outline.     iMamond    plates  are  also     roduced.    At  1:4,000  a  cross-like  form 


predoniinaii--.  i  h<  •  n  >ss-bar  beiiiir  short.     A  few  rosette  crystals  frequently  are  present. 
.1-  can  be  .  I  Mined  in  dilution  up  to  1:20,000  and  the  limit  of  the  test  for  dilu- 

ut   I::UMM)  is  0.033  //gr. 

tic  acid.-  Tin-  i-  a  good  reagent  for  dilutions  up  to  1:800,  though  the  crystals 

produced  are  n.,i  very  characteristic  for  this  alkaloid.     They  are  produced  in  spherical 

<f  tine  lemon-yellow  acictilar  forms.     The  reaction  takes  place 

quickly,  and  no  dillicuh  rienced  in  producing  them  nearly  to  the  limit  of 

dilution.      At    1  ::;m  the  limit   i.-  O.L'  //i;r. 

ni  i»rmnnganate.  —  With  cocain,  solutions  up  to  a  dilution  of  1:700  give 
purple  -«-o|,,red  .square  plates,  or  aggregates  of  this  form.  Vigorous  rubbing  of  the 
slide  is  often  necenar]  to  -tart  the  crystallization,  which  then  proceeds  readily. 
When  they  b.  -in  to  cry.-tallize  spontaneously,  the  plates  are  sometimes  deposited  in 
spherical  aggregates.  The  limit  at  1:400  is  2  //gr. 

Chromic  nriil  ami  hydrochloric  acid.—  This  test  is  made  by  adding  a  small  drop  of  5 
per  r.-nt  chromic  acid  solution  to  the  test  drop.  A  precipitate  is  formed  which  on 
stirring  di-app.  -ar-  if  too  much  has  not  been  added).  A  small  drop  of  strong  hydro- 
chloric a«id  is  added  and  a  yellowish  deposit  is  produced,  which  after  rubbing  of  the 
slide  should  in  a  few  moments  be  transformed  into  loose  spherical  clusters  of  an  acicular 
crystal.  This  test  appears  to  be  one  of  the  most  uncertain  because  of  the  difficulty 
with  which  the  ery.-talli/atioiiis  sometimes  induced  to  begin  in  dilutions  greater  than 
A  concentration  of  1:1,000  has  produced  positive  results  on  standing  several 
minute.-,.  The  limit  appears  to  be  for  1:100  about  3  //gr. 

/'...•  hromale  and  hydrochloric  add.—  This  test  gives  the  same  form  of  crystals 

as  the  chromic  acid  and  the  test  is  conducted  in  a  similar  manner.     The  limit  of 
dilution  is  about  1    I.  (MM)  while  at  1  :100  the  limit  is  3  Agr. 

Ferric  rhlnrid.-  The  crystals  are  spherical  aggregates  of  rather  coarse  blade-like 
Is  with  chisel-shaped  ends.     The  limit  of  dilution  is  about  1:1,000  and  in  a 
dilution  ,,f  l;  KMI  the  limit  is  li  //gr. 

/'"tnsifium  hydrate,  or  sodium  hydrate.  —  This  produces  a  white  amorphous  precipitate 
which  changes  into  crystals  on  standing  or  by  rubbing  the  slide  with  a  glass  rod. 


100 

The  crystals  are  rod-like,  frequently  with  more  or  less  chisel-like  ends  and  a  V-shaped 
recess  extending  backward  into  the  crystal.  There  is  a  strong  tendency  to  form 
coarse  clusters  up  to  about  15  branches.  In  open  drops  tree-like  forms  are  frequent. 
For  each  of  these  reagents  dilutions  up  to  1:1,000  give  the  reaction  and  the  limit  at 

Sodium  carbonate— This  gives  a  precipitate  with  cocain  like  that  produced  by 
potassium  hydrate,  both  in  the  amorphous  and  crystalline  forms.  Limit  of  dilution 
is  1:1,000.  In  1:100  solution  the  limit  is  3  //gr. 

In  order  to  ^determine  the  usefulness  of  some  of  the  above  tests  when  other  alka- 
loids are  present  the  palladous  chlorid  test  was  made*on  test  drops  to  which  had  been 
added  solutions  of  one  of  the  following  alkaloids,  codein  sulphate,  atropin  sulphate, 
heroin,  dionin,  acoin  powder,  cinchonin  sulphate,  hydroxylamin  hydrochlorid, 
apomorphin  hydrochlorate,  narcotin,  papaverin,  brucin,  narcein,  morphin,  thebain, 
gujasanol,  orthoform  (new),  cinchonidia  sulphate,  quinidia  sulphate,  beta-eucain, 
holocain,  caffein,  quinin  sulphate,  strychnin,  and  tropacocain.  In  each  case  the 
crystals  of  the  cocain  compound  were  obtained  and  in  the  case  of  brucin,  gujasanol, 
caffein,  strychnin,  and  tropacocain,  with  which  the  palladous  chlorid  regularly  gives 
a  crystalline  precipitate,  it  was  found  that  when  cocain  was  also  present  the  cocain 
product  was  given  in  addition  to  that  for  the  other  alkaloid,  though  occasionally  with 
modified  form. 

The  foregoing  serves  to  give  an  idea  of  the  scope  of  the  work  undertaken,  which  it 
is  hoped  will  be  carried  much  further  during  the  coming  year. 


COOPERATIVE  WORK  ON  HEADACHE  MIXTURES. 
By  W.  0.  EMERY. 

After  making  investigations  of  various  suggested  methods  for  determining  the  different 
constituents  present  in  the  many  headache  mixtures  containing  acetanilid  and  similar 
agents,  a  method  was  finally  devised  which  proved  quite  satisfactory  to  the  members 
of  the  Division  of  Drugs,  and  it  was  therefore  decided  to  place  this  method  in  the 
hands  of  as  many  chemists  interested  in  this  line  of  work  as  could  assist.  A  circular 
letter  requesting  cooperation  was  sent  out,  and  a  gratifying  number  responded,  sig- 
nifying their  willingness  to  assist,  eleven  of  whom  sent  in  results.  All  who  expressed 
a  desire  to  cooperate  were  supplied  with  a  sample  of  a  mixture  containing  known 
amounts  of  acetanilid,  sodium  bicarbonate,  and  caffein,  with  the  following  instruc- 
tions, the  U.  S.  Pharmacopoeia,  eighth  revision,  as  amended  and  corrected  May  1  and 
June  1,  1907,  being  used  as  a  basis  for  all  calculations  and  reagents  unless  otherwise 
specified: 

SEPARATION    OF   CAFPEIN,    ACETANILID,    AND    SODIUM    BICARBONATE. 

Caffein. 

\Yeigh  out  about  0.3  gram  of  headache  powder  on  a  small  (5.5  cm)  tared  filter,0 
wash  with  successive  small  portions  of  chloroform  to  the  amount  of  about  30  cc,  col- 
lecting the  solvent  in  a  100  cc  Erlenmeyer.  Distil  off  chloroform  by  means  of  a  small 
flame  until  only  a  few  cubic  centimeters  remain.  Add  10  cc  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid, 
then  continue  the  distillation  till  all  the  chloroform  has  gone  over,  disconnect  from  con- 
denser, heat  gently,  first  on  wire  gauze  to  complete  solution,  &  finally  on  a  steam  or  hot- 

<»In  cases  of  powder  mixtures  or  tablets  containing  ground  celery  seed,  much  color- 
ing matter,  cinchona  alkaloids,  laxative  or  extractive  principles  other  than  acetanilid 
or  phenacetin,  it  is  our  practice  to  shake  out  the  latter  by  means  of  chloroform  from 
dilute  sulphuric  acid  solution. 

*>  In  case  the  preparation  contains  ground  celery  seed  or  certain  oily  principles, 
it  sometimes  happens  that  the  acid  solution  does  not  become  entirely  clear  at  this 
point. 


101 

water  hath  until  thecontentsof  the  flask  have  evaporated  to  about  3  to  4  cc.  Cool,  trans- 
fer by  washing  with  water  to  a  separatory  funnel,  so  that  the  final  volume  does  notgreatly 
ex«  -e'ed  L'O  cc.  Add  four  times  the  volume,  or  about  80  cc  of  chloroform,  shake  for  some 
time  vigorously,  allow  to  stand  until  the  chloroform  clears  perfectly,  pass  through  a 
small  dry  filter  into  a  dry  100  cc  Erlenmeyer,  distil  off  the  solvent  and  use  distillate 
for  a  second  extra*  lion,  observing  the  same  method  of  shaking,  clearing,  and  filtering 
as  above  noted.  Distil  off  chloroform  to  a  small  volume,  transfer  residue  to  a  small 
tared  beaker,  or  crystallizing  dish,  by  means  of  a  few  cubic  centimeters  of  chloroform. 
Allow  to  evaporate  spontaneously,  or  if  desired  on  a  steam  or  hot-water  bath  to  dry- 
n.  -,  in  the  latter  case  partially  covering  the  dish  toward  the  end  of  operation  with  a 
watch  glass  in  order  to  avoid  possible  loss  from  "popping."  Cool  in  desiccator  and 
weigh  as  caffein,  dry  alkaloid.  a 

Acetanilid. 


First  method.—  The  acid  solution  remaining  in  the  separator  and  containing  anilin 
sulphate  is  run  into  a  100  cc  Erlenmeyer,  the  filter  through  which  the  chloroform 
MHBed  i  v.  ..-h'-d  <>nce  with  a  little  water,  allowing  the  latter  to  run  into  the  separator. 
Km  -«•  tin-  latter  thoroughly,  adding  the  aqueous  rinsings  tothe  acid  solution.  Now, 
run  in  slowly  and  with  constant  agitation  a  standard  solution  of  potassium  bromid- 
l.i  ornate  6  to  a  faint  but  distinct  yellow  coloration.  The  number  of  cubic  centimeters 
eni  ployed,  multiplied  by  the  value  of  1  cc  in  terms  of  acetanilid,  will  give  the  amount 
of  acetanilid  present. 

Second  method.  —  The  acid  solution  aforesaid  is  treated  with  successive  small  por- 
tion.s  of  sodium  bicarbonate  until  an  excess  of  this  reagent  is  observed  in  the  bottom 
•  •I  the  separator.  Add  50  cc  of  chloroform  and  15  to  20  drops  of  acetic  anhydrid,  shake 
for  some  turn-  \iirorou-ly,  allow  the  chloroform  to  clear,  then  pass  through  the  same 
filter  n-ed  i'or  the  cam-in  intou,  100  cc  Erlenmeyer,  and  distil  off  most  of  the  chloroform. 
Use  this  distillate  I  >r  a  .-ec.  >nd  shake  out,  clear,  filter,  and  distil  down  to  a  small  vol- 
ume.  transferring  the  residue  and  t  he  subsequent  chloroform  washings  to  a  tared  beaker 
«>r  di-h  precisely  as  m  the  case  of  caffein.  Allow  the  solvent  to  evaporate  spontane- 
»»u>l\  or  by  means  of  a  bla.-t  or  fan,  avoiding,  however,  undue  heat.c  Dry  in  desic- 
>ver  quicklime  t"  con-taut  weight. 

nv  the  final  wei-lit  by  means  of  titration  with  standard  potassium  bromid- 
bromate  solution  as  in  t  ho  first  method.     Heat  the  residue  with  10  cc  dilute  sulphuric 
.i  hall  h'.ur  on  the  steam  or  vapor  bath,  cool,  add  5  cc  of  water  and  titrate  as 
•  1  above. 

Sodium  bicarbonate. 

The  residue  left  after  the  first  treatment  with  chloroform  is  weighed  when  dry  and 

v  nearly  the  amount  oi  sodium  bicarbonate  present.     It  may  be  more 

accurately  estimated  by  titrating  with  tenth-normal  sulphuric  acid,  using  congo  red 

licaior.  or  it  may  "l»-  unite.  I  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid  arid  weighed  as  sodium 

BUlpfa 

<  alculate  results  in  parts  per  100. 

a  Should  the  cat'fein  not  be  colorless  or  nearly  so,  the  residue  is  dissolved  in  about 
11  necessary  (in  case  oily  matters  are  present),  through  a  wet 

filter,  the  filtrate  acidified  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  the  caffein  precipitated 
with  ream-lit,  allowed  to  stand  a  half  hour,  filtered,  and  the 

.pilule  washed  with  a  lew  cubic  centimeters  of  same  reagent,  the  filter,  together 
with  precipitate.  tran-iVrred  to  separator,  decolorized  by  means  ot  sodium  sulphite, 
and  the  cat'fein  finally  extracted  with  chloroform. 

ft  For  this  purple  the  solution  is  prepared  by  adding  bromin  in  slight  excess  to  a 
concentrated  aqueous  >oluti»n  of  50  grams  caustic  potash,  the  liquid  diluted  till  the 
separated  salte  redissolve,  boiled,  to  expel  any  excess  of  bromin,  and  finally  made 
up  to  1  liter.  This  solution  is  standardized  with  weighed  amounts  of  acetanilid,  or 
it  ma>  be  s.)  adjusted  by  further  dilution  that  1  cc  is  exactly  equivalent  to  1  centi- 
gram of  acetanilid.  Kor  purposes  of  titration  1  to  2  decigrams  are  heated  a  half  hour 
on  the  steam  or  water  bath  with  10  cc  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid. 

c  Acetanilid  suffers  appreciable  loss  when  heated  above  40°. 


102 


The  results  reported  are  tabulated  as  follows: 

Results  obtained  in  the  cooperative  work  on  an  acetanilid  mixture. 


Analyst. 

Caffein. 

Acetanilid. 

Soda  bicarbonate. 

Total.6 

Volu- 
metric. 

Gravi- 
metric. 

Volu- 
metric. 

Gravi- 
metric. 

Per  cent. 
12.16 
10.93 
11.05 
10.40 
11.50 
10.73 
11.33 
11.53 
11.00 
11.00 
510.55 
10.49 
10.48 
10.62 
9.80 
10.06 
9.93 
10.20 
f      10.90 
\      11.17 
|       11.30 
\       11.37 

Per  cent. 
65.93 
66.10 
65.93 
66.10 
63.00 
61.50 
63.40 
63.44 
63.00 
62.00 
65.78 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 
23.20 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 
101.29 
100.53 
100.18 

L  D  Havenhill  Kansas 

23.50 
23.20 

25.10 
25.00 
24.90 
25.00 
24.60 
24.80 
25.03 
25.11 
25.13 
25.13 
25.06 
24.93 
25.00 
24.93 
25.07 
24.54 
25.57 
25.33 
25.43 
24.99 
24.79 
24.92 
24.95 
25.01 

99.60 
97.23 
99.63 
99.97 
98.60 
97.80 
101.36 
100.86 
101.41 
103.  47 
99.96 
99.57 
98.25 
98.64 
100.50 
99.71 

H   L  Schulz  Michigan 

H   A   Seil  New  York 

T  F  Darling  New  York 

65.80 

65.26 

E  L  Redfern  Nebraska 

65.10 
64.58 
63.03 
63.21 
64.53 
64.00 

67.72 

63.60 
63.80 

C  B  Morrison  o,  Connecticut 

25.93 
25.67 
25.93 

""ioi.'is 

99.82 
100.12 
99.94 
100.09 
99.70 

A  R  Mehrtens  California.  

I      10.67 
10.30 
10.00 
10.23 
10.29 
10.01 

64.80 
64.53 
65.33 
64.79 
64.85 

G  E  Colby  California 

W  O  Emery  Washington  D  C 

Average          ... 

64  68 

10.71 

64.38 

65.01 

25.18 

24.89 

99.98 

Maximum  

12.16 
9.80 

66.10 
61.50 

67.72 
63.60 

25.93 
23.20 

25.57 
23.20 

103.  47 
97.23 

Minimum 

Difference  

2.36 

4.60 

4.12 

2.73 

2.37 

6.24 

Known  composition  of  acetanilid  mixture 
(acetanilid,  453  parts;  caffein  (anhyd.), 
70  parts;  soda  bicarbonate,  174  parts)  

10.04 

64.99 

24.96 

99.99 

o  Reported  by  J.  P.  Street. 

&  In  cases  where  two  percentages  for  volumetic  and  gravimetic  determinations  of  the  same  substance  \ve;  e 
reported,  the  mean  of  such  percentages  has  been  taken  in  computing  the  total  percentage. 

Owing  to  an  ambiguity  in  the  expression  "dilute  sulphuric  acid"  employed  in  the 
method  under  caffein,  as  also  in  the  footnote  a,  page  100,  for  standard  bromid-bromate 
solution,  some  of  the  workers  quite  naturally  used  the  pharmacopoeial  strength, 
with  the  result  that  the  acetanilid  was  not  completely  hydrolyzed.  This  undoubtedly 
explains  the  somewhat  high  results  for  caffein  and  the  correspondingly  low  ones  for 
acetanilid.  The  strength  of  acid  intended  and  the  one  actually  employed  ior  this 
purpose  in  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry  is  that  ordinarily  used  in  laboratory  work  and 
is  made  by  diluting  1  part  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  (whose  specific  gravity  is 
not  less  than  1.826  at  25°)  with  5  parts  of  water.  From  two  to  three  hours'  heating  on 
the  steam  bath  is  usually  required  to  completely  hydrolyze  the  acetanilid. 

Notwithstanding  this  ambiguity  the  results  obtained  are  very  gratifying,  in  view 
of  the  fact  that  the  method  is  new  and  the  workers  have  entered  into  a  comparatively 
new  field.  The  percentages  of  variation  are  so  small  as  to  almost  warrant  the  referee 
in  recommending  it  as  a  provisional  method  to  the  association.  He  believes,  how- 
ever, that  the  method  should  receive  additional  study,  and  so  recommends.  It  is 
also  recommended  that  additional  mixtures  be  tested  with  this  and  such  other  methods 
as  may  be  found  desirable. 


103 

President  Snyder  introduced  the  Secretary  of  Agriculture  with  a 
few  words  of  appreciation  concerning  the  long-sustained  attitude  of 
the  Sccivtary  in  fostering  agricultural  chemistry,  especially  the 
\\ork  of  the  ollicial  chemists,  by  making  possible  the  close  affiliation 
between  the  Department  of  Agriculture  and  the  association.  The 
Secretary  then  briefly  addressed  the  convention,  after  which  the  read- 
ing of  the  drug  reports  was  resumed. 

THE  NECESSITY  FOR  ANIMAL  EXPERIMENTATION  IN  DETER- 
MINING THE  PURITY  AND  STRENGTH  OF  MEDICINAL  PREPA- 
RATIONS. 

By  WILLIAM  SALANT. 

Experiments  on  animals  have  long  been  recognized  in  medical  jurisprudence  as  a 
valuable  adjunct  to  chemical  and  microscopical  methods  in  the  detection  of  poisons  in 
animal  tissues  and  fluid.  Notwithstanding  the  improvements  in  the  methods  of 
analytical  chemistry  witnessed  within  recent  years,  tests  on  animals,  or,  as  Roberta 
terms  it,  "hi.. logical  testing,"  is  still  resorted  to  in  order  to  corroborate  the  findings  of 
ih.  analytical  chemist  in  cases  of  suspected  poisoning  with  alkaloids  and  other 
substances  of  plant  or  animal  origin.  The  French  chemist,  Boutmy,& 
who  made  . -xiensive  studies  on  poisoning  with  alkaloids,  concluded  that  in  all  cases 
in  whirh  the  j.n  .-•  -nee  of  an  alkaloid  in  the  body  is  suspected  experiments  on  animals 
should  be  made  for  tin-  j»urjM)«e  of  confirming  the  results  of  chemical  analysis. 

Tli--  -ome  investigators  indicates  that  the  biological  method  is  in  certain 

owes  much  more  delicate  than  the  chemical.     Rankec  reports  experiments  on  dogs 

which  were  given  O.I  of  a  grain  of  strychnin  by  mouth.     Chemical  examination  of 

;  -an.-  •  if  these  animals  failed  to  show  the  presence  of  strychuin,  but  when  extracts 

of  the  same  organs  wen-  injected  into  frogs  tetanus  followed.    Falck<*  has  shown  long 

ago  that  oue-twcnticih  of  u  milligram  of  strychnin  was  sufficient  to  induce  tetanus 

in  a  mcdiiun  -i/.c«l  frog.     It  might  be  added  that  if  smaller  frogs  are  used  the  same 

effect  may  be  obtained  with  one-eightieth  of  a  milligram.     Atropin  is  another  example 

tru_'  --I  which  .-.mall  quantities  are  sufficient  to  produce  a  physiological  reaction. 

Only  one-twentieth  of  a  milligram  is  necessary  to  produce  dilation  of  the  pupil. 

Likewise  cocain,  which  produces  characteristic  effects  on  the  mucous  membranes, 
and  by  iu«  action  <>n  the  frog's  pupil,  can  be  identified,  even  when  very  small  quan- 
are  present  in  biological  solutions. 

Aconitin  can  be  identified  in  milligram  doses  by  its  action  on  the  tongue,  eye, 
heart,  and  central  nervous  system.  No  chemical  methods  have  as  yet  been  devised 
by  which  such  small  quantities  of  this  alkaloid  can  be  detected.  A  striking  illus- 
tration of  the  delicacy  of  the  biological  method  is  afforded  by  the  work  of  Hunt.« 
In  his  investigations  on  the  functions  of  the  thyroid  he  has  shown  that  mice  fed  for  a 
few  days  with  the  extract  of  this  gland  acquire  greater  resistance  to  poisoning  with 
acetonitrile.  One  milligram  of  the  official  dried  thyroid  fed  to  white  mice  daily  for 
a  few  days  may  enable  the  animals  to  recover  from  double  the  dose  of  acetonitrile 
fatal  to  the  controls.  Seidell,/  working  under  the  direction  of  Hunt,  found  that 
forty  to  fifty  times  as  much  thyroid  would  be  required  to  give  the  iodin  test. 

«Ber.  deutsch.  pharm.  Ges.,  1903,  13:  325. 

ft  Ann.  hyg.  publique  med.  legale,  1880,  [3]  4.  193. 

Virchow's  Archiv,  1879,  75:  20. 
d  Vierteljahrschr.  gericht.  Med.,  N.  F.,  1874,  20:  198. 
'J.  Amer.  Med.  Assoc.,  1907,  49:  240. 
/Ibid. 


104 

Even  more  delicate  are  the  methods  employed  in  the  study  of  immunity.  As 
shown  by  the  work  of  Meyer  a  and  Uhlenhuth,&  by  means  of  the  precipitin  test  the 
presence  and  nature  of  proteins  may  be  ascertained  in  a  dilution  of  1: 100,000.  As  is 
well  known,  the  chemical  tests  for  albumin  are  of  no  value  in  dilutions  over  1: 1,000, 
and  it  is  not  specific. 

For  the  identification  of  some  poisons  and  the  standardization  of  certain  drugs 
of  vast  therapeutic  application  experiments  on  animals  are  practically  the  only 
reliable  method. 

There  are  no  satisfactory  chemical  methods  for  the  identification  of  the  saponins, 
but  owing  to  their  powerful  hemolytic  action  and  their  effect  on  the  heart  and  volun- 
tary muscles  their  identification  has  become  possible.  According  to  Robert,  <=  picro- 
toxin  can  be  identified  by  experiments  or  animals  only.  The  detection  of  curarin 
by  chemical  tests  is  very  unsatisfactory;  by  its  action  on  the  motor  end  organs,  how- 
ever, its  identity  can  be  established  even  when  mere  traces  are  present.  Thus  motor 
paralysis  in  frogs  has  been  induced  by  injecting  0.005  milligram  of  curarin. 

Adrenalin  has  been  the  subject  of  numerous  investigations.  On  account  of  its 
powerful  action  and  its  extensive  therapeutic  application,  the  strength  of  the  various 
preparations  should  be  accurately  known.  A  number  of  color  tests  have  been  pro- 
posed for  this  purpose,  some  of  which  are  of  doubtful  value  and  some  may  be  employed 
if  properly  controlled  by  tests  on  animals,  which  are  very  delicate.  Meltzer  and 
Auer  d  have  shown  that  a  drop  of  a  solution  of  1: 120,000  dropped  into  the  conjunctival 
sac  of  a  rabbit  causes  blanching  of  the  conjunctiva  and  dilation  of  the  pupil.  Accord- 
ing to  Ehrmann, «  a  reaction  of  the  pupil  of  the  excised  eye  of  the  frog  may  be  obtained 
with  0.000025  milligram  of  this  drug.  Similar  results  were  obtained  by  other  inves- 
tigators who  worked  on  the  pharmacology  of  the  drug.  Cameron's  /  experiments  with 
this  drug  on  rabbits  have  shown  that  0.0003  milligram  per  kilogram  will  cause  a  rise 
of  blood  pressure. 

Preparations  of  digitalis  have  been  found  to  vary  enormously  in  physiological 
activity.  Frankel  Q  states  that  the  strength  of  the  tincture  varies  from  200  to  400 
per  cent,  and  the  infusion  varies  from  100  to  125  per  cent.  In  a  recent  article 
Lutzkaja'1  states  that  the  infusion  of  digitalis  he  examined  was  only  60  per  cent  of 
the  strength  represented  by  the  firm  which  prepared  it.  Barger  and  Shaw,*'  in 
England,  examined  nine  tinctures  of  this  drug,  and  found  a  variation  of  75  per  cent 
in  their  strength.  These  authors  made  a  comparative  study  of  Keller's  method  and 
the  physiological  test  on  an  artificial  infusion  of  digitalis  made  by  adding  a  known 
quantity  of  the  drug  to  a  mixture  of  hay  and  chaff.  This  was  extracted  with  60  per 
cent  alcohol.  Chemical  analysis  of  the  extract  showed  the  presence  of  0.1  per  cent 
of  digitalis,  whereas  the  mixture  contained  0.4  per  cent.  The  same  extract  was 
tested  on  frogs,  however,  and  found  to  contain  approximately  0.4  per  cent. 

In  the  case  of  some  drugs  the  physiological  test  above  must  be  relied  upon,  no 
chemical  method  having  as  yet  been  devised  for  their  identification  or  quantitative 
determination.  Cannabis  belongs  to  this  category.  Houghton  and  Hamilton,  J  in  a 
recent  article,  state  that  previous  to  the  adoption  of  this  test,  preparations  of  the 

o  Lancet,  1900  (2),  p.  98. 

*>Deutsch.  med.  Wochenschr.,  1900,  26:  734. 

cLoc.  cit. 

dCentrbl.  Physiol.,  1904,  18:  317. 

«Arch.  exp.  Path.  Pharmak.,  1905,  53:  97. 

/Proc.  Roy.  Soc.  Edinburgh,  1905,  26:  161. 

^Ther.  Gegenwart,  N.  S.,  1902,  4:  112. 

^Arch.  intern,  pharmacodynamie,  1908,  18:  77. 

*  Yearbook  of  Pharmacy,  1904,  p.  541. 

J'Ther.  Gazette,  1908,32:  26. 


105 

drug  were  so  unreliable  that  hospital  physicians  used  to  experiment  on  patients  with 
samples  of  this  drug  before  placing  an  order  for  it.  Since  experiments  on  animals 
with  this  driii?  have  been  introduced,  the  practice  of  testing  the  preparations  on  human 
beings  was  abandoned. 

Ergot  is  another  drug  whose  activity  can  at  present  be  determined  only  by  experi- 
ments on  animal-.  <  'raw ford,"  who  made  a  study  of  chemical  tests,  came  to  the  conclu- 
M..II  that  they  an-  ..f  no  value,  while  its  action  on  the  cock's  comb  after  subcutaneous 
injection,  i.nm  the  isolated  uterus  of  the  cat,  is  characteristic  and  may  therefore  be  used 
'  advaiita-e  in  its  identification  or  in  determination  of  the  strength  of  the  preparation. 


to 


REPORT  ON  INSECTICIDES.ft 
I'.y  (  .  ('.  MrDoNNELL,  Referee. 

A  study  of  methods  for  the  examination  of  insecticides  and  fungicides  was  taken  up 
by  the  association  only  ten  years  ago  at  the  fifteenth  annual  convention,  when  the 
fir-t  referee  on  thi-  -ubject  was  appointed. 

th<-  two  years  following  this  no  analytical  work  was  reported,  but  methods  were 
compiled  and  -uu"-:c-t.'d  for  the  examination  of  this  class  of  materials  which  were  then 
IMO-I  ini|>ortani,  and  th.-e  were  ad.pt, -d  provisionally.  All  of  them  have  been  tested 
.-inn-  that  time  and  tho~«-  proving  of  value  have  been  officially  adopted  by  the  associa- 
tion. A  number  however  have  -in<-e  been  replaced  by  more  rapid  and  accurate 
method-.  AJ  the  ii-i  i  -ub-tan.es  used  as  insecticides  and  fungicides  increases,  as  it 
ofltantly  doing,  new  method-  must  be  devised  and  changee  in  old  methods  intro- 
duced in  order  that  th.-y  may  be  adapted  to  a  particular  material. 

At  the  present  time  the  mi, -t  irnjM)rtant  of  these  is  lead  arsenate,  and  it  is  to  methods 
for  the  examination  of  thi-  -ub-tan.-e  that  considerable  study  is  now  being  given.  The 
work  as  carried  out  thi-  year  ha.-  been  largely  along  the  line  of  the  recommendations  of 
the  r. -ft •'•••<•  tot  year,  which  were  adopted  by  the  association.  In  addition  a  modifica- 
tion pro|x»-ed  by  the  pre-ent  referee  for  the  determination  of  total  arsenic  oxid  in 
London  purple  ha-  bei-n  -_'i\en  a  trial. 

WORK   .w  <  M-n.iN-Ki). 

\       :    ;  .-f  the  pro\i-ional  niethiMls  for  London  purple  given  in  Bureau 

of  (  h. mi  n>  <  ircular  l<>,  ie\i-ed,  the  method  as  modified  by  Davidson,  given  in  the 
I'  'he  twenty-e<  -.Hid  annual  convention  of  the  association,  also  in  Bureau 

oM'hemi-try  P.ulletin   L  07,  revised,  and  the  iniM!ifi(>d  method  as  proposed  by  the  pres- 
ent n  : 

A  further  -i  udy  of  the  precipitat  i'-n  method  for  soda-lye,  using  fifth-normal  acid 
id  ..f  half-normal,  aI-«>  with  and  without  removal  of  the  barium  carbonate  pre- 
cipitate before  Miration. 

(3)  Determination  of  formaldehyde  in  strong  solution  by  the  provisional  hydrogen 
x:d   method,  and  on  dilute  solutions  by  the  cyanid  method  to  determine  the 

amount  of  dilution  nece-sary. 

(4)  Further  te-t  of   the  Avery  method  for  the  determination  of  sulphur  in  sulphur 
dips. 

(5)  A  continuation  of  the  study  of  the  methods  for  lead  arsenate  proposed  by  Hay- 
wood  (Pnx-eedin.:-  I'.MM;,  Bulletin  105,  p.  165)  and  tried  last  year. 

Samples  were  .-ent  to  five  chemists,  who  had  expressed  a  willingness  to  cooperate 
in  the  work,  aixl  more  or  le-s  complete  reports  have  been  received  from  three  of  these. 

«  Amer.  J.  Pharm..  1908,  80:  326. 

*>  Owing  to  the  illness  of  the  referee,  this  report  was  not  ready  for  presentation  to  the 
i -on  vent  i«>n  at  the  time  of  its  meeting.  Through  the  courtesy  of  the  association  the 
referee  wa-  permitted  to  present  the  report  at  a  later  date  for  insertion  in  the  Pro- 

:i_r-. 


106 


LONDON  PURPLE. 

Owing  to  the  considerable  variation  in  results  and  the  difficulties  encountered  in 
the  carrying  out  of  the  present  methods  for  the  determination  of  total  arsenic  oxid  in 
London 'purple,  methods  for  this  substance  have  been  receiving  considerable  atten- 
tion from  the  association  for  several  years.  The  three  principal  objections  to  the 
methods  thus  far  proposed  are:  (1)  The  difficulty  in  reading  the  end  point  when  using 
up  the  excess  of  liberated  iodin  with  sodium  thiosulphate  after  the  reduction  of  the 
arsenic  oxid  To  arsenious  oxid.  (2)  The  difficulty  in  reading  the  end  point  in  the 
final  reaction  on  adding  the  standard  iodin  solution.  (3)  The  great  tendency  to 
foaming  on  adding  sodium  carbonate  to  neutralize  the  acid.  Both  the  first  and  second 
are  caused  entirely,  and  the  third  largely,  by  the  great  amount  of  organic  matter  (dye) 
contained  in  London  purple.  Several  methods  have  been  proposed,  which  are  more 
or  less  successful,  for  overcoming  these  difficulties.  The  two  which  are  most  used, 
however,  have  not  given  satisfactory  results  in  the  hands  of  all  the  analysts  using 
them,  in  many  cases  the  results  running  several  per  cent  too  low.  The  modification 
proposed  by  the  referee  and  tried  this  year  overcomes  these  difficulties  and  renders 
the  determination  of  total  arsenic  oxid  much  easier,  particularly  for  one  who  has  not 
had  considerable  experience  with  the  present  methods. 

In  the  following  tables  are  given  the  results  obtained  by  the  different  analysts,  fol- 
lowed by  their  comments: 

TOTAL   ARSENIOUS    OXID. 

Method  I  is  a  provisional  method  and  may  be  found  in  Bureau  of  Chemistry  Bulle- 
tin 107,  revised,  page  28.  Method  II  may  be  found  on  page  29  of  the  same  bulletin. 
The  results  are  very  satisfactory,  Method  II  appearing  to  give  slightly  lower  figures. 

Total  arsenious  oxid  (As203). 


Analyst. 

Method  I. 

Method  II. 

R  J  Davidson  Blacksburg  Va                                                                      

Per  cent. 
/          22.10 

Per  cent. 
21.90 

R  W.Thatcher  Pullman  Wash                                             

\          21.91 
I          22.45 

21.90 
21.99 

C  D  Woods  Orono  Me 

^          22.  37 

22.01 
22.01 
22.38 
22.38 

C  C  McDonnell  Bureau  of  Chemistry 

(          22.07 
{          22.23 

21.74 
21.74 
21.74 
21.90 
21.83 

I          22.26 

21.86 

Average 

22.20 

21.93 

TOTAL   ARSENIC    OXID. 

Method  I  is  a  provisional  method  and  may  be  found  in  Circular  10,  revised,  and 
also  in  Bulletin  107,  revised,  of  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  page  28.  Method  II  may 
be  found  in  Circular  10,  revised.  Method  III  is  Davidson's  modification  of  Hay- 
wood's  method  for  removing  a  part  of  the  coloring  matter  and  may  be  found  in  Bulle- 
tin 107,  revised,  where  it  is  designated  as  Method  II,  Provisional  (p.  29). 

Method  IV  is  that  proposed  by  the  referee  and  is  as  follows: 

Place  2  grams  of  the  .sample  in  a  200  cc  graduated  flask,  add  5  cc  of  concentrated 
nitric  acid  and  20  cc  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid.  Place  on  a  hot  plate  or  over  low 
flame  and  heat  nearly  to  boiling;  after  ten  or  fifteen  minutes  add  powdered  sodium 
nitrate,  in  small  quantities  at  a  time,  until  all  organic  matter  is  destroyed  and  the 
solution  is  colorless.  Cool,  add  about  50  cc  of  water  (to  decompose  any  nitro-sul- 


107 

phuric  acid  formed),  and  heat  to  boiling  till  nitric  acid  fumes  are  all  expelled  Cool 
make  up  to  mark  with  distilled  water,  mix  thoroughly,  filter  through  a  dry  filter  and 
take  .-><>  «•<•  "i  tlu-  iiltrate  (0.5  gram)  for  the  determination  of  arsenic  oxid  Transfer 
this  •"><>  «•«•  portion  to  a  400  cc  Erlenmeyer  flask,  dilute  to  about  100  cc  with  water  add 
grame  .  -i  p<  .tassium  iodid  and  5  cc  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid,  heat  to  boiling 
and  evaporate  to  about  40  cc.  Cool,  dilute  to  150  cc  to  200  cc  and  add  approximately 
tenth-normal  sodium  thioeulphate  just  to  disappearance  of  color  caused  by  the  free 
iodin.  In  case  the  solution  is  slightly  colored  from  iron  or  incomplete  oxidation  of 
the  oiganic  matter,  add  the  thiosulphate  until  nearly  colorless,  then  add  a  few  drops 
in-h  paste  ami  continue  adding  the  thiosulphate  slowly  until  the  blue  color  just 
disappears.  The  exact  end  point  can  easily  be  obtained  in  this  way.  Neutralize 
immediately  with  sodium  carbonate,  make  slightly  acid  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid, 
and  u  hen  all  Lumps  of  sodium  carbonate  are  dissolved  add  sodium  bicarbonate  in  con- 
siderable excess.  Titrate  with  twentieth-normal  iodin  solution  in  the  usual  way 
iisin-  -tardi  solution  a-  indicator.  Subtracting  from  this  the  number  of  cubic  centi- 
meters  <>f  iodin  solution  corresponding  to  arsemous  oxid  as  determined  by  Method  I, 
the  number  of  cubic  centimeters  of  iodin  solution  corresponding  to  the  arsenic 
oxid  (As..,()  ram  of  the  sample. 

Totul  arsenic  oxid  (As.20&). 


Analyst. 

Method  I. 

Method  II. 

Method  III. 

Method  IV. 

R.  J.  I-                                                                             

Percent. 
18.69 
/          17.53 

Per  cent. 
18.76 

Per  cent. 
I         18.55 
\         18.55 
15.64 

Per  cent. 
18.63 
19.01 
18  29 

i        i  :.:,() 

15.56 
15.83 

18.06 

15.55 

15.95 

C.   l».                                                                                                    

15.15 

15.50 
15.75 

15.79 

15.15 

McDiiiim-ll.  HiiriMii  of  <  h.  IIM  u                          

I          19.34 
{          19.  73 
\          19.52 

18.29 
18.23 
18.42 

17.74 
18.04 
17.90 

19.29 
19.42 
19.30 

COMMENTS    OK    AJTAIiYVH    AM)    KISCU88ION. 

/.'.  J.Danihtnn:  Then-  i-  n-.-^n-at  dilliculty  in  working  the  London  purple  by  Method 

I\    i  rhaps  a  little  more  troublesome  and  you  have  to  use 

another  in«  th    :  ::iu'  tin-  ar.-enimis  oxid.     I  believe  Method  III,  provided  it 

factory  re-ult-.  i-  the  simplest  method,  both  determinations  being  made 

from  the  same  weighed  sample. 

/•'.   IT   'H»ir  modification  (Method  III)  makes  the  end  point  some- 

whai  ietermine.     The  modification  suggested  by  the  referee  does  not  seem 

to  mi-  to  off, T  any  advantage  over  the  otlicial  method,  since  the  yellow  color  left  after 
oxidation  with  nitrate  mixture  ob-cun-s  the  end  reaction  as  badly  as  does  the  original 
an«l  ha-  the  di-ad  vantage  of  requiring  a  separately  weighed  sample  for  the  deter- 
mination of  th«-  ar-enic  in  arsenious  form. 

l>.  UW/.v;  I  would  emphasize  the  fact  and  recommend  that  it  be  included  in 
din-et ion-  for  in-e,  ticide  work,  that  this  kind  of  work  is  difficult  for  a  beginner  and 
that  -.-v.-nil  preliminary  determinations  should  be  run  before  a  man  new  to  this  work 
attem;  rt  results. 

A  -  ha-  been  the  case  in  previous  years,  the  results  on  arsenic  oxid  are  very  unsatis- 
ry,  there  being  a  difference  of  over  4  per  cent  between  the  highest  and  lowest 
determinations  by  Methods  I  and  III,  and  over  2  per  cent  difference  by  the  same 
method  by  different  analysts.  Methods  II  and  III  give  lower  results  than  Method  I, 
but  there  dot^  not  appear  to  be  any  uniformity  in  the  amount  that  these  methods 
fall  short,  the  determinations  made  by  different  analysts  and  even  those  by  the  same 
analy-t  at  different  times  sometimes  agreeing  with  those  made  by  Method  I  and  at 
other^  showin.i;  a  variation  of  several  per  cent.  Why  this  is  so  has  notas  yet  been 
determined,  but  is  under  investigation.  It  is  the  referee's  opinion  that  on  precipi- 


108 


tating  the  coloring  matter  with  sodium  carbonate  a  varying  amount  of  arsenic  is 
carried  down  in  the  precipitate. 

The  determinations  made  by  Method  IV,  while  not  agreeing  as  closely  as  might  be 
desired,  are  close  enough  to  justify  a  more  extended  trial  of  the  method  in  the  hands 
of  different  analysts.  The  writer  has  found  it  very  satisfactory  and,  when  properly 
carried  out,  a  perfectly  clear  solution  can  almost  always  be  obtained.  Of  course  it  is 
desirable  to  be  able  to  determine  both  forms  of  arsenic  on  the  same  solution,  but  if 
it  Ls  found  tiiat  this  can  not  be  done  accurately  thjb  objection  to  the  method  becomes 
of  minor  importance. 

LEAD  ARSENATE. 

The  methods  used  for  lead  arsenate  were  proposed  by  Haywood  at  the  meeting  of 
the  association  in  1906  and  were  tried  last  year.  They  may  be  found  in  Bureau  of 
Chemistry  Bulletin  105,  page  165;  also  Bulletin  107,  revised,  page  239. 

The  sample  sent  out  for  the  work  was  made  by  the  referee  from  C.  P.  di-sodium 
arsenate  and  lead  acetate. 

Lead  arsenate. 


Analyst. 

Moisture. 

Total 
arsenic 
oxid 
(As,06). 

Total  lead 
oxid  (PbO). 

Percent. 

Per  cent, 
f         30.07 

Percent. 

R  J  Davidson  Blacksburg  Va 

(          0.11 

1          30.07 

\             .12 

30.14 
29.97 

R.  W.  Thatcher,  Pullman,  Wash  

(             .09 

30.39 

08.38 

C.  D.  Woods,  Orono,  Me  

\             .09 

|              .14 
\              -17 

30.24 
29.  C3 
29.81 
29.95 
30.22 

08.48 
a  06.  31     C5.96 
05.76    05.  OG 
05.70    00.66 
66.22    07.54 

C.  C.  McDonnell,  Bureau  of  Chemistry  

.14 
{             .15 

30.22 
30.22 
29.47 
29.80 

29.83 

66.  14    66.  89 
65.94    67.17 
65.85    66.95 
66.58    67.32 
(      67.55    07.  S8 
67.35    67.^0 

I             -17 

29.  CO 

67.  57  07.  15 
67.58  07.10 

a  Porcelain  gooch  used  in  all  determinations  of  lead  oxid. 
DISCUSSION. 

C.  D.  Woods  states  that  in  the  determination  of  total  arsenic  oxid  it  was  not  found 
necessary  to  add  thiosulphate  to  use  up  free  iodin  because  if  care  is  used  in  boiling 
the  solution  a  colorless  point  is  easily  obtained. 

The  results  on  lead  arsenate  are  not  so  uniform  as  might  be  desired,  particularly  on 
total  lead  oxid.  However,  the  difference  between  the  highest  and  lowest  determina- 
tion of  arsenic  oxid  is  only  3  per  cent  of  the  total  amount  present  and  for  lead  oxid  5 
per  cent  of  the  total  amount  present.  The  method  is  certainly  the  best  that  has  thus 
far  been  proposed  and  if  carefully  followed  good  results  should  be  obtained. 

SODA  LYE. 

METHOD  I. — This  is  the  precipitation  method,  and  may  be  found  in  Circular  10, 
revised,  page  8,  and  Bulletin  107,  revised,  page  31. 

METHOD  II. — This  is  the  same  as  Method  I  except  that  the  titration  for  hydroxid 
is  made  without  removing  the  barium  carbonate  precipitate. 

The  acid  potassium  sulphate  method  was  not  submitted  for  trial,  as  satisfactory 
results  had  not  been  obtained  by  it  in  previous  years  and  the  association  voted  that 
it  be  dropped,  as  recommended  by  the  referee  in  1907. 


109 


As  it  was  desired  to  send  out  samples  containing  considerable  carbonate,  and  such 
urn-  not  at  hand  they  were  prepared  as  follows:  The  sample  bottle  was  weighed  and 
into  this  was  \\  ei-hed  2  grams  dry  sodium  carbonate  C.  P.  then,  as  rapidly  as  possible, 
18  grains  of  < -ommerc -ial  sodium  hydrate.  The  bottles  were  then  stoppered  and  sealed. 

The  analyst  \va.-  directed  to  dissolve  the  entire  content  of  the  bottle  in  carbon 
dioxid-free  water,  make  up  to  2,000  cc  and  use  50  cc  portions  for  the  titrations  (0.5 
gram  sample).  The  n -suits  submitted  have  been  multiplied  by  two  and  reported  in 
percent  in  the  following  table: 

Soda  lye. 


Analyst. 

Method  I. 

Method  II. 

Sodium 
hydroxid 
(NaOII). 

Sodium 
carbonate 
(NajCO,). 

Sodium 
hydroxid 
(NaOH). 

Sodium 
carbonate 
(NajCOs). 

R.  J.  l>:ivi.U..ri.  Khwksburn,  V:i  
K.  \V.  Thatrhrr,  Pullman.  \V:ish  

•i.-ll.  Hun-im  of  (  'hciuLstrv  

Per  cent. 

M.  in 
j          83.36 
1          83.76 
j          84.72 
\          84.72 

Per  cent. 
13.25 
14.92 
14.40 
11.80 
11.80 

Per  cent. 
84.80 
83.68 
83.52 
84.92 
84.92 

Per  cent. 
12.72 
14.50 
14.74 
11.54 
11.54 

84.19 

13.23 

84.37 

13.07 

The  nvulis  on  sodium  hydroxid  arc  very  good.     As  expected,  Method  II  gives 

1\  higher  re-nit-  i'-»r  hydroxid  and  lower  on  carbonate  than.  Method  I.    The 

rence,  ho\  mail.     The  referee  determined  carbon  dioxid  in  a  portion  of 

i  In-  -ample  gravimetrically  and  found  11.62  per  cent  and  11.71  per  cent  calculated  as 

sodium  carbon.; 

I  '.-ing  these  two  indicator*  in  the  same  determination,  as  is  done  in  this  method,  the 
:icv  would  always  be  to  high  results  on  sodium  carbonate.  Phenolphthalein, . 
more  -en-it ivo  to  acids,  becomes  colorless  immediately  when  the  solution  is 
neutral,  while  with  methyl-orange  the  acid  must  be  in  slight  excess  to  develop  the 
pink  color,  tlu>  excess  required  depending  on  the  amount  of  indicator  used  and  the 
depih  «.i  «  olor  titrated  to.  A  blank  should  be  made,  using  the  same  amount  of  water 
and  indicator,  and  deducted  in  each  case  when  methyl-orange  is  used.  For  the 
determination-  in  tin-  --cnnd  report  in  the  table  the  analyst  used  normal  acid.  This 
may  account  for  the  results  in  -odium  carbonate  being  high,  as  0.1  cc  normal  acid  is 
equivalent  to  ..\er  I  per  ci-nt  sodium  carbonate,  when  operating  on  0.5  gram  of  sub- 
stain-. • 

1'oKMAI  IH.HYHK. 

x »  samples  were  sent  out  for  analysis,  No.  1,  a  strong  solution  to  be  worked  by  the 
modified  hydrogen  peroxid  method,  and  No.  '_',  a  dilute  solution  to  be  worked  by  the 
nd  method.  lx>th  found  in  Bulletin  107,  revised,  page  33. 

Formaldehyde. 


Analyst. 

Sample 
No.  1. 
Method  I. 

Sample 
No.  2. 
Method  II. 

R  J    D-ivi'lson    I  Hacks  burg  Va.                                                         

Per  cent, 
i         36.  81 

Per  cent. 
t             3.92 
<             3.98 

R    \V    Th-itrhiT    I'ullmm    Wish                                                   

I         36.  64 

\             3.92 
3.83 

CP    \li>I  ><>nni'll     Rurpan  nf  Choinistrv 

1         37.00 

(             3.98 
3.84 

\         36.  93 

I             4.02 

36.76 

3.90 

rag 

110 

COMMENTS   AND   DISCUSSION. 

R.  J.  Davidson  Bays:  "I  believe  it  would  be  well  to  state  the  amount  of  dilution 
necessary  in  Method  II  and  not  say,  as  the  method  does,  'a  weighed  quantity  of  the 
dilute  formaldehyde  solution.'  The  directions  should  be  more  specific." 

The  results  on  formaldehyde  are  very  good.  Method  I  is  an  excellent  method  for 
strong  solutions,  and  Method  II  for  dilute  solutions,  containing  preferably  not  over  5 
per  cent.  Even  solutions  of  the  latter  strength  rmist  be  diluted  before  making  the 
determinations. 

The  referee  is  in  favor  of  the  recommendation  made  last  year  and  referred  to  again 
in  Mr.  Davidson's  report,  that  more  specific  directions  should  be  given  this  method. 
If,  instead  of  the  words  "a  weighed  quantity  of  the  dilute  formaldehyde  solution," 
line  8,  the  following  were  inserted,  "a  weighed  quantity  of  the  formaldehyde  solution 
containing  not  over  2  cc  of  a  1  per  cent  solution  or  the  equivalent,"  it  would  make  the 
method  clearer  and  sufficiently  explicit. 

SULPHUR  DIPS. 

The  method  is  that  of  Avery  and  is  given  in  Circular  10,  revised,  also  Bulletin  107, 
revised,  page  34  The  sample  submitted  for  analysis  was  prepared  in  the  laboratory 
by  boiling  together  lime  and  sulphur  according  to  the  regular  formula  for  the  lime- 
sulphur  spray  mixture. 

Sulphur  dips. 


Analyst. 

Date  of 
analysis. 

Weight  of 
sulphur. 

1Qft« 

f        0. 03452 

R.  J.  Davidson,  Blacksburg,  Va August  18 {         .  03455 

.  03452 


C  C  McDonnell  Bureau  of  Chemistry 

1          .03096 
{          .  03536 
July  20                {          .  03583 

1          .  03575 

Average                                 

I            .03568 

1 

The  results  are  all  very  close,  the  greatest  difference  being  only  0.25  per  cent.  This 
method  has  also  given  satisfactory  results  in  past  years. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  this  report  was  not  presented  at  the  meeting  of  the  associa- 
tion, no  recommendations  will  be  made  at  this  time. 


PRESIDENT    SNYDER'S    ADDRESS:    THE    TRAINING  OF  THE 
AGRICULTURAL  CHEMIST. 

I  have  selected  as  the  subject  of  the  president's  address  for  this ,  the  twenty-fifth 
annual  convention  of  the  Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists,  "The  Training 
of  the  Agricultural  Chemist." 

Any  society  or  organization  in  order  to  be  effectual  and  progressive  must  look  well 
to  its  membership.  Our  society  has  been  most  fortunate  in  this  respect,  and  it  is  to 
be  hoped  its  ranks  will  continue  to  be  filled  with  the  same  class  of  earnest,  energetic 
workers  as  are  here  to-day.  During  the  past  quarter  of  a  century  this  organization 
has  accomplished  most  excellent  results.  I  believe,  however,  that  it  has  only  entered 
upon  its  career  of  usefulness.  Much  credit  is  due  to  the  founders  for  the  high  ideals 
of  the  association  and  for  the  cultivation  of  the  true  scientific  spirit.  Many  of  them 


Ill 

r.-c,-ived  their  training  in  the  great  European  laboratories,  where  they  were  students 
..i  1. it-big,  Fn-enius,  \'oit,  Hoffman,  and  Pasteur,  and  they  have  planted  in  this 
country  tin-  see.  I  of  true  agricultural  research.  Most  of  the  older  members  have 
relinquished  their  labors,  and  the  work  of  the  society  may  now  be  said  to  be  in  the 
hands  <  >i  the  second  generation,  "who,  it  is  hoped,  will  meet  with  as  much  success  and 

r  tin-  sain*-  spirit  and  ideals. 

( Jri.u'inally  agricultural  chemists  were  in  a  way  self-educated.  They  secured  what 
kno\\  -led  ire  they  could  of  general  and  analytical  chemistry  and  then  applied  it  to  the 
.-  -ilutii.il  i»i  agricultural  problems.  Naturally  the  work  was  largely  analytical.  "What 

hi-  -ul.-tance  contain?  "  was  and  is  to-day  the  quest  of  the  chemist.     During  the 

i'.-\v  years,  however,  the  domains  of  agricultural  chemistry  have  been  greatly 
enlarged  and  then-  is  probably  now  no  other  branch  of  chemistry  that  calls  for  so  wide 
a  i  raining.  Organic,  inorganic,  industrial,  physical,  physiological,  and  sanitary 
cheniM-  have  definite  channels  within  which  their  activities  are  confined,  while  the 
agricultural  chemi-t  mu-i  necessarily  include  in  his  domain  a  large  portion  of  all  of 
these.  In  dealin-  with  the  soil  an  extended  knowledge  of  both  inorganic  and  organic 
chemi-try  a-  well  as  of  physical  chemistry  is  requisite.  Our  knowledge  of  soils  is 

sarily  much  restricted  because  the  chemistry  of  the  silicates  is  so  imperfectly 
under-tood,  arid  -•in  the  analy-is  of  plant  and  animal  substances  and  the  interpreta- 
tion of  the  n-.-ult-  our  knowledge  is  likewise  very  limited.  While  the  data  gained 
from  the  aiialy-i-  of  f..od~tui'f-  i-  exceedingly  valuable,  I  do  not  believe  that  it  is  as 
much  BO  as  it  i.-  de-tMted  to  be,  and  while  chemistry  is  one  of  the  most  useful  of  the 

es  in  the  -nidy    f  agricultural  problems,  it  is  capable  of  being  made  still  more 

valuable  and  u-eful. 

One  of  the  chief  fum -tii.il-  of  the  agricultural  chemist  is  to  correctly  analyze  agri- 
cultural prod  uc  t<.     In  order  to  do  thin  methods  of  analysis  based  upon  rational  prin- 
ciple- mu-t  l.i-  devised,  and  Jhi-  is  one  of  the  principal  features  of  the  work  of  this 
association.     It  is  scarcely  necessary  for  me  to  dwell  upon  its  importance.    Correct 
method-,  of  analy-i-i  are  essential,  as  without  these  chemistry  would  be  entitled  to  no 
hiu'ht  rrank  than  alch.-my       I  do  not  believe  that  the  importance  of  the  development 
methods  for  the  analysis  of  agricultural  products  is  as  fully  appreciated  by 
ion  workers  a-  it  -hould  be.     A  large  amount  of  the  work  that  has  been 
don,  u  ,1. -tined  to  !>••  di-  redited  and  discarded  because  of  errors  in  methods  employed. 
j.erirncnt  -tat ions  have  been  too  impatient  to  secure  immediate  results 
and  have  not  paid  -utHcieiit  attention  to  methods  of  investigation.     The  study  of  the 
method-  f'»ranaly-i  id  agricultural  products  can  well  be  continued  as  the 

promiiH-nt  feature  of  this  organization. 

With  the  advance  that  i-  I.eini:  made  in  general  science  and  the  greater  recognition 
i  agriculture,  more  extended  provision  should  be  made  for  the  education  and 
training  «>i  the  pn>spe.  live  agricultural  chemist.  There  are  many  institutions  that 
offer  « \<  client  four-year  «  ..tir-es  in  chemical  engineering  and  other  branches  of  chem- 
i-try  leading  to  degrees.  I  know  of  no  American  institution  where  such  a  course  is 
D  in  a-ri«  ultural  chemistry.  lias  not  the  time  arrived  for  the  establishment,  in 
some  of  our  institutions  of  courses  of  study  having  for  their  object  the  training  of  agri- 
cultural chemist-.'  Certainly  the  importance  and  magnitude  of  the  field  would  sug- 
gest the  need  of  such  courses.  I  shall  not  discuss  the  subjects  that  could  most 
!y  form  a  part  of  the  curriculum,  but  there  should  be  a  correlation  of  the 
different  s. -fences  Mended  with  general  and  technical  chemistry.  As  matters  now 
stand,  it  >-  Jem-rally  necessary  for  an  experiment  station  to  secure  as  assistants 
yoiini;  •  hemi.-ts  who  have  had  but  little  training  in  analytical  chemistry  and  give 
them  special  training  in  agricultural  analysis.  The  experiment  stations  have  to 
train  their  own  assistants  and  by  the  time  they  have  become  reasonably  proficient 
another  institution  or  some  industry  offers  a  higher  salary  and  then  new  assistants 
must  be  initiated,  the  process  in  some  cases  being  repeated  several  times  a  year.  Our 


112 

research  work  suffers  because  of  this  condition.  Experiments  are  undertaken  with 
one  corps  of  assistants,  a  part  of  the  work  is  done  by  another,  and  if  the  investigation 
is  completed  at  all  it  is  after  many  changes  have  been  made.  If  some  of  our  larger 
institutions  would  furnish  more  extended  training  in  agricultural  chemistry  and  better 
remuneration  were  given  assistants  so  as  to  retain  their  services,  conditions  would  be 
greatly  improved.  I  do  not  consider  that  this  lack  of  training  of  assistants  is  neces- 
sarily the  fault  of  agricultural  colleges,  as  their  courses  of  study  have  been  formu- 
lated with  o$ier  objects  in  view  than  the  training  of  scientists  for  research  work. 
There  are  many  interesting  problems  in  agricultural  chemistry  which  await  investi- 
gation, and  their  correct  solution  would  be  of  great  benefit  to  mankind.  The  field  of 
research  is  so  large  that  this  association  can  consistently  encourage  a  larger  number 
of  workers. 

In  addition  to  the  special  technical  training  the  agricultural  chemist  needs  broad 
equipment  in  other  lines  so  that  he  may  be  able  to  inaugurate  useful  lines  of  research 
and  properly  interpret  his  results.  There  are  many  chemists  who  are  capable  of 
making  accurate  and  rapid  analyses  and  prosecuting  routine  work,  but  are  unable  to 
outline  an  investigation,  plan  intricate  details,  carry  the  work  to  a  satisfactory  con- 
clusion, and  correctly  interpret  the  results.  There  need  be  no  fear  of  overcrowding 
in  the  realm  of  agricultural  chemistry  or  necessity  for  forming  a  trade  union  to  regulate 
the  number  practicing  the  profession.  In  this  connection  it  is  pleasing  to  note  the 
greater  recognition  that  is  being  given  the  agricultural  chemist.  About  a  decade  ago 
the  number  of  positions  in  this  line  were  limited  and  the  compensation  exceedingly 
small.  While  neither  the  number  of  positions  nor  the  compensation  is  now  particu- 
larly large  there  has  certainly  been  a  material  increase  in  both.  For  example,  in  the 
Department  of  Agriculture  in  1897  the  maximum  salary  paid  was  $2,500  per  year  and 
the  average  to  12  chemists  was  $1,541,  while  in  1907  the  maximum  salary  was  con- 
siderably greater  and  47  chemists  received  an  average  of  nearly  $2,000.  On  the 
whole,  however,  these  salaries  are  smaller  than  are  paid  in  many  of  the  large  educa- 
tional institutions,  although  the  rate  of  increase  during  the  past  ten  years  has  been 
greater  than  in  educational  institutions,  and  if  this  continues  the  agricultural  chemist 
bids  fair  in  the  near  future  to  receive  as  large  a  compensation  as  workers  in  other 
lines  of  science.  Much  credit  is  due  to  our  present  Secretary  of  Agriculture  for  recog- 
nizing the  importance  of  agricultural  research  and  having  the  courage  to  advocate 
and  recommend  to  Congress  suitable  compensation  for  agricultural  scientists. 

The  position  of  the  agricultural  chemist  in  both  the  educational  and  business  world 
is  undergoing  transition.  He  is  being  regarded  as  a  greater  factor  in  human  and 
industrial  progress  than  heretofore  and  I  believe  that  with  each  decade  he  may  reason- 
ably expect  greater  opportunity  to  do  good  work,  coupled  with  better  compensation. 
Agricultural  chemists  have  as  a -rule  been  underpaid;  neither  have  they  been  given 
sufficient  funds  with  which  to  prosecute  their  labors.  In  many  laboratories  book- 
shelves are  not  filled  as  they  should  be  and  makeshift  apparatus  is  employed  where 
better  results  could  be  secured  if  the  chemist  had  at  his  command  the  literature 
covering  the  work  of  others  upon  the  subject  which  he  is  investigating,  and  suitable 
apparatus  and  means  for  his  work.  There  has  been  many  a  scientific  surrender 
because  of  lack  of  funds  for  effectually  carrying  on  the  work. 

As  a  nation  we  have  taken  great  pride  in  the  progress  made  by  our  industries,  an 
advance  more  rapid  than  that  of  any  other  country.  This  in  a  large  measure  has 
been  due  to  the  work  of  the  American  chemist.  There  is  scarcely  an  important 
industry  but  employs  a  well-trained  chemist  and  has  a  suitably  equipped  testing 
laboratory.  The  steel,  sugar,  cement,  and  other  great  industries  are  practically 
applied  chemistry.  It  has  been  said  that  the  American  chemist  has  contributed  less 
than  his  quota  to  the  advancement  of  science;  he  has,  however,  contributed  his  full 
share  to  the  advancement  of  our  industries.  Instead  of  being  a  devotee  of  pure  science 
he  has  advanced  the  domains  of  applied  science.  The  agricultural  chemist  should 


113 

concern  himself  not  only  with  the  economic  production  of  foodstuffs  but  should 
extend  his  work  along  the  lines  of  their  preparation  and  utilization.  The  production 
of  f. KM!,  while  a  very  large  and  important  subject,  has  associated  with  it  its  proper 
manufacture  and  utilization.  The  agricultural  chemist  should  take  a  broader  view 
than  that  of  mere  critic  of  the  industries;  and  there  is  some  danger  when  working 
alniiu'  special  fo<xl  lines  of  his  becoming  too  narrow  in  his  consideration  of  the  questions 
that  present  themselves.  While  adulteration  and  sophistication  in  any  form  should 
not  In-  tolerated  by  the  chemist,  he  should  first  make  sure  that  it  is  adulteration,  and 
in  this  connection  tin-re  are  destined  to  arise  questions  upon  which  scientific  men 
materially  arid  honestly  differ.  I  should  not  care  to  see  all  scientists  agree  on  all 
questions,  as  thi-  would  be  detrimental  to  progress.  There  must  be  some  attrition, 
ami  when  differences  arise  they  should  be  met  in  the  true  scientific  spirit,  each  one 
lieini;  sure  that  the  data  and  facts  which  he  presents  are  absolutely  correct  in  every 
detail.  I  believe  the  province  of  the  chemist  is  first  doing  accurate  analytical  work. 
Tin-  stand  which  has  been  taken  by  this  association  is  a  most  excellent  one:  That 
the  meetings  shall  be  open  for  discussion,  that  we  invite  thorough  discussion  of  all 
subjects  relating  to  the  analysis  of  our  agricultural  products  and  the  interpretation 
of  their  re-nit.-,  but  that  the  views  expressed  by  any  one  individual  are  not  necessarily 
the  otlirial  \iews  of  the  association.  In  controversial  questions  it  is  well  for  the 
•v  to  be  conservative.  We  all  recall  the  attempt  of  the  French  Academy  of 
Science  to  settle  the  much-vexed  question  of  atmospheric  nitrogen  as  a  source  of  plant 
io.nl.  an-!  how.  after  examining  the  conflicting  reports  of  Ville  and  Boussingault,  the 
learned  committee  of  the  s<».  iety  reported  that  M.  Ville's  conclusions  and  results 
irere  condatenl  \\ith  hi-  experiment-.  We  well  know  how  the  conflicting  work  of 
the-e  two  in\>  harmonized,  and  while  the  society  attempted  to 

decide  the  qiir-t i> >n  the  real  question  was  not  settled  until  years  later.  The  best 
ser\  ice  this  so«  iety  ran  render  the  cause  of  agriculture  is  to  continue  along  the  lines 
followed  by  the  founder-.  I"  improve  the  methods  of  analysis  so  that  the  work  done 
by  the  otlirial  methods  of  the  Association  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists  will 
command  respect  wherever  quoted. 

The  food  rheini-t  should  make  a  more  careful  and  extended  study  of  processes 
employed  in  the  manufartureof  foods.  A  purely  theoretical  knowledge  of  manufactur- 
in-.:  processes  may  lead  t...  -m.neous  conclusions.  Some  manufacturers  of  foods  are  doing 
more  in  the\\a\  "f  -<ientilir  investigation  than  are  many  of  our  universities  and  experi- 
ment stations.  The  encc.urau'ement  given  by  the  industries  for  the  investigation  of 
srientitir  subjivtshas  been  productive  of  fruitful  results.  Pasteur's  classical  work  on 
fermentation  was  made  possible  by  his  connection  with  the  industries.  The  agri- 
cultural rhemi.-t  needs  the  help  and  assistance  of  the  technical  chemist. 

One,. f,,ur-reat  m-ed-  is  more  funds  with  which  to  prosecute  scientific  inquiry.  Men 
MI  science  ha\«-  the  /eal  and  ability,  but  often  fail  for  lack  of  funds  to  procure  and  con- 
ntilic  apparatus.  And  too  often  men  in  our  universities  who  are  specially 
adapted  b>  nature  for  the  prosecution  of  scientific  investigations  are  overburdened 
with  elementary  instruction  that  could  be  more  eflBciently  done  by  others.  Many 
scientists  attempt  to  do  too  much,  and  the  result  is  a  dissipation  of  energy. 

Scientific  u,,rk  often  suffers,  too,  because  of  the  natural  modesty  of  scientists,  and 
sometimes  those  who  accomplish  the  least  but  make  the  most  noise,  secure  the  lion's 
share  of  the  funds  for  carrying  on  work.  Some  pseudo-scientists  resort  to  cheap  ad- 
vert isim;  that  can  not  be  too  severely  condemned.  The  best  advertising  a  scientist 
•  an  do  is  the  publication  of  high-grade  scientific  work.  It  is  a  slow  but  a  sure  way  of 
building  up  a  permanent  reputation.  A  scientist  who  maintains  a  press  agency  is  not 
destined  to  make  a  premanent  record. 

Often  science  lan-uishes  because  those  immediately  in  authority  are  not  sufficiently 
educated  or  naturally  liberal  enough  to  appreciate  her  claims  or  able  to  give  wise  and 
T.,;7:j_Huii.  122—09 8 


114 

intelligent  direction  to  scientific  investigations.  Science  should  be  completely  seg- 
regated from  politics  as  it  is  sometimes  practiced,  and  she  should  not  be  dependent 
for  her  existence  upon  the  whims  of  the  spoilsman. 

Science  seeks  to  determine  the  truth.  True  science  will  not  tolerate  a  falsehood 
nor  perpetrate  a  fraud,  and  there  is  no  place  for  the  drone  in  the  ranks  of  science;  there 
have  been  a  few  who  have  made  some  progress  by  conjuring  with  scientific  terms, 
looking  wise,  cultivating  society,  and  catering  to  the  whims  of  those  in  temporary 
authority  and  neglecting  science.  Others  have  had  a  brief  but  precarious  existence 
as  scientific  pirates,  appropriating  to  themselves  the  work  and  results  of  others,  some- 
times of  advanced  students  and  underpaid  and  dependent  assistants.  All  true  teach- 
ers and  investigators  enjoy  having  their  assistants  and  students  do  good  work  and 
secure  noteworthy  results.  A  true  scientist  can  honestly  rejoice  at  seeing  his  col- 
league or  coworker  make  a  discovery.  Petty  jealousies  are  unworthy  of  science. 

Agricultural  chemistry  is  a  great  constructive  agency  and  wealth  producer.  We 
are  building  our  science  for  review  by  future  generations.  Let  us  build  it  well  so  as 
not  to  be  ashamed  of  the  workmanship.  The  true  scientist  bequeaths  to  mankind  an 
invaluable  legacy.  Let  us  cultivate  true  science  and  not  false  ideals. 

The  proposed  changes  in  the  constitution,  which  had  been  made 
special  order  following  the  president's  address,  were  considered. 
These  changes  were  as  follows : 

In  article  1,  first  sentence,  substitute  for  the  words  "  the  United  States,"  the 
words  "North  America." 

In  article  2,  first  sentence,  second  and  third  lines,  insert  the  word  "provincial" 
after  the  word  "State;"  also,  in  the  third  line  of  this  sentence  insert  after  the  word 
"body"  the  phrase  "in  North  America." 

After  discussion,  the  amendments  were  put  to  a  vote  and  were 
carried. 

A  motion  was  made  by  Mr.  Wiley  to  the  effect  that  a  referee  and 
an  associate  referee  on  water  analysis  be  appointed  to  study  mineral, 
sanitary,  irrigation,  and  technical  waters,  inasmuch  as,  under  the 
food  and  drugs  act,  standard  methods  for  potable  waters  were 
needed  as  well  as  for  foods,  while  the  analysis  of  irrigation  waters 
was  a  purely  agricultural  question  and  also  needed  study  and  elabo- 
ration. 

The  motion  that  such  referees  be  appointed  was  carried. 


FRIDAY— AFTERNOON  SESSION. 

REPORT    ON    SOILS. 
By  S.  D.  AVERITT,  Referee. 

The  association  at  its  last  meeting  made  only  two  recommendations  affecting  the 
referee's  work  this  year. 

(1)  That  the  modified  J.  L.  Smith  method  for  total  potassium  be  further  tested. 

(2)  That  the  sodium  peroxid  fusion  method  for  total  phosphorus  be  adopted  as  a 
provisional  method  of  this  association  and  be  further  tested. 

Including  this  year,  these  methods  have  been  before  the  association  three  years, 
and  it  seemed  very  desirable  to  place  before  the  association  work  sufficient  in  quan- 
tity and  of  such  a  quality  as  to  enable  it  to  dispose  of  them.  From  his  experience  as 


115 

a  ...operator  in  the  past,  the  referee  thought  it  best  not.  to  ask  for  too  much  work,  and 
in  accordance  with  this  view  only  one  other  line  of  investigation  was  requested  of 
those  who  expressed  a  willingness  to  cooperate.  In  the  opinion  of  the  referee,  the 
sodium  peroxid  fusion  method  for  total  phosphorus  had  some  very  serious  disad- 
vantages, particularly  as  to  manipulation  and  length  of  time  required  for  the  determi- 
nation. It  was  thought  desirable  to  ask  that  a  method  in  use  in  this  laboratory  be 
tested  with  a  view  to  proposing  it  as  a  provisional  method  for  total  phosphorus  in 
soils. 

This  method,  which  may  be  known  as  the  magnesium  nitrate  method,  is  easy  of 
manipulation  and  rapid,  and  in  this  laboratory  has  given  uniformly  as  good  results 
as  the  sodium  peroxid  fusion.  Accordingly,  it  was  asked  that  these  two  methods  be 
compared. 

Two  well-known  Kentucky  soils  were  selected  for  this  work.  No.  1  is  a  cultivated 
soil  from  the  western  coal  field.  A  complete  analysis  made  by  this  station  shows  it 
to  l.e  poor  in  pho-phaies,  organic  matter,  and  nitrogen.  No.  2  is  a  virgin  soil  from 
thr  I  >e\onian  in  the  eastern  part  of  Clark  County,  known  by  analysis,  as  in  the  case  of 
NM.  1.  i"  !>«•  particularly  rich  in  phosphates,  organic  matter,  and  potash. 

•uples  were  prepared  and  sent  to  fourteen  chemists,  who  volunteered  to  aid  in 
t hi-  work,  with  the  following  instructions: 

INSTRUCTIONS. 

(a)  Make  a  determination  of  moisture  by  the  official  method,  reporting  the  per- 
centi 

(6)  \\  eiL-h  lo  irraiiH  of  sodium  peroxid  into  an  iron  or  porcelain  crucible  and  thor- 
euiirhl)  mi \  \\  iih  it  5  grains  of  the  soil.  If  the  soil  is  very  low  in  organic  matter,  add 
a  link  .-larch  '"  ha.-teu  the  action.  Heat  the  mixture  carefully  by  applying  the 
flame  of  a  Hun-en  burner  directly  upon  the  surface  of  the  charge  and  the  sides  of  the 
crucible  until  the  action  start-  < 'over  crucible  until  the  reaction  is  over,  and  keep 
at  a  low  red  heat  for  fifteen  minutes;  do  not  allow  fusion  to  take  place.  By  means 
of  a  large  funnel  and  a  stream  of  hot  water  transfer  the  charge  to  a  500  cc  measuring 
flask.  Acidify  with  hydnx-hloric  acid  and  boil.  Let  cool  and  make  up  to  the  mark. 
If  the  action  has  taken  pi. ire  properly  there  should  be  no  particles  of  undecomposed 
soil  in  the  bottom  of  the  flask.  Allow  the  silica  to  settle  and  draw  off  200  cc  of  the 
clear  sol  u  i 

Precipitate  the  iron,  alumina,  and  phosphorus  with  ammonium  hydroxid;  filter, 
wash,  return  the  precipitate  to  the  beaker  with  a  stream  of  water,  holding  the  funnel 
the  beaker,  and  dissolve  the  precipitate  in  hot  hydrochloric  acid,  pouring  the 
acid  upon  the  filter  to  dissolve  any  precipitate  remaining.  Evaporate  the  solution 
and  to  complete  dryness  on  the  water  bath.  Take  up  with  dilute  hydro- 

chloric acid,  heating  if  necessary,  and  filter  out  the  silica.  Evaporate  filtrate  and 
to  about  lo  cc,  add  '2  cc  of  concentrated  nitric  acid,  and  just  neutralize  with 
ammonium  hydroxid.  Clear  up  with  nitric  acid,  avoiding  an  excess.  Heat  from  40° 
to  50°  on  water  bath,  add  15  cc  of  molybdic  solution,  keeping  at  this  temperature 
f.»r  from  one  to  two  hours.  Let  stand  overnight,  filter,  and  wash  free  of  acid  with 
0.1  per  cent  solution  of  ammonium  nitrate;  finally,  once  or  twice  with  cold  water. 
Iter  to  beaker  and  dissolve  in  standard  potassium  hydroxid  (1  cc  equal  to 
0/J  mi;  of  phosphoru.-  ,  titrate  the  excess  of  potassium  hydroxid  with  standard  nitric 
acid,  using  phenolphthaleiu  as  indicator. 

(c)  Weigh  into  a  50  cc  porcelain  dish  5  grams  of  soil.  Moisten  with  5  to  7  cc  of 
magnesium  nitrate  solution  (  (g)  p.  2,  Bui.  107,  Bureau  of  Chemistry).  Bring  to 
dryness  on  water  bath,  burn  off  the  organic  matter  at  low  redness;  when  cool,  moisten 
slightly  with  water,  add  10  cc  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  digest  two  hours 
on  wafer  l.ath,  keeping  the  dish  covered  with  a  watch  glass;  stir  up  two  or  three 
times  during  digestion. 

Make  up  to  i'50  cc,  mix  well  and  throw  on  a  dry  folded  filter,  pouring  back  on  the 
filter  till  the  solution  runs  through  clear.  Take  aliquots  corresponding  to  2  or  4 
irrams  <4  Drains  in  Xo.  1,  2  grams  in  No.  2),  depending  upon  the  amount  of  phos- 
phorus pre-ent .  Hrin.u'  to  dryness,  take  up  with  hydrochloric  acid  and  water,  filtering 
over  pump.  Filtrate  and  washings  should  not  exceed  30  or  40  cc.  Make  alkaline 
with  ammonia,  and  dissolve  the  precipitate  with  concentrated  nitric  acid,  using  a 
slight  excess.  Add  gradually,  while  shaking,  5  to  15  cc  molybdate  solution  (p.  2, 
Bui.  107).  After  standing  a  minute  or  two  add  15  cc  of  ammonium  nitrate  (p.  2, 


116 

Bui.  107),  shaking  thoroughly.  The  solution  should  be  kept  at  40°  or  50°  C.  for 
an  hour,  then  let  stand  overnight  at  the  room  temperature,  filter,  and  wash  well 
with  cold  water.  A  Hirsch  funnel  with  a  double  qualitative  filter,  S  and  S  No.  597, 
cut  to  fit,  and  well  pressed  down  around  the  edge  with  the  finger  after  wetting  and 
putting  on  pressure,  is  recommended.  Put  filter  and  precipitate  back  into  the  same 
flask,  using  as  little  water  as  possible  for  washing  back  into  flask.  Determine  phos- 
phorus volumetrically,  using  standard  potassium  hydroxid  and  nitric  acid. 

(d)  Fuse  1  gram  of  soil  according  to  the  well  known  J.  Lawrence  Smith  method. 
Transfer  the  fused  mass  to  a  porcelain  dish,  slake  with  hot  water,  grind  finely  with 
an  agate  pestle,  and  transfer  to  a  filter.     After  washing  free  of  chlorids,  concentrate 
the  filtrate  and  washings  in  a  Jena  beaker  to  about  20  cc,  and  filter.     Slightly  acidify 
the  filtrate  and  washings  with  hydrochloric  acid,  concentrate  in  a  platinum  dish, 
add  1.5  cc  of  a  platinic  chlorid  solution  (10  cc  contains  1  gram  of  platinum).     Evapo- 
rate to  a  sirupy  consistency,  as  usual,  and  wash  with  80  per  cent  alcohol  and  ammonium 
chlorid  solution. 

(e)  Determine  potassium  according  to  the  regular  J.  Lawrence  Smith  method." 

The  referee  inclosed  with  his  instructions  to  those  who  expressed  a  willingness 
to  cooperate  in  the  work  a  short  personal  letter,  and  had  hoped  that  each  one  would 
contribute  something  to  this  report,  but  unfortunately,  as  it  often  happens,  manv 
were  not  able  to  send  in  results  in  time  for  use.  The  referee  desires  to  express  his 
thanks  to  the  following  chemists  who  have  aided  him  in  the  work:  A.  W.  Gregory,  for 
the  Illinois  station;  W.  P.  Kelly,  for  the  Hawaii  station;  P.  E.  Brown,  for  the  New 
Jersey  station;  G.  S.  Fraps,  for  the  Texas  station;  W.  B.  Ellett,  for  the  Virginia  station; 
I.  O.  Schaub,  for  the  Iowa  station;  and  P.  F.  Trowbridge,  for  the  Missouri  station. 

It  will  be  seen  from  Table  1  that  the  results  obtained  by  the  sodium  peroxid  fusion 
and  the  magnesium  nitrate  method  show  practically  no  difference.  One  chemist 
gets  results  in  Soil  II  somewhat  higher  than  the  others,  but  the  amounts  of  phos- 
phorus obtained  by  the  two  methods  on  three  determinations  are  almost  identical. 
In  Soil  I,  with  the  exception  of  one  determination,  the  maximum  and  minimum 
results  are  not  bad  duplicates. 

a  Fresenius's  Quantitative  Chemical  Analysis,  p.  426. 


117 

T\m  i    \.-Comparison  of  sodium  peroxid  fusion  and  magnesium  nitrate  methods  for 

total  phosphorus. 

[Water-free  basis.] 


Analyst. 

Soil  No.  I. 

Soil  No.  II. 

Sodium 
peroxid. 

Magnesium 
nitrate. 

Sodium 
peroxid. 

Magnesium 
nitrate. 

A.  W.  <!r«Korv.  Illinois  

Per  cent. 
0.029 
.028 

Per  cent. 
0.027 
.027 

Per  cent. 
0.211 
.210 

Per  cent. 
0.224 
.226 

Average  

.029 

.027 

.211 

.225 

W.  P.  Kelley.  Hawaii  

.030 

.240 
.244 
.236 

Average  

.030 

031 

.030 

.240 

P.  K.  Hrown.  New  Jersey  

.021 
.029 
.025 
.025 

.025 
.025 
.029 

.281 
.281 
.285 

.281 

.285 
.285 

Average  

.025 

.026 

.282 

.284 

>r!vl...  Texas  

.025 

.197 
.201 

Average  

.023 

.024 

.199 

I.  O.  Schauh,  lowaa  

.025 

.213 

\v.  15.  Kil.-it.  Virginia... 

.025 
.024 

.027 
.028 

.231 
.230 

.232 
.232 

Average.  . 

.025 

.027 

.231 

.232 

8.  D.  Averitt,  Kentucky.                              

.031 
.032 

.030 
.030 

.220 
.213 

.227 
.229 

Average  

.031 

.030 

.217 

.228 

P.  F.  Trowhridge,  Missouri  •  . 

.030 

.029 

.242 

.219 

(JpiMT.iIuvi-  rip- 

.028 

.028 

.237 

.230 

•  Duplicates  not  reported. 

Tlu»  n-foriM'  did  not  ask  that  these  methods  be  checked  by  the  carbonate  fusion  or 
standard  method,  a.«  it  is  sometimes  called,  his  work  with  the  method  having  shown 
that  it  has  the  disadvantage  of  a  large  amount  of  soluble  silica,  necessitating  dehy- 
dration, and  in  the  cane  of  a  soil  with  any  considerable  amount  of  organic  matter 
there  exist  favorable  conditions  for  reduction  and,  consequently,  some  loss  of 
phosphorus. 

In  Table  2  will  be  found  the  results  of  the  referee's  determination  of  total  phos- 
phorus in  the  two  soils,  working  as  follows:  Making  a  carbonate  fusion,  then  proceeding 
as  for  an  accurate  determination  of  silica,  the  silica  evaporated  with  hydrofluoric  acid, 
the  residue  taken  up  with  hot,  strong  hydrochloric  acid  and  added  to  the  filtrate 
from  the  silica.  Iron,  alumina,  and  phosphorus  precipitated  with  ammonium 
hydroxid,  washed,  redissolved,  and  the  phosphorus  determined  volurnetrically,  as 
in  the  magnesium  nitrate  method. 

It  will  be  seen  from  the  table  that  in  Soil  I,  containing  very  little  organic  matter, 
the  results  compare  very  favorably  with  the  other  methods,  but  in  Soil  II,  rich  in 
organic  matter,  the  average  is  lower. 


118 


TABLE  2. — Duplicate  determinations  of  phosphorus  by  carbonate  fusion. 
[Water-free  basis.] 


Soil  I. 

Soil  II. 

Per  cent. 
0.025 
.033 
.026 

Per  cent. 
0.202 
.220 
.207 
.207 

.028 

.209 

In  Table  3  will  be  found  duplicate  determinations  of  total  phosphorus  in  soils  by 
the  magnesium  nitrate  digestion.  Of  these,  Nos.  1127,  1202,  and  1204  are  presumably 
Texas  soils,  and  the  determinations  were  made  by  Mr.  E.  C.  Carlyle,  of  the  Texas 
station.  The  others  are  low  phosphate  soils  of  western  Kentucky  and  were  made  as 
checks  in  the  general  work  of  this  laboratory. 

TABLE  3. — Duplicate  determinations  of  phosphorus  by  magnesium  nitrate  method. 

[Water-free  basis.] 


Soil  No. 

Determi- 
nation 1. 

Determi- 
nation 2. 

Soil  No. 

Determi- 
nation 1. 

Determi- 
nation 2. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

13 

0.030 

0.027 

120 

0.034 

0.034 

14 

.051 

.052 

600 

.035 

.035 

15 

.046 

.040 

601 

.043 

.039 

16 

.052 

.053 

602 

.028 

.026 

117 

.046 

.045 

1127 

.029 

.027 

118 

.045 

.045 

1202 

.031 

.032 

119 

.034 

.034 

1204 

.020 

.021 

Table  4  shows  the  modified  method  to  compare  very  favorably  with  the  regular 
J.  Lawrence  Smith  method  for  total  potassium,  the  former  method  giving  in  the  gen- 
eral average  0.01  per  cent  more  potassium  in  both  soils.  Taking  into  consideration 
the  fact  that  the  work  is  done  on  1  gram  the  agreement  is  as  close  as  could  be  expected. 
Referring  to  the  work  done  by  these  methods  in  1906  and  1907,  it  will  be  seen  that 
the  results  are  in  the  main  concordant. 


119 


TABLE  4.— Comparison  of  modified  and  Smith  methods  for  total  potassium. 
[Water-free  basis.] 


Analyst. 

Soil  I. 

Soil  II. 

Modified. 

Smith. 

Modified. 

Smith. 

A.  \V.  »;n-gorv,  Illinois  

Percent. 
1.156 
1.157 
1..182 
1.156 
1.158 

Per  cent. 
1.205 
1.175 
1.164 
1.208 
1.223 

Per  cent. 
1.568 
1.547 
1.566 
1.552 
1.547 

Per  cent. 
1.582 
1.598 
1.594 
1.586 
1.566 

Average  

1.162 

1.195 

1.556 

1.585 

W.  H.  Kllett,  Virginia  

1.068 
1.081 

1.183 
1.121 

1.495 
1.487 

1.564 
1.536 

Average  

1.075 

1.190 
1.185 
1.214 

1.152 

1.162 
1.170 
1.202 

1.491 

1.552 
1.546 
1.531 

1.550 

1.491 
1.541 
1.565 

8.  D.  Averitt.  K.-iitiicky  

Average  

1.196 

1.178 

1.543 

1.532 

P.  F.  Trowbridge,  Missouri  <                    

1.177 

1.186 

1.512 

c  1.357 

\     V    \\Vlls    Iowa 

1.271 
1.275 

1.121 
1.134 

1.608 
1.702 

1.751 
1.760 

Avrrw  

1.273 

1.127 

1.655 

c  1.755 

O.  M.  Sh»-.M  .  Km  t  ucky  b  

1.511 
1.627 

Average  

1.569 

uiub,  Iowa 

1  320 

1.656 
1  678 

Average.  .  .                            

1.440 

cl.380 

1.667 

'  i''iM»ral  average 

1.177           1.168 

| 

1.571 

1.556 

tr.s  not  rrportril. 


b  Too  late  to  be  included  in  the  general  average. 


Not  included  in  the  general  average. 

MMENTS  OP  ANALYSTS. 

/'.  E.  Brawn:  The  magnesium  nitrate  method  is  undoubtedly  quicker  and  easier  of 
manipulation  than  the  |K»roxid  fusion  method.  It  has  the  advantage  that  there  is 
not  nearly  >u<  h  a  large  amount  of  silica  to  get  rid  of,  as  it  was  found  necessary  to  dehy- 
drate three  or  four  times  with  the  peroxid  fusion  method.  Then,  top,  in  the  first  oper- 
ation of  tin-  iii-ion  method  there  seems  to  be  an  uncertainty  of  reaction  while  avoiding 
fu.-ioM,  which  is  of  course  eliminated  in  the  other  method. 

You  will  notice  from  the  results  that  the  agreement  is  fair  with  a  tendency  for  the 
new  method  to  giv»»  slightly  higher  results.  However,  if  the  first  determination  in 
Soil  I  by  the  fusion  method  is  eliminated,  the  agreement  is  much  better.  On  the 
whole  the  magnesium  nitrate  method  seems  to  me  to  be  undoubtedly  superior  to  the 
other. 

\V.  /'.  Kdley:  I  find  the  magnesium  nitrate  method  as  outlined  by  you  to  be  a  very 
simple  and  convenient  scheme  for  determining  the  phosphoric  acid  in  soils;  and  while 
I  have  not  had  an  opportunity  to  compare  this  method  with  others,  I  have  no  doubt 
that  the  results  are  reliable. 

RECOMMENDATIONS. 

The  work  done  this  year,  while  not  as  extensive  as  the  referee  had  wished,  still 
warrants  in  his  opinion  three  conclusions,  especially  when  it  is  remembered  that  work 
along  the  same  line  last  year  and  the  year  before  is  mainly  concordant  in  the  matter 
of  results:  First,  that  the  modified  J.  Lawrence  Smith  method  for  total  potassium 
compares  very  favorably  with  the  regular  method  and  is  somewhat  shorter;  second, 


120 

that  the  sodium  peroxid  fusion  method  for  total  phosphorus  gives  good  results,  but 
the  manipulation  presents  some  difficulty,  and  the  time  required  for  making  the  deter- 
minations is  a  disadvantage;  third,  that  the  magnesium  nitrate  method  gives  uni- 
formly as  good  results  for  total  phosphorus  as  the  sodium  peroxid  fusion,  and  is  quick 
and  easy  of  manipulation.  With  these  facts  in  view,  the  referee  would  make  the 
following  recommendations: 

(1)  That  the  modified  J.  L.  Smith  method  for  total  potassium  be  adopted  as  an 
optional  method  of  this  association. 

(2)  That  the  sodium  peroxid  fusion  for  total  phosphorus  be  adopted  as  an  official 
method. 

(3)  That  the  magnesium  nitrate  method  for  total  phosphorus  be  adopted  as  a  pro- 
visional method  of  this  association  and  be  further  tested. 


REPORT  ON  THE    DETERMINATION    OF  CALCIUM  CARBONATE  IN 

SOILS. 

By  JACOB  G.  LIPMAN,  Associate  Referee. 

Systematic  determinations  of  calcium  carbonate  in  cultivated  soils  seem  highly 
desirable  in  view  of  its  important  functions  in  crop  production.  Unfortunately,  there 
is  no  unanimity  of  opinion  among  chemists  as  to  the  methods  best  adapted  for  this 
work.  When  the  proportion  of  calcium  and  magnesium  carbonates  exceeds  1  per 
cent,  fairly  accurate  determinations  may  be  made  by  the  liberation  of  carbon  dioxid 
and  its  absorption  and  weighing  in  potash  solutions.  But  when  the  proportion  of 
carbonate  is  small,  as  is  true  of  so  many  of  our  soils,  the  quantity  of  carbon  dioxid 
which  remains  in  solution  in  the  acid  is  very  large  in  proportion  to  its  entire  amount. 
This  source  of  error  has  frequently  been  commented  upon  and  has  led  to  several 
more  or  less  successful  attempts  to  correct  it." 

The  associate  referee  on  soils  thought  it  advisable,  therefore,  to  outline  some  cooper- 
ative work  on  one  or  two  promising  methods  for  the  determination  of  carbonates  in 
soils.  Samples  of  two  different  soils  were  sent  to  eleven  members  of  the  association 
who  had  signified  their  willingness  to  cooperate  in  the  testing  of  soil-analytical  meth- 
ods. It  was  suggested  that  determinations  of  carbonates  be  made  in  the  samples  by 
Knorr's  method  as  described  in  Wiley's  Agricultural  Analysis,  b  Where  possible,  the 
results  secured  by  Knorr's  method  were  to  be  checked  by  the  method  described  by 
Amos  in  the  Journal  of  Agricultural  Science,  c 

The  samples  were  sent  out  early  in  September,  and  analyses  were  made  and  reported 
by  W.  B.  Ellett  of  the  Virginia  station,  by  Percy  E.  Brown  of  the  New  Jersey  station, 
and  Ernest  Van  Alstine  of  the  Illinois  station.  Mr.  Van  Alstine's  data  were  trans- 
mitted to  the  associate  referee  by  Mr.  Hopkins. 

Mr.  Ellett  and  Mr.  Brown  used  Knorr's  apparatus  for  the  determination  of  the  car- 
bon dioxid.  Mr.  Van  Alstine  employed  the  method  regularly  used  at  the  Illinois 
station  and  consisting  of  the  liberation  of  the  carbon  dioxid  "by  boiling  with  hydro- 
chloric acid  and  ascertaining  the  quantity  of  carbon  dioxid  evolved  by  measuring 
before  and  after  absorption  by  a  caustic  potash  solution,"  The  results  were  as  follows: 

a  See  Hall  and  Russel,  A  Method  for  Determining  Small  Quantities  of  Carbonates, 
Transactions,  J.  Chem.  Soc.,  London,  1902,  81: 81. 
&Vol.  1,  p.  338. 
c  1905,  7:322. 


121 

Determination  of  carbon  dioorid  in  soils. 
(Percentage  of  dry  soil.] 


Analyst. 

Soil  No.  1. 

Soil  No.  2. 

E.  Van  Alstine,  Illinois  

0  025 

Average  

.025 
.027 
.024 

.020 
.020 
.020 

\V.  M.  Kllett,  Virginia  

.030 

.025 

Average  

r   1     Brown,  New  Jersey  

031 

.034 
.030 

.026 
.021 

Average  

flOO 

The  result*  submitted  by  Ellett  and  Brown  agree  very  satisfactorily.  Those  sub- 
mit ted  by  Van  A  \<\  ine  are  markedly  lower,  especially  in  the  case  of  soil  No.  2.  Appar- 
ently tin-  amount  of  carbon  dioxid  which  remained  in  solution  in  the  latter  work  is 
the  cause  of  the  |,,\v. T  n-ults.  Evidently  Knorr's  apparatus  is  efficient  for  the  deter- 
mination of  comparatively  slight  amounts  of  carbonates;  however,  it  is  desirable  that 
further  w.rk  !>«•  done  aloni;  this  line,  and  the  associate  referee  would  therefore  recom- 
mend, that  it  be  continued  with  certain  modifications  for  at  least  another  year. 


REPORT   ON   POTASH. 

I'.y  I',    H.  K,,ss,  Referee.  * 

The  w..rk  mi  pi.ta.-h  for  the  past  year  lias  included  cooperative  tests  of  the  regular 
otlii-ial  method  in  comparison  with  the  phonphomolybdic  volumetric  method,  and, 
in  addition,  the  reft-ree,  associate  referee,  and  some  cooperating  chemists  have  made 
comparative  tests  with  some  special  methods  which  will  be  described  in  the  latter 
portion  of  thi<  report. 

Twenty  laboratories  expressed  a  desire  to  take  part  in  the  cooperative  work  on 
P  >ia-h  sample-,  but  reports  were  received  from  only  eight  laboratories. 

Two  .-ample.-,  were  sent  out  for  analysis  to  each  laboratory  taking  part  in  the  work, 
sample  No.  1  being  high-grade  commercial  sulphate  of  potash,  while  sample  No.  2 
was  a  mixed  fertili/er,  the  ingredients  of  which  were  acid  phosphate,  cottonseed  meal, 
dried  Mood,  potassium  chlorid,  and  a  small  amount  of  magnesium  sulphate. 

The  following  instructions  with  regard  to  the  work  were  sent  out  to  all  cooperating 
chemi>is.  the  details  .if  the  volumetric  method  being  those  given  by  the  referee  for 
!?«»;  and  1907,  Mr.  A.  L.  Knisely,  who  had  given  much  time  and  attention  toastudy 
of  the  phosphomolybdic  method. 

OUTLINE   OF  ASSOCIATION   POTASH   WORK. 

Sample  No.  1.  Commercial  sulphate  of  potash. 

Sample  No.  2.  A  complete  mixed  fertilizer,  the  nitrogen  of  which  is  derived  from 
cotton.-eed  meal  and  dried  blood. 

Pota.-h  in  these  samples  should  be  determined  both  by  the  official  method  and  the 
pn>{>osed  volumetric  method  involving  use  of  phosphomolybdic  acid. 


122 

Reagents. 

Nitric  add. — 50  cc  of  nitric  acid  (1.40  sp.  gr.)  in  1,000  cc  of  water. 

Sodium  nitrate  wash. — 10  grams  of  sodium  nitrate  per  1,000  cc  of  water. 

Phosphomolybdic  acid  solution. — 100  grams  of  phosphomolybdic  acid  (Kahlbaum's 
preferred)  in  750  cc  of  water  and  250  cc  of  nitric  acid  (1.40  sp.  gr.).  'This  solution 
must  be  freshly  prepared — not  over  three  or  four  days  old  before  using.  If  properly 
made  the  evaporated  residue  from  a  portion  of  this  solution  is  never  white  and  readily 
redissolves  in  the  dilute  nitric  acid  solution  in  the  cold. 

Standard  solutions. — Standard  caustic  potash  and  nitric  acid  prepared  for  volu- 
metric phosphoric  acid  diluted  to  2  volumes.  One  cubic  centimeter  of  this  potassium 
hydroxid  solution  is  equal  to  0.812  mg  of  potassium  oxid. 

Determination. 

Transfer  10  cc  of  solution  to  a  platinum  dish,  add  0.25  cc  of  sulphuric  acid  (1  to  1). 
Evaporate  to  dryness  and  ignite  to  whiteness.  Dissolve  residue  in  hot  water  plus  a 
few  drops  of  hydrochloric  acid  and  transfer  to  a  tall  200  cc  beaker,  add  30  cc  phos- 
phomolybdic acid  solution  and  slowly  evaporate  to  complete  dryness  on  top  of  a 
steam  bath. 

It  requires  approximately  22  mg  of  phosphomolybdic  acid,  in  order  to  have  an 
excess,  for  each  milligram  of  potassium  oxid  present. 

Add  30  cc  of  nitric  acid  wash  to  the  dried  residue  and  stir  thoroughly  in  the  cold, 
with  a  grinding  motion  with  a  policeman,  allow  to  settle  a  moment  and  decant  super- 
natant liquid  at  once  through  a  gooch  crucible  packed  with  moist  filter  paper  pulp, 
approximately  one-sixteenth  inch  in  thickness.  Wash  twice  by  decantation  with 
sodium  nitrate  wash,  transfer  precipitate  to  a  gooch  and  wash  with  sodium  nitrate 
wash  until  acid  free.  Transfer  gooch  to  casserole,  run  in  excess  standard  alkali  solu- 
tion and  add  phenolphthalein.  Heat  to  boiling  and  titrate  excess  alkali  with  standard 
acid. 

Some  samples  of  asbestos  seem  to  hold  or  "fix"  some  of  the  excess  acid,  making  the 
gooch  filter  very  hard  to  wash  acid  free.  Hence  it  is  suggested  to  use  a  paper  pulp 
filter.  It  is  also  desirable  to  make  comparative  tests,  employing  the  usual  asbestos 
filter. 

If  excess  of  phosphomolybdic  acid  has  been  used,  the  dried  residue  has  a  reddish 
hue.  If  excess  has  not  been  added  the  residue  is  bright  yellow.  Residue  should  not 
appear  white. 

In  each  case,  run  blanks  to  ascertain  corrections  to  be  made  for  impurities. 

It  is  also  desired  that  in  sample  No.  1  determinations  of  potash  be  made,  not  only 
by  the  official  method  (which  provides  for  direct  evaporation  of  the  solution  without 
addition  of  ammonia  and  ammonium  oxalate),  but  also  by  the  method  applicable  to 
mixed  fertilizers,  adding  ammonia  and  ammonium  oxalate,  followed  by  evaporation 
and  subsequent  ignition  with  sulphuric  acid. 

Several  chemists  have  urged  that  this  latter  method  of  procedure  be  tried,  as  it  is 
claimed  that  the  official  method  for  potash  salts  gives  too  high  results  owing  to  impure 
precipitates. 

The  reports  of  results  of  cooperating  chemists  are  as  follows: 


123 


Potas  h  results  reported  by  cooperating  chemists. 


Analyst. 

Sample  No.  1. 

Sample  No.  2. 

Official 
method. 

Volu- 
metric 
method. 

Official 
method 
plus  am- 
monia 
and 
ammoni- 
um 
oxalate. 

Official 
method. 

Volu- 
metric 
method. 

K.  I..  Bak»T,  (ifiirvu,  N.  V.. 

Per  cent. 
\      51.32 
j      51.24 

Per  cent. 
51.26 
51.30 

Per  cent. 
50.16 
50.16 

Per  cent. 
4.41 
4.43 

Per  cent. 
4.89 
4.89 
4.72 

S.  K.   \>i.iirv.  Colletfe  Station,  Tex  

51.40 

50.66 

4.42 

E.  C.  Carlyle,  College  Station,  Tex  

/          4.65 
\          4.40 

G.  Farnham,  Cincinnati,  Ohio  

50.60 
50.56 
50.80 
50.75 
50.71 
50.82 
50.84 

""56."  68 
50.73 
oSO.29 
050.43 
51.02 

49.81 
49.77 
50.64 
50.62 
50.22 
50.46 
50.55 

4.44 
4.40 
4.44 
4.47 
4.31 
4.35 
4.34 

ham,  Cinri  limit  i,  Ohio  

J    11    MitrhHl   CU-insuM  College,  8.  C 

50.41 
50.60 
50.09 
50.61 
50.09 
50.09 

4.45 
4.49 
4.20 
4.45 

.u-rtson,  CU'inson  College,  8.  C... 

O.T.  Beyer,  <               i 

Laboratory  of  Armour  &  Co  

50.16 
50.08 

4.38 
4.43 

II    1     luylor,  Chicago.  Ill  
Laboratory  of  Swift  A 

58.19 
i      :,:<.<.»<) 
61.60 
{      58.00 
57.96 
I      59.62 
58  80 

50.28 

4.42 

4.66 
4.68 
5.01 
5.14 
4.99 

C.  H.  H  rair«l«>n    Chicago,  Ill 

4.43 

4.90 
4.69 
/          4.30 
\          4.60 

Laboratory  of  - 

59.11 

C.  L.  llar*»,  Auburn,  Ala  

A.  M.  Kiiiisotu  ami  T.  Bragg,  Auburn,  Ala  

51.20 
51.36 

51.96 
52.60 

49.80 
50.10 

4.44 
4.38 

Average..                              '.  
M.  O.  Donk.  Washington.  D.  ('.  *  

50.87 

50.23 

4.40 

4.21 
4.32 
4.41 
4.36 

:.i  >."-' 
50.80 

49.08 
49.00 

4.38 
4.35 

HI  I  t-r  mi  u-.-l 


'•  Ufsiilts  received  too  late  to  be  included  in  the  averages. 


COMMENTS  BY  ANALYSTS. 


/  /  linker,  Gene xi.  V  ) Moist  filter  paper  pulp  was  used  in  one  of  each  set  of 
(lupin-ait-.-"  ami  a  thick  pad  of  asbestos  in  the  other,  with  no  appreciable  variation  in 
results.  In  some  cases  the  precipitate  showed  a  tendency  to  run  through  the  filter 
paper  pulp.  It  was  easier,  however,  to  wash  the  filter  paper  free  from  acid.  Cor- 
rertions  were  made  fur  a  blank  of  0.3  cc  of  potassium  hydroxid.  Corrections  were 
•to  mad*-  for  blanks  in  the  official  method.  You  will  notice  that  in  the  case  of  the 
mixed  fertili/er  the  two  methods  differ  by  about  0.4  of  a  per  cent.  During  a  series 
of  determinations  I  was  unable  to  obtain  any  closer  agreement. 

E.  C.  Carlyle,  College  Station,  Tex.:  The  use  of  pulped  filter  paper  for  filtering  the 
phosphomolybdate  is  found  satisfactory  and  it  reduces  the  bumping  when  the  liquid 
is  heated  for  the  purpose  of  dissolving  the  potash  salt. 

G.  S.  Farnham,  Cincinnati,  Ohio:  I  regret  to  report  that  I  failed  to  get  checks  for 
the  volumetric  method. 

P.  Rudnick,  Chicago,  III.:  It  seems  from  the  results  by  the  official  method  that 
there  is  some  truth  in  the  claim  that  the  method  for  mixed  fertilizers  when  applied 
to  sulphate  of  potash  gives  somewhat  lower  results,  The  proposed  volumetric  method 


124 

was  given  as  thorough  a  trial  as  time  and  opportunity  permitted,  and  although  the 
results  obtained  were  not  very  satisfactory,  the  method  itself  certainly  looks  very  prom- 
ising. The  difficulties  are,  first,  the  very  small  amount  of  sample  taken;  second,  the 
extreme  proneness  of  the  precipitate  to  go  through  the  filter;  third,  the  great  difficulty 
of  removing  the  precipitate  from  the  sides  of  the  beaker  or  casserole;  fourth,  the  diffi- 
cult v  in  washing  all  the  nitric  acid  out  of  the  precipitate.  Asbestos  is  much  inferior 
to  paper  pulp  for  filtering. 

W.  D.  Richardson,  Chicago,  III.:  With  the  volumetric  method,  following  your 
directions,  we  did  not  have  very  good  success. 

0.  M.  Shedd,  Lexington,  Ky.:  From  my  work,  I  would  suggest  on  samples  similar 
to  No.  1  that  ammonium  hydroxid  and  ammonium  oxalate  be  added  as  in  the  case 
of  mixed  fertilizers,  and  that  an  aliquot  be  used  of  0.10  to  0.20  gram  and  not  over 
0.25  gram,  instead  of  0.50  gram,  for  the  smaller  potassium  platinic  chlorid  precipitate 
can  be  worked  better;  besides  it  is  my  experience  that  very  large  precipitates  carry 
down  a  greater  proportion  of  impurities. 

In  addition  to  the  above  results  Mr.  Shedd  made  determinations  in  sample  No.  1 
by  evaporating  with  sulphuric  acid,  igniting,  and  then  evaporating  with  platinic 
chlorid.  The  results  secured  were  49.75  and  49.88  per  cent. 

M.  G.  Donk,  Washington,  D.  C.:  Could  get  no  satisfactory  results  on  sample  No.  1 
by  the  volumetric  method. 

E.  L.  Baker,  associate  referee,  made  additional  comparative  determinations  of 
potash  in  several  samples  of  potash  salts,  both  with  and  without  the  use  of  ammonia 
and  ammonium  oxalate,  in  making  up  the  solution,  the  results  being  as  follows: 

Comparison  of  results  obtained  with  and  without  the  use  of  ammonia  and  ammonium 

oxalate. 


Sample. 

With. 

Without. 

Sample. 

With. 

Without. 

Kainit 

Per  cent. 
12.94 

Per  cent. 
13.13 

Kainit 

Per  cent. 
/      13.42 

Per  cent. 
13.48 

12.95 
49.68 

13.18 
51.20 

Muriate 

\      13.30 
/      49.12 

13.52 
50.04 

49.64 

51.16 

\      49.  14 

49.84 

Mr.  Baker  also  reported  results  of  determinations  of  potash  in  a  number  of  samples 
by  the  sodium  cobalti-nitrite  method  first  proposed  as  a  quantitative  process  by 
Adie  and  Wood."  This  method  involved  the  use  of  sodium  cobalti-nitrite  as  a  pre- 
cipitant, and  in  the  original  process  precipitation  was  effected  in  the  presence  of  acetic 
acid  in  a  solution  which  should  contain  from  0.5  to  1  per  cent  of  potash.  Drushel  *> 
has  modified  this  method  as  follows: 

The  solution  of  a  potassium  salt,  containing  not  more  than  0.2  gram  of  potassium 
oxid  and  free  from  ammonium  salt,  was  treated  with  a  rather  large  excess  of  sodium 
cobalti-nitrite  solution,  acidified  with  acetic  acid,  and  evaporated  to  a  pasty  condi- 
tion over  the  steam  bath.  It  was  then  cooled  and  treated  with  from  50  to  100  cc  of 
cold  water,  and  stirred  until  the  excess  of  sodium  cobalti-nitrite  was  dissolved.  It 
was  allowed  to  settle  and  was  decanted  through  a  perforated  crucible  fitted  with  an 
asbestos  felt.  The  precipitate  was  washed  two  or  three  times  by  decantation,  after 
which  it  was  transferred  to  the  crucible  and  thoroughly  washed  with  cold  water.  In 
the  meantime  a  measured  excess  of  standard  potassium  permanganate  was  diluted 
to  ten  times  its  volume  and  heated  nearly  to  boiling.  Into  this  the  precipitate  and 
felt  were  transferred  and  stirred,  after  which  the  crucible  was  also  put  into  the  solu- 
tion, since  particles  of  the  precipitate  stick  persistently  to  its  sides.  After  the  oxida- 
tion had  proceeded  five  or  six  minutes  manganese  hydroxid  separated  out  and  the 


«J.Chem.  Soc.,  77:1076. 

bAmer.  J.  ScL,  24:  433;  Chem.  News,  97:  124. 


125 

color  of  the  solution  darkened  At  this  point  from  5  to  25  cc  of  sulphuric  acid  (1-  2) 
u«-n-  added,  and  t  he  rotation,  after  stirring,  was  allowed  to  stand  afew  minutes  Tnpr 
a  measured  amount  of  standard  oxalic  acid,  containing  50  cc  of  strong  sulphuric  acid 
per  liter,  was  run  in  from  a  burette  taking  care  to  add  an  excess.  The  temperature 
was  maintained  a  little  below  the  boiling  point  until  the  solution  became  colorless 
and  t  he  manganese  hydroxid  had  completely  dissolved.  It  was  then  titrated  to  color 
by  permanganate  in  the  usual  manner.  From  the  whole  amount  of  permanganate 
employed,  the  permanganate  equivalent  of  the  oxalic  acid  used  was  subtracted  and 
t!,,-  remaind^  multiplied  by  the  factor  calculated  for  the  strength  of  permanganate 
used,  0.0008o6  being  the  factor  for  strictly  tenth-normal  potassium  permanganate 

While  work  was  in  progress  in  the  referee's  laboratory  with  a  view  to  testing  the 
adaptability  of  the  cobalti-nitrite  methods,  letters  were  received  from  several  coop- 
erating chemists  commending  this  process  quite  strongly,  as  a  result  of  some  prelimi- 
nary work  which  had  been  done  with  it.  Mr.  A.  M.  Peter,  of  the  Kentucky  station, 
reported  that  by  the  cobalti-nitrite  method  results  of  49.89  and  49.92  per  cent  were 
obtain.'.!  by  Mr.  Q.  Edgar  for  sample  No.  1,  as  against  49.82  by  the  official  method, 
while  for  sample  No.  2,  4.50  and  4.48  per  cent  of  potash  was  found,  as  against  4.41 
by  t  h<-  oili.-ial  method.  Mr.  Baker  obtained  the  following  results  on  the  official  sam- 
pl,-  by  hrur.li.-rs  modification:  No.  1,  50.24  and 50.85  per  cent;  No.  2,  4.46  and  4.31 
nt.  Following  an-  results  reported  by  Mr.  Baker,  using  the  original  Adie  and 
Wood  method,  in  which  precipitation  is  effected  without  evaporation: 

1'tnnjnirixnn  of  pottuk  </>  '•  > munition*  hi/  ttu  nriijiiinl  Adir  aiid  Wood  cobalti-nitrite  method 

mt-irir.)  and  the  official  method. 


Sample. 

Ofld  .1 
method. 

Cokilli- 
nitrite 
method. 

Sample. 

Official 
method. 

Cobalti- 
nitrite 
method. 

Sulphate  

to  MM 

/      53.54 

Percent. 
M.M 

Kainit*  

Per  cent, 
j     13.  13 

Per  cent. 
10.14 

Muriate  ami  sulphate  

54.08 

.^).71 

Mixed  fertilizer  o  

\      13.  18 
/       4.95 

10.28 
4.21 

Mixed  fertilizer  «. 

},/!     M 
10.41 

.»<>.  1  1 
10.78 

Mixed  fertilizer  a 

I        5.06 
j        1.28 

4.21 
.40 

Kainit  •»  .  .  .  .                         

\      10.  41 
1       13.48 

10.92 
10.64 

10.71 

\        1.29 

.40 

o  The  kainits  and  mixed  tertillxers  evidently  did  not  entirely  precipitate  owing,  probably,  to  improper 

roruvntr  itm::. 

CONCLUSIONS. 

It  apiKmre  from  the  result  of  this  year's  work,  that  while  some  good  results  are 
obtained  by  the  volumetric  method,  there  are  difficulties  connected  with  the  working 
of  the  procettt  which  affect  the  reliability  and  rapidity  of  its  execution.  Among  these 
may  be  mentioned  the  trouble  experienced  in  washing  the  precipitate  free  of  acid  and 
the  tcmlency  of  the  precipitate  to  run  through,  while  the  smallness  of  the  aliquot 
used  in  the  determinations  would,  of  course,  tend  to  affect  the  accuracy  of  the  results. 

On  this  account  it  would  seem  desirable  that  work  with  this  method  be  held  in 
abeyance  for  the  present  and  that  a  trial  be  made  of  the  cobalti-nitrite  method  with  a 
\iew  to  determining  its  adaptability  to  fertilizer  work. 

The  results  of  tests  of  the  employment  of  ammonia  and  ammonium  oxalate  in  potash 
determinations  in  j>otash  salts  indicated  that  lower  figures  are  secured  in  this  way,  so 
that  from  this  partial  investigation  the  contention  of  those  who  claim  that  the  usual 
method  gives  impure  precipitates  would  seem  to  be  sustained.  However,  no  positive 
conclusion  can  be  reached  from  the  limited  data  at  hand  and  hence  this  question 
should  be  investigated  further. 


126 


REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE  C  (FOOD  ADULTERATION). 
By  L.  M.  TOLMAN,  Chairman. 

WINES. 

It  is  recommended — 

(1)  That  a  committee  of  five  be  appointed  to  cooperate  with  the  Bureau  of  Standards 
in  drawing  up  a  standard  alcohol  table.  <% 

Adopted. 

(2)  That  the  question  of  a  standard  temperature  of  20°  for  specific  gravity  and 
alcohol  determinations  be  also  referred  to  the  committee  of  five. 

Adopted. 

(3)  That  the  following  subjects  be  given  further  study: 
(a)  Methods  for  determining  glycerol. 

(6)  Methods  for  determining  total,  fixed,  and  volatile  acids. 

(c)  Methods  for  determining  coloring  matter  in  genuine  wines. 

Adopted. 

FLAVORING  EXTRACTS. 

It  is  recommended — 

That  the  colorimetric  method  for  the  determination  of  citral  in  lemon  extract  be 
adopted  as  provisional.     (See  page  32.) 

Adopted. 

DAIRY  PRODUCTS. 

It  is  recommended — 

That  the  Baier  and  Neumann  method  for  the  detection  of  sucrate  of  lime  in  milk 
and  cream  be  studied.     (See  page  53.) 

Adopted. 

DISTILLED  LIQUORS. 

It  is  recommended— 

(1)  That  the  modified  Allen-Marquardt  method  for  the  determination  of  fusel  oil 
be  made  a  provisional  method. 

Adopted. 

(2)  That  in  the  present  method  (Bui.  107,  Rev.,  p.  98)  a  second  washing  with 
sodium  sulphate  be  prescribed. 

Adopted. 

(3)  That  the  method  for  the  determination  of  water-insoluble  color  in  whiskies  be 
made  provisional.     (See  page  207.) 

Adopted. 

(4)  That  the  modified  Marsh  test  for  the  quantitative  determination  of  the  color 
insoluble  in  amyl  alcohol  be  adopted  as  a  provisional  method.     (See  page  206.) 

Adopted. 

(5)  That  the  provisional  Roese  method  for  determining  fusel  oil  (Bui.  107,  Rev., 
p.  97)  be  dropped. 

Adopted. 

SPICES. 

It  is  recommended — 

That  methods  for  the  detection  of  added  oil  in  paprika  be  further  studied. 
Adopted. 

MEAT  AND  FISH. 
It  is  recommended — 

(1)  That  the  study  be  continued  in  an  attempt  to  apply,  improve,  or  devise  methods 
for  the  most  accurate  separation  possible  of  the  various  protein  bodies  in  meat. 

(2)  That  the  method  for  determining  ammoniacal  nitrogen  by  distillation  under 
reduced  pressure  be  compared  with  the  magnesium  oxid  method  now  generally  used. 
(Bui.  107,  p.  9.) 


127 

CEREAL  PRODUCTS. 
It  is  recommended — 

That  methods  applicable  for  the  separation  of  the  gluten  constituents  of  flour  be 
studied,  tests  to  be  made  upon  the  several  grades,  as  patents,  first  and  second  clears 
and  on  flours  produced  from  different  varieties  and  types  of  wheat. 
Adopted. 

CANNED  VEGETABLES. 
It  is  recommended — 

That  methods  for  the  detection  of  soaked  peas  be  further  studied. 
Adopted. 

MEAT  PROTEIDS. 
It  is  recommended — 

That  the  work  on  the  separation  of  meat  proteids  be  continued  along  the  lines 
pursued  i In-  past  year. 
Adopted. 

TEA,  COFFEE,  AND  COCOA. 
IM-  rtM  ommended — 

(1)  That  methods  for  the  estimation  of  caffein  be  further  studied.     (Original  Gom- 
berg  Method,  J.  Amer.  ('hem.  Soc.,  1896,  p.  331,  and  modifications.) 
Adopted. 

Hut  th.-  hulioi-  in.-thod  for  the  determination  of  sugars  in  chocolate  be  further 
studied.     (J.  Amer.  (  h.-rn    S.K-.,  1907,  29:  556;  Bui.  107,  p.  256.) 

(3)  That  tin-  Doolittle  and  Woodruff  method  (Bui.  105,  p.  48)  for  extract  in  tea  be 
substituted  for  the  Krauch  method  (Bui.  107,  p.  149,  sec.  5)  as  provisional. 
Adopted. 

COLOBS. 
hi-  r.  <  >  in  mended — 

(1)  That  an  effort  be  made  to  obtain  authentic  samples  of  vegetable  or  natural 
coloring  matters,  such  as  are  used  in  food  products. 

(2)  That  a  study  be  made  of  the  characteristics  of  vegetable  coloring  matters  and 
mnh.Hls  of  identification. 

(3)  That  pure  colors  be  synthetically  prepared  to  serve  as  standards. 

(4)  That  the  separation  aiut  identification  of  mixed  colors  be  studied. 
These  recommendations  were  adopted. 

REPORT    OF  COMMITTEE  ON    THE   TESTING  OF  CHEMICAL 

REAGENTS. 

By  L.  F.  KEBLER,  Chairman. 

There  has  been  a  marked  improvement  in  the  chemical  reagents  examined  by  the 
chairman  of  the  committee  during  the  past  year.  This,  however,  may  be  largely 
due  to  a  we<>d  ing-out  process  that  has  been  going  on  for  several  years.  It  was  a  com- 
mon experience  a  few  years  ago  to  be  compelled  to  report  adversely  on  the  quality 
of  many  chemicals  which  included  not  only  actual  adulteration,  but  indicated  gross 
carelessness  in  manufacturing  and  packing.  The  chemicals  found  to  be  of  inferior 
quality  during  the  past  year  were  generally  lacking  in  certain  minor  respects;  for 
example,  contamination  with  insoluble  material  or  some  associated  impurity  which 
would  be  detrimental  to  the  analytical  operations  for  which  the  reagent  was  to  be 
employed. 

One  of  the  difficult  features  at  present  is  a  satisfactory  nomenclature.  In  the  past 
it  has  been  common  to  use  in  connection  with  chemicals  supposed  to  be  of  high 
quality  the  abbreviation  C.  P.,  but  this  abbreviation  has  come  to  be  meaningless  and 
should  be  discontinued.  It  still  serves  one  good  purpose  and  that  is,  if  a  chemical 


128 

is  accompanied  by  this  designation  the  chemist  can  reject  it  on  general  principles  if 
found  to  be  of  unsatisfactory  quality.  Other  specifications,  such  as  pure,  purissimum, 
reagent,  commercial,  etc.,  also  have  vague  meanings  which  are  used  by  manufacturers, 
dealers,  and  brokers,  simply  as  a  means  for  selling  certain  chemicals.  The  past  year 
has  seen  a  marked  improvement  along  these  lines,  due  largely  to  the  instrumentality 
of  the  food  and  drugs  act.  The  term  "commercial"  has  been  replaced  largely  by 
the  term  "technical"  for  the  reason  that  the  former  name  was  vague  and  was  used 
in  connection  with  products  which  might  be  used  for^ either  food,  drug,  or  technical 
purposes;  for  example,  "sodium  phosphate,  commercial,"  did  not  give  any  informa- 
tion at  all  as  to  the  quality  of  the  product,  and  while  the  name  would  suggest  that 
it  was  not  of  high  grade,  yet  it  was  not  uncommon  for  highly  arsenical  sodium  phos- 
phate to  find  its  way  into  the  drug  trade,  rather  than  to  the  boiler  compound  manu- 
factory, and  thus  do  harm.  The  terms  pure,  purissimum,  and  reagent  are  also  grad- 
ually losing  their  standing,  and  the  question  arises,  What  form  of  nomenclature 
should  be  employed  in  order  to  obtain  chemicals  of  the  desired  quality? 

The  chairman,  therefore,  recommends  that  the  committee  be  instructed  to  inves- 
tigate the  question  of  nomenclature  to  be  used  in  connection  with  chemical  reagents 
and  report  at  the  next  meeting. 

The  report  was  accepted  and  the  recommendation  made  was  ap- 
proved by  the  association. 

REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE  ON  FOOD  STANDARDS. 

On  behalf  of  the  food  standards  committee  of  the  association,  the 
chairman,  Mr.  Frear,  submitted  a  detailed  report  of  the  work  done 
by  the  joint  committee  on  food  standards  during  the  year.  This 
covers  the  adoption  of  tentative  standards  for  manufactured  meats, 
malt  liquors,  and  spirituous  liquors.  The  report  of  the  committee 
was  accepted  by  the  association. 

The  president  announced  the  following  committee  on  the  stand- 
ardization of  alcohol  tables:  L.  M.  Tolman,  M.  E.  Jaffa,  A.  B.  Adams, 
R.  J.  Davidson,  H.  E.  Barnard. 


REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE  ON   NOMINATIONS. 

Mr.  Davidson,  as  chairman  of  the  committee  on  nominations,  then 
presented  the  following  report:  For  president,  Mr.  W.  D.  Bigelow: 
for  vice-president,  Mr.  W.  A.  Withers;  for  secretary,  Mr.  H.  W. 
Wiley;  for  additional  members  of  the  executive  committee,  Mr.  E.  F. 
Ladd  and  Mr.  E.  B.  Holland. 

The  chairman  of  the  committee  was  instructed  to  cast  the  unani- 
mous vote  of  the  association  for  the  officers  named. 

On  motion  by  Mr.  Davidson  the  question  of  the  amount  of  wash 
water  to  be  employed  in  the  treatment  of  the  residue  from  the 
ammonium  citrate  digestion  in  the  determination  of  phosphoric  acid 
was  referred  to  Committee  A  for  recommendation. 


129 

THE  ASSAYING  OF  ALKALOIDAL  DRUGS. 
By  C.  E.  PARKER. 

The  original  drug  assay  methods  of  the  last  revision  of  the  United  States  Pharma- 
copeia, (in  t  he  whole,  fairly  represented  the  existing  status  of  this  branch  of  chemical 
unuK  ris.  They  were  formulated  under  the  instruction  of  the  convention  for  revising 
tin-  I'harmai -ofxi -ia  that  assay  processes  should  be  "reasonably  simple  (both  as  to 
nu't  hods  and  apparatus  required)  and  lead  to  fairly  uniform  results  in  different  hands." 

The  probability  being  somewhat  vague  that  they  would  be  made  the  basis  for  gen- 
eral l.-u-al  regulation,  a  high  degree  of  accuracy  did  not  appear  important,  and  similar 
moderate  standards  of  requirement  have  possibly  influenced  the  evolution  of  drug 
assay  methods  generally.  .  After  the  passage  of  the  federal  food  and  drugs  act  of  June 
30,  1906,  the  committee  on  revision  made  a  number  of  corrections  and  modifications 
in  the  text  of  the  Pharmacopoeia  that  it  might  better  meet  the  new  requirements. 

Judged  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  official  chemist  and  prospective  expert  witness 
before  the  courts,  the  cooperative  work  as  far  as  it  has  gone  has  not  shown  that  the 
pharmacopu'ial  methods  lead  to  fairly  uniform  results  in  different  hands.  This  is 
probably  due  more  to  lack  of  detail  in  the  instructions  than  to  any  fundamental 
defects  in  the  methods.  It  is  evident  that  losses  occurring  at  certain  stages  in  the 
processes  may  be  prevented  by  suitable  alterations  in  the  methods,  and  that  the 
unfavorable  results  on  some  drug  samples  may,  to  a  considerable  extent,  be  attributed 
to  the  i>o\vder  not  being  of  a  proper  fineness. 

'I'll-  samples  sent  out  this  year  were  from  supplies  ordered  to  be  according  to  the 
I'nited  Mate-  Phannacopieia.  both  as  to  assay  and  fineness  of  powder.  The  sample 
oi  belladonna  root  has  been  criticised  as  being  a  finer  powder  than  specified  by  the 
Pharmacopo-ia,  and,  therefore,  likely  to  giv<»  higher  results  and  too  favorable  reports 
on  the  met  ho,  1  <  ttliei  samples  of  drugs  have  been  said  to  be  too  coarse,  and,  there- 
unt'air  to  tin-  method-.  The  point  is  well  taken,  but  the  only  way  to  obtain  a 
powder  oi"  exactly  the  pharrnacopu'ial  si/.e  would  be  to  separate  with  suitable  screens 
all  larger  and  smaller  particles  produced  by  the  mill,  and  such  a  product  would  not  be 
-entati\e  i.i  tin-  ..ri-jinal  drui;.  The  proper  solution  of  the  difficulty  would  seem 
to  be  the  pro\  i.-ion  of  -nitable  apparatus  for  grinding  all  drug  samples  for  assay  at  least 
as  fine  as  the  Pharmacopoeia  requires  and  as  much  finer  as  experience  shall  show  to  be 
expedient 

The  theoretical  ..bjeetion-  to  the  aliquot  method  of  extraction  may  be  justified  when 
the  grosser  imperfection-  in  the  methods  have  been  eliminated,  but  so  far  results  fail 
to  demonstrate  the  -nperior  reliability  of  the  total  extraction  method,  and  judgment 

mil.-t    be  Ml-pellded. 

It  was  thought  advisable  to  traverse  again  the  ground  covered  last  year  when  only 
three  anal\.-t-  participated,  comprising  methods  for  the  assay  of  aconite  root,  bella- 
donna 1-  a\er.  belladonna  root,  cinchona  bark  (yellow  and  red),  cocoa  leaves,  colchi- 
cum  conn,  and  colehiciim  seeds.  Samples  of  these  drugs  delivered  as  being  of  phar- 
macopceial  quality  and  as  ground  to  the  fineness  of  powder  specified  in  the  respective 
pharmacopceial  assay  method-  were  supplied  to  all  collaborators  with  the  following 
dire,  tion-,  and  instructions  that  all  calculations  and  solutions  except  as  otherwise 
specified  be  based  on  the  data  of  the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia,  eighth  revision, 
with  the  additions  and  corrections  dated  May  1  and  June  1,  1907. 

The  provisional  methods  appearing  in  Bulletin  107,  revised,  pages  258-259,  were 
slightly  modified  in  accordance  with  the  experience  of  last  year.     Only  the  modifica- 
tions are  reprinted  bflon-  and  the  changes  are  italicized. 
73673— Bull.  122—09 9 


130 

DETERMINATION    OF   ALKALOID. 

Total  extraction  method. 

Into  a  200  cc  flask  weigh  10  grams  of  the  powdered  drug,  add  about  75  cc  of  ether- 
chloroform  mixture  (5  to  1  by  volume),  rotate  and  add  5  cc  of  10  per  cent  ammonia 
water,  cork,  shake  well  and  often  during  two  hours. 

Aliquot  method. 

Into  a  200  cc  flask  weigh  15  grams  of  the  powdered  drug,  add  150  cc  of  ether- 
chloroform  mixture  (5  to  1  by  volume),  cork  and  shake  often  for  several  minutes.  Add 
5  cc  of  ammonia  water  (10  per  cent),  shake  frequently  during  two  hours.  Add  15  cc 
of  water,  or  sufficient  to  agglomerate  the  drug,  shake,  let  settle  a  few  minutes,  and 
then  decant  100  cc  of  the  clear  solution  into  a  graduated  cylinder.  *  *  * 

NOTE. — Under  both  methods  substitute  "a  few  cubic  centimeters"  for  the  words  "a 
small  portion,"  referring  to  the  ether-chloroform  rinsing. 

CINCHONA    BARK. 

Method  I. 
• 

United  States  Pharmacopoeia  VIII,  page  102.  Report  total  and  ether-soluble 
alkaloids. 

Method  II. 

Total  extraction,  gravimetric.     In  extracting  the  drug  let  stand  over  night. 

The  work  on  yellow  and  red  cinchona  and  colchicum  conn  and  root  being  quite 
incomplete  is  not  included  in  this  report.  The  instructions  should  be  followed  as 
strictly  as  possible,  notes  being  taken  during  the  work  of  any  difficulties  encountered, 
objections  to  the  methods,  necessary  or  advisable  modifications  with  the  reasons 
therefor,  and  any  ambiguity  or  indefiniteness  in  the  instructions  should  be  indicated. 
The  value  of  collaborators'  reports  is  much  enhanced  by  this  practice.  (See  tabula- 
tion at  close  of  report,  p.  134.) 

For  comparing  in  respect  to  their  variability  the  results  obtained  by  the  different 
methods  from  the  several  drugs,  the  average  result  for  each  method  is  taken  as  a  basis, 
and  the  proportion  of  all  the  results  approaching  within  10  per  cent  above  or  below 
this  average  is  given,  and  in  addition  the  proportion  approaching  within  15  per  cent 
of  the  average.  Reserving  the  question  of  absolute  accuracy,  results  commonly  vary- 
ing over  a  range  of  more  than  20  per  cent  in  different  hands  can  scarcely  be  described 
as  fairly  uniform,  nor  can  methods  yielding  such  results  be  considered  satisfactory 
for  the  purposes  of  the  official  chemist.  Only  one  operator  has  reported  any  dissatis- 
faction with  the  behavior  of  cochineal  as  an  indicator,  though  another  has  substituted 
hematoxylin  for  it  throughout. 

DETAILS  OF  MANIPULATION. 

The  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  assay  methods  generally  direct  that  the  initial 
digestion  of  the  drug  with  a  solvent  for  the  purpose  of  extracting  the  active  principle 
be  accompanied  by  an  indefinite  amount  of  agitation.  In  certain  cases  continuous 
agitation  by  means  of  suitable  mechanism  is  alternatively  directed,  or  preferred.  The 
expression  "frequent  shaking"  is  susceptible  of  various  interpretations,  and  it  would 
be  advisable  to  adopt  the  requirement  of  continuous  agitation  in  all  cases. 

A  number  of  collaborators  reported  difficulty  in  decanting  100  cc  of  the  solvent 
mixture  in  extracting  the  drug  by  the  aliquot  method,  and  some  were  compelled  to 
use  forcible  expression  or  continue  the  assay  with  less  than  100  cc,  computing  the 
result  on  the  basis  of  the  aliquot  part  decanted.  This  occurred  especially  with  bella- 
donna leaves  and  cocoa  leaves  and  is  attributable  to  the  coarseness  of  the  samples. 
In  the  Drug  Division  it  was  found  practicable  to  obtain  100  cc  by  decanting  the  mix- 
ture of  drug  and  solvent  as  completely  as  possible  into  a  small  percolator  provided 


131 

with  a  purified  cotton  plug  in  the  neck,  and  loosely  stoppering  the  same  while  the 
filtrate  rolleeted  in  a  100  cc  flask.  Excessive  evaporation  was  thus  avoided.  With 
samples  of  a  suitable  degree  of  fineness  100  cc  could  be  decanted  without  difficulty. 

One  worker  filters  the  final  solution  of  alkaloid  in  volatile  solvent  before  evaporat- 
ing <>n  the  latter.  If  the  funnel  be  kept  covered  during  filtration,  and  if  the  filter  be 
properly  washed,  losses  may  be  avoided  and  the  alkaloid  obtained  in  a  cleaner  con- 
dition than  without  filtration. 

DISCUSSION  OF  RESULTS. 
ACONITE  ROOT. 

This  sample  was  delivered  as  No.  40  powder.  The  following  proportions  passed 
through  the  respective  sieves: 

Grams. 
\".  HO 0 

.0 7 

10 n 

No.  20 82 

Total /....loo 

M'.-t  ,,f  the  powder  was  therefore  coarser  than  the  Pharmacopoeia  directs  for  assay 
samples. 

The  throe  gra\  imetrie  results  by  Method  I  are  too  few  in  number  to  base  upon  them 
any  conclusion  Only  :',_'  p«-r  eent  of  the  volumetric  results  by  Method  I  (U.  S.  P.) 
come  within  1<>  \» -r  rent  of  the  average  and  only  59  per  cent  come  within  15  per  cent, 
and  tin-  results,  both  'jravi  metric  and  volumetric,  by  (II)  are,  on  the  whole,  as  bad 
or  worse.  Tin-  a\«  raur<-  n-snlts  by  the  two  methods  are  in  very  good  agreement,  but 
considerably  under  the  I'nited  States  Pharmacopoeia  standard  of  .0.50  per  cent.  It  is 
quite  possible  that  higher  and  more  uniform  results  might  have  been  obtained  with 
a  finely  pou.l.  ',-d  sample. 

On  comparison  of  the  corresponding  gravimetric  and  volumetric  results  by  (II) 
whirh  we  may  assume  were  obtained  by  weighing  and  then  titrating  the  same  alka- 
loidal  r«v-iilin-.  it  will  be  observed  that  in  about  one-half  the  instances  the  volumetric 
result  i-  hi-ln-r  than  th.  irnivinn'tric,  though  it  can  not  be  assumed  that  these  residues 
absolutely  pun-  alkaloid.  The  factor  for  aconitine  (0.064)  employed  in 
computing  tin-  \olumetri<  result  is  too  high,  and  the  residue  contains  alkaloidal  mat- 
ter of  lower  molecular  w.-i-ht  than  640,  resulting  from  the  decomposition  of  aconitin. 
It  i-  probubli-  that  the  volumetric  results  by  (I)  are  affected  by  a  similar  error.  These 
<•< moderations  tend  to  support  the  contention  of  Doctor  Lyons  and  others  that  chem- 
ical assay's  of  aconite  should  be  confirmed  by  the  so-called  "physiological  test." 

In  Method,  I  Mr.  Fuller  considers  the  evaporation  of  the  alcoholic  percolate  to  dry- 
ness  at  a  temperature  not  exceeding  60°  as  too  tedious,  and  carried  evaporation  only  to 
the  point  where  alcohol  was  all  expelled,  acidifying  the  aqueous  residue  with  normal 
acid  and  filtering  as  usual.  lie  also  washed  the  acid  solution  with  ether  before  mak- 
ing alkaline  and  shaking  out.  A  number  of  workers  note  the  usual  difficulty  in  fil- 
tering the  acidified  residue  from  evaporation.  Mr.  Hankey  added  powdered  pumice 
to  the  residue  to  aid  filtration  and  titrated  finally  with  half-strength  lime  water.  He 
found  the  marc  on  repeating  the  extraction  yielded  no  more  alkaloid.  Mr.  La  Wall 
in  a  parallel  experiment  shook  out  finally  with  chloroform-ether  mixture  instead  of 
ether  and  obtained  lower  results,  viz,  gravimetric  0.35  per  cent  and  volumetric  0.416 
per  cent.  Doctor  Lyons  used  paper  pulp  to  aid  filtration,  and  after  the  final  shaking 
out  with  ether  further  shaking  out  with  chloroform  yielded  about  0.1  per  cent  alka- 
loid, titrating  0.07.~>  per  cent  as  aconitin  and  producing  its  characteristic  effect  on  the 
tongue.  He  believes  that  aconite  assays  should  be  confirmed  by  the  Squibb  physi- 
ological test.  He  also  suggests  a  direct  titration  method  for  aconite,  similar  to  the 


132 

United  States  Pharmacopoeia  method  for  belladonna  in  the  details  of  extracting' the 
drug,  but  instead  of  shaking  out  the  ethereal  extract  with  acid,  the  former  is  to  be 
evaporated,  ammonia  expelled  by  repeated  addition  of  a  few  cubic  centimeters  of 
ether  and  evaporation,  and  the  impure  residue  titrated.  It  might  either  be  dis- 
solved in  alcohol  diluted  with  water  and  titrated  with  acid,  or  dissolved  in  excess  of 
standard  acid  and  the  excess  of  acid  titrated  with  standard  alkali,  preferably  with 
iodeosin  indicator.  This  method,  he  thinks,  could  be  adapted  for  many  alkaloidal 
drugs.  Professor  Ruddiman  criticises  the  use  of  decinormal  acid,  especially  in  titrat- 
ing an  alkaloiol  of  such  high  molecular  weight  as  aconitin,  where  a  slight  difference 
in  measurement  seriously  affects  the  result. 

In  Method  II  as  well  as  in  I,  Mr.  Lyons  obtained  a  further  yield  of  about  0.1  per 
cent  of  alkaloid  by  shaking  out  with  chloroform  following  the  final  extraction  of  the 
alkaline  liquid  with  ether.  Mr.  Pearson  redissolved  the  alkaloidal  residues  from  the 
gravimetric  determinations  in  (II)  in  acid  and  purified  by  submitting  them  to  a  shak- 
ing-out process  with  ether,  obtaining  much  lower  results,  viz,  0.312  and  0.315  per  cent. 

In  view  of  the  fact  that  both  methods  gave  practically  the  same  average  volumetric 
result  and  variability,  the  greater  convenience  and  rapidity  of  Method  II  are  in  its 
favor. 

BELLADONNA   LEAVES. 

This  sample  was  delivered  as  No.  60  powder.     The  following  proportions  passed 

through  the  respective  sieves: 

Grams. 

No.  60 40 

No.  50 35 

No.  40 25 

Total 100 

A  considerable  amount  of  coarser  powder  than  the  Pharmacopoeia  permits  in  assay 
samples  of  belladonna  leaves  was  present.  By  Method  I  (U.S. P.)  the  few  gravimetric 
results  reported  varied  exceedingly,  none  of  them  coming  within  10  per  cent  of  the 
average,  and  only  14  per  cent  within  15  per  cent  of  the  average.  Of  the  volumetric 
results,  41  per  cent  came  within  10  per  cent  and  65  per  cent  within  15  per  cent  of  the 
average.  By  (II)  gravimetric,  86  per  cent  of  the  few  results  were  within  10  per  cent; 
also  86  per  cent  within  15  per  cent  of  the  average.  Of  the  volumetric  results  by  (II) 
39  per  cent  came  within  10  per  cent,  and  73  per  cent  within  15  per  cent  of  the  average. 
The  average  results  by  (I)  are  slightly  higher  than  by  (II),  but  both  are  somewhat  under 
the  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  standard  of  0.30  per  cent.  A  slight  impurity  in  the 
residues  is  indicated  by  the  higher  gravimetric  results.  In  (I)  Mr.  Hankey  used  2  cc 
of  ether  to  assist  solution  of  the  alkaloidal  residue  in  acid,  expelling  it  by  gentle  warm- 
ing before  titration.  J.  G.  Francis  and  Parker  used  50  cc  more  ether-chloroform  mix- 
ture than  directed  to  exhaust  the  drug.  It  has  been  observed  in  the  Drug  Division 
when  assaying  belladonna  leaves  and  root  and  coca  leaves  by  the  pharmacopceial 
method  n  that  a  large  portion  of  the  last  50  cc  of  solvent  mixture  which  is  intended  to 
complete  the  percolation  has  to  be  used  in  rinsing  the  drug  into  the  percolator.  The 
drug  should  be  packed  after  it  is  all  transferred  and  percolation  carried  to  practical 
exhaustion.  The  combined  acid  solutions  obtained  by  shaking  with  the  percolate 
should  be  shaken  with  fresh  solvent  in  small  portions  until  no  more  color  is  removed 
before  making  alkaline  and  shaking  out  the  alkaloid.  Instead  of  measuring  out  3  cc 
of  decinormal  sulphuric  acid  to  dissolve  the  alkaloid,  a  number  of  workers  in  such 

« Workers  in  the  Division  of  Drugs  recommend  cylindrical  nursing  bottles  (8 
ounces)  which  taper  to  the  neck  without  any  shoulder  instead  of  Erlenmeyer  flasks 
for  digesting  the  drug  with  solvent,  as  the  former  are  more  easily  clamped  on  a  me- 
chanical shaker. 


133 

cases  prefer  to  add  an  equivalent  amount  of  fiftieth-normal  acid  as  a  quantity  less 
liable  to  error  in  measurement. 

In  <  II  i  Mr.  Blome  suggests  increasing  the  amount  of  ether-chloroform  mixture  for 
ex. radii,-  ih«-  drug  to  180  cc  and  decanting  120  cc.  Mr.  Fuller  suggests  that  instead 
of  din-,  tin-  the  use  of  neutral  alcohol  for  dissolving  the  alkaloid  before  titration  it 
would  be  preferable  to  compare  the  result  with  that  of  a  blank  titration  made  with  the 
same  amount  of  the  same  stock  of  alcohol,  water,  and  indicator.  Mr.  Hankey  reports 
di-aiisfadion  with  the  titration  results  owing  to  an  indefinite  end  reaction.  Though 
his  alcohol  was  redistilled  over  alkali,  a  blank  titration  with  the  amounts  of  acid, 
ulrohol.  and  water  direct, ,1  required  only  14.3  cc  of  fiftieth-normal  alkali,  while  the 
-ame  amount  of  acid  by  direct  titration  required  15  cc  of  the  standard  alkali.  Mr. 
Parker  prepared  ••neutral"  alcohol  by  adding  fiftieth-normal  potassium  hydroxid  to 
alcohol  until  a  I. lank  titration  with  the  amounts  of  acid,  alcohol,  and  water  directed 
agreed  with  a  direct  titration  of  the  acid  alone.  This  method  or  that  suggested  by 
Mr.  Fuller  eliminates  the  effect  of  any  deviation  from  neutrality  by  the  alcohol  or 
water  under  the  working  conditions.  Mr.  Lyons  made  a  parallel  experiment,  evap- 
orating th«-  eth.-r  chloroform  extract  of  the  drug  instead  of  shaking  out  with  acid 
and  titrating  the  re.-idue  directly,  as  outlined  in  the  discussion  under  aconite  root. 
The  re-nit  wa.-  !>:;•_'  p.-r  cent . 

BELLADONNA  ROOT. 

This  sample  was  delivered  as  No.  60  powder,«and  passed  through  the  several  sieves 
in  the  following  pro|M>rli«>n- 

Grams. 

SO 98 

No.  60 1 


Total. 


It  was,  then-!'.. re.  -'inewhai  liner  than  the  Pharmacopeia  requires  for  assay  samples 
"i  'I"-  dru.'  P.\  Method  Id'.  S  p. .  d  the  tew  gravimetric  results  29  per  cent  came 
within  10  per  .mt  ..f  the  average  and  43  per  cent  within  15  per  cent.  Of  the  volu- 
metric result*,  46  JMT  cent  came  within  10  per  cent  of  the  average  and  80  per  cent 
within  r>  per  cent,  My  (II)  the  gravimetric  results  varied  more  than  the  similar 
detrrminatii.n-  l.y  I  .  Th«-  volumetric  results  by  (II)  were  decidedly  better  than 
the  cORQBponding  results  by  (I),  73  per  cent  coming  within  10  per  cent  of  the  average 
and  80  JKT  cent  within  1">  per  cent.  The  averages  by  the  two  volumetric  determina- 
tion- are  practically  identical,  likewise  those  by  the  two  gravimetric  determinations, 
Inn  no  explanation  is  apparent  for  the  fact  that  by  both  methods  the  gravimetric 
result.-  average  lower  than  the  volumetric.  This  relation  occurs  also  in  four  instances 
i  in  II  where  the  results  apparently  represent  the  same  residue. 

In  I  Mr  Hank.  \  d;--ol\vd  the  alkaloidal  residue  in  Ice  of  neutral  alcohol  before 
adding  excess  of  standard  acid  and  titrating  back  with  half-strength  limewater,  com- 
paring the  same  with  a  blank  titration.  C.  H.  La  Wall  made  parallel  assays  by 
both  methods,  evaporating  the  ether-chloroform  extract  instead  of  shaking  out  with 
acid,  and  titrating  the  impure  residue  directly,  the  results  obtained  being  (1)0.514 
and  (II)  0.529  per  cent,  duplicate  results  agreeing  well.  J.  G.  Francis  used  25  cc,  and 
Mr.  Parker  50  cc  more  ether-chloroform  mixture  than  the  amount  directed  to  extract 
the  driu,'.  Their  results  are  all  well  above  the  average.  The  remarks  made  in  the 
discussion  on  belladonna  leaves,  Method  I,  regarding  the  percolation  of  the  drug 
also  apply  to  belladonna  root.  With  belladonna  root  Method  II,  by  evaporation  of 
th.  ether-chloroform  extract,  and  direct  titration  of  the  impure  residue,  Mr.  Lyons 
obtained  a  value  of  0.617  per  cent. 


134 


1 


I 

r 

1 

s 

o 


ggg 


:    lll 


»  »  »  ^r  ;C  :C  tr*  i?f  ut  u^  ir;  ^  LC  irt 


•See 


2=  3 

-^  ~  :c  ;=  ^  £5  TT 


IM  <N  tN  CO  CO 

e  e  e  e  e 


:  cc  c  £v~ 

>  co  co  c?  r? 


1  ?i  :•;  re  co  cc  ?i 


>^ 

.<=>      e  e      see 


!  5    !    j  3<  9  S3  So  M  $1 
;•«"    ;    ;  e  e  e'  e  e  e" 


£  ^ 

I  ^ 

2.  a 

B  Q 


:  H  Q  dJa   i   i   i 

:   "!  -!5^  ^  3 

1  !  IPllII 

g        a  csiSoa^s^ffiS 

^     W  Ww33j^S 


135 


Si: 

o  a'    ; 


55 


s  a 


83      "O 

1  i 

~     I    "2 


2    8    8 


§    S3 

d 


R    3 


s  - 

d 


3    8 


n        9  PV  .9 .        H'— ' 


.    •_:.* 
:  :  o'  o'  ; 


ia 


oo 


3    2 


8    S3 


2  s  ,«     a' 


8    8 


K5      —      tn 

—i      ^       _ 


oo     r*     o     o     * 

d 


i  a   '•  •  • 

d 


§    '«    2    3    3 


s 


5^     85    S-3 


£  -^°g-g 

|  l«|lf 

^  T'O  S  a.o 


1  si 


J*Jg"^b£>^^>M       g  ,. 
KsSIsl^S  Is 

«'T^5-oS^2    °3 

s^«1!ii  ^ 


Hi  If 

il§   8li|a§||  ^^ 

s,il  §iirii|  n 

]i§  fllitlE  ill 


136 

COCA  LEAVES. 

This  sample,  delivered  as  No.  60  powder,  passed  through  the  several  sieves  in  the 
following  proportions: 

Orams. 

No.  60 29 

No.  50 18 

No.  40  v ' Vi 9 

No.  20 ! 43 

Total 99 

A  large  portion  of  the  powder  was  coarser  than  the  pharmacopoeial  requirement  for 
assay  samples  of  this  drug.  The  gravimetric  results  by  Method  I  (U.  S.  P.)  are  too 
few  to  justify  any  conclusions.  Of  the  volumetric  results,  36  per  cent  come  within 
10  per  cent  and  58  per  cent  within  15  per  cent  of  the  average.  Of  the  gravimetric 
results  by  (II),  75  per  cent  come  within  10  per  cent  and  82  per  cent  within  15  per  cent 
of  the  average.  Of  the  volumetric  results,  33  per  cent  come  within  10  per  cent  and  72 
per  cent  within  15  per  cent  of  the  average.  The  gravimetric  averages  and  likewise 
the  volumetric  averages  by  the  respective  methods  are  in  substantial  agreement,  the 
gravimetric  results  being  somewhat  higher  than  the  volumetric,  owing  probably  to 
impurities  in  the  alkaloidal  residue.  In  (I)  Mr.  Fuller  accomplished  the  final  shaking 
out  with  three  portions  of  20  cc  each  of  ether  instead  of  25,  20,  and  15  cc.  He  thinks 
the  drug  should  be  digested  with  the  solvent  mixture  longer  than  one  hour,  as  the  marc 
in  this  case  still  contained  alkaloid.  Mr.  Hankey  dissolved  the  alkaloidal  residue 
with  1  cc  of  "neutral  spirits"  and  titrated  with  acid  and  diluted  limewater  as  with 
belladonna  root.  Cochineal  gave  an  unsatisfactory  end  reaction.  Messrs.  La  Wall  and 
Parker  noted  considerable  emulsification  in  shaking  out  by  both  methods.  The  latter 
used  50  cc  more  solvent  than  is  directed  for  percolating  the  drug,  and  J.  G.  Francis 
used  75  cc  more,  and  shook  the  drug  finally  with  five  portions  of  25  cc  of  ether.  The 
extraction  was  not  complete. 

For  coca  as  for  belladonna  the  amount  of  solvent  mixture  directed  in  the  United 
States  Pharmacopoeia  method  is  scarcely  adequate  for  the  proper  manipulation  and 
extraction  of  the  drug.  In  the  final  shaking  out  process  further  extraction  with  ether 
is  desirable.  In  (II)  Mr.  Blome  suggests  increasing  the  ether-chloroform  mixture  to 
180  cc  and  decanting  120  cc.  Mr.  Hankey  obtained  a  better  end  reaction  with  iodeosin 
than  with  cochineal.  Professor  La  Wall  obtained  equally  low  results  in  a  duplicate 
assay.  J.  G.  Francis  found  that  the  final  extraction  was  not  complete.  Mr.  Pearson 
could  not  decant  100  cc  without  forcible  expression,  and  therefore  objects  to  the 
method.  As  in  (I),  further  extraction  with  ether  in  the  final  shaking  out  is  probably 
desirable. 

In  both  (I)  and  (II)  considerable  impurity  evidently  passes  into  the  alkaloidal 
residue,  and  a  more  thorough  washing  with  solvent  before  making  alkaline  is  indicated. 

THE  MACROSCOPY  AND  MICROSCOPY  OF  DRUGS. 
By  H.  H.  RUSBY. 

The  object  of  this  brief  paper  is  to  direct  the  attention  of  the  members  to  the 
importance  of  chemists  supplementing  their  chemical  methods  by  suitable  physical 
methods  in  identifying  and  estimating  drugs;  and  to  the  facility  with  which  the 
chemist  can  acquire  enough  knowledge  of  such  physical  methods,  and  of  the  physical 
properties  of  drugs,  to  be  of  great  assistance  in  his  analytical  work. 

When  the  subject  of  the  chemical  standardization  of  vegetable  drugs  was  being 
agitated  in  connection  with  the  approaching  United  States  Pharmacopoeia  Conven- 
tion of  1890,  the  writer  was  astonished  to  hear  Prof.  John  M.  Maisch  declare  himself 


137 

opposed  to  the  introduction  of  such  standards  into  the  Pharmacopoeia.  This  surprise 
was  considerably  augmented  when  Doctor  Maisch  gave  as  his  reason  the  statement 
that  if  a  man  kiu-\v  drugs  as  he  should  it  would  not  be  necessary  to  examine  them 
chemically  to  determine  their  quality.  Although  we  can  not  in  these  days  admit 
the  propriety  of  neglecting  chemical  standardization,  for  this  or  any  other  reason, 
yet  subsequent  experience  has  shown  that  Doctor  Maisch's  claim  to  be  able  to  judge 
the  quality  "f  drugs  without  recourse  to  chemical  methods  is  largely  justified. 

The  Deceafflty  of  such  knowledge  is  apparent  when  we  reflect  that  of  the  167  crude 
vegetable  drugs  of  the  Pharmacopoeia,  chemical  standards  are  prescribed  for  only  22,  and 
\ct  the  Pharmacopoeia  does  not  recognize  more  than  one-half  of  the  nonstandardized 
artieles  in  i -omnion  use.  It  is  true  that  chemists  employ  quantitative  methods,  all 
iii'M.-  or  less  satisfactory,  in  the  case  of  ten  or  a  dozen  others,  which  are  not  thus 
in -a  i  «-d  in  the  Pharmacopoeia.  Admitting  these  to  full  membership,  how  over- 
whelming still  is  the  majority  upon  the  other  side!  Let  it  not  be  said  that  the  non- 
assayahle  li.-t  n- presents  only  unimportant  drugs.  It  is  one  of  the  great  temptations 
of  the  « •hcmi.-t  t<>  underrate  subjects  with  which  he  does  not  deal,  and  he  is  apt  to 
p  IHIX!  //o/-,  tryn  j>r»pter  hoc.  Let  us  not  forget  that  it  is  the  extreme  variability 
in  ;u  ii\it\  of  surh  drugs  as  veratrum,  digitalis,  ergot,  and  cannabis  indica,  coupled 
with  their  exceeding  importance  in  medicine,  which  has  forced  a  resort  to  physio- 
logical standardization,  applicable  as  yet  to  but  few  drugs.  It  is  this  tendency  to 
vary  in  quality  and  our  general  inability  to  estimate  such  quality  that  has  to  a  great 
e\ lent  destroyed  the  usefulness  of  some  drugs  which  would  otherwise  be  generally 
relie.l  n|M.n.  A.-  illu.-trat  ions,  let  us  note  male  fern,  spigelia,  cusso,  and  other  anthel- 
inintics,  Winter'.-  hark,  •  ..t<>  bark,  and  chrysarobin.  The  importance  of  the  drugs 
named  is  relatively  greater  than  that  of  the  assayable  ones,  by  virtue  of  the  fact  that 
the  latter  -an  be  -ul..-t  ituted  by  their  proximate  principles,  while  the  former  can  not. 

Th<  lenient  of  weakness  in  the  chemical  assay  of  drugs,  which 

ally  mil  L'ate.l  by  attention  t«>  their  macrosopical  and  microscopical  characters, 
••q unit  ly  more  or  less  chagrined  by  the  thought  that  after  all  he 
does  not  know  what  it  i*  that  he  has  in  hand  after  he  has  extracted  the  full  required 
pen-enlace  ,,f  alkaloid  by  the  prescribed  method,  since  part  of  it  may  have  been 
extracted  fnun  an  admixture.  Impurities  in  drugs,  either  from  accident  or  design, 
may  and  frequent  1\  d<>  fail  of  detection  by  the  chemist,  even  in  the  case  of  freely 
assayable  drugs,  where  detection  would  be  simple  by  intelligent  physical  examina- 
tion before  a«8a\ 

en  the  great  array  of  unofficial  and  unimportant  drugs  can  not  be  dismissed 
from  the  eln-mi.-t'>  ken  because  of  their  want  of  substantial  therapeutic  activity. 
They  are  in  common  use  and  some  one  pays  for  them  the  money  which  is  his  property 
and  \vhieh  entitle.-  him  to  the  receipt  of  what  he  pays  for.  He  may  be  deprived  of 
the  pro  tret  i\e  aid  of  the  Pharmacopoeia  without  having  his  legal  or  professional 
ri.u'ht.-  in  an\  degree  curtailed.  Indeed,  the  chemist  himself  is  a  deeply  interested 
party  in  this  class  of  transactions.  Every  commercial  chemist  will  admit  that  some 
of  his  most  profitable  work  lies  in  the  field  of  the  unofficial  materia  medica,  and 
where  the  di.-tinctly  chemical  indications  are  usually  indefinite  and  faint.  It  seems 
quite  unnecessary  to  argue  further  that  a  knowledge  of  the  physical  identification 
characters  of  vegetable  drugs  is  of  great  service  to  the  chemist.  Is  it  too  much  to 
say  that  the  field  of  success  thus  opened  to  him  is  far  greater,  as  to  crude  vegetable 
drugs,  than  that  which  he  can  control  by  chemical  methods  alone?  I  feel  very 
sure  that  such  a  statement  is  just  and  moderate. 

Thi,  l.eint,'  so,  how  far  can  macroscopical  and  microscopical  methods  supply  the 
deficiency?     And  how  great  an  expenditure  of  effort  and  time  does  it  require? 
may  he  admitted  at  once  that  to  secure  an  expert  knowledge  of  this  subject  requires 
the  .-am*-  kind  and  degree  of  application  that  it  does  to  become  an  expert  chemist, 
but  it  is  at  the  same  time  true  that  a  very  moderate  amount  of  effort,  intelligently 


138 

and  judiciously  applied,  will  add  more  to  the  general  efficiency  of  the  chemist  than 
the  same  amount  applied  in  any  other  direction.  I  believe  that  no  chemist  should 
proceed  with  the  chemical  examination  of  a  drug  of  this  class  until  after  he  has  examined 
it  physically,  with  or  without  the  microscope,  according  to  the  requirements  of  the 
case,  to  ascertain  its  general  characters  and  particularly  whether  it  is  a  single  article 
or  a  mixture.  This  requires  a  fair  knowledge  of  macroscopy  and  microscopy,  as  to 
both  methods  and  drugs.  The  time  and  labor  necessary  to  acquire  such  a  knowl- 
edge are  not  Excessive.  As  to  all  the  official  and  important  unofficial  drugs,  it  should 
be  gained  by  from  one  hundred  to  one  hundred  and  fifty  hours  of  practical  work, 
say  two  or  three  hours  per  week  during  a  two-year  course. 

The  following  examples  will  serve  to  illustrate  the  class  of  drugs  to  which  refer- 
ence is  here  made:  Goto  and  paracoto  bark  are  among  the  most  reliable  therapeutic 
agents  in  the  materia  medica,  often  the  only  means  of  saving  life  in  severe  cases  of 
dysentery,  yet  the  use  of  this  medicine  has  almost  ceased  owing  to  the  fact  that  the 
genuine  drug  is  now  scarcely  ever  seen.  In  two  years  the  writer  has  not  known  of 
an  importation  of  it  to  the  United  States  that  was  not  spurious.  A  brief  macroscopic 
examination  will  enable  anyone  immediately  to  recognize  every  one  of  these  pre- 
tenders. The  same  statement  applies,  in  a  somewhat  less  serious  degree,  to  Winter's 
bark,  a  most  valuable  aid  in  nutrition. 

The  belladonna  invoice  covers  a  multitude  of  fatal  and  dangerous  imperfections. 
A  very  large  part  of  our  belladonna  root  contains  poke  root,  not  only  an  exceedingly 
active  poison  but  an  article  that  counteracts  the  medicinal  effect  of  belladonna.  It 
is  sometimes  difficult  to  distinguish  the  smaller  roots  by  macroscopical  means,  but 
the  dust  in  the  package  will  always  show,  under  the  microscope,  the  needle-shaped 
crystals  t)f  the  poke  root.  The  same  statement  applies  to  an  admixture  of  poke  leaves 
to  belladonna  leaves.  Scopola  leaves  are  often  mixed  with  and  substituted  for  bella- 
donna leaves.  This  is  liable  to  destroy  the  life  of  the  patient  receiving  the  medicine. 
In  any  case  the  medicinal  actions  of  these  two  are  antagonistic.  Some  indication  of 
the  identity  of  these  plants  is  almost  always  present  with  the  leaves;  for  example, 
the  belladonna  has  black  berries,  while  the  scopola  has  pale  yellow  circumscissile 
pods,  and  the  two  can  be  instantly  distinguished. 

A  spurious  henbane  sometimes  contains  from  ten  to  fifteen  times  as  much  alkaloidal 
matter  as  the  genuine  and  has  a  different  action.  These  alkaloids  are  so  poisonous  that 
they  are  given  in  doses  of  only  one  two-hundred-and-fiftieth  to  one  one-hundredth 
of  a  grain.  Imagine  the  effect  of  giving  a  dose  containing  fifteen  times  as  much  as 
it  should.  When  powdered,  the  spurious  can  be  recognized  by  its  stellate  hairs  and 
by  certain  cells  with  wavy  thick  walls.  Henbane  and  digitalis  may  contain  stramo- 
nium leaves.  Any  considerable  amount  of  such  an  addition  to  digitalis  must  put 
the  life  of  the  patient  in  danger,  because  with  heart  failure  life  often  depends  upon 
the  full  and  prompt  action  of  the  latter  remedy.  Here  the  microscope  is  almost 
necessary,  as  a  single  hair  from  the  leaf  of  the  stramonium,  densely  covered  with 
minute  warts,  will  tell  the  story. 

Strophanthus  seed  is  another  drug  of  great  service  in  heart  failure,  and  used  when 
promptness  is  necessary.  There  is  one  variety  of  the  seed  which  produces  no  good 
effect,  and  there  has  been  ten  times  as  much  of  this  used  in  the  United  States  as  of 
the  other,  because  it  has  cost  only  one-tenth  to  one-fifth  as  much.  During  the  past 
year  the  use  of  the  spurious  kind  has  been  largely  stopped.  The  two  seeds  have  such 
different  macroscopic  characteristics  that  they  can  not  be  mistaken  when  once  the 
difference  has  been  noted. 

So-called  saffron  is  frequently  found  which  consists  of  marigold  flowers,  colored 
red  with  anilin  and  heavily  weighted  with  mineral  matter.  The  evil  result  of  this 
fraud  is  peculiar.  Saffron  is  largely  used  for  giving  an  agreeable  color  to  medicinal 
preparation,  so  it  is  added  to  medicines  in  a  prescription.  This  mineral  matter  is 


139 

apt  to  destroy  the  effect  of  other  substances  in  the  mixture,  and  may  easily  bring 
about  changes  in  them  that  will  result  in  poisoning  the  patient. 

Let  us  now  turn  to  the  distinctively  microscopical  class  of  examinations  and  observe 
the  facility  "f  identification.  Starch  grains  taken  from  different  drugs,  under  the 
microscope  are  as  conspicuously  different  as  are  larger  objects.  The  same  is  true 
when  they  are  modified  in  appearance  by  moist  heat.  The  presence  of  such  grains 
often  -hows  that  the  drug  has  been  partly  exhausted  of  its  activity.  Powdered 
elecampane  illustrates  a  very  large  class  of  drugs  that  do  not  contain  any  starch.  If 
we  tiiul  starch  grains  in  any  of  these  powders,  we  know  that  there  must  be  an  admix- 
ture. The  various  forms  of  crystals  of  calcium  oxalate  are  very  distinctive,  the  par- 
ticular form  iM-iii.u'  always  the  same  in  a  given  drug.  Merely  glancing  at  the  powder 
under  the  microscope  would  identify  a  drug  by  this  means.  Ground  olive  pits  have 
been  used  to  the  extent  of  hundreds  of  tons  for  adulterating  such  important  drugs  as 
ijiecac,  L'entiaii,  belladonna,  and  aconite.  While  stone  cells  occur  in  many  drugs, 
similar  to  those  of  the  olive  pit,  they  are  absent  from  most,  and  their  characteristic 
appearance  in  sufficient  for  ready  detection.  The  very  similar  stone  cells  from  cocoa 
nut  -hells  have  been  largely  used  to  adulterate  chocolate,  but  when  compared  with 
the  jc.uder-  "i  chocolate  under  the  microscope  they  could  not  fail  of  detection. 

Plant  hairs  arc  often  so  characteristic  as  to  insure  instant  recognition.  The  stellate 
hai  rs  oft  he  chestnut  leaf,  one « »f  the  favorite  articles  used  to  adulterate  medicinal  leaves 
and  herbs,  are  very  distinct  i\e;  the  peculiar  hairs  of  stramonium  and  spurious  hen  bane 
have  already  l>een  mentioned.  Genuine  and  spurious  matico  are  easily  distinguished, 
the  hit  ter  having  only  about  one-third  the  medicinal  activity  of  the  former.  Its  hairs 
are  large,  strong,  and  thi< -It-walled,  the  cavity  being  little  more  than  a  faint  line. 
The  hair  of  the  genuine,  on  the  other  hand,  is  nearly  all  cavity,  its  wall  so  thin  that 
the  hair  frequently  collapses. 

It  i-  earnestly  hoped  that  this  presentation  of  the  subject  may  lead  some  here  to 
interest  themselves,  at  least  a  little,  in  this  matter.  The  attention  of  this  association 
ha-  Keen  chiefly  directed  to  other  things  than  drugs.  Important  as  those  subjects 
are,  your  aid  is  equally  needed  in  the  drug  field .  There  are  only  a  few  of  us  to  struggle 
with  this  great  subject.  Efforts  to  secure  just  action  by  the  final  authorities  are  met 
by  the  most  energetic  and  often  very  plausible  misrepresentations  by  interested 
parties,  to  the  great  detriment  of  the  cause,  and  there  is  great  need  of  your  moral 
sii|»|x>rt  in  promoting  public  interest  in  the  rigid  enforcement  of  the  laws  regarding 
pure  drugs. 


"THIRD  DAY. 

SATURDAY— MORNING  CESSION. 

Mr.  J.  P.  Street  introduced  a  resolution  approving  national  legis- 
lation regulating  the  composition  and  sale  of  insecticides  and  fungi- 
cides. The  matter  was  referred  to  the  committee  on  resolutions. 
(See  page  189.) 

REPORT  ON   PHOSPHORIC  ACID. 
By  J.  M.  MCCANDLESS,  Referee. 

On  May  19,  1908,  the  referee  sent  out  a  letter  to  twenty-one  chemists,  quoting  the 
recommendations  made  by  the  association,  as  follows: 

(1)  That  the  referee  on  phosphoric  acid  take  up  for  report  at  the  next  meeting  of 
the  association  methods  applicable  under  American  conditions  to  the  official  exami- 
nation of  basic  slag  phosphates. 

(2)  That  the  subject  of  an  accurate  determination  of  iron  oxid  and  alumina  in  rock 
phosphates  be  examined  by  the  referee  on  phosphoric  acid  and  an  official  method  be 
recommended  to  the  association  next  year. 

(3)  That  a  number  of  chemists  be  requested  to  send  to  the  referee  on  phosphoric 
acid  samples  of  the  citrate  ammonia  solution  employed  by  them,  and  that  the  referee 
examine  such  samples  as  to  neutrality  and  that  such  examination  be  reported  to  the 
chemists  at  the  next  annual  meeting. 

In  compliance  with  these  instructions  the  referee  requested  those  who  desired  to 
cooperate  in  the  work  to  send  him  a  bottle  (200  cc)  of  their  solution  of  ammonium 
citrate  and  a  short  statement  of  the  method  used  in  making  the  samples  neutral. 

In  response  to  this  letter  the  referee  received  nine  samples  of  ammonium  citrate 
solution  for  examination  and  forwarded  to  ten  chemists  three  samples  each,  one  of 
pulverized  brown  Tennessee  rock,  one  of  pulverized  Florida  rock,  and  one  of  a  syn- 
thetic solution  made  from  microcosmic  salt,  recrystallized  potash-alum,  ferrous 
ammonium  sulphate,  calcium  carbonate,  magnesium  sulphate,  and  calcium  fluorid, 
so  that  100  cc  would  represent  1  gram  of  substance,  and  on  that  basis  the  solution 
should  contain  exactly  3  per  cent  of  ferric  oxid  and  2  per  cent  of  alumina. 

A  letter  of  instructions  was  forwarded  with  the  samples  requesting  that  the  coopera- 
tors  test  the  following  methods  for  iron  and  alumina,  it  being  deemed  best  to  restrict 
the  work  to  these  phases' 

METHODS  FOR  THE  DETERMINATION  OF  IRON  AND  ALUMINA  IN  PHOSPHATE  ROCK. 

It  is  recommended  that  before  beginning  the  work  each  analyst  make  up  for  him- 
self a  synthetic  solution  from  C.  P.  chemicals,  containing  10  grams  of  microcosmic 
salt,  10.4  grams  of  calcium  carbonate,  0.050  gram  of  magnesium  oxid  or  its  equivalent 
in  magnesium  sulphate,  0.300  gram  calcium  fluorid.  To  these  should  be  added 
accurately  known  weights  of  C.  P.  crystallized  potash,  or  ammonia  alum,  and  ferrous 
ammonium  sulphate  or  iron  wire.  The  material  should  be  dissolved  in  hydrochloric 
acid  and  water  and  made  up  to  a  liter.  The  methods  should  be  tried  upon  this  solu- 
tion to  acquire  confidence  and  applied  to  the  referee's  samples,  using  the  following 
methods: 

(140) 


141 

Gladding  method. 

I»i<s..lve  \  -rams  of  tho  rock  in  30  cc  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  (1  to  1),  heating  just 
below  the  boiling  point  for  half  an  hour.  Filter  into  a  200  cc  flask,  add  a  few  drops 
c.f  nitric  and,  and  boil  to  oxidize  the  iron;  cool  and  dilute  to  mark.  Take  50  cc,  con- 
taining 1  gram,  and  run  into  20  cc  of  a  solution  of  C.  P.  caustic  potash,  made  by  dis- 
Bolving  -">00  grams  of  caustic  potash  free  from  alumina,  in  distilled  water  and  diluting 
to  i. in-  liter.  Digest  in  water  bath  at  70°  for  one  hour,  stirring  occasionally.  Let  the 
precipitate  settle  and  filter  on  a  large  paper,  first  decanting  the  supernatant  liquid 
on  th.-  paper  and  finally  washing  on  the  precipitate.  Wash  two  or  three  times  with 
hot  water.  To  the  filtrate  add  1  gram  of  ammonium  phosphate;  acidify  with  hydro- 
chloric acid.  Add  ammonia  until  a  permanent  precipitate  is  formed;  add  dilute 
hydrochloric  acid,  drop  by  drop,  until  it  is  just  dissolved. 

Add  a  mixture  of  15  cc  neutral  ammonium  acetate  solution  and  5  cc  acetic  acid 
(30  per  cent)  and  digest  for  half  an  hour  at  70°  C.,  by  which  time  the  precipitation  is 
complete.  Filter,  washing  five  or  six  times  with  hot  ammonium  acetate  solution 
(10  per  cent),  stirring  ui>  the  precipitate  with  the  jet  each  time.  Ignite  with  a  low 
flame  till  the  paper  is  charred,  increase  the  heat  until  the  paper  is  consumed,  then 
bla.-i  lor  a  minute. 

The  precipitate  is  A1PO4  and  its  weight  multiplied  by  0.418  gives  the  AL>O3.     Glad- 
din-  determines  the  iron  oxid  volumetric-ally  by  the  bichromate  method  in  a  solu- 
tion of  the  precipitate  of  iron  oxid  and  calcium  phosphate  thrown  down  by  the  caustic 
potash,  or  by  the  same  method  in  a  separate  solution  of  5  grams  of  the  rock  in  dilute 
hloric  acid  (1  to  1). 

Glaser  method. 

nuns  of  pho-phaio  r,M.k  thirty  minutes  in  30  cc  concentrated  hydrochloric 

acid.     Make  up  to  :tm  <-.-  and  filter  off  100  cc.    Add  25  cc  concentrated  sulphuric 

arid:  -hake  ami  allow  to  -tand  a  few  minutes;  add  100  cc  strong  alcohol  and  cool. 

'i  cc  with  alcohol  and  allow  to  stand  thirty  minutes;  filter  off  100  cc  or 

ram  and  evaporate  in  a  larje  beaker  to  expel  alcohol. 

M-fer  i,,  a  -mall  (Jriflin  beaker,  boil,  remove  from  flame,  and  make  slightly  alka- 
line with  ammonia  l'."il  to  neutrality,  cool,  filter,  and  wash  with  boiling  ammonium 
nitrate  solution.  Burn  and  weigh,  weight  divided  by  2=  oxids  of  iron  and  aluminum. 

Proposed  modification  of  acetate  method. 

Weigh  2.5  grams  of  phosphate  rock  into  a  250  re  flask;  cover  with  25  cc  of  concen- 
t rated  h\drochlorir  and:  keep  just  below  the  boiling  point  for  thirty  minutes;  dilute 
and  COOl;  make  up  to  the  mark:  filter  off  50  cc,  equivalent  to  one-half  gram  of  rock; 
add  a  few  drops  of  nitrir  arid,  to  oxidi/e  any  ferrous  iron,  and  boil. 

Add  ammonia  until  the  precipitate  formed  dissolves  slowly  on  agitation.  Then 
riMil  toahout  l.">°  C.,  neutrali/e,  adding  dilute  ammonia  drop  by  drop  until  the  precipi- 
tation i-  complete  <  lear  up  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  added  drop  by  drop, 
slowly  ami  with  frequent  shaking  toward  the*  last  until  the  solution  is  clear.  Make 
a  solution  of  ammonium  acetate  by  neutralizing  strong  ammonia  with  acetic  acid 
;.  l.oi;  to  l",  <c  of  this  solution  add  5  cc  of  acetic  acid,  sp.  gr.  1.04,  in  a  tall  beaker 
ha\  in-  a  •  -apu-  ity  of  about  one  liter;  fill  the  beakerabout  seven-eighths  full  with  hot 
water,  so  that  the  mixture  will  have  a  temperature  of  70°  to75°C.;  pour  the  solution  of 
pho-phate  in  a  thin  ,-tream  into  the  dilute  hot  solution  of  the  ammonium  acetate, 
stilling  ron-taiitlv.  The  precipitated  phosphates  of  iron  and  aluminum  are  allowed 
ml  alter  ben  .in ing  dear  the  greater  part  of  the  supernatant  fluid  is  siphoned, 
off,  the  beaker  is  filled  up  again  with  hot  water  at  about  70°,  again  allowed  to  settle, 
and  the  supernatant  fluid  is  siphoned  off. 

The  remainder  in  the  beaker  is  now  filtered  off  on  a  large,  rapid  filtering  paper 
(S.  &  S.  black  band  ashless)  washed  thoroughly  with  hot  water  containing  ammonium 
nitrate,  keeping  the  precipitate  on  the  filter  well  stirred  up  with  a  strong  jet  from  the 
wash  bottle.  Ignite  at  a  low  temperature,  till  the  paper  is  charred,  increase  heat 
until  the  paper  i>  fully  consumed,  and  finally  blast  for  a  minute.  The  weight  of  the 
precipitate  in  centigrams  gives  the  percentage  of  the  mixed  oxids. 

It  is  desired  that  in  the  last  two  methods  the  percentage  of  the  mixed  oxids  of  iron 
and  alumina  be  given  and  also  that  the  oxid  of  iron  be  determined  separately  by  any 
volumetric  method  preferred  by  the  analyst,  always  observing  the  precaution  of 
oxidizing  the  organic  matter  to  be  found  in  solutions  of  phosphate  rock  by  digesting 
with  potassium  chlorate  and  boiling  off  the  excess  of  chlorin  previous  to  the  reduction 
and  titration. 


142 


The  referee  desires  to  remind  the  analysts  cooperating  in  this  work  that  it  has  been 
undertaken  under  the  auspices  of  the  A.  O.  A.  C.  for  the  purpose  of  establishing,  if 
possible,  a  standard  method  for  the  estimation  of  iron  and  alumina  which  should  have 
the  indorsement  of  the  association.  At  present  all  is  chaos,  and  when  two  chemists 
differ  on  iron  and  alumina  it  is  impossible  to  say  who  is  right  and  who  is  wrong. 

The  great  majority  of  rock  sales  to-day  are  settled  either  by  Gladding  method  or  by 
the  G  laser  method,  as  outlined  above. 

The  referee  submits  the  above  modification  of  the  acetate  method,  which  he  believes 
to  be  simpler  and  fully  as  accurate  as  the  others,  and  will  welcome  the  comments 
and  criticisms  of  the  analysts  when  they  have  completed  the  work  on  the  three  samples 
by  the  methods  outlined  above.  In  regard  to  the  synthetic  solution  sent,  the  referee 
would  say  that  it  was  not  practicable  to  send  more  than  300  cc  to  each  analyst,  but 
that  in  his  opinion  one-half  gram,  or  50  cc,  is  sufficient  for  any  of  the  tests  required, 
and  used  in  this  way  there  is  sufficient  of  the  synthetic  solution  for  six  tests. 

Reports  were  received  from  six  chemists  cooperating  in  the  work  on  iron  and  alu- 
mina, whose  results  are  given  in  the  following  tables: 

Determination  of  iron  and  alumina  in  Tennessee  and  Florida  rock. 
TENNESSEE  ROCK. 


Analyst. 

Determination. 

Method  of- 

Gladding. 

G  laser. 

M<£nd'  Veiteh- 

Von 
Grueber. 

Stillwell  and  Gladding,  New 
York  City. 

F.  B.  Carpenter,  by  R.  Henry, 
Richmond,  Va. 

G.  Farnham,  Jarecki  Chemical 
Co. 

P.  Rudnick,  by  G.  F.  Beyer, 
Chicago,  111.6 

McCandless,  Burton,  and  At- 
kinson, Atlanta,  Ga. 

S.  H.  Wilson,  Georgia  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture". 

O.  M.  Shedd,  Kentucky  sta- 
tion. 

Average..  . 

FejO3 

Per  cent. 
2.  79-2.  79 
3.50-3.44 

Per  cent 

Per  cent.     Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

AljO3 

Total 

6.29-6.23 
6.26 

6.80 

6.20 

Average  

6  10 

3.17 
3.50 

|AljO3  

[    Total 

6.67 

6.  48            7.  20 

(FezOs 

3.06 
2.29 

3.06 
3.92 

A12O3  

[    Total  

a5.35 

6.98 

FejOs 

3.22 
3.21 

3.22 
3.68 

A12O3  

Total  

6.43 

7.04 

6.19  '  

6.90 

Average  

Fe2O3 

3.04 
3.26 

AljO3  

Total  

6.30 

6.48 

6.22    '.'  

fFejO3 

2.91 
3.21 

A1ZO3  

Total  



6.12 

5.86 

5.90    

fFezOs.  .  . 

^— 



2.  92-2.  92 

A1ZO3  

Total 

I 

6.  39-6.  49 
6.44 

4.32-4.13    .. 

Average.. 

04  22 

6.35 

6.60 

6  19 

o  Omitted  from  average. 

*  Per  cent  calculated  from  average  of  three  determinations. 


143 


Determination  of  iron  and  alumina  in  Tennessee  and  Florida  rock — Continued. 

FLORIDA  ROCK. 


Anal\st. 

Determination. 

Method  qf— 

Gladding. 

Glaser. 

McCand- 
less. 

Veitch. 

Von 
Gnieber. 

StillwHI  and  Gladding,  New 

York  City. 

F.  M.rariH-ntrr.  l.y  li.  Henry 
Richmond,  Va. 

rnham,  Jamrki  Chemical 

Co. 

1-.  Ru.in  ck.  by  G    i     B 
Chit-ago,  lll.o 

McTandlrss,  Burton,  and  At- 

klMMMl.    All.  lilt  I. 

S.  II     \V« 

ment  of  Agriculture. 

0.  M.  Shedd,  Kentucky  sta- 
tion. 

\  \  iTl  '«' 

Fe«Oa 

Per  cent. 
1.71 
1.49 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 
1.70-1.75 
.92-1.00 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

AljOi 





Total  . 

3.20 

3.51 

2.62-2.75 
2.68 

Average 

FetOi 

1.85 
.94 

AljO» 

[    Total 

2.79 

2.73 

2.89 

IFetOj     . 

1.65 
.66 

1.65 
1.33 

AlsOi 

Total  

2.31 

2.98 

1.86 
1.03 

1.86 
1.53 

1\l  .<  i 

Total 

2.89 

3.48 

1.95-1.97 
ol.96 

3.43 

Average  

fFeiOa 

1.73 
.94 

I  M.I  > 

1    Total  

2.67 

3.90 

2.72 

1.68 
.90 

Total... 

2.58 

2.98 

2.62 

>  ,  .1  1 

1.68-1.66 
1.67 

\  i  <  > 

Total 

2.96-2.98 
2.97 

a  1.  50-1.  69 

Average  

2.74 

3.30                2.69 

•  Fw  cent  calculated  from  average  of  three  determinations. 


144 

Determination  of  iron  and  alumina  in  synthetic  solution. 
[Synthetic  solution— made  to  contain  3  per  cent  Fe2O3  and  2  per  cent  A12O3,  or  5  per  cent  combined  oxids.] 


Analyst. 

Determination. 

Method  of— 

Gladding.        Glaser. 

McCand- 
less. 

Vpif^h           Von 
tcn-     Grueber. 

Stillwell  and  Gladding,  New 
York  City. 

F.  B.  Carpenter,  by  R.  Henry, 
Richmond,  Va. 

G.  Farnham,  Jarecki  Chemical 
Co. 

P.  Rudnick,  by  G.  F.  Beyer, 
Chicago,  111.* 

McCandless,  Burton,  and  At- 
kinson, Atlanta,  Ga. 

S.  H.  Wilson,  Georgia  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture. 

O.  M.  Shedd,  Kentucky  sta- 
tion. 

\.verace 

!Fe2O3 

Per  cent.       Pfr  cent. 
2.60    ...:  

Per  cent. 
2.50 
2.73 

Per  cent.  Per  cent. 

AljOa  
Total 

3.68    

a6.28             o6.12 

5.23 

Cppf) 

A1203                                   ""-'-'-            '-"- 

l" 
[    Total 

5.01 

5.83 

(fTp  () 

3.08               3.08 
1.86                1.86 

\i,o, 

Total 

4.94                4.94 

FezOs 

3.11    ... 

3.11 
1.50 

I  -  - 

AljO3                               2.15  i 

Total 

5.26  !              5.62 

4.61 

!Fe»Oi 

3.05    . 

\llo3  2!  OR 

' 

Total 

5.11       5.55-5.60 
(5.57) 

5.  07-5.  05 
(5.06) 

Fe2O3 

2.91    . 

AhOs 

2  55 

Total  
Fe2O3 

5.46                5.40 

5.18 

.      3.  12-3.  12 

\12O3 

(3.  12) 

Total 

j 

4  92-4  98 

4  10-A  38 

. 

i       (4.95) 

a(4.24) 

5.28                5.29 

5.02 

Omitted  from  average. 


b  Per  cent  calculated. 


145 


The  determination  of  iron  and  alumina  by  various  modifications  (Shedd).a> 
GLADDING  METHOD. 


Modification. 

Florida 
rock 

(25198). 

Tennessee 
rock 
(25199). 

Referee's 
synthetic 
solution 
(25200), 
50  cc. 

Shedd's 
synthetic 
solution, 
50  cc. 

Al  '  -    t.v  siihtnu-tinu  Fi'l'o,  from  weight  of  FePO4+ 
AII'<  >,  uii'l  multiplying  by  0.419: 
i.  'terminal  ion.      

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 
0  0108 

1  .l.'t.-rminution  

0111 

Mean  

0110 

Theory  

.0100 

••l.Liined  from  tin-  pnvipitate  of  FePO4+  A1PO4 
obtained  alK>vo: 
Kir>t  determination  

niqo 

Second  <it't«-nnination  

.0195 

Mean  

.0194 

FetO,  obtained  from  independent  portions  of  50  cc  of  the 
solution: 

l.'t.TinllMtloM                                

0194 

Second  determination                                   



0194 



Mean 

0194 

Theorv  ...                                         

0194 

MODIFIED   At  KTATE  METHOD. 


AJjOj  by  subtract  in. 

-0.10 

1.25 
1.09 

0.0051 
.0058 

-0.0020 

- 

-  .025                1.17 

.0055 

F*OH-Al|Oiby  halving  the  weight  of  |>h«»i 

1.50 
1.69 

4.32 
4.13 

.0205 
.0219 

.0158 

.      . 

Mean 

1.60 

4.23 

.0212 

FetOi  from  independent  50  cc  portions  of  the  solution: 
First  determination  
Second  determination: 

M      • 

1.74 
1.69 

3.03 
2.94 

.0157 
.0157 

1.72    j             2.99 

.0157 

G LASER  METHOD. 


AlsOi  by  subtracting  FePOi.  as  abov«>: 
l-termination                                   

1.16 

3.05 

0.0082 

0.0047 

Second  determination  

1.17 

3.13 

.0084 

1.17 

3.09 

.0083 

Fe,Oi+  AI»Oi  by  halving  the  weight  of  phosphates: 

2.96 
2.98 

6.39 
6.49 

.0246 
.0249 

.•0239 

Mean  

2.97 

6.44 

.0248 

Fe»O,  from  independent  50  cc  portions  of  the  solution: 
'..•termination  

1.68 
1  66 

2.92 
2  92 

Second  determination  
Mean 

1.67 

2.92 

a  Analyses  made  by  O.  M.  Shedd.  of  the  Kentucky  station,  but  received  too  late  to  incorporate  in  the 
report. 

73673— Bull.  !£!— 09 10 


146 

DISCUSSION    OF   RESULTS. 

P.  Rudnick  (results  by  G.  F.  Beyer):  Commenting  on  the  results  in  general,  I  do  not 
believe  that  any  of  the  methods  proposed  are  preferable  to  the  modified  Von  Grueber 
method  in  point  of  simplicity,  rapidity,  accuracy,  and  general  applicability  to  various 
kinds  of  rock.  Although  the  results  obtained  for  ferric  oxid  in  the  synthetic  solution 
prepared  in  this  laboratory  are  high,  they  agree  very  well  with  the  results  obtained 
by  the  determination  of  iron  in  the  precipitate  from  the  method  proposed  by  you, 
and  the  results  on  aluminum  by  the  modified  Von  "Grueber  method  are  certainly  very 
close  to  the  calculated  quantity.  Although  I  have  not  had  time  nor  opportunity  to 
prove  the  point,  I  am  inclined  to  believe  that  ammonium  acetate  is  not  sufficient  to 
prevent  the  partial  hydrolysis  of  the  aluminum  phosphate,  and  that  ammonium  nitrate 
is  more  efficient  in  this  respect.  I  believe  the  fairly  good  agreement  between  the 
results  by  the  Glaser  method  and  the  modified  Von  Grueber  method  obtained  in  this 
work,  as  well  as  at  other  times,  supports  this  view. 

S.  H.  Wilson:  For  simplicity  and  ease  of  execution  the  McCandless  laboratory 
method  leaves  little  to  be  desired. 

Remarks  by  the  referee:  On  the  whole  the  results  seem  to  be  encouraging  and  to  show 
that  all  three  of  the  methods  for  which  instructions  were  sent  are  capable  of  giving 
good  results.  One  analyst  used  the  Von  Grueber  method,  another  the  Veitch  method. 
A  study  of  the  results  on  the  synthetic  solution,  in  which  the  percentages  of  iron 
and  alumina  are  accurately  known,  reveals  a  tendency  on  the  part  of  those  getting 
the  lowest  results  on  the  phosphate  rocks  to  get  them  also  on  the  solution  and  vice 
versa;  excluding  the  lowest  and  highest  results,  the  agreements  and  approximations 
to  the  truth  are  about  as  good  as  would  be  found  in  the  determination  of  other  ele- 
ments, as,  for  instance,  phosphoric  acid  by  the  accepted  methods. 

The  referee  would  call  attention  to  the  fact  that  this  subject  has  been  taken  up 
by  the  National  Fertilizer  Association,  and  would  recommend  cooperation  between 
the  next  referee  and  the  committee  of  that  association,  with  a  view  to  reaching  a 
decision  as  to  what  method  shall  be  adopted. 

EFFECT  OF  DILUTE  AND  CONCENTRATED  HYDROCHLORIC  ACID  ON  PYRITES  IN  PHOS- 
PHATE ROCK. 

The  referee  also  requested  the  analysts  cooperating  to  test  the  effect  of  dilute 
(1  to  1),  and  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  as  to  its  solvent  effect  on  pyrites,  present 
to  a  greater  or  less  extent  in  nearly  all  phosphate  rock. 

It  has  been  claimed  on  the  one  hand  that  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  (1  to  1)  fails  to 
dissolve  all  the  iron  and  alumina,  especially  when  the  latter  is  present  in  the  form 
of  clay;  it  has  been  claimed,  on  the  other  hand,  that  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid, 
while  it  dissolves  the  alumina  and  iron  oxids  better  than  the  dilute,  also  decom- 
poses pyrites  present  in  the  phosphate  rock  and  therefore  yields  too  high  a  percentage 
of  iron.  It  is  desired  that  the  analysts  test  this  latter  point  as  follows: 

Procure  a  sample  of  freshly  pulverized  pyrites  and  weigh  half  a  gram  into  a  250  cc 
flask,  cover  with  25  cc  of  hydrochloric  acid  (1  to  1),  heat  just  below  boiling  for  thirty 
minutes,  dilute  with  100  cc  of  water,  shake,  allow  to  settle,  decant  the  liquid,  repeat 
the  washing  by  two  or  more  treatments  with  125  cc  of  cold  water  slightly  acidulated 
with  hydrochloric  acid,  followed  by  decantation.  This  preliminary  treatment  is  to 
remove  any  oxid  or  sulphate  of  iron  already  existing  in  the  pyrites.  Have  ready  2.5 
grams  of  phosphate  rock,  add  it  to  the  flask  on  top  of  the  washed  pyrites,  then  cover 
with  30  cc  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid,  heat  just  below  boiling  for  thirty  minutes, 
cool  and  make  up  to  the  mark.  Determine  the  iron  volumetrically  in  an  aliquot 
of  the  solution  and  compare  the  results  with  that  obtained  from  a  similar  treatment 
of  phosphate  rock  and  pyrites  with  dilute  hydrochloric  acid  (1  to  1)  the  second  time. 

Only  two  chemists  beside  the  referee  took  part  in  this  work. 


147 


-  «•/  nf  dilute  and  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid  oyfoyriter.' 


Analyst. 

Phosphate 

«r  —  M«^  - 

'*;.'.."•  UTUIIIS 
^^gKtfjJ 

rock. 

Concen- 
trated HC1. 

Dilute  HC1. 

<;.  F    licvr.  (  •hi.-iuro.  Ill  

3  51  3  51 

(i.  K;irnh:im.  .l;invki  (  hriiik-ul  Co  

2  91 

J.   M.    Mr!     i:. 

3  48-3  50 

3  49-3  5^ 

While  one  of  the  results  in  the  above  table  must  be  explained,  the  referee  is  con- 
vinced from  a  number  of  tests  made  years  since  that  neither  dilute  nor  concentrated 
hydrochloric  acid  ha-  any  appreciable  effect  on  pyrites,  and  would  therefore  recom- 
mend i  In-  u -«  •  of  the  corn-cm  rutr<l  acid  in  the  solution  of  phosphate  rock,  heating  for  a 
definite  linn-. 

Of  cour.-e,  tin-  u-e  .)f  sulphuric  acid  of  50°  li.  (which  also  has  no  action  on  pyrites), 
followed  b\  -illation  in  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  would  more  nearly  approximate 
actual  condition-,  and  it  iniirht  be  well  if  the  next  referee  would  investigate  this  method 
of  -olution  as  compared  with  simple  solution  in  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid. 

RXAJONJ  M  (ITRATE  FOR  NEUTRALITY. 

B  \\.i-  IK  decide  whether  the  solutions  were  neutral  or  not,  and  as  no 
t\\o  chem  n  the  exact  |Niint  of  neutrality,  whether  from  lack  of  sensitiveness 

of  the  indicator.-.  ..r  •  olor-hlindne-s  on  the  part  of  the  operators,  he  decided  to  make 
an  analysis  of  each  sample  according  to  the  method  outlined  in  his  last  report  to  the 
association,  and  he  guided  by  iho.-e  re-nits  in  deciding  upon  neutrality.  The  follow- 
ing method  nf  anal\  -i~  \\a-  ad. -pled: 

'r\\ent\-!ive  cubic  ccntiinci.  r-  of  ,-ach  solution  was  pipetted  into  a  250  cc  flask, 
made  to  mark,  -hakeii.  and  •_'.*>  CC  i»ipette.l  into  a  distillation  flask;  to  the  solution  in 
the  ila-k.  in  '  •  of  fourth-normal  caustic  soda  solution  were  added,  and  the  contents  of 
the  ila.-k  distilled  into  -JO  cc  of  half-normal  acid,  continuing  the  distillation  until  the 
volume  of  i  he  di.-tillate  measured  from  65  to  70  cc.  The  ammonia  in  the  distillate 
was  then  titrated  l»\  mean-  of  tenth-normal  alkali.  The  residue  in  the  retort  was 
•  1  into  an  Brlemneyer  tla-k.  excess  of  standard  acid  added,  then  a  few  drops  of 
phenolphthalein,  and  the  excess  estimated  by  means  of  tenth-normal  alkali.  From 
the  icMilt  the  weight  of  citric  acid  originally  combined  with  the  ammonia  was  cal- 
culated. Calculating  fnun  the  formula  of  the  pure  salt,  (NH4)  3C,jH5O7,  that  the  ratio 
of  ammonia  (Nil  i"  citric  acid  was  as  1  to  3.765,  a  basis  of  comparison  was  established. 
The  re-nli-  obtain. -d  are  giveo  in  the  table  below.  As  only  three  official  chemists 
sent  their  solution-,  the  anal\  -i-  are  designated  by  number  and  not  by  name. 

Dettrintnntmn  »f  n<  utrnlitij  of  ammonium  citrate  solutions. 


NuniU-r  of 

Ammuiu.i  in 
2ftocofdlhit«d 
•olutkw 

original. 

Citricat-idin 
•_>:,  iv  of  diluted 
solution—  2i  cc 
original. 

Ratio  of  am- 
monia to 
citric  acid. 

Ratio  in  neu- 
tral salt 
(NH«)A 
H50r. 

Reaction  with 
corallin. 

Milligrams. 
113.9 
109.3 
104.9 

113.7 

Milligrams. 
433.2 

412.8 
424.% 
433.9 

1:3.803 
:  3.  775 
:4.051 
:  3.  816 

1:3.765 
1:3.765 
1:3.765 
1:3.765 

Neutral. 
Alkaline. 
Acid. 
Neutral. 

110.5 

430.08 

:  3.  891 

1:3.765 

Slightly  acid. 

111.5 

43<i  48 

:  3.  915 

1:3.765 

Acid. 

108.7 
104.7 
102.8 

421.1 
398.7 
430.7 

:  3.  874 
:3.  808 
:  4.  189 

1:3.765 
1:3.765 
1:3.765 

Slightly  acid. 
Neutral. 
Acid. 

148 

In  this  table  all  the  solutions  which  showed  materially  more  citric  acid  than  3.765 
parts  to  1  of  ammonia  also  showed  a  decidedly  acid  reaction  to  coralliu. 

It  appears  that  some  chemists  prepare  their  ammonium  citrate  solution  by  treating 
the  citric  acid  with  excess  of  ammonia  and  then  leave  the  hot  solution  to  neutralize 
itself,  or  finally  adjust  it,  some  by  means  of  red  and  blue  litmus  paper,  others  by  cor- 
allin.  Some  state  that  they  have  never  been  successful  in  the  use  of  corallin;  others 
adjust  finally  by  means  of  the  alcoholic  solution  of  calcium  chlorid.  In  the  opinion 
of  the  referee,-if  a  chemist  has  succeeded  in  getting  his  solution  neutral  or  practically 
so,  he  will  almost  certainly  put  it  out  of  joint  by  attempting  to  make  it  exact  with  the 
calcium  chlorid  solution.  The  referee  finds  that  an  alcoholic  calcium  chlorid  solution 
which  is  exactly  neutral  to  corallin  is  acid  to  phenolphthalein,  and  alkaline  to  cochineal ; 
that  after  the  precipitation  of  the  citric  acid  from  10  cc  of  the  ammonium  citrate  solution 
by  50  cc  of  the  calcium  chlorid  solution,  calcium  citrate  still  remains  in  solution  in  the 
filtrate,  which  may  be  proved  by  boiling  some  of  the  clear  solution,  when  a  precipitate 
of  calcium  citrate  will  appear.  The  presence  of  this  salt,  in  the  opinion  of  the  referee, 
renders  the  use  of  cochineal  as  indicator  unreliable.  One  of  the  solutions  in  the  above 
table,  which  is  the  most  acid  of  all  by  analysis,  was  neutralized  in  this  way.  There 
are  materials  (notably  fertilizers  containing  bone)  on  which  a  slight  difference  in 
neutrality  of  the  ammonium  citrate  solution  makes  a  great  difference  in  the  results.  It 
is  a  reproach  to  the  association  that  it  has  suffered  the  matter  to  remain  in  its  present 
condition  so  long.  While  the  referee  has  a  strong  personal  conviction  that  the  only 
proper  method  of  making  the  solution  neutral  is  by  analysis  and  calculation  of  the 
exact  quantity  of  ammonia  or  citric  acid  to  be  added  to  it,  still  he  hesitates  to  urge  it 
officially,  as  no  work  has  yet-been  done  by  any  other  referee  along  this  line,  and  because 
the  referee  is  himself  no  longer  an  official  chemist. 

The  referee  desires  to  acknowledge  the  valuable  aid  and  suggestions  of  Mr.  J.  Q. 
Burton  in  all  of  this  work  and  the  analytical  assistance  of  Mr.  F.  C.  Atkinson. 

THOMAS  SLAG. 
By  J.  B.  LINDSEY. 

Thomas  slag  or  basic  phosphatic  slag  is  a  by-product  in  the  modern  method  of  steel 
manufacture  from  ores  containing  noticeable  quantities  of  phosphorus.  The  process 
of  removing  the  phosphorus  from  the  ore  was  discovered  by  the  English  engineers 
Gilchrist  and  Thomas  and,  briefly  stated,  consists  in  adding  to  the  so-called  "con- 
verter "  containing  the  molten  ore  a  definite  quantity  of  freshly  burned  lime,  which 
after  a  powerful  reaction  is  found  to  be  united  with  the  phosphorus  and  swims  upon 
the  surface  of  the  molten  steel  in  the  form  of  a  slag. 

COMPOSITION. 

The  composition  of  the  Thomas  or  Belgian  slag  varies  according  to  the  character  of 
the  ore  and  the  success  of  the  process  for  removing  the  impurities.  The  following 
figures  show  such  variations:  a 

Per  cent. 

Phosphoric  acid 11-23 

Silicic  acid 3-13 

Calcium  oxid  (lime) 38-59 

Ferrous  and  ferric  oxids 6-25 

Protoxid  of  manganese 1-  6 

Alumina 0.  2-  3.  7 

Magnesia 2-  8 

Sulphur 0.  2-  1.4 

a  Adolf  Mayer,  Agricultur  Chemie,  6th  ed.,  vol.  2,  pt.  2,  pp.  138-139. 


149 


More  or  less  metallic  iron  is  inclosed  in  the  coarse  slag  which  is  generally  thoroughly 
removed  from  'he  ground  material  by  the  magnet. 

MANURIAL  VALUE. 

The  manorial  value  of  the  slag  was  not  recognized  for  a  long  time.  Finally  experi- 
ments revealed  that  a  considerable  portion  of  its  phosphoric  acid  was  soluble  in  dilute 
citric  and  carbonic  acids,  which  led  to  successful  field  experiments.  The  only  prepa- 
ration of  the  slag  for  fertilizing  purposes,  when  its  value  was  first  recognized,  consisted 
in  having  it  finely  irnnmd  in  especially  prepared  mills,  so  that  75  per  cent  would  pass 
through  a  sieve  with  perforations  0.17  mm  in  diameter.  This  requirement  was  sug- 
gested by  M.  I-Mei>cher,  who  used  the  slag  with  much  success  in  improving  the  condi- 
tion of  marsh  and  meadow  lands. 

\l  \  ni'ii.s  FOR  DETERMINING  AVAILABILITY  AND  ADULTERATION. 

Previous  to  1890,  by  means  of  pot  experiments,  as  well  as  by  laboratory  investiga- 
tion-. Wanner  demonstrated  that  tin-  phosphoric  acid  in  different  slags  of  the  same 
«  of  fineness  vari.-d  in  its  availability  from  30  to  90  or  more  per  cent,  and,  further, 
thai    many  brand.-  were  adulterated  with  Belgian  or  other  insoluble  mineral  phos- 
phate-;.    The  method  therefore  of  determining  the  value  of  a  slag  by  the  percentage 
.il  ph"-phoric  acid  present  and  the  degree  of  fineness  was  of  secondary  impor- 
tance. 

In  order  to  detect  adulteration  with  mineral  phosphates,  Wagner  originally  used  a 
dilute  Dilution  of  « -itrate  of  ammonia  and  free  citric  acid.0  The  phosphoric  acid  in 
all  «.f  the  mineral  pho-phate<  \va>  sparingly  soluble  in  such  a  reagent,  while  an  unadul- 
terated. hL'h  -ride  >|;,,_,  .^ve  up  80  to  90  parts  of  its  phosphoric  acid.  Further  investi- 
gations on  various  soils  with  many  brands  of  slag  made  clear  that  the  results  obtained 
f  i  ..MI  p..  t  experimei  ponded  quite  well  with  those  secured  by  means  of  the 

..  id  -olntion       Thi-  may  be  illustrated  as  follows: 

Dt  /  '  iliihilitii  of  phosphoric  add.  * 


•»>___  J  _» 

Phosphoric  acid  avail- 
able. 

tiruuil  CM 
slag. 

In  citric- 

:iriil  solu- 
tion. 

In  pot  ex- 

[HTiments. 

1 

100 

100 

2 

85 

80 

3 

81 

72 

4 

72 

72 

5 

73 

66 

6 

76 

63 

7 

39 

40 

8 

48 

38 

9 

42 

38 

10 

45 

31 

11 

38 

30 

Etemlta  similar  to  these  were  secured  by  Maercker,&  who  stated  that  "the  results 
removed  all  doubt  that  the  citrate  solubility  and  plant  experiments  were  so  nearly 
proportioned  that  one  had  the  same  right  to  value  the  slag  according  to  its  content  of 
phosphoric  arid  soluble  in  citrate  solution  as  to  value  the  superphosphate  by  its  con- 
tent of  water-soluble  phosphoric  acid." 

flChemiker  Zeitung,  1895,  No.  63;  also  Dimgungsfragen,  1896,  No.  1,  p.  16. 
*>Landw.  Presse,  1895,  No.  82. 


150 

As  a  result  of  these  investigations  the  union  of  German  experiment  stations  at  its 
meeting  at  Kiel,  in  September,  1896,  adopted  the  method  «  of  determining  the  rela- 
tive value  of  the  slag  according  to  its  phosphoric  acid  solubility  in  a  2  per  cent  citric 
acid  solution  and  did  away  with  the  previous  standard  of  total  phosphoric  acid  and 
fineness. 

Wagner,  as  well  as  Maercker,  repeatedly  called  attention  to  the  fact  that  experi- 
ments both  in  the  laboratory  and  with  plants  gave  positive  evidence  that  those  slags 
of  like  phosphoric  acid  content  which  were  richest  in  silicic  acid  gave  the  best  results. 
G.  Hoyermann,  working  independently,  came  to  similar  conclusions.  At  the  present 
time,  according  to  Wagner,  practically  all  of  the  iron  works  treat  the  molten  slag  as  it 
flows  from  the  converter  with  hot  quartz  sand,  with  the  result  that  the  availability  of 
the  phosphoric  acid  is  increased  from  10  to  30  per  cent.& 

CHEMICAL  COMBINATION  OF  PHOSPHORIC  ACID  IN  SLAG. 

The  form  in  which  the  phosphoric  acid  exists  in  the  slag  has  never  been  fully 
explained.  It  was  formerly  supposed  that  it  was  combined  with  lime  as  a  tetracal- 
cium  phosphate  and  the  latter  being  less  stable  than  tricalcium  phosphate  became 
easily  available  to  the  plants  by  being  decomposed,  under  the  influence  of  dilute 
acids,  into  the  calcium  salt  of  the  dissolving  acid  and  dicalcium  phosphate.  The 
tetralime  phosphate,  however,  has  never  been  made  artificially,  c  although  it  has 
been  recognized  by  the  aid  of  the  microscope  in  the  slag  and  exists  as  a  mineral  under 
the  name  of  isoklas. 

M  •  >re  recent  investigations  having  shown,  as  already  indicated,  that  those  slags  richest 
in  silicic  acid  of  like  phosphoric  acid  content  gave  the  best  results,  the  conclusion 
followed  that  a  part  of  the  lime  must  be  in  the  form  of  lime  silicate.  It  is  now  gen- 
erally held,  especially  by  Wagner, d  that  the  phosphoric  acid  is  combined  in  the  slag 
as  a  double  salt  of  tricalcium  phosphate  and  calcium  silicate  and  that  in  this  form 
the  roots  are  able  to  utilize  it.  It  is  also  believed  probable  that  some  of  the  phosphoric 
acid  is  more  or  less  united  with  iron  as  a  basic  iron  phosphate. 

THE  USE  OF  PHOSPHATIC  SLAG. 

Basic  slag  has  been  shown  to  work  especially  well  upon  sour  marsh  and  meadow 
lands,  upon  porous,  well-aired  soils  rich  in  humus,  and  upon  sandy  soils  deficient 
in  lime. 

When  a  rapid  development  of  the  crop  is  not  desired,  the  slag  may  be  used  exclu- 
sively in  place  of  acid  phosphate.  On  the  other  hand,  in  cases  when  it  is  feared  that 
the  crop  will  not  mature  early  enough  upon  heavy,  cold  land  and  in  high  altitudes 
where  the  season  is  short,  acid  phosphate  should  be  given  the  preference. 

The  phosphoric  acid  in  slag  is  comparable  in  its  quickness  of  action  to  nitrogen  in 
barnyard  manure,  tankage,  and  green  crops;  and  the  phosphoric  acid  in  acid  phosphate 
to  the  action  of  nitrogen  in  nitrate  of  soda.  A  combination  of  slag  and  sulphate  of 
potash  (500  pounds  of  slag  and  100  pounds  of  potash)  has  been  found  to  work  especially 
well  upon  grass  land  and  to  be  very  favorable  to  the  development  of  clover. 

a  Method  slightly  modified  from  the  original.  Present  method  described  in  Konig's 
Untersuchung  landwirtschaftlich  und  gewerblich  wichtiger  Stoffe,  3d  ed.,  pp.  173-174. 

&  Loc.  cit.;  also  Wagner,  Anwendung  kiinstlicher  Dimgemittel,  pp.  74-75. 

c  Hilgenstock,  Jahresber.  chem.  Technologic,  1887,  p.  282,  after  Adolf  Mayer,  loc. 
cit. 

cit. 


151 

QUANTITY  OP  SLAG  PER  ACRE. 

If  the  soil  is  particularly  deficient  in  phosphoric  acid,  one  can  use  as  high  as  from 
.  !MM)  pounds  of  -la-  to  the  acre,  plowed  in  and  supplemented  with  200  pounds  of 
a«-i<l  phosphate  in  the  hill  or  drill. 

If,  on  the  contrary,  the  soil  is  naturally  rich  in  phosphoric  acid  or  has  been  made  so 

by  lar-e  additions  of  .-lug  for  several  consecutive  years  (1,000  or  more  pounds  yearly) 

then  it  is  necessary-  only  to  replace  from  year  to  year  the  amount  removed  by  the 

rn>j>.     In  surh  ra.-es  Maer.-ker  >iates  that  one  part  of  phosphoric  acid  in  basic  slag  is 

table  as  an  equal  amount  in  acid  phosphate. 


VALUATION  OF  PHOSPHORIC  ACID  IN  BASIC  SLAG. 
By  H.  I).  HASKINS. 

Thoma.-  lia.-ir  .-lai:  is  being  used  in  Massachusetts  and  some  of  the  other  New  England 
\ten.-ively  each   yi-ar,  and  it   is  therefore  highly  desirable  that  more 
Mctory  methods  of  analyzing  and  valuing  this  product  be  worked  out  by  the 
association. 

At  the  la.- 1  ni'-eiin-  ..i'  the  asso< -iatit.n  the  referee  on  phosphoric  acid  recommended 

thai  the  pho-phorir  acid  in  Thomas  basic  slag  be  valued  by  the  degree  of  fineness  of 

the  -I. i-  along  tin-  -aim-  lines  as  are  employed  in  the  case  of  ground  bone,  but  the 

recommendation  did  not  specify  the  diameter  of  the  openings  in  the  sieve  used  in  the 

me.  hani.  al  .-..•paraiimi.      If  \alued  by  its  fineness  the  diameter  of  the  openings  in  the 

i  fort  hi.-  pnrpo-i-  i- obvioii>lv  of  great  importance,  a.-  is  shown  by  the  follow- 

'  ,vo  samples  of  ,-hig  \\ere  analy/.ed  mechanically  by  the  use  of  100-,  50-, 

an-!   I1",  n  .  the   latter  having  circular  oj>enings  one-fiftieth  of  an  inch  in 

<liam> 

( 'in,. ,  'ininiint  ami  i  nhn  of  phosphoric  arid  (intilable  by  using  sieves  of  different 

mesh. 


Total 

Met-haiiit  -;il   in  ilysis. 

Valuation. 

«»«**». 

:-<>-llli-  . 

25-mesh  sieve. 

100-mesh 
sieve. 

50-mesh 
sieve. 

25-mesh 
sieve. 

Kim- 

•  QM  | 

Fin.-. 

Coarse. 

Fine. 

Coarse. 

1 

.' 

Percent. 
17.45 

17  '", 

Per  ct 

71    s-i 

Percent. 

•   17 

Perct. 

s.    ,.\ 

90.74 

Percent. 
10.36 
9.26 

Perct 
93.72 
94.97 

Percent* 
6.28 
5.03 

Dollars. 
12.86 
13.36 

Dollars. 
13.59 
14.04 

Dollars. 
13.74 

14.18 

An  average  of  the  two  samples  shows  that  94.34  per  cent  of  the  slag  passes  a  25-mesh 

»  per  rent  paaeee  a  50-mesh  sieve,  and  only  70.15  per  cent  passes  a  100-mesh 

I  .....king  at  the  matter  from  the  point  of  valuation,  we  find  that  allowing  4  cents 

f..r  the  phosphoric  arid  in  the  line  and  3  rents  for  the  phosphoric  acid  in  the  coarse 

aluation  of  thr  two  samples  of  slag  by  use  of  the  25-mesh  sieve 

would  be  $l:{.!»»;.  by  u-e  of  the  f,o-mesh  sieve  $13.81,  and  by  use  of  the  100-mesh  sieve 

;.!!;  a  ditferenre  of  nearly  $1  per  ton  in  the  extremes. 

The  next  .|ii.-tion  to  be  considered  is  whether  this  method  of  valuing  the  phos- 
phoric arid  in  baM.  -lag  is  a  safe  one  for  us  to  adopt.  During  the  month  of  August 
the  writer's  attention  was  called  to  a  product  put  forth  in  large  quantities  in  northern 
New  York.  The  material  was  a  waste  product  said  to  be  largely  apatite  and  quartz, 
romin- from  iron  ..re  u.-e.l  in  that  locality.  It  was  finely  ground,  69.44  per  cent  passing 
a  lm-m,-h  sieve,  and  contained  16.78  per  cent  of  total  phosphoric  acid;  the  phos- 


152 

phoric  acid  in  this  material,  however,  by  the  Wagner  method  of  analysis  showed 
only  1.029  per  cent  of  available  phosphoric  acid  or  6.13  per  cent  of  the  whole,  while  the 
basic  slag  by  this  same  method  showed  15.48  per  cent  of  available  phosphoric  acid  or 
87.4  per  cent  of  the  whole.  The  point  in  making  mention  of  this  apatite  is  to  show 
that  in  case  the  phosphatic  slag  is  adulterated  with  material  of  this  nature  the  mechan- 
ical method  of  valuing  the  slag  would  prove  decidedly  misleading,  and  it  is  because 
of  this  that  the  method  of  valuing  the  phosphoric  acid  in  basic  slag  has  become  obsolete 
in  European  countries. 

During  the  past  year  the  writer  has  had  experience  with  the  Wagner  method  of 
determining  available  phosphoric  acid  in  basic  slag  and  the  valuations  of  this  material 
that  appear  in  our  fertilizer  bulletin  have  been  based  on  this  method. 

The  Wagner  method  as  used  in  foreign  Countries  has  shown  results  agreeing  closely 
with  those  obtained  in  field  trials.  It  is  as  follows: 

Weigh  5  grams  of  the  slag  and  transfer  it  to  a  half-liter,  bottle-shaped  flask  containing 
5  cc  of  alcohol  to  prevent  the  slag  from  adhering  to  the  flask.  Make  up  to  the  mark 
with  a  2  per  cent  citric  acid  solution  at  17.5°  C.  The  flask  is  fitted  with  a  rubber 
stopper  and  put  at  once  into  a  rotary  apparatus  for  thirty  minutes,  making  thirty  to 
forty  revolutions  per  minute.  At  the  end  of  a  half  hour  the  solution  is  immediately 
filtered  and  the  phosphoric  acid  is  determined  in  an  aliquot  part  of  the  clear  solution 
by  means  of  molybdic  solution  in  the  usual  manner. 

The  analysis  of  two  samples  of  slag  by  this  method  at  the  Massachusetts  experiment 
station  shows  the  following  close  agreement.  No.  1,  available  phosphoric  acid, 
15.42  and  15.38;  No.  2,  15.81  and  15.75. 

In  case  of  a  bona  fide  sample  of  basic  slag  the  valuation  based  upon  mechanical 
analysis  by  use  of  a  100-mesh  sieve  agrees  closely  with  the  valuation  based  on  the 
availability  of  the  phosphoric  acid  by  the  Wagner  method.  In  case,  however,  of  a 
sample  of  slag  adulterated  with  the  natural  mineral  phosphate,  the  valuation  based 
on  mechanical  fineness  is  obviously  open  to  severe  criticism.  I  think  this  question 
of  sufficient  importance  to  warrant  a  motion  that  I  would  herewith  make,  that  the 
referee  on  phosphoric  acid  be  instructed  to  make  a  study  of  the  Wagner  method  of 
analysis  with  samples  of  basic  slag  and  natural  mineral  phosphates,  with  a  view  to  its 
adoption  as  an  official  method  for  the  determination  of  available  phosphoric  acid  in 


The  papers  by  Mr.  Lindsey  and  Mr.  Raskins  relating  to  the  valua- 
tion of  phosporic  acid  in  basic  slag  were  referred  to  Committee  A  for 
action  on  recommendations  contained  therein. 


REPORT    ON    DAIRY    PRODUCTS. 
J.  M.  BARTLETT,  Referee. 

According  to  instructions  given  by  vote  of  the  association  last  year  the  referee  has 
continued  the  study  of  analytical  methods  for  condensed  milks.  The  results  reported 
at  the  last  meeting  indicated  that  the  analysis  of  the  sweetened  product  presented 
much  greater  difficulties  than  the  unsweetened,  particularly  in  the  determination  of 
fat;  therefore,  the  referee  decided  to  confine  the  work  to  one  brand  only,  the  sweetened 
milk.  Twenty-six  analysts  signified  a  desire  to  cooperate,  but  not  all  of  them  were 
official  chemists,  many  being  commercial  chemists  more  or  less  directly  interested  in 
food  analysis. 

SAMPLES  OP  MILK. 

On  about  April  1,  a  can  of  sweetened  condensed  milk  together  with  a  copy  of  instruc- 
tions was  sent  to  each  chemist  requesting  the  same.  It  was  first  intended  to  get  a 
quantity  of  milk  in  bulk,  thoroughly  mix  it  in  the  laboratory,  and  send  out  the  samples 


153 

in  bottles  to  insure  uniformity,  but  a  letter  from  the  Borden  Company,  who  furnished 
th.-  mnplee,  «!••>. -ribing  their  process,  whereby  the  milk  is  continuously  agitated 
until  it  reaches  the  cans,  convinced  the  writer  that  all  cans  from  the  same  batch 
must  be  as  uniform  as  it  is  possible  to  make  them. 

INSTRUCTIONS   FOR   ANALYSIS    OP   CONDENSED   MILK. 

Preparation  of  sample. 

Mix  thoroughly  by  transferring  the  contents  of  a  can  to  some  dish  sufficiently  large 
to  thoroughly  -tir  and  nuik.-  the  whole  homogeneous.  Weigh  40  grams  into  a  100  cc 
flask  and  make  up  to  the  mark  with  water. 

Total  solids. 

M,tl,n<l  A.— Dilute  a  measured  portion  of  the  above  40  per  cent  solution  with  an 
equal  amount  of  water.     Use  5  cc  of  the  diluted  mixture  and  proceed  as  in  the  case 
of  mi  Ik  anal\-i~  according  to  the  method  given  in  Bulletin  107,  page  117,  Method  I 
drying  either  on  aand  or  asbestos  fiber. 

Mittinil  /;.  I  ~e  l.,  M,  h'-  method  which  is  as  follows:  Dilute  a  portion  of  the  40  per 
cent  solution  with  an  ••«|iuil  amount  of  water  and  take  enough  of  this  solution  to 
repre-ent  I  -nun  of  the  condensed  milk.  Put  in  a  tared  platinum  dish  which  will 
hold  at  lea.-t  •_'."•  cc  and  -till  further  dilute  with  water  until  the  dish  is  nearly  full, 
rin-iiiu'  the  pipette  into  th«-  dish,  then  allow  the  dish  to  remain  in  contact  with  live 
steam  fm  at  |ea-i  two  h<-ur-  after  the  last  traces  of  the  water  have  apparently  been 
evaporated,  then  transfer  to  the  drying  "\en  for  a  few  minutes,  cool  in  the  desiccator 
and  \\ejijh. 

Ash. 

Ignite  the  residue  from  total  solids,  cool  and  weigh  in  the  usual  manner. 

1'rott  in . 

I '•  termine  nitrogen  by   Kjaldahl  or  Gunning  method  in  5  cc  of  the  40  per  cent 

solution  and   multiplv    l.\ 

Lactose. 


of  the  Hi  per  cent  solution  in  a  250  cc  flask  to  about  200  cc,  add  6  cc 
"t  Fehlinj  pper  -ulphaie  -olution.  and  make  up  to  the  mark,  filter  through  a  dry 

Idler  and    d-  t-  mime   lactose  as  follou-: 

h  of  the  copper  sulphate  and  alkaline  tartrate  solution,  add  50  cc 
water  and  brim:  to  boiling,  then  add  2~>  cc  of  the  filtered  milk  solution  and  boil  two 
minute-  by  longer  boiling  the  sucrose  appears  to  throw  down  some  copper),  remove 
from  the  lamp  and  allow  to  settle  one  or  two  minutes  then  filter  on  a  gooch  crucible 
in  the  n-ual  manner,  wemhinu'  the  cuprous  oxid  after  drying  at  100  degrees.  Give 
M-  of  <  nproii-  oxid  found  as  well  as  percentages  of  lactose  so  methods  of  calcula- 
tion can  be  compared.  Also,  if  possible,  determine  lactose  by  polariscope  in  this 
solution. 

Sttcrose. 

Place  25  cc  of  the  above  solution,  used  to  determine  lactose,  in  a  100  cc  flask.    Add 
of  water  and  0  'am  of  citric  acid  and  heat  on  the  steam  bath  for  thirty 

minute-,  nearly  neiitrali/.e  with  -odium  hydrosid  and  determine  total  sugars  in  25  cc 
with  I'ehlin/-  solution  in  the  usual  manner,  giving  the  weight  of  cuprous  oxid  as 
well  a.-  the  per.  entases  of  .-ucrose.  Also  determine  sucrose  by  difference,  subtracting 
the  lactose,  protein,  fat  and  ash  from  total  solids. 

Fat. 

„/  A- Determine  by  double  extraction  method.     (See  Bureau  of  Chemistry, 
Circular  32.  p    - 

M.tt.n.t  H.     llv  the  liabcoek  centrifugal  method  using  the  modification  given  in 
Bulletin  107.  pu-ie  I 

Method  (  .  The  ( Gottlieb  method,  the  directions  for  which  are  as  follows: 
Ten  cubic  centimeters  of  milk  are  measured  into  a  glass  cylinder  three-fourths  inch 
in  diameter  and  about  14  inches  long  (see  Landw.  Vers.  Sta.,  *>:«:»  100  cc  burette 
or  ft  eudiometer  tube  will  do);  Ice  of  concentrated  ammonia  is  added  and  mixed  well 
with  themilk  The  following  chemicals  are  next  added,  in  the  order  given:  10  cc  of 
!»L'  per  cent  alcohol,  25  cc  of  washed  ether,  and  25  cc  petroleum  ether  (boiling  point 


154 


below  80°  C.),  the  cylinder  being  closed  with  a  moistened  cork  stopper  and  the  con- 
tents shaken  several  times  after  the  addition  of  each.  The  cylinder  is  then  left 
standing  for  six  hours  or  more.  The  clear  fat  solution  is  next  pipetted  off  into  a  small 
weighed  flask  by  means  of  a  siphon  drawn  to  a  fine  point  (fig.  6,  loc.  cit.),  which  is 
lowered  into  the  fat  solution  to  within  0.5  cm  of  the  turbid  bottom  layer.  After 
evaporating  the  ether  solution  in  a  hood,  the  flasks  are  dried  in  a  steam  oven  for  two 
or  three  hours  and  weighed.  This  method  is  applicable  to  new  milk,  skim  milk, 
buttermilk,  whey,  cream,  cheese,  condensed  milk,  and  milk  powder,  but  has  been 
found  of  special  value  for  determining  fat  in  skim  milk,  buttermilk,  cheese,  and  con- 
densed milk.T  In  the  case  of  products  high  in  fat,  a^econd  treatment  with  10  cc  each 
of  ether  and  petroleum  ether  is  advisable  in  order  to  recover  the  last  trace  of  fat. 

Chemists  are  requested  to  make  at  least  two  determinations  by  the  methods  given. 
On  account  of  the  quite  large  variations  in  the  results  reported  by  the  chemists  last  year, 
the  referee  is  very  anxious  to  determine  whether  the  differences  are  due  to  the  inac- 
curacy of  the  methods  or  to  the  manner  ia  which  they  are  handled  by  different  men. 
Everyone  who  has  had  much  experience  in  making  sugar  determinations  realizes 
how  easy  it  is  to  get  quite  large  variations  in  results  by  varying  the  method  slightly. 

If  methods  materially  different  from  those  given  above  are  being  used  by  anyone 
taking  part  in  the  work  for  the  determination  of  sugars  or  fat  in  condensed  milks,  the 
referee  will  be  glad  to  have  results  by  such  methods  reported. 

J.  M.  BARTLETT, 

Referee, 
L.  G.  MICHAELS, 

Associate  referee. 

Eleven  different  chemists  reported  on  the  samples  sent  them  and  their  results  are 
given  in  the  following  table,  together  with  some  obtained  at  the  Maine  station: 

Cooperative  work  on  samples  of  sweetened  condensed  milk  (percentage  results). 


Analyst. 

Solids. 

1 

Protein  NX6.25. 

I 

Sucrose. 

Fat. 

Dried  on 
sand  or 
asbestos. 

Leach's 
method. 

1 
P 

By  differ- 
ence. 

Polar* 

scope. 

~  —  E 
0,* 

Modified 

Balicork. 

Gottlieb. 

W.  A.  Brennon,  Wisconsin 
station 

72.44 
73.14 
73.06 

72.08 
73.19 
72.90 

1.81 
1.82 
1.66 

11.47 
11.  56 
11  56 

44.76 
44.50 

8.10 
8.24 

8.32 
8.10 

8.64 
8.04 

Average  

44.01 

a48.  51 

8.21 

8.34 

72.89 

72.25 
72.06 

72.72 

73.71 
73.50 

1.76 

7.42 

11.53 

44.68 

8.17 

E.  M.   Bailey,  Connecticut 
station 

8.00 

7.80 

8.25 
8.40 



Average 

72.15 

70.70 
70.50 

73.60 

7.90 

8.33 

8.7 
8.5 

J.  M.  Bartlett,  Maine  station. 
Average  .  . 

1 

11.3 
11.  1 

8.50 
8.70 

70.60 

1.70 

7.20 
6.96 

11.2 

43.24 

8.66 

8.60 

8.6 

Sidney  Davis,  department  of 
health,  New  York  City 

73.13 

1      -  — 

7447 
74.70 

1.72 

1.53 
1.52 

11.72 

11.42 
11.42 

44,09 

9.00 



L.  W.  Fetzer,  Maryland  sta- 
tion. 



72.01 
72.03 

= 

7.20 
7.23 

8.66 
8.63 

7.80 
7.95 

7.90 

\  verage 

72.02 

74.53 

«1.53 

7.22 

11.42     37.85 

44.20 

8.65 
67.29 



H.   B.   Holland,   Massachu- 
setts station: 
Average  of  4  tests 

: 

71    ?f>. 

1  66 

7  42 

Second  sample,  average 
of3tests  71.41 
C.  H.  Jones,  Vermont  station: 
Average  of  2  tests  09.  75 
Second  sample,  average  i 
of  2  tests  .                          79  90 

c7.8/i 

70.58 

1.68 

7.09 

11.63 

43.77 

41.19 

8.16 
8.56 

8.10 
8.55 
6.6 

C.  P.  Moat,  Vermont  board 
of  health  

7000 

72.51 

al.51 



:  

a  Omitted  from  average. 


b  Dried  on  sand  and  extracted  once. 


Extracted  twice. 


155 


Coopemlnr  imrk  on  samples  of  sweetened  condensed  milk  (percentage  results)— Cont' 


Analyst. 

Solids. 

1 

ProteinNX6.25. 

hi 

Sucrose. 

Fat. 

§S| 

III 

Leach's 
method. 

« 

By  differ- 
ence. 

Polari- 
scope. 

Double 
extrac- 
tion. 

Modified 
Babcock. 

Gottlieb. 

rrison,  Connecticut 

>t;ltiuli       N.-U     1  l;t\. 


A.  1   1  it  ten,  Michigan  station 

••rigR  

NYNi.n  A   I..UI.IIT-.  I'.uiKham- 
l.m.N    V 

A.r.  U  hi  M  i.-r,  Maine  station. 

II  II 

us.-»7 

70.55 
70.81 

1.95 
2.05 

7.03 
7.06 

8  19 

8.04 

7.5 

7.98 

6&86 

72.35 

7-.V  .;: 

70.68 

7.',  s7 
73.88 

02.00 

7.06 

7.06 
7.06 

8.12 

7.35 

7.20 
7.20 

7.96 
7.80 

1.80 
1.82 

12.05 
11.90 

" 

== 

== 

7.01 

:_•  .<•. 

: 

72.45 

7i)  7n 

711    Ml 

73.88     1.81 
!-1.47 

7.06 

TT 

11.95 

10.30 
11.02 

44.63 
44.59 

43.65 

7.01 

7.20 

8.40 

8.70 
8.70 

7.88 

43.70 

8.52 

8.30 

73.  20     1.  73 
73.  33     1.  72 



8.54 
8.45 

7.89 
7.78 

11.06 

™*e  

\.    D     M.-.-I,.    Minneapolis, 
Minn 

.  • 

7U75 
72.  C7 

71    Ml 

7127 

:.;  jn 
Taoo 

1  71 

1.74 
1.74 

7.19 

6.50 
6.50 

11.04 

9.78 
ft  7  1 



4479 

46.64 
46.74 

44.79 

8.50 

8.04 
8.05 

8.70 

7.20 
7.20 

7.83 

43.07 
43.06 

8.25 
8.11 

72.74 

am 

71  :,; 

73.10 

1.74 

6.50 

a9.76 

43.07 

46.68 

8.05 
8  57 

7.20 

8.18 

uition.. 
Average  

= 

7J    Ml 

1.60 

7.25 

11.35 

43.80 

44.18 

8.17 

"sTie 

44.12 

7.87 

'  nitt«-.l  from  average. 

COMMENTS  OF  ANALYSTS. 

U  .1.  BlVftHOM,  iriawwn  station:  The  solids  were  determined  in  Method  A  by 
dr\  in-  "ii  -ami  fi\  .•  and  a  hall  hours  and  in  \\  hy  drying  three  hours  on  steam  bath  and 
t\\«.  h..iir-  MI  h-.t  air  OVen. 

:  Total  solids  were  determined  in  Method  A  by 

;i  aliiiiiinuiii  dish,  flirrc  hcin";  enough  8and  to  make  a  total 

Kvaiiorati'.n  \va.-  tir-i  niad<>  on  live  steam,  with  frequent  stirring. 

Tin-  di-h  ua-  iln-n  wiped  dry  and  put  in  a  drying  oven  at  100°  for  thirty  minutes, 
and  wri^lird,  th'-n  ai,rain  hcatrd  three  hours,  and  for  seven  hours. 


Per  cent. 
Av.-ni«o  for  thirty  minute*  ..............................  ..  ..................  72.  74 

/Lvenge  I-T  thn-.-  hours  .....................................................  72.  40 

A\  t  r  .  ,•!!  Imurs  ...................................................  72.  11 


In  MftluNl  \\  th»-  manipulation  was  the  same  as  in  A,  except  that  no  absorbent  was 
used.  Average  for  heating  thirty  minutes  was  73.58  per  cent;  for  two  hours,  73.60  per 
cent. 

In  th»-  doiiM'  M  method  for  fat  the  first  and  second  extractions  were  made 

iWriirhi   hours  ea«  h  and  the  third  for  four  hours.     In  the  centrifugal  method  the 
pi|><-Ho  \\a-  rins.'d  into  the  h"ttle. 

\lnrijlaml  stntinn:  The  methods  involving  dilution  of  a  40  per  cent 


formed  by  inverting  the  milk  suuar  evidently  has  a  different  reducing  capacity  from 
dextrose  and  levuln.^-.  In  the  .use  of  the  Leach- Babcock  test  for  fat  one  can  readily 
see  that  err-T-  <  an  •  reep  in  while  drawing  off  the  supernatant  fluid  in  three  instances. 

/  It.  Hnlhind,  Massachusetts  station:  Solution:  A  20  per  cent  solution  was  pre- 
pared hy  diluting  KM)  Drains  of  the  milk  to  500  cc.  There  was  some  separation  of  curd 
"r  far.  presumably  the  latter,  \vhichmusthavevitiatedtheresultstosomeextent. 

MoiMun-:  S.-\i-ral  aliquotsof  5and  10  cc  were  evaporated  on  quartz  sand  in  a  flat* 
l>o itemed  di.-h  at  a  low  temperature  until  the  bulk  of  the  water  was  expelled,  then 


156 

dried  in  an  electric  oven  for  two  hours  at  100°  C.  or  in  a  vacuum  oven  below  70°  C. 
(gauge  reading,  29  inches). 

Evaporation  in  a  flat-bottomed  dish  without  sand  yielded  low  results,  probably  due 
to  a  retention  of  moisture  by  the  nitrogenous  film  which  formed  on  the  surface.  -Simi- 
lar treatment  in  a  vacuum  oven  gave  higher  results,  but  below  that  obtained  on  sand. 
These  figures  are  not  reported. 

Ash:  Twenty-five  cc  were  evaporated  in  a  platinum  dish  with  5  cc  of  concentrated 
nitric  acid  and  burned  to  a  white  ash. 

Protein:  Ten  cc  were  treated  by  the  Kjeldahl-Gunning  method. 

Fat:  Our  work  of  last  season  indicated  that  a  single  extraction  gave  higher  results 
than  the  double  and  saved  time  and  work.  The  dried  solids  on  the  sand  were  pul- 
verized, washed  with  water,  dried,  and  extracted  with  dry  ethyl  ether  in  a  continuous 
extractor.  Long  heating  of  the  residue  containing  fat  (at  100°  C.)  should  be  avoided, 
as  it  appears  to  reduce  the  amount  of  fat  that  can  be  extracted. 

C.  H.  Jones,  Vermont  station:  The  result  reported  on  fat  by  the  modified  Babcock 
method  is  the  average  of  ten  determinations  on  three  distinct  40  percent  solutions. 
The  individual  readings  were  2.60,  2.65,  2.80,  and  seven  readings  of  2.70.  Lactose 
determinations  were  made  on  distinct  portions  of  the  original  sample.  In  the  sucrose 
determination  it  was  necessary  to  dilute  the  solution  after  inversion  to  200  cc  in  order 
to  have  an  excess  of  copper  in  the  Fehling  solution. 

The- result  reported  by  the  Leach  method  is  the  average  of  two  determinations, 
70.70  and  70.58  per  cent*  respectively.  The  platinum  dish  used  did  not  have  an  ab- 
solutely flat  bottom,  but  it  was  the  nearest  approach  to  anything  of  the  kind  available. 
I  am  at  present  unable  to  explain  the  difference  obtained  by  the  two  methods,  unless 
a  too  complete  drying  and  consequent  breaking  down  is  obtained  with  Method  A. 

The  result  reported  on  the  double-extraction  method  for  fat  is  the  average  of  two 
determinations  from  distinct  solutions.  They  were,  respectively,  8. 20  and  8.12  per 
cent.  The  only  awkward  feature  is  the  size  of  the  filter  paper  used.  The  following 
modification  of  the  Babcock  method  described  was  suggested  by  the  use  of  the  hard- 
ened filter  on  other  laboratory  determinations: 

Method:  Place  15  cc  of  the  40  per  cent  solution  (6  grams)  in  a  small-lipped  beaker, 
diameter  1.5  inches,  height  2  inches.  Dilute  with  an  equal  amount  of  water;  add 
4  cc  Fehling's  copper  solution;  stir  with  glass  rod.  Filter  through  a  12.5  cm  C.  S.  and 
S.  575  hardened  filter.  Wash  thoroughly  with  water;  stir  on  the  filter  with  glass  rod 
(100  cc  is  usually  enough,  though  160  cc  had  no  lowering  effect  on  the  result).  Return 
precipitate  to  original  beaker,  removing  any  remaining  particles  by  washing  with  hot 
water  through  a  fine-jet  wash  bottle.  (The  bulk  is  easily  kept  below  17  cc.)  Stir 
with  a  glass  rod.  Pour  into  Babcock  milk  bottle.  Add  a  portion  of  the  acid  to  the  resi- 
due in  the  beaker.  Mix  thoroughly,  using  stirring  rod.  Transfer  to  Babcock  bottle. 
Repeat  with  remainder  of  acid.  Shake  milk  bottle  thoroughly,  and  then  rinse  beaker 
with  a  little  hot  water  from  the  wash  bottle  and  put  into  test  bottle.  Run  as  usual. 
The  individual  results  obtained  by  this  procedure  were  2.70  for  five  readings  and  2.65 
on  the  sixth,  three  different  40  per  cent  solutions  used. 

I  find  it  desirable,  both  with  this  method  and  with  Method  B,  to  use  rather  more 
sulphuric  acid  than  is  specified ;  often  18.5  cc.  While  the  results  by  this  procedure  are 
not  different  from  those  obtained  by  Method  B,  yet  when  a  number  of  samples  are  run 
a  considerable  gain  is  made  in  actual  working  time. 

DISCUSSION  OF  RESULTS. 

The  results  obtained  this  year  are  quite  satisfactory  on  all  determinations  except 
fat.  The  lactose  results,  with  three  exceptions,  are  probably  as  good  as  one  could 
hope  to  get  from  a  number  of  chemists  working  independently  and  not  making  a  spe- 
cialty of  sugar  determinations.  There  are  some  variations  in  total  solids  for  which  it 
seems  difficult  to  account.  One  might  think  it  due  to  variations  in  the  different  cans 
of  milk  were  it  not  for  the  fact  that  in  some  cases  when  the  solids  were  as  much  as  2 
per  cent  low,  the  other  determinations,  such  as  proteids,  ash,  etc.,  were  as  high  or 
higher  than  the  average.  The  referee  can  only  account  for  these  discrepancies  in 
one  of  two  ways,  faulty  sampling,  or  that  the  sugars  were  allowed  to  ferment  and 
cause  loss  before  the  determinations  were  made.  It  is  believed  that  all  determina- 
tions should  be  made  as  soon  as  the  solutions  are  made  up,  and  no  solution  which  has 
stood  in  a  warm  laboratory  twenty-four  hours  should  be  used  for  the  determinations 
of  solids  or  sugars.  Leach's  method  appears  to  give  high  results,  probably  because  of 
the  large  amount  of  sugar  present  to  hold  the  water. 


157 

The  ash  results  are  for  the  most  part  very  good  and  concordant,  with  the  exception 
of  three,  which  were  probably  burned  down  hard  without  leaching.  It  is  very  evi- 
dent that  leaching  with  hot  water  after  thorough  charring  is  necessary  in  the  presence 
of  sucrose. 

The  sucrose  results  are  probably  as  good  as  one  could  expect  to  obtain,  but  inasmuch 
as  this  is  not  a  normal  but  an  added  constituent  of  the  milk  it  is  best  determined  by 
difference. 

The  results  on  fat,  one  of  the  most  important  constituents  of  the  milk,  are  far  from 
bein-  satisfactory.  The  referee  believes  that  these  discrepancies  are  due  to  three 
Fir-t.  lack  of  experience  with  this  kind  of  material.  Second,  a  lack  of 
(I. -tail  in  irivini:  tin -do ub le  extraction  method  in  Circular 32,  and,  third,  faulty  instruc- 
tions in  directing  a  40  per  cent  solution  to  be  used  for  this  method.  This  solution, 
as  shown  by  the  tables  below,  is  too  concentrated  to  get  the  best  results  when  as  large 
an  amount  as  40  per  cent  cane  sugar  is  present.  This  degree  of  concentration  makes 
such  a  thick  layer  ..f  -u<;ar  on  the  paper  coil  that  quite  a  large  proportion  of  the  fat 
on  the  paperafterthe  first  extraction,  and  then  soaking  in  water  causes  a  mechan- 
ical lo-  ..f  fat  when  i hi-  -ii-ar  js  dissolved  off.  Such  loss  was  proven  by  examination 
of  ih"  -IL'ht  .-cum  ri.-iii'j  »n  the  water,  which,  under  the  microscope,  showed  the  pres- 
i'liles.  When  the  work  is  carefully  done,  however,  and  dry  ether  is 
this  1.*.-  i-  only  small,  amounting  t<>  one  or  two  tenths  of  1  percent.  Our  results 
show  that  OH  hiirh  re-ult-  can  be  obtained  with  1  gram  in  a  10  or  20  per  cent  solution 
in  .1  -ini:le  extraction  of  fourteen  hours  as  with  a  more  concentrated  40  per  cent  solu- 
tion .uid  a  «l«.uMe  extraction.  The  highest  and  most  concordant  results,  however, 
btained  with  a  10  or  20  percent  solution  and  double  extraction. 

Mr.  (iei-1.  r.  tht-  originator  of  the  double-extraction  method,  stated,  under  date  of 

January,  1908,  that  he  had  no  changes  to  suggest  from  those  given  in  his  original 

i    published  in  the  Journal  oHhe  American  Chemical  Society  in  1900  except 

that  the  time  of  each  extraction  should  be  extended  to  seven  or  eight  hours  instead 

of  lour  or  five  and  that  strictly  dry  ether  probably  is  the  best  solvent  on  account  of 

n-tain  boiling  point.     In  Mr.  Geisler's  paper  he  emphasizes  the  fact  that  the 

milk  should  be  evenly  distributed  over  the  surface  of  the  paper  coil;  also  that  the 

et  h«  r  r-hould   be  anhydrous  to  prevent  the  paper  coil  from  becoming  soggy.     The 

method  <>f  drying  on  asbestos  or  paper  in  tubes  is  not  so  desirable  as  on  strips  of  paper 

on  account  of  the  l,,m;  heating  required  to  dry  out  completely. 

The  modified  Habcock  method,  in  the  hands  of  men  who  have  had  much  experi- 
en< •••  with  it,  usually  gives  very  good  results,  but  it  is  not  to  be  considered  as  accurate 
as  the  gravimetric,  and  as  the  reading  is  multiplied  by  three  every  error  is  increased 
threefold.  When  the  milk  was  fresh  we  were  able  to  get  very  clear  separations  with 
the  copper  sulphate  in  the  centrifuge,  and  the  sugar  solution  could  be  easily  decanted 
with. .111  lo>s  of  fat.  the  curd  and  fat  remaining  in  a  hard  mass  at  the  bottom  of  the 
bottle,  but  in  te.-ting  some  cans  later,  which  had  stood  in  the  laboratory  for  three  or 
four  month-,  the  -eparation  was  not  so  complete,  and  it  was  necessary  to  pass  the  solu- 
tion through  a  tiller,  washing  the  particles  of  curd  back  into  the  bottle  to  obtain  all 
the  fat.  and  in  several  instances  the  results  were  low.  This  operation  made  the 
method  somewhat  longer  and  more  tedious. 

The  results  reported  by  the  Gottlieb  method  are  not  very  satisfactory  and  the  ref- 
: .11111,1  but  little  time  to  test  it.  Only  two  tests  were  made  and  they  gave  by 
direct  weight  over  9  percent  fat,  but  it  was  found  that  some  proteid  or  foreign  matter 
was  clinging  to  the  bottom  of  the  flasks  after  the  fat  was  dissolved  out  with  hot  ben- 
/ine.  After  weighing  and  deducing  this  weight  from  the  original  the  results  agreed 
very  closely  with  the  gravimetric.  The  writer  believes  that  by  observing  proper 
precautions  this  method  can  be  made  very  reliable,  particularly  for  sweetened  con- 
densed milk.  Small  separatory  funnels  are  more  desirable  than  the  long  tubes  recom- 
mended in  the  method. 


158 

Some  figures  obtained  in  the  Maine  laboratory  are  given  in  the  following  table,  and 
lead  the  writer  to  believe  that  good  results  can  be  obtained  when  the  double-extrac- 
tion method  is  carried  out  as  follows: 

Prepare  strips  of  soft  white  filter  paper  4  by  24  inches  of  the  quality  of  the  S.  &  S. 
No.  597,  by  soaking  two  or  three  hours  in  alcohol,  then  after  thoroughly  drying  in  the 
oven  extracting  several  hours  with  ether  until  no  residue  is  left  from  the*  ether  as  it 
comes  through.  Then  take  10  cc  of  a  20  per  cent  solution  of  the  condensed  milk  and 
distribute  it  carefully  over  the  whole  surface  of  the  thoroughly  dried  paper.  This  is 
best  done  by  attaching  one  end  of  the  paper  to  some  object  and  holding  the  other  end 
out  straight  so  that  the  pipette  can  be  emptied  by  passing  the  point  back  and  forth 
over  the  whole  surface.  To  dry  the  paper,  suspend  it  over  a  copper  wire  in  the  drying 
oven,  where  it  will  thoroughly  dry  out  in  two  hours  or  much  more  .rapidly  than  if 
coiled  up  or  put  in  a  tube.  After  drying  roll  up  in  a  coil,  wind  with  thread  or  small 
copper  wire,  place  in  the  extractor,  and  extract  not  less  than  eight  hours.  If  it  is  the 
sweetened  product  remove  the  coils  from  the  extractor,  loosen  the  wire  or  thread,  dry 
and  suspend  in  500  cc  of  water  for  two  hours,  then  return  the  coils  to  the  oven  and  dry 
as  before,  and  extract  again  for  not  less  than  five  hours.  Five  cc  of  milk  and  a  coil  4 
by  12  inches  may  be  used  if  preferred. 

Determination  of  fat  in  condensed  milk  by  modifications  of  the  double-extraction  method. 


Modifications. 


Fat. 


5  cc  (2  grams)  of  40  per  cent  solution  extracted  8  hours  with  ether: 


Per  cent. 


Exhausted  with  water  and  extracted  5  hours  more  (average  of  4  samples) 

Exhausted  a  second  time  and  extracted  a  third  time 8. 45 

cc  (2  grams)  of  a  20  per  cent  solution  on  a  coil  5  by  24  inches: 

10    Extracted  10  hours a  55 

Exhausted  with  water  and  extracted  5  hours  more 8.  78 

cc  (2  grams)  of  a  20  per  cent  solution  on  a  coil  5  by  24  inches: 

Extracted  14  hours 8.  42 

Exhausted  with  water  and  extracted  again  6  hours 8.  69 

5cc  (1  gram)  of  a  20  per  cent  solution  on  a  coil  5  by  12  inches: 

Extracted  5  hours a  45 

Exhausted  with  water  and  extracted  5  hours  more : 8. 78 

5  cc  (1  gram)  of  a  20  per  cent  solution  on  a  coil  5  by  12  inches: 

Extracted  10  hours  with  ether &  36 

Exhausted  with  water  and  extracted  again 8. 85 

10  cc  (1  gram)  of  a  10  per  cent  solution  on  a  coil  5  by  24  inches: 

Extracted  with  ether  14  hours 8.  42 

Exhausted  with  water  and  extracted  5  hours  more 8. 95 


RECOMMENDATIONS. 

It  is  recommended  that — 

(1)  The  following  methods  be  adopted  as  official  methods: 

1.    PREPARATION    OF  SAMPLE. 

Place  the  can,  if  cold,  in  water  at  30°  to  35°  C.  until  warm.  Open  and  mix  thor- 
oughly by  transferring  the  contents  of  the  can  to  s*ome  dish  sufficiently  large  to  thor- 
oughly stir  and  make  the  whole  mass  homogeneous.  Care  must  be  taken  to  scrape 
out  all  milk  adhering  to  the  interior  of  the  can.  Weigh  100  grams  into  a  500  cc  flask 
and  make  up  to  the  mark  with  water.  If  the  milk  will  not  completely  dissolve,  each 
portion  must  be  weighed  out  separately  for  analysis. 

2.    TOTAL    SOLIDS. 

Use  10  cc  of  the  above  20  per  cent  solution  and  proceed  as  in  the  case  of  milk  analysis 
according  to  the  method  given  in  Bulletin  107,  page  117,  Method  I,  drying  either  on 
sand  or  asbestos  fiber. 

3.  ASH. 

Ignite  the  residue  from  10  cc  of  the  20  per  cent  solution  at  low  red  heat,  leach  with 
hot  water  if  sucrose  is  present,  ignite  the  residue  and  filter  until  white,  add  the  leach- 
ings,  evaporate  to  dry  ness  again  in  usual  manner  and  weigh. 


159 

4.  PROTEIN. 

Determine  nitm-en  by  Kjeldahl  or  Gunning  method  in  10  cc  of  the  20  per  cent 
solution  ami  multiply  by  6.38. 

5.  LACTOSE. 

Dilute  lOOccof  the  L'O  pen-em  solution  in  a  250 cc  flask  to  about  200  cc;  add  6  cc  of 
Fehlin</>  copper  Milphate  solution  and  make  up  to  the  mark;  filter  through  a  dry 
filter  and  determine  lactose  by  the  Walker  method,  boiling  only  two  minutes  with 

the    I-'flllillL'  solution. 

The  method-  for  determining  sucrose  and  fat  be  given  further  study. 

REPORT  ON   FOODS  AND  FEEDING  STUFFS. 
By  FitKD  \\  .  MOUSE,  Associate  Referee. 

The  request  t"  ••  t'er >n  cattle  foods  was  unexpected  and  found  me  un- 

familiar with  the  nio-i  recent  work  of  the  association  on  this  class  of  materials.  Noting 
that  ii  \\a-  n -. •oinincndeii  last  year  to  continue  the  trial  of  the  methyl  pentosan  deter- 
mination after  the  method  of  F.llett.  an  attempt  was  made  to  simplify  the  method 
before  a.-kiuu-  for  cooperation  from  other  members.  \VTiolly  satisfactory  results  have 
not  >  i.tained,  but  it  seems  possible,  with  a  little  more  time,  to  accomplish 

MII  h  a  nullification. 

It  was  al.->  planned  to  compare  the  effects  of  the  use  of  Ellett's  method  on  some 
lard  cattle  food  alongside  of  a  substance  known  to  contain  methyl  pentosan. 
For  the  latin-  there  was  accessible  plenty  of  t  he  sea  weed,  Fucus  vesiculosis  or  rock  weed, 
ami  a  quantity  was  obtained,  dried,  and  pulverized.  For  the  standard  cattle  food, 
wheat,  bran  was  selected,  since  its  content  of  pentosan  is  good,  and  Widtsoe  reported  no 
evidence  of  methyl  furfural  in  it  by  the  qualitative  tests. 

The  method  of  procedure  was  to  follow  the  provisional  method  for  pentosan  deter- 
mination throughout  and,  after  weighing  the  precipitated  phloroglucid,  to  extract 
with  alcohol  b\  Klletfs  method  of  diu'i'sting  the  crucible  and  contents  in  a  small 
quantity  of  alcohol  at  6-VM'.,  filtering,  and  repeating  the  operation  until  the  filtrate 
finally  becomes  colorless.  A  marked  solubility  of  the  precipitate  was  observed  in 
both  cases.  This  was  unexpected  in  the  bran,  and  considerable  time  was  spent  in 
'in-  determinations.  Results  on  bran  varied  much;  but  the  seaweed  gave  rea- 
sonably conei.nlant  figures.  By  this  time  it  was  too  late  to  send  out  samples  to 
other  chemiata.  Another  |N>int  was  noticed  in  the  prosecution  of  the  work,  namely, 
that  the  provisional  method  for  peniosans  seldom  if  ever  yielded  furfural-free  dis- 
tillates when  the  pro.  ri bed  limit  of  volume  was  reached.  The  drops  would  still 
show  traces  of  furfural. 

Tlu-e  jM.ints  of  di.-a-reement  from  published  matter  about  the  different  forms  of 

peniosans  have  convinced  the  referee  that  more  work  is  needed  on  this  provisional 

method  in  some  of  the  details.     There  is  an  important  field  for  research  in  our  common 

lenaod  the  concentrated  by-products  in  working  out  the  constituents  of  the 

nitro-en-free  extract.     Most  of  the  methods  now  in  use  are  difficult  of  manipulation 

and  more  or  less  approximate  in  their  results.     Comparatively  little  attention  is  paid 

in ,  si  nee  the  conventional  methods  of  fodder  analysis  answer  the  practical  feeder's 

purpose. 

vert  Helen,  progress  in  nutrition  studies  demands  more  attention  to  the  less- 
known  carbohydrates,  since  their  digestibility  and  consequent  food  value  are  unknown 
quantities. 

The  referee  has  no  recommendations  to  make;  but  if  no  instructions  are  received 
from  the  association  it  is  his  intention  to  continue  the  study  of  these  newest  methods 
ot  determining  the  less-known  carbohydrates. 


160 

ElletCs  method  applied  to  Fucus  vesiculosis. 
[Two  grams  of  material.] 


Loss  bv  ex- 

Total phloro- 
glucid. 

traction 
with 
alcohol. 

Gram. 
a  2403 

Gram* 
Q.04C9 

.2467 

.0516 

.2497 

.0341 

.2405 

.0434 

.2664 

.0446 

Mean   .2487             .0433 

BEST  RESULTS  BY  WASHING  WITH  HOT  ALCOHOL. 


Gram. 

Gram. 

0.2366 

OLMN 

.2533              .0366 

THE  DETERMINATION  OF  ACIDITY  IN   CATTLE  FEEDS. 
By  JOHN  PHILLIPS  STREET,  Referee. 

The  acidity  of  a  cattle  food  is  due  to  the  presence  of  hydrogen  ions.  In  a  solution 
containing  a  mixture  of  salts  of  organic  and  inorganic  acids  it  makes  practically  no 
difference  whether  this  acidity  was  originally  produced  by  the  addition  of  a  small 
amount  of  an  organic  or  of  an  inorganic  acid,  for  the  final  result  is  essentially  the  same; 
that  is,  the  presence  of  a  certain  proportion  of  free  hydrogen  ions  and  of  the  ions  of  all 
the  various  salts  which  are  present  in  the  solution.  The  question  of  acidity,  there- 
fore, is  one  of  degree  rather  than  of  kind  and,  from  a  physiological  view  point,  depends 
on  the  nature  of  the  salts  which  are  present  in  the  solution  under  consideration.  Let 
us  take  an  example.  We  have  a  solution  containing  sodium  chlorid  and  sodium 
acetate.  In  this  we  have  sodium  ions,  chlorin  ions,  acetate  ions,  undissociated  sodium 
acetate  molecules,  and  undissociated  sodium  chlorid  molecules.  If  a  small  quantity 
of  hydrochloric  acid  is  added  to  this  solution  it  will  then  contain,  in  addition  to  the 
substances  above  named,  a  certain  quantity  of  hydrogen  ions  and  a  correspondingly 
greater  quantity  of  chlorin  ions.  If  a  molecularly  equivalent  quantity  of  acetic  acid 
is  added  instead  of  hydrochloric,  the  solution  will  contain  the  hydrogen  ions,  as  in  the 
first  case,  and  the  number  of  acetate  ions  will  be  correspondingly  increased. 
•  If  we  now  measure  the  acidity  of  each  of  these  two  solutions  with  phenolphthalein 
as  an  indicator,  the  result  will  be  the  same,  for  this  indicator  gives  a  pretty  accurate 
measure  of  free  and  potentially  free  hydrogen  ions.  If  we  measure  the  acidity  of  these 
solutions  by  means  of  delicate  litmus  paper  the  degree  of  acidity  will  be  found  to  be 
less  than  that  as  determined  by  phenolphthalein.  The  reason  for  this  is  to  be  found 
in  the  fact  that  litmus  is  a  relatively  stronger  acid  than  phenolphthalein  and  reacts 
with  the  base  before  all  the  acid  hydrogen  of  the  acetic  acid  has  been  acted  on.  The 
effect  of  the  presence  of  organic  salts  is  to  reduce  the  number  of  free  hydrogen  ions, 
in  comparison  with  that  which  would  be  present  in  a  solution  to  which  had  been  added 
the  same  quantity  of  mineral  acid  in  the  presence  simply  of  inorganic  salts  of  strong 
bases  with  strong  acids,  such  as  sodium  chlorid  or  sodium  sulphate,  and  it  is  also  clear 
that  it  is  not  possible  to  determine  in  a  solution  containing  a  mixture  of  organic  and 
inorganic  salts,  which  show  an  acid  reaction,  whether  this  reaction  was  originally 
caused  by  the  action  of  a  mineral  acid  or  of  an  organic  acid.  The  indicators  that  are 
commonly  supposed  to  distinguish  between  mineral  and  organic  acids  in  mixtures 


161 

containing  *lUoi  w.-ak  buefl  and  strong  acids,  or  of  strong  bases  and  weak  acids,  give 
entirely  different  results  from  those  obtained  in  solutions  free  from  such  salts,  for  by 
hydrolytic  dissociation  these  salts  contribute  to  the  solution  a  certain  quantity  of 
hydro-,-!!  '>r  hydn.xyl  ions,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  salts  present  and  the  con- 
centration .•!  the  solution,  which  ions  exert  an  effect  on  the  indicator  in  one  direction 
or  the  other. 

In  u  mixturv  of  weak  and  strong  acids  and  their  salts,  phenolphthalein,  which  is  the 
\\vake.-t  indicator  commonly  employed,  gives  the  total  amount  of  acids  present 
Htnmii.T  than  phenolphthalein,  itself  an  exceedingly  weak  acid.  If  a  stronger  acid 
indicator,  e.  g.,  litinue,  is  in  the  above  mixture,  it  will  appear  to  have  less  total  acid, 
because  the  litmus  itself  reacts  with  the  base  before  the  weaker  acids  are  acted  on. 

It  is  thus  clear  that,  for  such  a  mixture,  it  is  impossible  to  determine  the  acidity 
of  it>  solution,  and,  furthermore,  it  is  not  even  possible  by  titration  to  determine  the 
actual  concentration  in  free  hydrogen  ions,  which,  from  a  physiological  standpoint, 
i.-  tin-  true  question  under  consideration. 

h  has  been  th»-  practice  «>f  physical  chemists  to  determine  the  concentration  in 
hydrogen  ions  by  inverting  cane  sugar,  a  process  which  closely  corresponds  with  the 
enzym  reaction.-  »i  physiological  processes. 

The  acidity  of  a  .  attic  feed  may  come  from  a  mineral  acid  used  in  its  preparation, 
from  ..r_Miiic  .Hid-  natural  to  the  product  itself,  or  developed  by  fermentation  during 
it-  preparation,  and  poewihly,  in  some  cases,  from  phosphates  having  an  acid  reaction 
and  normally  present  in  the  feed. 

Jordan'-  .-tudie-  Bulletin  i.':>s,  (ieneva  station),  however,  indicate  that  "our  com- 
IIHTI  i.d  feed-  of  vegetable  iiu'in  do  not  contain  appreciable  quantities  of  phosphorus 
in  inorganic  combination." 

l-'.n-ilaL'e  i-  .in  example  of  a  feed  containing  considerable  amounts  of  organic  acids 
de\.  -loped  in  the  -il.  i  by  fermentation.     A  n  urn  her  of  other  feeds  which  are  by-products 
of  manufacturing  processes  contain  organic  acids  resulting,  likewise,  from  fermenta- 
•akiiiir  place  diirini:  manufacture. 

In  \  ie\\  of  the  net  that  the  presence  of  free  mineral  acids  in  certain  feeds  has  been 
'ted  or  allirmed,  I  wish  to  raise  the  question  of  the  methods  involved  and  ask 
the  a.-s.K-iation  to  make  it  the  subject  of  inquiry,  in  order  that  an  accurate  method  of 
te-tin-  for  acidity  may  In-  found  and  adopted.  As  matters  now  stand,  we  are  depend- 
in-  \\holly  on  volumetric  methods  and  the  use  of  indicators,  and  the  question  to  be 
settled  first  of  all  is.  .Ju.-t  what  do  indicators  indicate? 

little  attention  has  Keen  «,MVIMI  to  the  acidity  due  to  the  proteins  themselves  and 
their  varying  action  with  different  indicators.  Osborne  «  has  pointed  out  that  the 
pfOteinc  are  Dot  neutral  hodies,  like  the  carbohydrates,  and  that  the  general  assump- 
tion that  u  solution  containinu'  protein  matter,  and  showing  neither  acid  nor  alkaline 
with  litmus,  is  chemically  neutral,  is  erroneous.  Many  experiments  have  shown  that 
certain  protein  solutions,  when  neutral  to  litmus,  are  acid  to  phenolphthalein  and 
alkaline  to  lacmoid  It  ha-  also  been  established  that  a  notable  amount  of  acid  can 
Ulded  to  a  protein  solution  before  an  acid  reaction  with  tropaeolin,  alizarin,  or 
phloro^lucin  and  vanillin  is  given. 

A  -  (  )sborne  says,  b  it  is  of  importance  "to  know  whether  litmus  can  be  used  to  deter- 
mine the  point  when  all  combined  acid  has  been  converted  into  neutral  salts  of  potas- 
sium or  sodium  and  all  the  protein  substance  has  been  set  free,  or  whether,  as  we  know 
i-  i  he  case,  when  tropaeolin  or  lacmoid  is  used  as  an  indicator,  more  acid  still  remains 
combined  ' 

A.pieous  solutions  of  crystallized  ovalbumin,  solutions  in  sodium  chlorid  brine  of 
ex.  -elsin.  amandin,  vignin,  conglutin,  glycinin,  corylin,  phaseolin,  and  legumin,  and 
solution,  ,,f  /,  n,,  -riiadin,  and  hordein  in  75  to  90  per  cent  alcohol,  which  were  either 


"  J.  Amer.  Them.  So,-.,  1902,  24:  39.  b  Loc.  cit. 

7.  :•  173—  Bull.  122—09  -  11 


162 

neutral  or  acid  to  sensitive  neutral  litmus  paper,  when  made  neutral  to  litmus  were, 
in  every  case,  still  acid  toward  phenolphthalein. 
Osborne  further  says: 

To  render  gram  portions  of  these  several  protein  preparations  neutral  to  litmus 
required  in  a  few  cases  not  any,  in  most  cases  from  0.1  to  1.5  cc  of  decinormal  alkali;, 
while  to  make  the  same  gram  portions  neutral  to  phenolphthalein  required  the  further 
addition  of  from  0.7  to  1  cc  of  decinormal  alkali,  except  for  legumin,  which  required 
2  cc.  Edestin  made  neutral  to  phenolphthalein  and  dissolved  in  sodium  chlorid  solu- 
tion reacts  distinctly  alkaline  toward  litmus.  This  Alkaline  reaction  is  caused  by  the 
edestin  itself  and  not  by  organic  salts  of  the  alkali,  since  such  preparations  yield  a 
very  small  amount  of  ash,  less  than  0.05  per  cent,  which  is  neutral  to  both  litmus  and 
phenolphthalein.  Solutions  of  all  the  other  protein  bodies  I  have  exam- 

ined, when  similarly  made  neutral  to  phenolphthalein,  react  decidedly  alkaline  with 
litmus. 

In  the  investigation  which  the  referee  reports  at  this  time  no  attempt  was  made  to 
determine  total  acidity,  only  those  acids  being  taken  into  account  which  were  extracted 
by  a  rather  prolonged  treatment  with  water.  Sixteen  samples  of  gluten  feed,  repre- 
senting five  brands,  two  of  wheat  bran  and  one  each  of  wheat  middlings,  wheat  feed 
and  cottonseed  meal,  were  examined. 

Ten  grams  of  the  feed  were  weighed  into  a  beaker  and  stirred  with  50  cc  of  water 
for  ten  minutes,  then  transferred  to  a  plain  wet  filter  and  washed  with  successive 
small  portions  of  water,  until  the  washings  amounted  to  150  cc;  the  extract  was 
then  made  up  to  200  cc  with  water  and  20  cc  portions  (=1  gram  feed)  used  in  the 
subsequent  titrations.  A  blank  determination  was  also  made  with  200  cc  of  water 
run  through  a  filter  paper  as  before,  and  the  washings  were  found  to  be  neutral  to 
methyl  orange,  phenolphthalein,  and  litmus. 

The  following  indicators  were  used: 

Phenolphthalein:  One  gram  dissolved  in  100  cc  of  50  per  cent  alcohol. 

Litmus  paper:  Very  sensitive  neutral  paper. 

Methyl  orange:  One  gram  dissolved  in  1,000  cc  of  water. 

Congo  red:  One  gram  dissolved  in  100  cc  of  30  per  cent  alcohol. 

Gunzburg's  reagent:  Two  grams  of  phloroglucin  and  1  gram  of  vanillin  dissolved  in 
30  grams  of  alcohol. 

Toepfer's  reagent:  One  per  cent  solution  of  phenolphthalein  in  alcohol  and  0.5  per 
cent  solution  of  dimethylamidoazobenzol. 

The  alkali  used  was  approximately  decinormal  sodium  hydroxid,  1  cc  being  equal 
to  0.003996  gram  sodium  hydroxid. 

Twenty  cubic  centimeter  portions  of  the  watery  extract,  equal  to  1  gram  of  feed, 
were  taken  for  each  test.  Owing  to  the  usually  highly  colored  solutions,  the  aliquot 
was  diluted  with  500  cc  of  water  for  the  test  with  methyl  orange,  and  with  50  cc  for 
the  other  indicators,  except  in  the  Giinzburg  test,  where  0.5  cc  of  the  extract  and 
the  same  quantity  of  the  reagent  were  used.  Three  hydrochloric  acid  solutions  were 
also  prepared,  N/14,  N/28,  and  N/56,  respectively. 

The  Giinzburg  and  Toepfer  tests  and  Congo  Red  are  recommended  as  reliable  in 
determining  whether  or  not  free  mineral  acid  is  present.  These  tests  were  applied 
first  to  the  three  hydrochloric  acid  solutions  and  unmistakable  positive  results  were 
secured  with  all,  the  most  dilute  acid  used,  N/56,  equivalent  to  about  0.065  per  cent 
of  hydrochloric  acid,  responding  perfectly  to  the  reactions  indicated.  A  mixture  of 
one  of  the  aqueous  feed  extracts  and  dilute  hydrochloric  acid,  the  total  mixture  con- 
taining 0.065  per  cent  of  free  hydrochloric  acid,  was  likewise  subjected  to  these  tests 
and  positive  proof  was  secured  that  nothing  present  in  the  feed  extract  in  any  way 
interfered  with  the  delicacy  of  the  reactions.  However,  following  the  suggestions  of 
Osborne's  work,  when  the  salt  of  a  weak  acid,  for  instance,  sodium  acetate,  was  added 
to  these  same  test  solutions,  none  of  the  above  prescribed  tests  for  free  mineral  acidity 
responded,  although  hydrochloric  acid  had  been  added  in  every  case.  This  experi- 
ment shows  quite  conclusively  the  danger  and  inaccuracy  of  asserting  either  the 
presence  or  absence  of  mineral  acids  from  data  obtained  by  these  tests. 


163 

None  of  the  feed  extracts  showed  any  acidity  to  methyl  orange,  a  result  quite  to  be 
expected.  Referring  to  methyl  orange,  Ostwald  says  «  "should  the  acid  be  weak, 
only  slightly  ionisable  (the  ionization  being  still  further  reduced  by  the  presence 
«.f  i  In-  neutral  salt  formed  in  the  liquid),  the  quantity  of  hydrogen  ions  on  passing  the 
point  ••!'  neutralization  is  too  small  to  allow  of  the  formation  of  a  visible  amount  of  the 
Donionised  moleculefl  of  methyl  orange,  and  the  red  color  only  appears  after  a  con- 
Mderahle  excen  has  been  added,  and  then  only  by  degrees." 

The  conditions  thus  described  by  Ostwald  seem  to  be  identical  with  what  we  have 

in  these  feed  extracts.     Five  samples  of  Buffalo  gluten  feed  required  from  1.10  to  1.80 

<•<•  of  dccinormal  alkali  to  neutralize  the  acidity  of  1  gram  of  feed,  using  litmus;   from 

usin-  phenolphthalein,  and  from  2. 70  to  3.65cc,  using Toepfer's  reagent. 

Five  samples  <.f  <ilo[,,.  -luten  feed,  with  the  same  amount  of  feed,  required  from 
1  .:'••"•  i"  I  .'•«'  CC  with  litmus;  2.95  to  3.80  cc  with  phenolphthalein  and  from  2.90  to 
3.80  cc  with  T<>epfer's  reagent. 

(ream  of  corn  gluten  feed  and  Pekin  gluten  feed  gave  corresponding  results  with 
the  three  indi<  lule  Douglas  gluten  feed  showed  the  same  relation,  but  a 

inurh  lower  aridit  \ .  (>.:!'>  cc  with  litmus,  0.40  cc  with  phenolphthalein  and  0.35  with 
reairenl. 

The  .-ample-  ..f  wheat  bran,  middling,  and  feed  required  0.50  to  1  cc  with  litmus, 
I  .o  with  phenolphthalein  and  1  to  1.80  with  Toepfer's  reagent. 

(  otton-eed  meal  required  0.65  cc,  1  cc  and  1  cc,  respectively,  with  the  three 
imli<  .1 

Th-  .1  \erauc  acidity  »»f  all  the  feeds  was  1.18  cc  with  litmus,  2.37  cc  with  phenol- 
phthalein and  _'."•«»  cc  with  T'epfer's  reagent. 

These  retnultn  c«>rres|>ond  perfectly  with  what  we  should  expect  if  the  acidity  came 

from  n  of  protein  salts  alone,  or  from  salts  of  weak  organic  acids.     I  there- 

he  a-sociation  to  take  up  the  matter  of  acidity  of  cattle  feeds  and  consider 

lio\\  the  re.-ulis  obtained  by  current  methods  can  be  applied  to  agricultural  problems. 

The  appended  table  pre-eni>  the  determinations  in  detail. 

Acidity  of  </ln  ten  feeds. 
[In  trrms  of  1  gram  of  feed.] 


Num- 
ber. 

JI1.V1 

•_M  »:«i 
ItMB 
21488 
21618 

•jt  i.;1' 
ZUM 
21000 
21MO 

21668 

jui:. 
•ji  I.VN 

21428 

Brand. 

Protein. 

l-h.-nol  phi  halt-in. 

Litmus. 

Toepfer  test  (dime- 
thylamidoazoben- 
zol  and  phenol- 
phthalein). 

Tenth- 
normal 

sodium 

hydroxid. 

Equal  to 
grains  of 
sodium 
hydroxid. 

Tenth- 
normal 
sodium 
hydroxid. 

Equal  to 
grams  of 
sodium 
hydroxid. 

Tenth- 
normal 
sodium 
hydroxid. 

Equal  to 
grams  of 
sodium 
hydroxid. 

Buffalo 

Percent. 

26.62 
28.08 

•  tj 
25.00 
24.75 
20.12 
2ft  B 

•J»,  mi 

•jt;  •'( 
•Ji..  :<7 
25.06 
28.78 
28.19 
•J-J.  76 
21.  (.2 
15.31 
14.81 
18.06 
15.94 
45.06 

cc. 
3.40 
2.55 
3.10 
3.35 
2.70 
2.60 
.40 
3.55 
3.40 
3.80 
2.95 
3.40 
2.85 
3.65 
.50 
1.05 
1.00 
1.00 
1.70 
.90 
1.00 

0.0136 
.0102 
.0124 
.0134 
.0108 
.0104 
.0016 
.0142 
.0136 
.0152 
.0118 
.0136 
.0114 
.0146 
.0020 
.0042 
.0040 
.0040 
.0068 
.0036 
.0040 

cc. 
1.80 
1.20 
1.60 
1.65 
1.10 
1.20 
.25 
1.85 
1.85 
1.90 
1.45 
1.35 
1.70 
1.60 
.40 
.60 
.50 
.50 
1.00 
.60 
.65 

0.0072 
.0048 
.0064 
.0066 
.0044 
.0048 
.0010 
.0074 
.0074 
.0076 
.0058 
.0054 
.0068 
.0064 
.0016 
.0024 
.0020 
.0020 
.0040 
.0024 
.0026 

cc. 
3.50 
3.10 
3.65 
3.65 
2.70 
3.00 
.35 
3.80 
3.50 
3.70 
2.90 
.     3.45 
3.20 
3.80 
.70 
1.30 
1.30 
1.10 
1.80 
1.00 
1.00 

0.0140 
.0124 
.0146 
.0146 
.0108 
.0120 
.0014 
.0152 
.0140 
.0148 
.0116 
'  .  0138 
.0128 
.0152 
.0028 
.0052 
.0052 
.0044 
.0072 
.0040 
.0040 

lo 



..  . 
lo 

Cream  of  corn  

Globe 

do           

do 

io 

do  

IVkin 

liraiiil  unknown 

.    ..|o  
lo                     

\V  ht>at  bran 

lo  
Wheat  middlings 

Wheat  feed 

Cottonseed  meal 

a  Foundations  of  Analytical  Chemistry,  pp.  125,  126. 


164 


THE    MANUFACTURE    OF    GLUTEN    FEED. 
By  T.  B.  WAGNER. 

Among  the  concentrated  feeding  stuffs  found  on  the  American  market  we  may 
concede  to  gluten  feed  the  first  place,  not  only  because  of  the  high  percentage  of 
nutritive  materials  in  gluten  feed,  but  because  of  its  palatability  and  its  remarkable 
degree  of  digestibility.  Within  the  last  few  months  various  statements  have  appeared 
in  chemical  journals,  as  well  as  in  bulletins  issued  by 'agricultural  experiment  stations, 
with  reference  to  the  chemical  analysis  of  this  product.  Considering  the  importance 
of  gluten  feed  as  an  animal  food,  anything  published  on  the  subject  will  be  read  with 
interest,  not  only  by  officials  connected  w:th  agricultural  experiment  stations,  but  by 
dealers  and  buyers,  and,  last  but  not  least,  by  the  manufacturers  themselves.  In 
view  of  this  general  interest,  it  may  not  be  amiss  to  state  the  details  of  its  manufacture. 
Broadly  speaking,  gluten  feed  is  the  ground  kernel  of  Indian  corn,  from  which  the 
germ  and  most  of  the  starch  have  been  removed.  The  following  steps  lead  up  to  its 
production: 

The  com  bought  by  us  is  of  the  No.  2  and  No.  3  grades.  To  remove  impurities, 
stones,  dirt,  dust,  etc.,  the  grain  is  passed  through  cleaning  and  separating  machinery 
and  the  purified  corn  is  then  delivered  to  the  steeping  tanks,  wherein  it  is  soaked  in 
warm  water,  slightly  acidulated  with  sulphur  dioxid.  This  treatment  brings  about  a 
softening  of  the  grain  and  facilitates  the  subsequent  separation  of  the  germ,  which 
is  effected  after  it  has  passed  through  a  preliminary  grinding  whereby  the  corn  is 
broken  up  and  the  germ  set  free.  The  balance  of  the  material  is  now  ground  fine 
in  Buhr  mills,  the  coarser  part,  namely,  the  bran,  being  separated  by  running  the 
mass  over  silk  sieves,  while  the  starch  liquor  is  concentrated  and  sent  over  slightly 
inclined  planes,  the  "starch  tables,"  upon  which,  by  a  process  of  settlement  and 
washing,  the  starch  fills  up  in  a  solid  layer.  The  lighter  ingredients,  gluten,  fiber, 
etc.,  are  carried  off  in  the  current  of  water  over  the  end  of  the  starch  tables.  We 
have  thus  obtained,  first,  the*  germ  from  which  the  well-known  corn  oil  and  corn-oil 
cake  are  obtained;  second,  the  starch  which  furnishes  the  raw  material  for  the  corn 
starch  of  commerce  and  the  manufacture  of  corn  sirup  and  corn  sugar;  third,  the  bran, 
being  the  hulls  of  the  kernel;  and,  fourth,  the  gluten.  The  third  and  fourth,  after 
repeated  washings,  are  united,  when  still  in  a  wet  state,  deprived  of  the  largest  part  of 
the  water  by  filter  pressing,  and  delivered  to  the  driers,  where  the  water  is  reduced 
to  approximately  10  per  cent.  The  feed  is  now  passed  through  grinding  mills  and 
reduced  to  a  considerable  degree  of  fineness. 

The  gluten  feed  thus  obtained  varies  in  composition  in  proportion  to  the  efficiency 
factor  prevailing  in  the  individual  works.  For  instance,  in  a  well  equipped  and  well 
regulated  factory  the  amount  of  protein  usually  runs  at  26  per  cent  (on  a  commercial 
basis),  whereas  in  factories  conducted  less  efficiently  the  amount  of  protein  may 
not  exceed  18  per  cent.  The  amount  of  starch  in  the  feed  will  vary  correspondingly. 
I  have  made  the  statement  before  that  gluten  feed  represents  the  corn  minus  germ 
and  starch.  You  will  ask,  and  very  properly  so,  What  becomes  of  the  mineral  con- 
stitutents  of  the  corn  and  the  soluble  organic  matter,  which  are  extremely  valuable — 
as,  for  instance,  the  organic  phosphorus  compounds?  By  far  the  largest  amount  of 
these  constituents  is  leached  out  in  the  steeping  of  the  corn.  Were  it  desired  only  to 
recover  the  phosphorus  salts,  there  would  not  be  much  difficulty  involved  in  isolating 
them,  but  the  steep  water  contains  a  large  amount  of  other  ingredients  which  greatly 
add  to  the  food  value  of  the  gluten  feed,  such  as  albuminoids,  sugar  and  other  car- 
bohydrates, potassium  salts,  etc.,  which,  however,  are  hygroscopic  and  frustrate  all 
efforts  to  recover  them  in  dry  form.  Dr.  Arno  Behr  devised  ways  and  means  of  recover- 
ing these  substances,  which  are  fully  described  in  United  States  patent  No.  491.'_):-U. 
issued  February  7.  1893.  Briefly  explained,  Behr  recovers  these  constituents  of  the 


165 

<>rn  by  evaporating  the  steep  water  after  careful  treatment  to  a  thick  sirup,  which 
contains  these  substances  partly  in  solution  and  partly  in  suspension.  This  sirup 
is  added  to  the  feed,  which  latter  forms  an  ideal  absorbent. 

An  analysis  of  gluten  feed  thus  prepared  has  the  following  average  composition: 

Per  cent. 
\\atcr 10  36 

I'rotoin 25.95 

I''"1 2.18 

Starch  ...                                                         18.  09 

I'ilx-r 6.  50 

A-h 3.70 

Nitrogen-free  substance  (by  difference)  « 33.  22 

Soluble  i  approximate) 15.  50 

From  the  process  outlined  above  it  is  obvious  that  no  extraneous  matter  is  intro- 
duced into  the  feed  and  that  the  ingredients  which  go  to  make  up  the  feed  occur  there 
in  the  same  form  as  in  the  corn  itself,  although,  of  course,  in  a  more  concentrated 
form.  It  was  not  without  surprise,  therefore,  that  I  noticed  in  a  number  of  analyses 
published  recently  a  reference  to  an  "acidity"  of  the  feed,  which  was  reported  as 
hydrochloric  acid.  It  is  not  quite  plain  why  the  acidity  was  expressed  in  such  a 
manner,  as  no  hydrochloric  acid,  or  for  that  matter  any  other  mineral  acid,  is  present, 
none  having  been  introduced  at  any  stage  of  the  process  of  manufacture.  It  cer- 
tainly would  not  occur  to  anyone  to  report  the  acidity  in  fruits,  vegetables,  cider, 
or  u  in.  -  as  hydrochloric  acid,  no  more  than  in  the  case  of  wheat  flour — patent  flour — 
in  which  the  aridity  runs  nearly  as  high  as  some  of  the  acidities  reported  in  gluten 
fei-d-.  I  am  not  prepared  to  -tate  at  this  moment  with  any  degree  of  finality  whether 
thi-  appnreni  aridity  i-  due  to  acid  salts,  such  as  the  organic  phosphorus  compounds, 
or  to  the  presence  of  a  slight  amount  of  lactic  acid,  or  to  proteid  bodies,  such  as  the 
acid  albumins;  but,  whatever  causes  it  may  be  due  to,  if  the  absence  of  free  mineral 
a«  i«l-  has  been  proved,  it  should  be  reported  as  an  organic  acid,  preferably  lactic. 
It  might  perhap-  be  -till  better  in  state  the  number  of  cubic  centimeters  of  normal 
alkali  rei|iiiri-d  to  neutral: 

In  this  connection  it  i-  of  import  to  note  the  varying  results  obtained  in  acidity 
determination.-,  depending  upon  the  character  of  the  indicator  employed.  To  cite 
an  instance,  we  have  found  that  phenolphthalein  causes  the  acidity  to  appear  two  to 
three  timi -  higher  than  rosolic  acid.  Again,  when  methyl  orange  is  used,  an  alka- 
linity is  indicated.  The-e  discrepancies  and  variations  make  it  desirable — in  fact, 
-ary  ihat  the  othcial  methods  governing  the  analyses  of  feeding  stuffs  provide 
i  u  lard  indicator  for  such  acidity;  means  should  also  be  provided  for  expressing 
properly  such  acidity  as  may  be  found  in  the  feed. 

If,  as  a  safeguard,  it  is  deemed  advisable  to  test  for  free  mineral  acid,  Toepfer's 

limethylamidoazobenzol),  or  the  even   more  delicate  Giinzburg  test  (phloro- 

glucin),  are  to  be  recommende.  1 .    These  tests  are  generally  employed  in  physiological 

research  and  reveal  the  slightest  traces  of  free  mineral  acids  in  the  presence  of  organic 

arid-. 

A  great  desideratum  in  gluten  feed  is  uniformity;  that  is,  the  feed  made  at  the  dif- 
ferent fa<  tories  located  in  different  sections  of  the  country  should  be  uniform  in 
composition  as  well  as  in  appearance.  So  far  as  the  first  is  concerned,  the  variation 
is  very  slight .  the  processes  employed  in  our  various  factories  being  under  such  control 
as  to  insure  practically  uniform  composition,  irrespective  of  point  of  manufacture. 

The  appearance  of  the  feed  is  of  considerable  moment.  In  former  years  the  corn 
delivered  to  our  factories  was  mostly  of  the  yellow  type,  the  amount  of  white  corn 
delivered  I- in-  rather  insignificant.  During  the  past  four  years,  however,  the  situa- 


Contains  17.18  per  cent  pentosans. 


166 

tion  has  been  quite  the  reverse.  The  supply  of  corn  is  not  within  our  control.  We 
have  accomplished  uniformity  in  our  feeds  so  far  as  protein,  fat,  and  the  other  ingre- 
dients are  concerned,  and  so  far  as  the  physical  condition  of  the  feed  is  involved,  but 
we  can  not  reach  the  same  degree  of  uniformity  as  regards  color  so  long  as  the  selection 
of  the  corn  is  not  within -our  power.  Gluten  feed  obtained  exclusively  from  yellow 
corn  has  a  beautiful  yellow  color,  whereas  feed  made  from  white  corn  has  an  unin- 
viting grayish  color,  so  that,  depending  upon  the  amount  of  yellow  and  white  corn 
going  through,  the  process,  the  color  of  the  resultant  feed  may  vary  from  a  golden 
yellow  through  all  the  hues  down  to  a  grayish  white.  You  will  recognize  the  diffi- 
culties connected  with  the  marketing  of  a  product  which  to-day  may  run  yellow  and 
a  week  from  now  white.  Speaking  from  my  own  experience,  this  point  was  brought 
home  to  me  very  forcibly  in  1904,  when  the  white  variety  of  corn  predominated  in 
our  corn  supply.  The  feed  produced  from  such  corn  was  uninviting  in  appearance. 
In  a  very  short  time  dealers,  particularly  in  the  Eastern  States,  began  to  complain, 
stating  that  they  were  not  receiving  the  old  standard  gluten  feed  which  they  had 
been  familiar  with  for  a  long  period  of  years.  Our  assurance  that  the  feed  was  the  same, 
that  the  amount  of  proteid  matter  was  the  same,  that  the  feed  value  was  the  same, 
and  that  the  feed  was  up  to  standard  in  every  particular,  except  color,  did  not  avail, 
and  we  were  not  only  threatened  with,  but  actually  suffered,  a  considerable  loss  of 
business.  We  advised  the  trade  fully  of  the  existing  conditions,  emphasis  being  laid 
upon  the  fact  that  the  color  should  not  be  the  determining  factor  in  fixing  the  intrinsic 
or  commercial  value  of  the  feed.  Feeders,  however,  refused  to  accept  such  expla- 
nations. It  seemed  impossible  to  convince  them  that  a  brand  of  feed,  yellow  one 
day  and  white  the  next,  could  have  been  made  by  the  same  methods  and  be  the 
same  feed  in  fact. 

As  a  solution  of  this  difficulty,  it  was  suggested  that  wherever  the  feed  ran  "short," 
so  far  as  color  was  concerned,  that  the  feed  be  standardized  by  the  addition  of  the 
requisite  amount  of  artificial  color,  preference  being  given  to  naphthol  yellow-S. 
The  feeder  readily  accepted  this  changed  condition.  Although  informed  that  the 
feed  is  artificially  colored,  he  prefers  to  buy  it  that  way.  It  is  plain  from  the  above 
that  the  manufacturer  is  not  acting  from  choice  when  adding  color  to  his  feed,  but 
he  is  forced  to  do  so  by  a  popular  demand.  The  practice  of  standardizing  the  color 
of  gluten  feed  is  no  different  than  that  practiced  by  the  farmer  in  coloring  butter. 
June  butter  is  his  standard,  and  in  adding  color  to  the  butter  he  aims  at  matching  the 
natural  color  of  June  butter,  because  the  consumer  likes  that  particular  color  best. 
Thus  the  feed  obtained  exclusively  from  yellow  corn  is  the  standard  for  color,  and 
when  a  factory  receives  only  two-thirds  or  less  of  its  supply  in  the  form  of  yellow 
corn,  sufficient  coloring  matter  is  added  to  match  the  feed  obtained  exclusively  from 
yellow  corn.  It  thus  happens  that  at  one  of  our  factories,  located  in  southern  Illinois, 
we  do  not  add  at  this  time  a  grain  of  color  to  the  feed,  whereas  in  another  factory, 
located  in  Iowa,  color  is  added  in  approximately  the  same  proportions  as  in  the 
case  of  colored  confectionery.  In  other  words,  the  practice  of  standardizing  the  color 
of  the  feed  is  not  a  regular  practice,  but  depends  from  day  to  day  entirely  upon  the 
character  of  the  corn  supply. 

As  a  matter  of  chemical  interest  I  would  like  to  call  attention  to  the  rapidity  with 
which  the  gluten  of  the  corn  combines  with  azo  colors,  such  as  naphthol  yellow-S, 
forming  an  insoluble  lake.  This  combination  is  effected  without  the  use  of  any  mor- 
dant, acids,  or  similar  agents  and  tends  to  prove  the  acid  character  of  some  of  the  pro- 
teid compounds. 


167 

REPORT  ON  THE  SEPARATION    OF   NITROGENOUS    BODIES:    MILK 
AND  CHEESE  PROTEIDS. 
By  L.  L.  VAN  SLYKE,  Referee. 
The  referee  selected  the  following  subjects  for  investigation: 

(1)  The  acetic-acid-precipitation  method  for  determining  casein  in  milk,  especially 
with  reference  t<>  the  following  points: 

(a)  The  use  of  less  acid. 

(6)  The  influence  of  acid  on  the  redissolving  of  casein. 

(r)  The  effect  of  temperature  on  the  solution  of  casein  by  acetic  acid. 

(d)  The  effect  of  various  preservatives  on  the  accuracy  of  the  acetic-acid  method. 

(2)  The  selection  ,,f  an  official  method  by  the  association  for  the  determination  of 
milk  albumin. 

(3)  A  simple.  rapid,  ami  accurate  volumetric  method  for  determining  milk  casein . 

F,,r  the  cooperative  u<,rk  of  1907-8  the  referee  selected  the  Matthaiopoulos  volu- 
metric method  for  the  determination  of  casein.  Results  from  only  one  of  the  cooper- 
at.>r-  WM  received.  The  method  is  as  follows: 

SOLUTIONS    REQUIRED. 

I      \:i  .<:'M    \miately  i \venty-tifth-normal  solution  of  sulphuric  acid. 
\  tenth-norm*]  solution  of  sodium  hydroxid. 
\   1  per  cent  alcoholic  solution  of  phenolphthalein. 

Ml.THOD    OF   PROCEDURE. 

Into  each  of  two  200  re  beakers  measure  20  cc  of  milk  and  80  cc  of  water.  Call  one 
A  ami  the  niher  />'  Into  .1  lei  the  i  went  \  -fifth-normal  sulphuric  acid  run  drop  by 
drop  with  c<>ri-iaiit  -^tirrin_'  of  the  diluted  milk  until  the  casein  precipitates  in  large 
flak«-".  After  three  to  five  minutes  filter  through  a  dry  filter  (S  and  S  589,  9cm,  recom- 
mended an. I  collect  the  filtrate  in  a  graduated,  dry,  100  cc  flask.  If  the  first  portions 
of  the  lilt rai.-  an-  turbid,  |*>ur  back  on  filter.  If  the  filtrate  continues  turbid,  not 
enough  acj«l  has  been  used  to  precipitate  the  casein  completely;  in  which  case  take 
h  sample  and  add  0.2  or  0.3  cc  more  acid.  The  amount  of  acid  required  varies 
\\iih  different  milks,  ranirinu'  in  the  sample  studied  from  about  23  to  27.5  cc.  Any 
M  id  must  be  avoided.  Collect  1 00  cc  of  clear  filtrate  and  transfer  it  to  a  beaker, 
rinsinir  ihe  flask  carefully,  add  I  cc  of  the  phenolphthalein  solution  and  titrate  to  a 
pal-  pink  color  with  tenth-normal  sodium  hydroxid.  Note  the  number  of  cubic  cen- 
timeter- of  alkali  u-ed 

Treat  theconteiiK  <>f  beaker  li  with  twenty-fifth-normal  sulphuric  acid,  usingexactly 
the  -line  amount  as  in  the  case  of  .1.  Add  1  cc  of  phenolphthalein  solution  and 
titrate  to  a  pale  pink  \\ith  tenth-normal  sodium  hydroxid.  Note  the  amount  of  alkali 

ll-ed 

The  values  obtained  in  .1  and  B  are  then  used  in  making  the  following  calculations: 


in  which  /;  H  the  amount  of  alkali  used  in  titrating  the  mixture  of  water,  milk,  and 
tweiity-fifth-nnrmal  sulphuric  acid;  A  is  the  amount  of  alkali  used  in  titrating  the  fil- 
trate;'// is  the  amount  of  twenty-fifth-normal  sulphuric  acid  used  in  precipitating 
in;  <>  II:'.  I",  i-  a  constant  factor  based  on  the  equivalent  weight  of  casein  as  shown 
by  Itottlte  witb  buee.  The  results  are  then  calculated  from  20  to  100  cc. 

Each  cooperator  \\a-  requested  to  apply  this  method  to  samples  of  fresh  milk  of  his 
own  selection  and  compare  the  results  with  those  obtained  by  the  official  method. 


168 

Determination  of  casein  in  milk. 


Analyst. 

Official 
method. 

Volumetric 
method. 

L.  W.  Fetzer,  Maryland  station.  .  .  . 

f         2.54 
\         2.52 

2.73 
2.79 

A.  W.  Bosworth,  New  York  station. 

f         3.06 

3.06 
3.07 

[        -  6.  Oo 

3.06 

f          3.00 
\          3.03 

2.88 
2.90 
3.05 

From  the  results  thus  far  obtained,  the  method  appears  to  be  a  promising  one.     It 
will  probably  require  some  modification  to  give  uniform  results. 

RECOMMENDATION. 
It  is  recommended- 

That  the  referee  for  1908-9  be  requested  to  study  the  following  subjects  as  fully  as 
may  be  practicable: 

(1)  The  official  method  for  determining  casein  as  indicated  under  1. 

(2)  The  perfecting  of  the  method  for  determining  milk  albumin. 


REPORT  ON  SUGAR. 
By  A.  H.  BRYAN,  Referee,  and  FRITZ  ZERBAN,  Associate  Referee. 

The  work  of  the  referee  and  associate  referee  upon  sugar  during  the  past  year  has 
been  substantially  along  the  lines  recommended  by  the  association  at  its  last  meeting 
and  has  comprised  (1)  work  upon  special  methods  of  analysis  in  their  relationship  to 
sugar  chemistry;  (2)  work  upon  purely  chemical  methods;  and  (3)  work  by  a  number 
of  collaborators  upon  methods  for  the  analysis  of  cane  molasses  and  sugars. 

In  the  investigations  of  special  methods  the  work  has  been  confined  very  largely  to 
the  study  of  the  application  of  the  refractometer  to  the  estimation  of  dry  substance  in 
the  liquid  sugar  products.  This  study  was  published  in  the  Journal  of  the  American 
Chemical  Society  Q  and  is  not  here  repeated,  but  a  recommendation  based  on  the 
work  is  made. 

The  associate  referee  has  confined  his  work  mostly  to  the  study  of  methods  of  esti- 
mating reducing  sugars,  trying  the  Monroe-Neubauer  crucible  (a  platinum  gooch 
with  a  filtering  substance  of  platinum  sponge),  instead  of  the  ordinary  porcelain  gooch. 
The  results  are  given  in  the  Journal  of  the  American  Chemical  Society. & 

The  collaborative  work  consisted  of  two  lines  of  determinations:  (1)  Methods  .of  mois- 
ture determinations;  (2)  effect  of  clarifying  agents  on  the  polarization.  Two  samples 
were  sent  out,  one  of  a  yellow  sugar  and  the  other  an  open  kettle  cane  molasses.  In 
the  circular  letter  sent  out  with  these  samples,  the  following  instructions  were  given: 


INSTRUCTIONS. 


(1)  Moisture  on  both  samples. 

a)  Two  grams  of  material  on  sand  to  constant  weight  in  vacuum  oven  at  70°  C. 

b)  Two  grams  of  material  without  sand  to  constant  weight  in  vacuum  at  70°  C. 

c)  Two  grams  of  sample  on  sand  in  water-jacketed  oven  for  ten  consecutive  hours. 
Weigh  at  end  of  ten  hours.     Then  heat  for  two-hour  intervals  until  weight  is  constant. 

(d)  Repeat  (c),  but  do  not  use  sand. 


«1908,  30:  1443. 


&1908,  30:  1456. 


169 


(e)  Two  grams  of  sample  on  sand  in  water-jacketed  oven  for  six  hours  on  one  day 
and  four  hours  the  following  day.  Weigh  at  end  of  the  ten  hours.  Then  heat  for  two- 
hour  intervals  until  constant  weight  is  attained. 

•  ),  but  do  not  use  sand. 

Uy  rrira.  n.in.-i.-r.  The  procedure  is  the  same  as  for  any  work  with  the  refrac- 
tometer.  The  readings  an-  laken  at  28°  C.  or  any  other  temperature.  A  few  drops 
of  the  solution  are  placed  on  the  prism  and  the  border  line  adjusted  and  read  as  per 
in-t  ructions  I'nimd  m  Bulletin  107,  page  132.  The  per  cent  of  water  is  obtained  from 
table  of  Geerligs  herewith.  A  table  of  temperature  corrections  is  also  given,  so  that 
corrections  can  be  made  for  any  other  temperature. 


V«7*'*  table  for  dry  substance  in  sugar-house  products  by  the  Abbe  refractometer,  at 


lll.l.-X. 

|vr,,.,,t 
dry  sub- 

:i  ils  to  !«•  ;i.Mt><l  for  frac- 
tional n-u'linus.'' 

Index. 

Per  cent 
dry  sub- 
stance. 

Decimals  to  be  added  for  frac- 
tional readings.  & 

1.3335 

1    .U',4 

L»7i 

I    .U'U 

i   (>"•• 
LS434 
i  MM 

1    UM 

i  MM 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
10 

0.0001-0.05 

a  0002-0.1 

0.0003-0.2 
0.0004-0.25 

ii  mn-.     n  .; 
i,  .„,,,.    0   » 
0.0007-0.5 
O.OOOH-0.6 
0.0009-0.7 

0.0010=0.75 
0.0011-0.8 
0.0012-0.8 
0.0013-0.85 
0.0014=0.9 
0.0015-1.0 

1.4083 
1.4104 
1.4124 
1.4145 
1.41«fi 
1.4186 
1.4207 
1.4228 
1.4249 
1.4270 

45 
46 
47 
48 
49 
50 
51 
52 
53 
54 

0.0004=0.2 
0.0005=0.25 
0.0006=0.3 
0.0007=0.35 
0.0008=0.4 
0.0009=0.45 
0.0010=0.5 
0.0011=0.55 

0.0015=0.75 
0.0016=0.8 
0.0017=0.85 
0.0018=0  9 
0.0019=0.95 
0.  0020=  1.  0 
0.0021=1.0 

1 

1     (»x4 

LMOO 
1.3516 

i  ma 

i  r,i.. 
i  MO 

i  nn 

1    .I.VH 

i  .{.-.I 

I   1878 

1  :<7IJ 

11 

U 
13 
14 
U 
H 
17 
II 

20 

22 

23 
24 
25 
28 

a  oooi-o.  05 

0.  0002—  0.  1 

,.    ..,.;     0  -' 
0.0004-0.25 
0.0005-0.3 

1.  nil.      n    I 

0.0007-0.45 

II    UNIX       I.     I 

n  ••>  IB 
H  mill      n   7 
M  ">  12  -0.  75 
IM.  H3-0.8 
n  ..ill     n   H 

o  ooid-o.95 

1.4292 
1.4314 
1.4337 
1.4359 

1       ».{SJ 

L  nn:, 
1.  4428 
1.4451 
1.  4474 
.4497 
.4520 
.4543 
IB87 
.  4591 
.4615 
.4639 

.  4<m 

.4687 

55 
56 
57 
58 
59 
60 
61 
62 
63 
64 
65 
66 
67 
68 
69 
70 
71 
72 

0.0001=0.05 
0.0002=0.1 
0.0003=0.1 
0.0004=0.15 
0.0005=0.2 
0.0006=0.25 
0.0007=0.3 
0.0008=0.35 
0.0009=0.4 
0.0010=0.45 
0.0011-0.5 

0.0013=0.55 
0.0014=0.6 
0.0015=0.65 
0.0016=0.7 
0.0017=0.75 
0.0018=0.8 
0.0019=0.85 
0.0020=0.9 
0.0021=0.9 
0.0022=0.95 
0.0023=1.0 
0.0024=1.0 

0.0012=0.5 

\  



UJ871 

1     .<VH. 

i  MOB 
I  MM 

i   NT 
I.MM 
LMM 
L4MI 

* 

• 
29 
M 
U 

33 

I 

• 
.i'i 
• 
41 

0.0001-0.05 
•.OOa—a.1 

0.0003-0.15 
0.0004-0.2 
0.0005-0.25 
0.  000ft-  a  3 

9.007—  a  as 

n  nNIK-0.4 

ii  r. 
0.0010-0.5 
1).  (Mil  1-0.  55 

0.0012-0.6 
0.0013-0.65 
o  (1014-0.7 
0.0015-0.75 
0.0016-0.8 
0.0017=0.85 
0.0018-0.9 
0.0019-0.95 
0.0020=1.0 
0.0021=1.0 

1.4711 
1.  4736 
1.47H1 
1.4786 
1.4811 
1.4836 
.4862 
.4888 
.4914 
.4340 
.4966 
.4992 
.5019 
.5046 
.5073 
.5100 
.5127 
.5155 

73 

74 
75 
76 
77 
78 
79 
80 
81 
82 
83 
84 
85 
86 
87 
88 
89 
90 

0.0001=0.0 
0.0002=0.05 
0.0003=0.1 
0.0004=0.15 
0.0005=0.2 
0.0006=0.2 
0.0007=0.25 
0.0008=0.3 
0.0009=0.35 
0.0010=0.35 
0.0011=0.4 
0.0012=0.45 
0.0013=0.5 
0.0014=0.5 

0.0015=0.55 
0.0016=0.6 
0.0017=0.65 
0.0018=0.65 
0.0019=0.7 
0.0020=0.75 
0.0021=0.8 
0.0022=0.8 
0.0023=0.85 
0.0024=0.9 
0.0025=0.9 
0.0026=0.95 
0.0027=1.0 
0.0028=1.0 

I 

1.4003 
L4MI 

d 
43 
44 

0.0001-0.05 
0.0002-0.1 
0.0003-0.15 

0.0012=0.6 
0.0013=0.65 
0.0014=0.7 

*  Find  in  the  tabl»-  th«-  r-fnu-tiv  index  which  is  next  lower  than  the  reading  actually  made  and  note  the 
:,.n.linK  whol.-  iiiim»*T  for  th«>  IMT  cent  of  dry  substance.    Subtract  the  refractive  index  obtained 
from  to  UiM.*  from  th.-  obs.Tv.-d  n-adiriK;  tlw  decimal  corresponding  to  this  difference,  as  given  m  the 
column  so  marked,  is  added  to  the  whole  per  cent  of  dry  substance  as  first  obtained. 


170 


Table  of  corrections  for  tlie  temperature. 


Dry  substance. 


Temperature  of  the 
prisms  in  °  C. 


0 

5 

10 

15 

20 

25 

30 

40 

50 

60 

70 

80 

90 

20 

0.53 

0.54 

0.55 

0.56 

0.57 

0.58 

0.60 

0.62 

0.64 

0.62 

0.61 

0  60 

0  58 

21 

.46 

.47 

.48 

.49 

.50 

.51 

.52 

.54 

.56 

.54 

.53 

52 

50 

22       

.40 

.41 

.42 

.42 

.43 

.44 

.45 

.47 

.48 

.47 

.46 

.45 

.44 

23 

.33 

.33 

.34 

.35 

.36 

.37 

.38 

.39 

.40 

.39 

.38 

.38 

38 

24 

.26 

.26 

.27 

.28 

.28 

.29 

.30 

.31 

.32 

.31 

.31 

30 

30 

25     

.20 

.20 

.21 

.21 

.?2 

.22 

.23 

.23 

.24 

.23 

.23 

.23 

.22 

26         

.12 

.12 

.13 

.14 

.14 

.15 

.15 

.16 

.16 

.16 

.15 

.15 

.  14 

27 

07 

07 

07 

.07 

.07 

.07 

.08 

.08 

08 

08 

08 

08 

07 

Add— 

29 

0.07 

0.07 

0.07 

0.07 

0.07 

0.07 

0.08 

0.08 

0.08 

0.08 

0.08 

0  08 

0  07 

30 

.12 

.12 

.13 

.14 

.14 

.14 

.15 

.15 

.16 

.  16 

16 

15 

14 

31  

.20 

.20 

.21 

.21 

.22 

.22 

.23 

.23 

.24 

.23 

.23 

.23 

.22 

32          

.26 

26 

.27 

.28 

.28 

.29 

.30 

.31 

.32 

.31 

.31 

.30 

30 

33 

.33 

.33 

.34 

.35 

.36 

.37 

.38 

.39 

.40 

.39 

38 

38 

38 

34  

.40 

.41 

.42 

.42 

.43 

.44 

.45 

.47 

.48 

.47 

.46 

.45 

.44 

35  

.46 

.47 

.48 

.49 

.50 

.51 

.52 

.54 

.56 

.54 

.53 

.52 

.50 

(h)  By  areometric  methods,  as  found  on  pages  65-67,  Bulletin  107.  If  time  permits 
it  would  be  well  to  determine  the  per  cent  of  water  in  a  number  of  sugar  solutions  by 
methods  (g)  and  also  (h)  and  (6).  The  comparison  being  between  results  of  (g)  and 
(6)  and  (h)  and  (6).  The  results  could  be  reported  as  special  samples  under  (g), 
giving  kind  of  sirup,  also  figures  obtained  by  (g),  (6),  and  (h). 

(2)  Polarimetric  determinations.     Effect  of  various  clarifying  agents  on  both  samples. 

Weigh  out  a  normal  weight  and  make  up  to  100  cc,  or  to  such  a  multiple  thereof  as 
may  be  necessary  to  secure  an  accurate  polarization,  after  clarifying  as  follows: 

(a)  With  lead  subacetate  solution.  (Bull.  46,  pp.  38-39;  also  Bull.  107,  p.  40.) 
Try  at  least  two  different  quantities  of  the  clarifying  agents,  reporting  the  separate 
polarization. 

(6)  With  normal  lead  acetate  solution.  (Saturated  solution  of  lead  acetate  in 
water.) 

(c)  With  Home's  dry  lead  subacetate.     (J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  1904,  26  : 186.) 

(d)  With  Herles'  solution.     No.  1,  250  grams  lead  nitrate  to  500  cc  water;  No.  2, 
25  grams  sodium  hydroxid  to  500  cc  water.     Use   equal   parts  of  each  solution, 
either  5  cc  each  or  up  to  10  cc  of  each.     Note  whether  increased  amount  changes  the 
polarization. 

(e)  WTith  alumina  cream  and  hydrosulphite  (sodium  Ijydrosulphite,  B.  A.  S.  F.  or 
"Blankit").     This  with  the  dry  subacetate  can  be  obtained  from  any  of  the  large 
dealers  in  chemical  supplies.     In  this  clarification  make  solution  up  to  required 
volume,  then  add  a  few  crystals  at  a  time  until  decolorization  is  effected.     Polarize 
at  once  after  filtering  and  again  after  standing  for  some  time.     Should  the  solution 
become  cloudy  on  standing  add  some  kaolin  and  shake,  filter.    Also  try  the  following 
method  of  procedure:  In  a  solution  after  clarifying  with  alumina  cream  and  filter- 
ing, just  before  screwing  on  cap  of  polarization  tube,  add  a  few  crystals  of  the  hydro- 
sulphite  and  shake.    Polarize  immediately ;  note  whether  on  standing  there  is  a  change 
in  the  polarization. 

(J)  Invert  portions  of  a,  6,  c,  d,  and  e  and  determine  the  invert  reading.  Where 
lead  has  been  used  take  out  the  excess  with  some  crystals  of  potassium  oxalate  or  dry 
sodium  carbonate.  Inversion  can  be  accomplished  by  following  (c),  page  40,  Bul- 
letin 107,  or  (1),  page  39,  Bulletin  46,  Revised.  If  the  latter  reference  is  used,  the 
equation  should  read: 

a-b 


S=- 


142.66- s: 


171 


In  this  polarization  take  care  to  record  all  temperatures  of  polarization,  dilutions 
etc.,  that  results  mav  be  compared  upon  as  uniform  a  basis  as  possible 

It   is  als,,  uijed  that  the  work  on  the  samples  be  begun  immediately  upon  their 
arrival.  to  avoid  changes  in  composition  which  might  result  from  fermentation. 

A.  HUGH  BRYAN, 

Rejeree  on  Sugar. 
FRITZ  ZERBAN, 

Associate  Referee. 

A  number  of  chemists  signified  their  willingness  to  cooperate,  and  reports,  in  whole 
or  in  purl,  were  received  from  them. 

DETERMINATION  OP  TOTAL  SOLIDS. 

The  work  outlined  was  for  the  comparison  of  the  vacuum  method  with  the  regular 
method  ,,f  drying  i-.r  ten  hours.  But  as  ten  hours  is  generally  longer  than  the  ordi- 
nary lal.oratory  day.  a  comparison  was  made  of  this  determination  conducted  for  ten 
<-utive  hours,  and  uls,,  for  six  hours  on  one  day  and  four  the  next.  Together 
with  th.-  c,,mpari.-..n  of  methods  of  determining  moisture,  the  effect  of  mixing  sand 
with  the  material  to  be  dried  was  studied  in  each  case.  The  refractometer  was  tried, 
and  the  specific  gravity  was  also  determined  and  the  moisture  calculated. 

Determi nut  inns  nj  moisture  in  sugar  and  molasses. 
SUliAU. 


Analyst. 

Vacuum. 

At  boiling  water  temperature. 

Refrac- 
tom- 
eter. 

Spe- 
cific 

grav- 
ity. 

10  consecutive 
hours. 

6  and  4  hours. 

Sand. 

No 
sand. 

Sand. 

No 
sand. 

Sand. 

No 
sand. 

1'.  11.  hnii.-riv.  New  Orleans,  La.. 

Per  ct. 

Prrct. 

Perct. 

Perct. 

'2.  IJX 
2.90 

2.89 
2.79 
2.74 

2.48 

Perct. 
2.87 
Not 
dry. 
2.95 
2.41 
2.90 
2.50 

Perct. 
2.76 
2.70 

2.97 
2.37 
2.75 
2.49 

Per  ct. 
2.60 
&2.02 

2.60 

Perct. 

1  .  \\  .  1  tap  MT,  v\  ishnuMon.  i 
\s  .  I*,  s  LI  ,111.  New  Orleans.  I.a  . 

•  2.57 

Not 
dry. 
t>  2.  10 
2.68 
2.09 
2.87 

2.22 

John    II      i 

2.60 

•i.  Florida... 

TUV..                                              

f2.52 

e2.54 

2.68        2.56 

2.74 

2.75 

2.72 

2.67 

2.60 

2.22 

MOLASSKS. 


1'.  II.  hoiiiTtv    \.-\v  Orleans,  La 

&  28.  06 

27.67 

27.99 

27.37 

27.04 

26.36 

K.  U  .  !.;•  ;.>IUT.  \\  .ishiiiL,'t<iii.   1 
\N     1'    \  i<|iim    \t-\v  orlruiit    1 

027.04 

o27.17 

27.35 
27.38 

27.48 
625.55 

27.84 
27.94 

27.15 

27.86 

26.27 
27.04 

24.30 
26.36 

J.  11.  I'lirkin^    Ki.  Inn.  .n.|    \    i 

27.55 

27.26 

27.  77 

27.24 

28.  50 

F.  <;.  Smith.  \i-w  i  >rl.-.in>,  l.;i  

27.51 

27.20 

28.19 

27.45 

27.03 

Average 

27.04 

27.17 

27.45 

27.40 

27.94 

27.41 

27.17 

25.78 

o  Constant  at  end  of  31  hours. 
t>  Not  (Minded  in  av«Tiii.v. 


c  Constant  at  end  of  10  hours. 
d  By  Westphal  balance,  23.40. 


It  is  noted  here  that  the  ten-hour  drying  gives  higher  results  than  the  vacuum 
method.  This  is  due,  no  doubt,  to  a  decomposition  of  the  material  at  the  temperature 
of  b.iiliiu»  water.  The  ten  consecutive  hour  results  are  lower  than  when  the  time  is 
dixi.led.  The  u-e  of  sand  plays  an  important  part  in  the  drying,  the  determina- 
lions  being  higher  with  sand  present.  The  reason  for  this  is  self-evident.  The 
material  forms  a  coating  on  the  sand  and  between  the  particles  and  so  presents  a 
i'arger  surface  to  be  affected  by  the  heat.  When  not  used,  a  hard,  dry  film  forms  on 


172 

the  material  and  the  under  layer  does  not  dry.  When  a  small  area  of  liquid  is  exposed 
for  drying,  the  amount  of  moisture  going  off  will  be  smaller  than  when  a  larger  surface 
is  exposed.  Many  chemists  prefer  and  recommend  the  use  of  powdered  pumice  instead 
of  sand.  This  allows  the  material  to  be  absorbed.  In  the  referee's  opinion,  the 
results  so  obtained  are  of  no  more  value  than  those  with  the  use  of  sand.  Where 
numerous  determinations  are  to  be  made,  it  is  an  easy  matter  to  wash  and  clean  the 
sand,  while  to  clean  the  pumice  stone  and  remove  all  traces  of  the  sirup  is  not  so  easy. 
Lately  the  use  of  a  roll  of  filter  paper  has  been  recommended  «  as  the  absorbent.  Wiley 
(Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Bui.  19,  p.  49)  recommended  that  in  1888,  but  it  was  thought 
then  to  give  low  results.  Mintz  by  this  method  reduced  the  time  of  drying  from 
seventeen  hours  to  three.  This  method  is  practically  the  method  of  Adams  for 
milk,  and  should  be  given  some  consideration  for  next  year.  Finely  flaked  asbestos 
as  an  absorbent  material  has  been  spoken  of  for  drying  milk.  Browne  &  used  it  with 
success  in  determinations  of  moisture  in  apple  juices.  It  is  further  worthy  of  trial, 
since  the  claim  is  made  that  it  requires  less  time  for  drying  than  when  sand  or  pumice 
stone  is  used.  The  referee  has  made  a  few  experiments  with  the  Soxhlet  oven, 
where  a  current  of  dry  air  passes  over  the  material,  but  the  work  has  not  progressed 
far  enough  to  make  a  report.  A  method  that  bids  fair  to  supersede  all  others  for 
pure  sugar  solutions  is  the  use  of  the  refractometer.  The  comparison  of  this  method 
made  by  the  collaborators  shows  its  results  to  be  nearer  the  vacuum  results  than  those 
of  other  methods.  A  second  feature  of  the  moisture  work  was  a  study  of  the  effect  of 
increasing  the  time  of  heating  or  dryness  on  the  determination.  The  following  table 
gives  the  average  results  obtained  by  the  collaborators: 

Determinations  of  moisture  increasing  the  time  of  drying. 

[Averages  based  on  reports  of  five  collaborators.] 

SUGAR. 


Modifications  of  method. 

Pre- 
scribed 
time  of 
heat- 
ing. 

By  heating. 

12 
hours. 

14 
hours. 

16 
hours. 

18 
hours. 

20 
hours. 

22 
hours. 

24 
hours. 

On  sand: 
Vacuum 

Per  ct. 

2.68 

Perct. 

Per  ct. 

Perct. 

Perct. 

Perct. 

Perct. 

Perct. 

10  consecutive  hours 

2.58 
2.72 

2  56 

2.78 
2.79 

2.91 
2.86 

2.89 
2.92 

3.04 
3.01 

3.06 
3.06 

No  sand: 
Vacuum 

10  consecutive  hours 

2.75 
2.67 
2  45 

2.85 
2.70 

2.87 
2.81 

2.97 
2.84 

3.05 
2.97 

3.00 
2.97 

fi  and  4  hours  _ 

MOLASSES. 


On  sand: 
VarmiTn 

27  04 

10  consecutive  hours 

27  45 

27.86 

28.24 

28.42 

28.50 

28.50 

28.85 

28.88 

6  and  4  hours,,  _    ... 

27.94 

28.19 

28.53 

28.67 

28.82 

28.78 

29.02 

No  sand: 
Vacuum 

27  17 

10  consecutive  hours  
6  and  4  hours 

27.40 
27  41 

27.43 
27  68 

27.64 
27  85 

27.98 
28  15 

28.20 
28  31 

28.28 
28  47 

28.44 
28  58 

28.58 

27  17 

From  these  figures  the  importance  of  not  allowing  the  length  of  time  to  exceed  ten 
hours  is  noted,  as  active  decomposition  sets  in.  This  decomposition  was  greater  when 
sand  was  used  than  when  it  was  not,  a  result  one  would  naturally  expect. 


«  Centrbl.  Zuckerind.,  1908,  16  :  1102;  Chemical  Abstracts,  1908,  2  :  2632. 
6  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  1901,  23  :  873. 


173 


i   "i    CLARIFICATION  AGENTS  ON  POLARIZATION. 

The  work  carried  on  was  a  continuation  of  that  taken  up  a  number  of  years  ago. 
The  clarifying  agents  studied  were  neutral  lead  acetate,  subacetate  of  lead,  both  wet 
ami  dry,  1  [cries'  solution  or  basic  lead  nitrate,  and  hydrosulphites.  An  additional 
feature  was  the  comparison  of  the  results  obtained  when  using  the  necessary  amount 
of  i  hi-  precipitant  and  when  using  an  excess. 

The  results  on  the  su-ar  and  molasses  samples  will  be  considered  separately  and  for 
a  better  comparison  the  results  obtained  by  using  the  necessary  amount  of  clarifying 
air'-iit  will  be  discussed.  Following  this  the  results  of  using  an  excess  of  clarifying 
agent  will  be  considered. 

of  sugar  with  different  clarifying  agents,  using  only  amount  necessary  for 
clarification. 

(Normal  weight  to  100  cc;  polarized  in  200  mm  tube;  sucrose  factor  142.66.] 
St   H.\i  KTATE  OF  LEAD. 


Anal 

Amount  of 
clarifying 
agent. 

Dirtn-t  po- 
larization. 

Corrected 

invert  po- 
larization. 

Tempera- 
ture of  po- 
larization. 

Sucrose  by 
Clerget 
method. 

r 

•Y. 

93  00 

°V. 
27  60 

°C. 
98 

Per  cent. 

QQ     70 

La  

2 

93.00 

-28  60 

27 

94  14 

o  1 

92  80 

29  86 

25  5 

94  43 

'  ,    II 

•  I 

'(•'   s."i 

•79  20 

°7 

94  50 

\\    i'    Horn                    S    > 

u 

c92.85 

22 

092  85 

\\     I     II.  ".v.  ii     \,  u  Orleans,  La 

<1 

93  40 

26  20 

30 

93  69 

W.  P                      \*  Orleans,  La  

1     II                           •  hninn-l    V.i 

2 
*5 

K.  i"-1 
«90  00 

-27.52 
-29  04 

30 
28 

94.66 
C92  52 

Orleans,  La... 

1 

08.  OB 

-27.02 

27.5 

93  14 

M     II 

aQ.5 

92.55 

-30  03 

25  5 

94  38 

i:    \    Wil 

4 

•«  MI 

27  W 

27  4 

94  14 

1  >rk?ans  LA 

1 

'i'  MI 

30  36 

26  0 

94  99 

..'I' 

93.  as 

94  18 

I>KY  SfBACKTATK  OF   I.KAD. 


\   u    It*    i  i-Tid.i 
I*   II    Dohertj    N--\V  Orleans,  I^a 

Grams. 
0.5 
.5 

08.  v> 

08.60 

-27.40 

29.92 

28.0 
24.5 

93.46 
93.94 

j    \    u  ill   Nen  ¥ork<  It; 

.5 

92.70 

-29.86 

25.5 

94.35 

i,     II     II  n   !;•       \.     .    ':     •• 

.5 

92.70 

-29.15 

27 

94.34 

U      1  •     II   ."                               \     > 

|J 

C92.70 

29.00 

22 

c92.44 

lla    N.-W  Orleans,  La.. 

93.20 

-26.  10 

30 

93.  45 

U     1  ' 

j 

;••_'.  '.»•> 

-28.40 

29 

94.67 

J    II    i 

93.40 

-28.60 

28 

94.82 

08.80 

-27.07 

27.5 

93.09 

M     II 

.5 

92.50 

-29.92 

25.5 

94.23 

i:    \ 

.5 

93.41 

-26.49 

28.8 

93.48 

I>a 

l.o 

92.80 

-29.15 

26.5 

94.24 

Average 

92.90 

94.00 

XKfTKAL   I.KAD  ACKTATE. 


A.  W.  Blair.  Florida 

cc. 

2 

92.90 

-27.40 

28 

93.58 

I1    M    I'M'  ,  t",    \.-\v  Orleans,  La 

3 

92.80 

-28.60 

27 

93.98 

l     \    ; 

2 

92.60 

-29.97 

25.5 

94.28 

<i    II    II  ir  !;•      \.  A   York  Citv 

5 

92.80 

-29.75 

26.0 

94.52 

\\     l>    MOM  ,.    y,,  nkers    \    Y 

'3  6 

92.40 

22.0 

\\     1      lln\M-lN    Ni-u  orlr  IM^    La 

93.20 

-26.50 

30 

93.77 

u    I  •                                       I  .a     

3 

93.10 

-27.85 

29.3 

94.48 

1    11    I'-irkin*;    Uichinoinl    \':i 

:, 

<-92.00 

-29.04 

28.0 

<-94.07 

^niith    \f\v  orlr-in«j    I  a 

n 

93.14 

-27.30 

27.5 

93.43 

M    11    \Vilfv    \t-\v  York  Citv 

2 

92.75 

-30.03 

25.5 

94.38 

i    Florida 

3 

93.58 

-27  03 

28.8 

94.04 

F.  Xerban,  New  Orleans.  I.a  

1 

92.90 

-28.82 

26.  5 

93.98 

92.92 

94.04 

•  M.Sbrix. 
&56.0brix. 


e  Not  included  in  average. 
d  1.25  sp.  gr. 


« 10  per  cent  solution. 
/20  per  cent  solution. 


174 


Polarizations  of  sugar  with  different  clarifying  agents,  using  only  amount  necessary  for 

clarification — Continued.   . 

BASIC  LEAD  NITRATE  (HERLES'  SOLUTION). 


Analyst. 

Amount  of 
clarifying 
agent. 

Direct  po- 
larization. 

Corrected 
invert  po- 
larization. 

Tempera- 
ture of  po- 
larization. 

Sucrose  by 
Clerget 
method. 

P  H  Doherty  New  Orleans,  La  

cceach. 
2 

0^, 

92.60 

°V. 
-29.70 

°C. 
24.5 

Percent. 

93.78 

J  A  Hall  New  York  City                  

2 

92.75 

-29.86 

25.5 

94.40 

G  H  Hardin  New  York  City 

5 

92.80 

-29.86 

26.0 

94.60 

W  D  Home  Yonkers  N  Y 

0  72 

92.80 

W  L  Howells  New  Orleans,  La 

5 

93.  .50 

-25.50 

30.0 

93  21 

W   P  Naquin,  New  Orleans,  La  

93.32 

-28.82 

28.6 

95.16 

J.  H.  Parkins,  Richmond.  Va  
F  G  Smith  New  Orleans  La 

0 

5 

a92.22 
93.44 

-29.70 

28.0 
28.5 

094.76 

M  H  Wilev  New  York  City      

5 

92.80 

-30.14 

•25.  5 

9457 

F  Zerban  New  Orleans  La 

1 

92.80 

-30.47 

26.0 

95.07 

92.98 

94  39 

ALUMINA  CREAM  AND  SODIUM  HYDROSULPHITE. 


P  H   Doherty  New  Orleans,  La.. 

92.20 

W   D   Home  Yonkers  N  Y 

0.7 

92.60 

W   L  Howells  New  Orleans,  La  

93.10 

-25.80 

30.0 

93.14 

J  H   Parkins  Richmond  Va 

092.00 

-30.80 

28.0 

095.44 

F  G  Smith  New  Orleans  La 

93.25 

—26  90 

29  0 

93.  75 

R  N  Wilson  Florida 

094.20 

-  2f>.  *< 

28.8 

094.37 

F  Zerban  New  Orleans  La 

92.50 

-31.24 

26.0 

95  43 

Average. 


92.75    .. 


94.11 


o  Not  included  in  average. 

The  results  of  individual  analysts  on  direct  polarization  compare  very  favorably 
in  each  method  of  clarification.  There  are,  however,  some  higher  figures  than  the 
average,  but.  in  every  case  the  polarization  was  carried  on  at  a  lower  temperature  or 
an  excess  of  the  precipitant  was  used.  With  a  few  exceptions  the  results  on  sucrose 
by  the  Clerget  method  do  not  differ  so  widely  as  the  direct  polarizations.  This  differ- 
ence with  the  Clerget  method  is  most  likely  due  to  the  different  methods  of  inverting 
or  to  an  error  in  calculation.  As  a  check  for  the  first  error  it  is  well  to  run  a  test  on 
pure  sucrose  with  each  set  of  determinations.  This  is  especially  wise  in  case  of  invert- 
ing by  heat,  as  the  temperature  may  not  be  right  or  the  time  either  too  short  or  too 
long,  and,  as  a  result,  either  all  the  sucrose  has  not  been  inverted,  or  the  inversion  has 
been  carried  on  so  far  that  reversion  products  have  been  formed.  Even  in  the  stand- 
ing method  for  inversion  this  blank  is  valuable  in  determining  the  completeness  of 
the  inversion.  There  is  a  point  in  the  cold  inversion  that  should  receive  some  atten- 
tion. This  is  the  question  of  the  relation  of  time  and  temperature.  In  a  few  experi- 
ments on  the  same  sugar  solution,  one  inverted  by  standing  at  20°  C.  for  twenty 
hours  showed  — 12.3,  while  the  other  portion  by  standing  at  32°  for  twenty  hours 
showed  —12.08.  These  figures  would  make  a  difference  in  the  Clerget  sucrose. 

The  other  point,  error  in  calculation,  is  one  that  for  some  reason  or  other  is  rather 
common.  The  inversion  is  carried  on  by  taking  50  cc  of  the  solution  and  adding 
5  cc  of  acid  and  not  correcting  the  reading  for  the  increase  of  10  per  cent  in  volume. 
Chemists  not  using  the  formula  often  should  guard  against  this  error,  as  the  difference 
amounts  to  nearly  3  per  cent  in  high  polarizations. 

In  comparing  the  average  results  of  direct  polarization  it  is  noted  that  hydrosul- 
phite  gives  the  lowest  reading,  while  wet  subacetate  gives  the  highest.  The  normal 
acetate  and  Herles'  solution  give  nearly  the  same  results.  Dry  subacetate  gives 
readings  that  are  lower  than  the  two  above  mentioned  and  stands  next  to  hydro- 
sulphite. 


175 


.mis  tin-  dcrolorization  effect,  Herles'  solution  equals  wet  subacetate.  The 
,lry  MllMkCetate  gives  solutions  a  little  darker  than  the  above,  and  next  in  order  is  neu- 
tral acetate.  1 1  ylrosulphite  gives  a  good  decolorization,  but  under  certain  conditions 
th«.  Kdutionfl  I  •••« -,.me  murky  from  the  precipitation  of  sulphur  and  also,  on  standing, 
th«-  .-.,l..r  rrturns  again. 

\\hrn  the  pivi-ipitutinii  agents  are  used  in  excess,  the  readings  are  all  higher,  as 
.-hewn  l.y  th<-  folio win-  table.  This  increase  is  no  doubt  due  largely  to  the  solution 
l,r. -oiuin-  more  <  onc«Mitratc(l  from  the  increased  amount  of  precipitation,  and  partly 
al.-o  in  .in  a  <  han-«-  in  rotation  due  to  the  salts. 

Polarizations  of  sugar  with  different  clarifying  agents,  using  an  excess  ofclarifier. 

[  Normal  weight  to  100  cc;  polarized  in  200  mm  tube;  sucrose  factor  142.66.] 

sr  II ACETATE  OF  LEAD. 


Ana! 

Amount  of 
clarifying 
agent. 

Dinrt  po- 
larization. 

Corrected 
invert  po- 
larization. 

Tempera- 
ture of  po- 
larization. 

Sucrose  by 
Clerget 
method. 

1'.  11.  D.ih-  '                            in-,  l.i  

J.  \    ii.  ill.  N-\V  ^  orfc  <  11  .      

(i    II    lliii'lin.  N'.-w  Y<>r*  '    '  . 

cc. 
3 
•  4 

•I 

0  V. 
93.00 
92.95 
92  95 

0  V. 

-28.60 
-29.70 
•79  20 

0  C. 

27 
25.5 
27 

Per  cent. 
94.14 
94.42 
94  58 

\\  .  i>.  Horn    ^  ii  -.•  •     N    ' 

62 

92.90 

22 

\\      1       llnu.  11        S--W  Orli'illl-     1    i 

c2 

'I'!    "II 

26  00 

30 

Q0     fifl 

VV.  P.  1                                            i 

3 

•i:;  "1 

27  56 

30  3 

94  74 

Jill 

c  10 

d9l  GO 

99  04 

28  0 

d  93  77 

2 

93  15 

27  30 

27  5 

93  44 

M    II 

<>3 

T'    Ml 

29  70 

25  5 

94  30 

la  

6 

!        I 

94.00 
02.80 

92.90 

-27.00 
-30.25 
—30.14 

28.0 
25.5 
25.5 

94.05 
94.72 
94.71 

\  ViTUJJf 

93  11 

94  26 

DKY    I.KAIi   SI   I5.\<  KTATE. 


p    II    1  ' 

Grama 
1  00 

92  60 

29  70 

24  5 

93  75 

U      l> 

.75 

92.75 

.ins   I  .a 

50 

'i.i  "i, 

28  53 

28  8 

94  95 

• 

1.00 

93.61 

-26.63 

29.0 

93.82 

2  00 

92.50 

-29.15 

26.5 

94.00 

•  I.,'1' 

,,,  ,)} 

94.13 

RAL    I.KAD    ACETATE. 


P.  11.  l>..h.rtv.  N-  u  «>,;                         

\\      1  '     \  i  jii;  Ti     New  Ol 

CC. 

4 
5 

03.80 

93.28 

-28.60 

-27.98 

27.5 
29.2 

94.18 
94.69 



10 

rf91.00 

-29.04 

28.0 

d93.30 

K.  /i-rUui.  N                                            

2 

92.80 

-29.26 

26.5 

94.32 

!(_'.  «.HJ 

94.39 

BASIC    I.KAD    NITRATE. 


P.  II.  hoh.Ttv.  N.-w  «»rl-:itH.  L*. 
\\     1     Uowelb    \'  '.v  '  M 

cctoch. 

,J 

92.80 
93.60 

-29.70 
-25.50 

25.0 
30.0 

94.11 
93.29 

W.  P.  Naquln,  New  Oi            la 

10 

93.20 

-33.22 

18.2 

94.65 

10 

93  55 

28.5 

•'••an.  X.-\v  orl.ans.  l.a  

2 

93.00 

-30.47 

26.0 

95.22 

93.23 

94.32 



'  54.3  brix. 


656brix. 


1.25  sp.  gr. 


d  Not  included  in  average. 


The  greatest  diffen-nrc  is  in  the  Merles'  solution,  then  comes  the  wet  and  dry  sub- 
acetate,  which  shnw  about  the  same  increase,  and  the  least  increase  is  with  normal 


176 


acetate.  This  would  naturally  be  expected,  as  the  Herles'  solution  forms  a  precipi- 
tate in  itself,  hence  causing  concentration,  and  the  excess  of  wet  lead  subacetate 
causes  an  increase  and  also  a  change  of  precipitate,  thereby  changing  the  concentra- 
tion, while  the  normal  acetate  produces  no  more  precipitate  with  an  excess,  and  hence 
no  change  of  concentration. 

As  regards  the  danger  of  adding  an  excess,  this  is  the  least  in  case  of  the  neutral 
acetate,  as  an  excess  is  indicated  when  no  more  precipitate  continues  to  form.  When 
using  wet  subacetate  a  better  clarification  is  reached  before  the  point  where  more  ace- 
tate will  produce  a  further  precipitation.  With  dry  lead  it  is  difficult  to  determine 
when  enough  has  been  added.  To  add  by  weight  takes  much  time,  but  where  many 
determinations  are  to  be  made  varying  measures  or  cups  could  be  used,  the  weight 
of  the  contents  having  been  previously  determined.  It  has  the  fault  of  precipitating 
reducing  sugars  in  as  large  quantities  as  the  wet  subacetate,  as  noted  in  last  year's 
report;  besides,  an  excess  of  this  reagent  increases  the  volume  of  the  solution,  thereby 
lowering  polarization.  This  effect  is  shown  in  the  following  experiment:  Six  hundred 
cubic  centimeters  of  a  solution  of  pure  sucrose  were  made  up  and  five  100  cc  flasks  were 
filled  and  the  following  quantities  of  the  dry  subacetate  were  added,  shaken,  and  then 
polarized,  care  being  taken  that  the  polarization  was  made  at  20°  C. 

Polarization  of  pure  sucrose  solution  with  varying  amounts  of  dry  lead. 


Number. 

Dry  sub- 
acetate. 

Polariza- 
tion. 

1 

Grams. 
0.0 

°V. 

81.25 

2  

.5 

81.1 

3 

1.0 

81.05 

4  

1.5 

81.0 

5  

2.0 

80.9 

It  is  noted  from  the  table  that  the  polarization  has  been  lowered  0.35°  by  the  addition 
of  2  grams  of  the  dry  lead. 

The  greater  part  of  the  lead  subacetate  went  into  solution  even  up  to  the  2  gram 
quantity,  and  only  a  cloud  was  noted.  The  meniscus  of  the  liquid  in  the  flasks 
containing  the  added  lead  subacetate  was  above  the  100  mark  in  each  case,  showing 
an  increase  in  volume. 

Experiments  were  tried  to  determine  this  increase  in  volume.  Five  accurately 
graduated  flasks  with  glass  stoppers  were  used,  and  into  these  were  weighed  the  varying 
quantities  of  dry  subacetate,  as  in  the  previous  experiment.  A  100  cc  pipette  was 
used  and  an  equal  amount  of  solution  of  sucrose  was  added  to  each  flask,  the  flasks 
being  shaken  during  the  addition  of  the  solution.  \Vhen  added,  the  flasks  were 
corked  up  and  allowed  to  stand  over  night.  The  height  of  the  liquid  being  marked 
on  the  neck  of  the  flasks,  the  contents  were  poured  out  and  the  flasks  cleaned  and 
dried.  By  means  of  a  Morse-Blalock  pipette,  capable  of  reading  to  0.005  cc,  the  flasks 
were  filled  to  the  mark.  The  results  are  tabulated  below: 

Volumes  of  solution  of  pure  sucrose  when  adding  various  amounts  of  dry  subacetate. 


No. 

Dry  sub- 
acetate  of 
lead  added. 

Content. 

Calculated 
to  100. 

Grams. 

cc. 

cc. 

1 

0.0 

99.90 

100.00 

2 

.5 

99.91 

100.01 

3 

1.0 

100.02 

100.12 

4 

1.5 

100.18 

100.28 

5 

2.0 

100.21 

100.32 

177 

An  increa.-e  of  0.32  cc  in  volume  by  the  addition  of  2  grams  of  dry  subacetateis 
noted,  ami,  with  a  solution  polarizing  81.25°,  as  in  the  experiment  given  above 
tin-  •  -al< -ulaied  polarization  for  this  increase  in  volume  would  be  80.99°.  The  solu- 
tion actually  polarized  80.9°.  Home  «  gives  0.22  cc  as  the  increase  in  volume  on  1 
gram  of  Hiki.-.-tate.  Pellet  has  shown  it  to  be  0.37  cc.  The  referee's  sugar  sample 
for  this  year,  worked  as  above  described,  showed  the  following  changes  in  volume  in 
two  experiments: 

•/'  *  in  i  nlunie  using  official  sugar  samples. 


No. 

Drv  sul- 

•eetata 

lead  added. 

Experi- 
ment 1. 

Experi- 
ment 2. 

Urn  in*. 

1 

0.0 

100.00 

100.00 

2 

.5 

100.09 

100.14 

3 

LO 

100.25 

100.19 

4 

1.5 

100.32 

100.34 

2.0 

100.53 

100.58 

An  average  increase  in  volume  of  about  0.55  cc  is  noted,  this  being  due  to  the  pre- 
cipitate forim-d  and  also  to  the  fact,  as  shown  above,  of  the  solution  of  the  lead 
subac. 

From  these  experiment.-  it  is  seen  that  clarification  with  dry  lead  introduces  the 
same  errors  an  with  wet  lead,  viz,  a  precipitation  of  the  reducing  sugars,  and  also 
where  u-ed  to  excess  a  change  iii  volume.  The  latter  effect  with  wet  lead  acetate  as 
a  rlarifier  tends  to  raise  the  readings  while  with  dry  lead  there  is  a  tendency  to  lower 
tin-in.  However,  in  usim:  the  dry  eubacetate  of  lead  the  errors  are  compensating, 
the  increase  in  volume  tends  to  lower  the  reading  and  the  precipitation  of  the 
levulose  to  raise  it,  while  with  wet  subacetate  the  volume  is  decreased  by  the  forma- 
tion ,,1"  the  pn-c  ipitate.  hence  the  reading  increased,  and  this  is  again  increased  by  the 
pre<  ipitaiion  of  the  levulose.  •  Dry  lead  subacetate  is  a  step  in  advance  in  the  search 
for  the  best  clarifying  agent,  and  further  experiments  are  in  progress;  but  so  far  the 
i  clarifying  agent  for  dark-colored  sugar  solutions  has  not  been  found. 

As  to  the  use  of  hydrosulphites  as  a  bleach  for  solutions  to  be  polarized  there  are 
serious  objection*.  When  large  quantities  of  reducing  sugars  are  present  in  the  sample 
the  reading  is  lowered.  This  was  pointed  out  at  last  year's  meeting  by  the  writer. 
The  rotation  of  one  of  the  sugars,  dextrose,  is  decidedly  lowered;  hence  the 
polari/ation  is  lowered  if  the  sample  contains  much  dextrose.  This  change  of 
rotation  of  dextrose  is  due  to  the  formation  of  an  oxysulphonate  which  has  a  levoro- 
tation.  The  dissociation  of  the  glucose  (dextrose)  oxysulphonate  can  be  measured 
by  this  fact.  In  the  experiments  cited  no  inversion  of  sucrose  by  this  substance 
was  noted,  but  later  literal  ure  shows  numerous  cases  of  inversion  by  using  commercial 
hydros  ulphite. 

Where  the  quantity  of  reducing  sugars  is  small,  there  is  very  little  reduction  in  the 
polarization  due  to  the  formation  of  this  compound,  and  it  has  this  merit,  that  readings 
are  not  vitiated  by  a  change  in  volume  due  to  a  precipitate.  These  compounds,  hydro- 
sulphites,  while  stable  under  most  conditions,  are  very  easily  decomposed  in  moist 
air  and  also  on  long  standing,  and  hence  lose  their  power  of  decolorization.  And  again, 
their  power  of  decolorization  is  limited,  as  they  have  no  effect  on  caramel  bodies 
(those  which  give  the  dark  color  to  molasses)  but  do  bleach  intermediate  substances, 
which  on  longer  heating  would  yield  caramel. 


J.  Amer.  Chein.  Soc.,  1907,  29:  928. 


73073— Hull.  1±>— 09 12 


178 


MOLASSES  SAMPLE. 

Unfortunately  the  sample  of  molasses  selected  for  the  collaboration  work  was  of  such 
a  consistency  that  fermentation  started  after  shipping,  and  the  results  are  not  of  such 
value  as  they  might  have  been  had  this  not  occurred.  The  reserve  sample  also  was 
found  to  be  fermented,  so  that  it  was  not  possible  to  make  check  results. 

The  results  as  received  from  the  collaborators  are  given  here  in  tabular  form. 

Polarization  of  molasses  with  different  clarifying  agents,  using  only  amount  necessary 

for  clarification. 

SUBACETATE  OF  LEAD. 


Analyst. 

Amount  of 
clarifying 
agent. 

Direct  po- 
larization. 

Corrected 
invert  po- 
larization. 

Tempera- 
ture of  po- 
larization. 

Sucrose  by 
Clerget 
method. 

A  W  Blair  Florida 

cc. 
5 

°V. 

42.56 

0  V. 
-20.00 

•c. 

22.0 

Per  cent. 
47.51 

P  H  Doherty  New  Orleans,  La 

8 

43.00 

-18.26 

26.5 

47.33 

W  L  Ho  wells  New  Orleans  La 

6 

043.40 

-15.80 

23.2 

a  45.  17 

W   P  Naquin  New  Orleans,  La  

8 

42.42 

-20.59 

22.6 

47.90 

J  H  Parkins  Richmond  Va 

5 

42.40 

-17.60 

26.3 

46.33 

F  G  Smith  New  Orleans  La 

6 

43.72 

-17.35 

27.5 

47.38 

F.  Zerban,  New  Orleans,  La  

5 

a41.80 

-19.36 

27.0 

a  47.  3.". 

42.82 

47.29 

DRY  SUBACETATE  OF  LEAD. 


A  W  Blair  Florida 

Grams. 
1.0 

42.00 

-19.04 

22.0 

46.37 

P  H  Doherty,  New  Orleans,  La        

2.0 

42.54 

-17.82 

27.5 

46.86 

W  L  Howells  New  Orleans  La 

a  43.  10 

-16.60 

23.2 

a  45.  56 

W  P  Naquin,  New  Orleans,  La  

2.0 

42.36 

-20.06 

23.5 

47.68 

J  H  Parkins,  Richmond,  Va 

a42.60 

-19.80 

26.5 

o48.26 

F.  G.  Smith,  New  Orleans,  La  

44.22 

-16.85 

27.5 

47.37 

F.  Zerban,  New  Orleans,  La  

2.0 

42.00 

-20.02 

26.0 

47.82 

42.63 

47.22 

NEUTRAL  LEAD  ACETATE. 


A.  W.  Blair,  Florida  

cc. 
2 

42.00 

-19.84 

22.0 

46.97 

P.  H.  Doherty,  New  Orleans,  La 

12 

42.80 

-17.91 

27.5 

47.09 

W.  L.  Howells,  New  Orleans,  La..  . 

6 

042.90 

-14.00 

23.0 

o  43.  42 

W.  P.  Naquin,  New  Orleans,  La       

10 

42.04 

-20.10 

23.4 

47.45 

J.  H.  Parkins,  Richmond,  Va 

5 

o42.00 

-22.00 

26.3 

o  49.  49 

F.  G.  Smith,  New  Orleans,  La  

6 

43.47 

-17.45 

27.5 

47.26 

F.  Zerban,  New  Orleans,  La 

5 

42.00 

-19.58 

25.0 

47.31 

Average 

42  46 

47.22 

BASIC  LEAD  NITRATE. 


P.  H.  Doherty,  New  Orleans,  La  

cc  each. 
5 

42.60 

-18.26 

27.5 

47.22 

W.  L.  Howells,  New  Orleans,  La 

5 

44.00 

-17.40 

23.2 

46.86 

W.  P.  Naquin,  New  Orleans,  La  

5 

42.46 

-20.24 

23.5 

47.89 

J.  H.  Parkins,  Richmond,  Va  
F.  G.  Smith,  New  Orleans,  La 

5 
5 

43.20 
43.90 

-19.80 
—  17.50 

26.5 
27.5 

48.68 
47.62 

F.  Zerban,  New  Orleans,  La  

5 

o41.90 

-20.24 

24.0 

o47.56 

Average    . 

43.23 

47.65 

ALUMINA  CREAM  AND  SODIUM  HYDROSULPHITE. 


P.  H.  Dohertv,  New  Orleans,  La 

42  00 

W.  L.  Howells,  New  Orleans,  La  . 

42.40 

-18.20 

23.2 

46.26 

W.  P.  Naquin,.  New  Orleans,  La 

41.96 

—21.31 

18.6 

47.45 

J.  H.  Parkins,  Richmond,  Va.  .  . 

42.00 

-18.48 

26.5 

46.73 

F.  G.  Smith,  New  Orleans,  La 

42.97 

.    —17.53 

29.0 

47.21 

F.  Zerban,  New  Orleans,  La 

40  60 

—21.34 

24.0 

47.41 

Average  

41.99 

47.01 

o  Omitted  from  average. 


179 


A  comparison  «>f  the  average  direct  polarizations  develops  the  fact  that  the  hydro- 
sulphitrs,  as  in  the  case  of  the  sugar  sample,  give  the  lowest  readings,  neutral  lead 
acetate  next,  and  then  dry  and  wet  lead  subacetate,  which  are  about  the  same.  The 
polarization  with  Herles'  solution  is  the  highest.  The  low  polarization,  when  using 
hydrooulphitee,  has  been  already  explained.  Leaving  that  one  out  and  the  Herles' 
polari/.ation,  th«-  other  three  agree  fairly  well.  The  calculations  for  sucrose  by  the 
(  l<-r-«-t  f.  >rmula  give  results  that  agree  very  closely.  The  highest  is  the  Herles'  result. 
Wh.-ii  i his  n-au'«-iit  is  used,  the  factor  is  not  142.66,  but  143.5,  due  to  the  fact  of  the 
pn-rm-i-  of  a  nitrate,  instead  of  an  acetate  salt.  Using  this  factor,  the  results  would 
hf  lower. 

I'nlnrr.ation  of  molasses  vrith  different  clarifying  agents,  using  an  excess  ofdarifier. 
SUBACETATE  OF  LEAD. 


\n  •.; 

Amount  of 
clarifying 
•gwt. 

Direct  po- 
larization. 

Corrected 
invert  po- 
larization. 

Tempera- 
ture of  po- 
larization. 

Sucrose  by 
Clerget 
method. 

I'    II    l»..h.Ti  \    \.  ,\  iirlfiiiis,  La... 
U     1      Howell      \-u  ork.u...  I.a  
u    i-   Naqutai    NewOrt 

cc. 
10 
8 
10 

0  V. 
43.24 
043.50 
42  50 

°V. 

-18.04 
-15.12 
19  75 

°C. 
27.0 
23.2 
24  2 

Per  cent. 
47.44 
a  44.  73 

I    1!    Parkin     i:  chmond,  Vfa     . 

10 

43  60 

17  60 

26  3 

46  tt 

i 

g 

43  92 

17  33 

27  5 

F  /rri>:m.  New  Orleans,  La.. 

/ 

\        10 

42.00 
42.30 

-19.58 
-18.81 

27.0 
26.0 

47.68 
47.13 

ip 

42  94 

47  33 

|.|;v  <rn  \n-T.\TK  OF  LEAD. 


dram*. 

r  ii.  DolMrti    v  u  Ort  • 

\v    i-   -. 

3.0 
3.0 
4.0 

43.04 

r-'.  Bfi 
42.40 

-17.60 
-19.05 
-19.36 

27.5 
23.0 
26.0 

47.04 
47.19 
47.63 

•  ige 

1'  7»i 

47  29 

NKTTKAL   LEAD  ACETATE. 


1'   II    i>i  .•'.    \.-\v  Orleans,  La 

cc. 
U 

43.00 

—  18.26 

27  5 

47  52 

U      !•     \  Ml   till     V--A    '  '".•    1 
J.  II.   I'.irkm-    Kii-hrii.iii'1    V  i 

1.-, 
10 

42.16 
o42.00 

-20.28 
22.00 

23.0 
26.3 

47.60 
«  49.  49 

K./.Tt.i-i   Net  Orient,  La  

/             7.5 
\            10.0 

42.10 
42.10 

-19.  ,58 
-19.  .58 

25.0 
25.0 

47.39 
47.39 

Averaj;»> 

42.34 

47.48 

BASIC  LEAD  NITRATE. 


r   M    Dohertj    N'-W  <>rl«»ans,  La 

cc  each. 
10 

43.40 

-17.82 

27.0 

47.39 

NV.  I'   N  Mjuln    Men  •  >rl<                    
\V     1.    M.IW..US.  N,-w  nrl.-.irix.  La  
i  

.    10 
10 
10 

044.02 
o  44.  40 
44.30 

-20.15 
-15.40 
-17.47 

23.5 
23.2 
27.5 

a  49.  02 
a45.64 
47.92 

K.  Xt'rMnn.  NYu  Orleans,  La.             

r         7.5 

42.50 

-19.03 

26.5 

47.55 

\            10.0 

\  vonige 

43.25 

47.62 



a  Omitted  from  average. 

When  an  excess  of  reagent  is  used  all  the  polarizations  are  raised,  as  shown  in  the 
•  •ding  tables.     In  the  direct  polarization,  clarification  with  an  excess  of  dry  sub- 
acetate  gives  the  least  increase  in  polarization,  while  the  greatest  is  noted  with  Herles' 
solution.    Neutral  acetate  shows  a  lower  reading  when  used  in  excess.    The  agreement 
in  the  Clerget  calculation  here  is  closer  than  in  the  other  cases. 


180 

Summing  up  the  work,  it  can  be  said  that  where  reducing  sugar  determinations 
follow  polarizations  the  clarifying  agent  should  be  neutral  lead  acetate.  But  for 
ordinary  polarization  work,  where  the  reducing  sugar  content  is  not  high,  either  sub- 
acetate  or  neutral  acetate  can  be  used.  Where  the  content  of  invert  sugar  is  high,  a 
double  polarization  is  necessary  to  obtain  the  correct  figure  for  sucrose,  and  then  any 
of  the  clarifying  agents  can  be  used,  but  care  should  be  taken  not  to  use  an  excess. 

There  is  one  point  to  which  special  attention  should  be  called,  namely,  the 
estimation  ofreducing  sugars.  In  Bulletin  107,  Revised,  page  53,  under  6,  Direct 
Weighing  of  Cuprous  Oxid,  the  weighing  as  cuprous  oxid  will  give  too  high  results  if 
the  material  under  examination  is  high  in  nitrogenous  matter  or  mineral  salts;  xanthin 
bases  and  some  other  nitrogenous  bodies  are  thrown  down  by  the  Fehling  solution 
along  with  the  cuprous  oxid.  Also  some  baits  are  precipitated,  and  would  be  weighed 
as  cuprous  oxid,  thereby  giving  false  results.  This  has  been  conclusively  shown  by 
C.  A.  Browne  in  his  reports  as  referee  on  sugar  for  the  past  two  years,  and  is  borne  out 
in  all  of  the  referee's  work.  In  such  cases  the  copper  of  the  precipitate  must  be  de- 
termined direct  either  as  cupric  oxid  or,  better,  by  some  volumetric  method,  as  Low's, 
where  the  cuprous  oxid  is  dissolved,  treated,  and  finally  the  copper  estimated  by 
titration  with  thiosulphate.  This  is  a  longer  procedure  than  the  weighing  as  red  oxid, 
but  it  should  be  done  if  reliable  and  accurate  figures  are  to  be  obtained. 

RECOMMENDATIONS  ON  SUGAR. 

It  is  recommended — 

(1)  That  the  question  of  the  influence  of  precipitants  upon  the  polarization  of  sugars 
be  further  investigated. 

(2)  That  the  question  of  methods  of  determining  moisture  or  dry  substance  be 
further  investigated. 

(3)  That  the  method  of  determining  dry  substance  by  means  of  the  refractometer 
and  the  table  of  Geerligs  be  adopted  provisionally  by  the  association. 

(4)  That  under  "Methods  for  the  Determination  of  Copper  contained  in  the  Pre- 
cipitate of  Cuprous  Oxid,"  pages  51-53,  Official  Methods,  Bulletin  107,  Revised  (6) 
"Direct  Weighing  of  Cuprous  Oxid,"  there  be  a  limitation  inserted,  viz:  "This  method 
should  not  be  used  in  determining  reducing  sugars  in  commercial  products,  as  other 
substances  are  precipitated   along  with  the  cuprous  oxid.     In  these  products  the 
copper  of  the  cuprous  oxid  should  be  determined  direct  by  titration  as  in  Low's 
method  (ibid.,  241)  or  as  cupric  oxid." 


DETECTION  OF  SMALL  PERCENTAGES  OF  COMMERCIAL  GLUCOSE 
IN  SIRUPS  AND  HONEY. 

By  A.  H.  BRYAN,  Referee. 

The  provisional  method  of  this  association  is  the  one  described  on  page  70  of  Bulletin 
107,  Revised.  It  calls  for  a  polarization  of  the  inverted  solution  at  87°  C.  A  dextro- 
rotary  reading  at  this  temperature  is  said  to  be  due  to  commercial  glucose.  And  to 
obtain  the  percentage  of  glucose,  the  method  divides  this  reading  by  the  factor  163 
and  multiplies  by  100. 

C.  A.  Browne,  in  his  report  on  honey,  Bulletin  110,  shows  that  normal  honey 
naturally  has  a  dextrorotation  at  87°  C.  and  hence  the  results  of  a  determination  by  this 
method  would  not  express  the  truth.  The  dextrorotation  of  a  honey  is  due  to  honey 
dextrins.  These  are  of  a  different  character  from  those  obtained  by  acid  hydrolysis  of 
starch,  or  such  as  occur  in  commercial  glucose.  One  point  of  difference  is  the  fact  that 
honey  dextrin  is  not  colored  by  iodin  solution,  while  the  dextrins  of  glucose,  except  in 
cases  of  a  high  conversion  product,  are  colored  by  iodin.  By  means  of  this  test,  Beck- 


181 

man's  test,a  as  it  is  called,  one  can  distinguish  between  these  dextrins,  and  hence 
•  •;ui  say  whether  commercial  glucose  has  been  added.  Browne  called  attention 
to  the  importance  of  this  test.  He  also  gave  methods  for  the  determination  of  the 
perrenta-e  ,,f  -rlurose  present  in  mixtures.  In  the  following  table  are  given  analyses 
of  mixtures  .if  different  amounts  of  glucose  and  honey: 

Analyses  of  mixtures  of  commercial  glucose  and  clover  honey. 


Mixture 

Invert  polariza- 
tion - 

Invert  sugar— 

Calculated  glucose. 

QtMOK. 

Constant 
dir.vt 
polari- 
zation 
at  20*  C. 

At20»C. 

At87°C. 

Polari- 
zation 
differ- 
ence 

(87e- 
20°). 

Before 
in- 
version . 

After 
in- 
version. 

Invert 
polari- 
zation 
at87°-i- 

Invert 
polari- 
zation 
at  (20° 
C.- 

100- 
(cor- 
rected 
polari- 
zation 
differ- 

1.63. 

17.5)  •*- 

encex 

1.93. 

100-s- 

26.7). 

Perct. 
100 

Per*. 

"  V. 
+  153.8 

•  v. 

+  153.34 

T. 

+  144.32 

•F. 

Perc*. 
30  02 

Ptrct. 
30  45 

Perct. 

88  5 

Perct. 

88  5 

Perct. 

50 

SO 

-1-  67.0 

+  65.67 

+  73.81 

8.14 

53.67 

54.50 

45.3 

43.1 

56.9 

20 

80 

+  15.4 

+  33.00 

19.58 

69.00 

70.35 

20.2 

16.0 

19.2 

10 

90 

-    2.4 

-    4.84 

+  18.59 

23.43 

74.42 

74.12 

11.4 

6.6 

8.8 

& 

95 

-   11.5 

-  14.30 

+  11.66 

2596 

75.74 

77.80 

7.2 

1.6 

3.8 

3 

97 

-   14.2 

-  16.94 

+     9.13 

26.07 

76.62 

78.01 

5.6 

.29 

3.7 

2 

98 

-   16.0 

-   18.70 

+    8.14 

J«.  M 

76.64 

78.34 

5.0 

.00 

1.2 

1 

99 

-  18.2     -  20.90 

+    6.93 

•21  n 

77.20 

78.87 

4.2 

.00 

.0 

100 

-  19.5 

-  22.11 

+     5.94 

28.  05 

77.68 

78.93 

3.2 

.00 

.0 

In  the  direct  and  invert  polarizations  it  is  noted  that  there  is  a  gradual  change  from 
a  "plus"  polarization  to  a  "minus"  polarization,  due  to  the  increase  of  the  glucose 
{  •«  n  outages.  With  reducing  sugars  before  and  after  inversion  there  is  again  a  large 
inrrease  with  the  decrease  of  glucose.  The  difference  in  polarization  of  the  inverted 
solution  at  20°  and  87°,  as  shown  in  column  4,  increases  from  8.14  to  28.05.  C.  A. 
Browne  found  that  nearly  95  per  cent  of  his  samples  of  pure  honey  showed  a  difference 
rangn  >aml  the  lowest  was  about  20.  Taking  23  as  a  low  figure,  a  mixture 

"i  I"  |"T  i -i -tit  «'f  -jlurose  with  honey  would  not  be  considered  adulterated.  If,  how- 
ever, the  natural  honey  had  not  shown  such  a  high  difference,  viz,  28.05,  then  10  per 
rent  would  be  easily  detected  by  this  figure;  but  by  adding  up  to  5  per  cent  this 
difference  is  not  noticeable,  and  also  the  other  analytical  figures  would  not  indicate 
the  presence  of  glucose.  It  is,  however,  easily  distinguishable  when  Beckman's  test 
is  applied  t«>  the  honey  In  fact,  with  the  addition  of  as  low  as  1  per  cent  of  glucose, 
its  presence  .an  I.e  recognized  by  this  test,  especially  if  the  dextrins  are  precipitated 
by  alrohol  and  then  <li>sol\ed  in  water,  thereby  concentrating  them. 

In  the  la.^t  three  columns  of  the  table  the  results  of  determining  per  cents  of  glucose 
by  the  three  different  methods  are  given.  It  is  seen  that  the  method  proposed  by 
Browne  gives  the  figures  closest  to  the  actual  mixture.  Obviously  in  honey  work 
Beckman's  test  should  l>e  employed  in  all  cases,  and  in  the  hands  of  ordinary  chemists 
after  a  few  trials  it  will  give  good  results. 

As  to  the  need  for  such  a  test,  it  is  a  well-known  fact  that  where  commercial 
insert  su-ar  is  used  in  a  mixture  of  honey,  also  where  honeys  that  crystallize  are 
used,  a  small  percentage  of  glucose  is  quite  often  added  to  prevent  this  crystallization. 
Cases  are  on  record  of  such  mixtures  where  less  than  1  per  cent  of  glucose  was  added. 
The  ii Klin  test  will  indicate  the  presence  of  glucose  down  to  that  amount. 

A I  'ii LT  this  line  the  same  question  comes  up  in  the  examination  of  sirup  and  molasses. 
As  is  well  known,  glucose  is  added  to  these  products  in  large  quantities,  and  again  in 

aZts.  anal.  Them.,  1896,  35  : 267. 


182 


other  cases  it  is  added  in  smaller  quantities  for  the  same  purpose  as  in  the  case  of  honey. 
To  be  able  to  determine  the  small  quantity  is  the  problem. 

In  the  first  place,  molasses  or  sirup  from  cane  may  show  some  polarization  at 
87°  C.  on  the  inverted  solution.  This  polarization  is  generally  to  the  right,  though 
there  are  cases  where  it  was  to  the  left.  This  dextrorotation  may  be  due  to  a  pre- 
ponderance of  dextrose  in  the  reducing  sugars  of  the  sample  due  to  the  easy  decompo- 
sition of  the  levulose  or  may  be  due  to  the  decomposition  products  formed  when  the 
raw  juice  is  being  defecated  with  lime,  or  by  chance  it  might  come  from  a  special  fer- 
mentation of  the  sample  forming  dextran.  However;  it  can  be  said  not  to  be  due  to 
dextrins.  The  normal  polarization  of  sirups  and  molasses  has  been  studied  in  samples 
of  known  purity  from  Louisiana  and  is  given  in  the  following  table: 

Polarization  of  Louisiana  molasses  and  sirup. 
MOLASSES. 


Corrected  invert 

Direct  po- 
larization 
at  20°  C. 

polarization— 

Dry  sub- 
stance. 

At20°C. 

At  87°  C. 

°F. 

°F. 

°V. 

Per  cent. 

40.8 

-20.  24 

+2.2 

80.8 

24.6 

-20.9 

+2.2 

7«.8 

26.0 

-18.26 

+3.  52 

76.8 

42.4 

-16.94 

+2.42 

78.2 

52.4 

-16.28 

+2.20 

69.1 

55.6 

-13.59 

+4.18 

69.6 

39.6 

-18.04 

+2.  20 

80.8 

39.6 

-17.82 

+2.20 

79.0 

44.0 

-17.16 

+2.64 

72.0 

42.0 

-17.60 

+2.42 

73.8 

42.4 

-17.27 

+3.52 

76.1 

41.6 

-16.94 

+3.% 

74.0 

52.4 

-17.60 

+3.52 

76.1 

26.6 

-19.8 

.00 

78.1 

50.8 

-25.08 

+1.  10 

87.5 

22.6 

-16.72 

+3.96 

84.1 

41.6 

-14.74 

+  1.10 

75.0 

45.6 

-15.4 

+2.20 

78.0 

SIRUP. 


48.4 
54.0 
50.2 

-17.6 
-18.7 
-12.1 

+1.98 
+3.30 
+6.16 

74.3 
68.3 

50  4 

—  14  3 

+  1  76 

61.8 

-16.5 

+2.20 

Average  .  . 

+2.65 

Maximum 

+6.16 

Minimum 

0.00 

It  is  noted  that  the  average  is  +2.65,  the  minimum  0.00,  and  maximum  +6.16. 
The  sample  giving  +6.16  was  badly  fermented,  hence  its  high  figure.  There  remain 
about  100  samples  to  be  examined,  and  when  these  are  finished  more  definite  figures 
can  be  obtained.  As  far  as  the  work  has  progressed,  about  +5.5  is  the  maximum  for 
the  invert  reading  at  87°  C.  The  iodin  method  spoken  of  in  the  honey  work  can  be  used 
here,  but  the  sample  must  receive  some  previous  treatment  before  applying  the  test. 
Ten  grams  of  the  sample  can  be  diluted  with  a  little  water  (if  the  sample  be  a  molasses), 
and  shaken  with  95  per  cent  alcohol,  adding  a  little  at  a  time  with  shaking.  The  pre- 
cipitate settles  on  standing.  When  settled,  pour  off  the  alcohol,  add  a  little  water  to 
dissolve  the  precipitate,  heating  if  necessary,  and  then  reprecipitate  with  95  per  cent 
alcohol.  Repeat  a  number  of  times.  If  the  solution  of  this  material  in  water  is  still 
dark  in  color,  filter  through  charcoal,  or,  better,  add  a  drop  of  hydrochloric  acid  and 


183 

reprccipitate  the  dextrins  with  alcohol.  Wash  the  precipitate  with  95  per  cent 
alcohol,  finally  dissolve  in  water,  and  then  test  with  iodin.  A  blank  of  pure  water 
should  also  be  treated  with  the  same  quantity  of  iodin  solution  and  run  with  the  test. 
A  positive  test  of  erythro-dextrin  or  amylo-dextrin  is  sufficient  proof  of  the  presence  of 
commercial  glucose. 

Mr.  Davidson,  as  chairman  of  the  committee  to  present  the  ques- 
tion of  the  unification  of  terms  to  the  International  Congress  of 
Applied  Chemistry,  stated  that  the  committee  would  present  the 
question  according  to  their  instructions  at  the  meeting  to  be  held 
Max  _".>,  1909,  and  report  the  results  to  the  association  at  its  subse- 
quent annual  meeting. 

REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE  A  ON  RECOMMENDATIONS  OF  REFEREES. 

By  R.  J.  DAVIDSON,  Chairman. 

NITROGEN. 

Two  recommendations  (Nos.  2  and  4,  Circular  38,  p.  1)  made  by  the  referee  in  1907, 
and  referred  to  the  referee  for  1908,  in  regard  to  the  use  of  copper  sulphate  in  the 
Kjeldahl  and  ilunnini:  methods,  were  again  recommended  for  final  action  and  were 
adopted.  These  changes  in  the  official  methods  read  as  follows: 

(1)  Bull. M in   i()7,  revised,   page  6,  line  4,  under  "(3)  Determination,"  after  the 
words  "sulphuric  arid."  insert:  "From  0.1  to  0.3  gram  of  crystallized  copper  sulphate 
may  also  be  used  in  addition  to  the  mercury  or  in  lieu  of  it." 

(2)  Bulletin   107,  revised,  page  7,  line  4,  under  "(3)  Determination,"  after  the 
words  "sulphuric  arid."  insert:  "FromO.l  to  0.3  gram  of  crystallized  copper  sulphate 
may  also  be  added." 

Recommendations  (3)  and  (4)  offered  by  the  referee  for  adoption  were  modified  as 
follows  and  proposed  by  the  committee  for  further  work,  which  latter  recommendation 
was  adopted: 

Bulletin  107,  revised,  page  8,  fourth  line,  after  the  word  "time"  insert:  "Allow 
i he  Hawk  to  stand  without  heat  for  not  less  than  six  hours  or  for  a  shorter  time  with 
shaking  at  n  -iilar  interval-." 

(4)  Bulletin  107,  n-vised,  page  8,  under  "(3)  Determination,"  fifth  line,  after  the 

word  "and."  insert  the  same  sentence  as  in  recommendation  (3).     The  sentence  then 

\.Id  •")  u'ram-  ..i'  thiosulphate  and  allow  the  flask  to  stand  without  heat  for  not 

less  than  six  hours  or  for  a  shorter  time  with  shaking  at  regular  intervals;  then  heat  the 

solution  for  five  minutes."  ete. 

POTASH. 

It  H  recommended 

(1)  That  the  cobalti-nitrite  method  for  potash  be  tested  during  the  coming  year. 
(See  p.  li'l 

Adopted. 

(2)  That  there  be  a  further  trial  of  the  method  involving  the  use  of  ammonium 
h\  droxid  and  ammonium  oxalate  in  the  preparation  of  the  solution  in  the  determina- 
tion of  the  potash  in  potash  salts,  as  compared  with  the  present  method  of  direct 
precipitation  of  the  potash  without  the  use  of  the  reagents  mentioned. 

Adopted. 

The  referee  stated  that  he  had  not  been  able  to  take  up  the  extensive  investigations 
thai  would  be  necessary  in  attempting  to  define  available  potash,  and  offered  the 
following  resolution,  which  was  adopted  by  the  association: 

Resolved,  That  in  view  of  the  fact  that  practically  the  entire  available  time  of  the 
referee  on  potash  is  needed  for  the  study  of  analytical  methods,  the  investigation  of 


184 

the  question  of  determining  what  should  be  designated  as  "available  potash,"  pro- 
vided for  in  a  resolution  adopted  in  1906,  be  undertaken  by  a  special  referee  or  associate 
referee. 

PHOSPHORIC  ACID. 
It  is  recommended — 

(1)  That  the  recommendation  of  1907  be  repeated,  namely,  that  the  referee  on 
phosphoric  acid  shall  take  up  for  report,  at  the  next  meeting  of  the  association,  methods 
applicable   under  American   conditions   to   the   official   examination   of  basic   slag 
phosphates. 

Adopted. 

(2)  That  the  referee  make  a  further  study  of  methods  for  the  preparation  of  neutral 
ammonium  citrate. 

Adopted. 

(3)  That  the  referee  investigate  the  amount  of  wash  water  to  be  employed  in  the 
treatment  of  the  residue  from  the  ammonium  citrate  digestion. 

This  recommendation  was  amended  to  include  a  study  of  the  manner  of  filtering 
and  was  so  adopted. 

INORGANIC  PLANT  CONSTITUENTS. 
It  is  recommended — 

(1)  That  the  method  for  the  separation  of  iron  and  aluminum  offered  as  an  official 
method  be  referred  to  the  referee  for  1909  for  final  recommendation.     (See  p.  93.) 

Adopted. 

(2)  That  further  work  be  done  on  the  sodium  peroxid  method  for  the  determination 
of  total  sulphur  in  plants  and  plant  products  (Bulletin  107,  p.  23). 

Adopted. 

SOILS. 
It  is  recommended — 

(1)  That  the  modified  J.  L.  Smith  method  for  total  potassium  be  adopted  as  a  pro- 
visional method  and  be  further  studied.     (Circular  32,  p.  4.) 

This  recommendation  was  adopted  in  the  modified  form,  as  presented  by  the  com- 
mittee, the  referee  having  recommended  its  adoption  as  an  optional  method. 

(2)  That  the  sodium  peroxid  fusion  for  total  phosphorus  be  continued  as  a  pro- 
visional method  and  be  further  tested.     (Bulletin  105,  p.  145.) 

This  recommendation  also  was  adopted  in  the  form  presented  by  the  committee, 
the  referee  having  recommended  the  adoption  of  the  method  as  official. 

(3)  That  the  magnesium  nitrate  method  for  total  phosphorus  be  adopted  as  a  pro- 
visional method  and  be  further  tested.     (See  p.  115.) 

Adopted. 

(4)  That  the  Knorr  method  for  the  determination  of  carbonates  in  soils  be  further 
studied.     (Wiley's  Principles  and  Practice  of  Agricultural  Analysis,  vol.  1,  ed.  1894, 
p.  338;  ed.  1906,  p.  380.) 

Adopted. 

CONVERSION    TABLES. 

Five  conversion  tables,  submitted  by  W.  J.  Gascoyne,  of  Balti- 
more, Md.,  for  the  consideration  of  the  association,  were  referred  to 
Committee  A,  which  recommended  that  the  whole  question  of  the 
adoption  of  such  tables  be  referred  to  a  special  committee,  and  after 
some  discussion  the  matter  was  referred  to  the  standing  committee 
on  revision  of  methods. 


185 


REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE  ON   FERTILIZER    LEGISLATION. 

Tin-  report  of  thr  committee  of  last  year  could  not  be  sent  out  to  interested  parties 
until  Saturday,  .November  7,  1908.  This,  of  course,  rendered  it  impossible  to  get 
any  definite  statements  respecting  the  tentative  definitions  of  fertilizers  and  of  mis- 
branding  and  adulteration.  A  number  of  replies  have  been  received,  however,  a 
few  of  which,  representing  their  general  tenor,  are  submitted. 

In  tin-  ,  -in  •mnstam  •«•>,  therefore,  the  committee  begs  to  report  that  it  is  desirable 
to  postpone  further  action  in  regard  to  this  important  matter  until  the  next  meeting 
of  tin-  association.  By  that  time  the  views  of  state  officials,  manufacturers,  and 
farmers  on  the  tentative  definitions,  etc.,  can  be  received  and  fully  digested  and 
placed  in  shape  for  consideration.  The  committee  therefore  recommends  that  it  be 
continued  with  this  report  of  progress  for  the  purpose  of  a  further  study,  in  view  of 
the  criticisms  which  may  be  received  on  the  definitions  which  have  been  submitted. 

H.  W.  WILEY. 

H.  B.  MCDONNELL. 

B.  B.  Ross. 

[The  t.  -iitativc  definition.-  referred  to  in  the  report  are  as  follows,  together  with 
•nuiH'iits  <>n  the  same  received  at  the  time  of  the  meeting.] 


I  i  \i.\n\  K  I  M:UM  i  I..NS  OK  FKKTILIZERS  AND  OP  MISBRANDING  AND  ADULTERATION. 

A    fertili/.er  shall  be  defined  as  any  simple,  compound,  or  mixed  material, 

prepared  f,,r  the  purpose  of  selling,  or  sold,  or  offered  for  sale,  to  be  applied  to  the 

-.>il  it-*  nouri-hment  for  plants,  or  a»  a  modifier  of  the  soil  in  any  respect  in  its  relation 

ti.  i  In-  LT"\\  th  of  plant.-      Th.-  term  "fertilizer  material"  (or  ingredients)  shall  include 

plant  -food  material  which  is  utilized,  or  intended  to  be  utilized,  in  the  manu- 

re, preparation,  or  mixing  of  the  fertilizers  defined  above. 

(2)  A  lertili/.er,  or  fertili/.er  material  (or  ingredient),  shall  be  deemed  to  be  adulter- 
ated 

(a)  If  the  percentage  of  any  of  its  ingredients  fall  materially  below  the  professed 
standard  under  which  it  is  sold,  whether  this  standard  appear  as  a  label  upon  the 
package  or  at*  a  guaranty  in  any  other  way  by  the  vendor  thereof. 

(b)  If  any  of  the  ingredients  thereof  have  an  origin  other  than  that  indicated  upon 
the  ;  r  guaranteed  in  any  other  way  by  the  vendor  thereof. 

(c)  If  any  "t  the  iujn-dicnts  of  the  fertilizer,  or  fertilizer  material,  be  in  a  state  of 
combination  dim-rent  from  that  indicated  by  the  label  or  guaranteed  by  the  vendor 
ther- 

\  fertili/er,  or  fertili/er  material,  shall  be  deemed  as  misbranded: 

(a)  I  f  any  false  name  or  misleading  statement  or  design  or  device  be  affixed  to  any 
package  thereof  ..r  used  in  any  way  as  a  representation  of  the  materials  thereof  by  the 
vend 

(b)  If  any  false  or  misleading  statement  respecting  the  origin  of  the  material  be 
made  UIHUI  the  label,  or  any  statement  or  guaranty  of  the  vendor. 

(c)  If  any  false  or  misleading  statement  be  made  upon  the  label,  or  by  the  vendor, 
n'spectini:  the  country  or  origin  of  the  materials  of  which  the  fertilizer  is  composed. 

(d)  If  any  fal-e  ..r  inisleadiiu:  statement  be  made  on  the  label,  or  by  the  vendor, 
tin-.:  the  virtues  or  qualities  of  the  fertilizer  or  the  materials  composing  it. 

(e)  If  sold  umlerany  false  name  or  appellation,  whether  such  name  appear  upon  the 
package  or  label  or  be  given  to  the  article  by  the  vendor  thereof  . 

I  f  it  be  an  imitation  of  or  offered  for  sale  under  the  name  of  another  fertilizer  or 
fertili/.er  material. 

COMMENTS. 

(1)  Definition  (1)  includes  land  plaster,  ground  limestone,  etc.     I  would  hardly 

r-  the  including  of  such  materials,  as  any  additional  cost  attached  to  such  a  sub- 

stance as  ground  limestone  would  operate  seriously  against  its  use.     In  this  State  we 

do  not  consider  ground  phosphate  rock  (raw  rock)  among  the  commercial  fertilizers, 

although  its  sale  is  in  no  way  restricted. 


186 

(2)  Would  not  the  association  do  well  to  set  a  limit,  or  at  least  to  suggest  a  limit,  for 
each  of  the  important  plant-food  elements,  below  which  a  guaranteed  constituent 
would  be  considered  as  "materially"  low? — C.  A.  MOOERS,  Tennessee  Station. 

I  have  no  suggestion  or  criticism  to  make  with  regard  to  the  "tentative  definitions 
of  fertilizers  and  of  misbranding  and  adulteration."  They  cover  the  ground  fully  to 
my  mind.  It  is  impossible  to  so  frame  definitions  that  there  will  not  be  a  chance  for 
difference  of  opinion  as  to  what  constitutes  "misleading  statement,  or  design,  or 
device,"  and  the  best  a  law  can  do,  it  seems  to  me,  is  to  lay  down  the  general  principles 
and  leave  it  to  the  judgment  of  the  individual  officer  in  charge  of  the  inspection  work 
to  decide  whether  the  law  in  special  cases  has  been  Violated  as  to  misbranding.  The 
recommendation  of  the  committee  as  to  work  in  the  future  would  seem  to  be  along  the 
lines  that  give  most  promise  of  carrying  the  matter  to  a  successful  issue. — F.  W.  WOLL, 
Wisconsin  Station. 

Owing  to  the  brief  time  in  which  to  mak3  a  reply,  I  have  only  a  few  suggestions  to 
make. 

Definition  1  is  more  comprehensive  than  in  most  of  the  state  fertilizer  acts,  and  is 
evidently  framed  to  include  not  only  all  materials  sold  as  fertilizer,  but,  as  well,  air 
amendments.  I  confess  I  have  considerable  doubts  about  the  wisdom  of  legislation 
so  comprehensive  at  this  time  lest  it  too  greatly  encumber  purely  domestic  exchanges. 
My  present  inclination  is  to  prefer  rather  a  law  that  takes  into  account  only  what  are 
commonly  recognized  as  commercial  fertilizers. 

I  realize  that  there  is  considerable  interstate  traffic  in  certain  lime  products,  as 
amendments,  and  that  there  is  a  possibility  that  abuse  may  spring  up  in  this  trade,  but 
could  it  not  be  reached  specifically  rather  than  indirectly  by  including  all  amend- 
ments. The  definition  proposed  is  so  broad  that  a  carload  of  sand  becomes  a  fertilizer 
if  the  sand  is  to  be  applied  to  affect  the  condition  of  the  soil.  The  same  is  true  of  a 
carload  of  coal  ashes  applied  for  purely  physical  effects. 

I  do  not  believe  it  is  a  wise  principle  to  enact  police  legislation  far  beyond  present 
needs. 

In  making  the  above  statements,  I  realize  that  the  definitions  for  adulteration  and 
misbranding  which  follow  definition  1  are  such  that  the  objections  I  have  offered  to 
the  definition  for  the  word  "fertilizer"  may  seem  to  be  unnecessary-,  but  I  take  it 
that  if  these  definitions  are  adopted  it  will  be  for  the  purpose  of  advocating  their 
incorporation  in  future  state  and  national  legislation,  and  that,  in  such  setting,  they 
will  be  accompanied  by  other  clauses  specifying  the  fertilizer  materials  that  must  be 
matters  of  guaranty.  As  soon  as  such  clauses  are  introduced,  the  embarrassments  I 
have  in  mind  are  likely  to  appear. 

I  desire  to  add  that,  in  my  judgment,  the  association,  which  is  not  specifically  an 
organization  charged  with  the  execution  of  fertilizer  acts,  should  not  undertake  the 
formulation  and  recommendation  of  a  national  fertilizer  law,  at  least,  until  a  full  and 
formal  conference  shall  have  been  had  with  the  fertilizer  control  executive  officials 
of  the  several  States. — WM.  FREAR,  Pennsylvania  Station. 

*  I  certainly  think  this  law  would  be  an  advantage,  especially  to  the  manu- 
facturers, as  there  would  be  uniformity  in  all  of  the  States.  As  the  case  is  now  many 
of  the  fertilizer  manufacturers  are  required  to  get  out  separate  printed  matter  for 
many  of  the  States.  However,  I  do  not  believe  the  control  of  sale  of  fertilizers  should 
go  outside  of  the  State  in  which  sold,  as  I  believe  it  can  be  looked  after  much  better  by 
men  who  are  in  close  proximity  to  the  places  where  fertilizers  are  handled.  *  *  * — 
T.  L.  CALVERT,  Ohio  Department  of  Agriculture. 

On  most  of  the  recommendations  I  am  heartily  in  accord  with  the  views  of  the  com- 
mittee. In  section  1,  which  defines  a  fertilizer  and  fertilizer  material,  it  seems  to  me 
that  some  specific  exemptions  should  be  made.  For  instance,  there  are  on  sale  in 
this  State  for  the  purpose  of  soil  improvement  prepared  lime,  limestone,  land  plaster, 
and  marl,  and  hence  our  law  expressly  exempts  barnyard  manure,  lime,  wood  ashes, 
and  plaster  when  sold  under  their  respective  names.  From  the  definition  prepared 
by  the  committee  there  would  no  doubt  arise  the  question  as  to  whether  such  materials 
should  not  properly  be  included  under  a  fertilizer  law  based  on  this  definition.  This 
point  may  not  be  well  taken.  I  merely  offer  it  for  your  consideration. 

In  a  under  2  the  question  would  naturally  arise  as  to  what  is  meant  by  "materially 
under  the  guaranty,"  and  the  interpretation  of  this  term  would  be  left  solely  to  the 
judgment  of  the  official  in  charge  of  fertilizer  control.  If  it  is  possible  to  do  so,  I 
believe  some  definite  statement  as  to  what  should  be  considered  a  material  deficiency 
in  any  ingredient  should  be  made,  such  a  statement  being  based  on  the  guaranteed 
content.  That  is,  if  the  fertilizer  was  guaranteed  to  contain  a  certain  percentage  of 
ammonia,  available  phosphoric  acid,  and  potash,  a  deficiency  exceeding  a  certain  per 


187 

..f   the  'guaranty  would    be  considered  as  indicating  intent  to  defraud. — W.  J. 
JDSKS.  Jr.,  Imliana  Station. 

My  main  criticism,  other  than  those  which  are  incorporated  in  the  reprint 
as  emanating  from  me,  would  be  as  to  2a.  I  believe  that  there  should  be  added  a 
I>n>\  i-ii  as  follou.-: 

••  1'roi  ulxl,  That  if  there  should  be  a  sufficient  excess  of  other  ingredients  over  the 
LMiaranty  statement  to  make  good  the  commercial  equivalent  of  the  promised  plant 
food,  the  material  may  not  be  deemed  adulterated."  You  will  notice  that  I  have 
put  the  verb  in  the  permissive  rather  than  the  mandatory  form,  so  as  to  leave  it  in 
the  discretion  of  the  inspecting  officer  to  say  whether  the  proviso  should  or  should  not 
hold  in  a  given  case.  I  should  strongly  urge,  however,  before  any  goods  are  branded 
as  adulterate.!  under  this  act,  that  resampling  and  reanalyzing  should  be  resorted 
to.  .1.  !..  HIII.S,  Vermont  Station. 

\Ve  are  heartily  in  favor  of  the  enactment  of  a  national  fertilizer-control  law,  that 
would  furnish  a  broad,  scientific,  and  economical  guide  on  this  subject  to  state  law- 
makers. The  law  should  provide  for  actual  experiments  so  that  the  relative  value 
of  plant  food  from  all  sources  could  be  accurately  shown  without  prejudice.  The 
state  system  of  fertilizer  control  is  all  wrong,  for  the  reason  that  the  men  who  frame 
the  laws  have  not  a  sufficient  knowledge  of  the  subject.  *  *  *  The  great  need  of 
both  the  fertili/er  industry  and  agriculture  is  positive  knowledge  without  selfish 
influence  or  opinions  not  founded  on  facts.  Terms  should  not  be  misleading,  and  the 
e  from  which  the  plant  food  is  derived  should  be  plainly  stated.  To  leave  these 
<|ui -tions  to  the  officials  of  the  various  States  and  the  fertilizer  manufacturers  is  a  case 
.if  allowing  the  tail  to  \\:i.r  the  dog,  and  will  prove  a  very  unsatisfactory  guide. — 
AMI  i  'UcrioN  COMPANY. 


REPORT    OF    COMMITTEE  ON    THE    REVISION    OF  METHODS. 
I'.y  .1.  K.  HAYWOOD,  Chairman. 

The  < •onunittee  on  the  revi.-ion  of  methods  presents  as  its  report  Bulletin  107, 
e,l,  which  \\a-  i-ueol  in  July,  1908.  The  committee  was  empowered  at  the  last 
meeting  to  make  -u<  h  changes  in  their  first  revision  (Bui.  107)  as  were  necessary 
to  coordinate  the  method*  and  eliminate  obsolete  procedures.  Such  changes,  together 
with  the  correction  of  typographical  and  other  errors  in  Bulletin  107,  were  made  in 
i-uin-  the  final  n-\  itton.  In  submitting  this  report,  I  wish  to  thank  the  members  of 
the  committee  and  all  thone  who  have  cooperated  in  the  work,  much  patient  and 
detaile.l  lal..,r  having  been  put  on  it. 

Tin-  iv|>mt  wafl  :irrr|>t«'d  and  a  vote  of  thanks  passed  in  recogni- 
tion ..f  ihr  tlion»u«rli  manner  in  which  the  committee  had  discharged 

it-  .'Hire. 

REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE  B  ON  RECOMMENDATIONS  OF  REFEREES. 

P.y  B.  B.  Ross,  Chairman. 

MKDK  INAL  PLANTS  AND  DRUGS. 

It  i.-  r.M •oiimiendcd  . 

(1)  That    the    present    provisional  method  for  assaying  opium  be  made  official. 
(Bui.  ID:,  Rev.,  p.  L'oi 

Adopted. 

That  the  methods  included  in  the  referee's  report  be  made  provisional. 
A.lopted.     (These  methods  were  made  provisional  in  1907,  and  are  only  slightly 
modified  in  this  year's  report.     (See  p.  129.) 

(3)  That  the  method  outlined  in  this  year's  report  for  acetanilid  mixtures  be  further 
,1.  and  that  additional  mixtures  be  tested  by  this  and  such  other  methods  as 
may  be  found  desirable.     (See  p.  100.) 
Adopted. 


188 

(4)  That  macroscopical  and  microscopic  methods  for  examining  drug  products  be 
studied  during  the  coming  year. 

Adopted. 

(5)  That  microchemical  methods  for  the  identification  of  alkaloids  in  drug  products 
be  further  studied. 

Adopted. 

~  (6)  That  other  microchemical  methods  be  tested  to  determine  the  possibility  of 
thus  identifying  medicinal  plant  principles. 

Adopted. 

(7)  That  pharmacological  methods  for  testing  the  quality  of  drug  products  be 
investigated. 

Adopted. 

(8)  That  two  associate  referees  on  medicinal  plants  and  drugs  be  appointed  for  the 
ensuing  year. 

Adopted. 

SUGAR. 
It  is  recommended — 

(1)  That  the  question  of  the  influence  of  precipitants  upon  the  polarization  of 
sugars  be  further  investigated. 

Adopted. 

(2)  That  the  question  of  methods  of  determining  moisture  or  dry  substance  be 
further  investigated,  giving  special  attention  to  the  method  suggested  by  W.   D. 
Home  and  reported  in  the  proceedings  of  1907  (Bui.  116,  pp.  22-23). 

Adopted. 

(3)  That  the  method  of  determining  dry  substance  by  means  of  a  refractometer  and 
Geerligs'  table  be  adopted  provisionally. 

Adopted. 

(4)  That  under  the  method  for  the  determination  of  copper  contained  in  the  pre- 
cipitate of  cuprous  oxid,  pp.  51-53,  Bulletin  107,  Revised,  limit  section  (6),  "Direct 
Weighing  of  Cuprous  Oxid,"  page  53,  by  the  following  insertion:    "This  method 
should  not  be  used  in  determining  reducing  sugars  in  commercial  products,  as  other 
substances  are  precipitated  along  with  the  cuprous  oxid.     In  these  products  the 
copper  of  the  cuprous  oxid  should  be  determined  direct  by  titration  as  in  Low's 
method  (Bui.  107,  Rev.,  p.  241)  or  as  cupric  oxid." 

Referred  to  the  referee  for  1908-9  for  investigation,  with  the  further  recommenda- 
tion that  the  term  "commercial  products"  be  more  closely  defined. 

FOODS  AND  FEEDING  STUFFS. 
It  is  recommended — 

That  the  referee  for  1908-9  take  up  the  question  of  acidity  in  cattle  feeds  and  con- 
sider how  the  results  obtained  by  current  methods  can  be  applied  to  agricultural 
problems. 
Adopted. 

DAIRY  PRODUCTS. 
It  is  recommended — 

(1)  That  the  following  methods  given  in  the  referee's  report  (p.  153)  for  the  analysis 
of  condensed  milk  be  adopted  as  official,  namely:  (1)  Preparation  of  sample;  (2)  total 
solids;   (3)  ash;   (4)  protein;  and  (5)  lactose. 

These  methods  were  referred  to  the  referee  for  1908-9  for  final  recommendation  and 
action  by  the  association  as  to  their  adoption  as  official. 

(2)  That  the  methods  for  the  determination  of  sucrose  in  condensed  milk  by  inversion 
with  citric  acid  and  by  inversion  with  hydrochloric  acid  be  investigated  by  the 
referee  for  the  ensuing  year. 

Adopted. 


189 

(3)  That  the  determination  of  fat  in  condensed  milk  be  studied,  special  attention 
beinir  given  to  solutions  of  less  than  20  per  cent  concentration. 

Adopted. 

That  the  New  Babcock  standard,  proposed  by  E.  B.  Holland  and  referred  to 
Committee  B,  be  referred  to  the  referee  for  1908-9. 

Adopted. 

This  contemplated  standard"  is  as  follows: 

NKW    BABCOCK    STANDARD. 

SECTION  1.  The  unit  of  graduation  for  all  Babcock  glassware  shall  be  the  true 
cubic  centimeter  lO.'.c.^x,  gram  of  water  at  4°  C.). 

With  bottles,  the  capacity  of  each  per  cent  on  the  scale  shall  be  two-tenths 

cubic   centimeter. 

(6)  With  pipettes  and  acid  measures,  the  delivery  shall  be  the  intent  of  the  gradua- 
tion and  the  graduation  shall  be  read  with  the  bottom  of  the  meniscus  in  line  with 
the  mark. 

SKC.  '2.  The  official  method  for  testing  Babcock  bottles  shall  be  calibration  with 
men  -ury  i  !:;.">  17  I  _' rams  of  clean,  dry  mercury  at  20°  C.,  carefully  weighed  on  analytical 
balances,  to  be  equal  to  5  per  cent  on  the  scale),  the  bottle  being  previously  filled  to 
/..-P.  \\iih  mercury. 

<  >pti'>nal  m.-ihod-:  The  mercury  and  cork,  alcohol  and  burette,  and  alcohol 
and  brass  plunder  methods  may  be  employed  for  the  rapid  testing  of  Babcock  bottles, 
but  the  accuracy  <>f  all  que>tionable  bottles  shall  be  determined  by  the  official  method. 
1.  The  ..llii  ial  method  for  testing  pipettes  and  acid  measures  shall  be  calibra- 
tion by  meaMiriiiL:  in  a  bun-He  th«'  quantity  of  water  (at  20°  (\)  delivered. 

Tin-  limit    >i  error  I  '»r  Babcock  bottles,  it  shall  be  the  smallest  gradua- 

tion <>ii  tin-  -ale,  hut  in  ii<>  case  -hall  it  exceed  five-tenths  (0.5)  percent,  or  for  skim 
milk  b-.nl.-  «.ni-  hundredth  (0.01)  percent. 

(6)  Kor  full  quantity  pip.-ti.-.  it  shall  not  exceed  one-tenth  (0.1)  cubic  centimeter, 
and  I'T  fractional  pipette-  li  ve-hundredths  (0.05)  cubic  centimeter. 

(c)  For  acid  i  it  -hall  n<>t  exceed  two-tenths  (0.2)  cubic  centimeter. 

REPORT  OF  COMMITTEE  ON  RESOLUTIONS. 

1..  I..  VAN  SLYKE,  Chairman. 

(1)  Jton/m/,  That  we  express  to  Professor  Snyder  our  appreciation  of  the  able 
and  rourt i<  manner  in  which  he  has  presided  over  the  deliberations  of  the  con- 
vention. 

AV.SO/M./.  That  whereas  a  national  bill  to  regulate  the  composition  and  sale  of 
iiiMM-tiri.l**  and  fun-ji.  i,l,-<  has  been  recently  drawn  up  by  a  committee  composed  of 
members  of  the  ASS.H -iation  of  Kconomic  Entomologists,  manufacturers  of  insecticides, 
and  a-ricultural  «-h,-mi.-t-  int.-r.-te<:l  in  insecticide  and  fungicide  analysis,  which  bill 
will  be  presented  to  Coi^ren  I'-T  approval  and  passage;  the  Association  of  Official 
A-ricultural  <  h.-miM-  doefl  lu-reby  express  its  approval  of  national  legislation  on  this 
Mil.je.-t.  which  lei:i>lati..n  it  is  believed  will  be  of  inestimable  service  in  protecting 
the  farmin-  community  a<  well  as  the  legitimate  manufacturer  and  in  unifying  state 
und  fungicide  laws. 

ivpot-t  «.f  tlir  c..tniiiittee  was  approved. 

a  For  further  discussion  of  this  standard,  see  Twentieth  Annual  Report  of  the 
Mawachusetts  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  January,  1908,  p.  113. 


190 


APPOINTMENT  OF  COMMITTEE   ON    THE  REVISION  OF  METHODS 
AND  RECOMMENDATIONS  OF  REFEREES. 

Mr.  BIGELOW.  It  seems  best  in  appointing  this  permanent  com- 
mittee to  consider  first  the  members  of  the  editorial  committee 
which  had  charge  of  the  revision  of  the  methods  last  year,  and  to 
appoint  those  who  have  so  served  for  a^hort  time  and  the  newer 
members  for  a  longer  period.  With  this  in  view  I  will  appoint — 

To  serve  one  year,  J.  K.  Haywood,  F.  P.  Veitch,  and  L.  .M.  Tolman. 

To  serve  two  years,  J.  P.  Street,  F.  W.  Woll,  and  A.  L.  Winton. 

To  serve  three  years,  B.  B.  Ross,  E.  M.  Chace,  and  C.  D.  Howard. 

Mr.  Haywood  will  serve  as  chairman  of  the  whole  committee,  \vhich 
is  to  be  subdivided  as  follows: 

Committee  A — Messrs.  Haywood  (chairman),  Street,  and  Ross. 

Committee  B — Messrs.  Woll  (chairman),  Veitch,  and  Chace. 

Committee  C — Messrs.  Winton  (chairman),  Tolman,  and  Howard. 

Mr.  W.  H.  Bowker  spoke  at  some  length,  urging  the  association  to 
adopt  some  method  for  the  estimation  of  available  potash,  as  had 
been  done  in  the  case  of  available  phosphoric  acid,  calling  attention 
to  the  necessity  for  such  action  in  conserving  valuable  by-products 
and  furthering  the  interests  of  economic  agriculture.  The  impor- 
tance of  this  question  had  been  already  recognized  by  the  association 
by  creating  a  special  refereeship  for  the  consideration  of  the  question 
of  available  potash,  as  recommended  by  the  chairman  of  Com- 
mittee A. 

The  place  and  time  of  meeting  for  the  convention  of  1909  was 
referred  to  the  executive  committee. 

As  it  appeared  from  the  special  programme  prepared  for  Monday 
that  nearly  all  of  the  papers  were  on  the  subject  of  food  adulteration, 
it  was  moved  and  carried  that  the  association  meet  as  a  whole,  not 
in  sections,  as  originally  contemplated. 

The  association  adjourned  to  meet  at  9  o'clock  on  Monday. 


KOLJRXH    DAY. 

MONDAY— MORNING  SESSION. 

The  a>s(M-iatioji  convened  at  9  o'clock  for  the  reading  of  special 
papers  in  accordance  with  the  resolution  adopted  in  1907.  Mr. 
Toll  nan,  as  chairman  of  Section  C,  presided. 


METHODS  RELATING  TO  THE  RATE  OF  DECOMPOSITION 
OF  ORGANIC  MATTER  IN  THE  SOIL. 

By  JACOB  G.  LIPMAN. 

<  'hemi- -ally  con-ideretl,  humus  is  a  comparatively  inert  substance;  biologically  con- 
-idere.l.  n  i0  readily  Buaceptible  to  a  wide  range  of  modification.  The  host  of  bacteria, 
fun-i.  aii-1  yeasta  that  inhabit  it  find  no  difficulty  in  inducing  its  transformation,  which, 
in  t  urn,  reacts  mi  the  growth  <if  crops.  In  so  far  as  the  bacteria  and  other  microorgan- 
i-m~  'i  ih-  -  il  titnl  suitable  conditions  of  moisture,  temperature,  aeration,  and  chem- 
ical •  -Mil.-! inn ii in,  tin-  humus  will  decay  rapidly.  In  so  far  as  these  conditions  are 
unsuitable,  the  decomposition  will  he  slow;  and  the  supply  of  available  nitrogen,  and 
prohahh  «>i'  phosphorus  and  potassium  also,  will  be  but  meager.  This  fact  was  well 
appreciated  even  bef,,r«-  the  function  of  bacteria  in  the  soil  was  recognized,  as  may  be 
seen,  for  instance,  from  some  experiments  by  Boussingault  and  Loewy  «  published  in 

Tin-  recognition  of  humus  OH  an  important  factor  in  crop  production  &  has  led  logically 
to  tin-  analytical  study  of  its  decomjxwition  products  and  their  quantitative  deter- 
minatioii.  Carbon  dioxid.  anunonia,  and  nitrates  seemed  important  among  these  de- 
< •<mi{>ositio!i  products  not  merely  because  of  their  indirect  or  direct  action  as  sources  of 
plant  I'M  id.  but  because  of  their  value  as  indicatorsof  quantitative  reactions.  Students 
:1-  tried  t"  establish  a  possible  relation  between  the  productive  power  of  soils  and 
their  content  <>f  carbon  dioxid,  ammonia,  or  nitrates.  We  need  only  mention  here  in 
passing  the  investigations  ..f  Iloiissingault  and  Loewy,c  and  of  von  Fodor,<i  as  bearing 
on  the  pr.  .irbon  dioxid  in  soil  air;  the  rather  careful  work  of  Baumann  f  on 

the  determination  ami  presence  of  ammonia  in  soils;  and  the  examination  by  Bous- 
singault '  of  various  soils  for  their  content  of  nitrates. 

oMemoire  sur  la  Composition  do  1'Air  Confine  dans  la  Terre  Vegetale,  Ann.  chimie 
physique.  1853  (3),  50:3. 

tebig,  I  Me  <  'hemie  iii  ihrer  Anwendung  auf  Agricultur  und  Physiologic,  9th  ed., 
Kraunschwei-.  |s7ii,  p.  •_»»;. 

cLoc.  cit. 

<l  Deutsche  Vierteljahrschrift  offentl.  Gesundheitspflege,  1875,  7:205-237. 

'  Ueber  die  Bestimmung  des  im  Boden  enthaltenen  Ammoniak-Stickstoffes  und 
iiber  die  Menge  des  assimilierbaren  Stickstoffes  im  unbearbeiteten  Boden,  Habilita- 
tions-Schrift.  Berlin,  1886. 

/  Agronomic,  chimie  agricole  et  physiologic,  3d  ed.,  2 :40. 

(191) 


192 

The  evidence  gathered  by  these  earlier  investigators  shows  a  distinct,  though  not 
always  uniform,  relation  between  the  productive  power  of  soils  and  their  content  of 
carbon  dioxid,  of  ammonia,  or  of  nitrates.  We  note  that  the  air  of  fertile  soil  usually 
contains  more  carbon  dioxid  than  the  air  of  unproductive  soil.  Similarly,  the  fertile 
soils  contain,  as  a  rule,  more  ammonia  and  more  nitrate  than  unproductive  soils.  But 
even  admitting  this,  it  seems  hardly  practicable  to  draw  definite  conclusions  as  to  the 
future  behavior  of  a  soil  from  its  content  of  the  substances  in  question.  The  amount 
of  carbon  dioxid  in  the  soil  air  is  an  indication  of  oxidation  changes  already  accom- 
plished, but  not  necessarily  a  guide  to  future  oxidation  intensity.  The  organic  con- 
stituents of  the  humus,  as  well  as  the  character  of  the  microorganisms,  may  have  been 
modified  to  preclude  rapid  oxidation.  In  the  same  way  the  quantity  of  ammonia  in 
the  soil  is  only  a  measure  of  past  performance,  and  a  very  inadequate  measure  at  that. 
As  a  transition  product  ammonia  may  be  speedily  oxidized  to  nitrates,  or  it  may  be 
transformed  into  protein  substances  by  plants  or  fungi.  Hence  the  quantity  of  am- 
monia present  at  any  time  in  cultivated  soil  can  not  even  serve  to  indicate  past  intensity 
of  ammonia  formation.  As  to  nitrates,  they,  too,  are  not  stable  in  the  soil.  Like  am- 
monia, they  may  be  utilized  by  higher  plants,  or  by  bacteria,  yeasts,  and  molds  for  the 
production  of  new  protein  compounds.  They  may  likewise  be  destroyed  by  denitri- 
fying bacteria,  or  they  may  be  leached  out  of  the  soil  by  excessive  rainfall.  In  a  word 
then,  the  amounts  of  carbon  dioxid,  ammonia,  and  nitrates  in  field  soil  are  but  an 
incomplete  measure  of  past  performance  and  a  very  inadequate  guide  as  to  future 
efficiency. 

The  better  understanding  of  the  functions  of  humus,  which  has  gradually  come  in 
the  wake  of  bacteriological  investigations,  has  suggested  new  methods  for  the  study  of 
organic  matter  and  its  transformation  in  the  soil.  In  experiments  like  those  of 
Wollny,0  or  in  the  more  recent  experiments  of  Stoklasa  and  Ernest,  &  the  evolution  of 
carbon  dioxid  from  soils  kept  under  definite  experimental  conditions  has  been  em- 
ployed as  a  measure  of  the  activities  of  the  soil  bacteria  and  of  the  susceptibility  of  the 
humus  to  decay.  The  same  purpose  has  been  accomplished  in  the  experiments  of 
Russell,  c  and  of  Darbishire  and  Russell,**  by  measuring  the  absorption  of  oxygen 
instead  of  the  evolution  of  carbon  dioxid.  These  methods  enable  us,  therefore,  to 
study  the  possible  future  behavior  of  the  humus  compounds  under  given  conditions. 
In  other  words,  we  are  enabled  to  secure  some  information  concerning  the  relative 
availability  of  the  constituents  in  the  soil  humus.  For  instance,  it  was  found  by 
Stoklasa  and  Ernest  in  a  comparison  of  several  soils  that  the  average  daily  production 
of  carbon  dioxid  in  1,000  grams  of  soil  ranged  from  17.5  to  nearly  60  milligrams.  More 
carbon  dioxid  was  produced  by  the  soil  than  by  the  subsoil,  the  aerobic  activities  being 
more  prominent  in  the  former,  the  anaerobic  activities  in  the  latter.  Similarly,  at 
35°  C.  about  twice  as  much  carbon  dioxid  was  produced  as  at  20°  C.  Darbishire  and 
Russell  found  that  in  a  number  of  untreated  soils  examined  the  absorption  of  oxygen 
in  nine  days  ranged  from  6  to  27  millimeters. 

Analogous  attempts  at  measuring  the  rate  of  decay  of  soil  humus  and  of  other 
organic  materials  have  been  made,  not  by  determining  the  oxidation  products  of 
the  carbon  but  of  the  nitrogen  in  the  soil  humus.  It  was  well  known  that  ammonia 
almost  invariably  appears  as  one  of  the  products  in  the  oxidation  of  nitrogenous 
materials  of  organic  origin.  It  was  likewise  recognized  after  the  convincing  experi- 
ments of  Miintz  and  Coudon  «  that  ammonia  formation  in  the  soil  is  a  biological 

«  J.  Landwirtsch.,  1886,  34  :222. 

&Centrbl.  Bakt.  Para.,  1905,  pt.  II,  14:723;  also  Zts.  Zuckerind.,  Bohmen,  1907, 
57:291. 

cj.  Agr.  Sci.,  1905,  1:260. 

dlbid.,  1907,2:305. 

<  Compt.  rend.  acad.  sci.  Paris,  116  :  395. 


193 

ami  distinct  from  nitrification  proper.  Further  information  was  supplied 
l.y  Man-hal  «  in  his  demonstration  of  the  intense  oxidizing  activities  of  B.  mycoides 
involving  the  formation  of  carbon  dioxid  and  of  ammonia.  It  was  perceived  at 
the  same  time  that  the  quantitative  estimation  of  ammonia  in  the  soil  could  lead 
to  no  definite  conclusion  because  of  the  further  changes  which  ammonia  undergoes 
in  the  soil.  The  same  may  be  said  also  of  the  quantitative  estimation  of  nitrites. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  determination  of  nitrates  in  soils  kept  under  definite  con- 
ditions  promised  to  give  valuable  information  not  only  as  regards  the  rate  of  decom- 
position of  the  soil  humus,  but  also  as  regards  the  availability  of  various  nitrogenous 
fertili/.ers.  It  is  not  surprising,  therefore,  to  find  in  agricultural  literature  a  vast 
amount  of  data  hearing  on  the  formation  and  accumulation  of  nitrates  in  the  soil.& 
We  owe  to  these  investigations  a  broader  point  of  view  and  a  deeper  insight  into 
condition.-  .if  <..il.  climate,  and  cropping  in  so  far  as  they  affect  the  oxidation  of 
organic  mutter  in  the  soil. 

Tin-  many  intcre-iing  facts  brought  to  light  by  various  nitrification  experiments 
served  to  emphasize,  among  other  things,  the  necessity  of  distinguishing  the  indi- 
vidual factor-  more  or  less  prominent  in  the  formation  of  nitrates.  It  seemed  evi- 
dent that,  apart  from  conditions  of  moisture  and  temperature,  the  process  of  nitri- 
tieation  is  dirertly  ufferted  by  at  least  three  important  factors,  viz,  the  physical 
ami  chemical  cnniputution  of  the  inorganic  constituents  of  the  soil;  the  physical 
ami  chemical  composition  of  the  organic  constituents  of  the  soil;  the  character  of 
the  nitrifying,  and  perhaps  of  other  bacteria  present  in  the  soil.  Without  going 
iteld,  wo  may  note  in  this  connection  the  interesting  experiments  of  Withers 
and  Fraps.c 

We  find,  in  the  first  place,  decided  differences  in  the  rate  of  oxidation  of  sub- 
stances like  dried  blood,  cotton-seed  meal,  dried  fish,  tankage,  bat  guano,  bone, 
ami  ammonium  sulphate.  Not  only  were  these  differences  maintained,  but  they 
were  in  more  or  leas  close  agreement  with  the  corresponding  differences  brought 
out  by  digestion  tests  and  vegetation  experiments.  We  find  also  that  the  same 
nitro^enoii-  .-ul»-iaiicw  were  nitrified  to  a  very  unequal  extent  in  different  soils. <* 
:n  live  different  soils  the  proportions  of  nitrate  nitrogen  formed  from 
n-eeed  meal  under  the  conditions  of  the  experiment  were  4.4,  17.6,  22.9,  41.2, 
and  54.8  JMT  cent,  respectively.  Evidently  there  were  wide  divergences  in  the 
phy-ical.  chemical,  ami  Bacteriological  make-up  of  these  soils. 

Hut,  intere-iini:  ua  are  the  facts  just  noted,  we  encounter  in  the  work  of  Withers 
and  Frap-  '  a  fad  which  is  even  more  significant  in  its  bearing  on  the  physiology 
of  nitrification,  namely,  that  in  different  soils  ammonium  sulphate  and  cotton-seed 
meal  are  not  nitrified  in  the  same  order.  The  authors  are  therefore  led  to  conclude 
that  there  may  exi.-i  in  tin-  soil  an  organism  or  organisms  capable  of  oxidizing  or- 
ganic matter  (they  should  have  said  ammonia)  directly  to  nitrites  or  nitrates.  This 
assumption  has  been  strengthened  since  by  the  investigations  of  Kaserer,/  who 
believe-  he  has  fntiml  an  organism  capable  of  changing  ammonia  directly  into  nitrate. 

It  would  hardly  be  safe  to  theorize  too  much  with  these  meager  facts  as  a  basis, 

hut  for  our  purpose  we  may  accept  them  at  their  face  value  in  so  far  as  they  tend 

to  -h..w  the  need  of  differentiation  in  the  study  of  decay  processes.     The  nitrates 

nt  in  the  soil  at  any  time  may  be  but  a  small  fraction  of  the  total  amount  ac- 

«  Bui.  soc.  beige  microsc.,  1893,  p.  83. 

6  t'.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Office  of  Experiment  Stations,  Bui.  194,  p.  57. 

•rth  Carolina  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  Bui.  176,  p.  19. 

«'  North  Carolina  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  Report  of  the  Chemist,  1902-3,  p.  6. 
e North  Carolina  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  Annual  Report,  1901-2,  p.  37. 

•:trbl.  Bakt.  Para.,  1906,  16  [2]  :681. 
7::';7:J— Hull.  l£i— 09 13 


194 

tually  produced.  It  is  well  known  that  processes  are  constantly  at  work  in  the  soil 
unfavorable  to  the  accumulation  of  nitrates.  Entirely  apart  from  possible  losses 
by  leaching,  there  is  the  more  or  less  remote  but  still  real  danger  of  denitrification. 
In  addition  to  this  there  is  the  constant  draft  on  the  store  of  soil  nitrates  by  bac- 
teria, molds,  yeasts,  and  algae,  not  to  mention  higher  plants  when  these  are  included 
in  the  experiment. 

In  view  of  these  facts  the  more  recent  investigations  on  the  decay  of  organic  matter 
in  the  soil  frequently  attempt  at  least  a  partial  differentiation  of  the  single  stages 
of  the  processr  I  am  not  aware  of  systematic  attempts  to  determine  albumoses  and 
peptones  among  the  fragments  of  protein  decomposition  in  the  soil.  There  are, 
however,  systematic  studies  of  ammonia  formation  as  something  independent  of 
nitrite  or  nitrate  formation.  Indeed,  we  have  come  to  accept  the  term  ammoni- 
fication  (or  ammonization)  as  expressing  a  definite  change  or  series  of  changes. 
However,  before  taking  up  the  discussion  of  methods  relating  to  the  study  of  am- 
monification,  nitrification,  and  denitrification  in  the  soil  itself,  it  would  be  proper 
to  consider  here  certain  methods  a  which  deal  with  the  same  reactions  from  a  some- 
what different  standpoint. 

The  methods  in  question  are  based  on  the  changes  which  occur  in  solutions  of 
known  composition  when  inoculated  with  a  given  weight  of  soil.  For  instance, 
a  sterile  solution  of  peptone  or  of  gelatin,  when  inoculated  with  soil,  will  undergo 
decay,  and  a  portion  of  the  organic  nitrogen  will  be  split  off  as  ammonia,  which  can 
be  readily  distilled  off  and  estimated.  Now,  it  happens  that  in  equal  quantities 
of  the  same  solution  inoculated  with  equal  weights  of  different  soils  the  amounts 
of  ammonia  produced  may  differ  widely.  Otherwise  stated,  soils  vary  in  their 
ammonifying  power.  But  since  ammonification  is  a  biological  process,  we  are 
forced  to  the  conclusion  that  the  differences  noted  are  due  either  to  the  unequal 
numbers  of  bacteria  introduced  into  the  sterile  solutions  by  the  different  soils,  or 
to  differences  in  the  species  or  vigor  of  the  organisms,  or  perhaps  to  both.  Be  it 
as  it  may,  the  ammonification  coefficients  show  fairly  constant  characteristics  bear- 
ing a  more  or  less  definite  relation  to  the  productive  capacity  of  the  corresponding 
soils.  Similarly,  solutions  have  been  prepared  to  favor  the  growth  of  nitrifying, 
denitrifying,  or  nitrogen-fixing  bacteria  looking  toward  the  determination  of  the 
nitrifying,  denitrifying,  or  nitrogen-fixing  coefficients  of  soils.  The  latter  methods 
have  not,  on  the  whole,  proved  as  consistent  in  their  results  as  have  the  ammonifica- 
tion methods.  However,  it  would  be  out  of  place  here  to  discuss  them  in  detail,  par- 
ticularly since  they  have  been  considered  elsewhere.6 

On  the  other  hand,  it  would  be  well  worth  while  to  consider  here  the  fundamental 
differences  between  the  methods  just  outlined  and  those  based  on  the  study  of  bac- 
teriological processes  in  the  soil  itself.  We  can  well  appreciate,  of  course,  how  10 
grams  of  one  soil  might  cause  the  production  of  more  ammonia  in  peptone  solutions 
than  10  grams  of  another  soil  under  identical  experimental  conditions.  One  soil 
might  have  two  or  three  times  as  many  ammonifying  bacteria  as  another;  or  it  might 
have  not  only  larger  numbers,  but  also  species  and  individuals  with  a  particularly 
well-developed  power  of  ammonia  formation.  Moreover,  it  appears  quite  logical  to 
assume  that  large  numbers  and  vigorous  species  may  produce  large  quantities  of 
ammonia  in  the  soil  itself  as  well  as  in  the  culture  solutions.  Hence  the  analogy 
between  the  changes  in  suitable  culture  solutions  and  the  returns  from  pot  or  field 
experiments. 

Theoretically,  however,  this  analogy  could  not  always  be  expected  to  exist.  It 
must  be  remembered  that  we  are  dealing  here  with  micro-organisms  entirely  detached 

«U.  S.  Dept.  Agr.,  Office  of  Experiment  Stations,  Bui.  194,  p.  10. 
*>New  Jersey  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  Bui.  210;  Annual  Report,  1905,  p.  225;  1906,  p.  119; 
1907,  p.  186. 


195 

from  their  normal  medium,  the  soil.  By  placing  a  portion  of  the  latter  in  an  artificial 
cult  ure  solution  we  create  entirely  new  conditions  for  the  growth  of  the  bacteria.  Free 
play  is  iriv.-ii  thereby  to  the  establishment  of  new  group  relationships,  and  species 
obscure  in  the  soil  itself  may  come  to  the  front.  Hence  it  may  often  happen,  as  it 
often  does  happen,  that  the  ammonification  coefficients  of  two  soils,  as  indicated  by 
experiments  in  solution,  ' ' umsetzungsversuche, "  as  the  Germans  would  call  them, 
do  not  at  all  correspond  to  actual  conditions.  We  must  therefore  distinguish  here 
between  ammonifying  power  as  referring  to  the  numbers  and  species  of  the  bacteria 
th.-ms.-lv.-.  and  what  Fraps"  has  recently  designated  as  ammonifying  capacity,  as 
referring  to  the  physical  and  chemical  constitution  of  the  soil  as  well  as  to  the  number 
and  species  «>f  its  bacteria. 

Th.'  differentiation  of  the  various  bacteriological  changes  in  the  soil  itself  is  not  a 
simple  matt.-r.  As  already  noted,  the  activities  of  the  decay  bacteria  in  the  soil  can 
not  be  measured  by  estimating  the  quantity  of  ammonia  formed  under  normal  con- 
ditions. Thr  ammonia  nitrogen  does  not  accumulate,  for  reasons  already  noted.  We 
can,  however,  create  conditions  in  the  soil  precluding  the  further  oxidation  of  ammonia. 
This  may  be  accomplish. -<1  by  the  addition  to  the  soil  of  a  sufficient  quantity  of  dextrose 
or  of  other  soluble  carbohydrates,  or  salts  of  certain  organic  acids.  The  same  purpose 
may  be  achieved,  iH>rhaps,  by  skillfully  adjusting  the  reaction  of  the  soil.  By  these 
means  the  ammonifying  bacteria  are  permitted  to  grow  while  the  nitrifying  bacteria 
are  suppressed.  The  ammonia  accumulates  in  the  soil  and  may  be  readily  estimated. 

Th.-  d.-f.-ct  of  this  method  lies  in  the  fact  that  the  formation  of  ammonia  from  the 
soil  humus  is,  analytically,  a  comparatively  slow  process.  A  further  defect  is  due  to  a 
probable  rearrangement  in  the  numbers  and  kinds  of  the  decay  bacteria,  due  to 
th«-  materials  added  or  the  artificial  conditions  created.  As  will  be  seen  presently, 
i  he  first  of  these  defects  may  be  remedied  without  difficulty.  The  second  can  not  be 
.•liminat«-«l  so  easily.  \»-t  is  not  necessarily  fatal  to  the  successful  application  of  the 
method. 

Ammonia  formation  in  the  soil  maybe  greatly  intensified  and  the  simultaneous 
suppression  ..f  nitrification  effected  in  still  another  way.  By  mixing  with  the  soil 
certain  quantities  of  peptone,  of  urea,  or  of  other  nitrogenous  organic  substances  we 
supply  to  the  bacteria  something  from  which  ammonia  may  be  produced  readily  and 
in  comparatively  large  quantities.  At  the  same  time,  the  presence  of  these  substances 
stops  the  growth  of  the  nitrifying  bacteria.  In  the  practical  application  of  this  method 
in  our  laboratory  we  thoroughly  mix  0.5  gram  of  peptone  or  0.25  gram  of  urea  with 
KM)  grams  of  fresh  noil,  transfer  the  mixture  into  a  beaker,  adjust  the  moisture  content 
by  the  addition  of  sterile  water,  cover  the  beaker  with  a  glass  dish,  and  place  it  in  the 
incubator  or  closet.  \\V  usually  sterilize  the  beaker,  peptone,  and  urea  before  they 
are  brought  in  contact  with  the  soil.  The  latter  is  drawn  with  the  customary  pre- 
cautions a -a  in- 1  -ross  contamination.  At  the  end  of  three  or  four  days  the  contents 
of  the  beaker  are  transferred  to  a  2-liter  copper  flask,  about  150  cc  of  water  added,  and 
a  sufficient  quantity  of  magnesium  oxid.  The  distillation  and  titration  of  the  ammonia 
are  performed  in  the  customary  manner. 

Similarly,  we  may  study  nitrate  formation  in  the  soil  itself  by  placing  weighed 
quantities  of  the  latter  in  beakers  and  maintaining  suitable  moisture  and  temperature 
conditions.  At  the  end  of  four  weeks  (or  of  longer  intervals,  if  desired)  the  soil  is 
leached  ami  the  nitrites  and  nitrates  determined  in  the  teachings.  In  order  to  in- 
tensify the  nitrification  processes  we  may  add  to  the  soil  weighed  quantities  of  ammo- 
nium salts  or  of  organic  nitrogenous  substances.  The  quantities  of  nitrate,  which  is  the 
end  product  of  various  bacteriological  activities,  may  serve  to  gauge  the  comparative 
rate  of  oxidation  of  the  organic  matter.  This  method  may  be  employed — has,  indeed, 

a  Texas  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  Bui.  106. 


196 

been  repeatedly  employed — for  the  study  of  the  comparative  availability  of  different 
nitrogenous  substances  as  a  source  of  nitrogen  to  plants. 

Comparative  studies  of  denitrification  and  nitrogen-fixation  may  be  made  by  the 
same  method.  It  is  merely  necessary  to  modify  the  cultural  conditions  by  the  addi- 
tion of  certain  substances.  In  the  case  of  denitrification,  for  instance,  we  add  a 
known  amount  of  potassium  or  sodium  nitrate,  leach  the  soil  at  the  end  of  ten  days, 
and  determine  the  ammonia,  nitrite,  and  nitrate  nitrogen  in  the  leachings  and  the 
total  nitrogen  in  the  residue.  The  initial  nitrogen  content  of  the  soil  being  known, 
we  have  the  complete  data  required. 

The  methods  just  outlined  may  be  still  further  differentiated.  We  may  find  means 
to  distinguish  the  single  phases  of  ammonification  as  due  to  urea  bacteria,  spore  or 
nonspore-forming  aerobes,  spore  or  nonspore-fonning  anaerobes.  In  the  case  of 
nitrification,  we  may  attempt  to  distinguish  the  single  phases  of  oxidation;  in  the  case 
of  denitrification  the  single  phases  of  redaction;  in  the  case  of  nitrogen-fixation  the 
aerobic  and  anaerobic  phases  of  the  process.  The  applications  suggested  may  enable 
us  to  gain  an  insight  into  the  decay  processes  in  the  soil,  which  are  imperfectly  under- 
stood at  present.  Moreover,  we  shall  not  only  gain  in  our  ability  to  interpret  past 
reactions  as  revealed  by  analysis,  but  also  be  enabled  to  forecast  future  reactions  and 
quantitative  changes  of  importance  to  plant  food  production  and  its  assimilation  by 
the  growing  crop. 

An  interesting  paper  on  the  determination  of  sulphurous  acid  and 
sulphites  or  sulphur  dioxid  in  food  products  was  submitted  by  Mr. 
Edward  Gudeman.  The  paper  comprised  a  comparison  of  the 
method  adopted  by  the  association  and  a  modified  method  suggested 
by  the  author,  the  modification  consisting  in  driving  over  the  volatile 
products  with  low-pressure  steam  rather  than  by  direct  distillation, 
as  in  the  association  method.  The  steam  is  generated  from  distilled 
water  and  passed  directly  into  the  mass  through  a  glass  U-tube. 
The  details  of  the  paper  are  to  be  found  in  the  Journal  of  Industrial 
and  Engineering  Chemistry  for  February,  1909. 

THE  POSSIBILITIES  OF  MUSCOVADO  SUGAR  AS  AN  ADULTERANT 
FOR  MAPLE  PRODUCTS. 

By  R.  E.  DOOLITTLE  and  A.  F.  SEEKER. 

Occasionally  there  have  been  presented  for  entry  at  the  port  of  New  York  shipments 
of  a  brown-colored  sugar  from  Venezuela  designated  as  ''Melada"  or  "Melado."  The 
product  is  generally  in  the  form  of  rectangular  cakes  about  1  inch  thick  by  5  inches 
long  by  4  inches  wide.  The  cakes  vary  somewhat  in  color,  but  in  general  closely 
resemble  maple  sugar  in  appearance.  Their  use  as  an  adulterant  or  substitute  for 
the  maple  product  seemed  quite  probable,  and  the  finding  of  a  large  quantity  of  this 
grade  of  sugar  in  the  factory  of  a  dealer  in  maple  products  by  one  of  our  inspectors 
showed  the  necessity  of  making  a  careful  examination  of  the  product.  We  were 
surprised  to  find  on  employing  the  usual  methods  for  determining  the  purity  of  maple 
sugar  that  the  brown  sugar  gave  practically  the  same  results  as  does  pure  maple  sugar. 
These  figures,  together  with  those  of  a  pure  maple  sugar  run  at  the  same  time,  are 
given  in  the  table: 


197 


Composition  of  muscovado  and  maple  sugars. 


pi'tiTinination. 

N.Y.  10676, 
light 
muscovado 
sugar. 

N.Y.  10677, 
dark 
muscovado 
sugar. 

I.  S.  758-a, 
Vermont 
maple 
sugar. 

Moisture  ({XT  cvnt) 

7  35 

Ash  (per  cvnt)  

1  33 

1  30 

I'olari/atiim  ilin-ct,  at  room  temperature  (°  V.) 

+80  0 

+82  4 

Polarization,  iuvi-rl.  at.  room  temperature  (°  V.)  

-27  0 

26  8 

2q  5 

I'olun/  -vtion    it  Mi"3  (°  V  ) 

db  0  0 

;..  r  rent)  

81  4 

83  1 

85  6 

WiDton  lead  nuintxT 

2  08 

2  12 

Malic  arid  value 

1  19 

1  24 

An  analysis  of  tho  ash,  however,  showed  a  distinct  difference,  as  is  shown  by  the 
following  data: 

Analysis  of  the  ash  of  muscovado  and  maple  sugars. 


nnination. 

N.Y.  10676, 
light 
musco- 
vado 
sugar. 

N.Y.  10677, 
dark 
musco- 
vado 
sugar. 

I.  S.  758-a, 
Vermont 
maple 
sugar. 

Average 
of  four 
samples 
of  maple 
sugar.o 

Insoluble  in  (wiling  nitric  acid  (1  :  3)        

Per  cent. 
2.55 
50.08 
4.85 
5.77 
2.20 
.29 
1.96 
22.16 
4.02 
6.12 

Per  cent. 
3.41 
49.89 
2.32 
5.66 
2.63 
.26 
1.34 
23.21 
3.68 
7.60 

Per  cent. 
8.9 
23.6 
1.6 
35.9 
3.0 
Slight  trace. 
Trace. 
None. 
.45 
26.55 

Per  cent. 

Potassium  '  ' 

26.49 

24.98 

'  '                        •  •  •  i 



Chlorm                                                                         

Siilplnir  if 

1.82 

•iiiii-il 

K«O 
Ratio         xioo                                  

868 

m 

44 

70 

881 
410 
47 
65 

66 

106 

7 
7 

Ratio  S<>'  .  mi 

Ratio           *  v  hi) 

1 

«  Jours.  Kightit'iitli  Annual  Report,  Vermont  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  1905,  p.  331. 

Tin-  a-h  ..I  ili«-  l.rown  sugar  consuls  mostly  of  potassium  sulphate,  while  over  80 
p.-r  •-.-nt  ..I"  that  ..i  inaph-  sugar  is  composed  of  carbonate  of  potassium  and  calcium, 
t I,,.-,,  i  «.xistini:  in  approximately  equal  parts.  From  these  facts  one  is  led 

t.»  l>«'licv<>  that  a  drti-rmination  of  water-soluble  and  water-insoluble  ash,  their  ratio, 
and  thrir  alkalinity  would  furnish  the  necessary  evidence  as  to  whether  the  product 
un.lrr  rxatiiinatiuii  was  composed  of  maple  sugar  or  muscovado  sugar.  As  a  matter 

Q|  fa,  i.  il. l,-trn.iiiiati..iis  when  carried  out  on  one  of  the  samples  gave  the  results 

shown  in  tlu«  following  t-.ible: 


198 

Ash  determinations  and  ratios  of  muscovado  and  maple  sugars  indicative  of  aduUeration. 
[All  results  reduced  to  a  moisture-free  basis.] 


Determination. 

N.  V.  10677. 
muscovado 
sugar. 

I.  S.  758-a, 
maple 
sugar. 

Maple 
sugars.* 

Water-soluble  ash  (per  cent)  .           

1.23 

0  50 

0  53 

Water-insoluble  Bsh  (per  cent)  ?  .  .  . 

.17 

.64 

.48 

Ratio    water-soluble  ash 

7  7 

8 

1  i 

"°  water-insoluble  ash  "~ 
\lkalinity  of  water-soluble  ash  (cc  tenth-normal  acid) 

11 

49 

08 

\lkalinity  of  water-insoluble  ash  (cc  tenth-normal  acid)  

.03 

1  47 

1  01 

a  Average  of  a  number  of  analyses  made  by  Jones,  Vermont  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  Report,  1905. 

Unfortunately  a  sirup  prepared  from  the  muscovado  sugar  fermented  before  time 
could  be  found  to  make  the  usual  determinations,  and  no  more  of  the  sample  remained 
for  further  work.  However,  it^  seems  reasonable  to  assume  that  the  sirup  as  well  as 
the  sugar  could  be  detected  by  the  high  ratio  of  insoluble  ash  to  soluble  ash,  and  the 
low  alkalinity  of  both.  As  confirmatory  evidence  an  ash  analysis  should  be  made 
wherein  a  high  percentage  of  potassium  oxid  and  sulphur  trioxid,  together  with  a 
small  amount  of  calcium  oxid,  would  indicate  the  adulteration.  It  would  appear 
also  as  if  the  phosphoric-acid  content  gave  useful  information,  both  of  the  muscovado 
sugars  possessing  notable  amounts  and  the  maple  sugar  little.  These  data  are  also 
given  in  the  table  in  the  form  of  ratios,  which  serve  better  to  emphasize  the  contrast. 
As  there  is  good  reason  to  suspect  that  the  brown  sugar  under  discussion  is  being  used 
by  manufacturers  of  maple  products,  it  seems  highly  important  that  an  examination 
of  the  ash  should  be  included  in  all  routine  analyses  of  these  goods. 

Acknowledgments  are  due  to  Mr.  W.  A.  Bender  for  the  ash  analyses  here  given  and 
to  Mr.  A.  E.  Taylor  for  many  of  the  other  determinations. 


NOTES  ON  THE  WINTON  LEAD  NUMBER  OF  MIXTURES  OF  CANE 

AND  MAPLE  SIRUP. 

By  R.  E.  DOOLITTLE  and  A.  F.  SEEKER. 

Among  a  number  of  samples  of  cane  and  maple  sirup  mixtures  examined  during  the 
past  year  were  a  few  which  had  been  mixed  in  the  presence  of  one  of  the  officials  of  the 
laboratory  and  were  known  to  contain  10  per  cent  of  maple  sugar.  Upon  analysis  it 
was  found  that  these  sirups  gave  no  precipitate  whatever  with  basic  lead  acetate  when 
making  the  lead  number  determinations  according  to  Winton's  method. 

A  sample  of  the  same  maple  sugar  from  which  the  sirups  had  been  prepared  was 
examined  at  the  same  time  and  gave  a  lead  number  of  2.31,  besides  other  results  which 
indicated  the  purity  of  the  product,  and  therefore  the  negative  results  obtained  with 
the  10  per  cent  mixtures  caused  some  surprise. 

Upon  carefully  repeating  the  determination  it  was  observed  that  a  precipitate  was 
formed  when  the  lead  subacetate  solution  first  came  in  contact  with  the  sirup,  but 
this  was  later  redissolved  when  the  whole  of  the  reagent  had  been  added.  It  was 
judged,  therefore,  that  so  great  an  excess  of  basic  acetate  prevented  the  usual  precipi- 
tation with  mixtures  of  this  strength. 

A  number  of  portions  of  5  grams  each  were  accordingly  taken,  diluted  to  15  cc  with 
water,  and  placed  in  test  tubes.  To  each  of  these  were  added  different  amounts  of 
the  standard  basic  acetate  solution,  varying  from  0.1  to  5  cc,  and  after  thorough  shaking 
the  turbidity  noted.  The  tubes  to  which  the  smaller  amounts  of  reagent  had  been 
added  were  perfectly  clear,  but  a  turbidity  appeared  as  the  quantity  approached  0.5  cc, 
then  came  a  slight  precipitate,  which  reached  its  maximum  at  1  cc  and  gradually 
decreased  again  to  only  a  slight  opalescence  with  5  cc.  Winton's  method  calls  for  25  cc 


199 

of  reagent  for  25  grams  of  sugar  or  sirup,  a  proportion  of  1  cc  per  gram  of  substance.  The 
maximum  precipitate  was  in  this  case  produced  by  1  cc  to  5  grams  of  substance.  A 
lead  number  determination  was  accordingly  made  on  the  10  per  cent  maple  sirup  in 
question  with  a  lead  subacetate  solution  five  times  weaker  than  that  prescribed  by 
\Viutoii,  and  the  figure  0.137  obtained.  This  solution  is  much  too  weak  to  be  used 
with  pure  maple  sirups,  as  it  contains  only  about  0.8  gram  of  lead  (figured  as  metal) 
per  KM)  cc,  whereas  100  grams  of  an  average  maple  sugar  will  precipitate  in  Winton's 
in. -i hod  over  2  grams  of  lead.  To  show  that  a  large  excess  of  lead  reagent  is  necessary 
to  produce  a  normal  precipitate,  a  sirup  containing  30  per  cent  of  cane  sugar  and  30 
per  cent  of  maple  sugar  was  prepared  and  the  lead  number  determined,  using  both  the 
\Vinton  solution  and  the  one  diluted  five  times.  With  the  weak  subacetate  a  lead 
number  of  0.29  was  obtained,  with  the  strong,  0.72.  In  the  former  case  there  was  just 
enough  basic  -uku-etate  in  the  25  cc  of  solution  added  to  have  precipitated  all  of  the 
lead  if  a  normal  precipitation  had  occurred,  and  no  lead  would  have  appeared  in  the 
filtrate.  Actually  the  amount  of  lead  was  insufficient  for  maximum  precipitation  and 
the  l.-a.l  number  was  accordingly  too  low.  On  comparing  the  amount  of  lead  remain- 
ing in  solution  with  that  added  it  was  seen  that  the  former  was  62  per  cent  of  the  latter. 
I'.y  the  regular  meth(xl  the  excess  of  lead  producing  a  normal  lead  number  was  found 
to  be  81.7  per  cent.  In  the  case  of  the  10  per  cent  maple  sirup  in  which  no  precipita- 
tion  was  produced  by  the  regular  solution  and  in  which  a  lead  number  of  0.137  was 
obtained  with  the  I  in  .">  dilution,  it  was  found  that  the  excess  of  lead  was  82.1  per  cent. 
AB  a  conclusion  it  would  appear  that  at  least  62  per  cent  excess  of  lead  is  necessary 
for  a  complete  precipitation,  an  excess  of  lead  much  greater  than  80  per  cent  tends  to 
prevent  precipitation,  and  that  a  zero  lead  number  obtained  by  the  regular  method 
doe*  not  indicate  that  so-oalled  cane  and  maple  sirups  contain  no  maple  sugar. 

It  ha  _:>-ste<l  that  the  lead  number  of  the  mixture  containing  10  per  cent  of 

maple  -uu'ar  mL'lit  '-,'i  ve  normal  results  if  the  solution  after  addition  of  the  lead  reagent 
allowed  to  stand  longer  than  two  hours,  as  was  done  in  the  previous  determina- 
tion- i  >n  standing  for  twenty-four  hours  the  opalescence  which  formed  on  adding 
the  l«-ad  suhacetate  had  collected  into  a  very  slight  precipitate,  which  was  matched 
in  the  blank  by  one  of  similar  proportions,  though  boiled  distilled  water  had  been  used 
in  all  C*0ea,  After  filtering  in  the  usual  way  and  determining  the  lead  number  zero 
values  were  obtained  as  before. 


THE  DETERMINATION  OF  FUSEL  OIL  BY  ALKALINE 
PERMANGANATE. 

By  A.  S.  MITCHELL  and  C.  R.  SMITH. 

I  oil  Ci  .Heists  chiefly  of  a  mixture  of  normal  and  isopropyl,  normal  and  isobutyl, 
active  amyl  and  isoamyl,  and  hexyl  alcohols.  The  Allen-Marquardt  method  is  in 
reality  an  "estimation  in  terms  of  amyl  alcohol  of  the  higher  alcohols  which  are  dis- 
>olv»-<"l  and  retained  by  carbon  tetrachlorid,  under  fixed  conditions,  and  converted 
into  volatile  acids  by  oxidation  with  a  chromic  acid  mixture. 

This  paper  is  the  result  of  an  effort  to  learn  the  conditions  necessary  to  produce 
definite  oxidation  of  the  various  alcohols  by  alkaline  potassium  permanganate  solu- 
tion. 1 1  was  hoped  to  avoid  prolonged  digestion  with  the  oxidizing  agent  and,  later, 
t  he  subsequent  distillation  with  the  attendant  concentration  of  the  oxidizing  mixture, 
ordinary  amyl  alcohol,  which  consists  of  iso  and  active  amyl  alcohols,  was  first 
experimented  upon.  In  the  first  effort  the  manganese  dioxid  and  unreduced  per- 
manganate was  not  removed  after  acidifying  for  the  distillation  of  the  free  acids. 
The  mixture  bumped  so  badly  that  the  distillation  could  not  be  completed.  It 
became  necessary  to  remove  the  manganese  dioxid  and  permanganic  acid.  Oxalu 
a.i.l  vai  t  m,l  and  rejected.  Hydrogen  peroxid  was  finally  selected  for  this  purpose. 


200 


In  the  experiments  recorded  in  the  following  table  the  amyl  alcohol  used  had  been 
dried  and  fractionated  at  boiling  points  between  128°  and  132°  C.  After  the  oxidation 
50  cc  of  sulphuric  acid  (1:4)  was  added  and  then  an  excess  of  hydrogen  peroxid,  and 
the  mixture  was  boiled  under  a  reflux  condenser  for  fifteen  minutes  to  remove  any 
carbon  dioxid.  The  mixture  was  then  distilled  until  bumping  occurred  due  to  the 
separation  of  salts  from  the  solution;  80  cc  of  water  were  added  and  distillation  repeated 
to  the  same  point.  The  valeric  acids  were  then  titrated  with  tenth-normal  sodium 
hydroxid  with  the  following  results: 

Amyl  alcohol  estimated  under  varying  conditions,  using  alkaline  potassium  permanganate. 


Time 
of  oxi- 
dation. 

Total 
dilution 
during 
oxida- 
tion. 

Temperature  of  oxidat-'on. 

Potas- 
sium 
hy- 
droxid. 

Potas- 
sium 
per- 
man- 
ganate. 

Amount  of  amyl  alcohol. 

Quan- 
tity 
used. 

Quan- 
tity 
found. 

Per  cent 
found. 

Minutes. 
30 
10 
10 
20 
20 
20 
a20 
10 
10 
30 
30 
30 
30 
30 

cc. 
60 
60 
CO 
60 
160 
160 
260 
160 
160 
160 
160 
160 
160 
160 

Room  

Grams. 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 
5 

Grams. 
3 
3 
3 
3 
2.5 
2.5 
2.5 
2.5 
2.5 
2.5 
2.5 
2.5 
2.5 
2.5 

Grams. 
0.  1170 
.1347 
.1190 
.1245 
.1080 
.1181 
.1259 
.1161 
.1090 
.1099 
.1156 
.1545 
.1631 
.1986 

Grams. 
0.1047 
.0959 
.0833 
.0471 
.0960 
.0915 
.1093 
.1040 
.0903 
.1091 
.1126 
.1522 
.1566 
.1909 

89.5 
71.2 
70.0 
37.8 
88.9 
77.5 
86.8 
89.6 
82.9 
99.2 
97.4 
98.5 
95.4 
96.1 

Boiling-water  bath  

do 

Boiled  free  flame 

Room  ...                 

Boiling-water  bath 

Room  

do 

..do... 

0° 

0° 

0°  

0° 

0°  

«  Hours. 

At  a  temperature  of  0°C.  the  oxidation  of  amyl  alcohol  to  valeric  acid  appears  to  be 
quantitative  and  at  higher  temperatures  the  yield  of  valeric  acid  is  decreased. 
Variations  in  time  within  the  above  limits  have  little  influence  upon  the  reaction. 
When  the  oxidation  is  too  vigorous  destruction  occurs  and  the  results  are  low.  If  the 
reaction  is  controlled  by  decreasing  the  temperature  the  oxidation  is  arrested  at  the 
production  of  the  corresponding  acids.  The  acids  when  produced  are  not  easily 
altered  and  may  be  allowed  to  stand  with  the  oxidizing  agent  at  room  temperature 
without  appreciable  change. 

THE  OXIDATION  OF  NORMAL  PROPYL  AND  ISOBUTYL  ALCOHOLS. 

Similar  experiments  were  made  upon  normal  propyl  and  isobutyl  alcohols,  following 
the  same  procedure  as  in  the  case  of  amyl  alcohol,  and  with  the  following  results. 

Estimation  of  propyl  and  isobutyl  alcohols,  using  alkaline  potassium  permanga  nnh . 


Alcohol. 

Amount 
used. 

Amount  recovered. 

Quantity 

Percentage 
found. 

Propvl 

Grams. 
0.  1151 
.1151 
.1005 
.1005 

Grams. 
0.1156 
.1190 
.0981 
.1039 

100.4 
103.4 
97.6 
103.4 

DO.:: 

Isobutyl 

Do. 

201 


Tin    l-:\n:vcnov  OF  PROPYL,  ISOBUTYL,  AND  AMYL  ALCOHOLS  FROM  ETHYL  ALCOHOL 

BOLUTHHff 

A  few  trials  were  made  upon  tin-  extraction  of  these  alcohols  by  carbon  letrachlorid. 
In  each  ca.-e  l(M)  OC  of  \-'>  per  ''''ill  by  volume  alcohol,  containing  known  amounts  of  one 
of  th««  alcohols,  was  diluted  to  115  <•<•.  -alted,  and  saturated  so<lium  chlorid  solution 
added  in  bring  the  Bpecific  gnviiy  to  I.IO,  extracted  with  four  siic.-es-i\e  portions  of 
in.  :;•».  I'D,  and  10  <•<•,  respectively.  The  carbon  tetrachlorid  was  washed  with  three 
portions  of  saturated  salt  solution  50  cc  each,  and  with  one  portion  of  50  cc  of  saturated 
sodium  sulphate  solution.  The  alkali  was  added  to  the  carbon  tt>trachlorid  solution 
contained  in  a  separator}-  funnel  and  cooled  in  an  ice  bath  toO°C.  The  permanganate, 
previously  cooled,  was  added  and  allowed  to  remain  in  the  bath  thirty  minutes,  with 
p-peated  shaking.  The  dist  illat  ion  was  conducted  as  pre\ioii>ly  described. 

'ili-ittinls,  '/  m   t.trnrtilnnil. 


Alcohol. 

IJIMIllilV 

,t,ty 

bond. 

nUge 

foiui.l. 

T1, 

.'  "U. 

ii.  r.-ij 

drams. 

i:  :. 

""•:,:, 

Ann 

;5 

\  « 

.mtt 

.mm 

.1747 

56.7 

Atlempts  (..  extra,  i    .im\  I   al«,.h,,|   in.m  eth\l  al.  ,,h,.|   >(,|iiii..n~, 
ether  as  a  -.|\eni. 


1  M  ri  UMI\  \  V\»\ 

AMVI.  Air.  nun  I. 


\  "I  I   \ll   rid-        ' 


petroleum 


Isoitl    r\\,    A\l> 


•  •ated  attempt  :nade  during  the  course  of  this-   work   to  estimate 

prop}  I.  i-obut}l.  and  am\l  alcohol-,  depending  mi  the  amount  of  permanganate 
n-duceil.  hut  without  success  until  sati  .ndition-  had  been  determined  for 

the  oxidation.      T|,,.  jM-n:  lined  was  greatly  in  excess  of  the  lheoretic.il 

amount.  The  unused  permanganate  was  d.-termined  |,\  adding  a  known  amount  of 
ox.  ill.  acid  in  e\r.-»  and  titrating  back  with  perm.! 

Tin-alcohol-  Iknlved    in'.".  .  in  \\  hich  hi  cc  •  .1  potas- 

sium hy.lroxid  were  added  and  the  whole  rimled  in  an  ice  bath.  <  Hie  hundred  OCOffli 
aipieoii-  -olution  containing'  'J  -rain-  of  pota.->ium  |M*riiiaii<r.inate  and  pre\  inu-l\  cooled 
in  the  i.e  |,;iih  were  then  added  and  the  mixture  wa-  allowed  to  -tand  for  thirty  min- 
utes. It  was  then  relinked  from  the  bath,  acidified  with  "»0  cc  of  iM  percent  sulphuric 
acid,  a  known  excess  of  oxalic  a«id  wan  added,  the  mixture  was  then  warmed  and  the 
excessoi  oxalic  a«  id  titrated  bark  with  standard  p««rmanganate.  The  follow!  n-j  factors 
were  used  as  calculated  from  the  theoretical  oxidation  of  the  alcohols  to  their  acids 
b\  potassium  perniaiiiran.  MIII  ..f  permanganate  equal.-  <>.  i;:,  .jram  of  pn.pyl 

alcohol.  «,r  o  ">v>  irniin  «•!  i-obutyl  aleohol.  or  0.1»!M>  gram  nt  am\  1  alcohol.  The  n-ult.- 
follow: 

•>r  -y  trial*  for  lh,  >  »l>un>  tnr  determination  of  alcohol*. 


Alcohol. 

Amount 

Amount 

loun.l. 

i'.  r< 

lolllHl. 

(train. 

Gram. 

Propyl  o  ll.vi 
I1M 

!l24« 

108 
106 

ISO.'HII  \  1  .  .                          IINL'I 

.  11)94 

1119 

Hi71 

I'.Mii 
.1400 

130 
130 

202 


These  figures  seemed  fair  in  the  cases  of  propyl  and  isobutyl  alcohols,  but  poor  for 
amyl  alcohol.  They  apparently  indicate  the  complete  destruction  of  a  portion  of  the 
latter  at  some  stage  of  the  process.  Varying  the  amount  of  alkali  made  no  improve- 
ment. 

That  the  results  were  slightly  high,  as  in  the  case  of  the  propyl  and  isobutyl  alcohols, 
might  be  expected,  for  permanganic  acid  and  manganese  dioxid  are  produced  on 
acidifying  and  are  present  together  for  several  minutes  during  reduction  by  oxalic 
acid.  The  excessive  destruction  of  permanganate  .with  amyl  alcohol  points  to  other 
causes. 

As  oxalic  acid  acts  very  slowly  in  reducing  the  manganese  dioxid,  it  was  decided 
to  substitute  hydrogen  peroxid.  Sulphuric  acid  was  added  to  hydrogen  peroxid  and 
the  mixture  resulting  from  the  oxidizatica  was  poured  slowly  into  it.  This  gives  the 
permanganate  little  opportunity  to  react  with  free  organic  acids,  as  it  is  reduced  by 
the  hydrogen  peroxid  as  it  is  acidified. 

Determination  of  amyl  alcohol,  substituting  hydrogen  peroxid  for  oxalic  acid. 


Amyl 
alcohol 
used. 

Perman- 
ganate 
consumed. 

Amyl 
alcohol 
found. 

Per  cent 
found. 

Gram. 

Gram. 

Gram. 

0.1276 

0.1850 

0.  1287 

100.9 

.1276 

.1830 

.1274 

99.8 

.1276 

.1827 

.1272 

99.7 

.1536 

.2173 

.  1512 

97.1 

.2042 

.2971 

.2067 

101.2 

A  series  was  run  in  which  isobutyl  and  propyl  alcohols  were  used  instead  of  amyl 
alcohol. 

Determination  of  isobutyl  and  propyl  alcohols,  substituting  hydrogen  peroxid  for  oxalic  acid. 


Alcohol. 

Amount 
used. 

Perman- 
ganate 
consumed. 

Amount 
found. 

Percent 
found. 

Isobutyl  

Gram. 
0.1005 

Gram. 
0.1640 

Gram. 
0.0959 

95  0 

Do  
Do 

.1005 
1407 

.1645 
2240 

.0960 
1300 

95.0 
92  4 

Do  

.1608 

.2525 

1477 

91  8 

Propyl...  . 

.1150 

1625 

0770 

67  0 

The  results  indicate  incompletion  of  the  oxidation  at  0°,  so  the  procedure  was 
adopted  of  starting  the  oxidation  at  0°  and  allowing  the  mixture  to  warm  slowly  to 
room  temperature.  The  mixture  was  allowed  to  remain  ten  minutes  in  the  ice  bath 
and  taken  out  and  warmed  so  that  it  reached  room  temperature  (about  23°  C.)  in  twenty 
minutes.  The  experiments  reported  below  were  conducted  with  propyl  alcohol. 

Determination  of  propyl  alcohol  after  warming  solution  to  room  temperature. 


Propyl 
alcohol 
used. 

Perman- 
ganate 
consumed. 

Amount 
found. 

Per  cent 
found. 

Gram. 

Gram. 

Gram. 

0.  1215 

0.2490 

0.1183 

97.4 

.1458 

.3050 

.1449 

99.4 

.1701 

.3600 

.1710 

100.5 

.1215 

.2495 

.1185 

97.4 

.  1215 

.2530 

.1202 

98.9 

.1458 

.3040 

.1444 

99.0 

203 


That  it  should  !»«•  nece<-ury  to  warm  the  solution  to  room  temperature  seems  incon- 
.-i.-tent  \\ith  the  results  obtained  on  propyl  and  i>obutyl  alcohols  where  the  acids 
formed  wen-  distilled.  The  explanation  probably  lies  in  the  fact  that  delay  occurred 
before  the  destruction  of  the  permanganate  with  the  hydrogen  peroxid.  Hence  it 
•BOM  a  Decent??  condition  in  the  ((iiantitative  oxidation  of  mixture*  containing 
isobutyl  ami  anul  alcohols  by  alkaline  permanganate,  that  after  the'  oxidation  of  the 
ainyl  alcohol  at  0°  the  solution  be  allowed  to  warm  to  room  temperature. 

That  ainyl  alcohol  in  carbon  tetrachlorid  solution  should  be  quantitatively  oxidized 
by  alkaline  permanganate  was  quite  probable,  providing  the  alkaline  permanganate 
could  reach  the  alcohol.  Knowing  that  the  oxidation  of  the  amyl  alcohol  is  quite 
rapid,  and  de-inn-  to.-horten  the  t  ime  of  shaking  as  much  as  possible,  it  was  thought 
live  minutes  of  continual  shaking  would  be  sutlicient.  The  following  table  indicates 
the  amount  of  amyl  alcohol  dissolved  in  100  cc  of  carbon  tetrachlorid  and  the  amount 
found: 

l>rtrrminntinn  <>f  nnii/l  <tlmfi»l  ,n  curium  t<  truchlorid  solution . 


Amvl 

o&oi 
B  -I 

Ainuiuit 

bond 

IVrtvnt 
found. 

Onm 

Urnin. 

Q    iml 

B  un 

lirj  4 

.1704 

101.9 

MM 

.1031 

102.1 

.•'..-.; 

BOM 

IQO  B 

MM 

MR 

100.7 

The  extraction  of  amyl  alcohol  from  alcoholic  -olution  \\as  m-xt  subjected  to  experi- 
ment In  the  aiuilysi-  of  di-tilled  liquors  \\e  are  dealing  \\ith  »•"»  to  '^  per  cent  by 
volume  alcohol  solutions  which  are  extracted  \NJth  tetrachlorid  and  the  tetrachlorid 
washed  with  saturated  w>luti'  .um  chlorid  and  siwlium  sulpliate  to  remove 

the  eth\l  alcohol.  eMimatin-  the  higher  alcohol-  extracted  under  fixed  conditions. 
1 1  \\a-  llmiiu'ht  of  importance  t«>  learn  how  thoroughly  the  washing  of  the  ethyl  alcohol 
from  the  tetrachlorid  was  accomplished  by  the  cii-tomary  method  of  wa.-hin^  three 
time*  with  thn-  rtiooi  "t"  -aturated  -odium  <-hlorid  solution,  and  lastly  with 

one  .">o  cc  jMirtioii  of  .-aturaied  -«.dium  sulphate  solution.     The  extraction  was  made 
from  IIMI  (  c  of  »:.  p.-r  i-ent  b>  \olum.-aliohol.     The  temperature  of  the  HoluUoot  WM 
In   four  experiment-  the  follouini:  amounts  (grams)  of  perman-anate   \\crv 

coa-uined:  0.0080,  0.0114,  0.0090,  0.0065;  average,  O.OOs:     Thkimdicated  thereten- 

tion  in  the  carb.m  tetrachlorid  of  approximately  0.0033  gram  of  ethyl  alcohol. 

-action  of  known  amounts  of  amyl  alcohol  from  eth\l  alcoholic  solution,  45 
percent  by  volume,  \\ere  made  \\ith  the  follouin-  re-ult- 

knniin    <ln><»i,it.<  »/  niiii/l  nlrntinl  Jrnin    •tfti/l  nlrnfmf  solution  (23°  C.). 


££i 

present. 

.1  j»-r- 
maiiganAte 

('orni-tiou 
for.-thvl 
alcohol. 

ivrmanga- 
nut»>  con- 
siiiiH-d  by 
amyl 
alcohol. 

Auivl 
alcohol 
brad. 

Kx  trac- 
tion. 

On* 

B  oon 

.1480 

Gram. 

.  \n* 
.2725 

lint  in. 
0.0087 
,0087 

.oon 

dram. 
O.OM8 

.1581 

.  Mi 

Gram. 
0.0873 

.1100 
.1826 

Per  cent. 
68.2 
74.3 

740 

204 


Extraction  of  simihr  known  amounts  of  amyl  alcohol  at  17.5°  C.,  using  100  re  of  a  50 
per  cent  by  volume  solution  of  ethyl  alcohol. 


Permanga- 

Amyl     I  Total  per-     Correction 
alcohol       manganate     for  ethyl 
used.        consumed.      alcohol. 

nate  con- 
sumed by 
amvl 

Amyl 
alcohol 
found. 

Extrac- 
tion. 

alcohol 

Gram. 

Gram. 

Gram 

Gram.-* 

Gram. 

Per  cent. 

0.0)87 

0.1205 

0.0087 

0.1118 

0.  0778 

78.8 

.1481 

.1810 

.0087 

.1723 

.1199 

81  0 

.1481 

.1730 

.0087 

.1643 

.1143 

77.2 

.1974 

.2295 

.0087 

.2208 

.1537 

77:9 

For  the  estimation  of  ethyl  alcohol  by  alkaline  permanganate  a  solution  of  fusel- 
free  alcohol  containing  24.75  grams  per  100  cc  as  determined  by  the  pycnometer  was 
diluted  with  water  one  hundred  times.  Portions  of  this  solution  were  then  diluted 
to  50  cc  and  estimated  by  the  same  method  as  used  in  the  case  of  the  other  alcohols. 
The  oxidation  was  quite  rapid,  and  the  time  allowed  was  ten  minutes.  Using  the 
factor  0.3636  for  oxidation  to  acetic  acid  the  following  results  were  obtained: 

Estimation  of  ethyl  alcohol  by  alkaline  permanganate. 


Perman- 
ganate 
used. 

Ethyl  alcohol. 

Amount 
present. 

Amount        Per  cent 
found.           found. 

Gram. 
0.1392 
.1673 
.2072 
.2045 
.2070 
.2812 
.3405 

Gram. 
0.0495 
.0619 
.0742 
.0742 
.0742 
.0990 
.1237 

Gram. 
0.0506 
.0608 
.0753 
.0743 
.0753 
.1021 
.1237 

102.2 
98.2 
101.4 
100.1 
101.4 
103.1 
100.0 

Similar  trials  were  made  with  methyl  alcohol.  Methyl  alcohol  was  purified  by 
drying  with  calcium  chlorid,  heating  with  anhydrous  oxalic  acid  to  convert  into 
dimethyl  oxalate,  the  crystals  drained  and  pressed  dry,  and  finally  decomposed  with 
slight  excess  of  dilute  alkali  and  distilled.  The  specific  gravity  of  the  distillate  was 
taken  and  the  methyl  alcohol  present  obtained  from  Dittmar's  table.  In  the  first  series 
of  experiments  the  oxidation  was  allowed  twenty  minutes  at  the  temperature  of  the 
ice  bath.  Considering  formic  acid  to  be  the  end  product  of  the  oxidation,  the  factor 
would  be  0.253;  if  the  formic  acid  were  completely  oxidized  to  carbon  dioxid  the  factor 
would  be  0.1686. 

Estimation  of  methyl  alcohol  by  alkaline  permanganate  at  0°  C. 


Methvl 
alcohol 

Perman- 

Methyl  alcohol  found. 

present. 

consumed. 

Factor  0.253.                      Factor  0.1686. 

Gram. 

Gram. 

Gram. 

Per  cent. 

Gram. 

Per  cent. 

0.0196 

0.1145    , 

0.0289 

147.5 

0  0193 

98.5 

.0392 

.2150    ! 

.0544 

143.9 

.0362 

92.4 

.0589 

.3130    ; 

.0791 

135.0 

.0527 

89.5 

.0981 

.4115 

.1041 

106.  1              .  0693 

70.8 

•ji »:. 

It  will  !.«•  inferred  thai  t  he  react  i..n  proceeded  tocarUn  dioxid.  l»ut  was  not  com- 
plete when   lari:«'  amounts  of  methyl  alcohol  were  oxidi/ed.     There  is  no  need  of 
cooling  th«-  solutions  if  complete  oxidation  is  intended,  so  a  scries  of  trials  wen-  made 
in  temperature,  time  of  oxidation  thirty  minutes,  and  using  the  factor  0.1686. 
The  results  follow: 

xit'nm  "f  ,,nth til  alcohol  by  alknl'inr  /Mrmnnyanatf  nt  room  tfin  jurat  aw. 


Methyl         IVnnun- 
alcohol          tranaii- 

M.Mhvl 

alcohol 

IVr 
cent 

present,      consume  1. 

found. 

found. 

Gram.            Gram. 

Gram. 

0  (AM            n.  ll'<> 

a  0196 

100.0 

0  ;''-' 

.900 

.0888 

:••_' 

MM 

.00} 

,j»o 

.MN 

97.1 

When  warmed  in  a  water  l>aih  af  t'4)°  for  five  minutes  and  eooled  to  room  tempera- 
ture and  titrated,  ().(>:;!•:;  -ram  of  methyl  aleohol  UM\,-  i»  (i.;(i:>  ,,r  KMl.s  percent  of  the 
amount  pr- 

I-'or  the  appli<  ai  i«'u  of  I  he  alkaline  perinanu'anale  met  In  x  I  to  the  <  arhon  tetraehlorid 
I  of  the  higher  al-  oh,,U  from  di-tilled  li«|iiors,  the  following  pn.<-edure  is  su«- 

>..ii  ii.. 

I.    A    .-iroriir'T  -oluiion   of   pota— ium    pern  •  •nitainini:  appn.\imai. 

^ram-  to  the  liter 

\  hydrogen  peroxid  solution  .,f  a  -rren-th  sliu'lnlx  in  e\e.-ss  of  thai  of  solution 

V  standard  permanganate  nolut ion  containing  I"  ill  to  the  liter, 

the  \aliie  of  which  has  l>een  accur  'laltied 

I      \  -oluiion  of  [...lassium  h\dro\id"of  1  :  I  strength. 

\  -ulphuri.    a.  id  solut ion' containing  ap|»n»\iinaiel\   j.'i  p,-r  c.-nl  of  arid. 


v    i  i; 

•he  .  arl.on  teirarhlorid  •  niain«'d  in  I  he  separatorv  funnel,  add  Ml  cc 

of  ih.  :i  h\dro\id  ,-oluiion  \o  I  <  IM,|  i  he  mixt  ure  in  i<e  \\ater  to  approxi- 

mate!) (»  <  Similarly  cool  KM)  cc  of  the  -t  n.n-er  soluiion  of  jiotas.-iiiin  |.erman-anale 
iiratel\  ni.-a-ured,  in  a  flask. 

hr  ronirnt-  "I  the  .-eparatory  funnel  add  the  l>ulk  of  the  permanganate  .-oliition, 
l.ut  without  rinsing  the  tla.-k  and  retaining  the  n-.-idiir-  lo  I.e  added  ai  a  latersia^'. 

:io\e  the  mi  \t  ure  from  the  l.ath  and  -hake  \  i'jori»u-l\  f<>r  a  |»eriiKl  of  li\e  minute-; 
set  aside  for  tliirty  nunute<.  with  occasional  .-hakinu',  permiitinur  the  Injuid  to  warm 

to  room  temperature  -   ('.). 

urately  niea.-iiro  100  re  of  hydrogen  pep.\id  -olution  into  a  1-liter  lOrlenmeyer 
lla.-k.  A-  idulate  tliis  with  KM)  .-I-  of  sulphuric-acid  solution.  Slowly  add  the  c,~>n- 
lents  of  the  separator}'  funnel  with  « •on.-iani  -hakini:.  keepin-  the  arid  H.lulion  «-«»n- 
.-tant  1\  in  '-veSB. 

Kin-e  the  M -parafory  funnel  and  flask  containing  ihe  residue  of  permanganate  with 
water  and  add  to  the  peroxid  solution. 

Titrate  the  excess  of  hydrogen  peroxid  remaining  with  the  standard  potassium  per- 
man-anate. 

Run  a  blank  determination,  IHUIL:  'he  same  amounts  of  the  stronger  permanganate, 
-ium  hydrate,  hydrogen   peroxid,  and  sulphuric-acid  solution  and  titrating  tin; 
rer-idtial  poroxid  with  !  he  standard  perman-janate  as  before. 

The  difference  in  amount  ol  permanganate  consumed  in  grams  lim<  -  0.606 
the  result  in  terms  ot  aim  1  alcohol. 


206 


METHODS  OF  ANALYSIS  OF  DISTILLED  SPIRITS. 
By  L.  M.  TOLMAN  and  W.  E.  HILLYER. 

The  methods  of  the  association  for  the  analysis  of  distilled  spirits,  as  given  in 
Bulletin  107,  Revised,  of  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  are  for  the  most  part  the  best 
methods  available;  but  a  few  modifications  and  some  new  methods  have  been  found 
to  be  of  value. 

DETERMINATION  OF  COLORING  MATTERS. 

The  method  which  has  proved  to  be  the  most  satisfactory  in  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry 
for  distinguishing  between  natural  and  artificial  coloring  matters  in  distilled  spirits 
is  the  qualitative  Marsh  test.  This  depends  on  the  relative  solubilities  of  coloring 
matters  in  ethyl  alcohol,  amyl  alcohol,  and  water.  The  addition  of  amyl  alcohol, 
when  in  sufficient  quantity,  to  a  mixture  of  50  parts  of  ethyl  alcohol  and  50  parts 
of  water  will  cause  a  separation  of  the  liquids  into  two  layers,  the  lower  layer  being 
largely  water  and  the  upper  one  a  mixture  of  ethyl  alcohol,  amyl  alcohol,  and  some 
water.  As  a  result  of  this  separation,  water-soluble  coloring  matter  can  be  separated 
from  alcohol-soluble  coloring  matter;  that  is  to  say,  caramel  can  be  separated  from 
the  natural  coloring  matter  of  whisky.  Up  to  the  present  time  this  has  been  used 
as  a  qualitative  test  of  the  greatest  value,  but  it  now  appears  that  the  method  can 
be  adapted  for  quantitative  determination,  the  amount  of  added  coloring  matter 
present  in  relation  to  the  natural  coloring  matter  being  determined.  The  following 
method  has  been  developed  and  found  to  be  entirely  satisfactory: 

AMYL  INSOLUBLE    METHOD   (QUANTITATIVE    MARSH   TEST). 

Evaporate  50  cc  of  the  whisky  just  to  dryness  on  the  steam  bath  in  a  porcelain 
evaporating  dish.  Add  26.3  cc  of  95  per  cent  alcohol  to  dissolve  the  residue,  and 
transfer  to  a  50  cc  flask,  using  water  and  making  up  to  volume  with  water.  This 
gives  a  50  per  cent  alcoholic  solution  from  which  to  make  an  extraction.  [It  is  nec- 
essary that  the  extraction  should  be  made  from  a  solution  of  definite  alcoholic 
strength,  as  it  can  be  readily  seen  that  variations  in  the  percentage  of  ethyl  alcohol 
would  make  a  decided  difference  in  the  amount  of  amyl  alcohol  to  effect  the  proper 
separation.]  Place  25  cc  of  this  50  per  cent  alcoholic  solution  in  a  separatory  funnel, 
add  20  cc  of  the  Marsh  reagent,  then  shake  lightly  so  as  not  to  emulsify.  (The  Marsh 
reagent  consists  of  100  cc  of  amyl  alcohol,  3  cc  of  sirupy  phosphoric  acid,  and  3  cc 
of  water;  shake  before  using.)  Allow  the  layers  to  separate;  repeat  this  shaking  and 
standing  twice  more,  and  after  the  layers  have  clearly  separated  the  last  time,  draw 
off  the  lower  or  water  layer  containing  the  caramel  or  water-soluble  coloring  matter 
into  a  25  cc  cylinder  and  make  up  to  volume  with  50  per  cent  alcohol.  Compare 
this  portion  in  a  colorimeter  with  the  remaining  25  cc  which  has  not  been  treated 
with  the  Marsh  reagent,  thus  directly  giving  the  percentage  of  color  not  soluble  in 
amyl  alcohol. 

The  following  table  gives  the  results  obtained  by  applying  this  method  to  straight 
and  imitation  whiskies: 

Amyl  alcohol  tests  for  color  in  whiskies. 


Description  of  sample. 

Insolu- 
ble in 
amyl 
alcohol. 

Soluble 
in  amyl 
alcohol. 

Description  of  sample. 

Insolu- 
ble in 
amyl 
alcohol. 

Soluble 
in  amvl 
alcohol. 

Straight  American  whiskies: 
Average 

Per  cent. 
10 

Per  cent. 
90 

Imitation    whiskies   bought 

Ptr  cent 

Maximum  

12 

88 

86 

14 

Minimum 

7 

93 

Scotch  whiskies  (straight)' 

Straight  whiskies  bought  in 

Average  

7 

93 

market: 

Maximum 

8 

92 

Average... 

9 

91 

5 

95 

207 

It  will  !>«•  seen  f ru in  this  table  that  in  an\  .-trakdit  American  whisky  !M)  per  cent 
i.i  the  ( •«.!,, riim  matter  is  soluble  in  the  amyl  alcohol  and  ethyl  alcohol  layer,  while 
in  an  imitation  whisky  1  I  JMT  cent  is  soluble  in  the  upper  layer.  This  method  gives 
a  much  more  complete  separation  of  the  coloring  matter  taken  from  wood  and  from 
caramel  than  either  the  water-insoluble  method  or  the  ether-soluble  method,  and 
[•eems  to  be  the  iii<i.-t  reliable  and  satisfactory  test  that  we  now  have  for  the  detection 
ol  added  coloring  matter  and  its  estimation. 

Further,  if  a  whisky  contains  a  certain  amount  of  caramel  this  method  will  give  a 
partial  separation,  and  the  percentage  of  caramel  added  can  be  approximate!)  e-ii- 
mated.  The  present  provisional  method,  known  as  the  '-'  Crampton  and  Simons  test." 
for  caramel  depending  on  the  insolubility  of  caramel  in  ether,  is  not  nearly  so  satis- 
factory  as  the  method  here  presented,  as  the  separation  of  the  coloring  matters  is 
much  less  complete.  The  ether-soluble  method,  as  given  in  Bulletin  107,  Ke\i>«-d, 
lul,  i.-  i-iimbersoine,  and  calls  for  unnecessary  special  apparatus.  Accurate 
practical  re-nils  ha\e  always  been  obtained  by  the  following  procedure: 

i  :  HI  K-OOl  UBXI    OO]  OI    MI  rinu». 

'  CC  of  the  sample  just  to  dryness  mi  the  water  bath;  wash  into  a  50 
<•<•  lla.-k  with  _'•  «.  ,,i  alcohol  and  dilute  !••  mark  with  water.  Transfer  -'•>  cc  with  a 
pipette  (.»  a  -eparatory  funnel  and  add  50  <•<•  of  ether.  Shake  at  intervals  for  half 
an  hour,  let  -ettle,  draw  off  the  aojueoii-  layr,  and  make  up  to  -^  cc  with  water. 
Mix  thi-  latter  and  compare  with  the  •_'."•  ..  ,,t  the  solution  which  were  not  treated 
with  ether  Kxpre-.-  the  amount  of  color  removed  on  the  |>errentai:e  basis  as  ether- 

soluble  color. 

Thi.-  modification  -imply  eliminates  the  social  Hpunwell  apparatus,  and  the 
method  i-  but  little  u.-ed  in  the  Bureau  «•!  <  hemi.-try,  but  the  change  is  presented 
as  essential  in  appUing  the  meth'Nl.  \Ye  do,  how«-\er,  u.-e  the  method  of  determin- 
ing' the  color  insoluble  in  water,  caramel,  ,,f  OOU  ;-erfectl\  .-..luble  ami  tin- 
coloring  matter  of  whi-kv  beiipj  praeiically  in-oluble  in  water.  Thi-  uri\e>  a  method 
of  separation  which  i-  \er\  .-.it i.-fai-t«>r\ ,  the  ppM-ediire  outlined  in  this  laboratory 

U-INSOl  I    HI  I      .   ..|  in:     MM  ll»l> 

i  .-ample  ju-t  to  drynetw.     Take  up  with  <  old  water,  u-ii 

.Miately    l"i  CC,  and   tiller,    washing  "with   water  until   nearly   •_'">  cc  of   filtrate   i.- 

obtained.     Add  about  •_'••  .dcoh-.l.  and  coni|>lete  the  volume  to  the 

mark  by  tlie  addition  of  water.     Mix  thoroughly  and  compare  in  a  colorimeter 

with  the  color  of  the  original  sample,  -tatin-j  r«-ult-  as  percentage  of  color  insoluble 

in  water  obtained  by  .-ubtraetiiu;  the  pen  entage  soluble  color,  reading  from  100. 

The  following  table  compare-  the  re-ulis  obtained  by  the  determination  of  water- 
in-  .bible  color  with  the  ether-soluble  color  on  a  number  of  -trai^ht  whiskies  and  on 
spirits  colored  with  caramel: 

'  '<ni'/>  nt, I,  rnlnr  nnil  ft  fur-soluble  color  on  different  type*  o 


Water- 

Ether- 

Description  of  samples. 

insoluble 
coloring 

soluble 
coloring 

matter. 

matter. 

Per  cent. 

Percent. 

-ht  ryt»  whiskies  of  known  source  and  age  
^lit  hoiirl>on  whiskies  of  known  source  and  age. 
IHHIIK!  whiskies  bought  in  open  market 

71.0 

•  >v  I 
12  2 

35.0 
29.5 
19  3 

:.;  IIIH  i  at  ion  whiskies  bought  in  open  market      

6  7 

7  3 

This  table  shows  that  results  obtained  by  the  ether-soluble  method  do  not  show 
enough  difference  between  the  straight  whiskies  and  those  artificially  colored.  That 
i-  to  - 1\ .  iu  ether  the  difference  in  solubility  between  whisky  color  and  caramel  is 


208 

not  large  enough  to  make  a  satisfactory  separation,  while  the  water-insoluble  method 
shows  a  much  wider  difference  and  gives  the  same  information,  but  is  not  so  valuable 
as  the  amyl  alcohol  test,  which  makes  the  most  complete  separation  of  the  two  kinds 
of  coloring  matter.  In  a  study  of  the  water-insoluble  method  it  was  found  best  to 
evaporate  just  to  dryness,  and,  further,  that  the  manner  of  evaporation  did  not  affect 
the  results.  It  also  appears  that  the  amount  of  sugar  present  as  caramel  does  not 
affect  the  solubility  of  the  whisky  coloring  matter. 

DETERMINATION    OF   FUS«L    OIL. 

The  determination  of  fusel  oil  or  higher  alcohol  is  undoubtedly  one  of  the  most 
important  ones  made  in  the  analysis  of  distilled  spirits,  giving  more  information  as 
to  the  methods  of  distillation  in  the  manufacture  of  the  spirit  than  any  other  factor. 
When  the  examination  of  distilled  spirits  was  begun,  an  extensive  investigation  was 
made  of  the  Roese  method  as  given  in  the  official  methods  of  the  Association  of  Offi- 
cial Agricultural  Chemists,0  and  it  was  found  that  a  great  many  difficulties  were 
encountered  in  employing  the  apparatus  and  method  as  there  directed.  This  method, 
depending  as  it  does  upon  the  relative  solubilities  of  alcohol,  chloroform,  and  fusel 
oil  in  each  other,  requires  that  the  conditions  of  temperature  and  concentration  must 
be  very  carefully  controlled.  The  first  difficulty  encountered  was  the  leaking  of  the 
stopcocks  in  the  apparatus  adopted  by  the  association,  known  as  the  Bromwell  tube, 
and  after  many  experiments  it  appeared  that  this  could  not  be  overcome.  The 
chloroform  solution  would  invariably  leak  through  the  ground-glass  stoppers,  so  that 
it  became  necessary  to  return  to  the  older  form  of  apparatus  as  designed  by  Roese, 
which  has  no  stopcock,  but  is  extremely  difficult  to  fill.  With  this  form  of  appa- 
ratus, however,  somewhat  satisfactory  results  were  obtained. 

It  was  found  also  to  be  absolutely  necessary  that  the  apparatus  be  perfectly  clean 
and  free  from  any  oily  material,  and  in  order  to  insure  this  it  was  heated  in  a  sulphuric- 
acid-bichromate  solution  after  almost  every  determination.  Unless  this  is  done 
drops  of  water  will  stick  to  the  sides  of  the  chloroform  bulb  and  increase  the  volume 
of  the  chloroform  and  the  amount  of  fusel  oil  shown.  Also  it  is  absolutely  necessary 
that  during  the  whole  determination  the  solutions  and  apparatus  should  be  kept 
exactly  at  15°  C.,  and  to  this  end  a  large  constant  temperature  bath  was  built  deep 
enough  so  that  the  tubes  could  be  immersed  completely  and  the  shaking  could  be 
carried  on  in  the  bath  itself.  It  was  found  that  if  the  tubes  were  removed  from  the 
bath  and  shaken  in  the  air  the  results  were  entirely  inaccurate,  a  much  larger  blank 
being  obtained.  This  is  easily  explainable.  If  the  temperature  of  the  room  is  very 
much  above  that  of  the  bath,  the  shaking  will  raise  the  temperature  of  the  solution 
and  change  the  relations  between  the  solubilities  of  the  various  liquids  in  each  other, 
thus  yielding  results  of  little  value. 

A  regular  procedure  was  adopted  in  regard  to  the  shaking.  The  apparatus  was 
filled  according  to  directions  and  immersed  in  the  constant-temperature  bath  until 
all  the  solutions  had  reached  the  same  temperature.  The  tube  was  inverted  in  the 
bath  and  shaken  vigorously  150  times,  then  reversed  and  allowed  to  stand  in  the  tank 
until  all  the  chloroform  had  settled  back  into  the  bulb,  after  which  a  reading  was 
made. 

By  using  this  apparatus  and  carefully  following  these  details  fairly  satisfactory 
results  were  obtained,  but  at  the  same  time  the  Allen-Marquardt  method  was  tested 
and  found  to  be  much  more  convenient  and  accurate.  In  a  recent  paper  by  Doctor 
Dudley,  of  Vanderbilt  University,  on  "The  comparison  of  results  obtained  by  the 
Roese  and  the  Allen-Marquardt  methods,  "&  these  same  difficulties  and  errors  in  the 
Roese  method  were  noted,  so  that  it  seems  advisable  to  abandon  the  old  Roese  method 
and  direct  our  attention  to  the  Allen-Marquardt  method,  which  apparently  gives 
much  more  satisfactory  results. 


a  Bui.  107,  Revised,  p.  97.  6  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  1908,  30 : 1271. 


209 

In  the  \v<>rk  of  the  Bureau  of  Chemistry  for  the  pa.-t  year  nr  more  much  work  lias 
been  done  to  perfect   the  Allen-Mar<|iuirdt   method,  and  it   will  be  discu»ed  some 
what  in  detail,  as  some  of  the  moditicatioiis  deviled  improve  the  method  and  have 
not  been  published,  but  are  of  great  importance  in  obtaining  accurate  results. 

The  method  as  used  at  the  present  time  is  the  same  as  is  given  in  Bulletin  107, 
Ke\  i.-cd.  but  it  has  been  found  necessary  to  have  the  proof  of  the  sample  under  exami- 
nation not  much  above  100  in  order  that  the  volume  when  made  up  to  1.12  specific 
gravity  will  not  be  too  great  for  the  separatory  funnels  used.  In  the  analysis  of  hi^h 
proof  spirits,  therefore,  50  cc  of  the  sample  are  used  for  analysis  and  50  cc  of  water 
added,  making  the  product  approximately  100  proof. 

(  )ne  point  which  is  extremely  important  is  that  the  carbon  tetrachlorid  used  must 
be  of  the  hi.irhe-t  purity.  \Ve  have  found  that  most  of  the  ('.  1'.  carbon  tetrarhlorid 
on  the  market  is  entirely  un.-ati-factory  for  this  determination  until  it  has  been  puri- 
fied by  oxidation  with  bichromate  and  sulphuric  acid,  as  called  for  in  the  present 
provisional  method.  In  the  projKT  control  of  this  purification  a  renewal  of  the 
bichromate  and  sulphuric  acid  mixture  is  necessary  and  often  makes  the  procew  a 
lengthy  one  \\here  the  carbon  tetrachlorid  is  very  impure.  For  this  reason  the  fol- 
lowing new  method,  devised  by  A.  M.  Breckler,  is  used: 

Mix  the  crude  carbon  tetrachlorid  with  strong  sulphuric  acid  in  the  proportion  of 
of  acid  to  e\ery  :i,IMM)  cc  of  the  carbon  tetrachlorid.  Shake  this  mixture  thor- 
oughly at  freoiient  inter\al-  and  allow  to  stand  over  niijht.  Then  run  \\ater  through 
the  mixture  continuou-l\  .  l.y  means  of  a  glass  tube  inserted  to  the  bottom  of  the 
bottle  and  .--.nn.'.  t  with  the  water  tap,  until  thoroughly  washed  free  from  .i.-i.|  and 
impurities.  Draw  oft  the  water  or  upper  layer  by  means  of  a  siphon,  the  last  por- 
tion- li.-ini:  removed  as  bu  :'•!«•  by  a  pi|H-tte.  Add  an  excess  of  soda  solution 

and  di.-til  the  carbon  tetrarhlorid  from  it. 

II)  "t  tin-  method  is  that  a  good  blank  can  be  obtained,  the  process  of 

purification  i-  decidedly  shorter,  and  it  may  be  adapted  to  cruder  carbon  tetrachlorid 
than  can  the  present  pn>\  isional  method,  thus  allowing  cheaper  material  to  be  used. 
A  blank  should  always  be  run  on  each  set  of  determinations  and  if  thin  amount-  in  ihe 
end  to  more  than  0.2  to  ().:;  DC  "t  i.  nth-normal  alkali  due  to  the  carbon  tetrachlorid, 
the  reagent  i-  not  pure  enough  for  this  determination.  The  impurities  present  in 
some  samples  of  bichromate  also  gave  trouble  It  i-  absolutely  necessary  in  this 
method  t  hat  reagents  of  all  kinds  -hall  be  entirely  free  from  organic  contami  nut  ion. 

In  the  extraction  jx»rtion  of  the  method  the  followim:  precautions  are  necessary  : 

(1.)  A  shaking  machine  gives  more  regular  condition-  for  extraction,  each  shaking 

•  ntinned  for  a  period  of  two  minu 

It  i-  of  advantage  to  h.i\e  perfectly  saturated  sodium  chlorid  and  sodium  -ul- 
phaie,  and  for  this  purpo-c  the  solutions  are  kept  standing  over  an  excess  of  the  salt 
and  continually  agitated  by  a  current  of  air. 

(3)  It  h.  •  iM-rimeniully  determined  that  a  colder  temperature  gives  a  more 

efficient  extraction. 

It  i-  al-o  HIM  es-ary  to  take  special  care  to  remove  by  complete  washing  with 
sodium  sulphate  all  the  sodium  chlorid  from  the  carbon  tetrachlorid  extract  ,,n  account 
of  the  formation  of  chlorin  in  the  oxidi/ini;  process  with  bichromate  and  sulphuric 
a<i,|  and  the  danger  of  this  chlorin  interfering  with  the  titration  by  bleaching  the  in- 
dicator The  pre-ent  pr-  1\  i-i«  -mil  method  calls  for  one  washing  with  sodium  sulphate 
to  accomplish  this  result,  but  it  has  been  found  by  experiment  that  two  are  not  suffi- 
cient to  remo\  e  the  sodium  chlorid.  <  h\  the  other  hand,  it  may  be  that  more  than 
two  wa-hiiiL'-  would  abstract  some  of  the  higher  alcohols,  therefore  it  appears  that  the 
it  directions  in  the  provisional  method  should  be  changed  from  one  to  two 


(5)  It  is  necessary  in  carrying  on  the  oxidation  that  the  boiling  of  the  carbon  tetra- 
chlorid with  the  oxidi/in^  solution  should  be  slow  and  regular,  and  that  a  high  con- 
«  1  en  -er  should  be  n.-ed  to  insure  the  complete  condensation  of  all  the  products.  Espe- 
cially i-  rlii-  slow  boiling  necessary  in  the  following  modified  method  which  de- 
pends on  the  estimation  of  the  potassium  bichromate  reduced  during  the  oxidation. 

T::I;T:I—  Hull.  1±J—  O9  -  14 


210 


The  Allen-Marquardt  method,  modified  according  to  these  suggestions,  reads  as 
follows: 

MODIFIED  ALLEN-MARQUARDT  METHOD. 

Reagents. 

Solutions  of  sodium  thiosulphate. — Two  solutions  of  sodium  thiosulphate  are  used, 
one  an  approximate  three-fourths-normal  not  standardized,  and  the  other  a  tenth- 
normal  standardized  against  pure  potassium  bichromate  whose  value  has  been  ob- 
tained against  pure  iron.  ^ 

Carbon  tetrachlorid. — The  purification  of  this  reagent  is  a  fundamental  necessity. 
(See  Breckler's  method,  p.  209.) 

Potassium  iodid  solution. — Dissolve  1  gram  in  every  cubic  centimeter  of  water 
taken. 

Bichromate  oxidizing  solution. — Dissolve  200  grams  of  pulverized  potassium  bichro- 
mate in  1,800  cc  of  water  and  add  200  cc  of  concentrated  sulphuric  acid. 

Determination. 

Proceed  with  the  Allen-Marquardt  method  for  determining  fusel  oil,  as  given  in 
Bulletin  107,  page  98,  to  the  point  of  adding  the  oxidizing  mixture.  Add  exactly  50 
cc  of  the  oxidizing  solution  to  the  blank  and  the  samples  by  means  of  a  pipette  or 
burette  and  then  oxidize  under  a  high  reflux  condenser  for  eight  hours.  During  the 
oxidation,  shaking  the  flask  with  a  rotary  motion  will  prevent  any  isolation  of  spots 
of  bichromate  on  the  flask  below  the  carbon  tetrachlorid.  Decomposition  from  over- 
heating is  prevented  by  placing  between  the  wire  gauze  and  the  flask  two  thicknesses 
of  one-fourth  inch  asbestos  board. 

Remove  the  flask  from  the  reflux  condenser  and  separate  the  bichromate  from  the 
carbon  tetrachlorid  in  a  separating  funnel.  Care  must  be  taken  that  in  this  process 
no  bichromate  is  lost  and  that  the  carbon  tetrachlorid  is  washed  free  from  it.  Make 
up  the  bichromate  solution  thus  obtained  to  500  cc. 

Measure  200  cc  of  this  solution  into  a  liter  flask.  Add  50  cc  of  the  potassium  iodid 
solution,  50  cc  of  the  approximately  three-fourths-normal  solution  of  sodium-thio- 
sulphate,  and  then  20  cc  of  concentrated  hydrochloric  acid.  Titrate  the  excess  of 
bichromate  with  the  standard  tenth-normal  thiosulphate  solution.  If  a  high  content 
of  fusel  oil  was  present  in  the  original  sample,  the  addition  of  50  cc  of  the  three-fourths- 
normal  thiosulphate  solution  may  be  excessive  and  if  such  is  the  case  a  smaller  amount 
should  be  added  and  the  blank  titrated  in  the  same  manner. 

Treat  blanks  containing  exactly  the  same  amount  of  the  reagents  used  in  running 
each  series  of  commercial  samples  in  the  same  way,  starting  them  at  the  point  where 
the  carbon  tetrachlorid  is  washed  with  sodium  chlorid.  The  titration  of  this  blank, 
to  which  has  been  added  the  same  amount  of  the  three-fourths-normal  thiosulphate 
solution,  gives  the  value  of  the  oxidizing  mixture.  The  difference  between  this 
value  in  cubic  centimeters  of  tenth-normal  thiosulphate  and  that  obtained  on  the 
reduced  oxidizing  mixture  of  the  commercial  sample  in  each  case  gives  the  amount 
of  bichromate  used  up  by  the  oxidation  of  the  fusel  oil  present.  This  difference  is 
then  calculated  to  grams  of  amyl  alcohol  using  the  following  factor:  1  cc  of  tenth- 
normal  thiosulphate  equals  0.001773  gram  of  amyl  alcohol. 

The  factor  used  is  an  average  one  obtained  by  three  manipulators  in  making  60  runs 
on  standards  containing  amounts  of  pure  amyl  alcohol,  varying  from  0,05  to  0.5  gram 
as  follows: 

Development  of  factor  in  the  oxidizing  process  of  the  Allen-Marquardt  method. 


Analyst. 

Content  of 
afnvl  alco- 
hol. 

Number  of 
determina- 
tions. 

Maximum. 

Minimum. 

Average. 

Boyle... 

Gram. 
0  05+ 

9 

0  001885 

0  001652 

0  001751 

Do... 

10+ 

g 

001885 

001637 

001785 

Albrech  . 

10 

5 

001847 

001806 

001806 

Palmore  

10+ 

4 

001790 

001634 

001726 

Boyle  

15+ 

9 

001824 

001721 

001776 

Do 

20+ 

g 

001840 

001762 

001799 

Palmore  

20+ 

5 

001751 

001710 

001710 

Boyle  

31+ 

4 

001754 

001719 

001736 

Palmore  

30+ 

5 

001725 

001819 

001771 

Boyle  

42+ 

4 

001830 

001800 

001810 

Do  

53+ 

001818 

001818 

.001885 

.001634 

.  001773 

211 

The  maximum  and  ininiiniiin  figures  >ln.\v  thai  the  oxidizing  process  carried  out 
under  normal  laboratory  conditions  is  practically  uniform  with  respect  in  tin-  varying 
amount-  of  fusel  oil  present.  It  was  found  that  the  reactions  taking  place  Between 
the  liii  hromateand  the  amyl  alcohol  were  little  understood,  and  that  it  was  iuipossililc 
to  calculate  a  factor  which  gave  anything  like  the  actual  results  obtained;  so  that  the 
results  of  the  experiments  given  above  were  made,  and  the  surprising  closeness  of  the 
figures  obtained  by  the  various  analysts  shows  that  there  is  a  definite  reaction  taking 
place;  and,  while  this  reaction  has  not  been  figured  out,  the  writers  feel  entirely  justi- 
fied by  the  results  in  adopting  this  factor. 

This  change  in  the  method  was  developed  as  it  was  found  that  the  final  distillation 
of  the  volatile  acids  was  not  satisfactory,  on  account  of  the  fact  that  only  a  portion  is 
distilled  over  when  the  present  provisional  method  is  followed.  The  following  table 
of  experimental  data  develop*  the  conclusion  just  stated  and  shows  on  an  average  for 
all  contents  of  amyl  alcohol  that  the  percentage  yield  is  raised  from  7S  to  !)L'  per  cent 
if  the  w;i-hiii'_'  pr< "  •  timie.l 

<//.«  nlthiim-t  fnj  tin-  .\lltn-.\Iiiniinirilt 


Ainyl:ili-ohol  |iivs»'Mt. 
Cram. 

1).  UN) 

II.  l.M) 

ILM 

II.    llNI 

".  Im 
1).  1IKI. 

II.    UN)        . 

0.  UNI 

\  m.  .nuts  of  amyl  alcohol  recovered  by 
additional  washings  (expressed  as  oo 
n-normal  alkali  ). 

Total  vi.-l.l  l.v;i.l- 
ditional  washing. 

\aioimts 
|1  :  .::;.•.: 

. 

"-. 

.> 

.00 

.., 

.Ill 
m 

.145 
.179 
.190 
.184 
171 
.085 
M 
OH 
.087 
OH 

on 

.074 
.070 
.190 

:;•' 

.  J7J 

i'.-r,.-::'- 

';:;;:,: 

•        Second. 

Th.r.l. 

Fourth. 

Amount. 

I'ercent. 

96 
98 
103 

96 

H 
97 
97 

H 
H 
H 
H 
82 

Ml 

89 

^7 
81 

71.0 

i  .., 
!  « 

HLO 

V     0 

87.0 
740 
70.0 
95.0 
79.0 

VIII 

M   0 

OLO 

7x   0 

".7          a2 

- 

6 

.'  1                  9 
1 
2 
4                  4 
4                   1 
:i 
1  1                r, 
4                   8 
5                  3 

0.1 

.0 
.2 

•  o 

.:< 

.1 

.2 

'.'<, 
.2 
.2 

Gram. 

0.096 
.OH 

.103 
.OH 

.098 
.097 
.097 
.099 
.196 
.246 
.250 
._'!'. 

.  :u:< 

.HI 

.  Jx:', 

0.5 

!i 

.2 
.2 

'.2 
a.2 
.1 

1).  UK) 

0.300  


7s.u 

92 

>  By  the  fifth  washing  0.3  cc  were  obtained. 


212 


The  curves  plotted  in  fig.  5  show  the  relationship  between  the  percentage  yields 
of  the  present  provisional  method,  of  the  impractical  prolonged  washing  method,  and 
of  the  proposed  modified  Allen-Marquardt  method.  Only  the  figures  obtained  in 
testing  the  portion  of  the  Allen-Marquardt  method  which  follows  the  beginning  of  the 
oxidation  process  are  represented. 


3  /OS 

\ 


O./SO 


0.3SO 


0.400 


FIG.  5.— Comparison  of  three  methods  for  the  determination  of  amyl  alcohol. 

The  curve  shows  that  uniform  results  can  not  be  obtained  by  the  present  provisional 
method,  and  that  if  the  washing  and  distillation  method,  an  impractical  procedure, 
be  adopted,  high  yields  will  probably  only  be  obtained  on  the  low-content  samples. 
The  curve  developed  by  the  runs  on  varying  amounts  of  amyl  alcohol  by  the  pro- 
posed modification  of  the  Allen-Marquardt  method  gives  a  higher  and  more  uniform 
yield  for  all  amounts  and  one  which  approximates  closely  to  100  per  cent.  The  work 
of  developing  this  latter  curve  represents  62  runs  on  varying  amounts  of  amyl  alcohol 
from  0.05  to  0.53  gram,  and  the  manipulation  of  three  analysts. 

The  fact  of  obtaining  a  higher  and  more  uniform  yield  caused  us  to  prepare  and  send 
out  to  18  collaborators,  11  of  whom  reported,  the  samples  described  in  the  report  of  the 
associate  referee  on  distilled  spirits  for  this  year  (see  p.  25).  The  comparison  of  the 
old  and  the  modified  method  and  the  results  of  the  collaborative  work  are  there  pre- 
sented by  the  table  and  curves,  and  distinctly  show  the  advantages  of  the  proposed 
modified  method. 


213 


DETERMINATION  OF  THE  IODIN  NUMBER  OF  THE  NONVOLATILE 
ETHER  EXTRACT  OF  PAPRIKA. 

i;\  \v.  i>i 

As  in  this  laboratory  much  difficulty  was  experienced  in  obtaining  concordant  re- 
sults on  determinations  of  the  iodin  number  of  the  nonvolatile  ether  extract  <>t'  pap- 
rika,  8  samples  of  ground  paprika  sent  in  as  suspected  of  being  Bduttentod  with  olive 
oil,  and  I  sample  composed  of  the  shells  of  Hungarian  paprika  .ground  in  the  labora- 
tory were  examined,  various  methods  of  extraction  being  used. 

Method  1. — This  consisted  in  digesting  10  grams  of  paprika  over  night  with  100  cc 
of  ordinary  ether  in  a  stoppered  flask.  The  next  morning  all  ether  was  decanted  off 
through  a  double  filter  and  the  residue  thoroughly  washed  with  200  cc  more  ether. 
The  ether  was  then  distilled  off  and  the  residue  dried  to  constant  weight  at  100°  ('. 
and  calculated  as  nonvolatile  ether  extract,  the  iodin  number  of  the  same  being 
deter  ruined  on  portions  of  i  hi-  residue  by  the  official  method,  using  the  Ha  tins  solution. 

Mtihml  '.  Manipulation  the  same  as  in  method  1  except  that  petroleum  ether  I'..  1*. 
50-60°  was  substituted  for  sulphuric  ether 

Method  .*.—  The  official  method  for  the  determination  of  nonvolatile  ether  extract 
in  spice*  as  L'i\'-n  in  r.iilletin  107. 

.\ffthml  ;.     The  Doolittle-<  >gden  method  of  extraction  with  cold  anhydrous  ether." 

All  four  <>f  the  above  methods  proved  unsatisfactory.  Methods  I  and  2  were  at 
once  discarded  because  it  was  found  after  repeated  trials  to  he  absolutely  impo-.-ihle 
by  these  methods  to  obtain  portions  of  identical  compo-nion  from  one  lot  of  ether 
extract,  due  to  the  fact  that  on  standing  for  a  few  minutes  at  100°  in  the  water  oven 
several  drops  of  a  colorless  oil  appeared  on  the  sidesof  the  container,  while  on  standing 
at  room  temperature  needlc-haped  «T\  -tals.  which  on  microscopic  examination  proved 
tobecry-t  al-  of  fai,  were  seen  in  the  deep  red  re-idue.  It  was  also  frequently  found 
that  in  spite  of  careful  tilt  rat  ion  minute  quant  it  ies  of  some  body  difficultly  soluble  in 
chloroform  were  present  in  the  extract,  thus  further  interfering  \\iih  the  accuracy 
of  the  result- 

l'.\  i  he  otlicial  method  also  it  was  found  ditlicult  to  obtain  duplicate  results,  appar- 
ently due  to  the  fact  that  a  drying  oil  is  present  in  the  extract  which  may  oxi.li/c 
to  varying  degrees  depending  on  slight  difference-  in  manipulation  during  the  long 
period  of  extra-  the  l>oolittIe-<  )-jden  method  some  difficulty,  although  not 

so  much  as  with  the  three  preceding  methods,  was  experienced  in  obtaining 
duplicate  determinations  of  the  iodin  number;  and  in  addition  this  method  has  the 
disadvantage  of  allowing  only  one  determination  of  the  iodin  number  to  be  made 
on  the  product  of  a  .-in-le  extraction.  The  following  modification  of  the  Dooliitle- 
Ogden  method  was  finally  devised,  and  so  far  has  given  satisfactory  results.  Diving 
duplicates  on  iodin  number  determinations  agreeing  to  within  0.2  per  cent. 

Method  No.  5. — Ten  grams  of  paprika  spread  in  a  thin  layer  on  a  flat -bottomed  dish 
are  dried  for  two  hours  in  a  vacuum  oven  at  fit)0  and  L'">  mm.  The  material  is  then 
transferred  to  a  double  filter  and  \\ashed  with  :)<)<)  <<•  of  cold  anhydrous  alcohol-free 
ether.  After  distilling  off  the  ether  the  residue  is  taken  up  with  fresh  ether  and 
filtered  into  a  -mall  tared  beaker,  the  filter  paper  being  carefully  washed  with  ether 
to  remove  all  trace  of  oil.  After  again  evaporating  off  the  ether  t lie  residue  is  dried 
to  con-taut  wei_rht  at  100°.  After  the  final  weighing  the  residue  is  washed  with 
chloroform  into  a  100  <  .  flask  and  made  up  to  volume  with  this  liquid.  Determina- 
ti..n-  ot  the  iodin  number  are  made  on  10  cc  portions  of  this  solution,  thus  making 
{possible  -e\erai  duplicate  determinations  on  the  residue  obtained  in  a  sample  extrac- 
tion. 

oj.  Amer.  Them.  Soc.  1908,  30.  MM. 


214 


The  following  points  are  noted  as  having  been  brought  out  by  the  limited  data 
obtained : 

(1)  Any  method  in  which  portions  of  the  extract  are  poured  off  into  shell  vials,  etc., 
for  the  determination  of  the  iodin  number,  as  is  customary  in  the  determination  of 
this  constant  with  oils  and  fats,  should  be  avoided,  for  as  before  stated  it  is  absolutely 
impossible  by  this  method  to  obtain  two  portions  of  identical  composition. 

(2)  Iodin  numbers  determined  on  the  nonvolatile  ether  extract  of  paprika,  which 
by  the  high  value  of  this  constant  would  appear  not  to  be  adulterated  with  olive  oil, 
are  found  when  made  on  the  product  obtained  by  the  official  method  of  extraction 
to  be  considerably  lower  than  those  obtained  on  the  product  produced  by  extraction 
with  cold  solvents,  indicating  perhaps  the  presence  of  drying  oils;   while,  as  is  to  be 
expected,  the  percentage  of  nonvolatile  ether  extract  is  lower.     On  the  other  hand, 
with  commercial  paprikas  adulterated  with  olive  oil  the  difference  between  the  iodin 
numbers  obtained  by  the  two  methods  of  extraction  is  not  so  marked.     Extraction 
with  cold  petroleum  ether,  boiling  point  50°-60°  gives  a  nonvolatile  extract  about 
1  per  cent  lower  than  is  obtained  by  the  use  of  an  equal  volume  of  sulphuric  ether 
under  identical  conditions.     In  the  following  table  samples  Nos.  1  to  8  are  commer- 
cial paprikas  sent  in  on  suspicion  of  adulteration  with  olive  oil  while  No.  9  is  a  pure 
product  prepared  by  grinding  the  shells  of  Hungarian  paprika. 

Comparison  of  methods  for  determination  of  iodin  number  and  nonvolatile  ether  extract. 


No. 

Iodin  number. 

Nonvolatile  ether  extract. 

Official 
method. 

Method 
No.  5. 

•  Official 
method. 

Method 
No.  5. 

Method 
No.  1. 

Method 
No.  2. 

1 

2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 
8 
9 

127.1 
121.6 
108  0 
124  4 
107.7 
109.0 
107.3 

139.0 
127.3 
113.6 
130.2 
113.3 
114.5 
114.4 
130  3 

Per  cent. 
15.8 
17.5 
21.3 
15.8 
21.75 
20.1 
20.6 

Percent. 
9.64 
12.29 
15.14 
11.52 
17.00 
15.74 
15.  63 
13.66 
2.84 

Per  cent. 
11.99 
13.84 
16.76 
13.21 
18.73 
17.38 
17.28 

Per  cent. 
11.07 
12.98 

12.57 
17.97 
16.54 
16.36 

127.0 

139.0 

5.04 

I 

DETERMINATION  OF  STARCH  IN  COCOA  PRODUCTS. 
By  W.  L.  DUBOIS. 

The  provisional  method  for  the  determination  of  starch  in  cocoa  and  cocoa  products 
requires  grinding  of  the  sample  in  a  mortar  repeatedly  with  ether  and  pouring  the 
solution  through  filter  paper  each  time  until  the  fat  is  extracted.  With  sweetened 
material  the  fat-free  residue  is  then  rubbed  in  a  mortar  to  a  paste  with  water  and 
filtered  on  the  same  paper,  the  process  being  repeated  until  all  the  sugar  is  removed, 
which  requires  about  500  cc  of  water.  This  process  is  a  very  slow  and  tedious  one. 
The  manipulation  of  the  sample  in  the  mortar  with  ether  both  in  the  grinding  and 
subsequent  pouring  requires  extreme  care  to  prevent  loss.  The  filtration  in  many 
cases  is  very  slow  and  with  sweetened  samples  it  often  takes  two  days  to  wash  with 
500  cc  of  water.  In  order  to  overcome  this  objection  the  following  procedure  was  tried : 
Four  grams  of  the  unsweetened  sample  or  8  grams  of  the  sweetened  goods  are  shaken 
with  100  cc  of  gasoline  in  an  ordinary  8-ounce,  short  neck,  nursing  bottle  until  the 
material  is  completely  disintegrated;  the  bottle  is  whirled  in  a  centrifuge  until  the 
supernatant  liquid  is  clear  and  the  gasoline  drawn  off  with  a  small  tube  attached  to 
vacuum  pump  and  the  process  repeated.  This  procedure  removes  practically  all  the 


215 


fat  ami  prepare-;  (lit-  sample  for  the  next  operation.  In  case  of  unsweetened  material 
this  merely  enti-i.-is  in  washing  the  same  into  a  500  cc  Erlenmeyer  flask  with  200  cc  of 
water  ami  proceeding  with  the  hydrolizing  and  determination  of  starch  as  directed 
in  the  provisional  method.  With  the  sweetened  goods  alter  the  extraction  of  fat  with 
gasoline  LOO  CC  of  water  WO  added  to  the  residue  ami  the  bottle  shaken  thoroughly  and 
whirled  in  the  centrifugal  machine.  If  the  speed  of  the  machine  In-  sufficiently  liigh 
a  dear  water  solution  may  be  obtained,  although  as  a  rule  a  thin  layer  of  chocolate 
will  float  on  the  top.  A  small  pipette  may  be  passed  through  this  layer  into  the  water 
.-olutioii  and  the  same  withdrawn  from  the  bottom.  Where  such  high  speed  can  not 
be  oiitained,  however,  it  is  necessary  to  pass  the  water  solution  through  filter  paper  to 
remove  the  suspended  particles.  The  process  is  repeated  and  the  residue  transferred 
i..  the  filter  paper  and  washed  with  sufficient  water  to  make  a  filtrate  of  500  cc.  This 
-s  requires  a  very  much  shorter  time  than  that  outlined  by  the  provisional 
method. 

From  the  table  it  will  be  seen  that  the  extraction  of  fat  and  sugar  is  apparently  com- 
plete, the  results  \\here  comparisons  were  made  with  the  provisional  method  being 
slightly  higher  than  those  obtained  by  that  method,  duplicates  agreeing  fairly  well. 

r»//i/Miri*rm  of  methods  J<>  »i nut  inn  nf  starch  in  cocwi  product*. 


Sample. 

B  •:...  ;. 

in.  tho.l. 

fiainplf. 

Mo.lili.-«l 
Illi-tllixl. 

Pro- 

visional 

lllctluxl. 

/•  |  •  M 

Percent. 

Percent. 

Percent. 

.. 

\        10.77 

Bit  t«-r  chocolate  

I       l:<.:u 

:             .  _     '  -^ 

\      1J.  /.i 

lilll.T  rhiM't.l  Lt< 

1         II    si 
1        I'.'    II 

}       U.M 

Sw.  -.•lrlnM-ol.il.-  

N  m 

\       8.22 

7.  42 

iiUt«T  chiK-ol.it.-. 

1 

1        8.51 
\      Lost. 

7.40 

MONDAY— AFTERNOON  SESSION. 


EXAMINATION  OF  OYSTERS. 


W.     I>       P.I..KI.OW. 


There  has  \m\\z  been  a  pra<  n.  ••  .uiion^'  tho-e  .-hipping  oyster-^  in  the  shell  to  place 
ihem  for  a  day  or  two  in  a  -treaiu  or  fresh  or  brackish  water.  This  process  is  corn- 
men  iall>  term.'.  I  •-.Irinkiiu'."  and  i-  practiced  for  the  purpo>e  of  plumping  the 
oysten.  h  d  -iat.-d  that  at  the  I.e-innin-jof  the  ebb  tide  the  oysters  open  their  .-hell- 
ami  "drink."  What  really  happen-  is  that  the  fresher  waterdiffuses  into  the  oyste'ra 
:n..-i-  ami  u'ives  them  a  fictitious  appearance  of  plumpness. 

This  practice  of  ••.Irinkin-  in  the  shell  has  been  largely  di.-continued. 

I'rai-tically  the  same  thing  i-  a<-(  ..mplished,  however,  by  soaking  them  for  a  consider- 
able time  in  fre.-h  water  after  their  removal  from  the  shell.  As  the  purity  of  the  water 
can  be  better  I  -oiitrollcd  by  this  means,  it  is  to  be  preferred  to  the  older  process  of 
'•drinkini;  "  tlie  <.\-ter  before  -hu«  kiii'j  In  either  case,  the  plumping  of  the  oysters 
is  stated  by  .-hippers  t<>  be  f.  .r  the  purpose  of  improving  the  product.  This  improve- 
ment, however,  i-  entirely  fictitious,  the  increased  plumpness  being  due  merely  to  the 
addition  of  water  which  is  given  off  on  cooking. 

1  1  is  believed  that  the  unnecessary  addition  of  water  to  oysters,  either  directly  or  by 

objectionable  on  two  grounds:  First,  it  produces  a  fictitious  appear- 

ance of  plumpness;  and,  second,  the  weight  of  the  oysters  is  increased  by  a  substance 


216 

whifch  does  not  add  to  their  nutritive  value;  that  is,  a  substance  (water)  is  mixed  with 
them N«  such  a  manner  as  to  reduce  their  quality  or  strength. 

WheuHne  oyster  is  removed  from  the  bed  by  dredging  or  tonging,  the  inside  of  the 
shell  contains  a  considerable  amount  of  dirt  and  sand.  In  order  to  remove  this  the 
oysters  are  sometimes  placed  on  floats  at  some  convenient  place  in  the  salt  water. 
Here,  probably  at  the  beginning  of  the  ebb  tide,  they  open  their  shells  and  "drink." 
Since  the  water  in  which  they  are  placed  is  at  the  same  concentration  as  that  of  the 
bed,  however,  there  is  no  plumping  or  other  change  in  their  appearance  except  that 
during  this  process  they  appear  to  blow  the  dirt  and  sand  from  the  shell  and  if  the  water 
be  clean  the  oyster  is  fairly  clean.  They  are  then  taken  to  the  oyster  house,  shucked, 
and  washed  to  remove  the  slime  with  which  they  are  covered.  It  is  said  by  shippers 
that  this  slime  will  rapidly  produce  decomposition  and  must  be  removed  before  the 
oysters  are  shipped.  This  washing,  however,  should  not  be  prolonged  more  than  is 
absolutely  necessary  for  proper  cleansing. 

During  the  last  season  a  study  was  made  of  the  oysters  in  various  parts  of  the  country 
in  order  to  secure  data,  if  possible,  by  which  oysters  that  had  been  properly  treated 
might  be  distinguished  from  those  which  had  been  treated  with  an  excessive  amount 
of  water.  Seventy  samples  of  oysters  were  taken  from  beds  in  various  sections  of  the 
seacoast  of  the  United  States  and  sent  to  the  laboratory  without  any  treatment  what- 
ever. Other  samples  from  the  same  beds  were  merely  washed  with  water  for  a  suffi- 
cient time  to  remove  sand  and  dirt;  while  still  other  samples  were  soaked  in  water  for 
a  length  of  time  varying  from  one  hour  to  twenty-four  hours. 

When  the  samples  arrived  at  the  laboratory  they  were  examined  as  follows:  First, 
the  total  weight  was  taken,  then  the  sample  was  strained  through  a  colander  and  the 
solid  meats  and  liquors  weighed  separately.  Fifty  grams  of  the  oysters  were  then 
placed  in  a  beaker  with  200  cc  of  cold  water  and  the  whole  heated  in  such  a  manner 
that  the  water  was  brought  to  the  boiling  point  in  about  fifteen  minutes.  The  boiling 
was  continued  for  fifteen  minutes,  wrhen  the  water  was  poured  off  as  completely  as 
possible,  the  oysters  were  cooled  five  minutes  and  weighed.  From  the  figure  thus 
obtained  the  per  cent  loss  on  boiling  was  determined.  It  was  found  that  by  con- 
tinuing the  boiling  for  a  longer  period  than  fifteen  minutes  the  results  were  not  greatly 
increased. 

Another  portion  of  the  solid  meats  was  passed  through  a  meat  chopper  and  the  total 
solids,  ash,  and  sodium  chlorid  determined  in  the  usual  way.  The  percentages  of 
total  solids  and  ash  and  sometimes  of  sodium  chlorid  were  also  determined  in  the 
liquor.  From  the  figures  obtained  by  the  examination  of  the  solid  meats  and  liquors, 
together  with  their  respective  weights,  the  per  cent  of  total  solids  in  the  original 
sample  was  calculated.  In  the  majority  of  cases  samples  of  the  salt  water  were  taken 
from  the  respective  oyster  beds  and  their  content  of  sodium  chlorid  determined. 


SIMPLE  TESTS  FOR  DETECTING  BLEACHING  IN  FLOUR. 
By  A.  L.  WINTON  and  E.  J.  SHANLEY. 

The  Griess-Ilosvay  method  for  determining  nitrites,"  originally  designed  for  water 
analysis,  is  generally  recognized  as  the  best  means  of  detecting  artificial  bleaching  in 
flour.  Commercial  unbleached  flour  contains  no  appreciable  amount  of  nitrous  acid, 
free  or  combined,  while  that  bleached  with  nitrogen  peroxid  contains  amounts  increas- 
ing with  the  degree  of  bleaching.  The  quantitative  process  of  determining  nitrous 
acid,  although  not  a  tedious  one,  is,  however,  unnecessarily  laborious  when  only 
qualitative  results  are  desired.  It  involves  the  preparation  of  a  standard  nitrite 
solution  and  comparison  of  the  intensity  of  the  color  produced  in  this  solution  with 

aSutton:  Volumetric  Analysis,  9th  ed.,  1904,  p.  449. 


217 


NTY 


that  produced  in  the  water  extract  of  the  sample  in  question,  all  of  which  can 
di.- pe  used  with  when  the  purpose  is  merely  to  learn  whether  or  not  the  flour  is  1 .1 
ami  whether  the  bleaching  is  light,  moderate,  or  excessive.  Then-  has  also  been  a 
demand  not  only  for  a  simple  and  rapid  method  for  detecting  bleaching  in  the 
laboratory,  but  also  tor  one  which  flour  buyers,  bakers,  and  consumers  can  carry  out 
without  special  training  ami  with  simple  apparatus. 

The  tests  here  described  are,  first,  a  simplification  of  the  Griess-Ilosvay  method  and, 
second,  a  confirmatory  test  based  on  the  observations  o£  Alway  a  and  others  that  the 
petroleum  ether  solution  of  unbleached  flour  is  yellow,  while  that  of  bleached  Hour, 
if  not  excessively  overbleached,  is  nearly  colorless.  The  Griess-Ilosvay  test  is  the 
more  reliable,  but  the  gasoline  test,  which  depends  on  an  entirely  different  principle, 
namely,  the  nature  of  the  coloring  matter  of  the  fat,  is  useful  for  confirmation.  A 
description  of  the  teet£  in  popular  language  follows: 

I      '  METHOD. 

Place  a  heaping  teaspoonful  (10  grains  of  the  flour  to  be  examined  in  a  wide- 
mouthed,  glass-stoppered  l-otince  bottle.  Nearly  till  with  distilled  water,  or  tap 
water  five  from  an  appreciable  amount  of  nitrites,  and  add  a  teaspoonful  (-1  eo  of  the 
t'-t  ^olution  prepared  as  .lirected  In-low,  measured  with  a  glass  spoon.  Cork  the 
bottle  and  shake  vigorously  for  a  few  minutes,  then  allow  to  settle  for  from  fifteen  to 
twentv  mil. 

Under  the  above  conditions  bleached  flour  will  impart  to  the  liquid  a  color  ranging 
from  a  liirht   pink  to  a  deep  red,  depending  on  the  degree  of  bleaching.     With  un 
bleached  Hour  the  liquid  i-  n»t  colored  a  red  tint,  provided  water  free  from  nitrite*  i- 
used.     Always  run,  for  comparison,  a  parallel  t«-t  with  a  -ample  of  unbleached  (lour, 
so  that  allowance  can  be  made  for  any  nitrites  in  the  water. 

Test  solution. — 1.  Dissolve  0.5gram  of  sulphanilic  acid  in  150  cc  of  dilute  acet  i.  :,cid 
(about  •_'(>  percenJ  .  Keep  u.-n  t-ppered. 

Dissolve 0.2  gram  of  alpha-naphthylamin  bydrochktid  in  20  cc  of  -iron-  acetic 
Doc  of  dilute  acetic  acid  (20  per  cent).     Keep  well  stoppered. 
I  an«l  _'  for  use.    The  mfxed  reagent  keeps  for  several  weeks,  and  possibly 
much  longer. 

II      (.A  HO  LINK    METHOD. 

Place  two  heaping  teaspoonfuk  (20  grams)  of  the  flour  in  a  wi<ic-inoiithe<l,  ^lass- 
stoppcred  i-on:.  .  add  sufficient  gasoline  to  nearly  till  the  bottle,  .-hake.  ;m  I 

allou  to  -ettle  If  the  flour  is  unbleached,  the  ura.-oline  will  become  distinctly  yellow; 
if  bleached,  it  will  remain  nearly  colorless.  «',,nduci  a  parallel  test  on  unbleached 
Hour  for  comparison. 


A  MODIFICATION  OF  THE  BAMIHL  TEST  FOR  DETECTING  WHEAT 
FLOUR  IN   RYE  FLOUR. 

\      I.     \\INTON. 

This  test  depends  on  the  presence  of  gluten  in  wheat  flour  and  its  absence  in  con- 
siderable amounts  in  rye  and  other  flours.  The  original  test,  devised  in  1852  by 
Bamihl,b  a  Prussian  customs  official,  consists  in  rubbing  up  a  small  amount  of  flour 
with  water  on  a  microscopic  slide  by  means  of  a  cover  glass  and  noting  under  the  mi- 
croscope whether  or  not  gluten  strings  or  rolls  are  formed.  The  objections  to  the  test 
in  its  original  form  are  that  the  microscope  reveals  the  presence  of  traces  of  gluten  in 
pure  rye  flour  and  under  the  microscope  it  is  not  possible  to  compare  at  a  glance  the 
amount  found  in  pure  rye  flour  with  that  from  a  suspected  sample. 

The  writer's  modification  of  the  test  consists  in  employing  a  dilute  solution  of  eosin 
in  place  of  water  and  dispensing  with  the  microscope  entirely.  The  gluten  greedily 

"braska  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.,  Bui.  102. 
&  Poggendorff,  Annalen  Physik  Chemie,  1852,  86;  161. 


218 

absorbs  the  dye,  and  on  a  white  background  becomes  very  conspicuous  because  of  its 
beautiful  pink  color.     A  description  of  the  procedure  follows: 

Place  side  by  side  on  a  microscopic  slide  1.5  mg  of  the  flour  and  a  drop  of  water 
containing  0.2  gram  of  eosin  in  1,000  cc.  Allow  the  slide  to  rest  on  a  sheet  of  white 
paper  and  carefully  mix  the  flour  with  the  liquid  by  means  of  a  cover  glass,  held 
between  the  thumb  and  finger  in  such  a  manner  that  it  is  raised  slightly  above  the 
slide  taking  care  that  none  of  the  flour  escapes  from  beneath  it.  Finally,  allow  the 


2  3 

FIG.  6.— Bamihl  gluten  test  (X4):  1,  Pure  rye  flour  showing  only  trace  of  gluten;  2,  a  mixture  of  60 
per  cent  rye  and  40  per  cent  wheat;  3,  pure  wheat  flour  showing  gluten  masses. 

cover  glass  to  rest  on  the  slide  and  rub  it  back  and  forth  until  the  gluten,  if  present, 
forms  into  rolls  or  masses.  Conduct  parallel  tests  for  comparison  on  pure  wheat  and 
pure  rye  flour.  Proceeding  in  this  manner,  wheat  flour  yields  an  abundance  of  gluten, 
which  is  stained  a  beautiful  pink  color  by  the  eosin,  whereas  rye  flour  yields  none,  or 
else  only  traces  which  are  scarcely  visible  to  the  naked  eye.  Mixtures  of  rye  and 
wheat  flour  yield  variable  quantities  of  gluten,  depending  upon  the  proportion  of  the 
two  flours  and  their  source. 

In  testing  graham  flour,  buckwheat  flour,  and  other  cereal  products  containing 
considerable  quantities  of  bran  tissues  or  coarse  lumps  of  any  kind,  the  flour  should 
be  sifted  through  a  bolting  cloth  before  applying  the  test.  The  bolting  is  conveniently 


219 

carried  'tut  by  placing  a  small  quantity  of  flour  in  a  beaker,  covering  the  top  with  the 
bolting  doth  held  in  place  by  means  nt'  a  rubber  band,  inverting  and  shaking.     <>p.-i 
aliiii;  "ii  tin-  .-in f.l  mati-cial.  as  little  as  •>  per  cent  of  wheat   Hour  in  buckwheat  flour 
may  be  detected .      In  pure  buckwheat  flour  1  have  n«-\  er  obtained  a  visible  amount 
of  gluten. 

Figure  <;,  reproduced  from  photograph-;  ma«le  by  Mr.  15.  .) .  Howard,  Thief  of  the 
Microchemical  Laboratory,  IJurcau  of  <  hemistry,  shows  the  gluten  obtained  by  this 
te-t  in  pure  rye  Hour,  a  mixture  of  »>()  |>er  cent  rye  flour  and  40  per  cent  wheat  flour, 
and  pure  wheat  Hour,  iiiairniu'ed  1  diameters.  As  has  been  stated,  in  practical  work 
no  nuiLMiilication  whatever  is  necessary  to  bring  «>"t  the  gluten  strings  or  masses. 

MOISTURE  DETERMINATIONS  WITHOUT    THE  AID  OF  HEAT. 

p.y  r.  i'  TI:I>\VIII{II><;K. 

For  more  than  a  year  at  the  Missouri  experiment  station  the  moisture  determina- 
tions on  meats  have  been  made  without  the  aid  of  heat,  by  drying  in  vacuum  OV6T 
sulphuric  acid.  At  tit>t  the  ordinary  brass  filter  pump  wa<  u-ed  for  obtaining  a 
vacuum,  aided  by  the  u-e  of  about  10  cc  of  ether  i  Benedict  method).  A  vacuum  of 
I  or  _'  mm  is  ea.-ily  obtained  \\ith  'jood  water  pre.-sure.  but  in  warm  weather  many  of 
the  samples  would  show  some  putrefaction  I  n  was  complete  enough 

to  cheek  decomposition.  It  was  n..ted  that  the  water  formed  with  the  acid  an  upper 
Mntod  <  ,,11-iderable  heat  when  mixed  by  rotation.  This  suggi-ted 
the  frequent  agitation  of  the  sulphuric  arid  in  the  bottom  of  the  desiccator-,  with 
the  result  that  twel\e  hour-  \\as  sullicient  to  dry  fresh  meat  samples  so  that  they 
would  not  putrefy.  Ha\  .  :•  -rabh-  difficulty  with  the  water  pressure,  a  (Jer\  k 

duplex  vacuum  pump  was  procured,  and  without  tl  iier  a  vacuum  of  less  than 

1  mm  was  secured  in  two  .,r  three  minutes. 

SubstanceseU'  in  and  II\«T  gavt  much  trouble  by  frothing  out.  of  the  mois- 

ture i  i usted,  but  the  difficulty  was  ob\  iated  by  freezing 

lhe.-e    -ample-    al'lel"    |h-->      U-!,-    'A  .  •  IJ 1 1 .  •   I  ^l!llllall\      .     .M  -\\.iter    e\!ra,t-    o|     i.rel     U  elV 

i  and  e\a|»orate<!  to  dry  ness  in  the  vacuum  without  e\er  thawing,  lea\  in-j  tin- 
dry  substance  as  a  web-like  mass  the  full  .-i/.e  of  the  original  :  Tact. 

The  inoi-niM-  ir.-e  samples  are  UBt'd  for  d«-  terminal  ion  of  the  ether-.-oluhle  material. 

:d,  horn-like  mass,  BO  that   it  is  necessary  to^rind 

them  and  make  a  sen >i id  extraction  in  onler  to  obtain  all  of  the  ether-soluble  mat.  rial. 
In  order  to  avoid  this  difficulty,  the  meat  samples  are  mixed  with  ignited  .-and.  and 
such  good  results  are  obtained  that  a  desc -riptioii  of  the  method  may  be  of  interest. 

l-'..r  the  ni"i-Mire  and  fat  tubes  use  either  the  S.  &  S  n  -hell-  ,,r  the  glass 

tubes  w  ith  filter-paper  bottom-.      Fill  the  tube  about  one-third  full  of  ignited 
and  then  stuff  in  a  liberal  amount  of  fat  free  cotton.     l>rv  the  tube- thus  prepared  i  they 

should  be  numbered)  for  several  hours  intheovenat  L03°C.,  and  place  in  a  vacuum 

ie\v   hour-  i'_'hiii_-       U'l-i'/h    ill    a  glass-stoppered  \\ej./hin^  bottle  and 

.'lit   of    the   tube  and    bottle    o  .n.-erut  i  \  el\  .       This    Uei-hilP_'    is    done    in 

advance  of  a  ?-lau.i;hterin'.r  experiment,  and  several  hun<lred  tubes  are  prepared. 

IMace  the  finely  Around  and  thon.u^hlv  mixed  samples  of  meats  in  wei'/hiii^  bottles 

Erovidetl  with  ihorl  aluminum  scoops  (a  heavy  piece  of  stirring  ro«l  will  do  ,  and  weigh 
y  difference,  usin-r  fn-m  .">  to  10  Drains  for  a  sample.  K»-ino\e  the  cotton  from  one  of 
the  lan-d  tabes,  placing  it  mi  the  side  of  a  flat  inaUow  p<»n-elain  dish,  and  carefully 
pour  out  the -and  into  the  dish.  Place  the  sample  of  the  meat  upon  thesandand  mix, 
u-ini:  a -patula  and  a  stirring  n»«l.  When  the  sand  and  sample  are  thoroughly  mixed, 
tran.-fef  the  ma.-s  to  the  tube,  u-iiii:  the  <-otti>u  to  wipe  all  trace-  from  the  dish,  the 
spatula,  and  the  stirring  r«id.  Loss  of  any  particles  ..f  sand  is  prevented  by  working 
over  black  glazed  paper.  The  last  of  the  unused  cotton  is  placed  in  the  top  Of  the  tube 
as  a  plu'j. 

Make  the  determinations  in  triplicate  and  place  them  in  separate  desiccators.  (We 
use  a  good  U-inch  vacuum  desiccator.  Larger  desiccators  were  tried,  but  several  of 
them  broke,  owinir  to  the  hiu'h  pres.-ure.  i  Wire-gauze  baskets  are  used,  which  set  on 
the  porcelain  desiccator  plate.  In  this  basket  from  eight  to  twelve  tubes  can  be 
placed.  The  desiccator  coven  and  stopcocks  must  be  well  ground  and  a  lubricant 


220 


used  which  will  hold  and  yet  permit  the  easy  removal  of  the  cover.  A  mixture  of 
3  parts  paraffin  (hard)  and  5  parts  vaselin  is  satisfactory.  These  are  melted  together 
and  then  cooled  slowly,  with  continual  stirring.  If  the  work  is  to  be  done  during 
continued  cold  weather  a  little  more  vaselin  may  be  used,  or  in  summer  a  little  more 
paraffin.  The  addition  of  rubber  or  Venice  turpentine  to  the  lubricant  has  been  dis- 
continued on  account  of  the  difficulty  in  removing  the  covers. 

After  the  filled  desiccators  have  been  exhausted,  rotate  them  carefully  every  three 
or  four  hours  to  mix  thoroughly  the  acid  and  the  water  which  has  been  absorbed  into 
the  upper  portions.  Care  must  be  used  not  to  spatter  the  acid  upon  the  tubes.  At 
the  end  of  twenty-four  to  forty-eight  hours,  a?  is  convenient,  allow  air  to  bubble  slowly 
through  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  into  the  desiccator  and  transfer  the  tubes  to  a 
desiccator  provided  with  fresh  acid.  Chemically  pure  sulphuric  acid  must  be  used, 
as  the  commercial  acid  discolors  the  samples. 

Exhaust  the  freshly  filled  desiccators  and  hold  for  another  twenty-four  to  forty-eight 
hours,  as  is  convenient.  During  this  interval  mix  the  acid  three  or  four  times.  Next 
weigh  the  tubes  and  place  them  in  a  vacuum  again  for  twelve  hours  or  longer  and 
again  weigh,  to  prove  that  the  drying  is  complete.  If  any  of  the  tubes  do  not  show 
constant  weight  they  are  placed  in  vacuum  again  with  fresh  acid.  The  acid  employed 
for  the  first  drying 'is  used  for  commercial  acid;  that  with  which  the  drying  is  com- 
pleted is  used  as  the  first  acid  with  fresh  samples. 

With  blood  the  freshly  drawn  sample  is  rapidly  poured  into  tared  tubes  filled  with 
fat-free  cotton,  each  tube  being  placed  in  a  tared  weighing  bottle.  The  tui>e  and 
stoppered  bottle  are  weighed  to  get  the  weight  of  the  sample,  and  the  moisture  is 
obtained  as  with  meat  samples. 

We  have  demonstrated  that  this  method  is  capable  of  practical  application  to 
agricultural  analyses  in  general,  and  is  especially  to  be  recommended  where  a  determi- 
nation of  the  fat  or  ether-soluble  constituents  is  to  be  made.  The  most  marked 
differences  have  been  noted  in  fat  determinations  upon  samples  of  fresh  bone  (skeleton 
of  beef).  When  heat  has  been  used  in  drying  the  samples  by  the  official  method  the 
extracted  fats  are  frequently  very  dark  colored.  By  using  the  vacuum  method  with- 
out heat  the  extracted  fat  is  almost  snow  white.  This  method  has  been  compared 
with  the  regular  official  method  upon  numerous  other  samples,  as  butter,  milk,  soil, 
feed  stuffs,  honey,  soap,  etc.  A  few  results  are  given  in  the  following  tables  illustrat- 
ing several  phases  of  the  work. 

Moisture  determinations  on  various  animal  substances  by  vacuum  method  without  heat. 


Sample. 

Results  in  triplicate. 

Sample. 

Results  in  triplicate. 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

Blood 

Per  cent. 
79.23 
82.29 
68.77 
68.82 

Per  cent. 
79.25 
82.73 
68.74 
68.82 

Per  cent. 
79.55 
82.83 
68.96 
68.41 

Round  lean  
Kidney  fat 

Per  cent. 
72.67 
5.52 
8.95 
12.51 

Per  cent. 
73.22 
5.51 

8.74 
12.29 

Per  cent. 
72.61 
5.42 
8.34 
12.43 

Do  

Liver  

Do 

Do  

Offal  fat 

Moisture  determinations  on  blood  by  vacuum  method  without  heat. 
[Using  absorbent  cotton  and  showing  effect  of  second  drying  in  the  vacuum.] 


Weight  of 

Loss  in 

Weight  of 
sample. 

sample, 
tube,  and 
weighing 

First  dry 
weight. 

Second  dry 
weight. 

weight 
second 
time  in 

Total  loss 
in  mois- 
ture. 

Moisture. 

bottle. 

vacuum. 

Grams. 

Grams. 

Grams. 

Grams. 

Grams. 

Grams. 

Per  cent. 

a  4340 

46.3238 

41.  1025 

41.0984 

0.0041 

5.2254 

81.216 

3.7002 

43.  3378 

40.3335 

40.3324 

.0011 

3.0054          81.223 

6.3934 

44.  0746 

38.8884 

38.8860 

.0024 

5.  1886          81.  156 

5.3474 

44.5125 

40.1695 

40.1685 

.0010 

43440 

81.236 

i 

±21 


.tuition*  nit  n  .vim/tie  <>f  linr,  nirunni  method  nifhoitt  mi.n'ny  n  ith  sand, 
shoving  gradual  loss  of  moist  it/, 


Grams.    Gm.     Gms.      Cm. 


Grams.  Grams.  Grams. 
45,6373  40.7115  40.0977 
45.4085  40.4024  40.3888 
46.1368  40.5963  40.5435 


Gm.     Grams.     Gm. 
0.0138  40.687: 


Gms. 

4.8528  70.  Jin 
:..  i  '•-':;:,  70.439 
ro.2so 


0m. 

.,  'Uls 
7. 1317 
8.0140 


0138   40.38501 

..'I.')     .0240 


4n.:.r.'l    .009440.5070   O.OOol 


<>f  mnixtnn-  <i>  firm  inntioiu  made  by  '/a 
the  ojfirinl  method. 


method  uith  those  made  by 


Sample. 

By  vacuum 
method. 

Hv  official 
method. 

W  heat  stubble,  air  <! 
Soil,  air 
(  'orn  chop  uir  «lrv  " 

Percent. 

i.  M 
j  H 
n  .M 
hi  .!-» 
•  -.., 

Per  cent. 

J  in 
i.«  .->: 

it  n 
.tj  n 

PttMt 
.,  971 

i  M 
1.5  M 

.U    11 
s..  71 

PajrtfMf, 
1948 

I  s:? 

IJ   vs 

•M  M 

N.,.  7.. 

I'.lllt.    ! 

I    ll,  •«••>.• 

Milk*  

a  The  corn  chop  was  placed  In  vacuum  a  fourth  time  twfore  it  ceased  to  lose  In  weight. 

'•  The  milk  and  butter  were  mixed  with  amnd  and  were  dry  by  the  vacuum  method  at  the  end  of  twelve 


THE  UNIFICATION  OF  SACCHARIMETRIC  OBSERVATIONS. 
By  C.  A.  BROWNE. 

In  an  article  u{>on  the  Control  of  SacchariuM'trm  by  Otto  Srliimrork."  it  is  <lm\vn 
that  the  differences  in  rotation  for  sugar  solutions  ili.sappear  for  clitf»-rvn 
and  dit'tVrrnt  sources  of  whitr  li-^ht  only  \vh«-n  th«-  li^'ht  is  lilt.-n-d  thn.u-h  ;i  I  .."•  .  m 
of  6  percent  potassium  bichromate  solution  in  water  (  >n  th<  l..i-i-  <>i  ih.-.- 
Schdnrock  recommends  that  the  use  of  this  liirht  tilt.  -r  be  adopted  in 
tin-  MX)  point  of  tin-  \Vntzke  scale.  This  recommendation,  which  has  l.ren 
followed  by  the  Iinpt-rial  Il»-ii  -hs  Anstalt  of  German  \  an«l  th.-  I  S.  Cureau  of 
Standard.-,  s.-.-m-,  h«i\\i-\.-r.  i<»be  more  or  lew  disregarded  by  many  <  h«-nii~is  who  work 
with  -ac«  -harim- 

Tin-  nifthods  of  the  Association  of  utfirial  Agricultural  (  'ht-mistM  say  nothing  as  to 
tin-  use  of  potassium  liirhromate  solution  in  sacchari  meters,  it  heirrj  deemed  perhap- 
a  necessity  too  well  known  to  require  mention.  \\  e  know,  however,  of  chemiHts 
pun  hasing  sacchari  meters  and  using  them  for  years  blL-vfully  iirnorant  of  the  presence 
of  the  empty  cell  in  the  end  of  their  instruments  or  of  the  purpose  for  which  the  cell 
was  intended  to  be  used.  Their  mistake,  which  is  due  usually  to  inability  to  read 
the  German  directions  which  accompany  the  instrument,  in  perhaps  pardonable. 
Leas  pardonable  is  the  attitude  of  tho><-  <  hemi-ts  who,  knowing  of  the  cell  and  the 
purposes  of  its  u<e,  yet  wilfully  neylect  it.  One  very  common  and  mont  fallacious 
argument  advanced  against  using  the  cell  is  that  standardi/ed  quartz  plates  polarize 
correctly  without  it  and  that  its  use  is  therefore  wholly  unnecessary.  Another  reason 
uiven  is  that  the  bichromate  renders  the  polari/ation  of  dark  colored  solutions  so 
difficult  that  it  is  more  convenient  to  eliminate  it  altogether. 


«Zts.  Ver.  d.  Zuckerind.,  41:  521-58. 


222 


The  directions  of  instrument  makers  as  to  the  use  of  bichromate  and  the  strength  of 
solution  to  be  employed  are  not  at  all  explicit.  One  maker  directs  merely  that  the 
bichromate  cell  must  always  be  filled  with  bichromate  solution,  which,  however,  can 
be  more  or  less  concentrated,  according  to  the  character  of  the  liquid  under  examina- 
tion. 

The  purpose  of  the  bichromate  solution  insaccharimetric  work  is,  of  course,  to  correct 
the  difference  in  rotation  dispersion  between  cane  sugar  and  quartz.  The  rays  of 
light  in  the  bljue  and  violet  which  cause  the  greatest  Amount  of  rotation  dispersion  are 
absorbed  by  the  bichromate.  To  gain  more  exact  information  as  to  the  effect  of  elim- 
inating the  bichromate  solution  in  the  polarization  of  raw  sugars  I  have  recently  com- 
pared the  absorption  spectra  of  bichromate  solution  with  those  of  different  clarified 
sugar  solutions.  Molasses  sugars  when  clarified  give  a  brownish  yellow  liquid,  which 
absorbs  practically  all  of  the  light  in  the  blue  and  violet  part  of  the  spectrum.  Solu- 
tions of  such  sugars  act  themselves  as  light  filters  and  absorb  the  rays  producing  the 
greatest  dispersion  disturbances.  They  show  upon  polarization  but  little  difference 
between  filtered  and  unfiltered  light.  Clarified  solutions  of  several  low-grade  beet 
sugars  were  found  to  absorb  all  of  the  violet  but  only  a  part  of  the  blue.  Slight  rotation 
dispersion  was  obtained  without  the  bichromate  cell.  Ninety-six  degree  centrifugal 
sugars  give  usually  straw-colored  solutions,  which  absorb  most  of  the  violet,  but  prac- 
tically nothing  of  the  blue.  Rotation  dispersion  with  these  sugars  is  usually  well 
marked  without  bichromate.  Java  and  other  high-grade  sugars  give  upon  clarification 
nearly  colorless  solutions  which  show  very  pronounced  rotation  dispersion  without 
the  bichromate.  With  such  sugars  the  difference  in  reading  with  and  without  bichro- 
mate was  in  some  cases  nearly  0.2  per  cent  for  the  same  observer. 

The  error  due  to  rotation  dispersion  was  found  by  Schonrock  to  be  variable  with  dif- 
ferent observers,  a  circumstance  due  perhaps  to  some  physiological  difference  in  the 
pigment  of  the  eye.  Comparisons  which  I  have  made  on  five  sugars  polarizing  over 
96°,  using  no  bichromate  and  1  and  3  per  cent  solutions  of  bichromate  in  a  3  cm  cell, 
showed  that  the  discrepancies  in  the  readings  of  the  same  solution  between  four 
observers  were  augmented  six  and  one-half  times,  when  no  bichromate  was  used,  as 
compared  with  the  3  per  cent  bichromate,  and  two  and  one-half  times  when  1  per 
cent  bichromate  was  used,  as  compared  with  the  3  per  cent.  Using  a  3  per  cent  solu- 
tion of  bichromate  in  a  3  cm  cell  the  average  difference  between  the  readings  of  the 
lowest  of  the  four  observers  and  the  other  three  was  only  0.03°  V.,  using  a  1  per  cent 
solution  the  average  difference  was  0.08°  V.,  and  using  no  bichromate  0.22°  V.  The 
3  per  cent  bichromate  in  a  3  cm  cell  gives  the  same  effect  as  the  6  per  cent  bichro- 
mate in  a  1.5  cm  cell  advocated  by  Schonrock.  The  use  of  bichromate  of  the  above 
concentrations  according  to  the  length  of  cell  should  therefore  be  prescribed  and 
rigidly  adhered  to  in  the  polarization  of  sugars. 

These  concentrations  apply,  however,  only  to  cane  sugar.  With  substances  of 
greater  rotation  dispersion  such  as  commercial  glucose,  dextrin,  malt  products,  etc., 
it  will  be  found  necessary  to  increase  the  strength  of  the  bichromate  considerably,  as 
may  be  seen  from  the  following: 

Polarizations  of  starch  conversion  products  with  and  without  bichromate  (°V.). 


Starch  conversion  products. 

No  bi- 
chro- 
mate. 

Strength  of  bichro- 
mate, 3cm  cell. 

0.5  per 
cent. 

3  per 
cent. 

fi  per 
cent. 

Dextrin... 

253.  P5 
195.80 
179.90 
172.  10 

253.50 
195.50 
179.  70 
171.  85 

253.40 
195.  40 
179.  70 
171.  75 

253.00 
195.  15 
179.55 
171.55 

Maltsirup  

Glucose  sirup... 

Do  ....                          

223 


With  starch  conversion  products  it  is  possible  to  secure  concordant  readings  between 
different  ohr-erver-  only  when  (i  per  cent  bichromate  is  used  in  a  3  cm  cell.  With 
substances  df  higher  <lispersii.ii  than  dextrin  it  would  seem  advisable  tn  use  only 
-odium  light  for  polari/.ation.  With  all  carbohydrate  materials  it  would  seem  thai 
the  dispersion  disturbances  of  white  li-jht  may  In-  eliminated  by  means  of  bichromate 
solution.  The  results  show,  however,  that  the  direct  ions  for  operating  saccharimeters 
should  specify  the  exact  >ttvn<:th  of  bichromate  solution  to  he  used. 

A  second  and  very  discordant  element  in  the  unification  of  saccharimetric  observa- 
tions is  in  the  use  of  clarifying  agents.  The  several  errors  resulting  from  the  use  of 
lead  salts  in  clarifying  sugar  solutions  have  long  been  recognized.  There  is,  first,  the 
volume  of  precipitate  error;  second,  the  precipitation  of  levulose  error;  third,  the  forma- 
tion of  -oluble  lead  levulosate  of  lower  specific  rotation  than  levoluse;  and,  fourth, 
\\hen  dry  defecation  is  used,  the  error  of  dilution  or  change  in  volume. 

In  .-fudyiiiir  these  various  questions  m\  attention  was  directed  first  of  all  to  the 
vrreat  difference  in  composition  of  the  •  •, .minercial  preparations  of  lead  subacetale  and 
abo  "l  the  solutions  of  this  salt  as  ordinarily  prepared  for  laboratory  use.  IVepara- 
• -f  the  anhydrous  subacetate  of  lead  sold  by  reliable  chemical  firms,  and  all 
iruaranteed  as  to  purity  according  to  the  food  and  drugs  act.  were  found  to  var\  in 
their  c'-ntent  of  ba-ic  lead  ox  id  :  •  -  In  lion-  ..f  lead  subacetate 

prepared  by  di  <_:<•.- tini:  litharge  with  the  normal  acetate  of  lead,  according  to  the  metho<l 
of  the  association  or  other  directions,  will  also  vary  greatly  in  composition,  accord  ini' 
to  the  time  and  temperature  ..f  digestion.  Solutions  of  the  same  specific  ^raviiy  thus 
trad  were  found  to  \ary  in  the  ratio  of  combined  to  basic  PbOof  from  5:2  to  1 :  1. 
These  \ariaiions  in  composition  are  not  surprising  when  it  is  remembered  that  three 
well-defined  -ubacotatcfl  have  been  prepared  by  the  diu'i-.-tion  of  lithaire  with  normal 
lead  acetate.  These  are  SPbvtf-  I'M ),  t  he  stihacetate  ordinarily  prescribed  for  clarifi- 
cation; I'b.l'TbO,  the  monob.t  .and  I'b.  lr_Tb<  >,  the  diabasic  acetate 

The  ottinal  dil  r  preparing  basic  lead  acetate  are  explicit  .•-  to  i|,,.  -p.-ejfie 

V'ra\  ity  of  lea<l  solutions  to  be  used,  but  are  nil.  ..•  point  -t'  -reaie-t  importance, 

the  content  of  ba.-ic  lead.     The  differences  which  may  result  in  saccharimetric  work 
from  the  u.-e  of  lead  -olution-  of  \ar  ;t\  may  be  seen  from  the  follow  M:L;  polar- 

n-  made  upon  a  sirup  and  a  sugar  u.-ini:  three  different  .-...luii-'iis  of  lead  subace- 
tate and  "ne  solution  of  the  normal  acetate  all  "i  I  _'  \  specific  LT:I\  ity. 

li/rrrnt  solution*  of  lend  subacetate. 


MulAriid 

Quaiiliiy 

V,n:    d 

U-      ( 

1 

,.,i  nAMtta« 

J. 

rwMTBnt. 

i,,.l  It.- 

5PbAc2PbO 

3PbAc2PbO 

PbArlM.n 

Sirup. 

^11  '  I! 

«. 
8 
10 

•v. 
II.  M 

Sl     V', 

T. 

I",  -.1 

v  ,;n 

•v. 

r.  ..„-, 

v    in 

T. 

».',  .INI 

82  50 

The  solutions  of  greatest  basicity  have  the  greatest  clarifying  power  and  give  the 
highest  polarizations  owing  to  the  greater  precipitation  and  lowering  of  polarization 
of  the  levulose  and  consequent  increase  in  dextro-rotation.  The  3:2  subacetate  is 
the  one  usually  prescribed,  and  since  this  compound  can  be  obtained  of  satisfactory 
purity  from  one  chemical  house  at  least  it  might  be  well  for  chemists  desiring  uniform- 
ity to  prepare  these  solutions  directly  from  this  salt.  The  important  point,  however, 
i-  that  in  \\hate\er  way  prepared  the  solutions  of  basic  lead  used  in  saccharimetry 
should  have  not  only  a  constant  specific  gravity,  but  a  uniform  content  of  basic  lead. 

The  errors  due  to  the  volume  of  lead  precipitate,  a  most  serious  one  in  the  polariza- 
tion of  low-grade  saccharine  products,  have  been  very  largely  eliminated  by  the  ingen- 


224 


ious  method  of  dry  defecation  proposed  some  years  ago  by  W.  D.  Home.  The  ques- 
tions of  change  in  volume  and  precipitation  of  levulose,  when  the  dry  subacetate  is  used 
in  large  amounts,  as  is  always  necessary  with  low-grade  products,  have  given  rise, 
however,  to  some  uncertainties,  and  the  method  has  not  met  with  universal  approval. 
To  determine  exactly  the  amount  of  error  due  to  change  in  volume  and  precipitation 
of  levulose,  mixtures  of  sucrose  and  invert  sugar,  with  mineral  and  organic  salts  pre- 
cipitable  by  lead,  were  prepared  and  the  effects  produced  upon  the  polarization  of 
these  solutions  by  different  quantities  of  the  dry  acetate  and  dry  subacetate  of  lead 
noted.  It  was  found  that  in  quantities  up  to  0.5  gram  but  very  little  change  could  be 
detected  in  the  polarization  of  the  original  solution  when  either  the  dry  acetate  or 
dry  subacetate  of  lead  was  used.  Using  more  than  0.5  gram  of  substance  the  dry 
acetate  invariably  reduced  the  polarization  owing  to  the  increase  in  volume  produced 
by  the  dissolved  salt;  the  effect  of  increased  quantities  of  the  dry  subacetate,  however, 
was  variable.  Where  but  little  invert  sugar  was  present  there  was  the  same  decrease 
in  polarization  owing  to  increase  in  volume.  Where  considerable  invert  sugar  was 
present,  however,  this  dilution  error  was  counterbalanced,  and  often  more  than 
counterbalanced,  by  the  precipitation  and  lowering  of  the  specific  rotation  of  the 
levulose  and  there  was  either  no  change  in  the  reading  of  the  original  solution  or  an 
increase.  Used  in  very  large  excess  beyond  the  precipitation  of  the  levulose  the  dry 
subacetate  produced  a  continuous  lowering  of  the  polarization  through  dilution. 

The  same  facts  were  noted  in  connection  with  the  polarization  of  commercial  sugars, 
as  may  be  seen  from  the  following  polarizations  made  in  New  York  by  M.  H.  Wiley: 

Effect  produced  by  different  quantities  of  acetate  and  subacetate. 


Sample. 

Subacetate 
solution. 

Dry  lead  acetate. 

Dry  subacetate. 

1  .  Java  sugar  

cc. 
1 
3 

1 
4 

°F. 
98.10 
88.95 
90.75 
86.15 

Gram. 
0.3 
1.5 
0.5 
2.0 

°F. 

97.95 
88.45 
90.60 
85.55 

Gram. 
2.0 
3.0 
2.0 
4.0 

°F. 
97.65 
88.15 
90.40 
85.30 

Gram. 
0.5 
1.5 
0.5 
2.0 

°F. 
97.90 
88.65 
90.65 
85.70 

Gram. 
2.0 
3.0 
2.0 
4.0 

°F. 

97.75 
88.65 
90.55 
85.70 

2.  Philippine  mats  
3.  Cuba  molasses 

4.          Do 

The  dry  normal  acetate  by  the  addition  of  excess  produced  dilution  in  every  instance 
as  is  seen  by  the  diminished  polarization.  This  same  dilution  is  noticed  by  the  dry 
subacetate,  but  to  a  much  less  extent  on  samples  1  and  3;  on  samples  2  and  4  doubling 
the  quantity  of  dry  lead  subacetate  caused  no  change  in  the  polarization  through  the 
compensating  effect  of  the  levulose  precipitation.  It  is  needless  to  add  that  the 
double  quantity  of  lead  used  was  beyond  that  necessary  to  secure  clarification,  so 
that  an  idea  may  thus  be  formed  of  the  probable  errors  due  to  excess. 

In  some  interesting  clarification  experiments  by  J.  A.  Hall  in  the  New  York  Sugar 
Trade  Laboratory  the  effect  of  adding  varying  amounts  of  dry  lead  subacetate  was 
studied  in  another  way.  Starting  with  a  minimum  quantity  of  the  salt,  this  amount 
was  increased  and  the  effect  upon  the  polarization  and  the  amount  of  lead  dissolved 
in  the  clarified  filtrate  noted.  By  calculating  the  dissolved  lead  to  the  subacetate 
it  is  possible  to  estimate  the  dilution,  allowing  0.22  cc  increase  of  volume  to  1  gram  of 
subacetate  as  determined  by  Home.  Only  one  experiment  upon  a  No.  2  Philippine 
mat  sugar  is  cited: 


225 


>inl  1-inn/Hirison  of  effects  of  varying  ijimntitim  <>f  rltirifi/im/  <i<jmtx  on  dilution  and 

polarization. 


Clarifying  agent. 

In  100  cc  filtrate. 

Estimated 
dilution. 

Polarization. 

PbO. 

I'l.sul- 

;u-,'tat(>. 

SubacetatP  uvy 

.TO 

Grams. 
0.2678 
Trace. 
.1530 
.7203 
•_'.  H»7S 

Gram. 

cc. 

•r. 

86.70 
Too  dark  to  read. 
86.50 
86.60 
86.50 

Dry  subac6tat6  (grams) 

Trace. 
0.05 
0.20 
0.60 

Do                                     

..1.0 

(0.20) 
(a  94) 
(2.73) 

Do 

2.0 

Do 

4.0 

a  Sp.  gr.  1.259. 

It  will  he  noted  that  with  an  estimated  dilution  of  0.2  cc  instead  of  a  decrease  in 
polarization  as  would  be  expected  there  is  an  increase.  With  an  estimated  dilution  of 
0.6  cc  the  reading  is  the  same  as  that  first  obtained,  so  that  the  combined  effect  of  the 

dry  lead  upon  the  precipitation  of  levuloe*«»  and  upon  the  lowering  of  the  rotation  of 
fhe  lex  iil-ise  in  solution  is  seen  to  be  most  pronounced.  It  will  be  noted  that  when 
an  excess  of  dry  lead  is  added  not  til  i  this  passes  into  solution.  Adding  1  gram  excess 

caii-cd  an  increase  in  the  filtrate  of  only  0.74  gram,  and  _'  Lrram<  an  increase  of  only 
1.8  grams.  After  the  -olution  is  sufficiently  clarilied  for  reading  addition  of  more 
I'-ad  will  continue  to  form  a  precipitate,  so  that  the  rule  of  adding  lead  until  no  more 
precipitate  forn.  d  ways  a  safe  one  to  follow.  An  interesting  fact  mthi-.  .M 

nection  i-  that  the  addition  of  much  lead  subacetate  beyond  the  point  of  maximum 
darificat ion  for  low-grade  cane  products  will  produce  a  darkening  of  the  solution. 
Thi-  is  due  to  the  well-known  color  reaction  between  reducing  .-u-ar-  and  alkalies. 

If  the  minimum  amount  of  dry  lead  subacetate  necessary  to  secure  satMa<  t<>i\ 
clarification  l>e  carefully  determined  for  each  grade  of  commercial  product  and  excess 

•id  this  lie  avoided  there  is  no  <|iieMion  but  what  this  method  «,f  clarification 
polan  .  r  to  the  true  polarization  than  any  other  method  thii-  far 

pp.po-.-d       The    DM    Q!   dr\     I.-.M!    -uha«  •••tat«-   and    -uhar.-tate   >oluli»n    a>    d«-fecat  im; 

agents  in  the  determination  of  reducing  sugars  should  of  course  be  avoided. 

A  third  and  one  of  the  greatest  causes  of  the  hick  of  agreement  in  saccharimetrie 
observations  between  different  chemists  is  variation  in  temperature.  As  regards  the 
effect  of  temperature  U|N>H  the  polarization  of  pure  sucrose  nearly  all  chemi-t.-  an-  in 
•  •lose  agreement.  l-'..r  (juart /.-wedge  sacrhari meters  the  research i-s  of  Andr.-\\>. 
Wiley.  Schonrock,  Watts  and  Tempany,  and  other  chemists  show  that  for  each  degree 
Centiirrade  increase  in  temperature  there  is  a  falling  off  in  the  polarization  of  pure 
sucrose  of  about  0.031°  Ventzke.  The  question  now  arises,  with  this  variation  in  the 
specific  rotation  of  sucrose  with  temperature,  what  correction,  if  any,  should  be  applied 
to  the  polarization  of  commercial  products. 

In  my  report  as  associate  referee  on  sugar,  made  to  the  association"  in  1905,  it  was 
shown  that  the  applieation  of  temperature  corrections  to  low  grade  cane  sugars  was 
not  advisable,  for  the  reason  that  the  polarization  of  a  sugar  is  an  expression  not 
merely  of  the  ncroM  alone  hut  of  all  the  optical  constituents  present  and  since  some  of 
these  optical  constituents,  more  especially  the  levulose,  are  affected  by  temperature 
in  a  manner  contrary  to  sucrose,  it  is  not  permissible  to  make  a  temperature  correction 
for  one  constituent  without  at  the  same  time  correcting  for  the  others. 

This  view  of  the  question  has  been  recently  contested  by  Dr.  Francis  Watts,  govern- 
ment chemist,  and  Mr.  H.  A.  Tempany,  assistant  government  chemist,  for  the  Leeward 
Islands  of  the  British  West  Indies,  in  a  recent  number  of  the  West  Indian  Bulletin. & 


«U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agr.,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  Bui.  99,  p.  L'<). 
73673— Bull.  122—00 15 


61908,  9:  127. 


226 

They  advocate  for  the  purpose  of  securing  greater  uniformity  and  exactness  among 
analysts  the  application  to  all  polarizations  of  a  correction  formula  "  JV  +  0.00031  tN, 
where  N  is  the  observed  reading  on  the  Ventzke  scale  and  t  is  the  difference 
between  the  temperature  of  observation  and  that  at  which  the  polarimeter  was  stand- 
ardized." In  answer  to  my  criticisms  of  such  a  correction  when  applied  to  raw  cane 
sugars  Messrs.  Watts  and  Tempany  reply  as  follows: 

While  not  disputing  the  accuracy  of  the  statement  concerning  the  effect  of  tempera- 
ture on  levulose,  we  would  point  out  that  the  process  of  determining  the  polariscopic 
test  of  a  sugar js  purely  arbitrary  and  conventional.  We  take  it  that  the  polariscopic 
test  of  any  sample  of  sugar  is  the  rotation  produced  t>y  it  when  tested  in  such  a  way 
that  a  sample  of  chemically  pure  sucrose  tested  under  precisely  similar  conditions  would 
give  a  reading  of  100°.  The  100  point  of  the  Ventzke,  or  any  other  sugar  scale,  is  based 
on  the  rotation  of  a  standard  weight  of  sucrose,  dissolved  in  a  standard  volume  of  water, 
at  a  standard  temperature.  If  at  any  oth-T  temperature  this  weight  of  pure  sucrose 
will  not  give  a  rotation  of  100°  on  the  scale,  the  scale  has  been  altered;  consequently, 
allowance  must  be  made  for  this  alteration  in  the  scale  when  polarizing  commercial 
sugars  under  these  conditions. 

The  above  criticism  of  my  previous  article  is,  however,  not  a  valid  one.  We  could 
say  with  equal  justice:  Consequently,  allowance  must  be  made  for  this  alteration  in  the 
scale  when  polarizing  molasses  or  honey  or  condensed  milk  or  glucose  or  any  other  sub- 
stance which  is  polarized  upon  a  saccharimeter.  The  only  scientific  conclusion  which 
could  be  drawn  is — allowance  must  therefore  be  made  for  this  alteration  in  the  scale 
when  polarizing  pure  sucrose;  to  include  commercial  sugars  and  other  substances  is 
too  sweeping  and  unwarranted  a  generalization.  It  is  true  that  the  100  point  of  the 
sugar  scale  of  a  saccharimeter  is  based  upon  the  rotation  of  a  standard  weight  of  c.  p. 
sucrose  under  certain  standard  conditions;  this  sucrose,  however,  is  a  means  of  stand- 
ardization and  nothing  more.  A  definite  weight  of  milk  sugar  can  be  made  to  read 
100  upon  any  saccharimeter  and  this  weight  is  used  for  the  estimation  of  milk  sugar  in 
milk  products.  To  apply  a  correction  formula  for  sucrose  in  such  cases  would  of  course 
be  an  absurdity. 

Quartz  may  also  be  used  for  standardization,  and  is  so  used,  the  100  point  of  the 
French  sugar  scale  being  based  upon  the  rotation  of  a  plate  of  quartz  1  mm  thick.  It 
might  be  said,  following  the  same  line  of  argument  as  that  of  Messrs.  Watts  and  Tem- 
pany, that  because  a  standard  plate  of  quartz  always  polarizes  100°  irrespective  of 
temperature  upon  a  quartz-wedge  saccharimeter,  the  scale  has  not  been  altered  and 
consequently  no  allowance  at  all  should  be  taken  of  temperature  in  the  work  of  polari- 
zation, a  conclusion  of  course  perfectly  true  as  regards  quartz  but  not  of  other  sub- 
stances. Similarly  the  conclusions  worked  out  for  chemically  pure  sucrose -for  a  given 
type  of  saccharimeter  are  true  for  chemically  pure  sucrose  but  for  nothing  else,  neither 
for  mixtures  of  sucrose  with  other  substances  nor  for  products  which  contain  no  sucrose. 

The  International  Commission  for  Uniform  Method  of  Sugar  Analysis  in  1900  decided 
that  it  was  permissible,  as  in  tropical  countries,  to  adjust  saccharimeters  to  a  higher 
standard  temperature  than  20°  C.  This  adjustment  may  be  made  by  changing  the 
quartz  wedges  of  the  instrument,  by  increasing  the  normal  weight  of  sugar,  by  increas- 
ing the  length  of  the  observation  tube,  or  in  other  ways.  When  only  local  comparisons 
are  involved  it  is  advisable  and  advantageous  to  make  such  an  adjustment;  there  is 
a  serious  objection,  however,  against  having  several  separate  standards  for  universal 
work,  since  comparisons  are  no  longer  possible  upon  a  large  class  of  low-grade  sac- 
charine products.  Two  saccharimeters,  for  example,  one  standardized  for  the  rotation 
of  sucrose  at  20°  and  one  standardized  for  the  rotation  of  sucrose  at  30°,  will  give,  of 
course,  identical  results  for  pure  sucrose,  but  not  for  a  raw  cane  sugar,  nor  for  a  cane 
molasses,  nor  for  a  large  class  of  other  products.  Having  adjusted  our  saccharimeter 
to  any  desired  standard  temperature,  this  standard  temperature  must  be  rigidly 
adhered  to  if  identical  observations  are  to  be  always  obtained  between  different 


227 


The  true  polarization  then  of  a  raw  sugar,  a.-  «>f  other  saccharine  producis,  is  a  con- 
ventional arbitrary  figure  represent!!!'.:  tin-  sum  of  the  polarizations  of  the  various 
optical  constituents  u in It-r  certain  fixed  conditions  of  temperature.^  -eight  of  substance, 
volume  of  solution,  length  of  tulx-,  and  quality  of  liurht.  If  the  temperature  of  polar- 
i/.ation  of  a  u'iven  sii'jar  is  different  from  the  standard  the  correction,  if  correctly 
applied,  must  restore  the  reading  obtained  upon  this  same  simar  under  standard  con- 
dition-. Now.  the  correction  advocated  by  \\'atts  and  Tempany  and  that  used  by  the 
I'nii.-d  Staie^  Treasury  Department  in  the  Division  of  Customs  will  do  this  for  pure 
M,  hut  it  will  not  do  it  for  a  very  large  class  of  raw  cane  sugars  for  the  reasons 
already  iriven. 

Since  the  publication  «>f  my  previous  paper  upon  this  subject  I  have  had  occasion  to 

study  the  effect  ,,f  temperature  upon  the  polarization  of  many  sugars  and  other  cane 

product-  and  have  been  more  thoroughly  convinced  than  ever  of  the  futility  of  apply- 

•  •ctioii  for  the  purpose  of  securing  greater  concordance  in  the  sacchari- 

metric  observations  .,f  different  ch.-n 

The  '.'eneral  results  of  this  work  I  have  condensed  into  tabular  form,  showing  the 
I'olari/at ion  and  of   reducini;  sugars  for   raw  cane  sugars,  and  for  -e  \eral 
•  >f  ni.i~-.-ciiit.-s  and  molannnn  with  the  corrections  necessary  to  obtain  the  polari- 
x.ation  at  standard  temperature.     The  theoretical  sucrose  corrections  according  to  the 
formula  of  Watt- and  Tciiipany  are  apjM-nded  for  purjH>se  of  comparison      The  values 
of  the  table  have  been  made  up  fn>m  averaged,  aome  variation  was  obtained  for  indi 
vidual  ola-.-e.  of  raw  Hgpl  :iple.  those  of  I.oiii-iana  which  are  \er\    hi-h 

in    rediK  n  louer   c.-rn-ct  imi.      It    i.-    bclie\ed, 

however,  that  i:  D  the  whole,  i-  a  fair  a \erage. 

TuMi  jo,-  correcting  polfriuiwtu  ndard  temperature. 

[Cornvtlon  for  «nu-h  T.  :I)M>VI>  standard  temperatur.-.] 


-,,  0 

n  •», 


M  • 


ta  tora 

u,, ,,; 


sa 

,s     ... 


•  n 


Prr  crnt. 

I     lit        I.  141 
I     •-.       |    _1( 

I  .1.     ;  m 

i  ...     .;   *n 
1    si.       I.NI 

\    ->        I      10 

'•     .!• 

I  .11     7  >•• 
7.00    7.80 

7    M>       >    .4, 

x  n  i  ., 


•r. 

>  0.024 

4-aou 

.  -.  a  t 

.  I.  l.n 

.  II ,.,.. 

n  in.; 

.1  1.17 

-0.011 

0  ni» 


MAS8ECUITK. 

A  00-10. 00    I       -0.016 

U  in   14.00  n  n.;,, 

[.,.(»>  is  ...  o  0§7 


;»  .ai 
Ifl  .11 


Is   ,,,    .1,   i,, 

.•s  i,,  n  ,,1 


-0.070 

u  ,r.x 
n   11., 


•r. 

.  n  n.;.» 
.  u  Q90 

.  ..  m 

MI  on 

.  n  tat 

.  n  irj:, 

•  n  ir.'l 

•  n  n.-:( 


+  O.M2 

.1,  m 

+  0.014 


.u  mo 
•  o  0.17 

.  n  .«.. 


It  will  be  noted  that  for  very  high-grade  sugars  which  polarize  over  96  an  addition 
of  about  0.03°  V.  for  each  °  C.  increase  in  temperature  will  practically  restore  the 
reading  obtained  under  standard  conditions.  The  percentage  of  impurities  is  too 
small  to  affect  appreciably  the  temperature  correction  for  sucrose.  As  the  polarization 
falls  below  96  and  the  percentage  of  reducing  sugars  increases,  the  effect  of  the  tempera- 


228 

ture  upon  the  rotation  of  the  levulose  begins  to  lower  the  theoretical  sucrose  correc- 
tion, until  at  a  point  usually  about  80  to  86  the  two  influences — that  of  the  tempera- 
ture upon  the  levulose  and  other  impurities  and  that  of  the  temperature  upon  the 
sucrose  and  quartz  wedges  of  the  instrument — counterbalance  one  another.  Two 
chemists  polarizing  such  a  sugar,  one  working  at  30°  C.  and  one  working  at  20°  C., 
other  conditions  being  equal,  will  obtain  concordant  and  correct  readings;  the  appli- 
cation of  the  theoretical  sucrose  correction  would  place  the  observation  of  the  chemist 
working  at  3Q°  C.,  0.25°  V.  too  high. 

Below  80  the  effect  of  increase  in  temperature  is  usually  to  elevate  rather  than 
diminish  the  reading,  this  influence  becoming  more  and  more  pronounced  in  the 
massecuites  and  molasses;  the  levulose  correction  more  than  counterbalances  the 
theoretical  one  due  to  sucrose.  Every  chemist  knows  how  pronounced  this  influence 
is  on  the  polarization  of  sirups  and  molasses,  how  the  simple  handling  of  the  observa- 
tion tubes  will  increase  the  readings.  It  is  the  same  with  low-grade  sugars  which 
consist  simply  of  sucrose  crystals  contaminated  with  varying  amounts  of  molasses. 
When  such  sugars  are  polarized  above  20°  C.  a  correction  would  have  to  be  subtracted 
to  secure  the  reading  that  would  be  obtained  under  standard  conditions.  To  add  a 
correction,  as  required  by  a  sucrose  correction  formula,  would  manifestly  only  further 
increase  the  error  of  observation. 

The  solution  of  the  temperature  question  then  resolves  itself  simply  into  this:  If 
we  are  to  make  temperature  corrections  in  the  polarizations  of  commercial  products, 
we  must  correct  for  variations  in  the  specific  rotation  of  all  the  ingredients  therein 
present.  If  it  is  impossible  to  do  this,  no  temperature  corrections  at  all  should  be 
applied;  instead  of  this  we  should  strive  to  make  our  polarizations  as  nearly  as  possible 
under  standard  conditions.  Custom-house  laboratories,  arbitration  laboratories,  and 
all  other  laboratories,  upon  the  results  of  which  great  interests  are  involved,  should  be 
equipped  with  cooling  and  warming  apparatus  for  maintaining  a  constant  uniform 
standard  temperature.  The  great  testing  laboratories  of  Germany  are  so  provided 
and  similar  institutions  in  this  country  should  do  as  much.  For  chemists  who  are 
unable  to  provide  themselves  with  this  equipment  much  can  be  done  by  moving 
the  laboratory  to  cooler  quarters,  as  from  a  hot  upper  room  to  a  cool  basement.  By 
such  a  change  the  New  York  Sugar  Trade  Laboratory  has  lowered  the  temperature 
of  testing  from  25°  C.  to  21.5°  C.  in  hot  weather. 

The  services  rendered  to  science  by  the  researches  of  the  many  chemists  who  have 
investigated  the  influence  of  temperature  upon  the  specific  rotation  of  sucrose  are 
great;  the  results  of  their  labors  are  lasting  and  will  stand  the  test  of  time.  The  appli- 
cation, however,  of  what  they  have  established  for  pure  sucrose  to  the  polarization 
of  all  grades  of  saccharine  products  is  a  misapplication.  It  is  a  great  mistake.  It 
will  increase  rather  than  diminish  the  errors  between  many  of  the  sacchari metric 
observations  of  different  analysts  and  is  bound  to  work  great  injustice  when  applied 
commercially. 

A  paper  on  the  influence  of  glycerin,  acetanilid,  and  certain  other 
drugs  in  the  estimation  of  alcohol  by  L.  E.  Warren  and  H.  C.  Fuller 
of  the  Division  of  Drugs,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  was  presented  by 
Mr.  Warren.  This  work,  bearing  especially  upon  the  drug  investiga- 
tions, has  been  printed  elsewhere  for  greater  accessibility.0 

The  associate  referee  presented  a  lengthy  paper  by  S.  H.  Baer  on 
the  colorimetric  method  for  the  determination  of  citral,  dealing 
largely  with  the  chemistry  of  that  substance.  The  portions  on 
criticisms  of  the  method  are  reported  in  abstract. 

oAmer.  J.  Pharm.,  1909,  81:  66. 


229 


CITRAL  AND  ITS  ANALYSIS  IN   TERPENELESS    EXTRACT   OF 

•       LEMON. 

By  SAMUEL  H.  BAER. 

The  analyses  were  made  by  three  chemists,  including  the  writer,  and  as  all  three 
judged  the  colon,  it  would  seem  that  the  analyses  are  as  accurate  as  the  colorimetric 
method  permits.  Acknowledgment  is  due  S.  E.  Shaffner  for  assistance  rendered. 

I>>  termination  of  citral  in  lemon  c.rtnu-1  hi/  the  rnlnri  metric  method. 


Sample 

No. 

Description. 

Cltral. 

mated 

amount 
present. 

Amount 
found. 

H) 
11 
12 

13 
14 

15 
16 
17 
18 

Terpeneless  oil  of  lemon  solution  (dissolved  in  cologne  spirits,  190  proof,  or 
95  per  rent,  and  colored  with  loinun  t«-H 

Prr  cent. 

a  42 
a 

u 

.  !_• 

Per  cent. 

0.19 
.18 

.10 
.40 

.10 
.19 

.07 
.08 

Terpeneless  oil  of  lemon  solution  (dissolved  in  cologne  spirits.  190  proof,  or 
95  per  cent  and  colored  with  turmeric) 

Terpeneless  oil  of  lemon  solution  (dissolved  in  38  per  cent  cologne  spirits 
and  city  water  and  filtered  through  magnesia) 

Cltral  solution  (dissolved  in  cologne  spirits  of  190  proof,  or  95  per  cent) 

MI.IS  oil  of  lemon,  19  gallons  cologne  spirits.  33  gallons  water  (col- 
ored with  lemon  peel  and  filtered  through  magnesia) 

\i<  nil                                        >  proof,  generally  used  t>y  manufacturers)    . 

1*1  spirits,  190  proof                                   

50  per  cent  cologne  spirits  with  citv  water 

50  per  cent  cologne  spirits  filtered  through  magnesia 

m  these  analyses  it  is  seen  that  \\li.-u  the  colorimetric  method  is  applied  t<>  the 
<  ts  of  commerce,  the  correct  result  i-  n»t  trained.  On  sample  N  .  I :;.  a  . -nr.il 
solution,  the  analysis  was  reasonably  close;  samples  No.  10  and  1 1  ate  ter[>en<>lc*4  oils 
of  lemon  and  the  low  results  on  citral  may  be  due  to  the  fact  that  the  sample  pun  1 
was  not  pure  terpeneless  oil  of  lemon,  hut  a  product  containing  only  50  per  cent  <>i 
the  citral  that  should  be  tl 

Most  iif  the  extraet  manufacturers  use  188  proof  alcohol,  that  is,  94  per  cent  alcohol, 
which  always  contains  a  certain  amount  of  aldehydes,  and  the  sample  used  in  this 
test,  treating  the  alcohol  the  same  a*  the  lemon  extract,  showed  0.1!»  per  rent  of  <  itral, 
when  there  was  no  citral  there  at  all.  If  only  cologne  spirits  are  used,  the  results 
obtained  are  not  so  far  wrong  as  if  94  per  cent  alcohol  is  used. 

Since,  then-tore,  the  presence  of  the  impurities  in  alcohol  throw  the  results  off  to 
such  an  extent.  _ri\  ing  too  high  a  per  cent  of  citral,  would  it  not  be  possible  that  the 
impurities  in  tin-  alcohol  at  certain  times  and  also  in  the  water,  and  the  very  change 
of  one  or  two  ingredients  in  the  lemon  oil,  might  make  the  result  inaccurate,  rev* 
the  analysis  and  showing  a  smaller  per  cent  of  (itral  than  is  really  present? 

The  colorimetric  method  is  applicable  if  the  manufacturer  used  chemically  pure 
citral,  distilled  water,  and  aldehyde-free  alcohol  in  the  manufacture  of  his  extracts, 
l>ut  such  ideal  conditions  never  exist.  Further,  any  manufacturer  could  discreetly 
add  another  aldehyde,  even  acetaldehyde,  to  the  extent  of  0.2  per  cent,  which  would 
give  all  the  reactions  of  citral  in  the  extract  of  lemon  by  the  colorimetric  method. 

The  method  is  not  without  use,  but  if  the  presence  of  citral  could  be  determined 
and  estimated  quantitatively  by  a  sodium  sulphite  or  carbazone  method,  then  the 
colorimetric  method  might  be  used  as  a  check.  Before  adopting  the  colorimetric 
method  as  official  a  committee  should  be  appointed  from  the  association  members  to 
test  it  carefully,  under  the  conditions  that  the  manufacturer  must  meet  since  he  can 
not  use  aldehyde-free  alcohol,  nor  is  he  always  in  a  position  to  use  distilled  water. 


230 

Further,  suppose  the  method  is  accurate,  how  would  the  analyses  show  that  the  citral 
used  was  obtained  from  lemon  oil  or  the  commercial  citral  obtained  from  lemon  grass 
oil? 


AN  OUTLINE  TO    ASSIST    IN    THE    IDENTIFICATION    OF    CERTAIN 
WATER-SOLUBLE  COAL-TAR  COLORS. 

By  C.  B.  COCHRAN*. 

The  reactions  given  by  the  coal-tar  colors  listed  in  the  following  outline  were  all 
obtained  with  solutions  as  dilute  as  they  could  be  made  and  still  give  reactions  suffi- 
ciently clear  and  definite  to  furnish  a  ba^is  for  positive  contusions.  Because  of  the 
degree  of  dilution  the  results  here  tabulated  will,  in  some  cases,  appear  contradictory 
to  those  given  by  Schultz  and  Julius.  For  example,  these  authors  may  report  a  color 
precipitated  by  a  certain  reagent  when  the  precipitation  is  only  partial  and  therefore 
does  not  appear  in  dilute  solutions  such  as  have  been  used  in  the  preparation  of  these 
tables. 

The  sodium  bisulphite  reagent  is  prepared  by  saturating  a  5  per  cent  solution  of 
sodium  hy droxid  with  sulphur  dioxid .  The  absorption  tests  with  aluminum  hydroxid 
were  made  by  adding  between  2  and  3  cc  of  well-washed  aluminum  hydroxid  (from 
which  the  excess  of  water  has  been  drained  through  the  filter)  to  10  cc  of  the  color 
solution. 

The  tests  with  the  fuller's  earth  were  made  by  adding  2  cc  of  the  earth  to  10  cc  of 
the  color  solution.  In  these  absorption  tests  the  aluminum  hydroxid  and  fuller's 
earth  are  shaken  with  the  color  solution.  If,  after  setting,  the  supernatant  liquid  is 
colorless  or  very  nearly  so,  the  result  is  recorded  as  color  absorbed.  In  the  majority 
of  cases  the  results  obtained  with  aluminum  hydroxid  and  fuller's  earth  are  definite 
and  sharp.  There  are  many  colors  belonging  to  Class  I  (Rota's  classification)  which 
are  much  more  readily  absorbed  from  their  water  solutions  by  aluminum  hydroxid 
than  by  fuller's  earth,  while  the  reverse  is  true  of  many  colors  belonging  to  Classes 
II,  III,  and  IV. 

In  the  dyeing  tests  sodium  carbonate  was  used  for  making  alkaline  and  hydrochloric 
acid  for  acidifying.  The  alkali  solution  was  very  weak  and  the  acid  bath  about  one- 
half  the  official  strength  (1  cc  strong  hydrochloric  acid  to  50  cc). 

The  numbers  following  the  names  of  the  colors  refer  to  the  1904  edition  of  Green's 
tables. 

COAL-TAR  COLORS  OF  CLASS  I. 

Solution  reduced  and  in  most  cases  decolorized  by  ptannous  chlorid.  Original 
color  not  restored  by  hydrogen  dioxid. 

DIVISION   I.— COLOR    ABSORBED    BY   ALUMINUM    HYDROXID. 

Dye  wool  red. 

SECTION  I. — Color  precipitated  by  sodium  bisulphite  reagent. 

Congo  red  (A)  (240)  dyes  wool  and  unmordanted  cotton  red  from  neutral  or  faintly 
alkaline  bath,  but  not  from  acid  bath.  Oxalic  acid  or  acetic  acid  gives  a  blue  precipi- 
tate and  colorless  filtrate. 

SECTION  II. — Color  not  precipitated  nor  solution  changed  by  sodium  bisulphite 
reagent. 

Fast  red  A  (102),  hydrochloric  acid  gives  a  brown  precipitate  and  colorless  filtrate. 
Dyes  wool  and  unmordanted  cotton  red  from  acid,  alkaline,  or  neutral  bath.  Color 
precipitated  by  barium  chlorid  solution. 


231 

Azo  rubin  S  (103),  color  only  partially  precipitated  by  hydrocholoric  acid.  Dyes 
wool  red  from  acid  hath  luit  not  from  alkaline  bath.  Does  not  readily  dye  unmor- 
danted  cotton  in  either  hath.  Color  not  precipitated  by  barium  chlorid. 

Dyes  wool  yclloir. 

Chrysamin  R  (269),  hydrochloric  acid  gives  a  brown  precipitate,  sodium  hydroxid 
a  red  solution.  Barium  chlorid  and  .-odium  bisulphite  reagent  each  uri\es  a  yellow 
precipitate  and  colorlrs<  filtrate.  Dyes  wool  pale  yellow  from  a  neutral  bath  and 
unmordanted  cotton  orange  yellow  from  a  neutral  or  alkaline  bath. 

nool  and  unmordanted  cotton  brownjrom  <i<'i<l  bath. 

Bismarck  brown  IT,  .  decolori/.ed  by  stannous  chlorid  and  on  adding  hydrogen 
dioxid  a  color  somewhat  redder  than  the  original  color  appears.  Color  precipitated 
by  tannin  rea-ent.  Color  absorbed  from  alkaline  solution  by  ether,  and  on  adding 
dilute  acetic  acid  to  th«-  ether  solution,  the  color  is  taken  up  by  the  acid. 

Kc.-orrin  brown  l:',7  .  decolori/ed  by  stannous  chlorid.  No  color  returns  on  add- 
ing hydrogen  dioxid.  No?  precipitated  by  tannin  rrau'rnt.  Color  absorbed  by 
fuller's  earth. 


M       OOi  :     r\Kii\i.M     tMOmmi    in    AiiMiNUlf 

HVDHOXID. 

Dye  '  bath. 

SECTION  I.  —  Sodium  hydroxid  causes  a  distinct  .han-c  in  color  of  water  solution. 

>dium  hydroxid  tun  -Union  violi-t. 

Ponceau  i>»-d  W.K.I  is  blui-h  rtxl,  turned  blue  by  hydrochloric  acid  or 

sulphuric  a<id.  color  in  wo<,l  ,:  lution.      Hydro- 

chloric acid  turns  water  solution  \iol.-i.  more  turns  it  blur. 
(2)  Sodium  hydroxid  turns  water  solution  brown. 

P.rilliant  rrorein     lit,  .  hydrochloric  acid  produces  little  change  in  color  of  water 
solution 

Crystal  ponceau  (A)  ((H>,  d\.-,|  wool  turned  violet  by  hydnx-hlorir  arid  and  blue 
;lphuric  arid. 

•  •in  -<arlct  .;  l:  \     HI:   .  .  1  .  ,  d  wtM.l  turned  red  \  iolet  by  hydrochloric  acid  or  by 
sulphuric  acid. 

V)  (106),  color  of  dyed  wool  not  changed  by  hydrochloric  acid. 
dium  hydroxid  turns  watrr  solution  yellow. 

Palatin  scarlet  (53),  dyed   I  !<>r  not    much  changed  by  hydro- 

chloric  acid,  but  sulphuric  acid  turns  it  violet  and  u'ivrs  a  violet  eolation.     <  )n  <lilution 
wool  has  nearly  original  « 

DON   II.  —  Sodium  hydroxid  does  not  cause  a  distinct  change  in  the  color  of  the 
water  solution. 

Group  I.  —  Sulphuric  acid  turns  dyed  wool  blue  or  violet  and  gives  a  blue  or  violet 
solution.     Dyed  wool  is  bluish  red. 

Bordeaux  B  (A)  (65),  hydrochloric  acid  turns  dyed  wool  violet. 

x  S  (A)  (107),  scarlet  B    K    K    .  P)  closely  related  to  Bordeaux  S. 
Group  II.  —  Sulphuric  acid  has  little  or  no  effect  on  color  of  dyed  wool.     Dyed  wool 
is  scarlet. 

Ponceau  G  (A)  (55),  barium  chlorid  gives  an  orange  red  precipitate,  wool  dyed 
orange  red. 

Ponceau  3  R  (A)  (56),  barium  chlorid  gives  a  red  precipitate.     Dyes  wool  more  red 
than  (55). 


232 

Dye  wool  yellow  or  orange. 

SECTION  I. — Hydrochloric  acid  added  to  strong  acidification  precipitates  the  color 
or  decolorizes  the  solution  (the  nitro  colors). 

Group  I. — Color  extracted  by  ether  from  solution  acidified  with  hydrochloric  acid. 

Victoria  yellow  (2). 

Martius  yellow  (3),  water  solution  plus  potassium  cyanid  gives  a  brown  color  on 
warming. 

Group  11. — Color  not  extracted  by  ether  from  solution  acidified  with  hydrochloric 
acid. 

Naphthol  yellow  S  (4). 

SECTION  II. — Hydrochloric  acid  causes  a  decided  change  in  the  color  of  the  water 
solution  (many  of  the  tropceolins). 

Group  I. — Hydrochloric  acid  turns  dyed  wool  violet. 

Dyed  wool  is  yellow. 

Brilliant  yellow  S  (Sch.)  (89),  dyed  wool  is  yellow  turned  violet  by  hydrochloric 
acid. 

Metanil  yellow  (Sch.)  (95),  dyed  wool  is  orange  yellow  turned  violet  by  hydro- 
chloric acid. 

Group  II. — Hydrochloric  acid  turns  dyed  wool  brown. 

Chrysoidin  R  (18).  This  color  is  absorbed  by  fuller's  earth  and  partially  absorbed 
by  aluminum  hydroxid. 

Group  III. — Hydrochloric  acid  turns  dyed  wool  red. 

Fast  yellow  (8). 

SECTION  III. — Color  of  water  solution  not  decidedly  changed  by  hydrochloric  acid. 
(If  a  precipitate  appears  only  a  part  of  the  color  is  precipitated.) 

Dyed  wool  is  yellow. 

Naphthol  yellow  S  (4),  dyed  wool  is  decolorized  b'y  hydrochloric  acid. 

Tartrazm  (94),  color  of  dyed  wool  not  changed  by  hydrochloric  acid. 

Dyed  wool  is  yellow  orange  to  orange. 

Tropoaolin  0  (84). 

Tropceolin  000  (85). 

Orange  G  (14). 

Dyed  wool  is  red  orange. 

Mandarin  G  (86),  dyed  wool  is  turned  red  violet  by  hydrochloric  acid  or  sulphuric 
acid. 

Ponceau  4  G.  B.,  color  of  dyed  wool  not  changed  by  hydrochloric  acid  nor  by  sul- 
phuric acid. 

COLORS  OP  CLASS  II. 

Solution  decolorized  by  stannous  chlorid,  original  color  returns  on  addition  of 
hydrogen  dioxid.  (Bismarck  brown,  which  might  be  referred  to  this  class,  is  included 
under  Class  I.) 

(1)  Dyes  wool  and  cotton  bluish  red  (most  readily  from  an  alkaline  bath). 
Safranin  (584),  much  hydrochloric  acid  turns  water  solution  blue  violet.     Color 

absorbed  by  fuller's  earth,  precipitated  by  tannin  reagent.     Sulphuric  acid  turns 
dyed  wool  green,  solution  green,  hydrochloric  acid  blue. 

(2)  Dyes  wool  blue  from  alkaline  or  neutral  bath,  cotton  a  paler  blue  from  neutral 
bath. 

Methylene  blue  (650),  color  absorbed  by  fuller's  earth  precipitated  by  tannin; 
hydrochloric  acid  turns  dyed  wool  robin 's-egg  blue,  sulphuric  acid  green. 

COLORS  OP  CLASS  III. 

Stannous  chlorid  produces  no  further  effect  on  the  color  than  hydrochloric  acid. 
Sodium  hydroxid  produces  a  precipitate  or  decolorizes  the  solution.  All  the  colors 
given  in  this  class  except  auramin  (425)  are  decolorized  by  sodium  bisulphite  reagent. 


233 

The  color  reappears  on  heating  and  disappears  on  cooling.     With  the  exception  of 
acid  magenta  (A)  (462)  they  are  all  absorbed  by  fuller's  earth. 


I  hi,    iion/  ml. 

(1)  Dye  wool  from  acid  bath  only,  do  not  dye  unmordanted  cotton  in  either  bath. 
Acid  magenta  (462),  color  absorbed  by  aluminum  hydroxid.     Dyed  wool  is  decol- 

orized by  hydrochloric  acid,  sulphuric  acid,  sodium  hydroxid,  or  ammonium  hydroxid. 
Tannin  reagent  gives  no  precipitate. 

(2)  Dyes  wool  and  also  unmordanted  cotton  most  readily  from  a  neutral  bath. 
Fuchsin  (448),  color  not  absorbed  by  aluminum  hydroxid.     Dyed  wool  turned  red 

brown  by  hydrochloric  acid  or  sulphuric  acid.  Tannin  reagent  gives  a  precipitate. 
.  I>ves  wool  yellow  from  neutral  or  alkaline  bath.  Does  not  dye  unmordanted  cot- 
ten.  Auranin  (425). 

Dye  wool  green. 

Dye  from  acid  bath:  Guinea  green  B  (A)  (433)  and  acid  green  (434)  do  not  dye  rot  ton. 

Dye  from  neutral  or  alkaline  bath  :  Kthyl  green  (428)  dyes  unmordanted  cotton 
more  readily  than  mahn-hite  green. 

Malachite  green  (427  >.  dyed  \v..,,l  i>  blue  urrv«-n.  turned  at  tirst  <_:ra><  «rern  by  hydr..- 
chlorir  ai  id  <>r  -ulphuric  acid,  then  \ellow;  mi  dilution,  blue 

I>ye  wool  violet  from  neutral  or  alkaline  bath. 

Methyl  v  j..let  (451),  sodium  hydroxid  gives  a  brown  precipitate  and  brown  solution 
Ethyl  violet  (453),  sodium  hydroxid  gives  a  white  precipitate,  <  •••lories.-*  on  warming 
Either  dyee  unmordanted  cotton  ir-.m  alkaline  bath 

Dye*  wool  blue  from  acid  bath. 

China  blue  (480),  color  absorbed  by  aluminum  hydroxid  Solution  decolori/.-d 
by  sodium  bisulphite  reagent.  Color  does  not  readily  return  on  heating,  but  d»«- 
return  on  adding  a  drop  of  hydrochloric  acid.  Dyed  wool  de<  ••>!..  ri/.-d  by  ammonium 
hydr<>\id,  turned  reddish  brown  by  sulphuric  acid. 

COLORS  or  CLASS  IV. 

Colors  not  reduced  by  stannous  chlorid.  Solution  not  de.-.-|,,n/e.|  and  .  ..|..r  not 
completely  precipitated  by  sodium  hydr 

Dye  wool  red  from  neutral  bath  . 

Dyed  wool  is  red  orange  to  orange  red  : 

Eosin  (512),  color  not  absorbed  by  fuller's  earth  nor  by  aluminum  hydroxid.  \Vat«-r 
solution  yellow  to  omnge  with  green  fluoren  em  •»•  Ihdr.M  h|,,rir  ;,<-jd  ,,r  sodium 
bisulphite  reagent  gives  an  orange  precipitate. 

Dye  wool  bluish  red  from  neutral  bath: 

(a)  Color  completely  absorbed  by  fuller's  earth.  Sodium  bisulphite  reagent  gives 
no  precipitate,  but  causes  only  a  loss  of  fluorescence. 

Rhodamin  G  (502),  water  solution  red  violet  with  red  fluorescence. 

Rhodamin  B  (504),  water  solution  bluish  red  with  orange  brown  fluorescence. 

(6)  Color  only  partially  absorbed  by  fuller's  earth.  Sodium  bisulphite  reagent 
precipitates  the  color. 

Krythrosin  (516),  water  solution  cherry  red.  (Green's  tables  give  no  fluorescence. 
A  sample  marked  "Qrubler"  gave  green  fluorescence.)  Hydrochloric  acid  gives  an 
orange  brown  precipitate.  Sodium  bisulphite  reagent  gives  an  orange-red  precipitate. 

Rose  bengal  (520),  water  solution  cherry  red.  No  fluorescence.  Hydrochloric 
acid  gives  a  brown-red  precipitate.  Sodium  bisulphite  reagent  a  pink  precipitate. 

Phloxin  (521),  water  solution  bluish  red  with  green  fluorescence.  Hydrochloric 
acid  gives  an  orange  precipitate.  Sodium  bisulphite  a  pink  precipitate. 


OFFICERS,   REFEREES,   AND    COMMITTEES  OF    THE    ASSOCIATION 
OF  OFFICIAL  AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTS  FOR  THE  YEAR  1908-9. 

President. 
W.  D.  BIGELOW,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Vice-presiden  t . 
W.  A.  WITHERS,  Raleigh,  N.  C. 

Secretary. 

H.  W.  WILEY,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Additional  members  of  the  executive  committee. 

E.  F.  LADD,  Fargo,  N.  Dak. 

E.  B.  HOLLAND,  Amherst,  Maas. 

Referees. 

Phosphoric  add:  W.  F.  Hand,  Agricultural  College,  Miss. 
Nitrogen: 

Determination  of  nitrogen:  C.  H.  Jones,  Burlington,  Vt. 

Separation  of  nitrogenous  bodies:  P.  F.  Trowbridge,  Columbia,  Mo.  (meat  pro- 

teids). 

Potash:  B.  B.  Ross,  Auburn,  Ala. 
Soils:  S.  D.  Averitt,  Lexington,  Ky. 
Dairy  products:  J.  M.  Bartlett,  Orono,  Me. 
Foods  and  feeding  stuffs:  J.  P.  Street,  New  Haven,  Conn. 
Food  adulteration:  H.  E.  Barnard,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 
Sugar:  A.  H.  Bryan,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Tannin:  F.  P.  Veitch,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Insecticides:  C.  C.  McDonnell,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Inorganic  plant  constituents:  F.  WT.  Robison,  Lansing,  Mich. 
Medicinal  plants  and  drugs:  L.  F.  Kebler,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Water:  J.  K.  Haywood,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Associate  referees. 

Phosphoric  acid:  H.  D.  Haskins,  Amherst,  Mass. 
Nitrogen: 

Determination  of  nitrogen:  J.  W.  Kellogg,  Harrisburg,  Pa. 
Separation  of  nitrogenous  bodies: 

Milk  and  cheese:  G.  E.  Patrick,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Vegetable  proteids:  R.  Harcourt,  Guelph,  Canada. 
Potash: 

E.  L.  Baker,  Geneva,  N.  Y. 

Jas.  A.  Bizzell,  Ithaca,  N.  Y.  (special  associate  referee  on  available  potash). 

(234) 


238 

ils:  J.  <i.  I.ipman,  New  Brunswick,  X.  J. 
jirnt/urts:   I..  (J.  Michael.  Ames,  Iowa. 
Foods  tiiulj'ft iliinj  sin/*:   V.  \\ .  Morse,  Durham.  X.  II. 
Food  adu  Item  t  io  ns: 

Color.-:  II    M.  Loomis,  Seattle,  Wash. 

Saccharine  products:  Chas.  D.  Howard,  Concord,  N.  II. 

Fruit  products:  C.  B.  Cochran,  Westche>t.  r.  I 'a 

Wine:  Julius  Ilortvet,  St.  Paul,  Minn. 

I'.-  -I     II.  E.  Barnard,  Indianapolis,  I  ml. 

Distilled  liquors:    I..  M.  Tolman,  Washington.  I>    « 

Vim-ar:   K.  \V.  Balcom.  Xe\v  V,.rk.  X    V 

Flax  orinur  extracts:   F.  M.  Chare.  Washington,  D.  C. 

Spices:  A.  F.  Seeker.  Xe\v  York.  X.  V 

Baking  powders  and  baking  chemicals    Kdmuml  C.  Clark.  Boston.  Ma  — 

Meat  and  Mi    I     c.  Weber,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Fats  and  oils:  T.  J.  Bryan,  Chicago,  111 

Dairy  products:   Hermann  C,  I- ythgoe,  Boston,  Ma- 

il  products     F    I      Lftdd,    \_-ricultural  «'"!!••••      \     I»ak. 

Vegetal. i«-    \v   i    Dubofe,  r.un'ai  •.  \    ^ 

Condiments  other  than  spicen:   II    I.    l>i-h<>p,  Indianapolis,  hid. 
Cocoa  and  cocoa  products:  A   (J.  \V oilman,  Bowton,  M«M. 
Tea  and  coffee    A    <•    \\  »><liuan,  Boston,  Mass. 

Pre*.  I'    II.   hunhar.  \\a.-hin-i..n.   I 

••riniiiatii.ii  of  water  in  fo<>d-:    I'    I  .  TV  .\\!.n.L"  .  «  olumliia,  M,,. 

Molaaees  methods:  II.  P.  Agee,  New  Orleans 

(  h.-inical  meth.-d-     A     II     l'.r\.m. 

I  Sainmet,  \\  a.-hin-t'-n.  h    • 

II  ,.  .•  :    K     \\.itkin-,  \\a-liiri'_'fon.   D.  C. 
:nii-  i>lnnt  rnns'  0.  M.  fi  1.    I  .'•  \  iiiirt  '-n. 

'      II     I  ..  Wall.  Philadelphia,  Pa. 
Medicinal  plant*      ,,    ,,    ,  A  y  rk 

Water.    \\  .  \\  .  Skinner,  \\a~hin-t-n.  h    ' 

SPECIAL  COMMITTKi 

Foodtimdardt. 

Mr.  William  Frear,  State  ( 'olle.je,  |'a  .  chairman. 

Mr.   II.  W.  Wiley,   \\a~h 

Mr    II     A  •  »hio. 

Mr    M.  A.  Scovcll.  I.exiiiL'ton 

Mr    M    II    Jenkins.  Xe\v  Haven,  Conn. 

tizer  legislation. 
Mr.  II.  W.  Wiley.  \\'a-hini;tt>n.  h    0.,  chairman. 

Mr  is.  W   Kilgore,  Kalei-h.  x   • 

Mr.  H.  I'.M.honnell.  College  Park,  Md. 

Mr.  J.  L.  Hills,  Hurlin-ton.  \'t. 

Mr   B.  B.  Ross,  Auburn,  Ala. 

Testing  chemical  reagents. 

Mr    I..  F.  Kehlor.  Washington,  D.  C.,  chairman. 
Mr.  A.  I..  Winton.  Chicago.  111. 
Mr.  B.  W.  Kilgore,  Raleigh,  N.  C. 


236 

Committee  to  present  the  question  of  the  unification  of  terms  to  the  International  Congress 

of  Applied  Chemistry. 

Mr.  R.  J.  Davidson,  Blacksburg,  Va.,  chairman. 

Mr.  C.  G.  Hopkins,  Urbana,  111. 

Mr.  W.  D.  Bigelow,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Mr.  G.  S.  Fraps,  College  Station,  Tex. 

Mr.  B.  W.  Kilgore,  Raleigh,  N.  C. 

Mr.  H.  J.  Wheeler,  Kingston,  R.  I. 

Mr.  J.  T.  Willard,  Manhattan,  Kans. 

Committee  on  standardization  of  alcohol  tables. 

Mr.  L.  M.  Tolman,  Washington,  D.  C.,  chairman. 

Mr.  M.  E.  Jaffa,  Berkeley,  Cal. 

Mr.  A.  B.  Adams,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Mr.  R.  J.  Davidson,  Blacksburg,  Va. 

Mr.  H.  E.  Barnard,  Indianapolis,  Ind. 

Committee  on  the  unification  of  methods  of  analysis  offals  and  oils. 

Mr.  L.  M.  Tolman,  Washington,  D.  C.,  chairman. 
Mr.  P.  H.  Walker,  Washington,  D.  C. 
Mr.  A.  Lowenstein,  Chicago,  111. 

Standing  committee  on  recommendations  of  referees  and  revision  of  methods. 
(The  figures  in  parentheses  refer  to  number  of  years  appointee  is  to  serve.) 

Committee  A:  B.  B.  Ross  (3),  J.  P.  Street  (2),  J.  K.  Haywood  (1),  chairman,  Bureau 
of  Chemistry,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Committee  B:  E.  M.  Chace  (3),  F.  W.  Woll  (2),  chairman,  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station,  Madison,  Wis.;  F.  P.  Veitch  (1). 

Committee  C:  C.  D.  Howard  (3),  A.  L.  Winton  (2),  chairman,  U.  S.  Food  Inspection 
Laboratory,  Chicago,  III.;  L.  M.  Tolman  (1). 


COXSTITIT10N'  (IF  THE  ASSOf  IATIOX  OF  OFFICIAL  AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTS. 


1  This  association  shall  be  known  as  the  Association  of  Official  Agricultural 
Chemists  of  North  America.  The  objects  of  the  association  >hall  he  ( 1 )  to  secure  uni- 
formity and  accuracy  in  the  methods,  results,  and  modes  of  statement  of  analysis 
of  fertilfters,  soils,  cattle  foods,  dairy  products,  and  other  materials  connected  with 
lU'ricultural  industr\  ;  i 'J  •  to  afford  opjM.rtunity  for  the  discussion  of  matters  of  interest 
to  agricultural  chem; 

_'  Analytical  chemists  connected  with  the  United  States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture, or  with  any  State,  Pn>\  in«  ial,  or  National  agricultural  experiment  station 
or  agricultural  college,  or  with  an\  Slat  P»  -vim-ial.  or  National  institution  or  body 
in  North  America  charged  with  official  control  of  the  materials  named  in  section  1, 
shall  alone  he  eligible  to  membership;  and  one  such  representati\  e  f..r  each  ol'  these 
institutions  or  hoards,  when  properly  ac<  redited,  shall  In-  entitled  to  enter  motions 
or  \ote  in  the  association.  Only  such  chemists  as  an-  connected  with  institutions 
.-ini?  official  fortili/.er  control  shall  vote  on  questions  involving  methods  of 
analy/.ini:  fertili/.ers.  All  person.-,  eligible  (••  membership  shall  become  members 
ex  ofhcio  and  shall  be  allowed  the  privileges  of  membership  at  any  meeting  of  the 
association  after  prescntim:  proper  credentials.  All  members  of  the  association  who 
lose  their  rii;hi  to  such  membership  by  retiring  from  positions  indicated  as  requisite 
for  membership  -hall  be  entitled  to  become  honorary  members  and  to  have  a'l  privi- 
leges of  membership  save  the  right  to  hold  office  and  vote.  All  analytical  < -In -mi-is 
ami  others  interested  in  the  objects  of  the  association  may  attend  its  meetinu'-  and 
take  part  in  its  discussions,  but  shall  not  be  entitled  to  enter  motion-  , ,,-  vote, 

(3)  The  officers  of  the  association  -hull  consist  of  a  president,  a  vice  pre-idcnt, 
and  a  secretary,  who  shall  also  act  as  treasurer;  and  these  officers,  together  with  two 
other  member*  to  }„•  ••[••cted  by  the  association,  -hall  ci.n.-titute  the  executive  com- 
miu..       When  any  officer  ceases  to  be  a  member  by  reason  .-i  withdrawing  from  a 
department  or  board  whose  members  are  eligible  i,,  membership,  his  office  shall  be 

lered  vacant,  and  a  successor  may  be  appointed  by  the  executive  committee, 
to  continue  in  nffice  till  the  annual  meeting  next  following. 

(4)  There  shall  be  appointed  by  the  executive  committee,  at  the  regular  annual 
meeting,  from  among  the  members  of  the  association,  a  referee  and  such  associate 
referees  for  each  of  the  subjects  to  be  considered  by  the  association  as  that  committee 
may  deem  appropriate. 

It  shall  be  the  duty  of  these  referees  to  prepare  and  distribute  samples  and 
standard  reagents  to  members  of  the  association  and  others  desiring  the  same,  to 
furnish  blanks  for  tabulating  analyses,  and  to  present  at  the  annual  meeting  the 
results  of  work  done,  discussion  thereof,  and  recommendations  of  methods  to  be 
followed. 

(5)  The  special  duties  of  the  officers  of  the  association  shall  be  further  defined, 
when  necessary,  by  the  executive  committee. 

<6)  The  annual  meeting  of  this  association  shall  be  held  at  such  place  as  shall  be 
decided  by  the  association,  and  at  such  time  as  shall  be  decided  by  the  executive 
committee,  and  announced  at  least  three  months  before  the  time  of  meeting. 

(237) 


238 

(7)  No  changes  shall  be  made  in  the  methods  of  analysis  used  in  official  inspection, 
except  by  unanimous  consent,  until  an  opportunity  shall  have  been  given  all  official 
chemists  having  charge  of  the  particular  inspection  affected  to  test  the  proposed 
changes. 

(8)  Special  meetings  shall  be  called  by  the  executive  committee  when    in  its 
judgment  it  shall  be  necessary,  or  on  the  written  request  of  five  members;  and  at 
any  meeting,  regular  or  special,  seven  enrolled  members  entitled  to  vote  shall  con- 
stitute a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business. 

(9)  The  executive  committee  will  confer  with  the 'official  boards  represented  with 
reference  to  the  payment  of  expenses  connected  with  the  meetings  and  publication 
of  the  proceedings  of  the  association. 

(10)  All  proposed  alterations  or  amendments  to  this  constitution  shall  be  referred 
to  a  select  committee  of  three  at  a  regular  meeting,  and  after  report  from  such  com- 
mittee may  be  adopted  by  the  approval  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  present  entitled 
to  vote. 


I  X  DEX. 


Acetanilid  determinat i«m  in  headache  mixture-,  methods 101 

A< •etonitrile.  biological  testing 103 

A«id.  ben/oic.     S,r  l&en/oir  acid. 

caffetannic.    See  Cat'fetannic  acid. 

cinnamic.     >>'»>•  Cinnamic  acid. 

pho-phoric.     See  Phosphoric  acid. 

salicylic.     See  Salicylic  acid. 

Acidity,  determination  in  <"attl<  port  by  John  Fttillip«  Street,  veJeiee      I'i"  111:1 

•riuten  feed.  .      i»J"> 

indicator-.  di~cu~-ion ..            Mil* 

A.  id-.  determination  in  \\im-.   method-,  compare  |                                               I.;.  Is  -j  | 

mineral,  te~t  method-,  di-u--i    ii  ....        Kii' 

\\ine,  determination  method- i  I,  Is  •_' | 

Aconite  P--I  ;i-.i\  iiiL'.  mcttiMd-  and  r«--ult-  I:1. 1    132,184    L35 

Icookin,  bioloffioU  tc-iin- 

. \dii-  and  \\'...,d.  method  .,|'  p..ta-h  <l.-i,-rminat  i"ii I'JI.  I'J.'i 

Adrenalin,  l»i.»l.^i.  al  i.-iui-  ...        MM 

Adulteration,  ilru-,  detr.ti,, n  hv  pli>  M-al  ••\ainin  .  l.'.i;    !:',!» 

plai/  .  di-cii.s-ion 94-97 

fertili/.er.  delinit ioi;  l,s."> 

11    I L' 

Alcohol  estimation,  naper  I. \   1      I      \y.  .-••:..•  L'L'S 

tables*,  standardi/ati'.n.  c.,mmitte.-  f.-r  1908-9,  p«i>"im«-|  and  din-ri..i 

.\|C-,||M|-.  di-terrninati''!!  in  fu-el  ..il  hy  \ariinis  methods 

e-iimati..!!  in  i'u-i-1  .-il  l.y  \.iri-u-  mrth  L'lM).  U04 

Alkaloid  determination  in  drui:-,  nu-ih'  l.'.n 

Alkaloidal  druu's.  a.--a\  inj,  pap«T  !••.  «      1      I'   •!.••  120 

Alkaloids,  mi.-rochemical  anal\-is  and  identiticati«»n.  preliminar>  .-tnd>         ...   97-100 

precipitate.-,  chancier  ol.raine.l " ' 98 

Allen-Marquardt,  method,  fusel  oil  determination,  compari-.n 

mcxlitie.i  d  det.-rminati"n -JloJlL' 

Alumina  cream  and  sodium  hvdp>-ulphite.  suirar  and  n»o|a.-ses  polari/at  imi-. 
tabl.  I;K  ITS,  ITT,  i   - 

determination  in  pho-pl  :in-tb<>dsaiid  result- 140-146 

Aluminum  h\dp>\i,  2:iO-232 

American  Kedurtion  Coinpanv.  comments  ..n  iVrf ili/«-r  

Ammonia  i..riuati..n  in  >..il-  a  D  ••.•«,  studies 192-195 

Ammonium  citrate  solution,  examinations  for  neutrality 147-148 

Amyl  alcohol  determination  by  A llen-Manpiardt  method J 10-212 

te-t  i'or  «ol,,r  in  \vhi-ki.-  _'nti 

Analysis,  citral  in  terpenoless  extra<  t  of  lemon 229 

distilled BpiHtB, methods,  paper  l.y  I.M   T..lmanand  \\    Iv  Ilillyer.   U06-212 

insecticide-.  metho<l8and resulUi 105-110 

methods,  n.-ed  of  uniformity,  remark.- 12 

milk,  methods  and  results  " 153-158 

M'li-,  instructions,  tables,  comments  and  recommendation* 115-120 

vinegar,  method  and  re-ults 27-29 

wine,  mi  -thods,  proposals,  suggestions  and  discussion 13-25 

Animnl  experimentation  with  drugs,  for  testing  strength  and  purity,  necessity.   103-105 

Arsenate,  lead,  analy-e-.  table  and  discussioi,  108 

Arsenic  oxid,  determination  in  London  purple,  methods 106-107 

Asafa'tida  import-,  adulteration- 95 

Ash  constituents  of  plants,  anah.se-  and  comments  by  analysts 93 

Assaying,  alkaloidal  drugs,  paper  by  C.  £.  Parker ." 129-136 

(239) 


240 

Page. 

Association,  members,  names  of  attendants  at  meeting 7-11 

of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists,  constitution 237-238 

officers,  referees,  and  committees 

for  1908-9 234-236 

Attendance,  members  and  visitors,  list  of  names 7-11 

Averitt,  S.  D.,  report  as  referee  on  soils 114-120 

Babcock  standard,  new,  recommendation 189 

Bacteria,  function  in  soils,  studies  and  discoveries 192-195 

Baier  and  Neumann  method  for  detection  of  calciu«a  sucrate  in  milk  or  cream.  52-53 

Baer,  Samuel  H.,  abstract  of  paper  on  citral  analysis : 229 

Bailey,  E.  M.,  work  on  vinegar  analysis 28,  29 

analyst,  comments  on  milk  analysis : 155 

Baker,  E.  L.,  analyst,  comments  on  potash  determination 123 

work  on  potash  determination 124-125 

Ballard,  H.  F.,  report  as  referee  on  food  adulteration 11-12 

Bamihl  gluten  test,  modification 217-219 

Barnard,  H.  E.,  report  as  associate  referee  on  beer 25 

Bartlett,  G.  M.,  analyst,  comments  on  cocoa  products 81 

Bartlett,  J.  M.,  report  as  referee  on  dairy  products 152-159 

Basic  slag,  phosphoric  acid  valuation,  paper 151-152 

Bassett,  H.  P.,  method  of  determination  of  fat  and  moisture  in  cereal  products.  55,  58 

Beckman's  test  for  glucose 180-181 

Beef  analysis,  tables 63 

Beer,  report  of  H .  E.  Barnard,  associate  referee 25 

salicylic  acid  determination 67-68 

Belgian  slag.     See  Thomas  slag. 

Belladonna  leaves  assaying,  methods  and  results 132-133, 134-135 

root  adulteration,  detection  with  microscope 138 

assaying,  methods  and  results 133-135 

Benzoic  acid  determination  methods 68-77 

Bichromate,  use  in  saccharimetric  work 221-223 

Bigelow,  W.  D.,  paper  on  "Examination  of  oysters" 215-216 

report  as  referee  on  preservatives 64-78 

Biological  testing  of  drugs,  necessity 103-105 

Bleaching,  detection  in  flour,  simple  tests 216-217 

Blood,  moisture  determination  by  vacuum  without  heat 220 

Bradshaw  and  La  Wall,  methods  for  determination  of  benzole  acid 70-72 

Breakfast  foods,  salicylic  acid  determination 67-68 

Breckler,  A.M.,  method,  purification  of  carbon  tetrachlorid 209 

Brennon,  VV.  A.,  analyst,  comments  on  milk  analysis 155 

Brinton,  C.  S.,  analyst,  comments  on  lemon  extract 30 

paprika 37 

Brown,  Lin  wood  A.,  analyst,  flavoring  extracts,  comments 30,  32 

Brown,  P.  E.,  analyst,  comments  on  potassium  determination  in  soils 119 

Browne,  C.  A.,  paper  on  "The  Unification  of  Saccharimetric  Observations".  221-228 
Bryan,  A.  H.,  report  as  referee  on  detection  of  small  percentages  of  commercial 

glucose  in  sirups  and  honey 180-183 

sugar 168-180 

Caffein  determination  in  headache  mixtures,  method 100-101 

estimation  in  coffee 83-84 

Caffetannic  acid  determination  in  coffee,  methods 79-80 

estimation  in  coffee 82-83 

Calcium  carbonate  determination  in  soils,  report  by  Jacob  G.  Lipman,  associ- 
ate referee 120-121 

sucrate,  detection  in  milk  and  in  cream 52-53 

Calvert,  T.  L.,  comments  on  fertilizer  legislation 186 

Cane  and  maple  sirup  mixtures,  Winton  lead  number,  notes 198-199 

Cannabis,  biological  testing 104 

Canned  peas,  report  of  W.  L.  Dubois,  associate  referee 58-61 

Carbon  cfioxid  determination  in  soils 120-121 

evolution  from  soils,  studies  and  experiments 192 

tetrachlorid,  purification  method  by  A.  M.  Breckler 209 

solution,  alcohol  extraction  and  determination 201,  203,  205 

Carlyle,  E.  C.,  analyst,  comments  on  potash  determination 123 

Carpenter,  F.  B.,  analyst,  comments  on  nitrogen  work 89 

Casein  determination  in  milk,  method,  results,  and  recommendation 167-168 


241 

Page, 

Can le  feeds,  acidity  detenrdnation,  report  by  John  Phillips  Street,  referee...    li;o  li;:> 

:  I  products  analysis  methods 53-56 

fat  determination  methods  and  results 55-57 

mint-iii  Unions 127 

report  of  F .  F.  1  .add,  associate  referee 53-58 

Chace,  E.  M.,  report  as  a—  ociate  referee  on  flavoring  extracts 29-35 

Chemical  reagents  te-tin:,  committee  for  1908-9,  personnel  and  directory 235 

»  heini.-i.  au'ricultural.  training,  address  by  President    11.  Snyder 110-114 

Chemistry  Bulletin  107,  revision  re poi  t  by  coiiunittee 187 

<  'hen lists,  American,  work  in  advancement  of  industries 112 

Chicken  meat,  fresh,  cold-store. 1,  and  preserved,  analyses 

nitrogen  determination,  tallies ." 46-50 

Cinchona  hark,  a<sa\  iii',',  methods  and  details l:U) 

Cinnamic  acid  detection,  methods 

(  'itral  analy-is  in  ti-rpem-lcss  extract  of  lemon,  colorimetric  method •_"_'!» 

determination  in  lemon  •  .md  oil,  with  comments  of  anal 

.-,  ammonium,  solution,  examinations  for  neutrality I  ; 

Clarification  a^ent-.  effect  on  polari/ation 17:'.    l^ti. '_':.' 

t  method  su',rar  polari/.ations.  table-*  and  discussion 1, 

C|i.ver  honey.      N"    lioii. 

:i)le.  identification 2:'. 

ri-nitrite  method  of  potash  determination |-_>1  IL>;, 

leavefl  a-a>  in/.  metOoda  and  results 1 

I 'I.1, 

cr.                ined  with  different  reagenti ...  99 

Cochineal  red,  39 

Codr  paper  on  coal  tar  color-,  identification 

i  products  analyse-*  and  comm.':'-  SO-81 

starch  determination  .  •_'!  i   i>|.-> 

recomni'  •  lL'7 

•nan.  a^s..c  78-82 

and  r.nnii:-  I  I  79-80 

M,  and    tea,  report    '•  ...    78-82 

•nation   of    cati.-fannie  a-  id  a:  S2-84 

mmendation- ...127 

addition  to  .jl'.  Hii; 

reaction-,  uine,  r-'-ult-  \\ith  ili:'ferent  -tandard-  ....          18 

<  olorin-  i:  in  di-till- 

natural,  in  \\  i:  i.ition 1»;    |s 

imetric  method  of  oitral  <|et,-niiination  in  terpeneless  .  lemOD  229 

Color-,  co.,  ilde.  identification  2:iO-233 

id'-ntiticati«.n.  report  of  11  M     I 

II    \2 

r_'7 

Committee  A.  rep..rt  .>n  reconunendatioi  i^:i-184 

.  port  on  re.  ommendatio:  187-189 

[>ort  on  i 1  ail ul i'  "mmendation- 126-127 

Committee^,  appointmen^  i;},  !>•_'.  IJH,  190 

onel  and  directory..  2:>5-236 

Condensed  milk      >--   Milk. 

Con-titutioti  A-«x-iat ion  of  Official  Agricultural  Chemists 237-238 

184 

C.  1.  .  analy-t.  tla\  orin,'  extract ~.  comment- 34 

<  o  pa  ilia  import<,  adult  era 'ion- 95 

Copper  l>.  :  rmiriation  of  benzoic  acid 72-74 

Goto  bark  imital  138 

Coumarin  determination  in  vanilla  extract 31 

Cream,  detection  of  calcium  sucrate 52-53 

Dairy  products  adulteration,  report  of  Hermann  0.  Lythgoe,  associate  referee. 

•nmendation- ll'fj,  188 

report  by  J.  M.  I '.art  let  t,  referee 152-159 

Davidson,  R.  J.,  analyst,  comments  on  formaldehyde  analysis 110 

London  purple  analysis  methods 107 

report  a<  chairman  of  Committee  A  on  recommendations...   183-184 

on  unification  of  terms  .:...       183 

73673— Bull.  122—09 16 


242 

Page. 

Decomposition  of  organic  matter  in  the  soil,  rate  and  methods 191-196 

Denia,  W.,  paper  on  "Determination  of  the  iodin  number  of  the  nonvolatile 

ether  extract  of  paprika  " 213-214 

Digitalis  adulteration  detection  with  microscope 138 

biological  testing 104 

leaves,  adulteration 96 

Dips,  sulphur,  analysis,  table 110 

Directory,  names  of  members,  officers,  referees,  and  committees 7-11,  234-238 

Distilled  liquor*;  fusel  oil  determination,  recommendations 27 

test  of  methods 25-27 

recommendations 126 

report  of  L.  M.  Tolman  as  associate  referee 2-5-27 

spirits,  analysis  methods,  paper  by  L.  M.  Tolman  and  W.  E.  Hilly er.  206-212 

fusel  oil  determination,  methods 208-212 

Donk,  M.  G.,  analyst,  comments  on  potash  determination 124 

Doolittle,  R.  E.,  and  A.  F.  Seeker,  paper  on  "The  possibilities  of  muscovado 

sugar  as  an  adulterant  for  ma- 
ple products" 196-198 

"  Winton  lead  number  of  mixtures 

of  cane  and  maple  sirup  " . .  198-199 

Doolittle  and  Woodruff,  method  for  extract  of  tea 80 

Doolittle-Ogden  method  of  iodin  number  determination 213 

Drug  adulterations  detection  by  physical  examination 136-139 

plant  adulterations,  need  of  stricter  supervision,  discussion 94-97 

Drugs,  alkaloid  determination  methods 130 

alkaloidal,  assaying,  paper  by  (\  E.  Parker 129-136 

and  plants,  medicinal,  recommendations 187-188 

report  by  L.  F.  Kebler,  referee 94-97 

dilution  with  inert  substances 95 

macroscopy  and  microscopy,  paper  by  H.  H.  Rusby 136-139 

Drushel,  method  of  potash  determination 124-125 

Dubois,  W..L.,  analyst,  flavoring  extracts,  comments 34 

paper  on  "Determination  of  starch  in  cocoa  products " 214-215 

report  as  associate  referee  on  vegetables 58-61 

Dunbar,  P.  D.,  methods  of  determination  of  cinnamic  acid 77-78 

Dyes,  coal-tar,  wool  and  cotton,  identification 230-233 

Ellett's  method  pentosan  determination 159-160 

Emery,  W.  O.,  report  on  cooperative  work  on  headache  mixtures 100-102 

Ergot,  biological  testing 105 

Erythrosin,  "testing  for  pure  color 39 

Ether  extract,  nonvolatile,  of  paprika,  iodin  number  determination,  methods.  213-214 

Ethyl  alcohol  estimation  by  alkaline  permanganate 204,  205 

solutions,  extraction  of  alcohols    201,  203.  204 

Experiments  on  animals  for  testing  strength  and  purity  of  drugs,  necessity. . .   103-105 

Extract,  paprika,  iodin  number  determination,  methods 213-214 

Extracts,  flavoring,  recommendations 126 

report  by  E.  M.  Chace,  associate  referee 29-35 

meat,  cold  water,  preparation  and  examination 61-62 

Farnham,  G.  S.,  analyst,  comments  on  potash  determination 123 

Fat  determination  in  cereal  products,  methods  and  results 55-57 

condensed  milk 158 

Fats  and  oils  analysis  methods,  unification,  committee  for  1908-9,  personnel  and 

directory '. 236 

Feed,  gluten,  manufacture,  paper  by  T.  B.  Wagner 164-166 

Feeding  stuffs  and  foods,  report  of  Fred  W.  Morse,  associate  referee 15.9-160 

recommendations 188 

Feeds,  cattle,  acidity  determination,  report  by  John  Phillips  Street,  referee.  160-163 

Fertilizer  adulteration  and  misbranding,  definitions 185 

definition 185 

legislation,  committee  for  1908-9,  personnel  and  directory 235 

report : 185-187 

Fertilizers,  rate  of  oxidation  in  different  soils 193 

Fetzer,  Lewis  W.,  analyst,  comments  on  milk  analysis 155 

Fish  and  meat,  report  of  F.  C.  Weber,  associate  referee 42-50 

recommendations 126 


243 

Page. 

Flavoring  extracts,    See  Extracts. 

Florida  rock.  determination  of  iron  and  alumina,  table  .......................  143 

Flour,  analysis  methods,  results  ami  recommendation  ......................... 

blea.-hn;  .n.  simple  tests  ..................................    L'HJL'17 

fat  determination,  methods  and  results  ................................ 

moisture  determination,  methods  and  results  .......................... 

rye,  detection  of  \vheat  tloiir,  modification  of  Bamihl  test  ............   217  I'll* 

it,  d.  -t  <•<•!  ion  in  rye  Hour,  modification  of  Uamihl  test  ............    -JI7  L'l!) 

Food  adulteration,  repcrt  ol  H.  E.  Jttarnafti  ai  ......................   n   IL' 

col,  .rs,  identification,  recommendations  ................................  IU 

j)roducts,  determination  of  sulphurous  acid,  sulphite  or  sulphur  dioxid. 

paper  submitted  ...................................................  Imi 

standards,  committee  for  1908-9,  personnel  and  direetory  ...............  I':1,". 

report  of  com;                                       ...........  '  ................  ll'^ 

.  report  of  !•>••«  I  \\  .  Morse,  associate  rrfnvr  .........    !.">:»  II;M 

recommendations  ...................................................  1^ 

Formaldehyde  anid\>is.  table  and  comments  ..............................    ID.'  Ill) 

laments  on  fertilizer  legislation  ...............................  I  si; 

Fuch  -in  Dilution  formula  ......                            ................................  32 

Fuller,  II.  t    .  and  I..  I'..  Warren,  article  on  alcohol  estimation,  reference  ..... 

Fuller's  earth  tot  for  coal-tar  «                   ....................................  i_':ii) 

.  <>il  rompo-inon  ----  ........................... 

•ruination  by  alkaline  permanganate.  paper  ...................    !!)!>  L'o:> 

irison  of  meth                                                        .....  26 

in  d  Milled  li.|  . 

'IK  L'l'J 


.lil.-   for  dry  sir  ••'>  170 

<  iladdin/  in-  -t  h-  >d,  dcterminat  ii  >n  •  :'  ir»n  ami  alumina  in  phosphatr  roek  .......  Ill 

Glaser  method,  determination  of  iron  and  alumina  in  phosp'  I  II 

(iluc.  -  analyK*.  1^1 

.leireiion  in  bj    A     II  I  - 

(iluten  cattle  i.  ...  Iti:'> 

in.") 

manufacture,  paper  K\   T    I1,    \\  If,  I    |i;i; 

iihl,  m..  di  lira  t  ion.. 

letennination  in  winoo,  methods....  ........   M  l"> 

•  rmination  in  -  ...          84 

Method  for  determining  nitrites,  use  in  deirrtion  of  Meachiiii;  in 
Hour.  .. 

(irindley  and  Fmmett.  n  ...    lil    ij'J 

(  iudeman.  IMuard.  submission  of  pajHT  on  determination  of  .-ulphuroiis  ;. 

.  in  food  priwln  I'Mi 

buig's  reagent,  lor  addity  detennii  ...........   i<. 

M.  A    \\  .  IDA]  .........  ...        34 

Haskii;      II     1'.  paper  on  ••  \aluation  of  j.h.^phoric  ai-id  in  '  I.I    I  •"»-' 

rep  i  inoriranic  plant  constiti; 

•  "i.  .!    l\  dfman  of  committee  on  re  vkioo  ol  method*. 

•  •he  mix'  .  \  s<>s  ................  ..........  .         IOJ 

coop  by  \\  .  (  ).  Fmrr\  .  .    100-102 

Henbane  adulteration.  a<  .............       i:;s 

Hnlrs's  solution,  1.  polarization  -.  table  ..........    171.  I7."> 

Bickey,  Charles  B  .  <•  on  vinc-ar  .......  ...  27-29 

HilK  .1  .  I.  ,  comments  on  lertili/er  legislation  ............................... 

Hiltii  ii  flavoring  extracts  ......................         34 

K    \\  '.,  analyst,  comments  on  cocoa  pro.  ......................         81 

flavoring  extracts  .......................         34 

Holland.  F.  II.  .  anal  aonts  on  milk  analysis  ..........................        IV) 

Honey,  clover,  and  glucose  mixtures,  analyses  ..............................        181 

glocose  detection,  report  b'y  A.  II  .'  Bryan  as  referee  .................    1SO-183 

Homer,  Julius,  report  as  referee  on  wine  ____  !  ..............................   12-25 

Howard,  B.  J.,  and  C.  11    S».  -phenson,  paper  on  analvsis  and  identification  of 
alkaloids  ...................  .........  .    ...97-100 

Hydrochloric  acid,  eiYert  on  pyrites  in  phosp!  .....................   146-147 

Hydrogen  t>ero\id,  use  in  determination  of  alcohols  .........................       202 

HydrOBUlpoite  (sodium)  and  alumina  cream,  sugar  and  molasses  polarix.ation  .  .      171, 

175,  177,  178,  179 


244 

Page. 

Imus,  Genevieve,  analyst,  comments  on  paprika 37 

statement  on  examination  of  coloring  matter  in  wine 16-18 

Inorganic  plant  constituents,  report  by  H.  D.  Haskins,  referee 92-94 

Insecticides,  report  of  C.  C.  McDonnell,  referee 105-110 

lodin,  number  of  nonvolatile  ether  extract  of  paprika,  determination  methods.  213-214 
Iron  determination  in  phosphate  rock,  methods  and  results 140-146 

Jones,  C.  II.,  analyst,  comments  on  milk  analysis 156 

Jones,  W.  J.,  jr.,  comments  on  fertilizer  legislation. . .  i* 186 

Kebler,  L.  F.,  report  as  chairman,  committee  on  testing  of  chemical  reagents. .   127-128 

referee  on  medicinal  plants  and  drugs 94-97 

Kelley,  W.  P.,  analyst,  comments  on  potassium  determination  in  soils 119 

Ketchup,  sodium  benzoate  determination  by  different  methods 71,  74,  75,  76,  77 

Krauch  method  for  extract  in  tea 80 

Krug  method,  determination  of  caffetannic  acid  in  coffee 79-80.  83 

La  Wall  and  Bradshaw,  methods  for  determination  of  benzoic  acid 70-72 

Ladd,  E.  F.,  report  as  associate  referee  on  cereal  products 53-58 

Le  Clerc,  J.  A.,  analyst,  comments  on  inorganic  plant  constituents 93 

Lead  arsenate  analyses,  table  and  discussion 108 

number,  determination  in  vinegar 28 

solutions,  polarization  of  sugar  and  molasses,  tables 173, 

175-177,178,179,223,225 

use  as  clarification  agents : 173-180,  223-225 

Legislation,  fertilizer,  committee  for  1908-9,  personnel  and  directory 235 

report 185-187 

Lemon  extract,  terpeneless,  citral  determination,  colorimetric  method 229 

extracts  and  oil,  citral  determinations 30,  32-35 

Lindsey,  J.  B..  paper  on  Thomas  slag 148-151 

Lipman,  Jacob  G.,  paper  on  "Methods  relating  to  the  rate  of  decomposition  of 

organic  matter  in  the  soil  " 191-196 

report  as  associate  referee  on  the  determination  of  calcium 

carbonate  in  soils 1 20-121 

Liquors,  distilled.     See  Distilled  liquors. 

Litmus,  use  as  indicator  for  wine  acids,  comparison  with  phenol phthalein 24 

in  acidity  determinations 160-163 

Liver,  moisture  determination  by  vacuum  without  heat 220,  221 

London  purple,  analysis  methods,  comments  and  discussion 106-108 

Loomis,  H.  M.,  report  as  associate  referee  on  colors 38-42 

Lott,  C.  I.,  analyst,  comments  on  paprika 38 

Lythgoe,  Hermann   C.,  report  as   associate   referee  on  adulteration  of   dairy 
'products. 51-53 

Macroscopy  and  microscopy  of  drugs,  pape*-  by  H.  H.  Rusby 136-139 

Malic  acid,  determination  in  vinegar 28 

Malt  extracts,  salicylic  acid  determination 67-68 

Maple  and  cane  sirup  mixtures,  Winton  lead  number,  notes 198-199 

products,  adulteration  with  muscovado  sugar ' 196-198 

sugar.     See  Sugar,  maple. 

Marsh  quantitative  test  for  color  in  distilled  spirits 206 

Matico,  genuine,  identification  by  microscopic  examination 139 

McCandless,  J.  M.,  report  as  referee  on  phosphoric  acid 140-148 

McDonnell,  C.  C.,  report  as  referee  on  insecticides 105-110 

Meat  analysis,  methods  and  Vesults,  discussion '. 43-45 

and  fish,  report  of  F.  C.  Weber,  associate  referee 42-50 

proteids,  recommendations • 127 

separation,  report  of  P.  F.  Trowbridge,  associate  referee 61-64 

recommendations 126 

Meats,  cold  water  extracts,  preparation  and  examination 61-62 

Medicinal  plants  and  drugs,  recommendations 187-188 

report  by  L.  F.  Kebler,  referee 94-97 

Melada.     See  Sugar,  muscovado. 

Merrill,  F.  D.,  analyst,  flavoring  extracts,  comments 34 

Methods,  revision  committee  report 187 

Methyl  alcohol  estimation  by  alkaline  permanganate 204,  205 

Microscopy  and  macroscppy  of  drugs,  paper  by  H.  H.  Rusby 136-139 

Milk,  casein  determination,  method,  results,  and  recommendation 167-168 


245 

Page. 
Milk,  condensed,  analysia  instroctioiM  ....................................  !•"> 

analyses.  tallies,  comments  and  diseus.-ion  ................    15-1    l~>s 

hit  determination  .........................................      158 

mmendations  .......................................    158-159 

•••  linn  of  calcium  suerate  ..........................................  .YJ  ."»:> 

-••rum  preparation  methods,  comparison  ..............................         51 

Mi-brandinur  fertili/er.  definitions  ..............................  .............        185 

Milehell.  A.  S  ,  and  t  '.  II.  Smith,  paper  on  "The  determination  of  fusel  nil  by 

alkaline  permanganate  "  ...............................................    199-205 

ire  determinations.  su-ar  and  molasses  ..............................    171    17'J 

without  the  aid  of  heat,  methods  .................   L'lii  •_"_'  I 

Molasses,  glucose  detection  .................................................       Is- 

Loui-iana.  normal  polari/at  ion  ...................................        182 

moi-ture  determination  ........    .................  ...............    171    171' 

polari/ation  with  different  clarifying  a-jeni-.  table-  ...........    17s.  17!).  L'L'1 

M  oniniento  on  fertiliser  legislation  ............................       IM; 

I'red  \\"..  re|M>rt  as  associate  rrh-rer  on  l  .....  1.-  and  feeding  Stuftl  .......    !">!)-  HID 

\a«lo  -iiL'ar.     8*6  Snirar. 

;  'i  attendance  on  met  .........  .'  .......      711 

NapMhol  Yell-  ii-  for  pun-  color.  .  .................. 

Nehi-  '  .  lla\orii,  .-oinnient-  ......................... 

te  formaiioii  i-.  ...    193-195 

Nitrogen  determination,  chicken  ni'  ;•     .o 

I  85-91 

work  for  i!M)7.  instrueti.'.ns  .........  ..............         85 

iimendation-  .  ...  91,  183 

Niir-                              -.-paratioii:  milk  and  •  h.  •••-•-.  r.-port  of  1..    I..    Van  Sl\k.-, 

refej  .   n;7  n;s 

Noiiniii'i  i.>ns,  report  ui'  .  i.  mii::1  .........       l:> 


-K-iation  for  1!M)S  '»,  ,|ire.  ;    • 
(  M-rii  :-l 

:i  i'-n.  niflhod-.  pa|"  i  |!l  I     |!Hi 

riments  . 

2 

30 

Paprika  anal\-  nd  ilisciission  ..... 

Mm  volatile  ether  (  Q  ofiodin  number,  methodi  .  L.'|:;L'II 

with  oli\,-  nil.  analvM--  :U^38 

ontheasBayingofalkaloidaldrtieB....  i 

I'a  t  it-ii,  Andrew  .1  .  a  I  it  n«-nts  .......... 

<  -aimed.  r«-p..rr  of  \\     I.    I  >i:l. 
I't-nriN  .  (}.  on  deti-rminalion  el  mt(      • 

an  determination.  !  '  ,:»    Hio 

iv-rin                 alkaline,  fo0el  oil  determination,  ]  .................   i1' 

n  berry  ei               -lini;  i"r  pun-  ml  >r  .  ..............  to 

I'heiiolphthalein.  u.-e  a>  :  uit      l;tmu>  ......  -_M 

in  aeidity  det.-rii:!  ...........    li,i- 

Phloxin,  testing  for  pore  coloi  ........  40 

i  of  in.n  and  alumina,  method-  ...............    1  10-142 

pyn                   •  ..I  h\.lr-M-l.!.,rn-  a.-id  ____  ..........    I  Mi  117 

anq  value  as  fertiliser  ............  ...........  150-151 

riio-ph.iri<  a.  i.l  determination  in  '1  hi.  mas  .-1  1-  ..............................      140 

184 


report  by  J.  M.  if  cGand  ....................   140-148 

valuation  in  I  a  .............................    151    |.V_' 

riio-ph,iru<  <li  -termination  in  M-il.r  «  ...........    1  i 

IMant  <-oii.-titurnt-.  inorganic,  reeommei  ...........................        184 

rep,,rt  by  II.  1>.  II;,-  ree  ............... 

Plants  and  druirs,  medicinal,  recommeodationfl  .............................   187-188 

report  by  I..  I'.  Kebl.-r.  n-feree  .................   94-97 

Polarisation,  normal,  of  Louisiana  molasses  and  sirup  .........................       182 

su«;ar  and  niola.-ses  with  different  clarification  air<-nt-.  .    17:;    M>.  L'L'3-225 
Polarizations  of  starch  conversion  products  with  and  without  bichromate  .....       222 


246 

Page. 

Ponceau,  testing  for  pure  color 40 

Potash  work,  instructions 121-122 

recommendations 183 

report  by  B.  B.  Ross,  referee . 121-125 

Potassium  determination  in  soils,  comparison  of  methods,  tables 119 

Preservatives,  report  of  W.  D.  Bigelow,  referee 64-78 

Proteids,  meat,  separation,  report  of  P.  F.  Trowbridge,  associate  referee 61-64 

Pyrites  in  phosphate  rock,  effect  of  hydrochloric  acid. 146-147 

Quartz,  use  in  saccharimetric  work 226 

Reagents,  chemical,  testing  report  of  L.  F.  Kebler,  chairman  of  committee..  127-128 

Recommendations,  determination  of  acids  in  wine 24-25 

casein  in  milk 168 

f usol  oil  in  distilled  liquors 27 

of  referees,  report  of  Committee  A 183-184 

B 187-189 

C 126-127 

on  condensed  milk 158-159 

'   .  flour  analysis 58 

identification  of  colors  in  foods 42 

method  for  separation  of  iron  and  aluminum  in  ash  of 

plants 93 

nitrogen  work 91 

paprika  analysis 38 

soils  analysis 119-120 

sugar 180 

tea,  coffee,  and  cocoa  work 81 

Reducing  sugars,  determination  in  wine,  methods 15-16 

Referees  and  associate  referees  for  1908-9,  directory 234-235 

Resolutions  committee  report (. 189 

Rhodamin,  testing  for  pure  color 39 

Richardson,  W.  D.,  analyst,  comments  on  potash  determination 124 

Robb,  J.  Bernard,  analyst,  comments  on  nitrogen  work 89 

Rockweed,  pentosan  determination 159-160 

Rose,  Bengal,  testing  for  pure  color 40 

Ross,  B.  B.,  report  as  referee  on  potash 121-125 

Rudnick,  Paul,  analyst,  comments  on  nitrogen  work 89 

potash  determination 123 

Yon  Grueber  method  analysis  of  phos- 
phate rock 146 

Rusby,  H.  H.,  paper  on  "The  Macroscopy  and  microscopy  of  drugs  " 136-139 

Rye  flour.     See  Flour. 

Saccharimetric  observations,  unification,  paper 221-228 

Saffron  adulteration,  dangers 138 

testing  for  pure  color 39 

Salant,  William,  paper  on  animal  experimentation  with  medicinal  prepara- 
tions   103-105 

Salicylic  acid  determination,  methods 64-68 

solvents,  comparative  efficiency 65 

Saponins,  biological  testing 104 

Seeker,  A.  F.,  analyst,  comments  on  lemon  extract 30 

and  R.  E.  Doolittle,  paper  on  "The  possibilities  of  muscovado 

sugar  as  an  adulterant  for  maple  products  " 196-198 

and  R.  E.  Doolittle,  paper  on  "Winton  lead  number  of  mix- 
tures of  cane  and  maple  sirup' ' 198-199 

Sellier  apparatus,  for  acid  determination  in  wine,  description 20-21 

Shanley,  E.  J.,  and  A.  L.  Winton,  paper  on  "Simple  tests  for  detecting  bleach- 
ing in  flour  " 216-217 

Shedd,  O.  M.,  analyst,  comments  on  inorganic  plant  constituents 93 

potash  determination 124 

Silver  benzoate  method  of  determination  of  benzoic  acid 74-76 

Sirup,  cane  and  maple  mixtures,  Winton  lead  number,  notes 198-199 

Sirups,  glucose  detection,  report  by  A.  H.  Bryan,  referee 180-183 

Slag,  basic,  valuation  of  phosphoric  acid,  paper  by  H.  D.  Haskins 151-152 

Thomas.     See  Thomas  slag. 


Page. 

Smith,  K  II.,  analyst,  comments  on  lemon  extract 30 

Smith.  C.  K ..  :i*id  A.  s.  Mitchell,  paper  on  "The  determination  of  fusel  oil  by 

alkaline  permanganate" 199-205 

Snyder.  II.,  president's  address  on  "The training  of  the  agricultural  chemist  "  .   no  ill 

iye  anal >>K  m*-t ho  Is  and  table 10S    !()!» 

Sodium  bencoate,  determination  in  ketchup,  by  different  methods 71,  71,  7-").  7li,  77 

bicarbonate,  determination  in  headache  mixtures 101 

bi-ulphite,  usf  in  coal- tar  color  test 

Boil,  organic  matter,  aition  rate,  methods  relating  to,  paper mi    UMS 

M<!ruction-.,  iat.lt-.  comment-  ;umendations 115-120 

calcium  carbonate  (It-termination,  report  by  Jacob  (I.   I.ipman,  associate 

n-teree 120-121 

carbon  dioxi.i  determination 120-  121 

recommendation 

report  bj  eritt,  referee in -121) 

: I2i> 

n-p«irt.  by  A.  L.  \Vint «»n.  a<s«x-iate  reh-ree ^ 35-38 

Spirits,  distilled.    -s'"  Distilled  spirite, 

<\\  produ.  •  Hand    \vitliout   bichromate 

detrrmii'at  i  Hi  in  COC.M  j»rM,i  2  1  I    '_' I  •"> 

.  <litlerei!t  iiL'f-  and  COndltiODI 

II  .  and  I'-   .1 .  Howard,  paper <m  analysis  and  identification  of 

Stramonium,  detection  \\  ith  DUdOBCOpe 

iiillips,  report  as  reieree  on  j    in 

' 

;nd.  dele,  i,    : 
imin,  bi  .. 

•ti  in  milk  or  cream 

H;  solution,  polarization,  with  different  amount.-  of  lead.  .  .  170 

I  analyses 

musco\.id  .,  |  !.-  pr.Mluct.-.  . 

polari/a:  •  nt  N-ad  .-oluiinns.  . 

-     I      |  xs 

.-.  and   I  r  168-180 

worl 

Sugar-house  products,  dry  niib  1'. 

ng  to  standard  tern; 
.:ure. 

nxlucts,  paper  submit  ted l!x; 

<lipsan  ...        110 

Sulphuric  acid  met!  -ilaiion 76-77 

Sulphur.. i;  Miatimi  in  IO.H!  pr.Hlucf-,  paper  submit t 

>n  tla\'-n: 
A.,  analy.-t,  comments  on  flavoring  extracts.  30 

39 

dman,  pa;  'letannic  acid 

and  caffein  in  coff.  .  82-84 

79-80 

i  man.  a--  78-82 

-imendatioii^ |-_>7 

Temperature  variat;  -ion 225-228 

lessee  rock,  determinati":  :id  alumina  table I  \~2 

<\*-\>-^-  e\  •  •••rmination,  colorimetric  methixl 229 

iii;  aridity  a  of  indicators  and  method  ..   i»;o-n;:j 

I..  1'.  Ki-bler,  chairman  of  committee. .  .    I27-I2S 

That.'her.  i{.  \\'..  at.  :  .n  nurple  analy.-is  method-. 107 

Thoi;  in  posit  ion.  value,  and  use  as  fertiliser,  paper 148-151 

Thyroid  <_:ljnd  extract.-,  biological  •  103 

rminat.on 162,  163,  165 

.  1..  M.,  report  as  aasoi  ee  on  distilled  li*juors 

chairman  of  Committee  C  (fooa  adulteration) 126-127 


248 

Page. 

Trescot,  T.  C.,  analyst,  comments  on  nitrogen  work 89 

Tropaeolin  O  O,  testing  for  pure  color 39 

Trowbridge,  P.  F.,  paper  on  ''Moisture  determinations  without  the  aid  of 

heat' ' 219-221 

report  as  associate  referee  on  separation  of  meat  proteids  .  61-64 

Unification  of  terms,  committee  for  1908-9,  personnel  and  directory 236 

report  of  committee 183 

-     T* 

Vacuum  method  of  moisture  determinations 219-221 

Van  Slyke,  L.  L.,  report  as  chairman  of  the  committee  on  resolutions 189 

referee  on  separation  of  nitrogenous  bodies:  milk 

and  cheese  proteids 167-168 

Vanilla  extract  analyses,  and  comments  of  the  analysts,  1907 

Vanillin  determination  in  vanilla  extract 31 

Vegetables,  canned,  recommendations 127 

report  of  W.  1;.  Dubois,  associate  referee 58-61 

Vinegar  analyses,  tables 29 

report  by  Charles  H.  Hickey,  associate  referee 27-29 

Volatile  acids  in  wines,  table  of  results 19 

See  also  Acids. 

Wagner,  T.  B.,  paper  on  ' '  The  manufacture  of  gluten  feed  " 364-166 

Warren,  L.  E.,  and  H.  C.  Fuller,  article  on  alcohol  estimation,  reference 228 

Weber,  F.  C.,  report  as  associate  referee  on  meat  and  fish -12-50 

West,  R.  M.,  method  of  determination  of  benzoic  acid 76-77 

Wheat  flour.    See  Flour. 

Whiskies,  color  determination  by  different  methods 206-208 

Wilson,  C1.  P.,  analyst,  comments  on  paprika 38 

Wilson,  S.  H.,  analyst,  comments  on  analysis  of  phosphate  rock 146 

Wine,  acids,  determination  and  methods.' 13-14, 18-25 

coloring  matter,  natural,  examination 16-18 

determination  of  acids,  recommendations 24-25 

glycerol,  determination 14-15 

reducing  sugars,  determination 15-16 

report  of  Julius  Hortvet  as  associate  referee 12-25 

Wines,  recommendations 126 

salicylic  acid  determination 66-67 

Winton,  A.  L.,  paper  on  "A  modification  of  the  Bamihl  test  for  detecting  wheat 

flour  in  rye  flour" 217-219 

report  as  associate  referee  on  spices 35-38 

and  E.  J.  Shanley,  paper  on  "Simple  tests  for  detecting  bleach- 
ing in  flour  " 216-217 

Winton  lead  number  of  mixtures  of  cane  and  maple  sirup,  notes 198-199 

Woll,  F.  W.,  comments  on  fertilizer  legislation 186 

Woodman,  A.  G.,  and  W.  C.  Taylor,  paper  on  "Estimation  of  caffetannic  acid 

and  caiiein  in  coffee  ? ' 82-84 

report  as  associate  referee  on  tea,  coffee,  and  cocoa 78-82 

Woodruff,  F.  O.,  analyst,  comments  on  tea  and  coffee  analyses 79-80 

Woods,  0.  D.,  analyst,  comments  on  lead  arsenate  analysis 108 

London  purple  analysis  methods 107 

paprika 37 

Wool  dyes,  coal-tar,  identification 230-233 

Zerban,  Fritz,  report  as  associate  referee  on  sugar 168-180 

o 


.1  June; 

%U.  S.  DKPARTMKXT   OF    AGRICULTURE, 
BUREAU  OF  CHEMISTRY-  BULLETIN  No.  123. 

11    \V.  \VILKV.  Chid  ui  Bui 


MKTA  HOLISM   OF  OWiAXK1  AND 

ir   PHOSPHORIC: 


A  KKKDIM.  KXIM-KIMKNT  I  >LM;  niVTIN 
AND  SUDITM  IMInsiMIATKS. 


F.   •  >K. 


WASH  i  N<.  i « 

»,(.\   i   i:  \  M  i    \  T     M:  I  \  I  i  i   ICE. 

1  '.' 


H.  W.  WILEY,  Chemist  and  Chief  of  Bureau. 

F.  L.  DUN  LAP,  Associate  Chemist. 

W.  D.  BIGELOW,  Assistant  Chief  of  Bureau. 

F.  B.  LINTON,  Chief  Clerk. 

A.  L.  PIERCE,  Editorial  Clerk. 

M.  W.  TAYLOR,  Librarian. 
Division  of  Foods,  W.  D.  BIGELOW,  Chief. 

Food  Inspection  Laboratory,  L.  M.  TOLMAX,  Chief. 

Food  Technology  Laboratory,  E.  M.  CHACE,  ('//ief  and  Assistant  Chief  of  I)- 

Oil,  Fat,  and  Wax  Laboratory.     LXot  appointed.] 

Division  of  Drugs,  L.  F.  KEBLER,  Chief. 

Drug  Inspection  Laboratory,  G.  W.  HOOVER,  CVuV/. 
Synthetic  Products  Laboratory,  W.  O.  EMERY,  C/?/f/. 
Essential  Oils  Laboratory.     [Not  appointed.] 
Pharmacological  Laboratory,  WM.  SALANT,  Acting. 

Chief  Food  and  Drug  Inspector,  W.  G.  CAMPBELL. 
Miscellaneous  Division,  J.  K.  HAYWOOD,  Chief. 

Water  Laboratory,  W.  W.  SKINNER,  Chief. 

Cattle-Food  and  Grain  Laboratory,  J.  S.  CHAMBERLAIN,  Chief. 

Insecticide  and  Fungicide  Laboratory,  C.  C.  MCDONNELL,  Chief. 

Trade  Wastes  Laboratory,  under  Chief  of  Division. 

Contracts  Laboratory,  P.  H.  WALKER,  Chiif. 
Dairy  Laboratory,  G.  E.  PATRICK,  Chief. 
Food  Research  Laboratory,  M.  E.  PENNINGTON,  Chief. 
Leather  and  Paper  Laboratory,  F.  P.  VEITCH,  Chief. 
Microchemical  Laboratory.,  B.  J.  HOWARD,  Chief. 
Sugar  Laboratory,  A.  H.  BRYAN,  Acting. 
Nitrogen  Section,  T.  C.  TRESCOT,  in  Charge. 
Special  Investigations: 

Physiological  Chemistry  (Animal),  F.  C.  WEBER,  in  Charge. 

Physiological  Chemistry  (Vegetable),  J.  A.  LE  CLERC,  in  Charge. 

Bacteriological  Chemistry,  G.  W.  STILES,  in  ('hur<}< .  * 

Enological  Chemistry,  W.  B.  ALWOOD,  in  Charge. 

Food  and  Drug  Inspection  Laboratories: 
Boston,  B.  H.  SMITH,  Chief. 
Buffalo,  W.  L.  DUBOIS,  Acting. 
Chicago,  A.  L.  WINTON,  Chief. 
Cincinnati,  B.  R.  HART,  Acting. 
Denver,  A.  E.  LEACH,  Chief. 
Detroit,  H.  L.  SCHULZ,  Acting. 
Galveston,  T.  F.  PAPPE,  Acting. 
Honolulu,  Hawaiian  Islands,  R.  A.  DUNCAN,  Acting. 
Kansas  City,  Mo.,  A.  V.  H.  MORY,  Actimj. 
Nashville. "  [Not  appointed.] 
New  Orleans,  C.  W.  HARRISON,  Chief. 
New  York,  R.  E.  DOOLTTTLE,  Chief. 
Omaha,  8.  II.  Ross,  Acting. 
Philadelphia,  C.  S.  BRINTON,  Chief. 
Pittsburg,  M.  C.  ALBRECH,  Acting. 
Portland,  Oreg.,  A.  L.  KNISELY,  Acting. 
St.  Louis,  D.  B.  BISBEE,  Acting. 
St.  Paul,  A.  S.  MITCHELL,  Chief. 
San  Francisco,  R.  A.  GOULD,  Chief. 
Savannah,  W.  C.  BURNET,  Acting. 
Seattle,  H.  M,  LOOMIS,  Acting. 


.1  .Inn.- 

U.  S.  DKI'AkTMKNT   OF    AGRICULTURE, 
BUREAU  OF  CHEMISTRY     BULLETIN  No.  123. 

II.  W.  \\II.KV,  Chief  of  r.urvuu. 


METABOLISM  OF 

1NOU(JANI(1 


AND 


A  FEEDING  KXrKKIMKM  I'SIMi  IMIYTIN 
AND  SnDH'M  IMlnsiMIATKS. 


I  .  <  .  TOOK. 


WASHINGTON: 

QCn  RRV  M  BH1     PB1  OFFICE. 


LETTER  OF  TRAXSM1TTAL 


U.  S.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AGRICULTURE, 

BUREAU  OF  CHEMISTRY, 
'\Yas7iington j  D.  C.}  January  1-5,  1909. 

SIR:  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  for  your  inspection  and  approval 
a  report  on  a  phosphorus  metabolism  experiment  conducted  by 
F.  C.  Cook  under  the  supervision  of  the  Chief  of  Bureau.  The  report 
covers  an  experiment  in  rabbit  feeding,  extending  over  a  period  of 
six  months,  during  which  organic  and  inorganic  phosphorus  were  fed, 
and  includes  calcium,  magnesium,  and  total  and  ether-alcohol  soluble 
phosphorus  balances.  At  the  conclusion  of  the  experiment,  com- 
plete analyses  were  made  of  the  bodies  of  the  rabbits,  also  of  normal 
rabbits,  which  furnish  some  valuable  data.  Although  the  number 
of  experiments  is  limited,  -the  complete  review  of  the  literature  bear- 
ing on  the  subject,  which  is  included  in  this  paper,  greatly  enhances 
its  value  and  the  interest  both  in  this  country  and  abroad  in  the 
relative  value  of  the  organic  and  inorganic  forms  of  phosphorus, 
iron,  etc.,  in  the  body  economy  makes  the  issuance  of  this  contribu- 
tion on  the  subject  advisable. 

I  recommend  that  the  manuscript  be  published  as  Bulletin  123  of 
the  Bureau  of  Chemistry. 
Respectfully, 

IT.  W.  WILEY,  Chief. 
Hon.  JAMES  WILSON. 

Secretary  of  Agriculture. 
2 


CONTEXTS 


K'  \  i-  \\  '  >t  i  he  literature  ................................................... 

Phosphorus  compound-  ...............................................  •"> 

iiin-  ...................                    ............................  0 

Xudro-protrins  ...................................................  7 

Nucleius  .........................................................  7 

:>ho-Ljluco-prot«'in.-  ........                                                       ..........  N 

Inorganic  phosphoric  .......  ............. 

!» 


...............  ......... 

un  coiiip4iund 

:  illlrlil    \S  I    ' 

Pn-p-ir.ii  i'>n  of  f      : 

Mt-ih  :;:; 

l'n-1: 

N  i  t  n  • 

.'!7 
I'rin 

Niir«ccn  balai  38 

lit 

•  liiMc  pho.-j.h..riH  I.  42 

irn  an<l  ina^ncsium  '•  .          46 

(  'h.-niii-..;  i  lln-  l>odii-    ol  tin-  r  |>. 

Is 
l.iv.-r  .  51 

52 
53 
53 
54 
54 
Summary  .....  .",:, 

Find  in-.:-  of  an 

:,!» 

Conclu-i-  CO 

IVflimin.  •  ..................          GO 

Principal  fccdi:  .....          01 

in  «-x  tmin  Mi«.i.  .........         61 

Li-t  of  lal.N-...  63 


ILLUSTRATIONS. 


Page. 

PLATE  I.  Liver  sections  of  organic-phosphorus-fed  rabbit  No.  1.     Fig.  1. — Mag- 
nification 60  diameters.     Fig.  2. — Magnification  175  diameters 60 

II.  Liver  sections  of  organic-phosphorus-fed  rabbit  No.  2.     Fig.  1. — Mag- 
nification 60  diameters.     Fig.  2. — Magnification  175  diameters 60 

III.  Liversections  of  inorganic-phosphorus-fed  rabbit  No.  4.     Fig.  1. — Mag- 
nification 60  diameters.     Fig.  2. — Magnification  175  diameters 60 

4 


METABOLISM  OF  ORGANIC  AND  INORGANIC 
PHOSPHORUS. 


REVIEW   OF   THE   LITERATURE. 

Much  \\ork  ha-  already  heen  done  on  phosphorus  metaholi-m. 
hoili  in  regard  to  the  inorganic  and  organic  forms  of  phosphorus,  and 
many  in\  e>t  iirat  ion-  have  hern  recorded  showing  the  advantages  of 
the  varioii-  organic  forms,  such  as  lecithin,  irlveero-phosphoric  acid, 
phytin.  etc.  Mo>t  of  this  work  ha-  heen  done  abroad,  although 
some  ha-  heen  puhlished  in  this  country,  notahly  the  ivscaivhe-  ,.f 
Jordan.  Patten,  and  Hat;;  Mendel  and  I'mh-rhill  ;''  and  Le  Here 

and  <  :ued  nd\i-ahle.   therefore,   to   present    a  irenem! 

survey  of  the  Contributions  previously  made  on  this  mooted  question. 

PHOSPHORUS    COMPOUNDS. 

In  -peaking  of  pho-phorn-  compounds.  Bimire  '  -tales  that  cer- 
tain  of  them  pmhahly  -hould  h  mic  food 

-uh-taiice-  fi.r  man:  aUo  that  in  all  animal  and  veiretahle  tissues, 
in  every  cell  are  found  t\\o  emnplrx  organic  compounds  which  are 
ri<-h  in  pho-ph«»ni-.  namely,  the  lecithins  and  the  nuclein^. 

According  to  the  recent  recommendations  of  the  joint  commi; 

of  the  American  l*h\  -ioL.^ical  Society  and  the  American  Society 
of  Hio|,,._ri«-al  Cliemi-t>  on  protein  iK.menclat  lire,  the  word  "  jn-oteid  " 
should  he  ahandone<|  and  the  word  M  protein  "  >h<»uld  «|e>iurn:ite  that 
irroiip  of  >nh^tanees  uhich  consists  e>-entially  of  comhination-  of 
M-amino  aci.U  an<l  their  derivati^ 

The  conjugated   protein-  are  divided    into   (»/)  nucleo-pr.,tein.,   (h) 

i:l\co-prntein-.   v     phospho-proteins,   (//•   liemoLrlohin>.   d  i  lecitho- 

protein-.  The  nucleo-proteins  are  compound-  of  one  or  more  pro- 
tein molecule-  with  a  nucleic  acid.  The  phofipho-proteina  are 
compound-  of  the  protein  molecule  with  some,  as  yet  unidentified, 
phosphorus-containing  .-uh-tance  other  than  a  nucleic  acid  or 
lecithin.  The  lecitho-proteins  are  compounds  of  the  protein  molecule 
with  lecithins  (lecithans,  phosphat  ids). 


J.  PhvMol  .  l!Mir, 
17  : 

Bioi,  Chcin.,  I'.MMi.   :  •  203. 
rf  Physiologic  and  Pathologic  <'h»-inistry.  iM  ed.,  1902. 


6  METABOLISM   OF   ORGANIC  AND  INORGANIC   PHOSPHORUS. 

LECITHIN-. 

The  lecithins  are  ester  compounds  which  may  be  regarded  as  having 
been  formed  by  the  union  of  one  molecule  of  glycerol  with  two  mole- 
cules of  a  fatty  acid  (stearic  acid,  palmitic  acid,  or  oleic  acid),  one 
molecule  of  phosphoric  acid,  and  one  molecule  of  cholin,  with  the 
loss  of  four  molecules  of  water.  The  formula  for  lecithin  is 
C^H^NPOj,.  The  lecithin  radical  contains  one  atom  of  nitrogen 
for  every  atom  of  phosphorus. 

Cholin  is  an  ammonium  base,  the  composition  of  which  is  accu- 
rately known.  When  heated  it  splits  into  glycol  (ethylene  alcohol), 
and  trimethylamin.  Its  synthesis  corresponds  with  this  decomposi- 
tion. Wurtz a  produced  it  by  the  action  of  ethylene  oxid  and 
\\ater  on  trimethylamin.  In  the  animal  kingdom  cholin  has,  up  to 
the  present  time,  been  found  only  in  lecithin.  It  was  first  obtained 
by  Strecker6  from  the  bile,  which  contains  lecithin,  and  hence  was 
called  cholin.  Liebreich  c  found  it  among  the  products  of  the  decom- 
position of  phosphorus  compounds  from  brain  tissue.  Diaconowd 
showed  that  it  was  a  product  of  the  decomposition  of  lecithin.  In 
the  new  tissues  of  plants  cholin  is  found  in  other  combinations  as 
well  as  in  lecithin.  At  present  Jbut  little  is  known  about  the  part 
which  the  lecithins  play  in  the  vital  functions. 

An  important  question  is  whether  the  lecithins  of  the  body  tissues 
are  produced  from  the  lecithins  of  the  food  or  by  synthesis  from 
other  materials  such  as  fat,  protein,  and  phosphoric  acid.  It  has 
been  ascertained  from  experiments  on  artificial  pancreatic  digestion 
that  the  lecithins  take  up  water  and  readily  split  up  into  glycero- 
phosphoric  acid,  fatty  acids,  and  cholin.  It  is  not  yet  known  whether 
this  decomposition .  is  complete  in  normal  digestion,  or  a  portion  is 
absorbed  unchanged,  and  if  so,  how  large  a  portion;  whether  only 
the  undecomposed  part,  when  absorbed,  can  be  utilized  in  the  build- 
ing up  of  the  tissues,  or  the  products  of  decomposition  which  are 
absorbed  again  become  united;  or  finally  whether  lecithin  may  also 
be  formed  from  other  material.  The  absorption  of  lecithin  or  of  its 
products  of  decomposition  is  complete,  according  to  Bunge,  as  he 
states  that  neither  lecithin  nor  glycero-phosphoric  acid  can  be  found 
in  the  feces.  More  recent  work,  however,  by  Long  e  seems  to  show 
that  the  feces  sometimes  contain  lecithin  in  considerable  quantities. 
The  presence  of  lecithin  in  milk,  eggs,  and  many  other  foods  indi- 
cates that  this  substance  is  essential  in  nutrition. 

«  Centrbl.  med.  Wissensch.,  1868,  6  :  69,  431. 

&  Ann.  Chem.  Pharm.,  1862,  123  :  353;  1868,  US  :  77. 

clbid.,  1865,  134:  29. 

d Centrbl.  med.  Wissensch.,  1868,  6:97,  434. 

«  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  1906,  28  :  704;  Long  and  Johnson,  ibid.,  1499. 


IIKVIKW   Of    LFFKBATUBB.  7 

\i  (  1.1. <  >-IM;«  >i  i  i\-. 

Ry  this  name  are  designated  those  compound  proteins  which  yield 
true  nucleins  on  pepsin  digestion  and  which,  on  cleavage  with  alkali, 
yield  protein  and  nucleic  acid.  The  nucleo-proteins  seem  to  be 
widely  distributed  in  the  animal  body.  They  occur  chiefly  in  the 
cell  nuclei,  but  they  also  often  occur  in  the  protoplasm.  They  may 
p8Sfl  into  the  animal  fluids  on  the  destruction  of  the  cells;  hence 
nucleo-proteins  have  also  been  found  in  blood  scrum.  They  may  be 
con-idered  as  combinations  of  a  protein  nucleus  with  a  side  chain 
which  Kossel"  calls  the  "pro.-ietic  irroup."  This  side  chain,  which 
contains  the  phosphorus.  yield>  on  tin4  decomposition  of  many  nucleo- 
proteins.  >iich  as  that  from  the  yeasl  cell  '  or  from  the  panen 
besides  nuclein  ha>e>.  al-o  reducing  substances,  \N  hich  form  crystalline 
combinations  with  phenyl-hydra/.in.  The  nucleo-protems  contain 
from  ()..")  to  l.ii  per  cent  of  phosphor 

The  nucleo-proteins  >plit  into  a  nuclein  and  an  albumin  radicle  and 
the  nuclein  radicle  i^  fnrt  her  split  into  nucleic  acid  and  albumin.  The 
nucleic  acid-  on  e  yield  in  addition  to  the  purin  bases  three 

simple  pyrimidin  derivative-,  uracil.  r\t«>Mn.  and  thymin.  In  a 
receni  article  by  (  Kbornc  and  lle\l  it  appears  ihat  all  but  one- 
sixteenth  of  the  nitrogen  of  nucleic  acid  probably  belong  to  ^uanin, 
adcnin.  c\  t«>rm.  and  ura«-il.  of  \\  Inch  one  molecule  of  each  i>  present 
for  even  four  atoms  of  pho>phoru->. 

It  is  important  to  dMin.uuUh  between  the  nuele«.-pniieins  and  the 
{)seu.|(»  nucleo-pn»tein^.  The  latter  bodies  are  obtained  as  an  insolu- 
ble residue  on  diircMion  of  certain  nudeo-albumins  or  phospho-glyCO- 
proieins  with  pepsin  hydrochloric  acid.  They  contain  phosphoru- 
but  yield  no  nuclein  bases.  Amoni:  the  pseudo  QUCleo-proteillS  mav 
be  mentioned  phospho-proteins  and  lecitho-proteins.  The-e  >ub- 
stain  -I'ten  fed  in  the  form  of  casein  or  vitellin  in  metabolism 

experiment-. 

M  <  1.1  : 

The  ireneric  name  of  nuclein  has  been  bestoued  uj»on  a  larire  number 
of  very  ditrerent  orLTanic  pho.sphonis  compound.-,  which  are  to  be 
found  in  all  animal  and  vegetable  tissues,  beinir  e>|)ecially  abundant 
in  the  nuclei  of  cells.  The  nuclein-  contain  about  .')  per  cent  of  phos- 
phorus and  are  formed  by  the  cleavage  of  nueleo-protcin.  The 
nucleins  are  acids,  and  the  phosphorus  is  given  oil' as  phosphoric  acid 
on  boiling  with  water,  and  more  rapidly  on  boilinir  with  alkalies  or 
acids.  But  the  organic  substances  which  are  combined  with  the 


"  An-h.  Anal.  Ph\>i<>l.,  Physiol.  AM..  |V):j.  j,.   |."»7. 
*>  Il)i«i.,  1S!H.  j> 

•   ILuuiiutr-ien.  Xt>.  Ph\>i..l.  Cli.-in  .  ISMI.  /.';  :  19. 
'/  Anu-r.  .1.  Phy<i..l..  L908,  .'/  :  157. 


8  METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC    PHOSPHORUS. 

phosphoric  acid  appear  to  be  of  varying  characters.  Most  nucleins 
are  protein  compounds,  although  a  few  do  not  contain  protein. 
Nucleins  appear  to  occur  mostly  in  the  tissues,  not  in  a  free  state,  but 
as  compounds  with  protein  as  nucleo-albumins,  and  perhaps  also 
with  lecithin,  and  the  gastric  digestion  separates  them  from  these 
bodies. 

Whether  the  nucleins  of  the  body  tissues  arise  from  the  nucleins 
of  food  (in  which  case  they  would  rank  among  the  number  of  essential 
food  substances),  or  whether  the  nucleins  are  formed  in  the  body  by 
synthesis,  is  a  question  of  great  importance,  about  which,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  mode  in  which  the  lecithins  originate,  very  little  is  known. 
The  extensive  observations  by  Miescher  °  on  Rhine  salmon  seem 
to  show  that  the  nucleins  as  well  as  the  lecithins  arise  in  the  animal 
body  by  synthesis. 

PHOSPHO-GLUCO-PROTEIXS. 

This  group  includes  the  phosphorized  gluco-proteins.  These  com- 
pound proteins  are  decomposed  by  pepsin  digestion  and  split  off  para- 
or  pseudo-nuclein  substances,  similar  to  nucleo-albumins.  They 
differ  from  the  nucleo-albumins  in  that  they  yield  a  reducing  sub- 
stance on  boiling  with  acids,  and  from  the  micleo-proteins  in  that 
they  do  not  yield  purin  bases. 

Only  two  phosphorized  gluco-proteins  are  known  at  the  present 
time.  Ichthulin,  which  occurs  in  carp  eggs  and  was  studied  by 
Walter,6  was  considered  by  him  as  vitellin  for  a  time.  In  regard  to 
solubilities,  ichthulin  behaves  like  a  globulin.  Walter  prepared  a 
reducing  substance  from  the  para-nuclein  of  ichthulin,  which  gave  a 
crystalline  combination  with  phenylhydrazin.  The  other  phospho- 
gluco-protein  is  helico-protein,  obtained  from  the  glands  of  the  small 
snail  Helix  pomatia. 

INORGANIC    PHOSPHOR  I  >. 

4 

In  regard  to  phosphoric  acid  Hammarsten  c  states  that  there  seems 
to  be  no  doubt  that  its  importance  lies  chiefly  in  the  fact  that  it  takes 
part  in  the  formation  of  nucleins  and  thereby  indirectly  makes  pos- 
sible the  processes  of  growth  and  division  which  are  dependent  upon 
the  cell  nuclei.  Loew  d  has  shown,  by  means  of  cultivation  experi- 
ments on  the  alga  Spirogyra,  that  only  by  supplying  phosphates  (in 
this  case  potassium  phosphate  was  used)  was  the  nutrition  of  the  cell 
nucleus  made  possible,  and  thereby  the  growth  and  division  of  the 
cells.  The  cells  of  the  Spirogyra  can  be  kept  alive,  and  indeed  produce 

«  Cited  in  Hammarsten 's  Textbook  of  Physiological  Chemistry,  New  York,  1908. 
&  Zts.  physiol.  Chem.,  1891,  15  :  477. 
c Physiological  Chemistry,  2d  ed.,  1898. 
<*Biol.  Centrbl.,  1891,  11:  269. 


Ki:vn.\v  <>F   i.rn.i;  A  i  <  9 

March  and  proteins  for  sonic  time,  \\ithout  a  supply  of  phosphate-. 
hut  their  growth  and  propagation  suffer.  Phosphoric  acid  is  also 
without  doubt  <>f  importance  in  the  formation  of  the  lecithin.-  and 
other  organic  phosphorus  compounds.  The  inorganic  forms  of  phos- 
phorus occur  in  the  bones  and  teeth  as  calcium  phosphate  and  mag- 
nesium phosphate. 

A  small  part  of  the  phosphorus  of  the  food  is  in  the  form  of  inor- 
ganic salts,  a-  in  meat,  hut  i-  mostly  in  organic  combinat  ion,  a-  in 
milk  etc.,  as  nucleo-albumin.  nucleins,  casein,  lecithin,  and 

vitellin. 

PHOSPHORUS  METABOLISM. 

Ivohmann  "  and  his  follo\\«-i-.  Marcu-e.  Sieinit/..1  Leip/.iger,'7 
Zadik.  Klirlieh.''  mid  (iou>tein,'/  favor  the  organic  forms  of  phos- 
phorus, and  the  opinion  of  the  majority  is  that  the  nuclein.-.not  be  in*; 
ea-ily  >plit  by  the  di.LTeMive  jmV.  bsorhed  with  dilliculty;  con- 

se()iiently  the  body  builds  it-  organic  compound-  from  the  more 
-imple  organic  phosphorus  bodie-. 

The  ti  Salkou-ki.  I'mber.  and  the  Bre-laii  -chool  i-  that 

the  body  ha.-  not  the  pouer  to  build  from  j>ho-phoi  ii--frce  protein 

and  inorganic  p!  organic  phosphorus  combinations  essen- 

tial to  the  life  of  the  cell.  Lack  of  plm^phato  in  the  food  is  u  ithout 
influence  on  pho.-ph  .-utioM.  and  exec—  ive  feeding  of  organic 

pho-phoni->  c  :  ion  of  more  pho-phoi-ii-  than  ti 

sive   feeding   of    him  L.M  nic    pin  -pha  t  «•>.      'I'he    a.lvaii'  ;    OlgaDlC 

pho^)!iMm>  over  inorganic  phos]  luring  the  period  of  Drouth 

is  >h.)\\n  by  (Yonheim  and  Miiller  b\  i-\p«-riments  pci  f..nned  on 
li\"  inl'ant>  and  a  l»  ••  problr:  ..  determine  \\hether  the 

two  f.  •!•!  ^ani.-  ph.ivphorus,  j)rotein-ph<»phorus  and   fat-phos- 

phoi'ii-.  exert  the  same  inlluence  on  the  a»imilation  of  phosphorus 
and  iiitrojren.  Tin-  I  were  Q  pre|>arat  ion  from 

-kiiiimed  milk  and  a  lecithin  preparation  from  the  yolk  of  eggs. 
The  f..,  id  containing  lecithin  apjx'ared  i  ution  of  cal- 

cium, most  of  which  ua-  fniiiul  in  th-  l^xperiments  wei'e  also 

made  u|>on  !  3  old  at  the  beginning  of  the  experi- 

ment.   Thef  .....  !  ^nsisted  of  milk,  rice,  flour,  and  butter.     Three 

diet    phi  -Ik.    and    t  u  o    n-ceived    plasmon 


rlin.  klin.  NV.M-h.'ii- 
ft  Aix-h.  gesam.  rhy-iol 

!l»id.,  1898. 
d  Ibid.,  1899,  78:  K>_' 

1.,  1899,  ? 

/Stoffwechselv.TMirh,-.   Imuiir.  I»i  m,  1900. 

^Ibid.,  1901. 

*Zt.-v  -liat.  j.hysik.  TluTapi.-.   1903 


10         METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC   PHOSPHORUS. 

together  with  sodium  phosphate.  The  amount  of  food  given  was 
calculated  according  to  the  following  formula:  (^/Body  weight)2. 
One  dog  which  was  fed  on  egg  yolk  died,  the  histological  section 
showing  that  death  was  due  to  pneumonia.  There  was  no  difference 
in  the  appearance  of  the  dogs  and  all  grew  equally  well.  The  marrow 
of  the  bones  of  the  dogs  fed  on  egg  yolk  was  yellow  and  richer  in  fat, 
while  the  marrow  of  the  bones  of  the  plasfnon-fed  dogs  was  red  and 
richer  in  blood  but  poorer  in  fat.  On  aging,  the  red  marrow  became 
yellow,  proving  that  the  dogs  which  were  fed  with  egg  yolk  made 
more  progress. 

The  same  experiment  was  tried  with  four  guinea  pigs  and  one  of 
those  fed  on  egg  yolk  died  of  pneumonia  in  three  months.  The  pigs 
so  fed  also  showed  fatty  livers,  which  weighed  more  than  the  other 
livers.  The  increase  in  weight  was  greater  in  the  case  of  the  pigs  fed 
on  egg  yolk  than  in  the  case  of  those  which  were  fed  plasmon.  In 
all  cases  the  phosphorus  content  of  the  brain  was  the  same. 

The  general  conclusion  was  that  the  growth  of  nitrogenous  tissue 
is  facilitated  if  phosphorus  is  ingested  in  the  form  of  egg  3rolk;  that 
is,  in  organic  form.  The  daily  amount  of  phosphorus  needed  by  the 
average  man,  according  to  Siven,a  is  from  0.7  to  0.8  gram,  and 
according  to  Ehrstrom,6  from  1  to  2  grams.  He  states  that  phos- 
phorus is  necessary  for  the  proper  nourishment  of  the  bones,  nervous 
system,  body  proteins  and  cells,  and  that  the  body  strives  to  retain 
the  phosphates  more  than  other  salts.  Other  investigations  along 
this  line  were  carried  out  by  Tigerstedt,c  Renvall,d  and  Schlossmann. e 

Slowtzoff/  in  studying  the  action  of  lecithin  on  metabolism,  found 
a  plus  nitrogen  balance  accompanied  by  a  diminished  excretion  of 
phosphorus  and  also  of  purin  bases.  Where  the  nitrogen  balance 
was  minus,  the  case  could  be  otherwise  explained. 

Loewi^  investigated  the  metabolism  of  nucleins.  He  experimented 
on  himself  and  found  that  a  part  of  the  nuclein  was  split  in  the 
intestine,  the  phosphorus  of  the  split  portion  going  into  the  feces, 
while  the  nitrogen  was  absorbed.  The  part  not  split  was  nearly  all 
absorbed  and  consequently  the  phosphorus  remained  in  organic  com- 
bination. It  is  possible  by  nuclein  feeding  to  bring  the  body  into 
the  same  nitrogen  and  phosphoric-acid  relation  as  exists  in  the 
nucleins  themselves,  since  nuclein  ingestion  increases  the  retention 
of  nitrogen  and  slightly  increases  that  of  the  phosphorus. 

aSkand.  Arch.  Physiol.,  1901,  11  :  308. 

*>  Ibid.,  1903,  14  :  82. 

c  Ibid.,  1904,  16  :  67. 

dlbid.,  1904,  16:  94. 

eArch.  Kinderheilk.,  1905,  40  :  1. 

/Beitr.  chem.  Physiol.  Path.,  1906,  8  :  370. 

9  Arch,  exper.  Path.  Pharm.,  1900,  44  :  1;  1901,  45  :  157. 


REVIEW    Of    LITKllATfUK.  1  1 

and  Berjvll"'  studied  the  influence  of  nuclein  food  on  the 
blood  and  metabolism  and  found  that  it  increases  the  number  of  the 
leucocytes.  Briicke''  conducted  experiments  to  show  tliat  the  benefit 
derived  from  e^  yolk  was  due  to  lecithin.  Danilewsky'  determined 
that  lecithin  had  ^reat  influence  on  the  growth  of  youn^  animals. 
I'mikoH'-'  at  about  the  same  time  showed  that  rats  and  doves  died 
when  fed  on  a  phosphorus-free  diet  and  also  when  fed  on  an  inorganic 
phosphorus  diet  pli;  Ibnmin,  and  barely  lived  on  a  nuclein- 

phosphorus  diet,  but  thrived  when   lecithin  was  fed.      Selensky  also 
demon>!  rated  the  valuable  efl'ect>   of    lecithin.      Seroim     \\as  the  first 
•iject    lecithin    into    a    human   subject,  and    the   experiment    uave 
-ults.      Danilewsky   showed    that    lecithin    increased    the 
number  of  red   blood   corpu-  the   hemoglobin:  also  that    the 

'ite,  body  v  ;id  growth  increa>ed.      Moreover,  the  resist- 

ance of  i  he  bod\  bCF  after  lecithin  feeding,  and  the 

•  »f  body  \\eijjlit  duri  -d.      \Yildiers,'  how- 

.  did  im: 

'.merited  \\  ith  LTiiinr.-  and 

LCood    results   \\ere  obtained    t'.-i     four   and   one-half   months   after  the 
lecithin   f  --ped.      In  the  urine  there  uas  more  nitroLreu 

but   le»  phnsphorus  than  in  the  controls.      A  larvvr  part  of  the  urine 
niti'  i  in  lecithin-fed  animal>  and  a  more  com- 

plete devtniction  «>f  the  protein  \\a>  brouu'hl  about  ifi  the.- 

(Jilbei-  '  Claude     and  and    othei-s 

carried  OH  clinical  6X]  ith    lecithin   and    found    a    resultant 

in    appetite,    number   of     red    corpuscles,   hemoblast>,   and 

hemoglobin* 

(diken'    made  a   Mudy  of    the   lecithin   content  mur   animals 

born   blind   and   helplox  and  of  i  !  that    the 

yoiiULT  anii'  m    a  higher  lecithin  content    than  do  mature 

animaU:  that  the  lecithin  contei:  with  the  growth  and 

of  the  animal,  and  that   the  •  --ome  into  the  world  with 

a  larire  relative  amount  "f  li-cithin  in  their  bodies. 


J,  .;-  :  1:1. 

- 

JM!  l-'ouniirr.  (  ..nipi.  n-ml    BOC,  l.i-.l,  }'.*<)l ,  .>.i  :  [\r>. 

pCompt.  n-n.I..  1904,759:819. 

80C.  biol..  1'Hil.   ;  ;  :  1  \7>. 
<Compt.  n-n.l..  1!«)1. 

:io<i»itaiix  .-ivils  milir.iin-.  l')i)|.  \,,.  11:;.  p.  1084. 
i.  Zt.-.?  1907-8,  7  :286. 


12          METABOLISM    OF    ORGANIC    AND    INORGANIC  PHOSPHOR  rs. 

Xerking0  studied  the  lecithin  distribution  in  animal  organisms,  and 
quotes  the  lecithin  content  of  the  organs  of  various  animals  as  varying 
from  0.55  per  cent  in  the  pancreas  to  1.5  per  cent  in  the  liver. 
Schulze6  investigated  the  lecithin  content  of  various  plant  seeds, 
and  found  from  0.5  to  1.5  per  cent.  This  author  also  determined  the 
lecithin  content  of  various  portions  of  the  bodies  of  rabbits,  from 
which  it  appeared  that  the  average  lecithin  content  equaled  0.45  per 
cent  of  the  living  weight  of  the  rabbits.  In  the  case  of  a  hedgehog 
the  average  per  cent  of  lecithin  was  0.82  per  cent  of  the  rive  weight. 
A  study  of  the  stability  of  egg  ard  brain  lecithins  has  recently  been 
made  by  Longc  and  a  further  study  of  lecithin  emulsions  was  made 
by  Long  and  Gephart.d 

In  making  determinations  of  the  deposition  of  lecithin  and  its  con- 
tent in  organisms  Franchini6  found  that  feeding  lecithin  to  rabbits 
increased  the  content  of  this  substance  and  also  of  glycero-phosphoric 
acid  in  the  liver  and  the  muscles,  but  not  in  the  brain.  Lecithin 
remains  in  the  liver  sometimes  for  fifteen  days  after  its  ingestion  has 
been  stopped.  The  feeding  causes  a  slight  increase  of  glycero- 
phosphoric  acid  and  of  formic  acid  but  not  of  cholin.  Most  of  the 
ingested  lecithin  is  absorbed,  since  only  a  very  small  increase  is  noted 
in  the  feces. 

According  to  observations  made  by  Merservizky/  lecithin  forms 
15.35  per  cent  of  fresh  hens'  eggs.  After  six  days  the  lecithin  content 
diminishes.  The  lecithin  of  the  yolk  is  a  storehouse  of  food  for  the 
developing  germ,  and  is  used  in  the  development  of  the  skeletal  phos- 
phoric acid,  in  the  building  up  of  the  phosphorus  of  proteins,  and  for 
the  liberation  of  energy,  after  which  the  fat  radical  is  oxidized. 

According  to  Kiittner/  the  influence  of  lecithin  on  the  activity  of 
the  digestive  ferments  varies  with  different  enzyms,  having  a  favor- 
able effect  upon  the  activity  of  the  gastric  and  pancreatic  enzyms, 
but  a  retarding  effect  upon  others.  How  lecithin  itself  is  affected  he 
could  not  determine. 

Koch  and  Reed,*  in  an  article  on  the  relation  of  the  extractive  to 
the  protein  phosphorus  in  the  Aspergillus  niger,  express  the  view 
that  protein,  or  in  the  case  of  Aspergillus  niger,  nuclein  phosphorus 
is  the  most  important  form  of  phosphorus  for  cell  life.  It  is  formed 
at  the  expense  of  the  other  forms  of  phosphorus,  excepting  lecithin, 
and  its  formation  is  not  diminished  even  in  extreme  starvation.  In 
building  up  the  nucleins  lecithin  probably  takes  no  direct  part. 
When  lecithin  is  metabolized  some  or  all  of  its  phosphoric  acid  may  be 
built  up  into  nucleins  as  a  matter  of  economy  to  the  organism.  The 

«  Biochem.  Zts.,  1908,  10  : 193.  *  Biochem.  Zts.,  1907,  6  :  210. 

&  Zts.  physiol.  Chem.,  1908,  55  : 338.  /  Russky  Uratch,  1907,  No.  9,  p.  302. 

<•  J.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc.,  1908,  30  :  881.  9  Zts.  physiol.  Chem.,  1906-7,  50  :  472. 

<Ubid.,  p.  895  hj.  Biol.  Chem.,  1907,  3  :  49. 


KKVIKW   OF   i.i  i  I.I;A  i  TIM:.  13 

extractive.  \\ater-soluhle  forms  of  phosphoric  acid  are  (ho  oiu  .s  t'mm 
which  tin-  others  ait>  built  and  represent  tin1  intermediary  .steps 
betueen  the  phosphates  and  the  more  complex  phosphorus  combi- 
nation^. 

KalaroukoH'  and  Terroine  n  studied  the  inlluence  ol'  lecithin  on  the 
action  of  the  pancreatic  lipa>e  and  found  very  little,  if  any,  increased 
activity  when  lecithin  was  present. 

in  his  experiment  on  phosphorus  liberation  from  nuclein 
compounds,  determined  that  it  is  more  ditlicult  to  cause  phosphorus 
to  pass  from  its  nucleic  acid  combination  to  an  inorganic  condition 
than  ha>  been  BUppOSed. 

Michel       ih  cd     the    Duality    of    woman's     milk    and     found 

that  the  utili/ation  of  its  nutritive  materials  by  infants  is  nearly 
complete.  The  -alt-  \\eiv  least  utili/.ed.  In  per  cent  of  ca.lcium  and 
K)  per  cent  of  phosphoric  acid  be  !e(l  in  the  IV 

Keller      studied     the    metabolism    of    phosphorus    by    determining 
the   phosphoric   acid   in   the   urine  of   infants   fed   with   woman's  ,-md 
with   cow's   milk,   and   found   loss  phosphoric   a«  id  90  excreted   in  the 
of  the   b  d  children.      Whether  this  \\a-  due  ater 

excretion   in  the  t«»  a  better  assimilation  of  the  phosphorus 

of  the  mother's  milk  remains  t..  be  determined. 

In    the    experiment  d    out     b\    Jordan.    Hart,    ami     Pair 

it    \sas    found    in    th.-  AS   fed   on   a   hiirh    phytin   diet    that 

when  the  amount  of  phytin  fed  was  reduced  the  amount  of  fat 
in  the  milk  uas  reduced,  although  there  uas  no  ell'ect  mi  the  total 
solids  and  casein.  Thei.  -mailer  excretion  of  urine  and  a 

tendciK  \  -tip:itioii.        In   these  experiments   fhere   \\as  a  consid- 

erable [oes  of  body  phosphorus  f,,r  da\s,  \\hen  the  COWS  \\ere  fed  (»n 
u  low  phosphorus  diet,  \\ith  no  apparent  ill  ellVcts.  The  amount 
of  phosphorus  in  \\  .,  ,1  l,ut  litth'  by  the 

of    the    phoephoi  C    phosphor^  the 

all'ecte«l.  if  any  <•  en  produce«l  at  all. 

:ne  e\])eriinents  bt\  M,(  ollum  and  Hart/  indicate  that  theli\cr 
and  blood  have  the  proper!  \  of  dca\  in«_r  the  >alts  of  phytic  acid  \\itli 
the  production  of  inor'_rani«-  phosphoric  acid.  'I'he  wide  distribution 
of  inosite  in  the  it  impossibi-  whether 

it    is   also   a    produet    of   this  cleavage.      The>e   results   are   in   aeconl 
witli  those  of  Mendel  and  Underbill,'  who  sln,ur(|    that    the  intestine 
i>  not  necessarily  involved  in  the  excretion  of  the  metabolic  products 
of  phytin  in  certain  animals,  and  aU..  with  the  conclu>ions  of  Scof 
that   the  en/.\  ins  of  the  digest  ive  t  met  do  not  alter    phytin.      Kxami- 


aipt.  n-iid.  BOC,  l»i«»l..  l'M>;  •  ADI.T.  .1.  I'hy-ii)I.t  1!M)»),  in 

.1    Biol.  ch.-i,...  inns.  4 

i/Ain.-r.  .1.  Piiy-inl..  |!»n. 
<*Abe.,  Ch«-in    c.-ntrU.,  1899,  70  :  *  Ab*.,  Bioc-hem.  Centrbl.,  1905,  .; 


14          METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC    JMlnsi'HORUS. 

nations  of  the  action  of  ptyalin,  pepsin,  and  trypsin  have  confirmed 
Scofone's  results. 

Experiments  made  with  extracts  of  muscle  and  kidney  did  not 
give  results  which  pointed  toward  the  presence  of  a  phytase  in  these 
tissues. 

Suzuki  and  Yoshimura*  studied  the  distribution  of  anhydroxy- 
methylene  -phosphorus  (phytin),  and  giva  a  method  for  extracting 
the  compound,  which  is  a  calcium  or  a  magnesium  salt.  In  the 
juice  of  tubers  and  fruit  more  inorganic  than  organic  phosphorus 
is  found. 

Suzuki,  Yoshimura,  and  Takaishi*  made  an  investigation  of  the 
enzvm  which  decomposes  anhydroxymethylene  diphosphoric  acid, 
and  state  that  when  rice  bran  and  water  are  allowed  to  stand  the 
organic  compound  will  be  decomposed  and  the  amount  of  soluble 
inorganic  phosphoric  acid  increased.  When  boiled  this  action  does 
not  take  place.  The  same  change  takes  place  when  barley  and  rape 
seeds  are  used.  No  other  enzym  will  do  this. 

As  opposed  to  the  beneficial  results  of  organic  phosphorus  Keller0 
got  very  favorable  results  from  feeding  normal  milk  plus  inorganic 
phosphates. 

Ivochniamid  studied  the  changes  in  the  inorganic  constituents 
in  the  tissues  of  rabbits  poisoned  by  phosphorus,  lie  made  iron, 
calcium,  magnesium,  phosphorus,  potassium,  and  sodium  estima- 
tions in  the  liver,  heart,  muscles,  and  bones  and  compared  them  with 
similar  estimations  in  normal  animals.  His  conclusions  are  that  a 
definite  effect  was  produced  on  phosphorus  metabolism  and  that  the 
use  of  phosphorus  in  bone  affections  and  as  a  stimulant  is  well 
founded.  Calcium,  potassium,  and  sodium  replace  one  another. 
The  magnesium  metabolism  is  also  affected  in  the  cases  of  phosphorus 
poisoning,  and  the  excretion  of  phosphorus  and  calcium  run  parallel. 

More  recent  work  by  Hart  and  McCollum  c  on  feeding  inorganic 
phosphates  to  growing  pigs  has  been  conducted  for  two  years. 
According  to  the  abstract  published  by  the  authors,  the  results  clearly 
indicate  that  inorganic  phosphates,  such  as  bone  ash,  finely  ground 
rock  phosphate,  or  precipitated  calcium  phosphate  (a  mixture  of 
di-  and  tri-calcium  phosphates)  can  be  used  by^  these  animals  in 
connection  with  rations  containing  insufficient  phosphorus.  Young 
animals  of  40  pounds  weight,  receiving  inorganic  phosphates, 
together  with  other  salts  as  supplementary  to  a  ration  very  low  in 
mineral  constituents,  grew  to  be  animals  of  280  pounds  weight, 

Al.<..  Chem.  Centrbl.,  1907,  78  : 1636. 
b  Ibid.,  1637. 

c  Abs.,  Zts.  diat.  .physik.  Therapie,  1901,  -5  : 147. 
*  Arch,  gesam.  Physiol.,  1907, 119  : 417. 
«  Abs.,  Science,  1908,  28  : 217. 


i;i:vu:\v  OF   LI  i  I;I;A  rn;i..  1,) 

and  bore  litters  of  fairly  vigorous  pi^s.  which  on  the  Stone  ration 
completed  the  cycle  hack  to  SI)  pounds,  while,  animals  on  the  same 
ration,  without  the  inorganic  phosphates,  collapsed  in  three  months, 
losing  weight  and  the  u>e  of  their  leir>.  Other  important  observa- 
tions made  are  a-  follows:  (1)  Animals  on  a  ration  extremely  low 
in  phosphorus  made  as  lap  up  to  7~>  to  100  pounds,  as  did 

animals  receiving  an  ahundtince  of  this  element,  hut  after  reaching 
this  point  the  v.  is  reduced  :ind  colhipse  followed.  .  ('J)  When 

such  low  j)hosphorus  rations  as  induced  these  symptoms  \\ere 
supplemented  hy  inorganic  phosphates,  no  unfavorable  results  ap- 
peared. Animals  fed  a  low  phosphorus  diet,  supplemented  by 
inorganic  phosphates,  made  as  vigorous  a  development  a,s  other 
animal>  receiving  all  the  phosphorus  in  the  organic  form.  (:>}  Deter- 
minatioi  ''ium  and  phosphorus  in  the  principal  organs  and 

tissues  of  the  animals  fed  on  the  low  phosphorus  ration  showed  that 
they  maintained  their  normal  bod\  comj)osit ion.  The  per  cent 
of  a-h  in  the  skeleton  of  pi'/-  on  .-.  depleted  phosphorus  ration  uas 
reduced  to  >  .ue-half  that  of  pij/s  uhich  received  a  normal 

mtion.   or   the    phosphorus-,-  plus     inorganic     phosph, 

When    the    anin  ir\in/    for    phosphorus    they    derived    it 

fr their  hones,  hut  alu.-iy-  remo\«'d  calcium  and  phosphorus  in  the 

proportion-  found  in  tricalcium  phosph; 

PHOSPHORUS    ELIMINATION. 

In  Mudyini:    i  i  »n  of    j)ho>j)horu-  and 

other  Bill  the   inllucnr,    of   ih,-   n-a.-tion-  of   the  ira-t  ro-intcs- 

M    impo!  .'haracirr  of  th<>  a-h  of 

•«l.     All   of    the    conditions    influencinir    acidiiv    and 

fret     the    a1  :i     and     the     pa«h     <»f     •  i     of 

pho-ph.i'  iiim.  and  m.^nc-iu:;,  In  t  he  ca-e  of  herl>i\  ora 

a    larire    portion    of     the-  Inated    in    the    feees,    no 

ah-orptioii   haxini:  taken   place.      This  i-   likelv   to  happen   when  the 

food  ml  -ullicient  ca'citim  ami  mairnesium  are  present 

•  mbine  \\ith  the  phosphoric  aci<l.      There  ifi  then  an  excivtiori  of 

these  elemrnt.s  through  the  intestines  as  well  as  through  the  ki«ln- 

and  when  all.  KUltesI  inal  tract 

the  eiiminalion  through  the  hcwel  i<  likely  to  exceed  that  through 
the  urine.  In  onmivorou-  animals  a  larger  portion  of  the  phos- 
phorus, calcium,  and  ma^nesium,  as  \\-<dl  as  t  he  nitrogen,  is  eliminated 
hy  the  kidneys  than  is  the  case  with  herbivorous  animaU. 

The    subject    of    phosphorus   elimination    has    been    studied    under 
many  pathological  condition-,  and  especially  in  hunger,  in  the  cases 
Hreihaupt/'  and  otl 

r  and  Miillcr:  Yin-how's  An-hiv.  Suppl..  1893,  131  :'2. 
1'ilh-r:   \  irchou-'s  Art-hiv.  Suppl.,  1893,  131  :  52. 


16          METABOLISM    OF    ORGANIC    AND    INORGANIC    PHOSPHORIC. 

A  phosphoric-acid  diabetes,  noted  by  Tei>sier,a  and  Ralfe,6  showed 
a  resulting  polyurea  where  as  much  as  12  grams  of  phosphoric  acid 
were  eliminated  per  day  by  the  kidneys.  In  diseases  of  the  kidneys 
the  activities  of  these  organs  in  eliminating  the  phosphates  may  be 
considerably  diminished.  In  meningitis,  on  the  contrary,  a  marked 
increase  in  the  phosphates  eliminated  is  observed  in  the  urine.  The 
statements  in  regard  to  the  quantity  of  phosphates  in  the  urine  in 
rachitis  and  in  osteomalacia  are  somewhat  contradictory.  A  phos- 
phaturia  is  described,  which  is  more  correctly  called  an  alkalinuria, 
where  the  phosphates  settle  out  owing  to  an  alkaline  reaction.  A 
pathological  phosphaturia  is  also  noted.  Sendtner  c  showed  that 
there  was  an  increased  calcium  excretion  in  cases  of  phosphaturia. 
This  condition  is  due  to  a  perversion  of  metabolism,  but  serves  to 
illustrate  the  close  relationship  which  exists  between  calcium  and 
phosphoric  acid. 

Voit  d  found  that  the  feces  of  starving  dogs  contained  phosphates. 

The  subject  of  phosphorus  elimination  has  been  quite  fully  investi- 
gated by  Paton,  Dunlop,  and  Aitchison/  In  the  case  of  dogs  fed  on 
a  vegetable  diet  a  large  proportion  of  the  phosphorus  of  the  food  is 
not  eliminated  in  the  urine.  The  same  thing  is  true  when  the  phos- 
phorus (inorganic)  is  injected  subcutaneously. 

In  the  case  of  goats  none  of  the  subcutaneously  injected  phos- 
phorus is  found  in  the  urine,  neither  is  any  of  the  body  or  food  phos- 
phorus found  in  the  urine.  During  lactation  the  excretion  of  phos- 
phorus by  the  bowel  is  diminished  to  meet  the  requirements  of  milk 
formation.  In  the  case  of  dogs  there  is  a  diminished  excretion  of 
phosphorus  in  the  urine  during  lactation.  The  milk  of  goats  contains 
a  large  amount  of  total  phosphorus,  but  a  small  percentage  of  organic 
combined  phosphorus. 

On  giving  a  soluble  glycero-phosphate  of  calcium  by  the  mouth 
no  increased  excretion  of  phosphorus  was  detected  in  the  urine  of 
dogs  or  in  the  urine  or  milk  of  goats. 

The  excretion  of  inorganic  constituents  in  the  urine  was  studied 
by  Cathcart  and»Fawsitt  f  during  a  fourteen-day  fasting  period.  The 
excretion  of  phosphorus  fell  off  gradually.  There  was  a  decreased 
output  of  calcium,  magnesium,  sodium,  and  potassium.  The  normal 
ratio  of  sodium  and  potassium  is  reversed  in  starvation. 

Fitz,  Alsberg,  and  Henderson's  ff  determinations  of  phosphoric- 
acid  excretion  during  experimental  acidosis  in  rabbits  are  to  the 

a  Lyon  Medical,  1875,  19  :307. 

&  Lancet,  1887  (2),  p.  1243. 

c  Munch,  med.  Wochenschr.,  1888,  35:  671. 

d  Hermann's  Handbuch  der  Physiologie,  1881,  6  : 345. 

«  J.  Physiol.,  1900,  ,'.5:212. 

/  Ibid.,  1907,  36:27. 

9  Amer.  J.  Physiol.,  1907,  18  : 113. 


KKVIKW    <  >!•'     I.I  I  i.KA  IT  UK.  17 

cll'ect  that  feeding  hydrochloric  acid  produce,  first  an  increa-^  :  nd 
then  a  decrea-e  in  the  phosphorus  (P,O5)  excreted  in  the  urine.  The 
determination  favor*  the  view  that  the  body  phosphates  are  con- 
cerned with  neutralizing  the  acid  and  wilh  its  removal  from  the  body. 

U  >os(i  on  feeding  thyroids  to  dogs  got  an  increased  phosphoric 
acid  excretion  and  alter  extirpation  of  the  thyroids  found  that  the 
elimination  of  phosphoru-  was  decreased.  Phosphorus  elimination 
-eems  to  be  regulated,  in  part  at  least,  by  those  glands,  the  relation- 
ship being  similar  to  that  A\hich  probably  exists  between  calcium 
and  pho-phnric  acid  and  the  ovaries,  and  that  between  iron  and  the 
spleen. 

I  is  dillicult  to  give  a  typira:  urine  analysis  «>n  account  of  its  \  aria- 
tious.  Tin-  follow-in.  may  be  of  ue,  though  only  ap- 

proximate li  for  the  quantities  of  the  most  important 

inorganic   constituents    which    are    e'iminated    by    an    a 

•  •II  on  a  mixed  diet  in  tin*  course  of  twenty-four  hours  in  a  quan- 
tity of  !  . 

Grams. 
.Hill  rhloi.  ..........................     16.  0 

Sulphur:  .......... 

Phofpho:  ........ 

Pot  i 

Aiiimoni  ...  .7 

IfagnOU     M_<>   .....  .......  :, 

Lin  .....  .3 

.lining  i  normal.  ...  .2 

...  25.0 

Phosphoric  acid  ••«-.  .  id  urin<  u  double  MHiPO4y  and 

pal!  .iple    M.ilPO,,    botli   of   the>e   plu^phales    being   found    ill 

acid  Ulinee  at  fcbie  -aim-  time.     On     found  that  on  an  average  60  per 

M|'  the   total    pi  d  \\as  double,  and  40  per  cent  was 

simple    acid    phosphate.      The    total    quantity    of    pho>phoric    acid    is 

d)le  and  depend-  on  the  kind  and  th-  ;\  M|'  the  food.      The 

p!iM-p!iMi-ie  acid  eliminated  by  man  i.>  in  round 

numb«-i>  2.5  a  rial  ion  of  from  1  to  .">  grams  per  twenty- 

four  hour-.      A  -mall  j.ait   of  the  phosphoric  acid  of  the  urine  origi- 

nate- from  the  burn  :iic  compounds  such  as  nuclei  n,  pro- 

:i,  and  lecithin  within  the  organi-m.     The  greater  part  originate- 

fro!  11  the  phosphates  of  the  food,  and  the  quantity  of  eliminated  phos- 

phoric acid  i  r  when  the  food  is  ridi  in  alkali  phosphate.^  in 

o  the  quantity  of  lime   and  magnesium  phosphates.      If 

iitain^    much    lime    and    magnesium,    large     quantities 

.rthy  plio-phat.  iiminated  in  th<4  excrements;  and  even 

though  the  food  contain-  con>iderabie  amounts  of  phosphoric  acid  in 


.   riu-in.,  ;  J!>.        6Zte.  i.h\M'.l.  <  h.-in.,  iss(i,  10:1. 

:«M)_l{ull.  12:5—  09  -  2 


18          METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC    PHOSPHORUS. 

these  cases,  the  quantity  of  phosphoric  acid  in  the  urine  is  small. 
Such  a  condition  is  found  in  herbivora,  whose  urine  is  habitually  poor 
in  phosphates.  The  extent  of  the  elimination  of  phosphoric  acid  by 
the  urine  depends  not  only  upon  the  total  quantity  of  phosphorus  in 
the  food,  but  also  on  the  relative  amounts  of  alkaline  earths  and  the 
alkali  salts  in  the  food.  According  to  Preysz0  and  Klug6  and  Olsav- 
szky,  the  elimination  of  phosphoric  acid  is  considerably  increased  by 
intense  muscular  work. 

From  the  transformation  of  tissues  rich  in  protein  or  phosphorized 
nerve  substances  in  the  body,  an  equal  relation  between  the  nitrogen 
and  the  phosphoric  acid  in  the  urine  might  be  expected.  Many 
investigations  have  been  made  on  this  point,  but  the  conditions  which 
affect  the  elimination  of  phosphoric  acid  are  not  yet  sufficient  ly 
known  to  permit  any  definite  conclusions  being  drawn  from  the  obser- 
vations thus  far  made. 

Of  the  various  forms  of  phosphate  compounds  which  appear  in  the 
urine  the  following  may  be  mentioned:  Tricalcium  phosphate, 
Ca3(PO4)2,  which  occurs  only  in  alkaline  urines;  calcium  diphosphate 
(CaHP04  +  2H2O)  occurs  in  neutral  or  only  in  very  faintly  acid 
urines;  ammonium  magnesium  phosphate,  triple  phosphate,  may 
separate,  of  course,  from  an  amphoteric  urine  in  the  presence  of  a 
sufficient  quantity  of  ammonium  salts,  but  it  is  generally  charac- 
teristic of  a  urine  which  has  become  ammoniacal  through  alkaline 
fermentation;  amorphous  magnesium  triphosphate,  Mg,(PO4)2,  occurs 
with  calcium  triphosphate  in  urine  rendered  alkaline  by  a  fixed 
alkali,  and  crystalline  magnesium  phosphate  (Mg2(PO4),  +  22  H2O) 
which  has  been  observed  in  a  few  cases  in  human  urine,  and  in  horses' 
urine. 

Phosphate  calculi  may  consist  of  a  mixture  of  the  normal  phos- 
phate of  alkaline  earths  with  triple  phosphate.  They  also  are 
composed  of  a  mixture  of  earthy  phosphate,  triple  phosphate,  and 
ammonium  urate,  surrounding  a  foreign  bod}'  as  a  nucleus.  Calculi 
consisting  of  triple  phosphates  alone  and  stones  of  simple  acid  calcium 
phosphate  are  seldom  obtained. 

SALTS  IN  THE  ORGANISM. 

The  body  contains  in  its  tissues  and  liquids  a  considerable  amount 
of  inorganic  material.  When  an}T  organ  is  incinerated  this  material 
remains  as  ash.  If  the  bones,  which  are  rich  in  mineral  material,  are 
omitted  the  average  amount  of  ash  in  the  human  body  amounts  to 
about  0.1  per  cent  of  its  weight.  It  consists  of  clilorids,  phosphates, 
sulphates,  carbonates,  fluorids,  silicates  of  potassium,  sodium,  calcium, 

«  Maly's  Jahres-Ber.,  1891r  Ji 

b  Arch,  gesam.  Physiol.,  1893,  54  :21. 


KKVIKW    (>K    LJTERATUBE,  19 

magnesium,  and  iron:  iodin  occurs  also,  especially  in  the  thyroid  tissues. 

In  the  liquids  of  the  body  the  main  salts  are  sodium  chlorid,  sodium 
carbonate,  sodium  phosphate,  and  potassium  and  calcium  chlorid  or 
phosphate.  In  considering  the  organic  foodstull's.  their  value  as 
sources  of  eneriry,  as  well  as  their  function  in  constructing  tissue,  is 
emphasized.  The  salts  have4  no  importance  from  the  former  point  of 
view.  Whatever  chemical  changes  they  undergo  are  not  attended 
by  the  liberation  of  heat  ener<:y — none  at  least  of  sullicient  impor- 
tance to  be  couriered.  They  have,  however,  most  important  func- 
tions as  they  maintain  a  normal  composition  and  osmotic  pressure 
in  the  liquids  and  tissues  of  the  body,  and  by  virtue  of  their  osmotic, 
procure  pla\  an  important  part  in  controlling  the  How  of  water  to 
and  from  the  ti-  Moreover,  these  -ah-  constitute  an  essential 

part  of  the  composition  of  living  matter.  In  some  \\  ay  they  are 
bound  up  in  the  structure  of  the  living  molecule  and  are  necessary  to 
its  normal  reactions  or  irritability.  I'ven  the  proteins  of  the  body 
liquids  contain  definite  amounts  of  ash.  and  if  this  ash  is  remo\c<! 
their  proper  <>usly  altered,  as  i-  -ho\\  n  b\  the  fact  that- 

native  protein-  \\hen  made  practically  a>h-free  |o-e  their  properl  \   of 
ion  by  heat.     The  globulin-  are  precipitate<l  from  their  solu- 
tions  \\lien   the  >alts  are   removed.      Th-  I    importance   of  the 
ealci                                  oairulation  of  the  blood  and  the  curdling  «,f  milk 
also   the   peculiar  part    played    b\    the  calcium, 

pot.-i-  :iid   sodium  salts   in   the   rhythmical   cont  ract  ion-  of  the 

heart  mu-cle  and  the  irritability  of  musc,ular  and  nervon-  tissues. 
The  -pecial  importance  of  the  it  for  the  production  of  hemo- 

globin i-  ill  knoun.     The  nutritive  impor  the  salt-  in 

diet   ha>  been  ileinon-traled  by  direct  exjieriinent . 

D"  fed    b\     FoTSter*    upon  a   die!    com|>i»^ed  of  a-h-free   fats 

and  earboli\  drates.  and  meats  which  had  been  extracted  with  \\ater 
until  the  salts  had  been  reduced.  The  animals  were  in  a  dyini:  con- 
dition at  the  end  of  twenty-six  t  o  t  hirt  \  ->ix  da  \  >.  It  i>  pro!>able  that 
they  would  have  live.l  longer  if  deprived  of  food  entirely,  with  the 
;>tion  of  ualer.  since  the  metabolism  of  the  abundant  diet  pro- 
vided aided  in  increasing  the  los>  ,,f  ^alts  from  the  body.  Lunin''  has 
described  experiments  which  in<licate  that  some  at  least  of  our  salts 
must  be  provided  for  us  in  organic  combination-  >uch  a-  ai'e  found 
in  plant  and  animal  food-.  In  hi-  experiments  he  found  that  mice 
fared  well  on  a  diet  of  dried  row's  milk.  If  fed,  however,  on  a  diet 
containing  the  oriranic  but  ash-free  constituents  of  milk,  namely, 
siiLTar.  fat.  and  casein,  together  with  t  he  ext  racted  salts  of  cow's  milk, 
they  died  in  from  twenty  to  thirty  day-. 

ii.  Ily-h'iM'.  L8£  i,  j)hy,i..l.  <'h.-n,..  1881,  .-7:31. 


20          METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC    PHOSPHORUS. 

In  a  recent  article  on  alkali  salts  in  the  ash  of  human  and  cow's 
milk,  Kastlea  states  that  the  practices  which  have  for  their  object 
the  reduction  of  the  amount  of  fat  in  cow's  milk,  or  the  addition 
thereto  of  mineral  matter  available  for  neutralizing  the  acids  result- 
ing from  the  processes  of  metabolism  are  based  on  sound  practical 
experience,  the  important  difference  between  the  two  kinds  of  milk  as 
to  mineral  constituents  being  as  follows :,,(!)  Human  milk  contains 
relatively  more  of  its  mineral  matter  in  utilizable  form  than  cow's 
milk;  (2)  it  can  supply  the  organism  of  the  child  with  relatively 
larger  amounts  of  available  alkali  in  proportion  to  the  protein  than 
cow's  milk. 

The  idea  is  advanced  that  in  the  milk  of  various  animals  the  inor- 
ganic constituents  are  present  in  the  same  proportion  as  in  the  ash  of 
the  young  animals.  Bunge  6  shows  that  there  is  a  very  close  relation 
between  the  composition  of  the  ash  of  young  rabbits,  dogs,  and  cats, 
and  that  of  dog's  milk,  dog's  blood,  and  dog's  blood  serum.  He  also 
makes  the  statement  that  the  epithelial  cells  of  the  mammary  glands 
select  from  the  blood  and  give  to  the  milk  all  the  inorganic  constitu- 
ents in  the  proportion  needed  by  the  young  animal. 

Phosphoric  acid  is  an  important  constituent  of  milk.  According 
to  the  same  author  woman's  milk  contains  0.31  to  0.45  gram  of  phos- 
phoric acid  per  liter,  and  cow's  milk  1.81  to  1.97  grams.  It  is  an 
important  fact  that  the  food  of  the  young  furnishes  the  phosphoric 
acid  in  organic  combinations. 

Many  investigators  have  shown  that  the  phosphorus  of  cow's  milk 
is  not  so  weh1  absorbed  as  that  of  woman's  milk.  Stoklasac  claims 
that  the  lecithin  phosphorus  content  of  woman's  milk  is  0.35  per  cent, 
as  compared  with  0.5  per  cent  in  cow's  milk.  Blauberg<*  fed  a  child 
on  mother's  milk  and  studied  the  metabolism  of  the  salts  contained 
therein.  He  compared  his  results  with  the  results  obtained  by  other 
investigators  and  concluded  that  the  constituents  of  mother's  milk 
seem  to  be  better  utilized  by  the  system  than  the  constituents  of 
cow's  milk. 

Xo  complete  analyses  of  the  mineral  substances  of  pure,  blood-free 
muscle  substance  were  found.  The  ash  remaining  after  burning  the 
muscle  (which  amounts  to  about  10  to  15  parts  per  thousand,  calculated 
on  the  moist  muscle)  is  acid  in  reaction.  The  chief  mineral  constitu- 
ents are  potassium  and  phosphoric  acid.  Next  in  amount  are  sodium 
and  magnesium,  and  lastly  calcium,  chlorin,  and  iron  oxid.  Sul- 
phates only  exist  as  traces  in  the  muscles,  but  are  formed  by  the  burn- 
ing of  the  proteins,  and,  therefore,  occur  in  abundant  quantities  in  the 
ash.  The  muscles  contain  such  large  quantities  of  potassium  and 

"  Amer.  J.  Physiol.,  1908,  22  :  284.  c  Zts.  physiol.  Chem.,  1895-6,  n  :  79. 

&Zts.  Biol.,  1874, 10  :  111,  295.  d  Abs.,  Chem.  Centrbl.,  1897,  68  : 957. 


HKVIKW    <>!••    LFFEBATUBE.  21 

phosphoric  arid  that  potassium  phosphate  seems  to  he  uiupiestioii- 
al)ly  the  predominating  salt.  C'hlorin  is  found  in  such  insignificant 
<juantitie>  that  it  is  perhaps  derived  from  a  contamination  with  Mood 
or  lymph.  The  (piantity  of  magnesium  is  ahout  douhle  that  of  cal- 
cium. The>e  two  hodies,  as  well  as  iron,  occur  only  in  very  small 
Amounts. 

Sherman"  in  making  a  determination  of  the  amount  of  mineral 
matter  required  hy  the  human  hody,  examined  twenty  Amerieau 
dietario  for  ash  and  compared  the  amount  of  mineral  matter  contained 
in  them  with  the  estimated  maintenance4  requirements  as  found  in 
metaholi.xm  experiments.  lie  concludes  that  iron  and  protein  run 
parallel  and  that  calcium  and  phosphoric  acid  vary;  further  that  the 
diets  do  not  >upply  a  sullieieiit  amount  of  either  calcium  or 
phosphoric  acid,  and  as  much  attention  should  he  paid  to  the  supply 

ilcium,  pho>phoric  acid,  and  iron  *&  t-»  protein.      Milk  and  d. 
mi^ht  he  sui»tituted  for  a  part  of  the  meat  of  the  ordinary  diet  and 
the    use  of   fruitx   and   veirelahles  >hould  supply   a    part  of  the   813 
Btarchj  and  minerals.      Several  other  worker-  ha\«-  viudied  ash-free 

diets. 

CALCIUM  COMPOUNDS. 

The  metaholism  of  calcium  has  heeii  extensively  studied.  There 
are  two  form-  of  ralcium  which  enter  into  the  composition  of  our  food 
and  drink,  the  organic  form  in  milk,  e^.irs,  plant  seeds,  etc.,  an<l  the 
inorganic  f'-nn.  whi<-h  consists  principally  of  ralcium  carhonate,  cal- 
cium sulphate,  and  calcium  pho>phate.  Both  forms  are  ahsorhahle, 
the  amount  ahsorhed  depending  on  the  food  taken  simultaneously 
AIIIOIIL:  other  factor-  intlurnciiiL'  tin-  calcium  al^orption  may  he  men- 
tioned sodium  chlorid,  which  in.-:  ,nd  the  alkali-,  \\hich  dimin- 

i-h.  the  amount  ,.f  calcium  al»orhed.  A-  noted  hefore,  there  exists 
a  clo-e  relatioii-hij)  l)et\\eeii  calcium  and  phosphoric  aeid. 

.•ordini:  to  Hun-.-  •  and  l»ertramr  the  euleium  in  plant  food 
is  not  so  \\ell  al>-oi!.>d  a-  that  in  animal  food.  Many  foods  lack 
calcium,  the  daily  need  of  which  for  the  human  hody  is,  in  the 
opinion  of  (  )herndorifer,  '  !."»  grains,  \shile  Bun^e'  claims  douhle 
that  aiiH»um.  mi-  per  diem.  The  yoiin;:  need  milk  rich  in  cal- 

cium. Hui  lire  >ays  calcium  forms  0.04  per  cent  of  the  hlood,  while 
Alhu  and  Neul)er.L:;  cite  experimenis  >ho\viug  that  calcium  forms  as 
much  as  0/J7  per  cent  of  the  hlood.  In  arterio  sclerosis,  Gazert^ 

o  Lake  Plari.l  r.,1,--  coo.  Proc.,  1907,9  :  114. 


•  Al.~.,<  h.-m.<  .  ntrbl.,1879,  J0  :• 

d  Berlin,  klin.  W-H-h.-n-hr..  1904,4^:1068. 

Biol.,  1-7'..  i  :  :  r.'l. 
/Mineral  Si.,n\v,-«-h-..l.  1',,-rlin,  1906. 

'••ut*-h.  An-h.  klin.  M«-<1.,  1S9S,  t;..'  :H90. 


22          METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC    PHOSPHORTS. 

found  from  fifteen  to  twenty  times  as  much  calcium  in  the  blood  as  in 
normal  health.  More  calcium  is  absorbed  from  natural  food  than 
from  artificial,  and  in  the  latter  case  more  calcium  is  likely  to  be  ex- 
creted by  the  bowels  unaltered  than  normally.  The  amount  of  cal- 
cium retained  b}r  the  tissues  and  its  manner  of  combination  depend 
both  upon  the  quality  of  the  food  and  the  amount  of  calcium  in  it 

With  the  exception  of  the  importance*  of  the  alkaline  earths  as 
carbonates,  and  especially  as  phosphates,  on  the  physical  composition 
of  certain  structures,  such  as  the  bones  and  teeth,  their  physio- 
logical importance  is  nearly  unknown.  The  occurrence  of  earthy 
phosphates  in  all  proteins,  and  their  great  importance  in  the  passage 
of  the  proteins  from  a  soluble  to  a  coagulable  state,  make  it  probable 
that  the  earthy  phosphates  play  an  important  part  in  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  proteins.  An  insufficient  supply  of  alkali  earths  in  the 
food  raises  an  interesting  question  as  to  the  effect  of  this  lack  on  the 
bony  structure. 

CALCIUM   SALTS    AND   COAGULATION. 

The  property  which  is  the  most  characteristic  of  casein  is  that  it 
coagulates  with  rennet  in  the  presence  of  a  sufficiently  great  amount 
of  lime  salts.  In  solutions  free  from  lime  salts  the  casein  does  not 
coagulate  with  rennet,  but  if  lime  salts  are  added  it  is  changed  so  that 
the  solution  (even  if  the  enzym  is  destnyyed  b}7  heating)  yields  a 
coagulated  mass,  having  the  properties  of  curd. 

According  to  Soxhleta  the  soluble  lime  salts  are  only  of  essential 
importance  in  coagulation,  wliile  the  calcium  phosphate  is  without 
importance.  According  to  Courant6  the  calcium  casein  compound 
on  coagulation  may  cany  down  with  it,  if  the  solution  contains  di- 
calcium  phosphate,  a  part  of  this  as  tricalcium  phosphate,  leaving 
monocalcium  phosphate  in  the  solution.  The  chemical  process  wliich 
takes  place  in  the  rennet  coagulation  has  not  been  thoroughly  investi- 
gated. 

The  fibrin  ferment,  wliich  was  called  thrombin  by  Schmidt,0  is  pro- 
duced, according  to  Pekelharing,d  by  the  action  of  soluble  calcium 
salts  on  a  preformed  zymogen  existing  in  the  noncoagulated  plasma. 
Schmidt  admits  the  presence  of  such  a  mother-substance  of  fibrin 
ferment  in  the  blood  and  calls  it  prothrombin. 

Briicke*  showed  long  ago  that  fibrin  left  an  ash  containing  calcium 
phosphate.  The  fact  that  calcium  salts  may  facilitate  or  even  cause 
a  coagulation  in  liquids  poor  in  fibrin  ferment  has  been  known  for  a 

«  Munch,  med.  Wochenschr.,  1893,  40 : 61. 

&  Arch,  gesam.  Physiol.,  1891,  50  : 109. 

c  Zur  Blutlehre,  Leipzig,  1892. 

<*Zts.  physiol.  Chem.,  1896-7,  ..'.' :  245. 

«  Vorlesungen  tiber  Physiologic,  2nd  ed.,  1875,  1  :  270. 


RI:VII:\V  or  i.iiT.RA  in;r.  23 

years  through  the  researches  of  ( liven,"  Ringer  and  Sains- 
hury/'  and  others.  Tin1  necessity  of  the  lime  salts  for  coagulation 
was  lirst  >hown  positively  by  the  important  investigations  of  Arthus 
and  Paircs.'  In  regard  to  the  manner  in  which  the  lime  .salts  act 
a  conclusion  has  been  reached  by  Freund,d  who  claims  that  the  sep- 
aration of  the  excess  of  calcium  phosphate  is  the  cause  of  a  part  of  the 
protein  becoming  insoluble— that  is,  a  cause  forcoagulation.  Weighty 
objections  to  this  view  can  be  raided,  and  it  is  refuted  by  Latschen- 
berirer  and  Straiich.'  According  to  Pekelharinjj:."  the  process  is  as 
follows:  The  prothrombin  is  converted  into  thromhin  by  the  action 
of  the  >oluble  lime  salts,  aiuf  iluids  which  are  in  all  other  respects 
kbfe  of  coagulation,  but  contain  onlyprothrombin  and  no  thromhin, 

can    therefore    be    coagulated    by    the    addition    of   soluble    lime    salts. 

Thromhin  is  ,(  lime  combination  of  j)rothrombin,  and  the  proce»  of 

illation  con-i-t-  in  the  thromhin  carrying  the  lime  to  the  lihrino- 

\\hich  is  converted  into  the  insoluble  combination  of  librin  and 

lim.-.       S         :.d    impoi-talil     papers    have    appeared,    notably    those    of 

Field/  Mora\\it/.'  and   L«.eb..'  de.-dini:  \\ith  the  role  of  calcium  in  the 

-illation  of   the    hlood.      While  the    literature   on    this   subject    lias 

not   hem  fully  covered  in  this  report,  its  importance  demands  more 

than  a  pas-ini:  reference  in  a  paper  dealing  with  calcium  metabolism. 

It   has  be«-n  vj|,,\Mi   by  the  in  ve>t  i-jat  ions  .  >f  ( 'a  \  a/./.aiii  '  t  hat    the  lime 

salt-   an   of   importance    ill    the   coagulation   of   the    muscle-pla-ma    M 

well  as  in  that  of  the  blood. 

The  inorganic  OODfltituentfl  of  the  bony  st  nu-ture,  the  so-called  bone 
<»arths.  \\hicli  remain  after  the  complete  calcination  of  the  organic 
.substance  a>  a  white,  hrittl  ;  u-i-t  chielly  of  calcium  and  phos- 

phoric acid,  but  'bon  dioxid  and,  in  smaller  amounts, 

Medium,  chloi'in.  and  thiorin.  Alkali  sulphates  and  iron,  which 
have  b;-eii  found  in  h«»nc  ash,  d-;  not  -eem  to  hrlon.cr  to  the  bone  tia8U€ 
it  -  If,  but  to  the  nutritive  fluid  or  ot he r  parts  of  the  bones.  According 
to  Gabriel'  pota-Murn  and  -odium  aiv  e^niti.-d  con-f  it  iieni  s  of  bone 

a-h.     The  opinions  of  ini  >rs  differ  somewhat  as  t<>  the  manner 

,8:372. 

6  I  bid  ,  1S<K),  //: 

'  .-MtrM..  1S!»1  ,  I  ,  p.  :,ll. 
•Ubiil.,  1889(1),  p. 
«AI>-     •  :•!•!.  1S!H)  (I   ,  ],.  ir,'». 

/  Bhrtgerinntiiigstbeorie.  I>iss.,  I>or|>:it,  1889. 

PAbs.  Chem.  C.-ntrbl.,  1S«»2  (J 
*CentrbI.  I'hy<i..I.,  1!M): 

It.  An  h.  klin.  MIM!.,  190;i-4,  47!' :  1. 

/Beitr.chem.  I'hy.<i.)l.  Path.,  1903-t,.x  l!)l,  liK)i  Arch,  Path.  Anat.  Phy- 

siol.,  190.i  1906,  7&5:160;  J.  Mod.  Research,  !!*):{,  7^:407. 

j  'sJahiw-Ber.,  \w,  j/:346. 
.  ph: 


24          METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC    PHOSPHORUS. 

in  which  the  mineral  bodies  of  the  bony  structure  are  combined  with 
each  other.  Chlorin  and  fluorin  are  present  in  the  same  form  as  in 
apatite  (CaFl2,  3Ca3P2O8).  If  the  magnesium,  chlorin,  and  fluorin  be 
eliminated,  the  last  according  to  Gabriel  occurring  only  as  traces,  the 
remaining  mineral  bodies  form  the  combination  3(Ca3P2O8)CaCO3. 
According  to  this  author  the  simplest  expression  for  the  composition 
of  the  ash  of  the  teeth  is  (Ca2(PO4)2  +  Ca5HP3O13  +  H2O),  in  which  2  to 

3  per  cent  of  the  lime  is  replaced  by  magnesia,  potash,  and  soda,  and 

4  to  6  per  cent  of  the  phosphoric  acid  by  carbon  dioxid,  chlorin,  and 
fluorin.     Analyses  of  bone  earths  have  shown  that  the  mineral  con- 
stituents exist  in  rather  constant  proportions,  which  is  nearly  the 
same  in  different  animals.     The  diverse  quantitative  composition  of 
the  various  bones  of  the  skeleton  depends  probably  on  the  varying 
quantities  of  other  formations,  such  as  the  marrow,  blood  vessels,  etc., 
which  they  contain.     This  probably  also  explains  the  larger  quantity 
of  organic  substance  in  the  spongy  parts  of  the  bones  as  compared 
with  the  more  compact  parts.     Schrodt a  has  made  comparative  analy- 
ses of  different  parts  of  the  skeleton  of  the  same  animal  (dog),  and 
has  found  an  essential  difference.     The  quantity  of  water  in  the  fresh 
bones  varies  from  138  to  438  parts  per  thousand.     The  composition 
of  bones  at  different  ages  has  not  been  definitely  determined,  but 
according  to  the  analyses  made  by  Voit6  of  bones  of  dogs  and  by 
Brubacherc  of  the  bones  of  children  it  appears  that  the  skeleton  be- 
comes poorer  in  water  and  richer  in  ash  with  increase  in  age.     Grafen- 
bergerd  has  found  that  the  bones  of  rabbits  from  6^  to  7J  years  old 
contained  only  14  to  17  per  cent  of  water,  while  the  bones  of  full 
grown  rabbits  from  2  to  4  years  old  contained  20  to  24  per  cent.     The 
bones  of  old  rabbits  contain  more  carbon  dioxid   and  less  calcium 
phosphate  than  do  those  of  young  ones. 

CALCIUM    METABOLISM. 

A  great  many  experiments  have  been  made  to  determine  the  change 
in  the  bone  constituents,  for  instance,  when  a  ration  rich  in  lime 
and  one  deficient  in  lime  is  fed,  but  the  results  have  always  been  inde- 
cisive or  contradictory.  The  attempts  to  substitute  other  alkaline 
earths  or  clay  for  the  lime  of  the  bones  have  also  given  unsatisfactory 
results.  Weiske e  has  shown  that  when  young  and  still  rapidly  grow- 
ing rabbits  are  fed  wTith  oats,  which  are  poor,  in  acid  and  lime,  plus 
magnesium  and  strontium  carbonate,  these  substances  in  part  pass 
into  the  skeleton,  but  a  physiological  replacement  of  lime  by  magne- 
sium or  strontium  is  not  to  be  expected.  On  the  administration  of 

«  Maly's  Jahres-Ber.,  1877,  6  : 207.        *  Maly  s  Jahres-Ber.,  1891,  21 : 290. 

1>  Zts.  Biol.,  1880,  16  : 55.  e  Abs.,  Chem.  Centrbl.,  1892  (2),  p.  590. 

e  Ibid. /1890,  27:517. 


HKVIK'.V    OF    LITERATURE.  k2;) 

madder  the  Ixmes  of  the  animal  are  found  to  he  colored  red  after  a 
few  days  or  weeks;  but  these  experiments  have  not  led  to  any  posi- 
tive conclusion  in  regard  to  the  growth  or  metabolism  of  the  boues. 
I'nder  pathological  conditions,  as  rachitis  and  softening  of  the 
bone-,  an  o-sein  has  been  found  which  does  not  jrive  any  typical 
gelatin  on  boiling  with  water.  Otherwise  pathological  conditions 
seem  to  all'ect  chiefly  the  quantitative  composition  of  the  bones,  and 
especially  the  relationship  between  the  organic  and  inorganic  ^\\\>- 
-tanee-.  Attempts  have  been  made  to  product4  rachitis  in  animals 
by  the  u-e  of  foods  deficient  in  lime.  From  experiments  on  fully 
developed  animals  contradictory  results  have  been  obtained.  In 
vounir,  undeveloped  animal-  Vbil  produced,  by  lack  of  lime  salts 
in  the  food,  a  change  similar  to  rachitis.  In  full-thrown  animals  the 
hones  were  changed  afler  a  loin:  time  because  of  the  lack  of  the  lime 
sail-  in  the  food,  but  did  not  become  -oft  ,  onlv  thinner  (osteo-porosis). 
The  experiment-  in  which  the  lime  -alts  were  removed  from  the  bones 
by  t  he  addit  ion  of  la<  >d  ha\  c  led  to  no  posit  ive  results 

(Ileit/mann.      Heiflfl       !>ai:in-kv     .      W.  >ntrarv,    has 

>hi»wn  by  admini-ieri[r_r  dilute  siilpliurir  acid  or  moiiosodium  phos- 
phate with  the  f-.od  (pre-uppo-ini:  that  the  food  u'ave  no  alkaline 
ash]  to  -herp  and  rabbit-,  that  the  quantity  of  mineral  matter  in  the 
bone-  miirht  be  dimini-hed.  A  i'.-u  investigators  are  of  the  opinion 
that  in  rachiti-.  ifl  in  OSteomalacia,  a  solution  of  the  lime  salt-  by 
mean-  OJ  Thi-  W*J  -ted  by  the  fact 

that  \Veber  and  Schmidt'  found  lactic  acid  in  the  ey-t-like  altered 
born  nee  in  osteomi  Well-known  inve-t  i_Mtor-  have 

di-pnted  the  po»ibility  of  the  lime  -.-dt-  bein/  wa-hed  from  the  hours 
in  OSteomalaCOSlfl  by  mean-  ..f  lactic  acid.  The  recent  investigations 

i  he  -obit  ion  of   lime  -alt-  by 

lactic  arid  b  alacia.      lie  has  found  that   the  normal  relation- 

ship r.T  <  Ifl  retained  in  all  part-  of  th  -malacia, 

which  would  n<>t   be  the  ca-e  if  the  !  -olved  by  an 

acid.  The  decrease  in  pho.-phate-  occur-  in  the  >ame  (plant  it  at  ive 
relationship  as  the  carbonate:  and,  according  to  Levy,  in  OSteo- 
malacia  the  exhau.-tion  of  the  bone  take-  plarc  by  decalcilicat  ion,  in 
which  one  molecule  of  pho.-phate  and  calcium  after  the  other  is 
removed. 

''Mi  ,1873,3: 

51. 

«*  Yin-how's  Archiv.  ISS'J.  07  :901. 

.  rh««n.  C.-ntrl.!  .   i-  590. 


s;i,  j».  t, 
phynol.  «  h.-m..  189 


26          METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC   PHOSPHORUS. 

The  relative  amounts  of  calcium  and  phosphoric  acid  in  the  teeth 
are,  according  to  the  analysis  of  Hoppe-Seyler,a  about  the  same  as 
in  bone  earths. 

The  importance  of  calcium  for  the  activity  of  the  nervous  system 
and  the  muscles  has  been  the  subject  of  study  by  many  investigators. 
The  conclusions  drawn  are  that  if  the,  amount  of  calcium  is  decreased 
nervous  and  muscular  irritability  will  result  and,  conversely,  that  an 
increase  of  the  calcium  will  diminish  the  irritability  of  the  nerves  and 
muscles.  Ringer  proved  that  the  frog's  heart  can  be  kept  beating 
for  long  periods  upon  a  mixture  of  sodium  chlorid,  potassium  chlorid, 
and  calcium  phosphate  or  chlorid,  and  he  laid  especial  importance 
upon  the  calcium.  The  calcium  ions  are  present  in  relatively  small 
quantities  in  the  blood,  but  they  are  absolutely  necessary  to  con- 
tractility and  irritability.  When  present  in  quantities  above  normal 
or  when  in  proportional  excess  over  the  sodium  or  potassium  ions 
they  cause  a  condition  of  tonic  contraction  that  has  been  designated 
as  calcium  rigor.  The  calcium  promotes  a  state  of  contraction,  the 
sodium  and  the  potassium  a  state  of  relaxation. 

Tigerstedt  in  his  text-book  states  that  calcium  salts  favor  the  con- 
traction of  the  heart,  while  potassium  salts  are  important  for  its 
relaxation.  Calcium  favors  muscular  movements  of  low  forms  of 
animal  life — the  contractility  of  both  skeletal  and  smooth  muscles. 
He  cites  the  experiments  of  Voit,6  who  fed  pigeons  with  food  con- 
taining no  calcium,  and  found  that  the  bones  which  were  used  for 
movements  were  normal  for  calcium,  while  the  sternum  and  skull 
bones  were  brittle  and  even  perforated  in  places. 

Falta  and  Whitney c  showed  that  after  extirpation  of  a  dog's 
pancreas,  the  calcium  elimination  was  increased,  though  the  nitro- 
gen, phosphoric  acid  ratio  remained  unchanged.  The  excretion  of 
uric  acid  in  these  cases  was  doubled. 

The  importance  of  calcium  salts  for  the  growing  organisms  is  dis- 
cussed by  Aron  and  Sebauer.d  Special  attention  was  given  to  the 
calcium  content  of  the  bones,  brains,  nerves,  muscles,  and  blood. 
Dogs  and  rabbits  were  used,  half  of  them  being  fed  on  a  calcium-poor 
diet.  The  young  animal  requires  at  least  1.2  per  cent  of  its  body 
weight  of  calcium;  a  diet  supplying  a  smaller  amount  is  called  a 
calcium-poor  diet.  Under  such  conditions  .nervous  and  other  dis- 
orders follow,  a  condition  like  rickets  being  established  after  con- 
tinued feeding  of  such  a  diet;  in  these  cases  the  bones  contain  more 
water  than  is  normal,  that  is,  a  water-rich  bone  is  developed  whose 

«  Hammarsten,  Textbook  of  Physiological  Chemistry,  New  York,  1908,  p.  440. 

&Zts.  Biol.,  1880,  jftf  :55. 

c  Beitr.  chem.  Physiol.  Path.,  1908,  11  : 224. 

d  Biochem.  Zts.,  1908,  8:1. 


I;KVII:\\    o?   LJTEBATURE.  27 

organic  framework  is  poor  in  calcium.  The  calcium  content  of  tlic 
ilesh  and  blood  sliows  no  variation  and  the  brain  but  a  slight  vari.i- 
tion  from  the  normal. 

Following  some  experiments  made  by  Sanford  and  Lnsk  at  the 
Vale  Medical  School  on  new-born  pijrs.  Wilson"  studied  the  influence 
of  diet  on  the  irrowth  of  yonn^  piles.  Three  piirs  were  killed  and 
analy/ed  at  birth  and  three  were  reared  on  a  skim-milk  diet.  To  the 
diet  of  one  piir,  lacto-"  W8fl  added;  to  that  of  the  second,  dextrose: 
and  the  third  was  i^iven  the  skim  milk  without  any  added  substance. 
The  lacto-e-fed  pi-_r  thrived  best,  while  the  pi^  fed  on  >kim  milk  alone 
showed  the  lea-t  pi-  een  days.  The  analyses  showed 

that  the  piir  fed  on  skim  milk  used  •'*-  per  cent  of  the  calcium  in  the 
food  for  irrowth:  the  lactose-fed  |>i«r  used  7>)  per  cent:  and  the  dex- 
tro-e-fed  piiMil  p.-;  cent.  The  calcium  content  of  the  bodies  of  the 
pigs  at  the  end  of  the  experiment  \\  vn:j,  and  s.i:;  per  eent, 

re-pect  i\  el\  .      Calcium    81  evidently    depends    on    the    develop- 

ment of  the  animal  rather  than  on  any  >pecilir  influence  of  the  milk 
Constituents.  lleiter''  found  striking  retardations  in  the  develop- 
meiit  of  th,-  -keleton  of  oldn  pi--  i'«-,|  ,.n  ^kiiu  milk  for  many  months, 

but    Ho  rvidence  of  I'icket-   \\a-  ^een. 

\V.  Camei-er.  jr..  iind-  that  the  calcium  content  of  motheis'  milk 
i-  barely  sullicicnl  to  <  ,,\,  i  ilir  QI  lie  nur-in-.:  infant  if  the  per- 

centaLrc  coinpo-ii  ion  ,,f  the  li\  e-mont  h>-o|<|  bal)\  \\ei~e  the  BEUU  M 
that  of  tin-  n. -\\-born  baby.  The  p.  .  of  calcium  in  the  !ie\\- 

boi-M   pi'j  pet  « -cut    at    birth  and   i-  s.l.">  per 

cent  at  the  end  of  two  and  one-half  \\eek-'  feeding.  If  the  pi--  fed 
on  1.  lined  '.».  I  pel- cent  <-alcium  at  the  end 

of    the    t\\o    and    one-half    \\  •  I,    an    almost     complete    calcium 

ab-oi  pt  ion  would  have  taken  j)la 

t  iliat    when    an    animal    i>   <leprived    of    all    inor- 

-alt-  in  ii^  food  profound  constitutional  disturbances, resulting 

in   <leath,   are    pioiincr.l.       '1  he   -alt>   of   the   blood    mii-t    not    only    be 
nt    in   Millicient    (piantity    to   bi-ini:   the   o-motic    pre— UK-   of   the 
blood    to  ;,   con-tant    \alue.but    they  must    also  be   present    in  certain 
delimit'  ratio  ry  li\  inir  cell  of   the   body  must   be  washed  by  a 

fluid  containing  -alt^  of  certain  moiiovalent  and  divalent  metals  in  an 
unvarying  ratio.  otherwi>e  a  disturbance  in  the  int  racellular  ion- 
protein-  Loeb  01  colloidal  salt-  (  )-b<»i  ne  i-  produced.  Bearing 
in  mind  this  nece--it\  for  a  con-tant  ratio  between  the  various  -alts 
of  the  blood,  a  number  of  interest  inir  <pie-tion-  are  raided  by  Patter- 
-on  in  reirard  t<»  the  probable  effect-  of  dej)rivinir  an  animal,  coin- 

"  Ani.-r.  .).  I'll;.  1!)7.        d\\  :  39. 

.11  ter,  \.-\v  V..rk,  1906. 

JJ.  Phy-inl..  |!»(Mi.  .;    :84. 


28          METABOLISM    OF    ORGANIC    AND    I X< MM  !A  X  1C    PHOSPHORUS. 

pletely  or  partly,  of  one  particular  metal,  say  calcium.     If  the  proper 
ratios  are  not  maintained  in  the  blood,  then: 

(a)  Is  the  excretion  of  calcium  checked  wholly  or  partially?     Dur- 
ing the  progress  of   his  research  an   article   appeared  by  Goitein0 
which  disposes  of  this  question  by  showing  that  if  a  rabbit  received 
less  than  0.16  grams  of  calcium  per  kilo  per  day  in  its  food,  there  was 
a  stead}'  loss  of   calcium  from  the  bocly.     Lehmann6  and  others 
have   shown   that    in   starvation  the   calcium  excreted   exceeds   the 
amount  of  this  substance  present  in  the  drinking  water  taken. 

(b)  Are  the  other  salts  of  the  body  reduced  pari  passu  by  increased 
excretion?     This  would  entail  a  considerable  fall  in  the  total  molecular 
concentration  of  the  blood,  and  as  the  living  cells  of  the  body  and  also 
the  red  corpuscles  are  extremely  sensitive  to  osmotic  changes  this 
question  may  also  be  answered  in  the  negative. 

(c)  Is  the  deficiency  in  the  food  made  good  by  certain  tissues  of 
the  body  giving  up  a  portion  of  their  calcium  to  the  blood  and  so 
keeping  the  proper  inorganic  balance  in  this  fluid  ?     That  this  would 
be  the  most  probable  contingency  may  be  inferred  from  a  number 
of  facts.     Forster/  who  was  the  first  to  make  observations  on  the 
effect  of  insufficient  calcium  in  the  food,  found  that  the  muscles  lost 
56  per  cent  of  their  calcium  content,  while  the  bones  also  showed  a 
considerable  diminution.     Voitd  found  that  on  a  calcium-poor  diet 
the  bones  were  more  brittle,   the  skeleton  showed  a  smaller  per- 
centage of  dry  weight  than  in  the  normal  animal,  and  that  the 
quantity  of  calcium  in  all  organs  of  the  body  was  more  or  less  di- 
minished. 

In  the  experiments  in  which  rabbits  were  fed  on  oatmeal  and 
maize  meal,  a  diet  which  admittedly  leads  to  calcium  starvation, 
the  ratio  of  the  calcium  of  the  blood  to  the  total  ash  of  the  blood 
remained  the  same  as  that  found  in  the  normal  animal.  That  is  to 
say,  the  blood  underwent  no  loss  of  calcium  relative  to  the  other 
salts  in  the  time  allotted  to  the  experiment — a  result  which  one  might 
anticipate  from  the  immense  importance  of  the  salt  ratios  of  the 
blood.  The  ratio  of  calcium  to  the  total  mineral  matter  in  the  bones 
was,  however,  inconstant,  and  showed  fairly  wide  fluctuations  even 
in  the  normal  animal.  The  bones  can,  without  doubt,  act  as  store- 
houses of  calcium  and  possibly  of  magnesium.  That  the}'  lose 
calcium  when  the  animal  is  placed  on  a  calcium-poor  diet  has  been 
proved  conclusively.  Voit's  results,  however,  tend  to  show  that  the 
bones  can  lose  calcium  relatively  to  the  other  salts,  that  is,  by  a 
selective  autolysis.  The  experiments  on  his  own  body  metabolism 
show  that  calcium  can  be  readily  stored  during  nitrogen  retention. 

«  Arch,  gesam.  Physiol.,  1906,  115  : 118.          <•  Maly's  Jahres-Ber.,  1873,  3  : 251. 
&  Abs.,  Maly's  Jahres-Ber.,  1894,  23  :497.       <*Zte.  Biol.,  1880,  16  : 55. 


IIKVIKW  OK  i.rn.iiA  i  n;i..  V29 

interesting,  however,  arc  the  experiments  involving  rectal 
feeding,  calcium  being  stored  despite  a  continuous  drainage  of  nitro- 
gen from  the  body.  In  the  latter  case,  as  the  protein  al)sorbed  from 
the  food  was  insuilicient,  tlie  muscles  and  glands  must  have  dimin- 
ished in  bulk,  and  yet  calcium  was  retained.  This  fact  rather  points 
to  the  bones  as  the  place  where  calcium  is  Mored.  In  the  experi- 
ments on  himself,  and  in  those  with  rectal  feeding,  with  a  fixed  diet 
the  urinary  calcium  varied  but  slightly,  and  the  variations,  such  as 
there  were,  ran  parallel  with  the  total  amounts  of  urine  excreted. 
This  result  is  not  remarkable  if  it  is  assumed  that  the  kidney,  in 
order  to  lighten  its  work  against  osmotic  pressure,  allows  a  fraction 
of  each  of  th.  •!'  the  blood  to  escape  into  the  urine.  The  greater 

the  volume  of  the  urine,  therefore,  the  greater  the  amount  of  salts 
eliminated. 

The  following  theories  have  been  published  by  Albu  and  Neuberg" 
concerning  the  cause  <»f  rick. 

1.   An  in-ulHciftit  amount  <>f  calcium  in  the  food. 

\n  inadequate  al.-..rptioii  <>l  tin'  calcium  sal  <>d. 

in  thf  hoM.'-buil.lin 
.rkmcc  "t"  calcium  :il»M,rjiti«.n  in  boD6fl  them- 

.•a  rickets  aii-l  Mo<>,l  pn^sure  IM.-'-.!  mi  the  thcnry  tStfili/.- 

ili.  ii  calcium  inrtai  by  a  secretion  of  the  kidni 

•iiilar  theories  a^  to  the  ca  leomalacia  \\ere  enumerated  by 

the  same  author  as  follov. 

I.   A  lack  i'f  calcium  in 

\   lack  "t"  Cftll  iUBQ  .1  -)d. 

A  decreased  alk  If  in  the  • 

which  «Ii.--  ilciuin  Kil- 

I  f  mctal>ol:  '•  ri-sultiiu;  from  a  .limini-h.-.l  acti\ity 

of  the  i»varii-.  which  in  • 

!{»cnnick>-'  •  last's.  wteomalacia  an  a  m(>ta>>«>li-m  -li-.-.i-.-.  (In-  |.!i..-|.!n.ru-  mcta- 
1  >•  in«r  also  affected. 


In    pathological    cases    tin-  and    opinions    are    maii\     and 

iliver^e    in    regard    to    Calcium    elimination.      l-'«»r    example,    Px-n. 
found  increased  calcium  elimination  in  fever,  while  Senator'7  obtained 
opposite   results.      lu  charac  t  cri-t  i«-   bone   diseax  nialacia   and 

ricket^.  the  >ame  ^tai  md. 

Calcium  and  magnesium  occur  in  the  urine  for  the  nio>t    part   aa 
phosphate-.      The  quantity  of  earthy  phosphates  eliminated  daily  is 


'•:-•  -1.  Berlin,  11K)6. 

::ch.  m.-a.  \V.M-h.-n>chr..  1577, 

.'nr.--l.uchf.  Kin.lcrhcilkun.lc.  HMMI.  /,/ 

:.-k..  \^n   I.  SS  :  17  172. 

lin.  klin.  W.K-h.-nschr.,  1!)04,  .;/  :  11")  L 

Patholo^ie  dee  8to£fwech0eI0,  licrlin,  1874, 
.  me.!.  \Visscnsch.,  1877,  /.7  . 


30          METABOLISM    OF    ORGANIC'    AND    INORGANIC    PHOSPHORUS. 

somewhat  more  than  1  gram,  and  of  this  amount  two-thirds  is  mag- 
nesium and  one-third  calcium  phosphate.  In  acid  urines  the  simple 
as  well  as  the  double  acid  earthy  phosphates  are  found,  and  the 
solubility  of  the  former  (among  which  the  calcium  salt,  CaHPO4,  is 
especially  insoluble)  is  particularly  augmented  by  the  presence  of 
double  acid  alkali  phosphates  and  sodium  chlorid  in  the  urine  (Ott).° 
The  quantity  of  alkaline  earths  in  the  uryio  depends  upon  the  com- 
position of  the  food. 

MAGNESIUM   COMPOUNDS. 

The  relative  ratio  of  magnesiui  i  to  calcium  as  eliminated  by  the 
body  is  1  :  8  or  1:9,  and  consists  largely  of  magnesium  phosphate, 
Mg3(PO4)2.  The  amount  of  magnesium  required  by  the  body  per 
duv  is  0.6  gram.  As  in  the  case  of  iron,  though  magnesium  is  neces- 
sary to  health,  but  little  magnesium  is  found  in  the  child's  food, 
namely,  milk.  The  need  of  magnesium  in  the  system  has  been 
studied  by  Bunge. b  The  magnesium  balances  have  been  studied  by 
Blauberg,c  Cronheim  and  Miiller/  Bertram/ and  Ren  vail/ but  are 
not  considered  as  important  as  the  calcium.  Moreover,  little  study 
has  been  given  to  the  elimination  of  magnesium  under  pathological 
conditions. 

The  elimination  of  phosphoric  acid,  calcium,  and  magnesium  de- 
pends principally  on  the  character  of  the  food  and  the  relative  pro- 
portion of  animal  and  vegetable  food  digested. 

A  FEEDING  EXPERIMENT  WITH  RABBITS. 
PLAN  OF  THE  EXPERIMENT. 

In  these  experiments  four  female  rabbits  were  used,  the  diet  con- 
taining as  little  phosphorus  as  possible.  To  two  of  the  rabbits  organic 
phosphorus  in  the  form  of  crude  phytin  was  fed,  and  to  the  other 
two  an  equivalent  amount  of  phosphorus  in  the  form  of  sodium 
phosphates  was  given. 

It  was  intended  to  keep  these  four  rabbits  on  their  respective  diets 
for  three  or  four  months,  in  order  that  they  might  become  accus- 
tomed to  the  added  phosphorus  and,  further,  that  it  might  be  com- 
pletely anabolized,  and  then  to  mate  them  and  feed  the  young  rabbits 
on  the  same  kind  of  food  and  on  phosphorus  in  the  same  respective 
combinations  as  that  fed  to  the  mother  rabbits.  When  the  young 

«Zts.  physiol.  Chem.,  1886,  10  :  1. 

bZta.  Biol.,  1874,  40  :  111,  295. 

clbid.,  1900,  40:1. 

dZts.  diat.  physik.  Therapie,  1902-3,  6  :  25,  92. 

«Abs.,  Chem.  Centrbl.,  1879,  10  :  526. 

/Skand.  Arch.  Physiol.,  1904,  16  :  94. 


1'LAN    <>F    KXl'KHl.MKNT.  31 

ral)l)its  had  lived  for  several  weeks  on  these  diets,  it  was  planned  to 
kill  them  and  to  examine  their  bodies  in  minutest  detail  1'or  various 
eombinations  of  nitrogen  and  phosphorus.  The  same  procedure 
wa>  to  he  carried  out  in  the  case  of  the  four  female  rabbits,  and  in 
addition,  normal  rabbits  were  to  be  examined  as  controls,  Unfortu- 
nately, it  proved  impossible  to  obtain  young  rabbits  under  these 
abnormal  conditions,  that  is,  living  in  closely  confined  quarters 
:iid  fed  on  an  artificial  diet. 

The  work  was  begun  early  in  November,  1(.M)7,  and  concluded 
the  middle  of  March,  1(.)()S.  Complete  nitrogen"  and  phosphorus 
balancc>  \\ere  determined  during  a  period  of  nearly  live  months. 
Moreover,  the  inorganic  phosphorus  \\as  estimated  in  the  urine  by 
the  uranium  acetate  method  throughout  the  entire  time.  In  addition, 
during  the  last  four  \\eek>,  calcium,  magnesium,  and  ether-alcohol 
soluble  phosph.  thin)  balances  were  included  to  make  the 

study  of  the  phosphorus  metabolism  more  complete. 

At  the  end  of  the  period  the  rabbits  were  chloroformed,  and  the 
bones,  tc.-th,  blood,  liver*,  nervo  (including  the  spinal  cord)  and 
hraii  analw.ed  for  n  total  phosphoric  a<  id,  lecithin- 

phosphoric  acid,  calciuii,  i,  and  ether  extract. 

Two  normal  female  rabb;  :  ined  and  the  same  procedure 

followed  Bfl  in  the  ca>e  of  the  rabbits  art  ilicially  fed.  In  all  cases 
pos|-morlciii  examinat  ions  \\eie  made  and  slides  of  t  he  various  tissues 
were  prepared  all<l  hi>t  •  •logical  changes  n..te<|. 

PREPARATION  OF  FOOD. 

The  food  iiTots,  gluten,  a  mixture  of  starch  and 

live  oil,  ami  -lutioii.  The  above  constituents  seemed 

to  furnish  a  \\ell-rouiule.l  ration,  -Mipplying  suilieieMt  protein,  fat, 
and  carbohydrate  for  the  needs  of  the  body.  The  rabbits  to  which 
the  ilioriranic  phosphorus  salts  \\ere  fed  received  daily  5  CC  of  a 
standard  >alt  mixture  ron>i>ting  of  {."in  grains  of  sugar,  4  grams  of 
calcium  chlorid,  ! .",  Drains  of  .sodium  chlorid,  1*0  grains  of  potassium 
chlorid.  and  <  MUIU  sulphate,  made  up  to  a  volume  of 

1  CC  and  containing  '  phosphoric  acid,  in  the  form 

ot  di-Midium  hydrogen  j)hosphate  and  sodium  dihydrogen  phosphate, 
per  cubic  centiiiH 

The  rabbits  to  which  the  organic  phosphorus  was  fed  received  daily 

of  a  salt  mixture  made  >o  as  to  supply  an  e(|uivalent  amount  of 

the  above  mineral  salts,  allowance  being  made  for  the  presence  of 

calcium,  magnesium,  potassium,  and  phosphorus  in  the  phytin.     In 

this  way   an  equal  amount  of  calcium,   magnesium,  potassium,  and 

1  th»«  nitrogen  work  was  done  by  th«-  niiro^-ii  laboratory,  Mr.  T.  C.  Trescot  in 
char 


32          METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC    PHOSPIHUH 

-odium  was  given  to  all  four  rabbits,  and  the  total  amount  of  phos- 
phoric acid  fed  was  practically  equalized. 

Gluten  was  selected  as  a  food  high  in  nitrogen  but  containing  little 
phosphoric  acid.  The  usual  method  of  washing  out  the  starch  from 
coarse  flour  was  employed.  The  moist  gluten  was  spread  out  on 
sheets  of  tin  and  dried  on  the  steam  bath.  After  several  days  of 
this  treatment  the  samples  were  sufficiently  dried  for  grinding,  and 
contained  from  12  to  13  per  cent  of  nitrogen. 

The  organic  phosphorus  was  supplied  in  the  form  of  phytin,  a  cal- 
cium-magnesiiim-potassium  compound  of  anhydro-oxy-methylene- 
di-phosphoric  acid  which  was  first  isolated  by  Pasternak."  This 
was  prepared  by  extracting  wheat  bran  with  0.2  per  cent  hydro- 
chloric acid,  allowing  the  starch  to  settle,  decanting  off  the  clear 
liquid,  and  to  this  adding  a  large  volume  of  95  per  cent  alcohol.  A 
heavy  flocculent  precipitate  formed.  This  was  allowed  to  settle  and 
after  the  clear  liquid  Lad  been  decanted  off,  the  remainder  was  fil- 
tered. The  precipitate  was  then  dried  at  room  temperature  by 
blowing  air  over  it  by  means  of  an  electric  fan.  In  this  air-dried 
condition  the  phytin  contained  from  22  to  30  per  cent  of  phosphorus 
(P2O5)  in  organic  form.  The  uranium  acetate  titration  method 
showed  that  no  inorganic  phosphorus  was  present. 

The  nature  of  phytin  has  been  investigated  by  Patten  and  Hart, 6 
who  gave  to  it  the  following  composition:  Calcium,  1.13;  magne- 
sium, 5.80;  and  phosphorus,  16.3  per  cent. 

Phytin  on  heating  with  mineral  acids  is  decomposed  into  inosite 
and  phosphoric  acid.  The  investigators  just  quoted  claim  there  is 
no  decomposition  of  phytin  by  enzyms  and  the  same  conclusion  was 
reached  by  Mendel  and  Underbill,0  who  also  studied  this  ques- 
tion. It  is  claimed  that  the  proteolytic  enzyms  of  the  alimentary 
tract  do  not  alter  phytin,  but  that  the  alteration  is  brought  about  by 
the  intestinal  epithelium.  The  free  acid  phytin  corresponds  to  the 
formula  C2H8P,O9.  The  alkali  salts  are  freely  soluble  in  water  and 
the  calcium  and  copper  salts  are  slightly  soluble  in  water,  while  the 
barium  and  strontium  salts  are  but  sparingly  soluble  in  water.  Phy- 
tin has  thus  far  been  found  in  peas,  beans,  pumpkin  seeds,  and  red 
and  yellow  lupines.  The  carbohydrates  of  the  food  were  supplied 
by  feeding  a  mixture  consisting  of  equal  portions  of  cane  sugar  and 
cornstarch.  The  fat  used  w^as  olive  oil. 

The  food  was  prepared  in  the  following  manner:  The  carrots  were 
first  chopped  into  small  pieces  and  a  portion  was  mixed  with  part  of 
the  gluten-starch-sugar  mixture.  To  this  was  added  the  phytin  and 
5  cc  of  the  phosphoric-acid-free  salt  solution  in  the  case  of  the  rabbits 

«  Rev.  gen.  bot.,  1900,  12  :  5. 
&Amer.  Chem.  J.,  1904,  31  :  564. 
cAmer.-J.  Physiol.,  1906,  17  :  7.",. 


METHODS  OF  ANALYSIS.  33 

fed  organic  phosphorus.  This  was  made  into  a  thick  paste  and  placed 
on  a  Miiall  tray  in  one  corner  of  the  cage.  The  same  procedure  \vas 
followed  in  the  case  of  the  rabbits  fed  inorganic  phosphorus,  except 
that  instead  of  phytin  the  salt  solution  containing  the  inorganic 
phosphorus  was  mixed  with  the  food.  Thus  the  rabbits  wen4  com- 
pelled to  eat  the  food  containing  the  phosphorus  before  the  remain- 
der of  the  food  was  given  to  them.  The  rest  of  the  carrots,  sugar 
and  >tarch  mixture,  and  2  <•«•  of  olive  oil  were  made  into  a  thick 
paMe  and  given  to  the  rabbits  during  the  afternoon. 

METHODS   OF   ANALYSIS. 

Fach  rabbit  was  confined  in  a  suitable  wire  cage,  which  allowed 
the  feces  and  urine  to  be  easily  separated. 

After  establishing  a  nitrogen  equilibrium,  the  experiments  with 
the  rabbits  were  commenced.  The  focefl  \\ere  collected  at  fre(iueilt 
interval-  during  the  day.  OWmg  to  the  fact  that  the  rabbits  persist- 
ently ate  them.  The  urine  and  the  food  reMduo  were  collected 
daily.  All  of  the-e  >ample-  ueie  composited  and  analy/ed;  the 
nitrogen  in  the  food.  fece-.  and  urine  being  determined  according  to 
the  (limning  '  method  a;nl  the  phosphoric  acid  in  the  food,  feces, 
and  urine  by  Neumann'-  ''  method.  The  phosphoric  acid  in  the 
urine  ua-  determined  aUo  by  the  uranium  acetate  volumetric 
method.  In  this  \\-.i\-  a  check  on  the  amount  of  phosphoric  acid  in 
the  urine  was  obtained,  and  further,  this  double  determination 
Sen  <'d  a-  an  indication  of  the  presence  of  organic  pho^phoru-. 

The  methods  employed  for  \\ater  and  a-h.  ami  for  calcium  and 
magnesium'  were  tho-e  of  the  A»ociation  of  Ollicial  Agricultural 
Uicmi-K.  From  ~2  to  :i  gram-  of  the  food-  or  fecefl  wm  a-hed;  and 
in  the  ca>e  of  the  urine.  'Jnn  <-.•  \\ere  e\  aporatecl  to  dryne->  iii  a  plati- 
num di>h  and  allied.  The  ether-alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  (lecithin) 
determined  in  the  following  manner: 


'I'r.in-i'.T  MI,,-  ,,r  m  ..f  ih.-  tiin-ly  -^n.uinl  .-nl».-lanc«-  \n  u  :!(«»-<•<• 

lla.-k:  a-1'1  :'.'»  OC  "I  al>-..lut.-  .-ili.-r  ami  «-xira«-i  iht-  wh..|,-  <,\.-r  niu'hi.      l-'iltrr 

i  thmuu'h  a  hanlfiit-d  tiltrr  pajn-r  int<>  an  ordinary  .Jnui  flat-bottomed  flask  of 
503-cc  capacity  ami  ivttirn  any  |>articli-  of  ih,-  r«->iilu«-  fotind  on  the  fill*  r  paper  to  the 
Hrlenmeyer  Jla.-k.  Then  a<l«l  to  th«-  nh-T  extract  residue  60  cc  of  ab.sulute  alcohol 
.uul  boil  the  solution  for  three  hours,  u.-in-j  a  reflux  condenser.  Filter  this  alcohol 
extract  while  hot  into  the  .  I.  -na  tla-k  containing  the  ether  extract  and  wa.-h  tin-  re-idue 
t\vic  •  with  two  separate  port  io;.  f  liot  alcohol,  adding  the  wa.-h  in-^  to  the 

extract.      In  the  combined  fth»-r-ali-ohol  filtrate  determine  the  phosphoric  acid  by  the 
Neumann  f>  method. 


o  U.  S.  I)eju.  A-r..  P.un-au  of  <  'h.-miMry,  Hul.  107,  Rev.,  p.  7. 

ft  Zts.  pliv.Mol.  Ch.-in..  1 '.MIL'.  57  :    11"). 

c\  \-r..  Bureau. .f  Chemistry,  Hul.  107.  R.-v.,  p.  i:,.  Hi. 

77400— Hull.  123-09 3 


34         METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC   PHOSPHORUS. 


PRELIMINARY  FEEDING  PERIOD. 

The  results  recorded  in  Table  I  are  especially  valuable  in  view  of 
the  fact  that  they  cover  a  period  of  practically  one  hundred  days. 
During  this  time  an  attempt  was  made  to  mate  the  rabbits,  each  one 
being  removed  from  her  cage  every  four  days  at  5  o'clock  and  placed 
in  a  large  box  with  a  male  rabbit  and  allowed  to  remain  there  until 
the  next  morning  at  9  o'clock.  This  .,was  repeated  fifteen  or 
twenty  times  in  each  case.  Consequently  some  loss  of  feces  and 
urine  must  have  resulted,  which  loss  in  the  course  of  an  experiment 
extending  over  one  hundred  days  would  be  practically  uniform  in 
the  case  of  each  pah-  of  rabbits.  Such  a  loss  would  naturally  tend  to 
give  somewhat  larger  apparent  nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid  bal- 
ances. The  rabbits  had  always  eaten  the  food  provided  for  them 
before  being  removed  from  then*  cages. 

Throughout  this  work  the  rabbits  fed  organic  phosphorus  are  given 
the  numbers  1  and  2,  and  those  fed  inorganic  phosphorus  the  num- 
bers 3  and  4. 

The  weight  of  the  rabbits  remained  constant  in  the  case  of  Nos. 
1  and  4,  while  in  the  case  of  No.  2  a  slight  average  loss  of  weight 
resulted  and  No.  3  showed  a  gain  in  weight. 

TABLE  I. — Nitrogen  and  phosphorus  metabolism — Preliminary  period. 

No.  1.— RABBIT  FED  ORGANIC  PHOSPHORUS. 


Date. 

3 
"o 

1 

Nitrogen  (N).             Phosphoric  acid  (P2O5). 

In  urine. 

Absorbed 
material 
retained. 

1 
EH 

Total 
excreted. 

>. 

I 

Gms. 
-0.18 
-  .03 
.35, 
.5? 

a 
1 

1 
| 

H 

Gms. 
0.66 
1.81 
2.37 
3.13 

Excreted. 

i 

>. 

8 

g 
P.ct. 

Phosphoric 
acid. 

Nitrogen. 

Phosphoric 
acid. 

-1 

•8J 

"1 

=1 

1907-8. 
November  17-23  
November  24-30  

December  1-7 

Gms. 
1,647 
1,596 
1,596 
1,654 

0m*. 

3.34 
5.35 
8.22 
9.33 

Gms. 
4.22 
4.65 
4.91 
5.22 

Gms. 
0.40 
.92 
.83 
.39 

Gms. 
0.95 
.13 

.77 
.50 

Gms. 
0.28 
.90 
.76 
.49 

Gms. 
-0.08 
.11 
.11 
.30 

P.  ct. 

P.cl.   P.ct. 

December  8-14  
Average 

1,623 

1,656 
1,663 

1,677 
1,623 
1,616 

6.56 

10.10 
10.10 

3.54 
7.44 
7.03 

4.75 

.64 

.17 

Tes 

.45 

-  .36 
.25 
.17 

1.99 

.59 

.  61       .  11 

72.40  29.65 

December  15-21  
December  22-28  
December  29-Janu- 
ary  4 

4.78 
6.33 

5.  26 
5.12 
4.58 

.60 
.60 

.85 
.54 
1.12 

3.29 
3.29 

1.74 
2.79 
2.67 

.68 
1.00 

1.12 
.81 
.63 

.69 
.69 

.77 
.44 
1.95 

.27 
.22 

-   .02 
.21 
.14 

January  5-11 

January  12-18  

Average 

1,647 
1,597 

1,587 
1,588 
1,567 

_^ 
9.56 

10.06 
10.19 
10.60 

5.21 

.U 

.24 

2.76 

.85 

.91 

.16 

68.19 

30.79 

January  19-25 

6.  40|     1.  08 

6.  06i     1.  32 
7.34)     1.02 
8.11     1.33 

.29 

.38 
.26 
.16 

3.27 

3.24 
3.27 
3.23 

.77 

1.04 
1.11 

1.80 

1.  01       .  21 

1.05       .16 
1.  02       .16 
1.  1H       .  03 

January    26-Febru- 
ary  1  

February  2-8  .  . 

February  9-15 

Average  

69.  11 

j 

1,585 
1,618 

10.10 
8.08 

6.  98     1.  19       .  27 

3.  25     1.  18 

106       .14 

34.71 

Average  for  period  . 

5.65       .86       .23     2.67 

| 

.87 

.86       .14'  69.901  31.72 

22        53 

1.42  grams  of  organic  phosphorus  per  period  were  intimately  mixed  with  the  food. 


PRELIMINARY   FEK1MM;   1'KKIOD. 


35 


TABLE   I.      \itmtjin  and  fikotpkonu  i/n'tuhnlism      I'/rliniimiri/  ]>cri<nl- CoutimU'd. 
l;  M5BIT    KKD  n|;t;  \\|(     I'l  K  )S  I'll « >  li  I   >. 


Date. 


A  1,  >,.rl.  o.l 
material 
n-taitu'd. 


1907-8. 
November  i. 

1-30.... 

•  r  1-7 


\  vi-ra^'f 


December  l.v 
December  22-28  — 
December  29-Janu- 
ary4 

Jauuaj 


ary  I  .... 

i;iry9-15 

Average 
Average  for  period 


59 


No.  3.-RABBIT  Ki  iANK     PHO8Pn< 


•  T  17  '23  

7.53 

6.48 

1.20 

710 

n.« 

1.02 

t  30 

9.10 

7.4« 

?  IV 

H 

r  1    7 

1.  t»7 

1»  in 

s  v. 

•  0& 

M 

Deoember  8-  1  • 

1    l.i'. 

10.06 

7.20; 

•• 

3.59 

.99 

1   I'. 

.2C 

Average.. 

1,460 

9.27 

7.51 

1.41 

.05 

|  • 

|.Vi 

1.24 

.16 

n.oj 

J7  us 

December  15-21... 

1    ><>| 

II    7n 

-,    IN 

.,', 

.  :•> 

.;  1.7 

x» 

..:-. 

H 

.:  >' 

1.54 

•j:, 

.2A 

|).V.-|||».-r     -.">   J:lIUI- 

ir\    t 

1    -.-''. 

In   ,._• 

4.73 

i  M 

141 

|  M 

..; 

.99 

.30 

1    • 

1  :,'ix 

|n   ..  • 

6.50 

|  >.», 

1.08 

1.27 

.18 

January  12-1  N 

Uftfl 

10.  tt 

4.89 

.V, 

.89 

.:.-. 

.88 

.27 

Average... 

1,532 

11.05 

5.55 

1.07 

.u-« 

:!.M, 

.98 

.73 

.27 

50.23 

26.78 

. 

January  19-25 

11.06 

5.82 

1    Is 

:,7 

:;  '  i 

1.0»> 

1   17 

.20 

January    2ti-Febm- 
ary  1 

1   7.4. 

1  1  • 

.61 

3.61 

1.58 

.  1  ' 

1.77.. 

2.54 

.37 

1.28 

1.97 

February  9-15  

1,778 

12.08 

7.65 

2.54 

..'., 

3.65 

1.98 

.  11 

Average  

1.  •,'•-' 

11.  ..I 

ft.  43 

1.97 

.45 

3.63 

1.09* 

1.67 

.12 

55.38 

:;ii.  (r_» 

AV»T.U'"  lor  |»-riii'l. 

— 
1,585 

HLM 

6.50 

1.48 

== 

.38 

3.51 

Tw 

1.37 

"  "          ~ 

.18 

62.21 

27.96 

2^ 

54 

o  1.42  grams  of  organic  phosphorus  per  period  were  intimately  mixed  with  the  food. 
6  1.72  grams  of  inorganic  phosphorus  per  period  were  intimately  mixed  with  the  food. 


36 


METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC    PHOSPHORUS. 


TABLE  I. — Nitrogen  and  phosphorus  metabolism— Preliminary  period — Continued. 

No.  4.— RABBIT  FED  INORGANIC  PHOSPHORUS. 


Date. 

Average  weight  of  rabbit. 

Nitrogen  (N). 

Phosphoric  acid  (P2O5). 

In  urine. 

Absorbed 
material 
retained. 

j 

Total 
excreted. 

Daily  balance. 

Total  ingested.o 

Excreted. 

j 

Nitrogen. 

Phosphoric 
acid. 

Nitrogen. 

*t)  Phosphoric 
a  acid. 

"1 

4 

18  1 

flj 

1907-8. 
November  17-23  
November  24-30  
December  1-7  .  . 

Gms. 
1,950 
1,960 

1,960 
1,985 

Gms. 
8.90 
9.14 
10.40 
10.05 

Gms. 
8.89 
7.91 
4.81 
3.71 

Gms. 
0.76 
1.13 
.42 
.68 

Gms. 
-0.10 
.01 
.73 
.80 

Gms. 
3.10 
3.31 
3.32 
3.59 

Gms. 
1.54 
.94 
1.19 
.36 

Gms. 
0.49 
.94 
.36 
.51 

Gms. 
0.15 
.20 
.25 
.38 

P.ct. 

P.ct. 

P.ct. 

December  8-14  
Average 

1,964 

9.62 

11.70 
11.70 

10.62 
10.62 
10.62 

6.  33       .  75 

5.16     1.06 
8.63!.  1.06 

8.89     1.28 
6.44       .26 
5.21       .46 

.36 

!32 

.06 
.55 
.70 

3.33!     1.34 

3.67       T74 
3.67     1.42 

3.66J     1.44 
3.  66     1.  02 
3.66|     1.04 

.58 

.25 

T28 
.19 

.11 
.31 
.29 

65.80   40.24 

December  15-21  ...  . 

= 

I,y65 
2.002 

.90 
.90 

1.42 
.42 

.57 

December  22-28 

December   29-Janu- 
arv  4 

January  5-11  
January  12-18  

Average 



1,979   11.05 

6.86 

.82       .48 

3.66 

1.13       .84 

.24 

62.08 

30.88 

Januarv  19-25 

2,006 

2,017 
2,000 
1,975 

2,000 
1,981 

7.78 

11.65 
7.06 
8.07 

8.64 
9.77 

5.94 

7.43 
5.44 
6.59 

1.09 

.72 
.46 
2.38 

.10 

.50 
.16 
-  .12 

3.20 

3.61 
2.28 
1.45 

1.55 

1.29 
1.48 
1.03 

L. 

.77 
.54 
2.36 

Tl9 

s 

.03 
-  .13 

January    26-Febru- 
ary  1  

Februarv  2-8     .  .  . 

February  9-15 

Average     . 

50.  76 

6.35 
6.51 

1.16       .16     2.64 
.  91       .  33     3.  21 

1.34 
1.27 

.04 

.18 

73.50 

Average  for  period. 

.87 

67.12 

40.63         26 

42 

o  1.72  grams  of  inorganic  phosphorus  per  period  were  intimately  mixed  with  the  food. 
NITROGEN    BALANCES. 

The  rabbit  which  gained  in  weight,  No.  3,  received  a  larger  amount 
of  nitrogen  than  the  others.  In  fact,  the  amount  of  nitrogen  ingested 
in  all  cases  varied  somewhat,  but  the  total  during  a  period  of  seven 
days  was  from  5  to  6.6  grams  of  nitrogen  per  1,000  grams  of  body 
weight,  No.  3  receiving  the  largest  relative  amount.  The  average 
figures  show  that  relatively  more  nitrogen  was  excreted  in  the  urine 
in  the  cases  of  rabbits  No.  1  and  No.  2  (those  fed  organic  phosphorus), 
than  in  the  cases  of  No.  3  and  No.  4  (fed  inorganic  phosphorus). 
The  amount  of  nitrogen  eliminated  in  the  feces  varied  with  the  indi- 
vidual rabbit.  No.  1  eliminated  10.6  per  cent  and  No.  2,  14.6  per 
cent.  No.  3  eliminated  13.8  per  cent  and  No.  4  only  9.3  per  cent  in 
this  manner.  Nos.  1  and  2  retained  a  smaller  proportion  of  the 
metabolized  nitrogen  than  did  Nos.  3  and  4,  the  figures  being  respec- 
tively 22,  24,  29,  and  26  per  cent.  This  means  that  the  rabbits  fed 
inorganic  phosphorus  retained  a  larger  proportion  of  the  absorbed 
nitrogen  than  did  those  fed  organic  phosphorus;  and  it  appears  that 
those  fed  organic  phosphorus  excreted  in  the  urine  a  larger  propor- 
tion of  the  ingested  nitrogen,  but  did  not  utilize  this  nitrogen  so  well 
as  did  the  rabbits  fed  inorganic  phosphorus, 


PRINCIPAL    1T.KIMN   :    PERIOD. 
I'liosIMlolM  S    BALANCES. 


37 


- 


In  all  cases,  excepting  rabbit  No.  :5,  the  average  amount  of  phos- 
phoric acid  ingested  during  seven  days  per  1,000  grams  of  body 
weight  varied  from  !.<>  to  1.7  grains;  in  No.  3  the  amount  was  2.2 
grams.  More  phosphorus  was  eliminated  by  rabbit  No.  4  through 
the  kidneys  than  in  any  other  ease.  Both  of  the  rabbits  fed  organic 
phosphorus  and  No.  3  fed  inorganic  phosphorus  retained  about  the 
same  amounts  of  the  absorbed  pln»phorus  (averaging  53  per  cent), 
while  the  figure  for  Xo.  4  is  much  lower,  only  42  per  cent.  From 
the  average  figures,  it  appears  that  the  rabbits  fed  organic  phos- 
phorus eliminated  a  smaller  percentage  of  the  ingested  phosphoric 
arid  in  the  urine  than  those  fed  on  inorganic  phosphorus/  It  must 
be  remembered  that  the  amount  of  phosphoric  acid  eliminated  by 
the  kidneys  dors  not  necessarily  represent  the  amount  melaholi/ed, 
fur  inorganic  phosphorus  ingested  might  and  undoubtedly  does  pass 
through  the  kidneys  \\ithoiit  undergoing  any  change.  Of  the  total 
phosphoric  acid  inge>ted.  '•>-  percent  \\  a>  found  in  the  feces  of  No.  1 
and  :il  per  cent  in  the  feces  of  No.  \,  \\hile  No.  2  and  No.  3  elimi- 
nated in  this  manner  .'17  and  .'I'.'  per  cent .  respect  i  vely.  Although  the 
rabbits  fed  inorganic  phosph,,nc  excreted  a  larger  amount  of  phos- 
phorus in  the  urine  than  did  the  others,  they  retained  on  the  average 
less  of  the  absorbed  phosphoric. 

The  ratio  of  nitrogen  !••  phosphorii  acid  in  the  food  is  but  slightly 
above  :i:l.  Thi-  -ho\\s  a  much  larger  proportion  of  phosphoric  acid 
than  c  usually  fed  in  a  normal  diet.  The  ratio  of  nitrogen  to  phos- 
phoric acid  in  the  urine  TOU16fl  from  .', :  1  to  7..VI,  being  higher  in  the 
of  the  rabbits  fed  organic  phosphoric.  o\\  ing  to  the  relatively 
•  T  elimination  of  phosphoric  acid  in  the  urine  of  those  fed  inor- 
ganic phosphoric.  The  ratio  in  the  fooefi  i-  rather  constant ,  averaging 
about  1.1:1  in  all  eases.  The  e\ad  rat  ios  are  given  in  Table  IT. 

T  \  IM  I     1  1  .        /.'•  /'  -  I  mi  i  mini  pa  'mtl. 


i.it. 

Food. 

Urine. 

Hem, 

3.03:1 

i,  .'41  i 

1.00:1 

;  .'.ti 

1  27-1 

»,  »..;  i 

1  08*1 

0.91-1 

PRINCIPAL  FEEDING  PERIOD. 

The  principal  feeding  experiment  extended  over  a  period  of  four 
\\eeks,  and  during  this  time  complete  nitrogen,  phosphoric' acid,  cal- 
cium, and  magnesium  balances  \\ere  determined,  as  well  as  the  ether- 
alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  balance.  In  addition  the  inorganic  phos- 
phorus in  the  urine  was  determined  by  the  uranium-acetate  titration 
method.  Other  salts,  as  well  as  the  calcium  and  magnesium  salts, 


38         METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC   PHOSPHORUS. 


are  important  for  the  welfare  of  the  organism,  but  in  .phosphorus- 
feeding  experiments  the  two  named  stand  out  most  prominently. 
The  second  rabbit  fed  organic  phosphorus  was  in  poor  condition 
during  the  test  and  died  of  pneumonia  at  the  end  of  the  second  week; 
consequently  the  results  in  this  case  must  not  be  given  the  same 
weight  as  in  the  others.  Throughout  this  period  all  of  the  rabbits 
remained  practically  constant  in  weight.  -,Nos.  3  and  4  received 
more  nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid  than  did  Nos.  1  and  2  on  an 
average,  but  Nos.  1  and  4  received  practically  the  same  amounts. 
The  nitrogen  and  phosphorus  balances  were  positive,  except  in  the 
case  of  rabbit  No.  2,  which  died,  and  naturally  would  show  a  nega- 
tive set  of  balances. 

NITROGEN    BALANCES. 

The  analytical  data  obtained  during  the  experiment  are  recorded 
in  Table  III. 

TABLE  III. — Nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid  balances — Principal  period. 
RABBITS  FED  ORGANIC  PHOSPHORUS. 


Date. 

Rabbit. 

Total  in- 
gested. 

Total  excreted. 

Ab- 
Daily  bal-       T        .           sorbed 
ance.             n  llnne-     material 
retained. 

d 
fe 

•< 

Nitrogen. 

Phosphoric  acid. 

Nitrogen. 

Phosphoric 
acid. 

fc 

Phosphoric  acid. 

Nitrogen. 

Phosphoric  acid. 
Nitrogen. 

Phosphoric  acid. 

d 

i—  i 

£ 

S 

In  urine. 

1908. 
February  17-23.... 
February   24- 
Marchl  

1 

1 
1 
1 

1 
2 
2 

Gms. 
1,565 

1,551 
1,551 
1,533 

Gms.    Gm-s. 
9.  891  |02.  824 

10.  176W.  078 

10.745o3.391 
10.  589  «3.  483 

Gms. 
0.751 

2.449 
1.482 
2.310 

Gms. 
6.471 

6.680 
7.560 
6.470 

Gms. 
0.602 

1.569 
.998 
1.461 

Gms. 
0.887 

.970 
1.146 
.489 

Gms. 
0.381 

.149 
.243 
.253 

Gms. 
0.191 

.077 
.178 
.218 

P.O. 

P.  ct.  P.ct.  P.ct. 

March  2-8 

March  9-15 

Average  

1,55010.349803.194   1.748   6.795 

1.157 

.876 

.256 
-  .154 
-   .374 

.166   65.65 

27.4121.0 

57.1 

February  17-23.... 
February    24- 
March  1 

1,660 
1,623 

7.  583,o2.  626 
8.  519|02.  451 

1.572   7.087 
3.284   7.480 

.900 
1.738 

1.307 
1.230 

.060 
-.085 

Average  2  weeks. 
General  average. 

1.1142     8.0.^102.539   2.828 

7.284 

1.319 

1.269-  .264 

-.013   90.47 

49  97 

= 

1,596     9.  200  a2.867   2.288 

7.040 

1.238 

1.073 

1  

RABBITS  FED  INORGANIC  PHOSPHORUS. 


February  17-23  
February   24- 
Marchl  
March  2-8 

3 

3 
8 

1,765 

1,791 
1  814 

12.39863.688  2.378J  6.959 

12.41463.688   2.434   7.429 
12  149  63  944  2  632   7  882 

1.  766J  1.  345 

1.479'  1.495 
1.328   1.295 
.534   1.014 

0.437 

.363 
.365 
.421 

0.082  

.102 

140 

March  9-15  
Average 

3 

1,814 

11.96263.944   1.133   7.882 

.342 

1,796 

12.  231  63.  788  2.  144;  7.  308 

1.328 
.592 

.440 
.760 

.728 

1.295 
1.800 

1.927 
1.540 
1.806 

.397 

.166   59.75   34 

17  27.  5  47.  3 

February  17-23.... 
February   24- 
Marchl.." 

4 

4 
4 
4 

1,986 

2,028 
2,011 
1,971 

9.15763.206     .5%   7.680 

12.40163.688     .743'l0.211 
12.24963.933   1.1981  7.520 
7.  72  63.  222   1.  212   7.  360 

.126 

.207 
.505 
-.114 

.116 

\" 
.  1891  

March  2-8  
March  9-15.  

Average  

.219 

098 

1,994 
1,895 

10.39563.487     .937   8.193 

.630 

1.768 

.181      .1.56   78.82   50 
.289j     .161    69.29   42 

7113.438.1 

General  average. 

11.31363.638   1.521    7.751      .979 

1.532 

44  20.  5  42.  7 

6  Including  1.42  grams  of  inorganic  phosphorus  added  to  the  food  per  period. 


PRINCIPAL   FEEDIXfJ    PERIOD. 


39 


The  amount  of  nitrogen  invested  per  1,000  grams  of  body  weight 
for  ;i  seven-day  period  was  as  follows:  No.  1,  C-.7  grams;  No.  :;.  (>.S 
grams:  No.  1.  ">._  grains.  The  amount  of  nitrogen  absorbed  per 
1,000  grains  of  body  weight  per  period  «»f  seven  days  was  likewise 
very  uniform,  excepting  for  rabbit  No.  _\  being  ">.(>  grams  for  No.  1 
and  No.  ."».  l.s  grains  for  No.  4,  and  •">._  grams  for  No.  L\  The  amounts 
of  nitrogen  excreted  in  t  he  urine  and  feees  show  considerable  variat  ion. 
the  ratio  of  urine  nitrogen  to  feces  nitrogen  being  highest  in  No.  1, 
that  iBj  v7:l,  and  lo\\e>t  in  No.  _.  -.i\:\.  No.  1  showed  a.  ratio  of 
3.9:1,  and  No.  :5  a  ratio  of  3.4:1, 

In  Table  IV  the  ratios  of  nitrogen  to  phosphoric  aeid.  calcium  to 
magnesium,  and  phosphoric  acid  to  calcium  in  food,  feces,  and  urine 
in  given.  The  relation  of  urine  nitrogen  to  urine  phosphoric  is 
highest  in  the  cases  of  the  rabbit*.  fVd  organic  phosphorus.  This  is 
due  to  a  larirer  excretion  of  phosphorus  in  the  urine  of  rabbits  Nos. 
:;  and  1.  fed  on  inorganic  phosphorus.  This  ratio  in  the  feces  is  very 
regular,  being  !.">:!  in  thivr  :;d  for  No.  _>  inereasing  to  2.1:1. 

A  higher  ratio  of  calcium  to  magnesium  is  noted  in  the  feees  of  the. 
r:ihhit>  fed  inorganic  phosphorus.  This  ratio  varies  considerably  in 
the  urine  of  the  individual  rabbit-. 

T  \IIIK    1\       /;  •  'in.  nn  -/  phosphorus  •  **,  and  urine  — 

/ 


RABBITS  IKI>  OBG  INK    PHO8PHO3 


Rshhit 

In- 

1 

| 

3.  2                                  :<.  '• 

i  :, 

3.0 

H.  1 

11.7 

liAHIU!  -    1  Fl>   IS. i|t,;  \SI<     |'|  loSIM  I  o  I:  I   8. 


IfooA 

2.9 

4  2 

;{ 

I.,,,' 

LI 

3.5 

5  5 

2  2 

34  0 

(Pood 

2.9 

2.9 

4.0 

4 

PMM 

:<  7 

1.8 

Urine 

4  6 

6.6 

The  figures  show  also  that  the  phosphorus-calcium  ratios  of  the 
food  of  rabbit  -  N  •  ia  1  and  J  arc  1«  »\\  er  than  in  the  food  of  rabbits  Nos. 
3  and  4:  this  is  due  to  a  larger  iiiLTc-tioii  of  phosphorus  in  the  latter 
cases.  The  ratio  of  phosphoric  acid  to  calcium  in  the  feces  varies 
\vith  the  individual  case.  The  phosphoric  acid  to  calcium  ratios  in 
the  urine  again  show  more  phosphorus  eliminated  by  rabbits  Nos. 
3  and  \  than  by  rabbits  NOB.  1  and  2.  The  nitrogen  and  phosphoric 
acid  eliminated  in  the  urine  are  generally  considered  to  represent  the 


40         METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC   PHOSPHORUS. 

amounts  of  the  two  substances  metabolized  by  the  system,  but  this 
does  not  hold  in  all  cases.  Rabbit  No.  2,  for  example,  which  died, 
shows  a  much  larger  amount  of  katabolized  nitrogen  and  phosphoric 
acid,  as  indicated  by  an  increased  elimination  through  the  kidneys, 
but  this  does  not  indicate  an  increased  metabolism  of  these  two  sub- 
stances. The  ratio  of  nitrogen  to  phosphoric  acid  excreted  in  the 
feces  shows  equal  average  figures  for  all  the  rabbits,  excluding  the 
figures  for  No.  2.  If  the  figures  for  rabbit  No.  2  are  included,  the 
average  ratio  is  lower  for  the  rabbits  fed  inorganic  phosphorus.  The 
bulk  of  the  nitrogen  (60  to  78  per  c^nt)  is  eliminated  by  the  kidneys, 
whereas,  on  the  other  hand,  only  27  to  50  per  cent  of  the  phosphoric 
acid  is  thus  eliminated.  The  percentage  of  absorbed  nitrogen  which 
was  retained  in  the  system  is  the  same  for  rabbit  No.  1  as  for  the 
average  of  Nos.  3  and  4,  receiving  inorganic  phosphorus. 

PHOSPHORUS    BALANCES. 

The  study  of  phosphoric  acid  metabolism  raises  many  questions,  of 
which  the  following  are  especially  important: 

(1)  How  is  the  phosphoric  acid,  ingested  in  different  forms,  taken 
up  by  the  body? 

(2)  How  is  the  phosphoric  acid  changed  in  the  body? 

(3)  In  what  manner  is  the  phosphoric  acid  eliminated  from   the 
body? 

Many  investigators  have  attempted  to  answer  some  or  all  of  these 
questions,  but  no  definite  answer  has  been  obtained.  The  generally 
accepted  idea  is  that  the  phosphoric  acid  ingested  in  different  forms 
is  taken  up  by  the  body  partly  in  various  forms  of  organic  combina- 
tion and  partly,  also,  in  the  inorganic  or  phosphate  form.  Most  of 
the  organic  phosphorus  taken  up  by  the  body — that  absorbed  from 
the  intestines — is  changed  to  the  inorganic  or  phosphate  form,  and 
all  such  phosphorus  is  eliminated  in  the  urine  as  phosphates.  This 
idea  that  organic  phosphorus  compounds  are  more  valuable  than 
inorganic  combinations  of  phosphoric  acid  has  been  promulgated  in 
the  medical  literature  during  the  past  few  years.  Nevertheless,  many 
practicing  physicians  continue  to  prescribe  the  inorganic  forms,  not 
only  of  phosphorus,  but  of  iron,  calcium,  magnesium,  etc.  Yellow 
phosphorus  is  given  solely  as  an  alterative. 

As  the  extent  of  the  elimination  of  phosphoric  acid  is  largely 
dependent  upon  the  character  of  the  food  and  the  absorption  of  the 
phosphates  in  the  intestines,  it  is  apparent  that  the  relationship 
between  the  nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid  in  the  urine  can  only  be 
approximately  constant  with  a  certain  uniform  food.  Thus,  on  feed- 
ing dogs  with  an  exclusive  meat  diet,  as  observed  by  Voit,a  when  the 

0  Cited  by  Hammarsten,  A  Textbook  of  Physiological  Chemistry,  rev.  ed.,  New 
York,  1908. 


I'll!  NCI  I'M.    FKKMlNi;     PKHIOD.  41 

nitro'/en  and  phosphoric  acid  of  the  food  exactly  reappeared  in  the 
urine  and  the  t'eees.  the  relationship  was  S.I  :1.  In  these  experiments 
with  rabbits  the  nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid  ratio  in  the  urine  varied 
from  4.C>:1  to  7.7:1.  In  starvation  Wellmann"  has  shown  that  this 
relationship  is  chanired,  namely,  relatively  more  phosphoric  acid  is 
eliminated,  which  seems  to  indicate  that  besides  flesh  and  related 
tissues,  aUo  another  tissue  rich  in  phosphorus  is  largely  destroyed. 
The  starvation  experiments  show  that  this  is  the  bone  tissue.  Tiger- 
stedt''  claims  that  only  0.1. 'II  gr:,m  of  phosphoric  acid  is  eliminated 
in  the  feces  of  man  daily.  For  some  years  it  was  claimed  by  many 
investigators  that  the  elimination  of  phosphorus  and  nitrogen  should 
run  |>arallel.  both  substances  heini:  derived  from  protein,  the  usual 
ratio  of  nitrogen  to  phosphorus  helm:  7.5:1,  In  these  experiments 
there  U  a  general  tendency  in  the  individual  data  toward  parallelism 
between  the  nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid  excretion  in  the  urine,  but 
this  ratio  U  not  maintained  in  the  general  average,  as  in  the  case  of 
the  rabbit>  fed  inorganic  pho^phom>  a  much  larger  proportion  of  the 
phosphoric  acid  is  ah-orhed  and  eliminated  by  the  kidneys.  Siven.1' 
Khrst  roin.''  and  Me\ei  have  also  shown  no  parallelism  to  exi-t. 
I>ho>j)!n»rus  i-  u-cd  in  the  formation  of  the  bones  and  other  bodies 
where  no  nitrogen  is  pn-ent.  Moreover,  the  ratio  of  nitrogen  and 
phos|)horic  acid  will  ^'inctimes  run  a>  low  as  3:1. 

The  amount  of  phosphoric  acid  which  was  fed  to  all  the  rabbits  \\as 
considerably  lusher  than  the  amount  present  in  their  normal  diet. 
In  fact,  the  food  itself  contained  praetieally  a  .siiHicient  amount  to 
supply  the  needs  of  the  s\Mem.  The  result  is  that  by  adding  all 
excess  of  phosphoric  acid  metabolic  changes  \\ere  induced  in  all 
Casefl  1"  a  greater  OI  le-s  extent,  The  amount  of  phosphoric  acid  fed 
per  se\en-da\  period  per  1  .01  ill  grains  of  body  \\eight  varied  from 
ram-  in  rabbit  No.  '_'  to  -J.l  grains  in  the  cases  of  rabbits  N'os.  1 
and  :>.  The  amount  of  absorbed  phosphorus  pel1  1 ,000  grains  of  body 
\\eiirht  \\as  ju-aet  ieall\  eipial.  1  .-'I  Lrram-.  exce|)t  inir  in  the  case  of  rabbit 
No.  •_'.  \\l-.ei-e  the  l'n:uies  sho\\  O.7  Lrram  of  phosphoric  acid  per  1,000 
grains  of  body  \\ciLrht.  The  ratio  of  phosphoric  acid  in  the  urine  to 
that  in  the  fece-  >ho\\s  that  the  individual  eh-nient  was  the  most 
important  factor,  rabbit  No.  1  eliminating  a  far  larger  proportional 
amount  by  tlie  kidneys  than  in  the  case  of  any  other  rabbit.  The 
percentage  of  phosphoric  acid  eliminated  by  the  kidneys  was  higher 
in  the  rabbits  fed  inorganic  phosphoric  acid  than  in  rabbit  No.  1,  but 
this  simply  means  that  more  of  the  inorganic  phosphoric  acid  passed 
through  the  kidneys  unaltered,  for  rabbit  No.  1  retained  a  larger 
proportion  of  it-  absorbed  phosphorus  than  did  either  No.  3  or  No.  4. 

-••h.  gesam.  Physiol.,  1908,  J^:508.         <*  Ibid.,  190:*,  /  ;    82, 
ft  Skan.l.  An  h.  Physiol.,  1904,  It;  *  Zts.  phyeiol.  Chem.,  1904-5,  43  : 1. 

.,  1901,  11:30S. 


42         METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC   PHOSPHORUS. 


According  to  Ehrstrom,0  who  studied  phosphorus  elimination,  from 
50  to  88  per  cent  of  the  phosphoric  acid  is  eliminated  in  the  urine  by 
the  human  organism,  but  the  average  amount  given  by  different  inves- 
tigators varies  from  70  to  80  per  cent.  With  animal  food  almost  all 
the  phosphorus  is  eliminated  in  the  urine,  while  with  vegetable  food 
a  larger  proportion  of  the  phosphorus  is  found  in  the  feces.  The 
amounts  of  calcium  and  phosphorus  present  in  the  food  stand  in 
close  relationship  to  one  another.  The  rabbits  eliminated  from  27 
to  50  per  cent  of  the  ingested  phosphoric  acid  in  the  urine,  a  con- 
siderably lower  percentage  than  ir  the  case  of  carnivorous  animals. 

ETHER- ALCOHOL-SOLUBLE  PHOSPHORUS  BALANCES. 

The  ether-alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  balances  were  determined 
during  the  principal  feeding  period.  The  amount  of  phosphorus 
ingested  in  this  form  was  practically  the  same  in  all  cases.  It  is 
interesting  to  note  the  small  portion  of  the  29  per  cent  of  organic  com- 
bined phosphorus  in  phytin,  which  is  soluble  in  ether  and  alcohol. 
The  figures  show  that  0.59  per  cent  of  the  phosphorus  was  present  in 
phytin  as  ether-alcohol  soluble  phosphorus.  This  shows  that  the 
ether-alcohol  extracted  phosphorus  may  represent  but  a  small  pro- 
portion of  the  total  organic  combined  phosphorus. 

The  presence  of  organic  phosphorus  in  the  urine  has  been  discussed, 
but  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  the  average  figures  in  Tables  V  and 
VI  show  a  slightly  larger  amount  of  the  so-called  organic,  or  ether- 
alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  in  the  urine  in  the  case  of  the  rabbits  fed 
on  inorganic  phosphorus. 

TABLE  V .—Ether-alcohol-soluble  phosphoric  acid  balances — Principal  period. 

RABBITS  FED  ORGANIC  PHOSPHORUS. 


Date. 

Number  of  ral>iiil. 

Phosphoric  acid  in- 
gested. 

Excreted  as  phosphoric  acid. 

"ci 
^ 

TJ 
lg 

I 

Total  phosphoric 
acid  in  feces. 

Ether-alcohol  soluble 
phosphoric  ;u-i<i  of 

feces  in  terms  of  to- 
tal phosphoric  acid. 

| 
a 

a 

| 

§ 

1908. 
February  17-23  

1 
1 

1 
1 

Gram. 
0.2890 
.2923 
.3081 
.3080 

Gram. 
0.  0180 
.0050 
.0036 
.0000 

Gram. 
0.  0146 
.0795 
.0992 
.1188 

Gram. 
0.  0596 
.0845 
.1028 
.1188 

Gram. 
0.2380 
.2075 
.2053 
.1893 

Grams. 
0.6020 
1.5680 
.9976 
1.4608 

Per  cent. 
2.4 
5.1 
9.9 
8.1 

February  24-March  1  
March  2-8 

March  9-15 

Average 

.2994 

.0067 

.0848           .0914 

.2100 

1.  1571 

6.4 

February  17-23... 
February  24-March  1  

Average... 

2 
2 

.2413 
.2374 

.0162 
.0110 

.  0X7.3           .  1035 
.  1925           .  2035 

.1378 
.0339 

.9000 
1.7380 

9.3 

20.8 

.2394 
.2694 

.0136 
.0102 

.1399 
.1089 

.1535 

.0859 

1.3190 
1.2381 

15.1 

ioTs 

General  average  

.1225 

.1479 

aSkan.  Arch.  Physiol;  1903,  14:  82. 


1'KINCIPAL    IT.KDINC     I'KKHM). 


43 


T.UM.K  V.       I-:>l,,r-itl'-»}iol-x<>l>ihl,  phoxitfmrim -ill  fmlnnc.  .v      /V/w/ywi/  jx'riod — Continue*!. 
KA1UUTS   FKD    INoU'JANIC    1'  I  l<  >SI'I  H  )RUS. 


Date. 


1908. 

K.-l.mary  17  S 
February  J4  March  i. 

M:in-h  2 

March '»i:. 


A\.  r;u'.-.. 


K.-l.ruary  17  . 
F.-hriiiirv.'l  March  1.. 

" 
-' 

n»K»' 

(i.-||.  r:il  :t\.  r.l/' 


Ormm. 
0.2797 

.2797 
.2797 

.  _'7'. 7 


Gram. 


.0080 

I  N  M  N  ) 


Gram. 
ft  0173 

i  i  •;  ;  ' 

.0848 

,0000 


Gram. 
0.0308 
.0370 

.  .U.'x 

!OOM 


.-_•:••  7 

.  J7'.7 
.J7''7 


.0081 


moo 

i  i  i  N  i 


O|M,          .0502 

.0030          .1110 

,,..,., 


.S7U 

..'77.. 


.0149 

.iill-.i 


Gram. 
0.2481 

.2707 


.22M 


.•Ji:«) 

^^^= 


Grams. 
1.7664 

1    I7"J 
1.5308 


.4400 


.  <..7s.x 


I   :, 


U  •_' 
I    I 


4.1 


Tin4  liirim-s  also  show   that    in   tin-  «'asi»  «>f  the  rahhits  fed   01 
])hos|)honi>    a    r..M>i.|«-niM»'    ani.Miii!     ••!'    rt  h.-r-alcohol    soluhle    plios- 
])ho!-ii-  '.-(I   in   the   frc<->.      'I'hi'   aiial\-«^   ..f'   th««    lVr.->   ,,!'   the 

rabbits  fed  in«>ruranie  phosphorus  show  that  there  i>  -mne  ethei- 
alcohol  s«)lul)le  j)ho>j)horus  al\\a\v  pn->eiit.  'I'his  amount  must 
cnine  from  the  ether-aleohol  soluble  phosphoric  ..f  the  food,  or  from 
the  seeretions  of  the  intestinal  juiee>.  There  is  nn  doiiht  that  the 
feediniT  <>f  ])hytin.  \\hich  eontain>  n..V.i  j>er  rent  of  plmspbnnis  in  this 
form,  irreatly  inciva>e>  the  amount  of  ether-aleohol  soluble  phos- 
phorus in  the  fooes.  The  insoluble  calcium  phosphate  formed  in  the 
LTaM  ro-inteMinal  tract  of  the  rabl>it>  fed  iimr-^anic  phosphorus  may 
tend  to  irivc  a  higher  ratio  of  ct  hei -alcohol  >oluble  phosphni'iis  in  the 
feoefl  of  the  rabl>it>  fed  \\ith  phytin.  Fui'ther,  the  results  indicate 
that  of  the  total  pbn>plmrus  eliminated  in  the  fe068  the  percentaLTe  of 
ether-aleohol  soluble  jilmspborus  is  much  larger  in  the  case  nf  the 
rabbits  fed  on  organic  plinsj>lmru>.  Thi>  may  indicate  that  when 
phytin  i>  fed  in  lar«_re  amounts  the  gastro-intest inal  tract  is  not  able 
to  >plit  and  absorb  it  all.  ('oii>r<|uently  the  ]>ercontage  of  ether- 
alcohol  >oluble  phosphorus  in  the  feces  is  increased.  The  question 
of  the  presence  of  organic  phosphorus  in  the  urine  is  still  unsettled. 
In  the  principal  feeding  period  the  phosphorus  in  the  urine  was 
determined  by  the  uranium  acetate  titration  method,  and,  further, 
the  lecithin  phosphorus,  ether-alcohol  method,  was  applied  to  the 
urine  after  evaporating  inn  cc  to  dry  ness.  The  figures  which  are 
given  in  Table  VI  show  that  the  urine  results  for  phosphorus  obtained 


44          METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC    PHOSPHORUS. 


by  the  different  methods  are  practically  the  same  whether  organic  or 
inorganic  phosphorus  is  fed. 

TABLE  VI. —  Various  forms  of  phosphorus  in  urine — Principal  period. 


Date. 

Number 
of 
rabbit. 

Phosphoric  acid  per  100  cc  of  urine. 

Dif- 
ference 
between 
two 
figures 
for 
organic 
phos- 
phorus. 

Total 
(by 
Neumann 
method). 

Inorganic 
(by 
uranium 
acetate 
method). 

Organic 
(by  dif- 
ference). 

Organic 
(by  ether- 
alcohol 
extrac- 
tion). 

1908. 
February  17—23 

1 

1 
1 
1 

2 
2 

3 
3 
3 

4 
4 
4 
4 

Gram. 
0.0986 

Gram. 
0.1009 
.1153 

Gram. 
-0.0023 

Gram. 
0.0020 
0005 

Gram. 
0.0043 

February  24—  March  1 

March  2-8                                       

.1080 

.0303 

March  9-15 

.CXi70 

.0000 

February  17-23                            

.1376 
.1230 

.141(1 
.1300 
.1325 

.2250 
.1835 
.1540 
.1570 

.1308 
.  1181 

.1277 
.1287 
.1290 

.2039 
.1740 
.1340 
.1290 

.0068 
.0046 

.0139 
.0013 
.0035 

.0211 
.0095 
.0200 
.0280 

.0017 
.0011 

-.0014 
.0012 
.0008 

.0009 
.0032 
.0018 

.0051 
.0035 

.0125 
.0001 
.0027 

.0202 
.0063 
.0182 

February  24—  March  1 

February  17-23                                        -   .  - 

February  24—  March  1 

March  2-8                           

February  17-23 

February  24-March  1  

March  2-8 

March  9-15  

An  ether-alcohol  extraction  of  an  inorganic  phosphate  solution 
(100  cc  of  a  r_iicrocosmic  salt  solution)  was  made  containing  0.2  gram 
of  phosphoric  acid  and  this  gave  0.0054  gram  of  phosphoric  acid  by 
the  ether-alcohol  extraction  method,  as  large  an  amount  of  ether- 
alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  as  was  obtained  in  the  average  samples 
of  the  urine  examined.  This  fact  points  to  the  conclusion  that  no 
ether-alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  is  normally  present  in  the  urine  of 
rabbits,  even  after  the  feeding  of  organic  phosphorus  for  several 
months. 

A  review  of  this  question  of  the  presence  of  organic  phosphorus  in 
the  urine  in  general  supports  this  conclusion.  Ronald a  was  the 
first  to  call  attention  to  the  presence  of  organic  phosphorus  in  the 
urine,  and  Rockwood  b  claims  to  have  found  phosphocarnic  acid 
present.  Bergmann,c  however,  using  glycero-phosphoric  acid  made 
subcutaneous  injections  on  sheep,  but  could  not  detect  the  same  in  the 
urine.  Patten,  Jordan,  and  Hart  d  in  their  extensive  experiments 
with  cows  found  no  organic  phosphorus  eliminated  in  the  urine,  and 
like  results  were  obtained  by  Mendel  and  Underbill e  and  by  Le  Clerc 
and  Cook  /  working  with  rabbits  and  a  dog. 


«  Philosophical  Transactions,  1864,  p.  461. 
b  Abs.,  Chem.  Centrbl.,  1895  (1),  p.  1063. 
c  Arch,  exper.  Path.  Pharm.,  1902,  47  :77. 


d  Amer.  J.  Physiol.,  1906,  16  :268. 

e  Ibid.,  1906,  .77:75. 

/  J.  Biol.  Chem.,  1906,  2  :203. 


IMMM'II'AL    FKKDlNd     I'KKMM).  45 

Mandel  and  Oertel  "  made  some  experiments  on  man  alon^  this 
line,  feeding  first  food  ])oor  in  phosphorus  and  later  food  rich  in 
phosphorus,  hut  found  no  ell'eet  upon  the  amount  of  organic  phos- 
phorus in  the  urine.  They  conclude  that  the  organic  phosphorus  of 
the  urine  is  of  endogenous  origin.  The  inorganic  phosphorus  \vas 
determined  by  uranium  acetate  tit  ration,  the  solution  was  boiled 
with  hydrochloric  acid  and  retitrated,  t ho  difference  being  the  organic 
phosphorus. 

Organic  phosphoru-  waa  found  in  the  human  urine  by  Sotnits- 
chewskv.''  Oertel/  usiiiLT  the  method  of  precipit at in.ir  the  inorganic 
phosphorus  with  calcium  chlorid  in  ammoniacal  solution,  found 
organic  phosphorus  in  the  urine  of  seven  men. 

Keller  ''  undertook  >ome  extensive  experiments  aloiiLT  thi-  line  in 
the  case  of  infant-,  and  he  concluded  that  the  food  did  not  influence 
the  amoiinl  of  organic  phosphorus  in  the.  urine.  He  starved  himself 
and  found  the  amount  of  organic  phosphorus  eliminated  the  first 
three  day-  \\a-  Constant,  uhile  then-  \\a-  an  increased  elimination 
the  fourth  day.  This  indicated  that  >ome  highly  organic  phosphor- 
i/e<l  ti  —  ue  that  i-.  the  lymphocytes  were  broken  <lo\vn. 

Symmers  •    -tudied    thi-   question    in    variou^    pathological   Casefl 
diseases  of  the  nervous  system,  enteric  fever,  t  uherculo-i-,  diahctc-. 
and     lymphatic     leucaemia      and     found     laiire    amounts    of    organ ie 
])ho-|)lioru-  in  the  urine. 

In  agreement  \\ith  nio-t  invest  JLrat"r-  \\lm  have  >tudied  phytin 
and  it-  action  on  the  |MM|V  .  Scofoin-  '  and  (  iiaco-a  ';  claim  that  pliytin 
is  principally  eliminated  in  inorganic  comhinat  ion-. 

There  i-  no  doubt    that    in   pat  hol<»irical  caSOB   there   i-  con>i<lerabl«« 

organic  combined  phoaphonis  eliminated,  hul  there  is  much  doubt  as  to 

\\  he  i  her  any  pho-phoru-  in  the  organic  form  is  eliminated  normally  in 
the  11  line.  The  method-  \\hieh  ha\e  been  em  ployed  t  o  -epa  ra  t  e  t  he  t  \\  o 
forms  of  pho>|)horu-  are  far  from  Satisfactory,  The  -liirht  difference 
between  two  iv-ult-  obtained  by  different  methods,  which  in  nianv 
cases  \\oiild  be  counted  afl  <blplicate-.  ha-  been  cla— ed  as  <lue  to  the 
pi-e-ence  of  organic-  phosphorus.  Moieo\cr.  in  this  work,  ether- 
alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  \\a-  found  in  the  urine.  This  is  of  little 
-iirnificance.  because  a  -olution  of  sodium  hydrogen  j)ho-phate  yielded 
an  equivalent  or  greater  amount  of  ether-alcohol  soluble  phosphorus 

«  N.  Y.  Univ.  Bui.  Med.  Sci.,  1901,  1  : 166. 

physi-.l.  Cli.'in.,  1880,  ^:'_'l  t. 
Ml.i.L.  1898-9,  26  :  1  •_':;. 
dlbid.,  1900. 

fj.  Path.  Bact.,  1904-5,  in  :  i:,;».  H'7. 
/Abs.,  Biochem.  (Vntrbl.,  l!H)r,.  .;  :  ooo. 


46          METABOLISM    OF    ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC    PHOSPHORUS. 

by  this  same  method,  which  precludes  the  possibility  of  any  phos- 
phorus in  this  form  being  normally  present  in  the  urine  of  rabbits. 
In  Table  VI,  where  the  total  phosphorus  is  determined  by  the 
Neumann  method  and  the  inorganic  phosphorus  by  tit  ration  with 
uranium  acetate,  the  difference  is  called  organic  phosphorus.  That 
the  uranium  acetate  method  is  not  absolutely  correct  is  indicated 
by  the  figures  which  in  several  cases  show  more  phosphorus  by  this 
method  than  by  the  Neumann  method.  *In  the  case  of  rabbit  No.  4 
and  in  one  instance  in  the  case  of  rabbit  No.  3  the  differences  are  too 
large  to  be  explained  on  the  basis  of  experimental  error.  It  is 
certain  from  these  results  that  the  ingestion  of  organic  phosphorus 
does  not  cause  an  increased  elimination  of  organic  phosphorus  in  the 
urine;  but  the  fact  that  in  the  case  of  the  rabbits  fed  inorganic  phos- 
phorus there  should  be  an  apparent  elimination  of  organic  phosphorus 
in  the  urine  in  some  cases  must  be  explained  on  the  basis  of  the 
endogenous  origin  of  the  organic  phosphorus  of  the  urine  which 
appears  to  take  place  only  in  abnormal  cases. 

CALCIUM   AND   MAGNESIUM    BALANCES. 

During  the  principal  metabolism  experiments,  lasting  four  weeks, 
the  calcium  and  magnesium  balances  were  determined  in  addition 
to  those  of  nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid.  The  amount  of  calcium 
ingested  per  seven-day  period  varied  from  0.44  to  0.58  gram  per 
1,000  grams  body  weight,  while  that  of  magnesium  varied  from  0.15 
to  0.21  gram,  rabbit  No.  1  receiving  more  than  rabbits  Nos.  3  and  4, 
while  rabbit  No.  2,  which  died  at  the  end  of  the  first  two  \veeks, 
received  about  the  same  amount  as  rabbits  No.  3  and  No.  4.  Goitein  ° 
states  that  unless  a  rabbit  receives  0.16  gram  of  calcium  per  kilo  body 
weight,  a  loss  of  calcium  will  occur.  The  figures  show  that  the  rabbits 
under  this  observation  received  far  more  than  that  minimum  amount 
and,  therefore,  were  in  no  danger  of  calcium  starvation. 

The  figures  in  Table  VII  show  that  the  calcium  excreted  in  the 
urine  was  9  per  cent  for  No.  1,  10.8  per  cent  for  No.  2,  4.2  per  cent 
for  No.  3,  and  4.9  per  cent  for  No.  4.  In  the  case  of  the  rabbits  fed 
organic  phosphorus,  the  average  amount  of  calcium  absorbed  from 
the  intestinal  tract  or  metabolized  was  higher  than  in  the  case  of 
those  fed  inorganic  phosphorus.  These  figures  agree  with  the  theory 
that  the  calcium  and  phosphorus  in  the  inorganic  form  unite  to  form 
the  insoluble  calcium  phosphate,  which  is  eliminated  by  the  bowels 
in  unchanged  form. 


«  Arch,  gesam.  Physiol.,  1906,  115  : 118. 


I'KUNCll'AL 


I'KK  1»  >t  >. 


47 


TABLE  Vll.-^Ctilcium  niul  ii'ttnjm'xtum  btilnnrcs —Principal  period. 
KABHITS   FKD  oi:«}.\\lC   l'H«  >SPHOKUS. 


Date. 

o 

x 

\ 

- 

1 
1 

Total  in- 
gested. 

Kxcrete<l 

in  uriiu1. 

Excreted 

Total  ex- 
creted. 

Daily 
balance. 

Daily 
l.al-' 
ance 
ratio. 

Kxcreted 

in  urine. 

Absorbed 
material 

n-taiiu-il. 

<'a. 

M  -. 

Ca. 

Mg. 

,, 

Ca. 

Mg. 

Oft.:'** 

Ca. 

Mg. 

Ca. 

M,'. 

1908. 
February  17-23. 

Krhruarv   L'4 
M-m-li  1 

Om. 

II.VNS 

863 

Om. 

Om.  Om. 
0.0290.006 

iMi        (l\{ 

771 

Gm. 

Gm.    Gin.    Gm. 
0.4360.1450.065 

.937    .310   .011 

Gm. 
0.08B 

.002 

1  :  0.  40 

1  :  0.  18 

P.ct.P.ct. 

P.*. 

I'.ct. 

" 
March  9-  15  

Average  

Februar 

F»-l>ruarv    1M 

Average  

Cdl.T.lllU  '.'•• 

1 
1 

1 

•2 
I 

.910   .352 

.mix   .013 

.551 

.619   .257 

.047 
.049 

.019 
.014 

1:0.40 
1:0.2') 



.893 

•= 
.858 

.735 

.279 

.080 

• 
.118 

.054 

.irji 

== 
.ny 

.043 

.564 
.363 
.488 

Tfss 

MS 

.644   .233 
.481    .277 

.037 
.053 
.031 

.015 
.000 

1  :  0.  32 

===== 

9.0 

6.2 

75.6   81.8 

1 

"-      ' 

.844 

===== 

.081 

TosI 

^ 

_•_•; 
.216 

.512   .301 

T5J 

-.008 

T= 



rrrprp:: 

i:  MM;:  NORG  \\i«    I-MMSI-II 


Februai 

M 
' 

Average 

M 


30.1 

;;    . 


0. 307  0. 046  a  008  0. 609 


.ma 


.an 


.107 

.am 
.an 


.   i.7 


.an 

.  a.: 

.am 


.oat 

,087 


nil 


,008 
.008 


.in: 


.015 
.081 
OH 


.011 


.017 


.  1  1.5 


a  223  0.7 15  0.229  0.025 

- 
. 


.an 

I!  •• 


.100 

.018 
.OH 


.OH 


Ifl8 


.on 


.305 

..HI 
.431 


.an 


.103 

.on 

.l.M 


.107 


.11.-, 


0.011 


.OM 


oaa 


.023 


I     0.    ID 

i  .1  :;.' 

1:0.40 
1 .0. 44 

1:0.40 


i  0   '.' 


,.   in 


t  J 


l  •• 


:,   7 


i  a   s  ••• 


•..I  «i 


Ml     -I 


91.5 


91.7 


91.6 


111  !  li.-  OU6  <>f  man.  I'rmn  .".  U>  K  ftl  «>f  the  calcium  i>  rmniuiily 

•ted  in  the  urine;  the  remainder  i-  cxereied  with  the  t'ece>  either 
directly,  «.r  a  par;  may  he  ahsoi-hed  from  the  >mall  intestine  and 
.-ted  into  the  hiri:--  tnteel  inc.  n>  >ho\vn  hy  Voit  "  in  the  ca>e  of  t  he 
dt>^.  Some  calcium  may  com,-  irom  tlie  int*-iina'  juice...  Accord- 
ing to  Seheteli*:.''  \'on  Xoordeii,'  and  Kumpf.1'  the  ainoiml  of 
calcium  excreted  in  the  urine  incn-a-e,  with  the  amount  of  water 
taken  into  the  >y>teni.  \'arioii-  uuihor>  have  increased  the  calcium 
elimination  hy  addiiiLT  aci(U  (especially  hydroch  orie  acid  •  and  salt-,  to 
the  food.  lloppe-Seyler'  and  Yon  Noordeii  found  an  increased  calcium 
elimination  during  oomp  .  cium  retention  was  found  l>v 

Kumpf,    Ilirx-hler.    and    Terray^    in   feeding    milk    (containini:    1.58 
-  of  calcium  per  liter).     The  total  vo'ume  of  urinr  in  each  case 


o  Cited,  Hammurst.'ii.  T.-xtbook  of  Physiological  Chemist  ry,  n-\  .  <-.!.,  New  York, 
1908. 

6\"irrh«)\v'.<  An-hiv.  Is-,., 

,ir.  I..-hn-  Sf..n\vi-i-li-,.|  gQBtind.  krunk.  M.-n~«-h<-n.  H.-rlin,  1902. 
ll  Ui-rlin.  klin.  \Vo<-hei»s<-Ur..  1^.17.  .;;  :_• 
phy.<i..l.  riu-m..  isiti,  15:  1'Jl. 

i:;: 


48         METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC   PHOSPHORUS. 

was  practically  the  same,  varying  only  from  975  to  1,100  cc  per 
period  on  an  average,  and  yet  the  calcium  excreted  was  subject  to 
considerable  variation  even  in  the  case  of  the  same  rabbit  fed  on  the 
same  diet  for  several  weeks.  This  fact  is  contrary  to  the  findings  of 
Patterson,0  who  found  that  on  a  fixed  diet  writh  man  the  urinary 
calcium  ran  parallel  to  the  total  amount  of  urine  excreted.  Although 
there  was  a  smaller  amount  of  calcium  metabolized  by  the  rabbits  fed 
inorganic  phosphorus,  yet  of  this  amount  a  larger  proportion  was 
retained  than  in  the  case  of  those  fed  organic  phosphorus. 

By  excluding  the  very  abnormally  high  amount  of  magnesium 
found  in  the  urine  in  the  case  of  rabbit  No.  2  (which  died),  we  find 
a  very  close  agreement  in  the  case  of  the  other  three  animals,  though 
there  is  a  slight  tendency  for  the  rabbit  fed  organic  phosphorus  to 
excrete  more  magnesium  in  the  urine.  The  amount  of  metabolized 
magnesium  that  was  retained  shows  that  the  rabbits  fed  inorganic 
phosphorus,  while  metabolizing  a  smaller  amount  of  the  magnesium 
than  did  those  fed  organic  phosphorus,  retained  a  larger  per  cent  of 
the  amount  actually  metabolized.  In  man  from  29  bo  38  per  cent 
of  the  ingested  magnesium  is  excreted  in  the  urine,  which  is  higher 
than  in  the  case  of  rabbits.  The  ratio  of  calcium  to  magnesium 
eliminated  in  the  urine  is  not  constant  in  the  cases  studied.  Accord- 
ing to  Bertram5  and  Renvall,c  29  to  38  per  cent  of  magnesium  is 
excreted  in  the  urine  and  62  to  71  per  cent  is  eliminated  in  the  feces. 
It  is  more  easily  excreted  through  the  kidneys  than  is  calcium.  The 
ratio  of  calcium  oxid  to  magnesium  oxid  excreted  in  human  urine, 
according  to  Klemperer  and  Tritschler/*  varies  from  1:0.8  to  1:1.2. 
The  ratio  of  calcium  to  magnesium  excreted  in  the  feces  in  the  cases 
of  rabbits  Nos.  1  and  2  is  lower  than  in  the  case  of  Nos.  3  and  4.  The 
ratio  of  calcium  to  magnesium  excreted  by  man  is  held  to  be  8:1,  but 
in  the  case  of  the  rabbits  the  ratio  is  considerably  lower.  The  amount 
of  magnesium  required  by  man  is  placed  at  0.6  gram  per  day.  In  all 
cases  of  the  rabbits  experimented  with,  daily  positive  calcium  and 
magnesium  balances  were  obtained. 

CHEMICAL  ANALYSIS  OF  THE  BODIES  OF  THE  BABBITS. 

In  all  cases  the  analyses  were  made  on  composite  samples  of  two 
rabbits,  and  represent  the  average  figures.  All  analyses  were  calcu- 
lated to  a  water-free  basis. 

BONES. 

The  bones  were  freed  from  the  adhering  muscular  and  tendon 
tissue  and  placed  in  a  large  kettle  and  boiled  for  several  hours  with 
water  until  all  the  flesh  could  be  easily  removed.  They  were  then 
dried  in  a  hot-air  bath,  again  scraped,  arid  finally  ground  into  a  fine 
powder.  The  bone  powder  in  the  case  of  the  two  normal  rabbits  was 

«  Bio-Chem.  J.,  1908,  3:39.  cSkand.  Arch.  PhysioL,  1904,  16:94 

b  Abs.  Chem.  Centrbl.,  1897,  68:957.         d  Zts.  klin.  Med.,  1902,  44:337. 


CHEMICAL    ANALYSIS    <>F    RABBITS. 


49 


in  color  and  did  not  have  the  oily  feeling  characteristic  of  iluit 
of  the  phosphorus-fed  rabbits.  The  water  content  of  the  normal 
bones  was  lower  than  in  the  cases  when4  phosphorus  was  I'ed.  This 
wax  due  to  the  higher  fat  content  in  those  cases.  The  remainder  of 
the  figures  represent  the  results  calculated  to  a  water-free  basis,  and 
are  >hown  in  Table  VIU. 

TABI.K  VIII.   -' ')»  //"'«//  nnnln^'*  »f  bodies  of  rabbits  (water-free  basis). 
HAHIUTS  FKI>  ORGANIC  PHOSPHORUS,  N'os.    1  AND  2. 


Phosphoric  aci'l. 

Description  ,,f         ^ 

Ash. 

CtaMuoi. 

sitiiu. 

Klh.T 

extract. 

Kthcr- 
Ktht-r-        alcohol 

Total. 

alcohol        solul.lc 

soliil'lr.      in  terms 

• 

<-f  total. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

Percent. 

Percent. 

Per  cent.    Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

Per  cent. 

.v,  .v. 

*    Ml 

11 

U  n.V, 

3.78              .00              .00 

I'.XII 

14.72 

.00 

mix              i  07 

Bnim 

..  U 

7.00 
6.  54              ..1               .11 

:;  <N', 
l>,    ». 

tan 

2.390 

59.34 

r,»  'f. 



BOOH 

I  r;x 

a  15 

0    ;., 

ji;  :;.; 

0.061 

0  23 

0.41 

4.73              .00 

.00 

M    »x 

'  .V, 

.854 

Trace 

.00 

Ir  i.  I 

5 

008 

1     !'• 

lit  tin 

•••  H 

7    17 

.06 

1  :  v» 

in 

1    I-." 

28.51 

5.83              .28 

.06 

1  22 

M  7n 

,  \\i>  , 


I'.'.n. 

li>  17 

u    •  ; 

II      M,,.. 

10  27 

11  •«. 

oo 

1   s;, 

1    IMI 

%  24 

it  u 

4.55 

.44 

.19 

1  r  .  '• 

M 

%£ 

t     :-i 

7   vj 

-,  ••: 

44 

.08 

1  ' 

.IS    /-I 

lt.lt 

;  'MI 

1    7.-.0 

75.17 

N     •.', 

1   !:• 

.;:,  r,.; 

The  normal  rabbit-;  -h.»\\  a  -lightly  higher  figure  for  total  ash 
in  the  bones  than  do  the  phosphoms-fed  rabbit>.  Several  inve>ti- 
LTat«>r>  have  pointed  out  the  fad  that  I  be  skeleton  becomes  pot.rcr 
inhaler  and  richer  in  ;->h  uith  a  .ire.  V«»it"  slmwed  this  fact  in  the 
case  of  dn.irs.  and  Brubacher''  in  the  <  iiildren.  There  is  a 

coii>iderabl<'   variation   in  the  ratio  of  the  calcium   to  the  total   a>li. 
;  in  normal  animals.      \Vellmann  that   in  ca866  "{'starved 

ral>bits  the  bones  -!i-»\\  a  -mailer  percentage  of  organic  matter,  that 
i>.  a  higher  ratio  of  ash.  In  the  case  of  the  normal  rabbits,  where 
the  hi.irheM  ash  is  present,  we  expect  to  find  the  highest  percentage 
of  ash  constituents,  and  such  is  the  case. 

Hummaiv.  -k  1.1  I>hy-i..l,,.;i,-ah  'hi-inistry,  rev.  ed.,  New  York,  1908. 

li..l..  1S!M>,  .'7  :  :,17. 

Mm.  I'hy.M.,1.,  1908,  Ul  :508.    * 
77  !<>()     Hull.   IL':;— 09 4 


50         METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC   PHOSPHORUS. 

The  amounts  of  ether-soluble  matter  present  in  the  bones  show 
some  very  interesting  results.  Both  when  organic  and  inorganic 
phosphorus  were  fed,  the  bones  contained  more  ether-soluble  matter 
than  the  normal  bones,  evidently  a  case  similar  to  the  increased 
percentage  of  ether-soluble  material  in  the  liver  and  presumably  due 
to  the  phosphorus  fed.  The  bones  of  the  .normal  rabbits  and  of 
those  fed  inorganic  phosphorus  show  practically  an  equal  amount  of 
total  phosphorus,  the  figure  for  the  rabbits  fed  organic  phosphorus 
being  a  little  lower.  The  bones  of  the  normally  fed  rabbits  contain  a 
slightly  higher  percentage  of  ether-alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  than 
in  the  other  cases.  The  conclusion  is  that  feeding  this  large  amount 
of  phosphorus  has  not  materially  affected  the  quantity  of  phosphorus 
stored  in  the  bones,  nor  has  the  form  of  that  storage  been  appreci- 
ably changed.  There  is  0.27  per  cent  of  the  total  phosphorus  as 
ether-alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  in  the  bones  of  the  normal  rabbits, 
and  0.23  per  cen£  in  the  other  cases,  but  the  difference,  0.04  per 
cent,  is  not  large  enough  to  have  any  significance.  In  a  matter  of 
this  kind  the  age  of  the  animal  should  be  taken  into  account,  for  it 
is  known  that  there  is  less  calcium  phosphate  and  more  carbonate  in 
the  bones  of  old  rabbits  than  in  the  bones  of  young  ones;  likewise, 
less  calcium,  magnesium,  and  phosphorus  in  the  bones  of  starved 
rabbits,  as  shown  by  Wellmann. 

On  a  fat-free,  water-free  basis  the  analysis  of  the  bones,  given  in 
Table  IX,  shows  a  slight  variation  in  the  ash  content,  the  ash  of 
the  rabbits  fed  organic  phosphorus  being  slightly  higher  than  that  for 
the  bones  of  the  rabbits  fed  inorganic  phosphorus,  which  in  turn  is 
higher  than  the  normal.  In  regard  to  the  calcium  and  magnesium, 
the  bones  of  the  rabbits  fed  inorganic  phosphorus  contain  the 
smallest  amount,  while  the  highest  percentage  of  calcium  is  present 
in  the  normal  bones.  The  total  ash  content  in  the  cases  of  the 
experimental  rabbits  was  greater  than  in  the  normal  rabbits.  The 
bones  of  the  rabbits  fed  inorganic  phosphorus  show  a  higher  phos- 
phorus content  than  in  the  other  cases;  but  the  results  as  regards 
ether-alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  show  little  variation,  the  bones  of 
the  normal  rabbits  containing  the  largest  proportion  and  those  of 
the  rabbits  fed  organic  phosphorus  the  smallest  proportion. 

TABLE  IX. — Analysis  of  bones  calculated  to  a  fat-  and  vmter-free  basis. 


Rabbits. 

Calcium. 

Magne- 
sium. 

Ash. 

Phosphoric  acid. 

Total. 

Ether- 
alcohol 
soluble. 

Ether- 
alcohol 
insoluble. 

Ether- 
alcohol 
soluble 
in  terms 
of  total. 

Fed  organic  phosphorus  

Per  cent. 
9.99 

8.54 
10.72 

Per  cent. 
0.25 
.17 
.24 

Per  cent. 
62.66 
61.71 
60.57 

Per  cent. 
27.04 
29.06 
27.33 

Per  cent. 
0.065 
.067 
.073 

Per  cent. 
26.97 
28.99 
27.26 

Per  cent. 
0.26 
.23 

.28 

Fed  inorganic  phosphorus  
Normal  . 

CHEMICAL    ANALYSIS    OF    RABB11S. 


51 


LIVERS. 

The  livers  of  the  rabbits  were  dried  and  powdered.  The  total  ash 
of  tlu>  livers  of  the  normal  rabbits  is  higher  than  the  ash  of  the  livers 
of  those  fed  inorganic  phosphorus  which,  in  turn,  is  slightly  higher 
than  the  ash  of  the  livers  of  those  fed  organic  phosphorus. 

The  changes  produced  in  the  livers  do  not  seem  to  include  any 
large  storage  of  phosphorus  in  the  organ,  for  the  livers  of  the  rabbits 
fed  organic  phosphorus  which  show  the  largest  excess  of  fat  contain 
the  lowest  permit  ago  of  total  and  ot  her-alcohol-soluble  phosphorus, 
and  the  livers  of  the  rabbits  fed  inorganic  phosphorus,  which  have 
a  lower  fat  content,  contain  a  lower  percentage  of  phosphorus  than 
the  normal  rabbits'  livers.  Not  onl\  i>  there  a  diH'erence  in  the  total 
phosphorus  content  of  the  various  liveis.  but  the  livers  of  t  he  rabbits 
fed  organic  phosphorus  contain  a  lower  percentage  of  ether-alcohol- 
-oluble  phosphorus  than  i>  present  in  the  other  cases,  the  normal 
livers  >howing  the  highest  figures.  That  there  is  an  excess  of  fat 
in  tin-  livers  of  the  rabbit-*  fed  an  excessive  amount  of  phosphorus, 
whether  organic  «»r  inorganic.  i>  >hown  by  the  figures  for  the  ether- 
>olublc  matter.  iKiiueh.  H.'.»~>  pel- cent  in  the  case  of  t he  rabbits  fed 
oruMiiie  pho.xphorus,  34.48  per  cent  in  the  livers  of  those  fed  inor- 
urani<-  pho.xphorus.  and  only  14.47  per  cent  in  the  case  of  the  livers  of 
the  normally  fed  rabbit-. 

TABLK  X.     A>  >  rs  ( water-free  b<> 


.l.u.-.l  to  ;i  fat-free 

Mtof 

Btafaooot- 

posit 

toal 

amount^. 

Nitrogen. 

Phosphoric 
acid. 

g 

-r: 

Ration. 

1 

ll 

ll 

« 

1 

i 

1 

1 

Total  nit 

fkm 

I1 

I 

I1 

H 

§.* 

ii 

Om*. 

Gm*. 

Om*. 

Om*. 

Om. 

QlM. 

Om*. 

Gnu. 

Gm. 

1  

1,550 

Organic     p  h  o  s  - 

phunis  

91.0 

36.1 

7.64 

1.98 

44.95 

2.76 

0.72 

5.01 

3.23 

1.31 

0.85 

3  

1,800 

Inorganic       phos- 

phor 

81  5 

I 

9  41 

2  56 

34  48 

2  58 

?n 

2  18 

i  n? 

60 

2,000 

86.0 

*     9.41 

2.56 

34.48 

.90 

2.50     1.37 

.69 

•-MO' 

2,200 

Noninl 

50.0 
60.0 

11.90 

1'.90 

2.85 
2.85 

11.47 

i        .42 

•        .  43 

LVIM       l.(X) 
2.09'      .95 

.49 
.50 

.24 
.23 

In  Table  X  the  results  for  the  body  weights,  liver  weights,  total 
nitrogen,  total  phosphorus,  and  ether  extract  found  in  the  Livers  of 
the  various  rabbits  are  given.  That  phosphorus  in  the  forms  fed  tends 
to  enlarge  the  livers  is  seen  from  the  percentage  of  total  weight  of  the 
livers  in  terms  of  the  body  weight  of  the  rabbits.  In  the  case  of  Nos. 


52          METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC    PHOSPHORUS. 

5  and  6  (the  normal  rabbits)  the  livers  formed  3  and  2.8  percent,  re- 
spectively, of  the  total  weight  of  the  rabbits,  while  in  Nos.  1,  3,  and  4 
the  liver  weight  made  6.0,  4.5,  and  4.4  per  cent  of  the  body  weight. 
More  total  nitrogen  and  phosphorus  is  present  in  the  livers  of  phos- 
phorus-fed rabbits  than  in  the  normal  livers,  and  calculated  to  a 
fat-free  basis  the  differences  are  more  evident.  The  tendency  of 
organic  phosphorus  to  produce  fat  is  especially  striking;  in  these  ex- 
periments an  increased  amount  of  ether-soluble  matter  is  seen  in  the 
bones,  livers,  brains,  and  nerves  of  the  phosphorus-fed  rabbits. 
Jordan,  Patten,  and  Hart,a  in  their  experiments  with  phytin,  state 
that  when  the,  cows  were  reduced  from  a  high  to  a  low  phytin  diet, 
the  percentage  of  fat  in  the  milk  was  reduced.  The  fact  that  phytin 
tends  to  the  production  of  fat  in  various  organs  and  secretions 
seems  to  be  established  by  all  of  these  experiments. 

BLOOD. 

The  figures  for  blood  analysis  are  given  on  a  water-free  basis.  The 
amount  of  ash  is  highest  in  the  blood  of  the  rabbits -fed  organic  phos- 
phorus. The  blood  of  those  fed  inorganic  phosphorus  and  of  the  nor- 
mal rabbits  contain  about  an  equal  amount  of  ash.  The  variations 
are  not  large  enough  to  be  of  any  consequence  when  the  individuality  of 
the  different  rabbits  is  considered.  The  calcium  content  of  the  blood 
of  all  the  phosphorus-fed  rabbits  is  reduced,  showing  only  a  trace, 
while  0.44  per  cent  of  calcium  is  present  in  the  dried  blood  of  the  nor- 
mal rabbits.  The  same  holds  true  in  the  case  of  the  magnesium,  0.19 
per  cent  being  present  in  the  dried  blood  of  the  normal  rabbits  and 
none  being  found  in  the  blood  of  the  phosphorus-fed  rabbits.  The  pre- 
vailing belief  is  that  the  composition  of  the  blood  changes  but  little  if 
any,  no  matter  what  changes  may  take  place  in  the  body  tissues. 
Patterson  b  found,  in  the  case  of  animals  kept  on  a  calcium-poor  diet, 
that  the  ratio  of  the  calcium  of  the  blood  to  the  total  ash  of  the  blood 
was  the  same  as  that  of  normal  animals.  The  amount  of  total  phos- 
phorus present  in  the  normal  blood  is  somewhat  lower  than  in  the 
cases  where  phosphorus  was  fed.  The  ether-alcohol  soluble  (lecithin) 
phosphorus  is  highest  in  the  blood  of  the  normal  rabbits  and  the  figures 
show  that  6.33  per  cent  of  the  total  phosphorus  is  present  in  the  dried 
blood  of  the  normal  rabbits  as  ether-alcohol  soluble  phosphorus 
against  1.07  and  1.16  per  cent  in  the  case  of  the  experimental  rabbits. 
Here  again  we  see  that  the  constant  ratio  of  the  constituents  of  the 
blood  is  not  maintained.  Only  traces  of  ether-soluble  matter  were 
found  in  any  of  the  samples  of  blood  examined.  (Table  VIII.) 

aAmer.  J.  Physiol.,  1906,  16  :  268.  &Bio-Chem.  J.,  1908,  3  :  39. 


CHI.MK  AI.    ANALYSTS   OF    RABBITS.  53 

BRAINS. 


The  brains  of  the  rabbits  were  completely  removed  and  dried  in 
platinum  dishes,  then  ground  in  a  mortar  and  mixed  as  well  as  pos- 
sible before  analyzing.  The  a>h  v.iried  from  7.0  to  7.82  per  cent, 
being  highest  in  the  normal  brains.  As  the  age  and  other  factors  in- 
fluence the  asli  content  of  all  organs,  this  variation  h.as  no  significance. 
The  percentage  of  calcium  shows  some  variation  and  is  likewise  high- 
est in  the  ash  of  the  brains  of  the  normal  rabbits. 

The  percentage  of  magnesium  remains  fairly  constant  in  all  cases. 
The  ratio  of  calcium  to  magnesium  in  the  brains  is  6.3:  1  in  the  normal 
rabbits.  \.~>:\  in  the  brains  of  those  fed  inorganic-  phosphorus,  and 
3.5:1  in  the  brains  of  those  led  organic  phosphorus. 

The  total  phosphorus  found  in  the  brains  is  about  the  same  in  all 
CaaeS,  but  this  i>  not  true  of  the  ether-alcohol  soluble  phosphorus. 
The  brains  of  the  rabbit-;  fed  organic  phosphorus  show  2.35  percent 
]>ho>|)horus  afl  ether-alcohol  soluble,'  or  ")«.).:  1-1  per  cent  of  the  total. 
The  brains  of  tlio-<-  fed  inorganic  phosphorus  show  but  1.16  percent 
pho>phorus  as  et  her-alcohol  soluble  phosphorus,  or  LN..")1  per  cent  of 
the  t«»tal.  This  j.  louer  than  the  figures  for  brains  of  the  normal  rab- 
bi is.  which  contain  U.07  per  cent  of  the  phosphorus  in  a  form  soluble 
in  ether  and  alcohol.  It  appears  from  these  figures  that  the  brains  of 
the  rabbits  fed  organic  pho>phorus  contain  an  appreciably  larger 
amount  of  ether-alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  than  do  the  brains  of 
rabbits  fed  on  inorganic  phosphorus  or  those  of  the  normally  fed  rab- 
bits. (Table  VIII 

\  i  i  :  \  i  > 

The  ash  content  on  a  water-free  basis  shows  a  fairly  constant 
percentage  in  al  As  in  the  brain,  the  calcium  content  of  the 

ncr\rs  \s  higher  for  the  normal  rabbits  than  in  the  other  08860. 

The  amount  of  magnesium  in  the  nerves  of  the  normal  rabbits  is 
0.  U  per  cent,  0.11  per  cent,  or  practically  the  same,  in  the  nerves 
of  those  fed  organic  phosphorus,  and  one-half,  or  0.06  per  cent  in  the 
nerves  of  those  fed  inorganic  ph,»phoru-. 

The  ratio  of  the  calcium  to  the  magnesium  is  much  lower  in  the 
nerve<  of  the  rabbits  fed  organic  phosphorus  than  in  the  other  cases. 
The  data  for  ether-soluble  material  are  fairly  uniform,  being  a  trifle 
lower  for  the  nerves  of  the  normal  rabbits  than  for  the  experimental 
rabbits. 

The  total  phosphorus  content  varies  from  3.72  per  cent  in  the  case 
of  the  rabbits  fed  organic  phosphorus  to  4.28  per  cent  in  the  case  of 
those  fed  inorganic  phosphorus.  The  amount  of  ether-alcohol  soluble 
phosphorus  is  lowest  in  the  case  of  the  rabbits  fed  on  inorganic 
phosphorus,  the  percentage  of  the  total  phosphorus  in  this  form  being 


54          METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC    PHOSPHORUS. 

34.25  per  cent  against  64.26  per  cent  in  the  case  of  the  rabbits  fed 
on  organic  phosphorus,  and  59.23  per  cent  in  the  normal  rabbits. 
These  results  are  similar  to  those  recorded  in  the  case  of  the  brains. 
(Table  VIII.) 

TEETH. 

The  teeth  were  freed  from  adhering  bone  and  muscle  tissue  by 
scraping  and  were  dried  in  a  hot-air  oven  at  100°  C.  The  ash  was 
constant  in  all  cases,  averaging  75  per  cent.  There  was  somewhat 
more  calcium  and  a  trifle  less  magnesium  found  in  the  teeth  of  the 
normal  rabbits  than  in  the  teeth  of  the  phosphorus-fed  rabbits. 
These  results  run  parallel  with  those  obtained  for  calcium  in  the  case 
of  the  bones  of  the  rabbits.  The  total  phosphorus  was  practically 
no  higher  in  the  normal  rabbits  than  in  the  other  cases.  (Table  VIII.) 

INTESTINES. 

Phosphorus  was  estimated  in  portions  of  the  small  intestines  of  the 
various  rabbits.  The  loops  of  intestine  were  well  washed  and  dried 
between  filter  papers  and  then  in  an  air  bath  at  45°  C.  for  five  hours. 
When  sufficiently  dry  they  were  cut  into  small  bits.  Moisture  and 
total  phosphorus  were  determined  on  a  weighed  quantity  of  this 
substance  and  on  another  portion  the  following  extractions  were  made : 

One  gram  of  substance  was  ground  fine  with  pure  sand  in  a  porcelain  mortar  and 
transferred  to  a  300  cc  Erlenmeyer  flask.  Thirty  cubic  centimeters  of  absolute  ether 
were  then  added  and  the  whole  extracted  on  the  water  bath  overnight,  using  a  reflux 
condenser.  The  ether  extract  was  then  filtered  through  a  hardened  filter  into  an 
ordinary  Jena  flat-bottom  flask.  Particles  of  residue  found  on  the  filter  paper  were 
scraped  back  into  the  Erlenmeyer  flask.  To  this  ether  extract  residue  60  cc  of  abso- 
lute alcohol  were  added  and  boiled  for  three  hours,  using  a  reflux  condenser.  This 
alcohol  extract  was  filtered  hot  into  the  Jena  flask  containing  the  ether  extract  and  the 
residue  washed  twice  with  separate  portions  of  25  cc  of  hot  alcohol  and  the  washings 
were  added  to  the  combined  extract.  Phosphorus  was  determined  in  the  combined 
ether-alcohol  filtrate  by  the  Neumann  method. 

The  ether-alcohol  extraction  residue  was  next  treated  six  times  with  50  cc  portions 
of  cold  water  saturated  with  chloroform,  allowing  ten  hours  for  each  extraction,  using 
the  same  hardened  filter  paper  as  before  and  scraping  back  the  residue  from  the  filter 
paper  into  the  flask.  This  solution  was  evaporated  to  dryness  and  the  phosphoric 
acid  determined  therein  by  the  Neumann  method.  This  is  called  the  phosphorus 
insoluble  in  ether  and  alcohol,  but  soluble  in  water.  Phosphoric  acid  was  then 
obtained  in  the  residue  by  difference  and  called  the  phosphorus  insoluble  in  ether, 
alcohol,  and  water. 

In  all  cases  a  large  amount  of  the  phosphorus  of  the  fresh  sample 
was  soluble  in  water,  fully  50  per  cent  being  dissolved  by  this  means 
during  the  preparation  of  the  sample.  The  amount  of  phosphorus 
insoluble  in  alcohol,  ether,  and  water  was  higher  in  the  normal 
rabbits'  intestines  than  in  the  other  cases.  The  amount  of  ether- 
alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  showed  but  little  variation. 


CHEMICAL   ANALYSIS   OF    RABBITS.  55 

SUMMARY. 

There  are  many  variations  in  the  composition  of  the  diiYerent 
portions  of  the  rabbits,  apparently  due  to  the  feeding  of  phosphorus 
in  the  two  forms.  The  amount  of  ether-alcohol-soluble  phosphorus 
stored  in  the  brains  and  nerves  is  much  lower  in  the  case  of  the 
rabbits  fed  inorganic  phosphorus  than  in  the  normal  rabbits  and 
those  fed  organic  phosphorus.  The  organic  and  the  inorganic 
phosphorus,  fed  in  excess,  caused  an  increased  percentage  of  ether- 
soluble  material  in  the  bones,  and  an  indication  of  the  same  is  noted 
in  the  brains  and  in  the  nerves.  No  increased  storage  of  calcium 
or  magnesium  w<is  imted  ;  on  the  contrary  there  isaslight  decrease,  as 
compared  with  the  normal,  in  bones,  nerves,  and  brain.  The  ether- 
alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  of  the  blood  was  reduced  in  all  eases 
where  phosphorus  was  fed.  The  increase  in  the  fat  of  the  livers  was 
marked  in  both  cases  of  phosphorus  feeding,  but  was  greater  for 
the  rabbits  fed  organic  phosphorus.  If  a  large  percentage  of  ether- 
alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  in  the  brains  and  nerves  is  desirable, 
then  the  rabbits  fed  organic  phosphorus  were  in  a  better  condition, 
•  the  data,  than  were  those  led  on  inorganic  phosphorus. 

The  nitrogen  content  was  determined  in  all  of  the  samples,  and  is 
given  in  Table  VIII  calculated  to  a  water-free  basis.  The  percentage 
of  nitrogen  found  iu  the  bones  varied  from  -l.il'J  per  cent  in  the 
bones  of  the  normal  rabbits  to  Lt'.s  per  cent  in  the  bones  of  the 
rabbits  fed  on  inorganic  phosphorus.  The  percentage  of  nitrogen 
found  iu  the  livers  of  t  he  experimental  rabbits  \\  as  considerably  lower 
than  in  the  livers  ,,f  the  normal  rabbits,  this  agreeing  with  the 
other  dala  >howing  a  ^em-rally  poor  condition  of  the  livers  of  the 
former.  The  percentage  of  nitrogen  found  in  the  blood  was  fairly 
coiisi ant.  as  i>  usually  the  case,  and  the  same  is  true  of  the  brains. 
Just  why  we  find  a  variation  in  the  amount  of  nitrogen  present  in 
the  nerves  and  spinal  cord  is  diliicult  to  explain.  More,  ash  and 
more  ether-alcohol-soluble  phosphorus  are  found  in  the  samples  of 
nerves  of  the  rabbits  fed  organic  phosphorus,  which  also  show  the 
highest  percentage  of  nitrogen.  The  ratio  ot  phosphorus  to  nitrogen 
in  the  liver  of  rabbits  is  1:14.7,  according  to  Wellmann.0  His 
figures  are  higher  than  the  results  obtained  in  this  experiment,  the 
ratio  of  phosphorus  to  nitrogen  being,  for  normal  rabbits  1:9.7,  for 
rabbits  fed  organic  phosphorus  i:S.8,  and  for  those  fed  inorganic 
phosphorus  1:8.6. 

«  Arch.  ^-am.  I'hysiol.,  1908,  121:508. 


56         METABOLISM   OF   ORGANIC  AND  INORGANIC   PHOSPHORUS. 
FINDINGS    OF   AUTOPSIES. 

At  the  conclusion  of  the  principal  feeding  period  the  rabbits  were 
chloroformed,  autopsies  were  made,  and  histological  slides  of  several 
of  the  organs  prepared.  Two  normal  rabbits  were  similarly  treated. 
The  normal  rabbits  had  been  fed  on  corn,  oats,  and  vegetables  for 
some  time  previously  and  had  been  kept  in  cages.  There  seems  to 
be  no  constant  relationship  between  the  total  weights  and  the  per- 
centages of  solids  present  in  the  various  organs,  blood,  brains,  and 
nerves  of  the  six  rabbits  examined.  The  autopsies  showed  the 
following  results:  a 

Rabbit  No.  1,  fed  organic  phosphorus. 

Intestines:  Normal,  containing  food.     Some  fat  distributed  along  the  intestines. 
Lymphatics:  Apparently  normal. 
Kidneys:  Apparently  normal. 
Spleen:  Apparently  normal. 

Liver:  Very  light  in  color,  possibly  fatty  infiltration.  Appearance  similar  to  that 
of  No.  2. 

Stomach:  Contained  food.     Normal. 

Heart:  Normal. 

Lungs:  Showed  a  condition  of  anemia  along  edges. 

After  drying:  Bones  seemed  oily.     Much  fat  in  liver;  fat  left  in  bottom  of  dish  after 

drying. 

Rabbit  No.  2,  fed  organic  phosphorus. 

Intestines:  Normal,  except  colon  distended  with  large  amount  of  feces;  no  con- 
gestion. 

Lymphatics:  Apparently  normal. 

Kidneys:  Apparently  normal. 

Spleen:  Apparently  normal. 

Liver:  Somewhat  enlarged,  pale,  with  yellow  tinge;  seemed  pathological. 

Stomach:  Full  of  food;  appeared  to  have  extended  area  of  old  hemorrhage  on  lessor 
curvature. 

Heart:  Apparently  normal;  post-mortem  blood  clot. 

Lungs:  Left,  apparently  normal;  right,  partly  congested. 

Nervous  system :  Normal. 

General  appearance:  Good. 

Rabbit  No.  3 ,  fed  inorganic  phosphorus. 

Intestines:  Apparently  normal. 

Lymphatics:  Apparently  normal. 

Kidneys:  There  seemed  to  be  slight  irritation  and  congestion. 

Liver:  Light  colored ;  enlarged. 

Spleen:  Normal  in  size  and  color  generally;  better  condition  than  Nos.  1  and  2; 
yellow  color;  numerous  small  areas  of  what  may  be  fatty  degeneration  or  infiltration. 

Stomach:  Old  hemorrhage  around  greater  curvature. 

Heart:  Apparently  normal. 

Lungs:  General  appearance  good,  but  apex  of  right  lung  had  a  small  area  of 
congestion. 

General  appearance:  Fairly  fat  and  in  good  condition  externally. 

a-H.  L.  Amoss,  of  the  Animal  Physiological  Laboratory,  assisted  in  making  the 
autopsies  and  interpreting  the  histological  slides  which  were  prepared  by  E.  A.  Read, 
of  the  Microcheinical  Laboratory. 


AUTOPSY  FINDINGS.  57 

Rabbit  No.  4,  fed  inorganic  phosphorus. 

Intestines:  Apparently  normal. 

Kidneys:  Right,  slight  yellow  color  in  cortex,  pitted,  congested;  left,  pitted  over 
external  surface,  slight  congestion  in  medulla,  very  .-li-rht  yellowish  color  in  cortex. 
Spleen:  Apparently  normal . 

Liver:  Light  color,  lighter  spots  seen.     Gall  bladder  apparently  normal. 
Stomach:  Capillaries  of  fundus  darkened — apparently  not  post-mortem  change. 
Heart:  Apparently  normal. 
Lungs:  Left,  apparently  normal;  right,  lower  half  of  lower  l<>l>t>  congested. 

linbbltx  Xnx.  .'»  tun/  H,  nnrmalltj  h  <I. 

The  autopsies  showed  that  in  the  ca-es  of  the  two  normal  rabbits,  Xos.  ~>  and  »i.  the 
organs  were  apparently  normal.  The  liver-  had  the  normal  dark-red  color  in  contrast 
with  the  pale  liver-  <•!  \..<.  1.  '_',  :;.  and  -I. 

Tin1  autopsies  showed  that  none  of  the  experimental  rabbits  was 
in  a  normal  condition.  The  livers  \\ere  especially  affected,  bein^ 
]>ale  and  abnormal,  and  indicating  an  ez068B  of  fat. 

The  relation  of  the  liver  to  metabolism  is  a  problem  important  to 
both  the  phy-io|o-_:ist  and  the  pathologist.  For  a  loiuj  time  it  has 
been  reeo'_:ni/ed  that  one  .»!'  the  functions  of  the  liver  is  connected  in 
.some  \\ay  \\itli  the  destruction  or  removal  of  poison  from  the  hlo<,d, 
e-pc-cially  such  poison-.  as  are  produced  in,  or  absorbed  from,  the 
alimentary  canal.  It  \\  a>  earl\  :/.ed  that  the  destruction  of 

the  liver  cells  leads  t.»serioiis  p«»isoiiiii'_r.  Jiiul  this  w&B  experimentally 
demonstrated  b\  Kck,  \\ho  e\<-luded  the  liver  from  the  circulation 
b\  making  a  direct  communication  between  the  portal  vein  and  the 
inferior  vena  ca\  ;i.  an  oj)"ration  Unou  n  as  "  KcU  listula." 

The  ((uestioii  of  fatty  degeneration  has  an  ini|)ortnnt  bearing  from 
the  physioln-iral  |M»i!it  of  \ie\\,  for  fa  tt  y  de-eiieral  ion  is  another 
proof  of  the  formation  of  fat  from  proteins.  1'Yom  the  investiga- 
tions of  Bauer"  on  do>_>  and  Leo  on  i'ro^  ur  must  admit  that  at 
l«-a-t  in  acute  poivoniii'.:  by  pho-plmrus  fatly  degeneration  takes 
place  \\ith  the  formation  of  fats  from  proteins.  Still,  invest i^ators 
an  not  unanimous  <>n  this  point,  and  Pflii^er''  especially  has  raised 
objections  to  these  experiments. 

The  ideas  of  the  fatty  degeneration  of  protein  in  the  old  sense  as 
u-ed  by  these  writers  hav  been  changed  by  the  work  of  Rosenfeld,d 
etc..  who  believe  in  the  theory  of  fat  transportation. 

In  the  ca-e  of  a  phosphori/ed  du;:.  Mandel'  has  shown  that  lactic 
acid  disappears  from  the  blood  and  urine  when  phlorhizin  glycosuria 

Bid.,  1871,  3 

*>Zts.  phy-i.,1.  Chem..  1885,9:469. 
•   Arch,  iresam.  IMiy.-i..!  .  \^.t\   92,51:317. 
«*Erg«-h.  I'hysii:!..  Pi.  I,  Uiochemie,  1903,^:50. 
eAmer.  J.  Physiol  ,  Proc.,  1905,  l.i  :  16. 


58          METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC   PHOSPHORUS. 

is  induced.    Ltisk  a  offers  the  following  general  hypothesis  as  his  expla- 
nation of  fatty  changes  in  tissues: 

The  lactic  acid  which  occurs  is  derived  from  the  sugar  formed  in  proteid  metabolism. 
In  the  above  case  the  sugar  is  removed  before  its  conversion  into  lactic  acid.  In 
phlorhizin  diabetes,  dextrose  does  not  burn;  in  phosphorus  poisoning  lactic  acid 
derived  from  dextrose  does  not  burn.  In  both  cases  a  sugar-hungry  cell,  or  one  where 
carbohydrate  is  not  oxidized,  is  found,  and  under  these  circumstances  fat  is  attracted 
to  the  cell,  and  in  larger  quantities  than  can  be  useful.  Wherever  sugar  freely  burns 
this  fatty  infiltration  is  impossible.  A  reduced  local  circulation  in  a  portion  of  the 
heart  may  produce  anemia  of  the  part,  an  imperfect  local  combustion  of  lactic  acid 
normally  formed  and  a  fatty  infiltration  of  the  locality. 

******* 

It  has  been  stated  that  the  action  of  phosphorus  is  to  induce  autolysis  (self-digestion) 
of  the  body's  protoplasm  (Jacoby,6  Waldvogel  c),  since  leucin,  tyrosin,  and  other 
amino  acids  may  be  eliminated  in  considerable  quantity  in  the  urine.  Oswald  & 
thinks  that  phosphorus  destroys  or  weakens  the  antiautolytic  agents  of  the  body. 
That  autolytic  enzymes  do  not  gain  free  control  over  the  cells  through  the  direct 
influence  of  phosphorus  is  proved  by  the  work  of  Ray,  McDermott,  and  Lusk.« 
These  authors  found  that  phosphorus  injections  raised  the  proteid  metabolism  of  fasting 
dogs  to  250,  260,  283,  248, 183,  and  164  per  cent  of  that  of  the  dog  when  normal.  They 
contrasted  this  increased  proteid  metabolism  with  that  obtained  in  phlorhizin  glyco- 
suria,  which  is  represented  by  increases  to  540,  450,  340,  and  340  per  cent.  When, 
however,  they  gave  phlorhizin  and  obtained  the  increased  metabolism,  and  then 
injected  phosphorus,  this  was  not  followed  by  any  marked  increase  in  proteid  metab- 
olism. Under  these  circumstances  phlorhizin  glycosuria  is  the  predominating  factor, 
removing  the  dextrose  produced  from  proteid.  As  regards  phosphorus  poisoning, 
Araki/  believes  that  lactic  acid  accumulation  is  due  to  lack  of  oxygenation  of  the 
tissues  caused  by  a  slow  heart  beat,  but  not  due  to  anemia.  He  does  not  believe  the 
oxygen  deprivation  to  be  very  pronounced.  The  writer  offers  the  explanation  that 
phosphorus  may  affect  the  enzyme  which  breaks  up  the  lactic  acid  derived  from  dex- 
trose, and  the  accumulation  of  this  acid  may  prevent  the  action  of  some  of  the  deni- 
trogenizing  enzymes;  and  further,  its  noncombustion  may  necessitate  an  increase  of 
proteid  metabolism. 

This  theory  is  strengthened  by  the  discovery  of  Schryver  g  that  the  addition  of 
lactic  acid  favors  the  accumulation  of  amino  acids  in  autolysis  of  the  liver. 

In  this  connection  we  must  recognize  the  fact  that  the  presence  of 
amino  bodies — leucin,  tyrosin,  etc. — in  the  liver  in  cases  of  phosphorus 
poisoning  is  well  established.  Abderhalden  and  Bergell71  detected 
glycocoll  in  the  urine  of  a  rabbit  poisoned  with  phosphorus.  Wohl- 
gemut-J  found  phenylanin  and  arginin  in  the  urine  after  a  case  of  phos- 
phorus poisoning.  An  altered  quantitative  relationship  between 

a  The  Elements  of  the  Science  of  Nutrition,  Philadelphia,  1906. 

bZts.  physiol.  Chem.,  1900,  SO  :  174. 

cArch.  klin.  Med.,  1905,  82  :  437. 

<*Biochem.  Centrbl.,  1905,  3  :  365. 

«Amer.  J.  Physiol.,  1899,  3  :  139. 

/Zts.  physiol.  Chem.,  1893,  17  :  310. 

0Bio-Chem.  J.,  1906,  1  :  123. 

&  Zts.  physiol.  Chem.,  1903,  39  :464. 

'Ibid.,  1905,  44:74. 


AUTOPSY   FINDINGS.  59 

ar^inin,  lysin,  and  histidin  was  noted  in  the  liver  of  a  phosphorus- 
poisoned  do";  by  Wakeman. *  The  amount  of  arginin  was  consider- 
ably lower  tban  the  amount  present  in  the  liver  of  a  normal  do^. 

In  tbe  experiments  here  reported  tliere  is  no  doubt  that,  due  to 
organic  and  inorganic  phosphorus,  an  alteration  in  the  livers,  brains, 
and  nerves  has  taken  place,  accompanied  by  the  presence  of  abnor- 
mally hijjh  pen-entases  of  fat. 

HISTOLOGICAL  EXAMINATION. 

The  follow inir  results  were  obtained  from  the  histolo^ieal  examina- 
tion: 

Kal)bit>  Xos.   1  and  L\  fed  or^aine  phosphorus. 

Liver,  No.  1:  Kxien-ive  areas  of  fuiiy  d*  -em-ration  and  fatty  infiltration.  Sec- 
tion- -tained  \\-iili  hemotoxylin  and  ensin.  Fleming's  solution,  and  Soudan  III. 

I.i\t-r,  \...  •_'.  Nt)t  (juile  as  e\ien-i\e  RTefU  «.f  faiiy  de<_renerat inn  and  fatly  infiltra- 
tion a.-  in  the  ca.-e  of  No.  I.  <'hn>nir  inllammatory  processes  seen  and  general  areas 
of  hemorrhages. 

Lungs.  No.  |  Several  areas  of  focal  neero-i-  noticed  stirronndinu'  v.-in  in  a  state  of 
passive  conurr.-ii.,;i.  Practically  al!  'll;ip~'-d  an<l  \\ alls  congested.  General 

red  cell  «-xir;i\;i.-;ition. 

Stomach.  >  ~li«;ht  congestion 

liabbil^   NOB,   3  and    1.   fed   in<  >fLranie  pliospborUS. 

l.i\ •«-r.  No.  :',:  Inliliralion  in  certain  an-as,  hut  not  as  far  ^one  as  Noe.  1  and  2.  Cer- 
tain ar.-a.>  .-hou.-d  lntlc  chanu'.-.  Slight  cloudy  swi-llinir.  Slight  chronic  inllainina- 
tion,  n, .1  BO  mark'-d  a.-  N 

I.i\.-r,  No.  I:  Little  difference  <XMHpued  with  Nos.  1  and  •_'.  Somesubacuteinllarn- 
niatory  procoOBOB  Been,  al.-o  .-oim-  faiiy  tli-irt-n. -ration.  Soudan  III  stain  shows  more 
iatt\  d>  -cnrration  than  is  sc.-n  with  i-'lcniin. 

Ln:  I'ncunionia  in  .-ta-jc- of  ^ra\'  hcpaii/alion. 

I. in.  Not  normal.  Inn  in  better  general  Condition  than  oih.-r-.      l.umenof 

art«-r\    m-arly  obliterated  hy  iihrous  tissue.      Uronchilis.     Slight  ^i-in-ral  congest  ion. 

Heart.  No.  3:    I'cricarditi-       I  fatty  degeneration  of  myocardium, 

Kidney-,   No.  3:   Marked  conur'-tion.     Slight   parenchymatous  degeneration. 

!:    I'aren<'h\  inatou-  de-jetieral  ion.     Congestion  more  pronounced  than 
in  case  « <i  N 

Stoinacl:  \pparently  normal. 

Stomach.  No.   t:   Ap|)arently  normal. 

Rabbit s  Nos,  •">  and  •'».  imniially  fed. 

Livers:  Practically  normal.  No  fat  pre-eni;  .-mall  areas  in  which  few  nuclei  did 
no,  -lain  as  deeply  as  the  n-si.  prohaMy  due  to  sectioninir. 

Lnnirs:  <'oime-ti.)n  throughout.  A  few  areas  of  hemorrhages  with  superimposed 
intlammaiory  j>rocesses. 

Kidneys:  Slight  intertulmlar  hemorrhage. 

Hearts:  Slight  myocarditis. 

Stomachs:  Apparently  normal. 

The  results  of  the  histological  examination  confirm  the  opinions 
formed  at  the  time  of  the  autopsy  and  show  most  marked  fatty 

"/is.  phy>iol.  ('hem.,  1905,  44  :335. 


60         METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC   PHOSPHORUS. 

degeneration  of  the  livers  of  rabbits  Xos.  1  and  2.  The  liver  of  rabbit 
No.  4  also  shows  fatty  degeneration,  but  less  marked,  while  rabbits 
Nos.  5  and  6  show  normal  livers.  That  the  harmful  effects  noted 
are  due  to  the  excessive  amounts  of  phosphorus  fed  either  organic 
or  inorganic,  is  proven  from  the  cases  of  the  normal  rabbits  which, 
although  likewise  kept  in  cages,  showed  apparently  normal  livers. 
In  reviewing  the  phosphorus  literature  it  was  noticed  that  in  several 
cases  rabbits  fed  on  organic  phosphorus  were  reported  to  have  died 
of  pneumonia,  as  did  rabbit  No.  2  in  the  experiments  here  recorded. 

Six  photomicrographs0  are  appended,  which  show  sections  of  the 
livers  of  rabbits  Xos.  1,  2,  and  4.  The  tissue  in  the  case  of  rabbit 
No.  3  was  exhausted  before  an  osmic  acid  slide  was  prepared  and  it 
was  therefore  impossible  to  give  a  reproduction  in  this  case.  The 
photomicrographs  in  which  the  fat  is  shown  stained  black  in  position 
demonstrate  that  degeneration  as  well  as  fatty  infiltration  has  taken 
place  in  the  livers  of  both  of  the  organic  and  in  one  of  the  inorganic- 
phosphorus-fed  rabbits. 

The  author  is  indebted  to  Doctor  Mohler,  of  the  Bureau  of  Animal 
Industry,  for  his  interpretation  of  the  microscopic  slides,  in  regard  to 
which  he  makes  the  following  statement: 

The  section  in  the  case  of  rabbit  No.  1  (PI.  I)  shows  a  more  marked  and  advanced 
lesion  of  fatty  degeneration  than  do  the  three  remaining  cases.  In  this  case  fatty 
infiltration  is  also  present  and  occurs  principally  on  the  periphery  of  the  lobules  and 
in  the  tract  supplied  by  branches  of  the  portal  vein,  while  the  fatty  degeneration  is 
more  abundant  in  the  central  zone  around  the  hepatic  vein.  In  fatty  degeneration 
the  fat  is  usually  in  minute  granules,  which  may  coalesce  to  form  small  droplets, 
but  only  in  the  most  advanced  stages  do  they  form  large  drops  as  is  the  case  in  fatty 
infiltration. 

The  sections  in  which  the  tissue  has  been  treated  with  Fleming's  solution  show  the 
lesion  best,  as  the  contrast  of  the  black-stained  fat  is  so  marked  as  compared  with  the 
light  hepatic  parenchyma  that  photomicrographs  may  be  readily  made.-  The  Soudan 
III  sections,  while  valuable  for  demonstration  purposes,  can  not  be  reproduced  as  well 
on  account  of  less  contrast  and  the  red  color. 

The  section  in  the  case  of  rabbit  No.  4  (PI.  Ill)  shows  a  less  advanced  stage  of  fatty 
degeneration;  there  is  also  not  much  fatty  infiltration  present.  In  the  section  in  the 
case  of  No.  2  (PI.  II)  there  is  still  less  fatty  degeneration  present,  while  the  section  of 
rabbit  No.  3  does  not  show  any  degeneration  and  only  a  little  fatty  infiltration. 

CONCLUSIONS. 

The  somewhat  limited  experimental  data  here  reported  point  to  the 
following  conclusions,  which  may  be  altered  by  more  extensive  work 
on  the  subject. 

PRELIMINARY    FEEDING    PERIOD. 

During  the  preliminary  feeding  period,  the  rabbits  fed  on  organic 
phosphorus  excreted  a  slightly  larger  proportion  of  nitrogen  in  the 
urine  than  did  the  rabbits  fed  on  inorganic  phosphates,  but  retained 

°Made  by  B.  J.  Howard,  Chief,  Microchemical  Laboratory,  Bureau  of  Chemistry. 


***9    w:r      ^z^v-^v*:-.  •     -  \.  *  -  rjf*fj 

^•vr^v^'-v^^v'  Wm 

>•  *<«*•*»£&•    '  '*•'  '  "&  "  -•S;«** 

i>^i  •    -*.~.Q        .  ;&-,  •*&-**m\ 

•  °  "•  -*%.    '  '    A-'  -    •   -*^  •  .  ££  £  &  • 

.*-••  .  •       .^  .  f'i    i^r?  •&  _7- '  •aP-Xi.-.-»  _ic 


FIG.  2. — MAGNIFICATION  175  DIAMETERS. 

LIVER  SECTIONS  OF  ORGANIC-PHOSPHORUS-FED  RABBIT  No.  1 
[Fat  stained  black  with  osmic  acid.] 


Bui.  123,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agriculture. 


PLATE  II. 


I.— MAGNIFICATION  60  DIAMETERS. 


JitfV 


i 


FIQ.  2.  —  MAGNIFICATIO 


LIVER  SECTIONS  OF  ORGANIC-PHOSPHORUS-FED  RABBIT  No.  2. 

[Fat  stained  black  with  osmic  acid.] 


Bui.  123,  Bureau  of  Chemistry,  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agriculture 


»'       *  , -,«F    *  ^*«*       .     •"        *4»»i« 

>.  "•«*%£l-i-/:Uvk  • 


FIG.  2. — MAGNIFICATION  175  DIAMETERS. 

LIVER  SECTIONS  OF  INORGANIC-PHOSPHORUS-FED  RABBIT  No.  4. 
[Fat  stained  black  with  osmic  acid.] 


CONCLUSIONS.  61 

a  smaller  proportion  of  the  absorbed  nitrogen  than  did  the  rabbits 
fed  inorganic  phosphorus.  AVitli  a  few  exceptions,  the  daily  balances 
were  positive. 

The  rabbits  fed  organic  phosphorus  excreted  less  phosphorus 
through  the  kidneys  than  did  those  iVd  inorganic  phosphorus,  but 
they  retained  a  larger  proportion  of  the  absorbed  phosphorus. 

PRINCIPAL    FEEDING    PERIOD. 

The  percentages  of  absorbed  nitrogen  retained  in  the  case  of  the 

rubbiis  led  inorganic  phosphorus  show  a  wide  variation,  the  average 
figure  being  practically  the  same  as  that  for  rabbit  No.  1  fed  organic 
phosphorus,  rabbit  No.  -  being  excluded  from  the  average.  Accord- 
ingly, it  is  impossible  to  establish  any  ^ll'ect  produced  on  the  nitrogen 
metabolism  by  the  two  forms  of  phosphorus  fed. 

A  laiger  proportion  of  the  ingested  phosphorus  was  eliminated  by 
the  kidneys  in  the  cases  of  tin  rabhits  fed  inorganic  phosphorus  than 
where  the  rabbits  were  fed  organic  phosphorus.  The  proportion  of 
•  rhed  pho-phonis  retained  is  greater  for  the  rabbits  fed  on  organic 
phosphorus.  The  d.  QCCfl  Wen  positive  with  the  c-xceptiou  of 

r:i!)l>it  No.  L',  which  died  I  w<>  \\eeks  before  the  close  of  the  experiment. 

The    ether  phosphorus    balances    show    tliat     more 

phosph  >ru>  in  this  form  wa>  eliminated  in  the  feces  where  phytin  was 

ilian  \\hrre  mop/aiiir  pho-phorii-   wafl  fed. 

\o  r'li.T-;ilcohol-so!uble  phosphor;  .umd  in  the  urine  in  any 

.  and  it   is  doubtful  if  any  organic  phosphoric  ia  present    in   the 
urine  of  a  normal  rabbit. 

A  smaller  proportional  B um  of  calcium  was  eliminated  in  the 

urine  by  the  rabbits  fed  on  moriraiiie.  phosphorus,  hut   .  pro- 

port  iona1  amount   \\  -ied  in  the  hodv  than  in  the  ca>es  of  the 

rabbits  fed  on  organic  phosphorus.      The  same  >t  atement    is  true  of 
iiesium. 

IM»r-M<UM  l.M     1. \\MIN  MI<>\. 

A  large  proportion  of  the  phosphoric  of  (he  fresh  intestines  of 
rabbits  is  dissolved  by  water  durinir  the  process  of  cleaning  prepara- 

The  hone-;  of  rabbit x  fed  on  phosphorus  for  several  months,  either 

nic  or  inorganic,  show  a  higher  content  of  ether-soluble  matter 

than  do  the  hones  of  normal  rabbits,  and  they  form  a  larger  percent- 

of  the  body  weight  than  in  the  case  of  normal  rabbits. 
The  livers  of  the  rabbits  fed  on  organic  phosphorus  for  several 
months  sh,>\\  1'aMv  degeneration  as  well  as  fatty  infiltration.  Of  the 
livers  of  the  inorganic  phosphorus  fed  rabbits  No.  4  shows  both  fatty 
degeneration  and  fatty  infiltration;  in  the  case  of  No.  3,  only  slight 
fatty  infiltration  is  .shown.  The  livers  are. enlarged  and  contain 


62          METABOLISM    OF   ORGANIC   AND   INORGANIC    PHOSPHORUS. 

considerably  more  nitrogen  and  phosphoric  acid  than  normal  livers 
when  calculated  to  a  \\  ater  and  fat-free  basis.  In  these  experiments 
the  degeneration  and  infiltration  were  most  marked  when  organic 
phosphorus  was  ingested. 

The  brains  and  nerves  of  the  rabbits  fed  on  organic  phosphorus 
yield  a  larger  percentage  of  ether-alcohol  soluble  phosphorus  than 
those  of  normal  rabbits,  while  the  brains  and -nerves  of  those  fed 
inorganic  phosphorus  show  lower  figures.  "  There  is  also  a  larger 
percentage  content  of  ether-soluble  material  in  the  brains  and  nerves 
of  the  phosphorus-fed  rabbits  than  is  normal. 

The  tendency  of  organic  phospnorus,  especially  in  the  form  of 
phytin,  to  produce  fat  was  strikingly  indicated  in  this  experiment  as 
in  the  work  of  Jordan,  Hart,  and  Patten.  The  autopsies  showed  that 
all  the  phosphorus-fed  rabbits  were  in  an  abnormal  condition,  the 
livers  being  especially  affected,  and  the  histological  examination  con- 
firmed the  autopsy  findings. 


LIST  OF  TABLES. 

1.  Nitiragen  and  phoBpitorufl  metabolism    preliminary  period 34 

II.    Ratio  of  nitrogen  to  phosphoric  acid  in  food  and  excreta      preliminary 

peri                                       :'.7 

III.    Niin>i;«'ii  an.l  phosphoric  acid  l>alance<     principal  period :!S 

IV.    Itatio-  of  (  al«  iuin.   niaL'in'>iuiii.  and   phosphorus  in  food,   frees,  and 

urinr     principal  period 39 

V.    Kihrr-alcohol->olul)lc  j)ho>phoii,- acid  l>alanc<-     principal  period...  -i'J 

\  I .    V'arioii-  form-  of  pho-phoni-  in  urine     principal  period 44 

VII.  Calcium  and  magnci-ium  halam-r.-     principal  period 17 

VIII.  Chemical  analyik  of  bodies  of  rabbita  (water-free              49 

IX.  .\iial\-i-                 alcolated  to  a  fat- and  water-free  basie 50 

X.    . \n.tl\-i-  of  nil. I'it.-'  li\er-    \\aJ«-r-i'n-i-  l.a.-i- • 51 

63 
O 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 
BERKELEY 

Return  to  desk  from  which  borrowed. 
This  book  is  DUE  on  the  last  date  stamped  below. 


. 


LOAN 

'         :;  1968 
Wf.  OF  CALIF.. 


LD  21-100m-ll,'49(B7146sl6)476 


YD   18295